Skip to main content

Full text of "Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden"

See other formats


^^'•A 


..  "^.f 


4.- 


;M;^' 


.?^.  ^ 


'  -vt^  ,'^'-^' 


.^^  '" 


^v% 


yp    /).<^ 


Co 


NTRIRUTIONS 


FROM 


The  New  York  Botanical  Garden 


Volume  I 


1 899- 1 902 


CONTRIBUTIONS 


FROM 


The  New  York  Botanical  Garden 


NEW  Vuk.^ 


Volume  I 


With  34  Plates  and  35  Figures 


1 899- 1 902 


Published  for  the  Garden 

At  41  North  Queen  Street,  Lancaster.  Pa. 
BY  The   New  Era  Printing  Company 


/   V 


PRESS    OF 

THE    NEW    EEA    PRINTING    COMPANY, 

LANCASTER     PA. 


TABLE   OF    CONTENTS 


*  I  ^"^^No.     I.   Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism,  by  Dr.  D.  T.  MacDougal. 
iS'^'^No.     2.   New  Species   from  the   western   United   States,    by  Dr.  Per  Axel 
Rydberg. 
/^'l  ^  No.     3.   The  dichotomous  Panicums  :  some  new  Species,  by  Geo.  V.  Nash. 
l'?'^^  No.     4.   Delphiniuvi  Carolinianum   and  related  Species,  by  Dr.   Per  Axel 

Rydberg. 
f[(>0  No.     5.   Studies    on    the   Rocky   Mountain    Flora— I.    by    Dr.    Per   Axel 

Rydberg. 
{^OO  No.     6.   Notes  and   Descriptions  of  North  American  Plants  1  and  II,  by 

Dr.  J.  K.  Small. 
C^^DNo.     7.   Vegetative   Reproduction  and   Multiplication  in  Ery t hroniuin,  hy 

Frederick  H.  Blodgett. 
|9  J     No.     8.  Two  new  Species  of  Grimmia  from  Montana,  by  R.  S.  Williams. 
|9(;,  uNo.     9.   Studies   on   the  Rocky    Mountain    Flora — II,    by    Dr.    Per  Axel 
Rydberg. 
\°(0(:jNo.  10.   Studies    on    the    Rocky   Mountain    Flora— III,    by    Dr.  Per  Axel 

Rydberg. 
\^q\    No.  II.   Life  history  oi  Schizaa piisilla,  by  Elizabeth  G.  Britton  and  Alex- 
andrina  Taylor.  ^ 

■  q^l    No.  12.  Studies  on  the  Rocky    Mountain    Flora— IV,    by    Dr.    Per  Axel 

Rydberg. 
\'^0\  No.  13.    Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae,  by  Dr.  Per  Axel  Rydberg. 
icj^,  I    No.  14.  Studies  on     the   Rocky   Mountain   Flora— V,    by    Dr.    Per    Axel 

Rydberg. 
\'\6\   No.  15.   Studies  on  the  Rocky    Mountain    Flora — VI,    by   Dr.    Per  Axel 
^i  Rydberg. 

\^0\  ^   No.  16.   Vanishing  Wild  Flowers,  by  Elizabeth  G.  Britton. 
I^oli^--  No.  17.   The  Tylostomaceae  of  North  America,  by  V.  S.  White. 
|C\Ol    "^  No.    18.   Shrubs  and  Trees  of  the  Southern  States,  by  Dr.  J.  K.  Small. 
l^Ol'^  No.  19.  The  American    Species  of    Lvnnorchis    and    Piperia,    North   of 
■^  Mexico,  by  Dr.  Per  Axel  Rydberg. 

1  '^  0  7-No.  20.  The  Morphology  and  Physiology  of  the  Seedlings   of  Arisaema 

ttiphyllum  and  A.  Dracontiuni,  by  R.  J.  Rennert. 
I  '^O  LNo.  21.   Two  new  Western  Mosses,  by  R.  S.  Williams. 
iGj2.,No.  22.   Studies  on  the   Rocky  Mountain   Flora — VII,  by  Dr.    Per   Axel 

Rydberg. 
/7o3^No.  23.   Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora — VIII,    by    Dr.    Per    Axel 

Rydberg. 
/  ^o/UNo.  24.   The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America,  by  V.  S.  White. 
/  ^t^A-^^-  -5-   Notes  on  American  Hepaticae,  by  Marshall  A.  Howe. 


PUBLICATIONS 


OF 


The  New  York  Botanical  Garden 


Journal  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden 

Monthly,  illustrated,  containing  notes,  news  and  non-technical 
articles  of  general  interest.  Free  to  all  members  of  the 
Garden.  To  others,  lo  cents  a  copy;  $i.ooayear.  [Not 
offered  in  exchange.]  Vol.  I,  1900,  viii  -|-  213  pp.  Vol.  II, 
1901,  viii  -|-  204  pp. 

Bulletin   of   the   New   York  Botanical   Garden 

Containing  the  annual  reports  of  the  Director-in-Chief  and 
other  official  documents,  and  technical  articles  embodying  the 
results  of  investigations  carried  out  in  the  Garden.  Vol.  I, 
Nos.  1-5,  449  pp.,  3  maps,  and  12  plates,  1896-1900.  $3.00. 
No.  6,  232  pp.,  20  plates.  No.  7,  175  pp.,  8  plates.  Free  to 
all  members  of  the  Garden  ;  to  others,  50  cents. 

Memoirs   of  the   New   York  Botanical   Garden 

Vol.  I.  An  Annotated  Catalogue  of  the  Flora  of  Montana  and 
the  Yellowstone  Park,  by  Dr.  Per  A.xel  Rydberg,  assistant 
curator  of  the  museums.  An  arrangement  and  critical  discussion 
of  the  Pteridophytes  and  Phanerogams  of  the  region  with 
notes  from  the  author's  field  book  and  including  descriptions 
of  163  new  species,  ix  +  492  pp.  Roy.  8vo,  with  detailed 
map.  Price  to  members  of  the  Garden,  $1.00.  To  others, 
$2.00.      [Not  offered  in  exchange.] 

Contributions   from   the   New  York   Botanical  Garden 

A  series  of  technical  papers  written  by  students  or  members  of 
the  staff,  and  reprinted  from  journals  other  than  the  above. 
Price,  25  cents  each.     Vol.  I,  No.  1-25,  1899-1902. 


All  subscriptions  and  remittances  should  be  sent  to 


THE   NEW   YORK   BOTANICAL   GARDEN 
BRONX  PARK,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  1 


SYMBIOSIS  AND  SAPROPHYTISM 


BY  DANIEL  TREMBLY   MacDOUGAL 


NEW  YORK 
1899 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club.  26  :  511-530.     16  Oct.,  1899  ] 


Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism 

By  Daniel  Trembly  MacDougal 
[Plates  367-369] 

General  Discussion 

It  is  customary  to  desii^nate  all  chlorophylless  seed-forming 
species  which  have  no  nutritive  connection  with  other  vascular 
plants  as  saprophytes,  or  more  exactly,  holosaprophytes  (allotropic 
or  heterotropic  forms  according  to  Pfeffer's  classification),  and 
others  of  similar  physiological  tendencies  as  hemisaprophytes 
(mixotropic  forms),  without  regard  to  the  nutritive  unions  formed 
by  the  roots  or  absorbing  organs  in  mycorhizas,  tubercles  and 
other  associations.  It  is  obvious  that  the  term  saprophyte,  or 
holosaprophyte  should  be  applied  only  to  those  species  which  de- 
rive their  supply  of  food  from  organic  products  directly  without  the 
intervention  of  the  activity  of  chlorophyll,  and  unaided  by  other 
organisms.  In  this  sense,  and  it  seems  to  the  author  to  be  the 
only  meaning  admissible,  the  holosaprophytes  include  numerous 
bacteria  and  fungi,  but  so  far  as  present  investigations  show,  only 
one  seed-forming  species,  Wiillsddaegdia  aphylla :  Cephalaiitliera 
Orcgana  was  erroneously  grouped  in  this  class  in  a  previous 
publication.* 


*  An  abstract  of  this  discussion  of  terms  was  read  before  the  Society  for  Plant  Phys- 
iology and  Morphology,  at  New  York,  Dec.  28,  1898,  and  was  published  in  American 
Naturalist,  for  March,  1899  (lo).  See  also  note  on  same  in  Science  for  Feb.  3,  1899, 
and  Botanical  Gazette  for  Feb.  and  Sept.,  1899. 

[Issued  October  16.]  (  511  ) 


512  MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Sai'Ropiivtism 

As  a  consequence  of  the  above  limitations  all  species  furnished 
with  mycorhizas,  tubercles,  or  which  enter  into  direct  mechanical 
or  nutritive  associations  must  be  classed  as  symbionts,  or  if  it  is  de- 
sirable to  maintain  connection  with  existing  literature  dealing  with 
these  forms  it  would  be  permissible  to  refer  to  them  as  symbiotic 
saprophytes,  although  such  designation  must  be  regarded  as  ten- 
tative, and  justified  by  expediency  only  (i  i). 

It  is  a  matter  of  common  knowledge  that  seedlings  are  holo- 
saprophytic  in  the  stage  in  which  they  are  wholly  dependent  upon 
the  reserve  material  of  the  seed  or  fruit,  and  during  the  whole 
period  previous  to  the  formation  of  chlorophyll  in  general.  This 
period  is  practically  obliterated  in  those  species  in  which  chloro- 
phyll is  formed  in  the  seed.  On  the  other  hand,  the  development 
of  this  tendency  has  been  twofold.  The  increase  of  the  capacity 
for  the  absorption  of  organic  products  has  played  an  important 
part  in  the  reduction  of  certain  seeds  to  their  present  minute  form, 
and  again  the  retention,  or  extension,  of  this  capacity  throughout 
a  greater  or  less  portion  of  the  life  of  the  sporophyte  has  resulted 
in  varying  stages  of  true  saprophytism,  complete  in  one  species  of 
the  higher  plants  only.  The  duration  of  the  holosaprophytic  stage 
shows  very  wide  variations  in  different  species.  In  certain  arums 
it  extends  over  two  years  under  natural  conditions,  and  may  be 
extended  by  cultural  methods  so  that  the  seedling  ma)'  not  form 
chlorophyll  until  the  third  or  perhaps  even  the  fourth  year  of  ex- 
istence, according  to  experiments  now  in  progress.  Only  those 
species  which  show  a  marked  capacity  for  the  absorption  and  use 
of  organic  products  during  the  greater  part  of  the  life  of  the  sporo- 
phyte should  be  classed  as  hemisaprophytes.  The  hemisapro- 
phytes  would  consist  chiefly  of  the  carnivorous  plants.  The 
greater  majority  of  the  species  now  included  in  this  category  are 
in  fact  more  or  less  symbiotic  by  means  of  mycorhizas,  tubercles 
or  other  nutritive  associations. 

This  paper  describes  an  extension  of  the  investigations  detailed 
in  a  previous  paper  (i  i),  and  an  effort  has  been  made  to  determine 
whether  such  associations  constitute  a  single  physiological  type,  or 
whether  several  types  of  nutritive  adjustment  arc  presented. 


MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism  513 

Cephalanthera  Oregana  Reichenb.   (13) 

A  number  of  living  specimens  of  this  plant  were  examined  in 
the  field  in  Washington  and  Idaho  in  1892,  and  alcoholic  material 
from  this  region  was  obtained  in  1899.  Besides  the  notes  and 
material  thus  obtained,  the  author  has  had  the  opportunity  of  in- 
specting herbarium  material  representing  the  entire  known  range 
of  the  species,  from  middle  California  northward  into  British 
Columbia,  west  of  the  main  continental  divide. 

The  plant  consists  of  an  upright  subterranean  rhizome  5  to  40 
cm.  in  length,  from  the  internodes  of  which  arise  the  adventitious 
roots.  The  internodes  are  provided  with  short  sheathing  scales. 
The  aerial  stem  is  slender,  waxy  white,  20  to  50  cm.  long,  and 
bears  short  sheathing  leaves  which  are  wholly  devoid  of  chloro- 
phyll. The  flowers  form  a  dense  terminal  raceme  and  perhaps 
agree  with  those  of  other  members  of  the  genus  in  being  self-fer- 
tilizing (Plate  367,  Fig.  i). 

The  seedling  has  not  been  observed.  The  rhizome  is  peren- 
nial, and  the  stumps  of  two  or  three  old  aerial  stems  may  be  seen 
adhering  to  the  most  recently  formed  internodes.  Although  re- 
ported from  open  meadows  by  some  collectors,  the  author  has  met 
it  only  in  the  deep  humus  of  coniferous  forests.  Its  deep  penetra- 
tion of  the  loose  substratum,  which  is  generally  woven  together  by 
the  interlacing  roots  of  neighboring  trees,  makes  the  collection  of 
the  entire  plant  veiy  difficult  and  as  a  consequence  the  greater 
number  of  herbarium  specimens  are  lacking  the  root  system,  and 
on  none  of  these  has  the  writer  found  the  mycorhizal  rootlets 
described  below. 

The  Roots 

The  roots  are  wavy  cylindrical  organs  1.5  to  3  mm.  in  diam- 
eter, and  from  5  to  12  cm.  in  length.  One  to  four  arise  at  each 
internode  of  the  premorse  rhizome,  and  penetrate  the  substratum 
at  an  angle  of  forty-five  degrees  with  the  horizontal.  Mature 
organs  have  a  yellowish-brown  appearance  due  to  the  decay  of  the 
outer  epidermal  wall.  A  many-layered  root-cap  sheathes  the  tip 
for  a  distance  of  a  millimeter,  and  shows  a  fairly  normal  structure. 
The  epidermal  cells  are  rectangular  in  surface  section,  with  the 
radial  walls  separated  to  allow  a  slight  outward  convexity  of  the 


514  MacDougal:    Symbiosis  and  Saproph\tism 

outer  surface,  which  may  in  some  instances  assume  a  papillose 
form,  or  may  be  extended  to  form  typical  root-hairs.  The  latter, 
and  all  of  the  epidermal  elements,  are  rich  in  protoplasm.  The 
outer  walls  of  the  epidermis  are  covered  more  or  less  thickly  with 
crystals  of  calcium.  The  sub-epidermal  layer  is  hardly  differen- 
tiated, and  consists  of  muriform  elements  rich  in  protoplasm,  and 
devoid  of  reserve  material.  The  cortex  is  composed  of  ovoid, 
cylindrical  or  globose  cells,  the  outer  and  inner  layers  of  which 
are  composed  of  elements  slightly  smaller  than  those  of  the  middle 
region.  The  middle  and  inner  regions  are  heavily  loaded  with 
starch,  especially  in  the  older  or  basal  portions,  and  the  cells  of 
the  middle  region  show  a  tendency  to  elongation  in  the  radius  of 
the  root.  Raphide  cells  are  indifferently  distributed  throughout 
the  cortical  tissues,  but  perhaps  more  abundantly  in  the  outer 
layers.  Two  types  of  roots  which  do  not  differ  greatly  in  outward 
aspect  may  be  distinguished ;  a  fibrous  form,  and  a  fleshy  form 
about  twice  the  diameter  of  the  first.  External  to  the  endodermis 
the  two  are  similar  except  in  the  amount  of  development  of  the 
cortex.  In  the  development  of  the  thicker  storage  organs,  the 
central  parenchyma  becomes  slightly  lignified  and  sclerotized,  the 
xylem  bundles  increase  from  six  to  seven  or  eight,  the  pericycle 
shows  two  or  three  layers  underneath  the  endodermis,  and  this 
sheath  is  composed  of  slightly  thickened  and  pitted  elements  with 
no  special  passage  cells.  The  xylem  and  the  endodermis  become 
lignified  (Plate  369,  Fig.  2).  In  the  development  of  the  fibrous 
roots  the  xylem  undergoes  such  centripetal  development,  and 
lateral  fusion  that  it  changes  from  a  hexarch  to  a  tetrach.  The 
heavily  lignified  xylem  and  the  weakly  developed  central  paren- 
chyma form  a  four-rayed  star,  with  the  phloem  lodged  in  the 
sinuses  (Plate  369,  Fig.  2).  The  endodermis  is  heavily  thickened 
in  the  regions  external  to  the  phloem  regions  and  consists  of  thin- 
walled  passage  cells  opposite  the  xylem.  The  xylem  shows  great 
degeneration  in  both  types  of  roots,  and  consists  of  scalariform 
vessels  and  elongated  tracheids  with  transverse  pits.  The  phloem 
exhibits  no  ereat  deviation  from  the  normal,  and  consists  of  narrow 
sieve  tubes,  companion  cells  and  some  parenchyma.  A  layer  of 
elongated  elements  containing  protoplasm  and  apparently  adapted 
to  the  conduction  of  proteids  lies  immediately  outside  the  phloem 


MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism  515 

proper.  The  two  types  of  roots  show  a  remarkable  resemblance 
in  stelar  alterations  to  those  of  the  two  types  in  Wnllschlacgelia 
apJiylla  as  described  by  Johow  (7,  p.  427),  though  not  so  distinctly 
separated  by  external  characters. 

The  older  roots  often  assume  a  dark-brown  color  over  certain 
regions  6-10  cm.  in  length,  due  to  the  presence  of  an  ectotropic 
fungus,  which  forms  a  permanent  inycelium  in  three  or  four  of  the 
outer  layers  of  the  cortex  (see  page  523).  The  hyphae  are  heavy 
walled  and  septate.  The  inner  branches  form  large  vesicles  which 
occupy  the  greater  part  of  the  cells  of  the  medio-cortex.  The  outer 
branches  of  the  mycelium  pass  through  the  short  root-hairs  into 
the  soil.  The  region  inhabited  by  the  fungus  gives  rise  to  a  few 
rootlets  which  assume  the  form  of  lozenge  shaped  branches  with 
a  length  not  greater  than  3  cm.  These  branches  arise  endogen- 
ously,  are  brownish  to  within  a  few  millimeters  of  the  tips  and  are 
furnished  with  a  well  developed  root  cap.  The  mycorhizal  fun- 
gus adv^ances  toward  the  tips  as  in  the  branches  of  the  Coral- 
lorhisa,  and  the  entire  structure  shows  an  arrangement  generally 
similar  to  the  coralloid  branches  of  that  plant. 

In  the  half  dozen  perfect  specimens  in  the  hands  of  the  writer 
the  branches  arise  only  from  regions  inhabited  by  the  fungus  and 
it  is  conjectured  that  the  presence  of  this  organism  may  act  as  a 
stimulant  in  setting  up  such  action.      The  fungus  is  found  in  por- 


FlG.  I.      Mycorhizal  portions  of  roots  of  Cepkalanthera. 

tions  of  the  root-system  50  to  60  cm.  below  the  surface  of  the 
soil,  and  as  these  organs  are  very  brittle,  especially  the  mycorhizal 
portions  they  are  generally  broken  off  in  collection.  The  absence 
of  chlorophyll  and  mycorhizas  from  numerous  specimens  sent  in 
by  the  most  careful  collectors  led  the  writer  to  announce  that  the 


516  MacDouoal  :    Symbiosis  and  Saprophvtism 

species  was  a  true  saprophyte  (ii).  Recently,  however,  Mr.  O. 
D.  Allen,  of  Ashford,  Washington,  by  special  request,  dug  up 
some  entire  specimens  with  the  result  that  the  mycorhizas  were 
preserved,  and  are  shown  in  Figure  i. 

This  species  is  noted  as  a  parasite  in  systematic  texts,  but  the 
author  has  failed  to  find  any  direct  evidence  of  its  nutritive  connec- 
tion with  any  other  seed-forming  species,  either  by  his  observa- 
tions or  from  the  reports  of  collectors. 

The  structural  features  of  the  roots  agree  with  those  of  other 
mycorhizal  forms  in  the  reduction  of  the  absorbing  surfaces,  the 
lack  of  spiral  and  annular  vessels,  the  formation  of  tracheids  with 
narrow  transverse  pits  and  the  radial  elongation  of  the  mediocor- 
tical  region.  This  last  named  feature  has  been  supposed  to  be  due 
to  the  influence  of  the  fungus  in  mycorhizal  roots,  but  Groom  has 
shown  that  it  may  occur  in  portions  of  the  root  unoccupied  by  the 
symbiont.  Its  presence  here,  in  portions  of  the  root  not  occupied 
by  the  fungus,  indicates  that  it  is  due  to  the  necessities  of  absorp- 
tion and  use  of  organic  food  perhaps  rather  than  to  the  stimulation 
of  the  presence  of  a  symbiotic  organism. 

The  Rhizome 

The  rhizome  is  an  upright  stem,  slightly  compressed,  with  in- 
ternodes  i  to  2  cm.  long,  from  the  terminal  internodes  of  which 
annually  arise  one  or  two  flower  scapes. 

The  epidermis  is  composed  of  elongated  muriform  elements 
with  the  outer  walls  slightly  convex.  No  transpiratory  openings 
are  to  be  found.  The  cortex  is  ten  to  fifteen  layers  in  thickness, 
the  cells  are  ovoid,  cylindrical,  pitted  and  separated  by  spare  inter- 
cellular spaces.  The  starch  stored  here  during  the  resting  season 
is  usually  exhausted  in  the  formation  of  the  inflorescence.  The 
pericycle  is  two  or  three  layers  in  thickness,  heavily  sclerotized 
and  lignified  and  is  interrupted  in  places  by  thin-walled  elements. 
The  crowded  xylem  ring  contains  a  large  number  of  scalariform 
ducts,  and  some  imperfectly  differentiated  spiral  and  annular  ves- 
sels, all  deeply  lignified.  The  phloem  consists  of  cambiform  ele- 
ments with  spare  protoplasmic  content.  The  interfascicular  paren- 
chyma shows  collenchymatous  thickenings  in  places,  and  numbers 
of  elongated  conducting  cells  with  unlignificd  walls  are  placed 
near  the  vessels  (Plate  369,  Fig.  4). 


MacDougal:   Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism  517 

The  rhizome  exhibits  no  marked  or  general  degeneration,  unless 
the  condition  of  the  phloem  could  be  interpreted  in  this  manner. 
The  xylem  is  amply  developed  for  the  conduction  of  the  supply 
of  water  necessary  for  the  aerial  shoot,  and  the  elongated  elements 
near  the  vessels  appear  to  be  suitable  for  the  transmission  for  pro- 
teinaceous  compounds,  a  function  served  by  certain  cells  immedi- 
ately internal  to  the  endodermis  in  the  root.  The  rhizome  of 
Ccplialanthcra  differs  from  similar  members  in  symbiotic  sapro- 
phytes in  not  being  provided  with  organs  for  the  excretion  of  water. 

The  Inflorescence 

The  flowering  stem  is  composed  of  flattened  internodes  2  to  5 
cm.  long,  bearing  short  sheathing  leaves,  and  a  terminal  raceme 
of  flowers.  The  epidermis  is  composed  of  flattened  cylindrical 
elements  with  oblique  ends,  resembling  tracheids  in  general  form, 
and  with  the  inner  and  radial  walls  dotted  with  numerous  perfora- 
tions. Irregular  masses,  globules  and  networks  of  a  yellowish 
brown  substance  are  abundant  in  the  epidermal  and  cortical  cells 
of  material  preserved  in  alcohol.  Ordinary  chemical  tests  are 
without  definite  reaction,  though  Raspail's  reagent  gave  slight  in- 
dication of  proteids  in  these  masses.  The  epidermis  is  totally 
devoid  of  transpiratory  openings. 

The  cortex  is  eight  to  twelve  layers  in  thickness,  and  consists 
of  elongated  cylindrical  elements  with  no  intercellular  spaces.  It 
appears  to  serve  as  a  tissue  for  the  storage  of  water.  Internal  to 
the  cortex  is  a  sclerenchyma  sheath,  in  the  inner  margin  of  which 
lies  a  circle  of  32  to  40  bundles,  and  centrally  placed  is  a  second 
ring  of  six  to  eight  bundles,  which  are  fairly  identical  with  those 
of  the  rhizome.  Each  bundle  is  enclosed  in  its  own  schleren- 
chyma  sheath.  The  sheath  and  the  xylem  are  heavily  lignified. 
No  marked  degeneration  is  to  be  seen  outside  of  the  lack  of  chlo- 
rophyll, the  transpiratory  organs,  and  the  intercellular  spaces  of 
the  cortex.  The  heavy  sclerenchyma  sheath  is  a  feature  of  the 
aerial  stems  of  the  symbiotic  saprophytes.  The  xylem  shows  a 
very  typical  development. 

The  Leaves 
The  leaves  are  reduced  to  sheathing  bracts,  and  are  destitute  of 
chlorophyll,  as  shown  by  an  examination  of  the  alcoholic  extract 


518  MacDougal:    Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism 

with  the  micro-spectroscope.  The  free  portion  representing  the 
lamina  is  i  to  2  cm.  in  length,  and  the  outer  dorsal  surface  is  pro- 
vided with  stomata,  the  guard  cells  of  which  are  motile  and  con- 
tain starch  (Plate  369,  Fig.  5).  The  possibility  that  the  guard 
cells  may  contain  a  small  amount  of  chlorophyll  is  not  excluded, 
though  it  could  not  be  detected  by  ordinary  tests  in  the  specimens 
examined.  The  epidermis  is  composed  of  muriform  cells  with  the 
outer  walls  convex  and  not  cuticularized.  The  mesophyll  consists 
of  two  layers  of  irregularly  globoid  elements  rich  in  protoplasm, 
and  separated  by  large  air-spaces.  A  third  layer  of  thin -walled 
elements,  cylindrical  in  form  are  to  be  found  lateral  to  the  simple 
fibrovascular  bundles.  This  tissue  is  devoid  of  protoplasm  and 
may  serve  for  the  storage  of  water.  The  sclerenchyma  sheath  is 
incomplete  at  the  point  of  contact  with  this  supposed  storage  tis- 
sue, thus  permitting  the  ready  passage  of  water  between  the  xylem 
and  the  thin-walled  cells. 

The  degeneration  of  the  leaf  is  seen  to  consist  in  the  loss  of 
chlorophyll,  the  lack  of  differentiation  of  the  mesophyll,  and  the 
reduction  of  the  surface.  This  degeneration  has  been  accompanied 
by  the  development  of  a  tissue  for  the  storage  of  water,  and  by  the 
retention  of  the  stomata.  Ccplialanthcra  is  to  be  added  to  the  list 
of  chlorophylless  species  furnished  with  motile  stomata. 

General  Considerations 
It  is  evident  that  the  mycorhiza  of  Ccplialanthcra  is  to  be  con- 
sidered as  adventitious  or  accidental  in  its  occurrence.  In  a  large 
number  of  ectotropic  forms  the  fungus  gains  entrance  to  the  un- 
derground organ  very  early  in  its  development,  and  then  keeps 
pace  with  its  growth.  In  this  instance,  however,  it  is  found  only 
in  certain  regions,  and  might  be  mistaken  for  a  parasite  were  it  not 
for  its  characteristic  vesicles  or  organs  of  interchange.  The  com- 
paratively small  area  of  the  mycorhizal  structures  suggests  that 
Ceplialanthera  is  capable  of  absorbing  largely  from  the  humous 
products  independently. 

Calypso  bulhosa  (L.)  Oakcs 
The  author  has  called  attention  to  the  occurrence  of  adventi- 
tious mycorhiza  in  Calypso {\  i),  and  cited  Lundstrom's  description 


MacDougal  :   Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism  519 

of  these  formations,  which  have  been  found  by  him  and  others  in 
Europe  and  America.  Since  that  paper  was  sent  to  the  press  a 
shipment  of  plants  has  been  received,  which  had  been  collected 
in  northwestern  United  States,  and  a  number  of  the  specimens 
showed  the  coralloid  mycorhiza.  A  careful  reexamination  has 
been  made  of  these  structures  in  the  light  of  the  generalizations 
drawn  from  previous  material,  and  the  results  are  presented  below. 
The  subterranean  stem  of  Calypso  consists  of  an  ovoid  taper- 
ing corm  1.5  to  2  cm.  in  length,  comprising  two  or  three  inter-" 
nodes.  The  single  ovate,  or  ovate-cordate  leaf  is  terminal,  while 
the  inflorescence  arises  from  the  first  node  below.  The  plant  is 
reproduced  vegetatively  by  a  short  offset  of  such  reduced  length 
that  the  new  corm  formed  from  its  apical  internodes  stands  upright 
in  contact  with  the  old  corm  (Plate  367,  Fig.  6).  The  iow  short 
roots  arising  from  the  base  of  the  corm  are  mycorhizal  as  de- 
scribed in  the  previous  paper. 

Stem-mvcorhiza 

The  old  or  spent  corms  of  the  preceding  season's  activity  may 
give  rise  to  offsets  from  the  basal  internodes,  and  these  may  de- 
velop into  coralloid  structures  by  the  repeated  branching  due  to 
the  development  of  all  the  buds,  as  in  Aplcctnun.  The  general 
anatomy  of  the  coralloid  formations  is  too  nearly  like  that  of  the 
stem-mycorhizas  of  Aplcctrum  to  warrant  description  here. 

The  fungus  is  seen  to  be  a  loose  skein  of  hyphae  in  the  three 
or  four  outer  layers  of  the  cortex  passing  outwardly  through  the 
thin-walled  epidermal  cells  into  the  substratum,  and  do  not,' so  far 
as  observations  go,  traverse  through  the  nodal  trichomes.  In  this 
respect  Calypso  differs  from  other  coralloid  plants.  Occasionally 
small  globular  or  ovoid  structures  resembling  sporangioles  are  to 
be  found  terminating  the  branches  of  the  hyphae  in  the  outer  cor- 
tex. The  three  or  four  layers  of  the  medio-cortex  are  filled  with 
dense  masses  of  interwoven  hyphae.  The  hyphae  form  irregu- 
larly swollen  branches  upon  entering  the  cells  of  this  region,  and 
one  or  two  of  these  branches  near  the  nucleus  of  the  cortical  cell 
expands  into  a  vesicle,  which  in  turn  gives  off  a  large  number  of 
branches  nearly  filling  the  cell.  The  hyphae  are  unseptate  and 
have  definite   heavy  walls.      The  form,  irregular  outlines  and   in- 


520  MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Sapkofiivtism 

definite  membranes  of  the  hyphac  in  the  medio-cortex  led  Lund- 
strom  to  believe  that  the  fungus  was  plasmodial  in  its  earlier 
stages  (9).  This  appearance  is  heightened  by  the  adhesion  of  the 
cytoplasm  of  the  cortical  cell  to  the  hyphae.  The  inner  cortex  is 
free  from  hyphae,  and  contains  starch  in  abundance,  especially  in 
the  apical  region.  Starch  is  also  present  in  the  outer  cortex,  but 
quickly  disappears  from  the  cells  invaded  by  the  hyphae.  The 
nuclei  of  the  outer  cortical  cells  are  nearly  normal,  but  those  of 
the  medio-cortex,  occupied  by  the  fungus,  are  hyperchromatic, 
distorted,  and  in  some  instances  undergo  fragmentation,  as  in 
Pcramiinii  ( 1 1 ).  The  stele  is  not  differentiated  into  xylem  and 
phloem,  and  consists  chiefly  of  cylindrical  elements  rich  in  pro- 
toplasm, not  differing  greatly  from  plerome.  The  endodermis 
cannot  be  made  out.  The  fungus  of  the  coralloid  structure  and 
that  of  the  roots  are  quite  similar,  but  their  identity  is  not  es- 
tablished. 

A  comparison  of  the  specimens  which  have  come  under  inspec- 
tion makes  it  apparent  that  the  tendency  to  form  coralloid  myco- 
rhizas  may  play  as  important  a  part  in  Calypso  as  in  Aplectriini. 
The  coralloid  stems  were  small  in  some  instances,  and  attached  to 
the  base  of  corms  two  years  old,  while  in  others  their  bulk  was 
greater  than  that  of  the  corm  of  the  previous  season  to  which  they 
were  attached.  The  extreme  development  was  found  in  one 
specimen  in  which  the  coralloid  structure  was  very  large,  and  the 
old  corm  to  which  it  was  attached  was  shrunken  to  half  its  orig- 
inal size,  but  was  still  sound  and  normal  (Plate  367,  Fig.  8).  A 
second  offset  had  sprung  from  the  node  nearest  the  apex  of  the 
corm.  This  offset  was  about  a  centimeter  in  length  and  bore  two 
roots  at  the  first  node  while  the  three  upper  internodes  had  begun 
to  swell  in  the  formation  of  a  new  corm.  The  terminal  portion 
bore  a  rounded  cordate  leaf  and  a  flower  bud.  The  members  of 
this  specimen  named  in  order  from  the  basal  end  were  :  stem- 
mycorhiza,  spent  corm,  offset,  roots,  developing  corm,  flower  bud 
and  leaf.  A  comparison  of  the  specimens  at  hand  showed  a  fairly 
well  established  correspondence  between  variation  in  the  outline  of 
the  leaf  and  the  development  of  the  stem-mycorhiza.  Such  varia- 
tion might  be  due  to  the  increased  capacity  of  the  plants  furnished 
with   coralloid  structures  for  the  absorption  of  humus  products. 


MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism  521 

The  v'ariation  in  the  leaf  is  also  accompanied  by  increase  in  the 
length  of  the  offsets,  the  decrease  of  the  capacity  of  the  storage 
organs,  and  the  diminution  in  the  number  of  the  roots.  The  coral- 
loid  offsets  of  Calypso  have  not  been  seen  to  give  rise  to  new  plants 
as  in  Aplcctniiii. 

The  very  great  divergence  of  individuals  from  the  type  in  leaf 
and  flower  characters  in  this  species  has  been  a  subject  of  remark 
among  systematists  for  many  years,  and  Mr.  Heller  has  recently 
raised  one  of  the  most  pronounced  forms  to  specific  rank  (4). 
Whether  such  variations  of  the  shoot  are  directly  correlated  witii 
the  development  of  the  mycorhizal  structures  or  not  can  not  be 
definitely  stated.  The  matter  may  be  determined  only  by  the 
careful  examination  of  specimens  in  the  field  throughout  the  habitat 
of  the  species. 

Corallokhiza  Arizonica  Wats. 

(No.  94  of  collection  of  1898  by  MacDougal.) 

The  general  morphology,  and  occurrence  of  the  fungus  of  the 
coralloid  branches  of  Corallorhi::a  have  been  somewhat  fully  de- 
scribed by  Schacht,  Irmisch,  Reinke  and  others,  chief  attention 
having  been  paid  to  Corallorldza  Corallorliiza{\^^  Karst  (C  innatd). 
The  results  at  hand,  however,  were  obtained  quite  early  in  the 
history  of  investigation  upon  this  subject,  and  certain  details  now 
known  to  be  of  great  interest  were  not  touched  upon  in  these 
earlier  researches.  It  was  deemed  advisable,  therefore,  to  make  a 
reexamination  of  the  mycorhizal  structures  of  another  representa- 
tive of  the  genus,  with  especial  attention  to  the  physiological  rela- 
tions of  the  members  of  the  symbiotic  union.  Jennings  and 
Hanna  (6)  have  recently  published  a  short  paper  on  C.  innata  in 
which  it  is  stated  that  the  symbiotic  fungus  is  a  "  hymenomycete 
and  commonly  an  argaric."  Clitocybc  iiifundibiiliformis  Sch.,  was 
found  attached  to  the  coralloid  formations  in  one  instance,  and 
''  Hystcraiigiuin  stoloiiifenivi  of  Tu/asne"  in  another  in  a  manner 
indicative  of  the  identity  of  these  species  with  the  symbiotic  fungus. 

CorallorJiiza  Arizonica  is  a  native  of  the  upper  part  of  the  tran- 
sition zone  and  the  Canadian  zone  in  the  Rocky  Mountains.  The 
subterranean  portion  of  the  plant  consists  of  a  dense  mass  of  coral- 
loid stems  which  lie  as  deep  as  20  cm.  below  the  surface,  and  from 


522  MacDougal:    Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism 

which  extends  upwardly  a  premorse  rhizome  lo  to  15  cm.  in 
length.  The  thick  aerial  stem  readies  a  height  of  i  5  to  25  cm., 
is  sheathed  by  membranous  leaves,  and  terminated  by  a  strongly 
developed  racemose  inflorescence.  The  leaves  and  stem  are  irreg- 
ularly colored  with  blotches  of  reddish,  purplish  and  brownish 
tints,  and  appear  to  be  wholly  free  from  chlorophyll.  Specimens 
with  rudimentary  aerial  stems  and  others  in  bloom  were  collected 
by  the  writer  on  Mormon  mountain,  and  on  the  San  Francisco 
mountain  in  Arizona  in  1891  and  1898,  and  preserved  in  alcohol. 
The  results  described  below  are  based  upon  this  material. 

The  coralloid  mvcorhiza 

The  mycorhiza  of  this  plant  is  a  dense  mass  of  club-shaped 
branches  arising  from  the  upright  underground  rhizome,  on  which 
the  true  roots  are  to  be  seen  as  minute  papillae.  The  germination 
of  the  seed  has  not  been  observ^ed,  and  it  is  impossible  to  say 
whether  the  primary  roots  are  developed  or  not,  or  at  what  stage 
the  symbiotic  fungus  invades  the  offsets  which  constitute  the  coral- 
loid mass.  Reinke  figures  a  young  plant,  probably  of  the  second 
year's  growth,  in  which  the  underground  member  consists  of  a 
coralloid  stem  only  (14).  The  external  anatomy  and  method  of 
branching  need  no  further  description  in  this  species.  The  rhizome 
attains  a  thickness  of  4  to  6  mm.,  with  internodes  2  to  4  mm.  in 
length. 

The  phloem  consists  of  two  or  three  layers  of  prosenchymatous 
cells  with  yellowish  thickened  walls  and  slimy  contents,  most 
nearly  like  companion  cells.  The  phloem  forms  two  crescents  with 
the  tips  nearly  touching  with  the  3  to  5  xylem  bundles  lying  inter- 
nally, or  the  phloem  may  form  a  complete  ring  enclosing  the 
xylem.  The  xylem  consists  almost  entirely  of  scalariform  vessels 
and  one  or  two  tracheids  in  which  the  perforations  are  oval  and 
elongated  obliquely.  The  central  parenchyma  is  made  up  of  short 
cylindrical  cells  often  richly  loaded  with  starch.  The  pericycle  is 
present  as  one  or  two  layers  of  cambiform  cells,  and  the  endo- 
derniis  forms  a  sheath  of  flattened  cylindrical  elements.  External 
to  the  stele  is  a  cylinder  of  cortical  tissue  10  to  15  layers  in  thick- 
ness composed  of  ovoid  or  globoid  elements,  with  large  intercel- 
lular spaces,  and  containing  starch  during  the  resting  period.     The 


MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism  523 

medio-cortex  is  i  5  to  20  layers  in  thickness  and  is  composed  of 
cells  with  the  radial  diameter  twice  the  axial.  The  outer  cortex 
consists  of  3  to  5  layers  of  very  thin-walled  elements  with  the 
tangential  diameter  greater  than  the  radial.  Both  the  medio- 
cortex  and  the  outer  cortex  are  provided  with  intercellular  spaces. 
The  epidermis  is  composed  of  flattened  cells,  irregular  in  outline, 
with  the  lateral  and  inner  walls  pitted  and  the  outer  wall  slightly 
thickened  and  brownish  in  color.  It  is  furnished  with  a  large 
number  of  stomata,  with  the  motile  guard  cells  of  cfescentic  form 
(Plate  368,  Figs.  5  and  6)  containing  starch.  These  and  the  large  in- 
tercellular spaces  constitute  a  very  efficient  aerating  sy.stem,  and 
makes  the  coralloid  structure  independent  of  the  aerial  shoot  in 
transpiration,  and  at  the  same  time  allows  free  access  of  atmos- 
pheric oxygen.  The  apices  of  the  rudimentary  sheathing  leaves 
are  soon  converted  into  a  number  of  blackish  shreds  and  their 
bases  persist  as  wedge-shaped  rudiments  with  no  distinct  function. 
Clumps  of  large  trichomes  resembling  root-hairs  arise  from  papillae 
which  are  infra-axillarv  to  the  leaves. 

The  fungus  obtains  access  to  the  coralloid  offset  at  quite  an 
early  stage  of  its  existence  and  constantly  grows  toward  the  elon- 
gating .apex  forming  convolutions  of  pale  gray  shining  hyphae 
with  numerous  septae  in  the  outer  cortex.  The  growth  of  the 
hyphae  keeps  pace  with  the  offset  in  its  slow  growth,  and  they 
extend  forward  to  the  shoulder  of  the  blunt  tip  of  each  branch, 
curving  inward  at  this  place  toward  the  embryonic  tissue.  The 
hyphae  in  the  outer  cortex  remain  active  even  in  old  mycorhiza 
and  may  be  designated  as  forming  the  permanent  mycelium.  The 
permanent  mycelium  is  thus  in  the  shape  of  a  sub-epidermal  cylin- 
der, and  when  new  branches  are  formed  the  sheathing  cylinder  ot 
the  fungus  is  continued  out  in  it.  Branches  from  the  apical  por- 
tion of  the  permanent  mycelium  penetrate  the  medio-cortex  while 
it  is  still  in  an  undifferentiated  condition,  and  these  branches  grow 
and  ramify  with  the  development  of  the  cortical  cells  until  the 
latter  are  almost  filled  with  their  dense  convolutions.  For  some 
unknown  reason  the  development  of  the  hyphal  branches  is  great- 
est immediately  internal  to  the  nodal  trichomes  in  the  medio- 
cortex.  The  hyphal  branches  are  generally  cylindrical  but  occa- 
sionally portions  become  swollen  to  twice  the   normal  diameter, 


524  MacDougal  :    SvMinosis  and  Saprophvtism 

but  no  enlargements  constituting  sporangioles,  vesicles  or  other 
organs  of  interchange  are  to  be  seen.  The  cortex  of  the  younger 
portions  of  the  coralloid  structures  is  filled  with  starch  granules 
which  are  slowly  corroded  by  the  action  of  the  developing  hyphae. 
Cells  in  which  the  hyphae  have  made  many  convolutions  still 
contain  some  starch,  but  it  finally  disappears.  The  hyphae  in  the 
medio-cortex  a  distance  from  the  tip  are  yellowish  and  collapsed, 
but  no  solid  bodies  are  to  be  seen  as  a  result  of  the  liberation  of 
their  disintegration  products  in  the  cortical  cells.  The  proto- 
plasm of  the  latter  is  w^ell  spent  but  normal,  and  the  nuclei  are 
normal  and  active.  The  permanent  mycelium  sends  out  external 
branches  through  the  trichomes  into  the  soil.  The  permanent 
mycelium  is,  therefore,  in  the  form  of  a  sheathing  cylinder  with 
numbers  of  branches  opposite  each  other  extending  out  into  the 
substratum*  and  into  the  cortex.  It  is  to  be  pointed  out  in  this  con- 
nection that  the  numerous  statements  to  the  effect  that  the  fungus 
gains  access  to  the  interior  of  the  coralloid  structure  through 
the  trichomes  are  obviously  incorrect.  Entrance  to  the  offset  in 
the  initial  stage  of  the  formation  of  the  coralloid  branches  is  per- 
haps made  in  this  way,  but  once  inside  the  branch  the  permanent 
mycelium  is  found  which  keeps  pace  with  growth  of  the  cortex  and 
sends  branches  outwardly  through  the  trichomes.  The  continued 
and  repeated  entrance  of  the  fungus  through  the  trichomes  is  an 
assumption  only,  and  is  based  on  the  necessities  of  the  theory  of 
mycorhizas  as  fungus  traps  rather  than  on  the  actual  facts. 

The  chemotropic  reactions  of  the  fungus  as  shown  by  its  method 
of  extension  are  of  great  interest.  The  permanent  mycelium  tra- 
verses the  coralloid  branches  in  the  layers  of  cortical  tissue  first 
differentiated.  The  tips  of  the  hyphal  branches  are  attracted  out 
through  the  trichomes,  presumably  by  atmospheric  oxygen,  or  by 
the  humus  products,  which  would  increase  in  concentration  from 
the  base  of  the  epidermal  cells  to  the  apices  of  the  trichomes.  The 
attraction  of  the  branches  into  themedio-cortical  cells  nnist  be  due 
to  a  carbohydrate,  rather  than  a  nuclear  product,  since  it  is  quite 
noticeable  that  all  convolutions  of  the  hyphae  are  made  in  regions 
of  the  cell  some  distance  from  tlic  nucleus.  The  tip  of  a  hypha 
may  pass  within  its  own  diameter  of  the  nucleus  of  the  cortical 
cell  with  mutual   indifference,  and  only  in   a  small  number  of  in- 


MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism  525 

stances  does  the  presence  of  the  fungus  affect  the  nucleus.  Ex- 
cretions from  the  hyphac  cause  some  distortion  of  a  few  nuclei, 
which  are  also  hyperchromatic.  The  hyphae  may  be  traced  around 
the  cell  in  several  circuits.  Penetration  of  the  wall  and  entrance 
into  a  neighboring  cell  is  not  made  until  the  supply  of  starch  is 
nearly  exhausted,  and  the  solution  in  the  contiguous  cell  would 
form  a  stronger  chemotropic  stimulus.  The  portion  of  the  hypha 
in  the  wall  appears  but  half  the  normal  diameter  of  the  typical  fila- 
ment, and  is  nearly  colorless  even  in  old  formations. 

The  ascending  rhizome 

The  ascending  rhizome  consists  of  four  or  five  napiform  seg- 
ments, each  consisting  of  two  or  three  internodes  and  representing 
one  season's  growth.  As  each  segment  is  formed  it  gives  rise  to 
an  inflorescence  from  an  apical  node.  Later  in  the  season  it  forms 
offsets  which  reproduce  the  premorse  rhizomes  with  their  coral- 
loid  branches.  As  a  consequence  of  this  mode  of  growth,  a  dozen 
plants  may  be  found  adherent  in  a  colony,  with  the  coralloid  ni}'- 
corhizas  closely  crowded  in  a  huge  clump. 

The  epidermis  of  the  rhizome  consists  of  very  irregular  ele- 
ments, some  of  which  contain  starch  at  all  times.  Numerous 
hyathodes  with  a  central  oval  or  oblong  central  cell  filled  with  a 
dense  mass  of  yellowish  brown  secretion,  surrounded  by  six  or 
seven  radially  arranged  elements  are  to  be  seen  (Plate  368,  Fig. 
4).  The  cortex  shows  a  very  copious  development,  consisting  of 
ovoid  or  globoid  elements  with  ample  air-spaces,  and  embracing  a 
large  number  of  mucilage  cells.  This  member  is  therefore  fur- 
nished with  a  very  efficient  mechanism  for  the  extrusion  of  water  : 
an  important  provision  in  an  organ  devoted  to  the  condensation 
of  carbohydrates  of  soluble  carbohydrates  to  starch,  and  this  pro- 
cess may  continue  irrespective  of  the  presence  of  the  aerial  shoot. 
The  peri  cycle  forms  a  dense  heavy  ring  of  7  to  10  layers  rich  in 
proteids.  The  stele  in  general  exhibits  a  degree  of  degeneration 
corresponding  with  that  of  the  coralloid  branches.  Its  parenchy- 
matous elements  as  well  as  the  cortex  are  loaded  with  starch. 

The  Inflorescence  axis 
The  epidermis  consists  of  flattened  cylindrical  cells  with  oblique 
ends,  are  rich  in  protoplasm,  and  entirely  devoid  of  stomatal  open- 


526  MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism 

ings.  The  lo  to  15  layers  of  cortical  tissues  are  furnished  with 
very  large  intercellular  spaces,  which  may  denote  an  epidermal 
transpiration  of  some  importance,  though  no  special  adaptation  for 
this  purpose  could  be  detected.  Crystal  cells  are  scattered  through- 
out the  cortex  and  appear  even  in  the  epidermis.  The  pericycle 
is  composed  of  several  layers  of  elongated  cells  with  thickened 
walls  and  yellowish  brown  contents.  The  bundles  are  scattered 
in  the  stele  with  the  xylem  and  phloem  radially  arranged.  Then' 
degeneration  is  fairly  uniform  with  that  of  the  rhizome  and  its 
branches.  The  leaves  are  sheathing,  destitute  of  stomata,  and 
show  no  differentiation  of  tissue  for  food-formation,  or  transpira- 
tion, except  that  the  globular  parenchyma  shows  great  intercellu- 
lar spaces.  As  noted  above  they  are  free  from  chlorophyll 
C.  Arizonica  differs  from  C.  Corallorhiza  (C.  innnta)  in  the  formation 
of  a  bulky  premorse  rhizome  furnished  with  stomata,  the  total  lack 
of  chlorophyll  in  the  shoot,  with  absence  of  stomata,  and  in  the 
greater  degeneration  of  the  stele.  The  differentiation  of  the  fungal 
symbiont  into  a  permanent  mycelium  with  short-lived  and  external 
and  internal  branches  seems  to  be  a  mycorhizal  character  described 
here  for  the  first  time,  though  it  is  present  in  C.  Corallorliiza  and 
other  species.  The  hyphae  in  the  coralloid  formation  of  C.  Co- 
rallorldza,  C.  uiultiflora  and  others  are  applied  to  the  nuclei  in  the 
cortical  cell  while  in  C.  Arizonica  this  is  not  the  case,  indicating  a 
difference  of  chemotropic  reaction  of  the  fungus  in  the  two  in- 
stances. 

Relations  of  the  mycorhizal  components 

The  fungus  in  the  coralloid  formations  of  CorallorJiiza  draws  its 
nourishment  from  two  sources  ;  .from  the  humus  products  of  the 
soil  and  from  the  carbohydrates  in  the  cortex.  The  material  thus 
obtained  is  used  in  the  construction  of  extensions  of  the  mycelium 
and  its  branches.  With  the  growth  and  progression  of  the  my- 
corhiza,  the  older  internal  branches  of  the  mycelium  which  have 
formed  dense  masses  in  the  medio-cortex  undergo  disintegration 
and  the  products  thus  liberated  may  be  drawn  in  two  directions  : 
toward  the  apex  of  the  mycorhiza  and  toward  the  premorse  rhi- 
zome. On  arrival  at  both  places  the  surplus  matei'ial  is  converted 
into  starch.      The  starch  of  the  rhizome  is   used  in  the  construe- 


MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism  527 

tion  of  the  reproductive  and  other  branches.      The  starch  in  the 
apex  of  the  coralloid  mycorhiza  is  used  in  the  construction  of  em- 
bryonic tissue  and  a  portion  of  it  remains  in  the  medio-cortex  and 
becomes  available  to  the  fungus  as  a  highly  advantageous  food. 
Janse  and  others  have  upheld  the  theory  that  endotropic  my- 
corhizas  are  similar  in  physiological  value  to  leguminous  tuber- 
cles (ii),  but  the  only  actual  proof  adduced  in  favor  of  this  view 
is  the  evidence  obtained  by  Nobbe  and  Hiltner  from  experiments 
with   Podocarpiis  ( 1 2).      That  endotropic  fungi  may   cooperate  in 
the  fixation  of  free  nitrogen  in  the  roots   of  plants  in  which  they 
occupy   only  a  portion   of   the   absorbing   system   is    readily  ad- 
missible and  may  be  considered  as  proven.     Such  an  explanation 
is  wholly  inadequate  to  account  for  the  arrangement  of  the  my- 
corhizal  components  and  transpiratory  structures  in  Corallorhiza^ 
however,  on  purely  anatomical  grounds.      The  underground  mem- 
bers of  this  genus  are  furnished  with   a  complete  sub-epidermal 
sheath  of  mycelium,  which  fills  every  cell  of  the  outer  cortex  in 
two  or  three  layers,  except  a  minute  area  at  the  tip  of  the  coral- 
loid branch,  and  usually  the  10  to  15  layers  of  the  medio-cortex. 
It  is  obviously  impossible  for  the  CorallorJiiza  to  absorb  substances 
from  the  soil  except  through  and  by  the  agency  of  the  fungus. 
The  fungus  may  be  capable  of  accomplishing  the  fixation  of  free 
nitrogen,  but  that  it  is  not  its   sole,  or  its   major  function  in  the 
symbiosis,  since  all  of  the  food-material   of  the  association  must 
pass  through  its  hyphae  ;  a  statement  equally  true  of  such  forms 
of  ectotropic  mycorhiza  as  those  of  Ptcrospora,   Monotropa,  etc. 
The  higher  plant  affords  a  lodgment  for  the  fungus,  from  which  it 
sends  out  absorbent  and  reproductive   branches.      Food-material 
taken  in  by  the  fungus  is  yielded  to  the  higher  plant  and  consti- 
tutes its  sole  supply.      To  this  extent  the  higher  plant  is  parasitic 
upon  the  fungus.      But  the  higher  plant  accomplishes  transforma- 
tions of  chemical  energy  in  the  food  thus   obtained   of  which  the 
fungus  is  incapable  and  yields  the  elaborated  product  in  an  ad- 
vantageous form  in  the  apex  of  the  mycorhiza,  where  it  serves  as 
a  food  for  the  advancing  mycelium.     The  higher  plant  is,  there- 
fore, not  a  fungus-trap  pure  and  simple,  as  the  association  is  of 
^reat  mutual  advantage. 

The  principal  conclusions  which  may  be  drawn  from  the  facts 


528  MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism 

adduced  in  the   foregoing  paper  may  be  briefly  stated   as  follows  : 

I.  The  term  saprophyte  should  be  appHed  to  those  species 
only  which  derive  their  food-supply  from  organic  products,  un- 
aided by  chlorophyll,  and  without  the  intervention  of  other  organ- 
isms. The  true  saprophytes  therefore  include  numerous  bacteria, 
fungi  and  but  one  seed-forming  species — Wullsclilaegelia  apJiylla. 
The  saprophytic  capacity  of  the  seedling  has  been  extended  to 
cover  periods  of  varying  length  in  the  life  of  the  hemi-saprophytes 
and  with  symbiosis  has  reacted  to  diminish  the  tendency  to  store 
reserve  material  in  seeds. 

II.  The  degenerations  of  the  true  saprophytes  are  generally 
parallel  to  those  of  mycorhizal  forms. 

III.  Ccplialantlicra  Oregana  and  Corallorliiza  Arizonica  are  to 
be  added  to  the  list  of  chlorophylless  plants  furnished  with  stomata. 

IV.  The  offsets  of  Calypso  are  occa.sionally  converted  into 
coralloid  mycorhizas  as  in  Aplectruiii.  The  stele  of  such  structures 
is  not  differentiated  into  xylem  and  phloem.  The  occurrence  of 
the  coralloid  mycorhiza  is  accompanied  by  variations  in  the  form 
of  the  leaves,  and"o£  the  decrease  in  the  capacity  of  the  storage 
organs  in  the  specimens  examined. 

V.  Corallorliiza  Arizonica  exhibits  greater  development  of  the 
symbiotic  adaptation  than  C.  Corallorliiza.  The  stele  is  quite 
primitive  throughout,  chlorophyll  islacking,  and  stomata  are  pres- 
ent on  the  coralloid  branches  only.  The  epidermis  of  the  pre- 
morse  rhizome  is  furnished  wath  hyathodes.  The  aerial  shoot 
is  furnished  with  large  intercellular  spaces,  but  may  carry 
on  epidermal  transpiration  only.  The  fungus  in  the  coral- 
loid structures  consists  of  a  permanent  mycelium,  with  external 
and  internal  branches  ;  the  former  are  organs  of  absorption  and 
reproduction,  the  latter  are  organs  of  interchange  between  the 
members  of  the  symbiosis.  The  higher  plant  affords  lodgment 
for  the  fungus  and  carries  on  chemical  transformations  the  prod- 
ucts of  which  are  available  to  the  fungus.  The  latter  absorbs 
and  yields  to  the  higher  plant  in  a  more  or  less  complex  form  the 
products  of  the  humous  soil. 

VI.  All  endotropic  mycorhizas  do  not  conform  to  a  single  phys- 
iological type.  The  theory  of  Janse  that  endotropic  fungi  are 
negatively  chemotropic  to  oxygen,  and  bear  the  same  relation  to 


MacDougal  :   Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism  529 

the  higher  plant  as  the  organism  of  the  leguminous  tubercle,  is  not 
capable  of  general  application.  Such  relation  has  been  proven  be- 
tween Podocarpus  and  the  peronosporous  fungus  of  its  mycorhiza 
only. 

VII.  Two  types  of  endotropic  mycorhizas  may  be  distin- 
guished ;  one  adapted  for  nitrogen  fixation,  and  a  second  for  the 
absorption  and  modification — perhaps  oxidation — of  the  soil  prod- 
ucts before  liberation  in  the  tissues  of  the  higher  plant.  The  ex- 
tension of  information  will  doubtless  result  in  the  further  division 
of  the  second  type. 

Literature  to  which  Referenxe  is  made. 

1.  Bonnier  and  Mangin  :  Recherches  sur  la  respiration  des  tissues 
sans  chlorophyll.     Ann.  Sc.  Nat.  VI.  i8  :    203.      1884. 

2.  Engler  u.  Prantl :  Die  naturl.     Pflanzenf.,  2  :    11.     . 

3.  Pf effer  :  Pflanzenphysiol.  i  :   349.      1897. 

4.  Heller  :  New  plants  from  western  North  America.  Bull.  Torr. 
Bot.  Club,  25  :   No.  4.     April,  1898. 

5.  Janse  :  Les  endophytes  radicants  de  quelques  plantes  javanaises. 
Ann.  d.  Jard.  d.  Buitenzorg.  14:   53.      1896. 

6.  Jennings  and  Hanna  :  Corallorhiza  innata  R.  Br.  and  its  my- 
corhiza.     Sc.  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Dublin,  N.  S.  9:    [pages?].      1899. 

7.  Johow :  Die  chlorophyllfreiHe  Humusbewohner  West  Indiens, 
biologisch-morphologisch  dargestellt.  Pringsh.  Jahrb.  f.  wiss.  Bot.  16 : 
445.      1885. 

8.  Lory :  Sur  la  respiration  et  la  structure  des  Orobanches,  et 
autres  plantes  vasculaires  deporvues  de  partes  vertes.  Ann.  Sc.  Nat. 
III.  8:    158.      1847. 

9.  Lundstrom  :  Einige  Beobachtung  ueber  Calypso  borealis.  Bot. 
Centralb.  38:    697.      1889. 

10.  MacDougal:  Symbiosis  and  Saprophytism.  Am.  Nat.  33: 
210.      1899. 

11.  MacDougal:  Symbiotic  saprophytism.     Ann.  Bot.  I  :    i.  1899. 

1 2 .  Nobbe  u.  Hiltner :  Die  endotropische  Mycorhiza  von  Podo- 
carpus, und  ihre  physiologische  Bedeutung.  Landw.  Versuchssta.  51  : 
241.      1898. 

13.  Reichenbach  :  Orchidiographische  Beitrage.  Linnaea,  41  :  53. 
1877. 


0/ 


530  MacDougal  :    Symbiosis  and  Sapkophytism 

14.  Reinke :  Zur  Kenntniss  des  Rhizomes  von  Corallorhiza  und 
Epipogon.     Bot.  Zeit.  56:    145.      1873. 

15.  Thomas:  The  genus  C^ra//W«'2<2.     Bot.  Gaz.  18  :  166.     1893. 

Hxplanatiou    of  Plates 

Plate  367.  (l)  Entire  specimen  of  Cephalanthera  Oi-egana  Reichenb  :  A,  base 
of  aerial  stem.  (2)  Premorse  x\^\zo\nQ  o'i  Corallorhiza  Arizouica  :  A,  X^xxmx^zS.  bud; 
B,  B,  B,  B,  scars  of  preceding  buds  ;  C  and  D,  offsets  from  which  arise  coralloid 
branches.  (3,  4  and  5)  Coralloid  branches  of  Corallorhiza  Arizonica.  (6)  Typical 
specimen  of  Calypso  borealis  :  A,  young  corm  ;  B,  corm  of  previous  season's  forma- 
tion. (7)  Aberrant  specimen  of  Calypso  :  A,  o\A.  corm  with  coralloid  branch.  (8) 
Widely  aberrant  form  of  Calypso  :  A,  young  corm  ;  B,  old  corm  with  large  coralloid 
branch,  C. 

Plate  368.  Corallorhiza  Arizonica  Wats,  (i)  Longitudinal  section  of  tip  of  old 
coralloid  mycorhiza  :  a,  a,  epidermis  ;  6,  />,  medio-cortex,  containing  disintegrating 
branches  of  fungus  ;  <r,  stele  ;  m,  m,  permanent  mycelium  ;  d,  d,  branches  ;  e,  leaf. 
(2)  Portion  of  transverse  section  of  mycorhiza  :  ^,  epidermis  ;  r,  permanent  mycelium; 
w,  internal  branches  in  medio-cortex  ;  /,  inner  cortex;  b,  phloem;  0,  xylem.  (3) 
Cells  from  cortex:  a,  a,  hyphae  of  permanent  mycelium  ;  c,  masses  of  hyphae  in  medio- 
cortical  cells  ;  n,  n,  n,  nuclei  of  cortical  cells.  (4)  Hyathode  from  premorse  rhizome. 
(5)  Stomata  from  coralloid  branch.  (6)  Section  of  epidermis  of  coralloid  branch 
showing  structure  of  stoma  :  e,  ^.epidermal  cells;  a,  guard  cells;  «,  nucleus.  (7) 
Transverse  section  of  aerial  stem  :  e,  epidermis  ;  c,  cortex ;  (/,  sclerenchyma  sheath  ; 
X,  X,  fibrovascular  bundles. 

Plate  369.  Cephalanthera  Origana  Reichenb.  ( i )  Transverse  section  of  stele 
of  storage  root  :  /,  medulla  ;  x,  x,  xylem  ;  c,  endodermis.  (2)  Transverse  section  of 
stele  of  fibrous  root :  v,  passage  cells  of  endodermis  ;  e,  thickened  cells  of  endodermis 
outside  of  phloem;  s,  phloem;  z,  xylem;  c,  medulla.  (3)  Longitudinal  section  in 
stele  ;  0,  s,  vessels  ;  vi,  medulla  ;  n,  endodermis.  (4)  Portion  of  transverse  section  of 
rhizome :  e,  epidermis  ;  h,  cortex  ;  /,  sclerenchyma  sheath  ;  g,  fibrovascular  bundles 
with  heavy  sheath  ;  r,  parenchyma.      (5)   Stoma  from  leaf. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club. 


Pl.  367. 


F.  K.  Deniston,  del. 


MACDOUGAL  ON  SYMBIOSIS. 


THE    HELIOTYPE    PRINTING   CO.,    BOSTON. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club. 


Pl.  368. 


F.  K.  Deniston  and  H.  B.  Humphrey,  del. 


MACDOUGAL  ON  SYMBIOSIS. 


THE    HELIOTYPS    PRINTING   CO..    BOSTON. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club. 


Pl.  369 


H.  B.  Humphrey  and  F.  K.  Deniston,  del. 


MACDOUGAL  ON  SYMBIOSIS. 


THE    HEU0TYP6   PRINTING   CO..    BOSTON. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  2 


NEW  SPECIES  FROM  THE  WESTERN 
UNITED  STATES 


BY  P.   A.   RYDBERG 


NEW  YORK 
1899 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club.  26  :  5U-5u6.     16  Oct.,  1899.] 


New  Species  from  the  Western   United  States 

By   1*.  A.  Ryduerg 

Juncus  Suksdorfii 

Stem  about  3  dm.  high,  strict,  light  green,  2-3  mm.  in  diame- 
ter ;  leaves  terete  or  slightly  flattened,  distinctly  septate  ;  the  basal 
ones  short ;  stem  leaves,  except  the  upper  ones,  often  3  dm.  long 
all  with  a  conspicuous,  scarious  sheath  ;  heads  in  a  contracted  pan- 
icle, brown  and  shining,  5-8-flowered  ;  bracts  ovate,  cuspidate- 
acuminate  ;  perianth  segments  subequal,  about  4  mm.  long,  nar- 
rowly lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate  ;  stamens  6  ;  anthers  longer 
than  the  filaments  ;  style  long-exserted  ;  capsule  dark  brown  and 
shining,  oblong,  acuminate,  3-angled. 

Dr.  Watson  has  labeled  this  /uticus  Nevadensis  var.,  to  which  it 
may  be  nearest  related  if  the  structure  of  the  flower  is  taken  in 
consideration.  It  is  different  in  habit,  however,  being  much  stouter, 
having  more  numerous  and  larger  heads,  and  longer  leaves. 

Washington:  Falcon  Valley,  iSS^,,  Suksdorf,  21"/;  1885,  (56*0; 
Spangle,  Spokane  Co.,  1884,  ^6^    (all  in  Gray  Herbarium). 

Allium  Neo-Mexicanum 

Bulb  oblong,  membranaceous,  crowning  a  more  or  less  persis- 
tent rhizome  ;  coat  membranaceous  ;  scape  slender,  terete  ;  leaves 
narrow,  1-3  mm.  wide,  apparently  almost  flat,  slightly  keeled  ; 
umbel  8— 20-flowered,  nodding  ;  involucre  very  small ;  perianth- 
segments  oblong-ovate,  acute,  nearly  white,  without  a  distinct  mid- 
vein  ;  stamens  and  style  exserted  ;  capsule  6-crested. 

This  resembles  most  A.  ccrnnuin,  but  differs  in  the  fewer  flow- 
ered umbel,  the  narrower  perianth-segments,  and  in  the  thinner 
and  narrower  leaves,  which  are  only  slightly  keeled. 

New  Mexico:  Organ  Mountains,  1894,^.  0.  Wooton;  185 1-2, 
C.  WrigJit,  191 3. 

South  Colorado  :   1 86 1 ,  C  (T.  Parry,  j^o. 

Arizona:  Tanners  Canon,  1892,  Dr.  T.  E.  Wilcox. 

Astragalus  Cusickii 

Perennial  from  a  creeping  rootstock  :  stem  about  5  dm.  high, 
strigose,  somewhat  branched  ;  leaves  pinnate  of  6-9  pairs  of  linear 

(541) 


642      Rydberg  :   Species  from  Western  United  States 

leaflets  which  are  2-3  cm.  long  and  about  2  mm.  wide,  glabrous 
above  and  slightly  strigose  beneath  ;  raceme  with  a  1-2  dm.  long 
peduncle,  rather  lax  and  few-flowered  ;  flowers  almost  sessile,  about 
12  mm.  long  ;  calyx  about  7  mm.  long,  strigose  with  dark  hairs  ; 
lobes  short,  lanceolate  and  unequal  ;  corolla  yellow  ;  pod  with  a 
stipe  which  is  about  i  cm.  long  and  curved  upwards,  upright,  ob- 
long, obcordate  in  cross-section,  with  the  dorsal  suture  strongly 
inflexed  to  about  half-way  to  the  ventral  one,  subcoriaceous,  the 
body  being  about  2  cm.  long. 

The  specimens  were  named  A.  arrcctus  Gray?,  to  which  species 
it  has  a  superficial  resemblance,  differing  in  the  pod,  the  struc- 
ture of  which  places  it  near  A.  Dritmmondii  and  A.  scopulorum. 
From  these  it  differs,  however,  in  the  short  erect  pod.  It  grows 
on  dry  hillsides. 

Oregon:  Malheur,  1885,  W.  C.  Ciisick,  1238  (Gray  Herba- 
rium). 

Potentilla  rosulata 

Glandular  and  viscid  pubescent  throughout ;  caudex  thick  and 
lignose,  topped  with  dense  rosettes  of  leaves  and  short  stems  ;  the 
laUer,  at  least  in  the  type  specimens,  less  than  i  dm.  high  ;  basal 
leaves  4-5  cm.  long,  long-petioled,  pinnately  5-foIiolate  ;  stem- 
leaves  ternate,  short-petioled,  or  the  upper  subsessile ;  lower 
stipules  lanceolate  and  thin  ;  the  upper  ovate  and  rather  thick  ; 
leaflets  thick,  densely  viscid  and  glandular  pubescent,  broadly 
obovate,  or  the  terminal  orbicular,  deeply  crenate,  or  somewhat 
cleft,  7-10  mm.  long;  pedicels  5-15  mm.  long;  hypanthium 
about  5  mm.  in  diameter,  densely  viscid  pubescent ;  bractlets 
ovate,  about  half  as  long  as  the  broadly  triangular  ovate  acute  or 
acuminate  sepals  ;  petals  small,  oblong,  whitish  or  light  yellow, 
about  as  long  as  the  bractlets;  stamens  between  30  and  40; 
anthers  decidedly  didymous  ;  pistils  20-40;  style  filiform,  at- 
tached near  the  apex  of  the  ovary. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  Potentilla  saxosa  Greene,*  but  differs 
in  the  less  numerous  leaflets  of  the  basal  leaves,  the  much  thicker 
and  less  incised  leaflets,  the  shorter  and  stouter  stems,  the  smaller 

*  In  my  monograph  I  transferred  this  species  to  Horkelia,  on  account  of  its  close 
resemblance  to  Horkelia  Bailcyi,  but  a  study  of  better  material  in  Mr.  T.  S.  Bran- 
degee's  herbarium  has  persuaded  me  that  I  made  a  mistake.  The  species  is  a  true 
Potentilla.  There  are  three  species,  all  belonging  to  the  Potetitilleae,  that  are  almost 
identical  in  the  vegetative  parts,  but  still  must  be  placed  in  three  different  genera. 
These  are:  Potentilla  saxosa  Greene,  Horkelia  Bailey i  Wats,,  and  PurJ>usia  saxosa 
Brandegee. 


Rydberg  :    Species  from  Western  United  States     543 

petals  and  the  shorter  hairs  of  the  receptacle.  It  resembles  also 
P.  rivalis  somewhat  in  habit  and  leaves,  but  it  has  a  thick  peren- 
nial caudex,  much  more  numerous  stamens  and  filiform  style. 

California:  29  Palms,  Colorado  Desert,  1898,  A.  H.  Alvcr- 
son  (type  in  the  herbarium  of  T.  S.  Brandcgee). 

Horkelia  chaetophora 

Caudex  stout,  covered  with  the  remains  of  leaf-stalks  and 
stipules  from  former  years  ;  stems  several,  1-1.5  dm.  high,  almost 
scapose,  finely  puberulent ;  basal  leaves  numerous,  about  i  dm. 
long,  with  1 5-20  pairs  of  leaflets  ;  their  stipules  broad,  brown, 
obtuse,  bristly  ciliate  ;  leaflets  3-5  mm.  long,  divided  to  near  the 
base  into  linear-oblong  segments,  densely  puberulent  and  tipped 
with  bristles  ;  cyme  rather  many-flowered  and  open  ;  hypanthium 
5-7  mm.  in  diameter,  puberulent  and  hirsute  ;  bractlets  linear-ob- 
long, one  third  shorter  than  the  broadly  lanceolate  acute  sepals  ; 
petals  yellow,  oblong,  about  equaling  the  sepals;  stamens  10; 
filaments  filiform  ;  pistils  about  20. 

This  is  intermediate  between  H.  Utahensis  and  H.  pygmaca.  It 
resembles  the  former  most  in  habit  and  flowers,  but  has  the  bristles 
and  obtuse  stipules  characteristic  to  H.  pygmaca.  From  the  latter 
it  differs  in  the  larger  size  of  the  plant  and  flower  and  the  many- 
flowered  and  open  cyme.  It  grows  in  rocky  places  in  the  moun- 
tains at  an  altitude  of  3000-3400  m. 

California  :  Farewell  Gap  and  Little  Kern  River,  Tulare  Co., 
1896,  C.  A.  Pnrpus,  140^;  Keweah  Peak,  1895  (both  in  the  her- 
barium of  T.  S.  Brandegee). 

Horkelia  Congdonis 

Perennial  with  a  woody  caudex;  stems  erect,  3-4  dm.  high, 
few-leaved,  somewhat  branched  above,  glandular  puberulent ;  basal 
leaves  1-1.5  dm.  long,  with  30-40  pairs  of  leaflets  ;  stem-leaves 
similar  but  smaller  ;  upper  stipules  deeply  cleft  ;  leaflets  3-5  mm. 
long,  cleft  to  the  base  into  4-5  oblong  divisions,  obtuse,  glandular 
puberulent ;  cyme  with  a  few  ascending  branches  and  short-pedi- 
celed  flowers ;  hypanthium  campanulate,  7-8  mm.  in  diameter, 
glandular  puberulent ;  bractlets  lanceolate,  one  half  or  two  thirds 
the  length  of  the  lanceolate  acuminate  sepals  ;  sepals  almost  equal- 
ing the  sepals,  oblong,  obtuse  ;  stamens  20 ;  filaments  slightly 
dilated,  subulate  ;  pistils  numerous. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  Horkelia  piirpiirasc ens,  but  differs  in  the 


644      Rydberg  :   Species  from  Western  United  States 

taller  habit,  the  more  branched  cyme,  the  more  acuminate  sepals, 
which  in  the  type  specimens  are  not  reflexed,  and  the  petals,  which 
are  not  retuse  or  emarginate  as  in  that  species. 

California:  Casa  Diabolo,  1895,  /.  JT.  Congdon  (type  in  the 
herbarium  of  T.  S.  Brandegee). 

Mertensia  tubiflora 

Perennial  ;  stem  2—3  dm.  high,  glabrous  striate,  and  somewhat 
angled,  branched  above  ;  basal  leaves  oblanceolate,  short  petioled; 
stem-leaves  sessile,  lanceolate  to  ovate,  about  4  cm.  long  and  1-2 
cm.  wide,  glabrate,  except  the  hispid  ciliolate  margins,  muricate 
above,  obtuse ;  panicle  contracted ;  pedicels  very  slender  and 
drooping,  about  i  cm.  long,  strigulose  ;  calyx  slightly  strigose, 
about  4  mm.  long,  cleft  half-way  into  oblong-lanceolate  acutish 
lobes  ;  corolla  13-15  mm.  long  ;  tube  about  i  o  mm.  long  and  3  mm. 
in  diameter,  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  limb  ;  the  latter  cam- 
panulate  with  very  short  lobes  ;  nutlets  very  strongly  muricate. 

This  species  combines  the  general  habit  of  M.  lanceolata  with  a 
corolla  which  is  most  like  that  of  JZ  oblongifolia. 

Wyoming  :  Headwaters  of  the  Tongue  River,  Big  Horn 
Mountains,  July,  1898,  F.  Tivccdy,  iig. 

Symphoricarpos  Utahensis 

Syniplioricarpos  nioiitaiins  W^ats.  King's  Exp.  5:  132  partly; 
not  H.B.  K. 

Shrub  a  meter  or  more  high,  with  brownish  bark  ;  leaves 
broadly  ovate,  more  or  less  rounded  at  both  ends,  obtuse  or  often 
mucronate,  often  coarsely  sinuately  toothed,  pubescent  when 
young,  glabrate  in  age,  3-4  cm.  long  and  2-3  cm.  wide  ;  flowers 
in  terminal  one-sided,  drooping  short  spikes,  or  with  smaller 
clusters  in  the  upper  axils  ;  corolla  somewhat  funnelform,  about 
8  mm.  long. 

This  resembles  most  .S".  racemos^is  in  inflorescence  and  leaves, 
but  differs  in  the  form  of  the  corolla.  The  inflorescence,  the 
larger  and  less  pubescent  leaves  and  the  size  of  the  bush  separate 
it  from  S.  rotimdifolius. 

Utah:  Logan,  August,  1895,  P.  ^.  Rydberg  {l^y'^€)\  Wah- 
satch  Mountain,  1869,  .S".   Watson,  .//j,  in  part.* 

*  Watson  includes  under  this  number  not  less  than  three  distinct  forms.  Of  these 
one  belongs  to  this  species,  one  from  Virginia  Mountain,  Nevada,  to  S.  oi-eophilus,  and 
the  third  from  the  Uintahs  to  the  next  or  an  undescribed  species. 


Rydberg  :   Species  from  Western  United  States     545 

Symphoricarpus  Parishii 

Apparently  rather  tall  shrub  for  the  group  ;  bark  of  the  old 
stems  gray,  of  the  young  twigs  brown  ;  leaves  of  older  stems 
small,  about  1.5  cm.  long,  narrowly  oval,  acutish  at  both  ends, 
densely  pubescent,  more  or  less  bluish  green,  rather  thick  ;  those 
of  the  young  shoots  larger,  about  3  cm.  long,  deeply  3-lobed  and 
coarsely  toothed ;  corolla  elongated  campanulate,  6-7  mm.  long. 

This  resembles  mostly  5.  rottuidifolius  in  pubescence  and  flow- 
ers, but  is  evidently  a  larger  plant  and  the  leaves  are  bluish  green 
and  acutish  at  both  ends.  It  seems  to  be  confined  to  Southern 
California. 

California:  San  Bernardino  Mountains,  1892,  5.  B.  Parish, 
2514;   1894,  J o_v. 

Erigeron  flabellifolius 

Perennial  with  a  long  slender  creeping  rootstock  ;  stem  1-2 
dm.  high,  few-leaved,  glandular  puberulent  above  ;  basal  leaves 
petioled,  about  3  cm.  long,  slightly  glandular  puberulent,  cuneate- 
flabelliform  in  outline,  deeply  3-5 -cleft  into  cuneate  3-lobed  divis- 
ions or  the  lower  simply  5-9-lobed  at  the  apex  ;  stem-leaves 
cuneate  or  obovate,  smaller,  subsessile  and  less  divided  ;  heads 
about  10  mm.  high  and  10-15  "i"^-  ""^  diameter;  bracts  linear, 
acuminate,  with  more  or  less  spreading  tips,  dark  brown  or  purplish 
black,  glandular  puberulent;  rays  7-8  mm.  long  and  1.5-2  mm. 
wide,  light  pink  or  white. 

This  is  a  member  of  thciS".  coinposititni  group,  easily  distinguished 
from  its  relatives  by  the  form  of  the  leaves,  which  are  never  com- 
pound, but  simply  cleft  two  thirds  their  length  or  less.  It  is  also 
characterized  by  the  lack  of  hirsute  pubescence  generally  found  in 
that  group.      It  grows  in  rocky  slides  at  an  altitude  of  3600  m. 

Wyoming  :  Yount's  Peak,  Teton  Forest  Reserve,  August, 
1897,  Tweedy,  536. 

Erigeron  spathulifolius 

Perennial  from  an  ascending  rootstock ;  stems  5-8  cm.  high, 
generally  ascending,  glabrous  or  slightly  puberulent  above,  3-5- 
leaved  ;  basal  leaves  about  2  cm.  long,  perfectly  glabrous,  some- 
what fleshy,  broadly  spatulate,  tapering  into  a  short  petiole,  entire- 
margined,  obtuse  or  acutish;  stem  leaves  1-1.5  cm.  long,  linear- 
oblong  or  oblanceolate,  sessile,  obtuse  ;  head  solitary,  7-8  mm, 
high   and    10-15   mm.    in   diameter,    excluding   the   rays;    bracts 


54G      Rvdberg:    Species  from  Western  United  States 

linear-lanceolate,  acute,  black,  slightly  puberulent ;  rays  light 
blue,  in  age  white,  about  8  mm.  long  and  2-3  mm.  wide. 

In  leaves  and  heads,  this  resembles  most  E.  siinplex  Greene,  but 
has  a  different  root-system,  is  a  much  more  glabrous  plant  and 
lack  altogether  the  long  villous  hairs  on  the  involucre  character- 
istic of  that  species.  On  account  of  its  root-system,  it  may  be 
associated  with  E.  icrsiims  and  E.  r'adicatus,  but  lacks  the  hirsute 
pubescence  of  those  species  and  has  broader  rays.  The  same  char- 
acters, together  with  the  single  head  and  broad  leaves,  separate  it 
from  E.  Eatonii,  which  also  has  somewhat  the  same  habit.  It  is 
an  alpine  species  growing  at  an  altitude  of  3000  m.  or  more. 

Wyoming  :  Black  Rock  Creek,  Teton  Forest  Reserve,  August^ 
1897,  Tzueedv,  54.3. 

Antennaria  angustifolia 

Surculose-proliferous  ;  leaves  of  the  stolons  linear  or  linear- 
oblanceolate,  about  1.5  cm.  long,  finely  tomentose  on  both  sides; 
stem-leaves  narrowly  linear,  erect,  the  uppermost  subulate  ;  heads 
few  in  a  subcapitate  cluster,  4-5  mm.  high  ;  involucre  campanu- 
late,  tomentose  at  the  base  ;  bracts  of  the  fertile  head  linear- 
oblong,  acute,  yellowish  or  brownish  white. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  A.  pmvifolia  and  A.  microphylla,  from 
which  it  differs  in  the  subcapitate  heads  and  the  very  narrow 
leaves. 

California:  Yosemite  Valley,  1865,/.  Torrcy  (labeled  A. 
stenophylla  ? ) ;  Hat  Creek,  J.  S.  Newberry  (labeled  A.  luzidoides  ; 
both  in  the  Torrey  Herbarium). 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  3. 


THE  DICHOTOMOUS  PANICUMS; 
SOME  NEW  SPECIES-I. 


BY  GEO.  V.   NASH 


NEW  YOEK 
1899 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bttllbtin  of  the  Tobbey  Botanical  Club,  26:  568-581.    15  Nov.,  1899. 


The  dichotomnus  Panicums;  Some  new  Soecies.— I 

By  Geo.  V.  Nash 

Panicum  Bushii 

A  tufted  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  exceptions  noted  below. 
Culms  about  3  dm.  tall,  the  nodes  sparingly  barbed,  finally  much 
branched  :  leaves  about  3  ;  sheaths  about  as  long  as  the  internodes, 
those  on  the  branches  short  and  overlapping  ;  ligule  a  dense  ring 
of  short  hairs  about  0.2  mm.  long  ;  blades  erect,  linear,  acuminate, 
serrulate  and  very  rough  on  the  margins,  ciliate  at  the  base  with  a 
few  very  long  hairs  arising  from  papillae,  the  larger  primary  blades 
8-10  cm.  long,  3-4  mm.  wide,  those  on  the  branches  usually  6  cm. 
or  less  long  :  panicle  much  exserted,  6-7  cm.  long,  its  branches 
erect-ascending,  the  larger  3-3.5  cm.  long,  the  secondary  panicles 
much  smaller:  spikelets  2.5  mm.  long  and  about  1.2  mm.  broad, 
obovate,  the  scales  glabrous,  the  first  scale  orbicular  or  very  broadly 
ovate,  I -nerved,  rounded  or  obtuse  at  the  apex,  about  one-third  as 
long  as  the  spik^let,  the  second  and  third  scales  7-nerved,  the 
second  a  little  the  shorter,  the  fourth  scale  yellowish  white,  about 
2  mm.  long  and  1.2  mm.  wide,  about  as  long  as  the  second. 

Collected  by  B.  F.  Bush,  in  dry  ground,  in  McDonald  Co., 
Missouri,  July  24,  1893  no.  413.  Related  to  P.  augustifolium, 
but  the  spikelets  are  glabrous  and  of  a  different  shape -and  the 
sheaths  and  blades  glabrous. 

Panicum  ciliosum 

A  tufted  perennial.  Culms  3-5  dm.  tall,  rather  stout,  ascend- 
ing, papillose-hirsute  with  spreading  hairs,  finally  much  branched  : 
leaves  4  or  5  ;  sheaths  shorter  than  the  internodes,  densely  hirsute 
with  spreading  hairs,  ciliate  on  the  margins  ;  ligule  a  dense  ring  of 
hairs  about  0.5  mm.  long;  blades  erect  or  ascending,  narrowed 
toward  the  base,  glabrous  above,  ciliate  on  the  margins,  the  stiff 
hairs  arising  from  papillae,  the  lower  surface  densely  pubescent 
between  the  nerves  with  short  spreading  hairs  :  panicle  broadly 
ovate,  about  8  cm.  long,  included  at  the  base,  its  axis  pubescent 
with  short  hairs,  the  branches  spreading,  the  larger  about  3  cm. 
long  :  spikelets  a  trifle  less  than  2  mm.  long  and  about  0.9  mm. 
wide,  elliptic,  the  outer  3  scales  strongly  pubescent  with  rather  long 
spreading  hairs,  the  first  scale  broader  than  long,  about  one  quar- 
ter as  long  as  the  spikelet,   i -nerved,  rounded  at  the  apex,  the 

(568) 


569  Nash  :    The  uichotomous  Panicums 

second  and  third  scales  7-nerved,  about  equal  in  length,  the  fourth 
scale  white,  a  little  longer  than  the  third,  about  1.6  mm.  long  and 
0.8  mm.  wide. 

Type  collected  by  S.  M.  Tracy,  at  Biloxi,  Mississippi,  Septem- 
ber I,  1898,  no.  4580.  In  habit  and  general  appearance  much 
resembling  P.  piibescens,  but  the  ciliate  blades  with  the  upper  sur- 
face glabrous  at  once  separate  it.  The  specimen  above  described 
is  the  late  state  and  has  the  panicle  included  ;  the  early  form  of  the 
plant  will  probably  be  found  to  have  an  exserted  primary  panicle. 

Panicum  Glutei 

A  tufted  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  exceptions  noted  below. 
Culms  rather  stout,  6-8  dm.  tall,  at  length  branched  :  leaves  4  or 
5  ;  sheaths  rather  loose,  minutely  pubescent  at  the  apex  and 
usually  more  or  less  ciliate  on  the  exterior  margin,  the  exterior 
basal  ones  pubescent;  ligule  a  dense  ring  of  hairs  about  0.3  mm. 
long  ;  blades  firm,  ascending,  often  appearing  as  if  erect  in  press- 
ing, lanceolate,  smooth  on  both  surfaces,  rough  on  the  margins, 
the  lower  and  larger  7-14  cm.  long,  7-12  mm.  wide,  the  basal 
blades  ovate-lanceolate,  3-4  cm.  long  and  10-13  mm.  wide,  long- 
ciliate  on  the  margins  :  panicle  considerably  exserted,  broadly 
ovate,  6-10  cm.  long,  its  ascending  branches  smooth,  the  larger 
ones  4-6  cm.  long:  spikelets  oval,  acutish,  about  2.3  mm.  long 
and  about  1.3  mm.  wide,  the  first  scale  broadly  ovate,  obtuse  or 
somewhat  acute,  i -nerved,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  the  second  and 
third  scales  densely  pubescent  with  very  short  ascending  hairs, 
9-nerved,  the  second  one  shorter  than  the  third  and  usually  a  little 
shorter  than  the  fourth,  the  fourth  scale  yellowish,  oval,  about  2 
mm.  long  and  about  1.2  mm.  wide. 

Pine-barrens  of  southern  New  Jersey.  Collected  by  Mr.  W. 
N.  Clute,  after  whom  I  take  pleasure  in  naming  it,  on  a  trip  from 
Tuckerton  to  Atsion,  July  3-6,  1899.      A  most  distinct  species. 

Panicum  curtifolium 

A  tufted  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  exceptions  noted  below. 
Culms  slender,  weak,  2-3  dm.  tall,  finally  much  branched  :  leaves 
3  or  4  ;  sheaths  less  than  one  half  as  long  as  the  internodes,  usually 
about  one  third  as  long,  sparsely  pubescent  with  long  weak  spread- 
ing hairs  ;  ligule  a  dense  ring  of  hairs  about  0.3  mm.  long  ;  blades 
widely  spreading,  lanceolate,  minutely  serrulate  and  rough  on  the 
margins,  a  few  long  hairs  on  the  upper  surface  just  back  of  the 
ligule,  the  culm  blades  1.5-3  cm.  long,  3-4.5  mm.  wide,  the  basal 
leaves  4-5  cm.  long  :   panicle  considerably  exserted,  broadly  ovate, 


Nash  :    The  dichotomous  Panicums  570 

2.5-3.5  cm.  long,  its  slightly  hispid  branches  widely  spreading,  the 
larger  1.5-2  cm.  long:  spikelcts  about  1.5  mm.  long  and  about 
0.75  mm.  wide,  elliptic,  the  scales  glabrous,  the  first  scale  about 
one  third  as  long  as  the  spikelet,  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  i -nerved, 
the  second  and  third  scales  7-nerved,  the  second  shorter  than  the 
third,  the  fourth  scale  about  equalling  the  third,  about  1.25  mm. 
long  and  about  0.6  mm.  broad,  yellowish-white,  ob.scurely  apiculate. 
Collected  by  S.  M.  Tracy  at  Ocean  Springs,  Mississippi,  May 
2,  1898,  no.  4598.  Related  to  P.  lucidicin  As\\e,hn{.  distinguished 
by  its  smaller  spikelets  and  sparsely  pubescent  sheaths. 

Panicum  decoloratum 

A  more  or  less  purplish  tufted  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  ex- 
ceptions noted  below.  Culms  4-6  dm.  tall,  stout,  finally  branched, 
the  nodes  barbed  :  leaves  5  or  6,  extending  to  the  base  of  the 
panicle,  the  upper  one  including  its  base  ;  sheaths  loosely  embrac- 
ing the  culm,  usually  overlapping  and  hence  concealing  the  culm, 
the  lower  and  basal  ones  papillose-hirsute  between  the  nerves,  the 
hairs  of  the  former  early  deciduous,  the  upper  sheaths  ciliate  on 
the  external  margin  and  with  a  minutely  pubescent  ring  at  the 
apex  ;  blades  erect  or  ascending,  variously  colored  with  black- 
purple,  broadly  lanceolate,  a  little  rough  on  both  surfaces,  especially 
above,  cordate-clasping  at  the  base,  7-12  cm.  long,  1.2-2  cm.  wide, 
minutely  serrulate  and  very  rough  on  the  margins :  panicle  in- 
cluded at  the  base,  its  branches  hispidulous  :  spikelets  on  hispid- 
ulous  pedicels,  2.7  mm.  long  and  1.3  mm.  wide,  elliptic,  the  first 
scale  from  nearly  orbicular  to  broadly  ovate,  about  one  third  as 
long  as  the  spikelet,  i -nerved,  obtuse  or  rounded  at  the  apex, 
glabrous,  the  second  and  third  scales  rather  sparingly  pubescent 
with  ascending  hairs,  9-nerved,  the  second  scale  a  little  shorter  than 
the  third,  the  fourth  scale  slightly  yellowish-white,  about  2.4  mm. 
long  and  i  mm.  wide,  obtusely  and  rather  obscurely  apiculate, 
minutely  pubescent  at  the  apex. 

Collected  by  Mr.  E.  P.  Bicknell  on  a  sandy  railroad  bank  at 
TuUytown,  Pennsylvania,  May  30,  1899.  The  panicle  in  the  ma- 
terial at  hand  may  not  be  fully  developed,  and  so  a  later  stage 
may  show  it  exserted  instead  of  included  at  the  base.  In  habit 
much  resembling  P.  clandestimim,  but  that  species  is  larger  in 
every  way,  the  pubescence  is  harsh  and  hispid  and  occurs  on  all 
the  sheaths,  the  blades  are  much  longer  and  with  the  margins  near 
the  base  conspicuously  ciliate  with  long  stiff  hairs,  and  the  spike- 
lets are  larger  (exceeding  3  mm.  in  length). 


571  Nash  :   The  dichotomous  Panicums 

Panicum  Earlei 

A  densely  tufted  perennial.  Culms  slender,  1-1.5  dm.  tall, 
usually  with  a  few  long  weak  scattered  hairs  below,  finally  branched, 
the  nodes  rather  sparingly  barbed  :  leaves  about  3  ;  sheaths  rather 
sparingly  hirsute  with  long  hairs  ;  ligule  a  dense  ring  of  hairs 
about  0.3  mm.  long  ;  blades  ascending,  lanceolate,  rather  spar- 
ingly hirsute  on  both  surfaces  with  long  spreading  hairs,  1—3 
cm,  long,  2-6  mm.  wide,  minutely  serrulate  and  roughened  on  the 
margins  :  panicle  broadly  ovate,  2-3  cm.  long,  its  smooth  branches 
spreading,  the  larger  ones  1-1.5  cm.  long:  spikelets  about  1.3 
mm.  long  and  0.7  mm.  wide,  elliptic,  obtuse,  glabrous,  the  first 
scale  orbicular  or  broadly  oval,  i -nerved,  obtuse,  the  second  and 
third  scales  7-nerved,  the  second  scale  shorter  than  the  third  and 
fourth,  the  fourth  scale  white,  about  i  mm.  long  and  0.6  mm. 
wide,  oval. 

Type  collected  at  Auburn,  Lee  Co.,  Alabama,  on  May  7, 
1898,  by  Messrs.  F.  S.  Earle  and  C.  F.  Baker,  no.  1532;  no. 
1535,  of  the  same  place  and  date,  also  belongs  here. 

Panicum  epilifolium 

A  tufted  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  exceptions  noted  below. 
Culms  2-3.5  dm.  tal  :  leaves  2  or  3  ;  sheaths  shorter  than  the 
internodes,  minutely  pubescent  at  the  apex,  ciliate  on  both  mar- 
gins with  long  slender  hairs  ;  ligule  a  scarious  ciliolate  ring  about 
0.2  mm.  wide  ;  blades  widely  spreading,  linear-lanceolate,  4-7 
cm.  long,  5-7  mm.  wide,  minutely  pubescent  on  the  upper  surface 
between  the  nerves,  serrulate  and  very  rough  on  the  margins  : 
panicle  exserted,  ovate,  5-7  cm.  long,  its  branches  spreading  or 
ascending,  the  larger  ones  2-2.5  cm.  long:  spikelets  3  mm.  long 
and  about  1.5  mm.  broad,  oval,  obtusely  apiculate,  the  first  scael 
glabrous  or  with  a  few  scattered  hairs,  i -nerved,  nearly  orbicular, 
acute,  a  little  less  than  one  half  as  long  as  thespikelet,  the  second 
and  third  scales  densely  pubescent  with  short  spreading  hairs,  9- 
nerved,  the  second  usually  a  little  shorter  than  the  third  and  fourth, 
the  latter  scale  yellowish,  2.5  mm.  long  and  a  little  over  i  mm. 
wide,  elliptic,  obtusely  apiculate. 

Type  collected  by  the  writer  in  a  scrub  hammock  at  Eustis, 
Lake  Co.,  Florida,  March  12-31,  1894,  no.  45.  Also  secured  at 
the  same  place  by  Professor  L.  M.  Underwood,  on  March  22, 
1891,  no.  2250.  It  bears  some  resemblance  in  habit  to  P.  cilii- 
fcriun,  but  is  readily  distinguished  from  that  species  by  its  glabrous 
sheaths,  naked  blade-margins  and  more  acute  spikelets. 


Nash  :    The  dichotomous  Panicums  672 

Panicum  flavovirens 

A  densely  tufted  liijht  green  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  ex- 
ceptions noted  below.  Culms  2-3  dm.  tall,  slender,  finally  much 
branched  :  leaves  2  or  3  ;  sheaths  very  short,  those  of  the  primary 
leaves  about  one  third  as  long  as  the  internodes,  one  margin 
usually  extending  above  the  other,  making  the  summit  of  the 
sheath  more  or  less  oblique,  the  lower  sheaths  ciliate  on  the 
margin,  the  exterior  basal  ones  pubescent  all  over  ;  ligule  a  dense 
ring  of  short  hairs  about  0.2  mm.  long;  blades  thin,  erect,  with- 
out a  white  margin  or  nearly  so,  entire  or  very  minutely  serrulate, 
hence  smooth  or  nearly  so  on  the  margin,  linear-lanceolate,  those 
on  the  main  culm  2.5-4  cm.  long,  2.5-4  mm.  wide,  commonly 
minutely  pubescent  on  the  lower  surface  between  the  nerves,  those 
on  the  branches  much  shorter,  the  basal  blades  longer,  4-6  cm. 
long :  panicle  much  exserted,  3-4  cm.  long,  broadly  ovate,  its 
branches  spreading,  the  larger  1-2  cm.  long,  the  secondary 
panicles  much  smaller,  barely  exserted  and  with  spreading 
branches  :  spikelets  1.5  mm.  long  and  0.7  mm.  broad,  elliptic,  the 
outer  3  scales  densely  pubescent  with  spreading  hairs,  the  first 
scale  I -nerved,  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  about  one  half  as  long  as 
the  spikelet,  the  second  and  third  scales  7-nerved,  about  equal  in 
length,  the  fourth  scale  yellowish-white,  1.3  mm.  long  and  about 
0.6  mm.  wide. 

Type  collected  by  the  writer  in  Lake  Co.,  Florida,  June  16-30, 
1895,  no.  2061  ;  growing  in  swampy  woods  along  the  edge  of 
road  leading  to  the  ford  near  the  J.  T.  &  K.  W.  R.  R.  bridge 
across  the  Wekiva  river.  No.  2487a,  collected  in  a  similar  habitat 
at  Lake  City,  Columbia  Co.,  in  the  same  state,  on  Aug.  30,  1895, 
is  also  referred  here. 

Differs  from  P.  albomarginatum  in  the  thin  linear-lanceolate 
blades  which  are  entirely  or  almost  devoid  of  the  white  margin, 
and  barely  if  at  all  rough  on  the  margins.  In  P.  albomarginatum 
the  blades  are  very  thick,  much  broader,  and  with  a  wide  strongly 
serrulate  white  margin  which  is  much  thickened. 

Panicum  Helleri 

A  tufted  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  exceptions  noted  below. 
Culms  2-4  dm.  tall,  appressed-pubescent  below  with  long  hairs, 
the  nodes  sparingly  barbed,  finally  branched  :  leaves  5  ;  sheaths 
shorter  than  the  internodes,  the  middle  ones  only  about  one  half 
as  long,  ciliate  on  the  exterior  margin,  bearing  between  the  promi- 
nent nerves  scattered  papillae,  from  which   sometimes  arise  stiff 


573  Nash  :   The  dichotomous  Panicums 

hairs,  the  internerves  of  all  but  the  upper  sheaths  minutely  pu- 
bescent :  ligule  a  dense  ring  of  hairs  about  0.6  mm.  long  :  blades 
broadly  lanceolate,  thin,  a  little  narrowed  toward  the  sparsely 
ciliate  rounded  base,  the  margins  minutely  serrulate,  rough,  6-8 
cm.  long,  6-12  mm.  wide:  panicle  included  at  the  base,  6-8  cm. 
long,  its  branches  ascending,  the  larger  ones  3-4  cm.  long,  the 
secondary  panicles  smaller:  spikelets  3.25-3.5  mm.  long  and 
about  1.5  mm.  wide,  the  first  scale  broadly  triangular-ovate,  .1- 
nerved,  the  second  and  third  scales  pubescent  toward  the  base 
with  a  few  scattered  hairs,  the  second  scale  11 -nerved,  the  third 
scale  9-nerved,  the  fourth  scale  yellowish-white,  2.5  mm.  long  and 
about  1.3  mm.  wide,  oval,  obtusely  and  obscurely  apiculate. 

Collected  at  Kerrville,  Kerr  Co.,  Texas,  by  A.  A.  Heller,  May 
14-21,  1894,  no.  1759.  Differs  from  P.  pernervoswn  in  the  pu- 
bescent culm  and  sheaths,  the  broader  blades  of  a  different  shape 
and  the  narrow  sp  kelets  which  are  usually  sparsely  pubescent. 

Panicum  paucipilum 

A  tufted  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  exceptions  noted  below. 
Culms  6-10  dm.  tall,  finally  sparingly  branched  :  leaves  5-8  ; 
sheathes  one  third  to  one  half  as  long  as  the  internodes,  the  ex- 
ternal margin  ciliate  toward  the  summit ;  ligule  a  dense  ring  of 
hairs  about  2  mm.  long  :  blades  erect  or  ascending,  thickish,  rather 
firm,  sometimes  minutely  puberulent  on  the  lower  surface,  usually 
with  a  few  hair-bearing  papillae  at  the  base,  the  lower  and  larger 
6-9  cm.  long,  5-7  mm.  wide  :  panicle  finally  considerably  exserted, 
rather  dense,  oblong,  usually  5-10  cm.  long,  its  branches  erect- 
ascending  or  erect,  the  larger  ones  2.5-4  cm.  long:  spikelets 
numerous,  about  1.4  mm.  long  and  0.8  mm.  wide,  oval,  the  first 
scale  about  one  third  as  long  as  the  spikelet,  i -nerved,  orbicular, 
the  second  and  third  scales  pubescent  with  spreading  hairs,  the 
former  plainly,  the  latter  obscurely,  9-nerved,  the  fourth  scale  yel- 
lowish, about  1.3  mm.  long  and  0.8  mm.  wide,  obscurely  apiculate. 

In  wet  soil,  southern  New  Jersey  to  Mississippi.  Type  col- 
lected by  Mr.  E.  P.  Bicknell,  at  Wildwood,  New  Jersey,  May  30 
and  31,  1897.  The  following  specimens  from  Mississippi  are  also 
referred  here  : 

Ocean  Springs,  July  19,  1889,  F.  S.  Earle  ;  Biloxi,  Sept.  i, 
1892,  S.  M.  Tracy;  Beauvoir,  May  13,  1898,  S.  M.  Tracy,  no. 
4594  (distributed  as  P.  octonodinn  S.  &  S.). 

Intermediate  between  P.  octotioduju  and  P.  Eatoni.  Differs 
from  the  former,  to  which  it  is  closely  related,  in  the  ciliate  margin 


Nash  :    The  dichotomous  Panicums  574 

of  the  sheaths,  the  few  basal  hairs  of  the  blades,  and  particularly 
in  the  strongly  pubescent  spikelets.  From  P.  Eatoni  it  may  be 
distinguished  by  its  much  smaller  spikelets  with  the  first  scale 
glabrous  and  orbicular. 

Panicura  longiligulatum 

A  tufted  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  exceptions  noted  below. 
Culms  4—5  dm.  tall,  slender,  finally  branching,  the  branches  fasci- 
culately  much  divided  and  forming  dense  masses  at  their  ends  ; 
leaves  4  or  5  ;  sheaths  usually  from  one  third  to  one  half  as  long 
as  the  internodes,  minutely  pubescent  between  the  prominent 
nerves  ;  ligule  a  ring  of  long  erect  silky  hairs  about  3  mm.  in 
length  ;  blades  ascending,  lanceolate,  obtusely  and  minutely  pubes- 
cent on  the  lower  surface,  the  margins  serrulate  and  very  rough, 
the  primary  culm  blades  2.5-3  cm.  long,  about  3  mm.  wide,  those 
on  the  branches  much  smaller,  the  basal  blades  thick,  broadly 
lanceolate,  4—5  cm.  long  :  panicle  oval,  5—6  cm.  long,  considerably 
exserted,  its  branches  spreading,  the  larger  ones  about  3  cm.  long: 
spikelets  about  1.3  mm.  long  and  0.8  mm.  wide,  oval,  the  outer  3 
scales  densely  pubescent  with  spreading  hairs,  the  first  scale  ovate, 
I -nerved,  about  one  third  as  long  as  the  spikelet,  the  second  and 
third  scales  7-nerved,  about  equal  in  length,  the  fourth  scale  yel- 
lowish white,  about  1.2  mm.  long  and  0.7  mm.  wide. 

Collected  by  Dr.  Geo.  Vasey,  at  Apalachicola,  Florida,  in 
1892.  Its  relations-hip  is  with  P.  parvispiaduni,  but  its  more 
slender  culms,  smaller  blades  and  spikelets  and  the  glabrous  mar- 
gins of  the  sheaths  at  once  distinguish  it. 

Panicum  patentifolium 

A  tufted  purplish  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  exceptions  noted 
below.  Culms  erect  or  nearly  so,  2—4  dm.  tall,  puberulent, 
slender,  finally  much  branched  :  leaves  2-4,  rather  distant ;  sheaths 
less  than  one  half  as  long  as  the  internodes,  minutely  pubescent, 
especially  at  the  apex  on  the  margins,  rather  loosely  embracing 
the  culm  ;  ligule  a  dense  ring  of  hairs  about  0.25  mm.  long  ;  blades 
widely  spreading,  firm,  lanceolate,  2. 5—4  cm.  long,  2—4  mm.  wide, 
puberulent  at  the  very  base  on  the  upper  surface,  smooth  on  both 
sides,  rough  on  the  margins,  the  basal  ones  similar  in  shape  and 
texture  but  larger  :  panicle  at  length  considerably  exserted,  broadly 
ovate,  4-6  cm.  long,  its  axis  and  spreading  branches  puberulent, 
the  larger  branches  2—3  cm.  long:  spikelets  about  2.5  mm.  long 
and  1.3  mm.  wide,  the  first  scale  orbicular,  clasping,  purple,  at 
least  at  the  base,  i -nerved,  rounded  at  the  apex,  one  half  as  long 


575  Nash  :   The  dichotomous  Panicums 

as  the  spikelet,  the  second  and  third  scales  pubescent  with  spread- 
ing hairs,  7 -nerved,  the  fourth  scale  white,  a  little  exceeding  2  mm. 
in  length,  oval,  minutely  pubescent  at  the  apex. 

Type  collected  by  the  writer  at  Eustis,  Lake  Co.,  Florida, 
March  12-31,  1894,  no.  72,  in  dry  sand  in  a  scrub  hammock.  No. 
52  of  the  same  collection  also  belongs  here. 

Related  to  P.  Wcbberianiun,  but  the  more  slender  culms  and 
the  smaller  and  widely  spreading  blades  readily  separate  it. 

Panicum  perlongum 

A  tufted  pubescent  perennial.  Culms  2-4  dm.  tall,  simple, 
glabrous  or  sparingly  pubescent,  the  nodes  barbed,  later  with  short 
basal  culms  :  leaves  i  or  2  ;  sheaths  hirsute  with  long  ascending 
hairs;  ligule  a  dense  ring  of  hairs  about  0.7  mm.  long  ;  blades 
elongated,  linear,  erect,  papillose-hispid  beneath,  glabrous,  rough 
above,  2-3  mm.  wide,  the  upper  blade  commonly  8-14  cm.  long, 
occasionally  shorter  :  panicle  much  exserted,  generally  extending 
beyond  the  apex  of  the  upper  leaf,  4-6  cm.  long,  its  branches  erect 
or  erect-ascending,  the  larger  ones  usually  2-3  cm.  long  :  spike- 
lets,  on  hispidulous  pedicels,  obovate,  about  3.25  mm.  long  and 
i.c^-x.j^  mm.  wide,  the  outer  3  scales  with  a  few  scattered  long 
hairs,  especially  near  the  base,  the  first  scale  one  quarter  to  one 
third  as  long  as  the  spikelet,  orbicular-ovate,  i -nerved,  the  second 
and  third  scales  9-nerved,  about  equal  in  length,  the  fourth  scale 
oval,  2.5  mm.  long  and  about  1.5  mm.  wide,  yellowish  white,  ob- 
tusely apiculate,  its  summit  reaching  the  apex  of  the  third  scale. 

On  prairies  and  dry  soil,  Illinois  to  North  Dakota,  south  to 
Indian  Territory.  Type  collected  in  Indian  Territory  at  Creek 
Nation,  by  M.  A.  Carlton.  April  25,  1891,  no.  98,  and  distributed 
as  P.  depanperatttm  Muhl.  It  differs  from  that  species  in  the 
smaller  pubescent  obtuse  spikelets  with  the  second  and  third  scales 
not  exceeding  the  fourth  scale.  From  P.  liiicarifoliuni,  to  which  it 
is  more  nearly  related,  it  is  separated  by  its  larger  sparsely  pubes- 
cent spikelets. 

The  following  specimens,  distributed  as  P.  depmiperatuvi  Muhl., 
are  also  referred  here  : 

Illinois:     June  7,  1848,  5.  B.  Mead. 

South  Dakota:     Custer,  July  18,  1892,  P.  A.  Rydberg,  no. 

7/00. 

Iowa:     Ames,  June  22,  1896,  C.  R.  Ball,  no.  /yj. 

Kansas:     Prairie,   Riley  Co.,  1896,  A.  S.  Hitchcock,  no.  881. 


Nash  :   The  dichotomous  Panicums  576 

Panicum  pernervosum 

A  glabrous  perennial.  Culms  3-5  dm.  tall,  finally  branching  : 
leaves  3  or  4  ;  sheaths  ciliate  on  the  exterior  margin,  the  lower 
longer,  the  upper  shorter  than  the  internodes  ;  ligule  a  dense  ring 
of  hairs  about  0.5  mm.  long  ;  blades  erect  or  ascending,  narrowed 
toward  the  base,  serrulate  and  very  rough  on  the  margins,  the 
intermediate  and  upper  blades  5- 10  cm.  long,  5—9  mm.  wide, 
ciliate  toward  the  base  with  a  few  long  hairs,  the  lower  ones  usu- 
ally pubescent  on  the  lower  surface,  shorter  and  broader,  ciliate  for 
two  thirds  their  length  :  panicle  considerably  exserted,  7—12  cm. 
long,  its  branches  ascending,  the  larger  ones  4—6  cm.  long  :  spike- 
Jets  3  mm.  long  and  1.8  mm.  wide,  broadly  oval,  turgid,  rounded 
at  the  apex,  the  scales  glabrous,  the  first  scale  broader  than  long, 
I -nerved,  about  one  third  as  long  as  the  spikelet,  the  second  and 
third  scales  coarsely  9-nerved,  the  second  a  little  shorter  than  the 
third,  the  fourth  scale  yellowish  white,  2.5  mm.  long  and  about 
1.6  mm.  broad,  obtusely  and  rather  obscurely  apiculate. 

Type  collected  by  Elihu  Hall  in  woods,  at  Houston,  Texas, 
A.pril  16,  1872,  no.  830.  Mr.  G.  C.  Nealley  also  secured  it  in 
the  same  state  in  1886. 

Panicum  psammophilum 

A  tufted  perennial.  Culms  2-4  dm.  tall,  appressed-hirsute 
below,  puberulent  above,  finally  much  branched  :  leaves  on  the 
main  culm  about  4,  occasionally  3  or  5  ;  sheaths  shorter  than  the 
internodes,  appressed-pubescent,  the  basal  ones  with  long  hairs, 
the  upper  and  those  on  the  branches  with  very  short  hairs ;  ligule 
a  dense  ring  of  hairs  about  i  mm.  long  ;  blades  erect  or  nearly  so, 
thick,  firm,  serrulate  on  the  margins,  puberulent  beneath,  the 
ovate-lanceolate  basal  ones,  and  occasionally  also  those  on  the 
culm,  with  a  few  very  long  scattered  erect  hairs  on  the  upper  sur- 
face, the  primary  blades  lanceolate,  2-5  cm.  long,  2-5  mm.  wide, 
those  on  the  branches  2-3  cm.  long,  2-3  mm.  wide  ;  primary 
panicle  broadly  ovate,  usually  2-3  cm.  long,  rarely  larger,  its  axis 
and  usually  ascending  branches  puberulent :  spikelets  broadly  ob- 
ovate,  1. 3- 1. 5  mm.  long,  rarely  a  little  larger,  and  0.8-1  mm. 
wide,  obtuse,  the  outer  3  scales  densely  pubescent  with  spreading 
hairs,  the  first  scale  usually  about  one  third  as  long  as  the  spikelet, 
sometimes  a  little  larger,  i -nerved,  orbicular  or  broadly  ovate, 
acute  or  obtuse,  the  second  and  third  scales  9-nerved,  the  sec- 
ond usually  a  little  shorter  than  the  third,  the  fourth  scale  yel- 
owish,  1. 2- 1. 5  mm.  long,  oval. 

In  sandy  soil,  on  or  near  the  coast,  Massachusetts  to  New  Jer- 
sey.     Specimens  examined  : 


577  Nash  :   The  dichotomous  Panicums 

Massachusetts  :  Martha's  Vineyard,  Miss  Witinan,  July,  1890  ; 
Ipswich,  Geo.   V.  iVcrs/i,  Aug.  25,  1898,  no.  J2. 

New  York  :  Fisher's  Island,  C.  B.  Graves,  Aug.  29,  1898, 
no.  12. 

New  Jersey  :  Wildwood,  May  30  and  31,1 897,  E.  P.  Bick- 
ne//;  Tom's  River,  July  25-31,  1898,  IV.  N.  Clute,  no.  175  (type); 
Tuckerton  to  Atsion,  July  3-6,  1899,  W.  N.  Clntc. 

Related  to  P.  Addisonii,  but  at  once  distinguished  by  its  smaller 
and  relatively  broader  spikelets. 

Panicum  pseudopubescens 

A  densely  tufted  pubescent  perennial.  Culms  usually  rather 
stout  at  the  base,  2-4  dm.  tall,  hirsute  with  ascending  hairs,  finally 
branched,  the  nodes  barbed  :  leaves  usually  3  ;  sheaths  less  than 
one  half  as  long  as  the  internodes,  densely  hirsute  with  spreading 
hairs  1.5-2  mm.  long  ;  ligule  a  dense  ring  of  hairs  about  0.5  mm. 
long  ;  blades  erect,  rather  firm,  lanceolate,  serrulate  and  very  rough 
on  the  margins,  4-10  cm.  long,  3-1 1  mm.  wide,  densely  hispid  on 
the  lower  surface  with  spreading  hairs,  the  upper  surface  with  a 
ring  of  long  stout  erect  hairs  just  back  of  the  ligule  and  usually 
also  more  or  less  hirsute  with  spreading  hairs  :  panicle  consider- 
ably exserted,  broadly  ovate,  5-9  cm.  long,  its  axis  glabrous  or 
with  a  few  scattered  hairs  below,  the  branches  with  the  axils  spar- 
ingly hirsute,  ascending  or  spreading,  the  larger  ones  2.5-5  cm, 
long:  spikelets  2.25-2.5  mm.  long  and  i  — 1.2  mm.  wide,  obovate, 
a  little  pointed,  the  first  scale  usually  about  one  third  as  long  as 
tfie  spikelet,  i -nerved,  glabrous  or  sparingly  pubescent,  broadly 
ovate  or  nearly  orbicular,  acute  or  obtuse,  the  second  and  third 
scales  densely  pubescent  with  spreading  hairs  about  0.25  mm.  long, 
commonly  9-nerved,  the  second  a  little  shorter  than  the  third,  the 
fourth  scale  nearly  white,  a  little  less  than  2  mm.  long  and  about 
I  mm.  wide,  oval. 

Type  collected  at  Auburn,  Lee  Co.,  Alabama,  May  7,  1898,  by 
Messrs.  F.  S.  Earle  and  C.  F.  Baker,  no.  1537.  Nos.  1522,  1524, 
1526  and  1529,  of  this  same  collection,  are  also  referred  here.  It 
is  distinguished  from  any  form  of  P.  piibeseens  by  its  much  larger 
spikelets,  and  from  P.  Atlauticum  by  the  shorter  pubescence  and 
stouter  culms 

Panicum  pubifolium 

/'.  latifolium  var.  niolle  Vasey,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  3:  33. 
1892.     Not  Z'.  ;;/^//^  Sw.  1788. 


Nash  :    The  dichotomous  Panicums  578 

P.  Portcriannui  Nash,  Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  22  :  420.    In  part. 

1895. 

A  softly  pubescent  densely  tufted  perennial.  Culms  3-7  dm. 
tall,  pubescent  with  soft  weak  spreading  hairs,  those  at  the  base 
the  longer,  finally  branched,  the  nodes  densely  barbed  with  long 
hairs  :  leaves  3-5  ;  sheaths  shorter  than  the  internodes,  often  only 
one  half  as  long,  ciliate  on  the  margins,  densely  pubescent,  at  least 
all  but  the  uppermost,  with  spreading  weak  usually  long  hairs,  also 
a  dense  ring  of  short  hairs  at  the  apex  ;  blades  spreading  or  ascend- 
ing, minutely  serrulate  and  very  rough  on  the  margins,  ovate- 
lanceolate  to  ovate,  acuminate,  gradually  narrowed  to  the  rounded 
cordate-clasping  base,  often  inequilateral,  pubescent  on  both  sur- 
faces with  short  soft  spreading  hairs,  the  upper  primary  blades  7- 
1 1  cm.  long  and  2-3  cm.  broad,  the  lower  primary  blades,  as  well 
as  those  on  the  branches,  smaller :  primary  panicle  usually  but 
little  exserted,  sometimes  included  at  the  base,  7-1 1  cm.  long,  its 
axis,  as  well  as  the  branches,  densely  pubescent  with  short  soft 
spreading  hairs,  the  branches  spreading  or  ascending,  the  larger 
ones  3-4  cm.  long,  the  secondary  panicles  much  smaller,  included 
at  the  base:  spikelets  4-5  mm.  long  and  about  1.6  mm.  broad, 
narrowly  obovate,  the  scales  distantly  inserted  on  the  rachilla,  the 
outer  3  scales  strongly  pubescent  with  long  spreading  hairs,  the 
first  scale  3 -nerved,  from  two  fifths  to  one  half  as  long  as  the 
spikelet,  obtuse  or  acute,  the  second  scale  1 1 -nerved,  the  third 
scale  9-nerved,  the  former  a  little  shorter  than  the  latter,  the  fourth 
scale  yellowish,  3.5  mm.  long  and  1.4-1.6  mm.  broad,  pubescent 
at  the  obtusely  apiculate  apex. 

Usually  in  rocky  woods.  New  York  to  Missouri,  south  to 
Florida  and  Mississippi. 

Among  a  large  number  of  specimens  of  this  grass  examined, 
the  following  are  referred  to  as  well  representing  this  species  : 

Pennsylvania:  Chestnut  Hill,  Easton,  July  i,  1887,  T.  C. 
Porter  (distributed  as  P.   Walteri  viollc). 

District  of  Columbia  :  Washington,  June  9,  1894,  Th.  Holm, 
no.  14  (distributed  as  P.  latifoUuni). 

Virginia  :  Between  Fall  Creek  and  Danville,  June  3,  1891, /. 
K.  5wrt//and  A.  A.  Heller,  no.  466  (distributed  as  P.  latifoliuni). 

Missouri  :  McDonald  Co.,  July  24,  1893,  B.  F.  Bush,  no.  415 
(distributed  as  P.  latifoliuni)  ;  Montier,  June  30,  1894,  B.  F.  Bush, 
no.  754  (distributed  as  P.   Walteri). 

Tennessee:  Knox  Co.,  July  9,  1893,  T.  H.  Kearney,  Jr.  (dis- 


579  Nash  :    The  dichotomous  Panicums 

tributed  as  P.  Waltcri  mollc)  ;  Knoxville,  July,  1898,  A.  Ruth,  no. 
y^  (distributed  as  P.  Portcrianuni). 

Georgia  :  Stone  Mt.,  Aug.  1-6,  1895,  /.  K.  .S";//rt// (distributed 
as  P.  Portcriamivi). 

Readily  distinguished  from  P.  Portcriaiium  by  the  pubescent 
sheaths  and  the  lower  surface  of  the  blades  and  the  hirsute  panicle. 

Panicum  pyriforme 

A  densely  tufted  perennial.  Culms  3—4  dm.  tall,  rather  slender, 
glabrous,  rather  weak,  finally  much  branched  ;  leaves  usually  2, 
or  sometimes  3  ;  sheaths  much  shorter  than  the  internodes,  densely 
papillose-hirsute  with  reflexed  hairs  ;  ligule  a  ring  of  hairs  about 
0.3  mm,  long;  blades  thin,  lax,  glabrous  on  both  surfaces,  serru- 
late and  very  rough  on  the  glabrous  margins,  long-acuminate, 
narrowed  to  the  barely  rounded  base,  1—2  dm.  long,  8—12  mm. 
wide,  the  basal  ones  often  2.5  dm.  in  length,  the  blades  on  the 
branches  much  shorter  :  panicle  much  exserted,  ample,  loose  and 
open,  6—1 1  cm.  long,  its  branches  widely  spreading,  the  larger  ones 
4-6  cm.  long:  spikelets  rather  few,  about  2.5  mm.  long  and  1.5 
mm.  wide,  broadly  obovate,  the  first  scale  about  one  third  as  long 
as  the  spikelet,  broadly  triangular-ovate,  i -nerved,  the  second  and 
third  scales  densely  pubescent  with  long  hairs,  9-nerved,  the  fourth 
scale  yellowish  white,  about  2  mm.  long  and  1.5  mm.  wide,  oval, 
strongly  apiculate. 

Type  collected  by  the  writer  in  clay  soil,  at  Orange  Bend, 
Lake  Co.,  Florida,  March  12  31,  1894,  no.  239.  The  larger 
spikelets  and  glabrous  blades  at  once  distinguish  this  from  P.  loxi- 
floniin,  to  which  it  is  otherwise  related.  The  following  numbers  of 
my  collection  of  1895  are  also  referred  here:   2034,  2156,  2531a. 

Panicum   strictifolium 

A  tufted  perennial.  Culms  2.5—5  dm.  tall,  strongly  pubescent 
toward  the  base  with  long  stiff  hairs,  puberulent  toward  the  summit, 
finally  much  branched  :  leaves  3  or  4  ;  sheaths  much  shorter  than 
the  internodes,  the  lower  ones  densely  pubescent  with  long  stiff  ap- 
pressed  hairs,  the  upper  ones  more  sparingly  so  ;  ligule  a  dense 
ring  of  hairs  about  1  mm.  long  ;  blades  erect  or  nearly  so,  rather 
firm,  narrowly  lanceolate,  appressed -pubescent  beneath  with  stiff 
hairs,  the  upper  surface  often  with  a  few  scattered  long  hairs,  the 
lower  blades  also  with  a  ring  of  very  long  stiff  hairs  just  back  of 
the  ligule,  serrulate  and  rough  on  the  margins,  the  primar)-  blades 
4—7  cm.  long,  3-5  mm.  wide  :  panicle  broadly  ovate,  5-7  cm.  long, 
its  axis  and   spreading  branches    minutel}'  pubescent,  the    lower 


Nash  :    The  dichotomous  Panicums  580 

branches  2.5-3.5  cm.  long:  spikelets  obovate,  3  mm.  long  and 
about  1.5  mm.  wide,  the  first  scale  a  little  more  than  one  half  as 
long  as  the  spikeiet,  broadly  ovate,  clasping  at  the  base,  3-nerved, 
sparingly  pubescent,  the  second  and  third  scales  densely  pubescent 
with  rather  long  spreading  hairs,  11 -nerved,  the  second  distinctly 
shorter  than  the  third  and  the  fourth,  the  fourth  scale  yellowish- 
white,  oval,  2.5  mm.  long  and  about  1.3  mm.  wide. 

Collected  by  the  writer  in  the  high  pine  land  at  Eustis,  Lake  Co., 
Florida,  May  3,  1894,  no.  603.  Most  nearly  related  to  P.  viala- 
con,  but  distinguished  by  the  less  copious  pubescence  which  is 
much  finer  and  softer,  and  by  the  glabrous  upper  surface  of  the 
blades.  From  P.  ciliifcnim  it  is  at  once  separated  by  its  narrower 
blades  which  are  not  ciliate  on  the  margins. 

Panicum  trifolium 

A  much  tufted  perennial,  glabrous,  with  the  exceptions  noted 
below.  Culms  slender,  2-4  dm.  tall,  finally  a  little  branched  : 
leaves  usually  3,  rarely  4,  the  uppermost  one  much  above  the 
middle  of  the  culm  and  generally  but  a  little  below  the  panicle  ; 
sheaths  less  than  one  half  as  long  as  the  internodes,  sometimes 
but  one  quarter  as  long  :  ligule  a  dense  ring  of  hairs  about  0.4  mm. 
long  ;  blades  erect  or  nearly  so,  firm,  lanceolate,  often  minutely 
pubescent  on  the  lower  surface,  the  margins  thickened  and  carti- 
laginous, serrulate  and  very  rough,  1.5-6  cm.  long,  1.5-5  m"^- 
wide,  the  basal  ones  numerous,  4-6  cm.  long  :  panicle  more  or  less 
exserted,  broadly  ovate,  2.5-6  cm.  long,  its  branches  ascending, 
the  larger  ones  1.5-3  cm.  long  :  spikelets  1.5  mm.  long  and  about 
0.7  mm.  wide,  elliptic,  the  first  scale  nearly  orbicular,  glabrous, 
I -nerved,  one  quarter  to  one  third  as  long  as  the  spikeiet,  the 
second  and  third  scales  densely  pubescent  with  short  spreading 
hairs,  7-nerved,  the  fourth  scale  white,  1.3  mm.  long  and  about 
0.6  mm.  wide,  obtusely  and  obscurely  apiculate. 

In  sandy  soil.  North  Carolina  to  northern  Florida,  west  to 
Mississippi.  Type  collected  by  Dr.  John  K.  Small,  in  the  Ocmul- 
gee  River  Swamp,  below  Macon,  Georgia,  May  1 8-24,  1 895.  The 
following  specimens  are  also  referred  here  : 

North  Carolina  :  Chapel  Hill,  W.  W.  Ashe  (distributed  as 
P.  ensifoliimi). 

South  Carolina:     Aiken,  1867,  H.  W.  Ravcnd. 

Florida:  Chapman,  1890,  no.  3;  Apalachicola,  1892,  Dr. 
Geo.  Vasey. 


581  Nash  :    The  dichotomous  Panicums 

Alabama  :  Buckley  ;  Auburn,  May  5,  1898,  Earle  and  Baker, 
nos.  1534  and  1547a. 

Mississippi:  5.  M.  Tracy,  Biloxi,  Aug.  i,  1894,  no.  2865, 
March  28,  1898,  no.  4602,  April  2,  1898,  no.  4612  ;  Avondale, 
April  28,  1898,  no.  4610;   Horn  Island,  June  i,  1898,  no.   4613. 

Related  to  P.  alboinarguiatinn ,  but  distinguished  by  its  thinner 
blades  and  more  slender  culms,  which  are  leafy  nearly  to  the 
panicle. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  4. 


DELPHINIUM  CAROLINIANUM  AND 
RELATED  SPECIES 


BY  P.  A.  RYDBERG 


NEW  YOKK 
1899 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Toerby  BoTiNiCAL  Club,  26:  58Z-587.    15  Nov.,  1899. 


Delphinium  Carolinianum  and  related  Species 

By  p.  a.  Rydberg 

None  of  our  native  larkspurs  has  been  more  misunderstood 
than  Ddphiiiiiun  Carolinanuin  Walt. ,  or  D.  azitreum  Michx.  This 
species  is  found  in  the  southern  states  only,  its  northwestern  limit 
being  in  Missouri.  All  specimens  from  the  western  states  referred 
to  it  belong  to  one  of  the  other  species  described  below.  Any  one 
who  has  collected  specimens  of  so-called  D.  aziireum  in  the  prairie 
states  or  in  the  Southwest  has  found  trouble  in  trying  to  harmonize 
the  specimens  collected  with  the  descriptions  in  our  manuals. 
Some  years  ago  I  came  to  the  opinion  that  the  D.  azureuin  of  Ne- 
braska and  neighboring  states  was  quite  different  from  the  D. 
azureiim  of  the  South.  It  is  only  lately,  however,  that  I  have  had 
occasion  to  give  closer  attention  to  the  matter,  in  connection 
with  a  partial  revision  of  the  Ranunculaceae  of  Dr.  Britton's  Flora. 
I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  D.  azureuin,  as  treated  in  Gray's 
Synoptical  Flora,  contains  about  ten  species.  I  regret  that  I  have 
not  seen  mature  seeds  of  a  few  of  the  western  species,  as  the  seeds 
afford  excellent  characters  for  determination. 

All  the  species  treated  here  have  a  leafy  stem  and  seeds  with 
a  loose  cellular  coat,  that  becomes  transversely  rugose  squamel- 
late.  The  most  prominent  characters  by  which  they  may  be  dis- 
tinguished from  each  other  are  the  following  : 

Bractlets  some  distance  below  the  calyx  and  below  the  thickened  portion  of  the  pedicel. 
Sepals  deep  blue  ;  principal   segments  of  the  leaves  cuneate,  cleft  nearly  or  quite 
to  the  middle.  l-   D-  gerattiifolhtm. 

Sepals  white,   tinged  with  blue  ;   segments  cleft  beyond  the  middle  into  narrow 
oblong  or  linear  lobes. 
Spur  about  twice  as  long  as  the  petals  ;   sepals  obovate. 
Spur  straight  or  slightly  curved. 

Lobes  of  the  lateral  petals  not  diverging  ;  lower  pedicels  not  much 

elongated;   spur  mostly  horizontal.  2.   D.   albescens. 

Lobes  of  the  lateral  petals  diverging  ;  lower  pedicels  elongated  ;  spur 
mostly  erect.  3-   ^-   camporum. 

Spur  strongly  curved  upward.  4.   D.   Penardi. 

Spur  thrice  as  long  as  the  petals,  slightly  j-curved  ;   sepals  oblong. 

5.  D.  macroseratilu. 

(582) 


583  Rydberg  :    Delphinium  Carolinianum 

Bractlets  close  under  the  calyx  on  the  thickened  end  of  the  pedicels. 

Sepals  greenish  or  yellowish  white  ;  segments  of  the  upper  leaves  oblong. 

6.    D.   virescens. 
Sepals  blue  or  bluish  ;   segments  of  the  upper  leaves  narrowly  linear. 

Plant  tall,  slender,  green  ;  bractlets  narrowly  linear,  almost  subulate. 

Seeds  strongly  wing-margined,  only  slightly  rugose- squamellate  ;  raceme 

simple  and  narrow.  7.    D.    Carolinianmn. 

Seeds  not  wing-margined,  strongly  squamellate  ;  raceme  often  branched. 

8.   D.  vimineum. 
Plant  low,  stout,  more  or  less  canescent ;  bractlets  linear  or  lanceolate. 
Sepals  deep  blue  ;  pedicels  ascending.  9.   D.    Geyej-i. 

Sepals  light  blue  or  white,  tinged  with  blue  or  purple  ;  pedicels  erect. 

10.  D.    Wootoni. 

I.  Delphinium  geraniifolium  sp.  nov. 

Stem  from  a  deep  woody  perennial  root,  stout,  3-4  dm.  high, 
finely  grayish-strigose  ;  leaves  numerous,  especially  at  the  base, 
long-petioled,  grayish-strigose,  mostly  5-divided  to  the  base  ;  di- 
visions cuneate,  twice  2-3 -cleft  into  broad  oblong  divisions ; 
racemes  many-flowered,  somewhat  branched  ;  pedicels  ascending  ; 
bractlets  linear,  2-4  mm.  below  the  blue  calyx  ;  spur  stout,  hori- 
zontal, about  one  half  longer  than  the  petals,  slightly  curved ; 
upper  petals  brownish,  tipped  with  blue  ;  seeds  unknown. 

This  is  evidently  nearest  related  to  D.  Gcycri,  but  differs  by  the 
broad  leaf  segments  and  the  form  and  position  of  the  bractlets. 
Dr.  Gray  referred  it  to  D.  viinincuin,  which  it  resembles  very  little. 

Arizona:  Charles  Valley,  1883,  H.  H.  Rusby. 

2.  Delphinium  albescens  sp.  nov. 

Generally  tall,  3-15  dm.  high,  from  a  woody  branched  root, 
finely  pubescent  or  glabrate  below,  somewhat  viscid  above  ;  leaves 
rather  variable,  from  5  to  i  5  cm.  in  diameter,  repeatedly  divided  into 
linear  or  the  lower  often  into  oblong  divisions  ;  raceme  long  and 
simple,  sometimes  5— 6  dm.  long;  pedicels  erect,  1—2  cm.  long  ; 
bractlets  narrowly  linear,  borne  2—4  (in  fruit  often  6-8)  mm.  be- 
low the  calyx ;  sepals  white  with  a  blue  spot  and  sometimes  tinged 
with  blue  ;  spur  stout,  about  twice  as  long  as  the  petals,  straight 
or  slightly  curved,  tinged  with  blue,  generally  horizontal  or  as- 
cending ;  upper  petals  very  oblique  at  the  summit,  tinged  with  yel- 
low ;  the  lateral  ones  bearded,  2-cleft,  but  the  lobes  not  diverging; 
follicles  cylindric,  pubescent;  seeds  1.5—2  mm.  long,  brown, 
sharply  angled  but  not  wing-margined,  rather  strongly  squamellate. 

This  species  has  been  included  in  D.  Carolmiammt,  but  is  easily 
distinguished  by  the  color  of  the  flowers,  the  form  and  position  of 
the  bractlets,  the  stouter  habit,  and   especially  by  the   seeds.      Its 


AND    RELATED    SpECIES  584 

distinctness  from  D.  caiuponim  is  not  so  clear.  The  principal  char- 
acter used  by  Prof.  Greene  in  order  to  distinguish   the  latter  from 

D.  Carolinianum,  viz.,  the  erect  spur,  does  not  hold,  for  D.  Caro- 
linianum  sometimes  has  an  erect  spur  ;  a'lso  D.  albescens,  as 
shown  in  Dr.  Houghton's  specimens  from  Lake  Winnipeg. 
These  were  included  by  Greene  in  D.  caiiiponim,  but  are 
very  unlike  the  plant  from  Texas,  New  Mexico  and  Arizona, 
which  must  be  taken  for  the  type  of  D.  cauiponim.  Houghton's 
plant  differs  in  no  respect,  except  the  erect  spur,  from  the  common 
Larkspur  of  the  Prairie  Region.  The  specimens  from  Arkansas 
cited  below  are  more  slender  and  have  narrower  leaf-segments  than 
is  usual.  The  following  specimens  of  D.  albescens  are  found  in  the 
herbaria  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden  and  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. 

Manitoba  :  Lake  Winnipeg,  Dr.  Houghton. 

Minnesota:  Hennepin  Co.,  \^go,J.  H.  Sandberg ;  Fort  Snell- 
ing,  1889,  E.  A.  Mearns. 

South  Dakota  :  Scalp  Creek  (collector  not  given). 

Nebraska:  Lincoln,  1887,  H.J.  Webber  (type)  ;  Crete,  188 1, 
G.  D.  Sivcezey. 

Kansas:  Ft.  Riley,  1892,  E.  E.  Gayle,  484;  Atchison,  1892, 

E.  B.  Knerr ;  Riley  Co.,  1895,  /  B.  Norton,  8 ;  Topeka,  1891, 
B.  B.  Smyth;  Manhattan,  1889,  W.  A.  Kellerman. 

Colorado:  Ft.  Collins,  1896,  C.  F.  Baker. 
Arkansas  :  Dr.  Pitcher. 

Indian  Territory:  Sapulpa,  1895,  B.  F.  Bush,  logi. 
Texas:  San  Antonio,  1894,  A.  A.  Heller,  ij8j. 
Missouri  :  Eagle  Rock,  1898,  B.  F.  Bush,  228  ;  Independence, 
1894,  7. 

Illinois  :  Augusta,  5.  B.  Mead. 

3.  Delphinium  camporum  Greene,  Erythea,  2  :  183 
This  species  is  closely  related  to  the  preceding,  but  is  generally 
lower  and  stouter,  with  numerous  basal  leaves  and  {ew  stem-leaves  ; 
the  lower  pedicels  are  much  elongated,  often  5  cm.  long;  the  pedicels 
as  a  rule  are  strongly  curved  at  the  end,  bringing  the  spur  into 
an  erect  position.  The  flowers  are  similar  to  those  of  the  preced- 
ing, but  generally  more  purely  white,  and  the  lobes  of  the  some- 


585  Rydberg  :    Delphinium  Carolinianum 

what  longer  lateral  petals  are  more  divergent.  The  upper  petals 
are  less  oblique  at  the  top.  To  this  species,  I  refer  the  following 
specimens  : 

New  Mexico:  Jorunda  del  Murto,  185 1,  Geo.  TJiurber,  2gr  ; 
Mangus  Spring,  1881,  H.  H.  Rusby,  ^  ;    1852,  C.  Wright,  8^0. 

Texas:  Rio  Bravo  del  Norte,  1852,  Schott. 

4.  Delphinium  Penardi  Huth,  Helios,  10:    27.      1892 

I  have  seen  no  specimens  of  this  species  and  from  the  descrip- 
tion one  would  come  to  the  conclusion  that  it  is  simply  a  form  of 
D.  albescens,  the  curved  spur  notwithstanding.  We  have  seeds, 
however,  received  from  M.  E.  Autran  of  the  Boissier  Herbarium, 
and  these  are  very  unlike  those  of  D.  albescens.  They  are  large, 
black,  very  irregular,  and  only  slightly  squamellate  ;  in  fact,  they 
are  almost  identical  with  those  of  D.  Geyeri.  The  upper  petals  are 
also  described  and  figured  as  being  toothed  at  the  apex,  a  condi- 
tion I  have  never  seen  in  D.  albescens. 

5.  Delphinium  macroseratilis  sp.  nov. 

Stem  slender,  about  3  dm.  high,  finely  grayish -pubescent ; 
leaves  divided  to  the  base  into  3—5  segments,  these  again  2—3- 
cleft ;  raceme  simple,  strict,  many-flowered  ;  pedicels  erect,  about 
I  cm.  long  ;  bractlets  2—4  mm.  below  the  calyx,  linear  ;  sepals 
white,  the  lower  ones  with  a  bluish  spot,  oblong,  more  than  twice 
as  long  as  the  upper  petals  ;  spur  about  three  times  as  long  as  the 
upper  petals,  tinged  with  bluish,  slightly  s-curved  ;  upper  petals 
very  oblique  and  pointed  at  the  summit ;  lateral  ones  much  longer, 
2-cleft  and  bearded  ;  fruit  and  seeds  unknown. 

This  is  also  closely  related  to  D.  albescens,  differing  in  floral 
characters  and  the  fewer  segments  of  the  leaves.  Further  study 
of  the  species  is  needed,  especially  as  seeds  are  lacking. 

Texas:  Tom  Greene  Co.,  1879,  Frank  Tiveedy. 

6.   Delphinium  virescens  Nutt.  Gen.  2:   14.      18 18 

There  is  only  a  fragmentary  specimen  in  the  Torrey  Herbarium, 
but  this  is  enough  to  show  that  it  is  quite  distinct  from  D.  Caro- 
linianum. Not  only  is  the  corolla  of  a  different  color,  but  it  is 
much  larger  and  the  spur  is  strongly  hooked  at  the  end.  The 
plant  is  much  stouter  than  D.  Carolinianum,  stouter  even  than  any 


AND     RELATED    SpECIES  586 

of  the  species  given   below.     As  the  seeds   are  not  known,  the 
species  may  not  belong  to  the  group  with  squamellate  seeds. 

7.   Delphinium  Carolinianum  Walt.   Car.  155.      1788 

D.  azureiun  Michx.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.   i  :  314.      1803. 

D.  Carolinianum  is  confined  to  the  South,  ranging  from  North 
Carolina,  or  perhaps  Virginia,  to  Missouri  and  south  to  Florida, 
Lousiana  and  Arkansas.  It  is  characterized  by  the  slender  habit, 
the  small  deep  blue  flowers,  the  long  straight  narrow  raceme,  the 
slender  and  slightly  curved  and  usually  horizontal  spur.*  The 
seeds  are  quite  different  from  those  of  the  related  species,  being 
smaller,  only  1.5  mm.  long,  with  broad  wing-margins  on  the 
angles  and  only  slightly  squamellate  on  the  sides.  The  following 
specimens  are  in  the  herbaria  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden 
and  Columbia  University. 

Georgia:  Augusta,  1888,  G.  McCarthy;  Flint  River  at  Al- 
bany, i%g^,  John  K.  Small. 

Florida:  Jackson  Co.  (collector  not  given);  A.  W.  Chapman 
(locality  not  given)  ;    West   Florida,  Chapman. 

Alabama:  .Sz^^/^/^j  (locality  not  given);  Milstead,  1896,/..  M. 
Underzvood ;  Auburn,  i^gy,  Earle  &  Baker. 

Mississippi:  Agency,  1897,   .S.  M.  Tracy. 

Missouri:  Swan,  1898,  B.  F.  Bush,  188. 

Arkansas  :    Nuttall. 

8.   Delphinium  vimineum  Don ;  Sweet,  Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  ser.  2,  //. 

374 

The  flowers  are  similar  to  the  preceding,  but  the  plant  is  taller, 
often  over  a  meter  high,  with  slender  lax  branches.  The  most 
striking  difference,  however,  is  found  in  the  seeds.  These  are 
scarcely  angled  at  all,  but  with  exceedingly  strong  transverse 
lamellae  and  over  2  mm.  long.  It  is  a  species  confined  to  the 
Gulf  Region. 

Texas  :  Driimmond. 

Louisiana  :  Alexandria,  and  Red  River,  Hale. 

*  The  specimens  from  Missom-i  cited  here  have  almost  erect  spm-s. 


587  Rydberg  :    Delphinium  Carolinianum 

9.   Delphinium  Geyeri  Greene,  Erythea,  2  :   189 

This  species  is  characterized  by  the  strigose-canescent  pubes- 
cence, the  ascending  instead  of  erect  pedicels,  the  large  blue  flow- 
ers, the  rather  large  bractlets,  which  often  are  half  as  long  as  the 
sepals  and  borne  close  under  them.  The  species  would  not  be 
placed  in  this  group  if  it  did  not  have  squamellate  seeds.  These 
are,  however,  only  finely  so,  rather  large,  about  3  mm.  long, 
black,  irregularly  angled,  but  not  wing-margined.  The  following 
specimens  are  in  our  herbaria  : 

Wyoming:  Cheyenne,  1872,  E.  L.  Greene;  Laramie  River, 
1894,  Ave7i  Nelson,  /(.oo. 

Colorado:  Fort  Collins,  1896,  C.  F.  Baker. 

10.  Delphinium  Wootoni  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  from  a  deep  woody  root,  1.5-2  dm.  high,  finely 
grayish-strigose  ;  basal  leaves  rather  numerous,  grayish-strigulose, 
rather  firm,  3-5 -cleft  to  the  base,  the  divisions  cuneate  in  outline, 
cleft  beyond  the  middle  into  oblong  or  linear  acute  leaves  ;  stem- 
leaves  similar,  very  few  ;  raceme  short,  rather  few-flowered  ;  ped- 
icels erect,  1—2  cm.  long  ;  bractlets  linear,  close  under  the  calyx, 
the  latter  light  blue  or  white  and  tinged  with  blue  or  purple  : 
petals  white,  the  upper  ones  tinged  with  yellow  ;  seeds  unknown. 

This  is  closely  related  to  D.  albescens,  but  the  position  of  the 
bractlets,  the  grayish  pubescence,  the  low  stout  habit  and  the  firm 
leaves  with  broad  segments  indicate  some  relationship  with  D , 
Geyeri.  In  this,  as  in  several  other  species,  mature  seeds  are  a  de- 
sideratum. 

New  Mexico:  Organ  Mountains,  1893,  E.  0.  Wooton  (type). 

Arizona  :  Ft.  Huachuca,  T.  E.  Wilcox. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  5 


STUDIES  ON  THE  ROOKY  MOUNTAIN 

FLORA— I 


BY   P.   A.   RYDBERG 


NEW  YORK 
1900 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Toreey  Botanical  Club,  27 :  169-139.    21  Apr.,  1900,1 


Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora.— I* 

By  p.  a.  Rydberg 

(With  Pi ates  5  and  6.) 

SPECIES  OF  SENECIO  OF  THE  LOBATUS,  AUREUS,  SUBNUDUS  AND  TOMENTOSUS  GROUPS 

It  may  seem  strange  that  I  present  here  a  paper  on  Sexecio, 
when  it  is  well  known  to  me  that  Mr.  Greenman  -is  occupied  in 
preparing  a  monograph  of  the  genus  in  all  North  America,  from 
the  arctic  regions  to  the  Isthmus.  My  work  was  begun  a  year  ago, 
and  before  I  knew  of  Mr.  Greenman's  work.  I  have  not  been  able 
to  present  my  results  in  print  before  now,  and  I  do  it  with  the 
good  will  of  the  gentleman  mentioned,  and  with  the  understanding 
that  I  confine  myself  to  the  Rocky  Mountain  region. 

The  four  groups  treated  here  are  closely  related  and  grade 
into  each  other.  They  might  have  been  treated  as  a  single 
group  but  even  this  would  have  been  more  or  less  artificial  and 
ill-defined,  because  there  are  several  intergradations  with  related 
groups.  The  more  foliose  species  of  the  Aurei  as  S.  platylobiis 
and  S.  Idahoensis  described  below  connect  with  the  Eremophili  ; 
5.  cyvibalarioidcs  with  the  Alpicolae,  and  5.  canovirens  with  the 
Cani. 

The  work  presented  here  is  based  on  my  own  studies  in  the 
field  and  the  specimens  found  in  the  herbaria  of  the  New  York 
Botanical  Garden,  Columbia  University  and  College  of  Pharmacy, 
all  in  New  York  City. 

LOBATI 

Annuals  or  biennials  or  perennials  with  a  taproot,  perfectly 
glabrous  in  age  or  slightly  floccose  at  the  bases  of  the  leaves,  more 
or  less  leafy  throughout,  3  dm.  or   more  high  :   leaves,  all   except 

*The  author  intends  to  publish  under  this  title  a  series  of  papers  on  the  Botany  of  the 
Rocky  Mountain  Region.  The  intention  is  not  however  to  limit  these  studies  to  the 
botany  of  the  mountains  proper,  but  will  include  also  the  Great  Plains  to  the  eastward. 
They  will  comprise  the  following  states  and  territories  :  eastern  British  Columbia,  Alberta. 
Saskatchewan,  Assiniboia,  Montana,  Idaho,  Wyoming,  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  east- 
ern Utah,  and  the  extreme  western  portions  of  the  Dakotas,  of  Nebraska,  Kansas,  Okla- 
homa and  Texas. 

(169) 


170       RvDBERG  :    Studies  ox  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

the  very  first,  pinnately  divided  :  heads  rather  small  and  minutely 
calyculate.  In  habit  resembling  the  Aurei  and  Tomentosi,  to 
which  the  last  two  form  a  transition,  but  have  more  divided  leaves 
and  a  root  of  less  duration. 

Leaves  thin  ;  root  annual  or  biennial. 

Head  about  l  cm.  high  ;   tenninal   segments  of  the   basal   leaves  3-5  cm.  wide. 

1.  S.  sangiiisorboides. 
Head  5-8  mm.  high  ;  terminal  segments  of  the  basal  leaves  less  than  2  cm.  wide. 

Basal  leaves  with  few  segments  ;  segments  crenate  or  dentate. 

2.  S.    Greggii. 
Basal  leaves  with  numerous  segments  ;  segments  lobed  or  cleft. 

3.  ^".  inillelobalw. 
Leaves  rather  thick  ;   root  perennial. 

Bracts  thick,  much  shorter  than  the  disk.  4.    S.  niuUilobahts. 

Bracts  thiii,  almost  equaling  the  disk.  5.    S.  Nelsonii. 

I.  Senecio  sanguisorboides  sp.  nov. 

Tall  and  simple,  perfectly  glabrous,  annual  or  maybe  biennial  : 
stem  terete,  about  6  dm.  high,  leafy  :  basal  leaves  thin,  1-2  dm. 
long,  petioled,  pinnately  divided  with  3-5  segments  ;  terminal  seg- 
ments reniform,  3—5  cm.  wide,  coarsely  crenate  ;  lateral  segments 
almost  orbicular,  crenate  :  lower  stem  leaves  similar  ;  the  upper 
with  7— II  segments,  short-petioled  or  the  uppermost  subsessile  ; 
the  base  of  the  petioles  with  large  round,  laciniate  auricles  ;  ter- 
minal segment  ovate,  incised-crenate ;  the  lateral  ones  obovate 
or  broadly  cuneate  :  cyme  rather  contracted  :  heads  about  i  cm. 
high;  bracts  12-16,  linear-lanceolate,  acute,  about  i  mm.  wide, 
with  membranous  margins ;  the  calyculate  ones  very  few  and 
minute,  lanceolate  :  rays  about  lo,  8  mm.  long  and  3  mm.  wide, 
about  4-nerved  :  achenes  glabrous  and  angled. 

This  has  been  referred  to  .S".  Sangiiisorbae  DC;  but  a  compari- 
son with  De  Candolle's  description  shows  several  discrepancies. 
According  to  the  description  S.  Sangiiisorbae  should  have  6nly 
8-IO  bracts  and  5  rays,  the  leaves  should  be  puberulent  beneath 
and  the  terminal  'segment  orbicular,  characters  not  found  in  the 
present  species.  The  latter  grows  at  an  altitude  of  2500-3000 

m.      [Plate  5,  f.  14.] 

New  Mexico:  Santa  Fe  Caiion,  1897,  A.  A.  &  E.  Gertrude 
Heller,  j8 20  (type  in  the  herbarium  of  the  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden) ; 
White  Mountains,  1897,  E.  O.  IVoofoji,  ^g^. 

2.  Senecio  Greggii  sp.  nov. 
Sefiecio   Tanipicamis  A.  Gray,  PI.   Fendl.    109.      1849;  not  DC, 
1837;  5.   lobatiis  A.   Gray,   PI.    Wright.   2  :  99.      1852;  not 
Pers.  1807. 


RvDBERG  :    Studies  ox  Rocky  Mountain  Flora       171 

Biennial  or  annual,  with  several  stems  from  the  base,  perfectly 
glabrous  in  age  :  stems  about  3  dm.  high  :  leaves  pinnately  divided 
or  the  very  first  ones  simple  :  basal  leaves  with  3-5  segments,  the 
terminal  one  round  and  crenate,  about  i  cm.  in  diameter ;  the 
lateral  ones  small,  obovate  ;  stem  leaves  with  7-9  small  segments 
and  more  or  less  auricled  at  the  base  of  the  very  short  petiole  : 
cyme  compound  :  heads  rather  man\',  only  5-7  mm.  high  ;  bracts 
about  20,  linear-acuminate  ;  the  calyculatc  ones  minute  and  few  : 
rays  8-10,  about  3  mm.  long  and  1.5  mm.  wide,  3-nerved  : 
achenes  angled  and  strigose. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  S.  lobatus  but  smaller  and  characterized 
by  the  many  stems  from  the  same  root,  the  few  segments  of  the 
basal  leaves,  the  small  heads  and  the  narrow  bracts.  Only 
Wright's  specimens  were  collected  in  the  region  here  treated. 
[Plate  5,  f  8.] 

Mexico  :  Santa  Rosalia,  Dr.  Gregg  (type  in  Torrey  Herba- 
rium). 

Texas:  Near  El  Paso,  1851-2,  C.  Wright,  1413 ;  between 
Frio  and  Nueces  Rivers,  1880,  E.  Palmer,  754;  Loredo  to  Frontera. 
WrigJit  (Mexican  Boundery  Survey),  ^jp,  in  part. 

3.  Senecio  millelobatus  sp.  nov. 

Senecio  Tampicmius  A.  Gray,  PI.  Wright.  2  :    99.     1852  ;  not  DC. 

1837  ;  S.  mnltilobatiis  A.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  i" :  394,  in  part.     1884  ; 

not  T.  &  G.  1 849. 

Annual  or  biennial,  perfectly  glabrous  or  slightly  floccose  at 
the  base  of  the  leaves  :  stem  branched,  3-5  dm.  high,  very  leafy  : 
all  leaves  pinnately  divided,  3-7  cm.  long,  lanceolate  or  oblanceo- 
late.  in  outline  ;  segments  13-23,  obovate,  3-10  mm.  long,  lobed  or 
cleft  into  oblong  or  ovate  lobes  ;  the  upper  segments  more  or  less 
confluent :  cyme  compound  :  heads  about  8  mm,  high  ;  bracts  ob- 
long-lanceolate, acuminate,  12-15  "I  number ;  calyculate  ones 
minute  and  few  :  rays  5-8  mm.  long  and  1.5-2  mm.  wide  :  achenes 
very  scabrous  on  the  angles. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  the  preceding  and  to  5.  lobattts  but  is 
easily  distinguished  by  the  numerous  and  lobed  or  cleft  segments. 
It  may  be  related  to  5.  Tampicanus  which  I  have  not  seen,  but  that 
species  is  described  as  having  onl}^  4  or  5  pairs  of  segments  and 
glabrous  achenes.      [Plate  5,  f.  11.] 

New  Mexico:  Hills  on  the  Limpia,  185  1-2,  C.  Wright,  1287 
(type  in  the  Torrey  herbarium) ;  P.   V.  Le  Roy. 


172        RvDBERG  :    Studies  on  Rockv  Mountain  Flora 

Texas:  Lower  Rio  Grande,  1852,  Pany  (Mexican  Boundary 
Survey),  6^8. 

4.    Senecio  multilobatus  Torr.  &  Gray;   Gray,   PI.    Fend.    109. 

1849 

The  type  of  this  species  is  in  the  Torrey  herbarium  and  very 
unhke  the  plant  regarded  by  Gray  as  ^\  iiiultilobatiis.  It  is  char- 
acterized by  its  fleshy  leaves  and  stands  perhaps  nearer  to  vS. 
conipactus  than  to  the  group  with  which  it  was  associated  by  Dr. 
Gray.  I  have  placed  it  in  this  group  on  account  of  its  pinnatifid 
basal  leaves.  The  earliest  of  these  are,  however,  entire,  in  the 
same  manner  as  they  occasionally  are  in  5".  rosjdatiis.  This  analogy 
and  the  close  relationship  to  5.  conipactus  undoubtedly  made  Prof. 
Greene  name  Baker,  Earle  and  Tracy's  specimens  "  Senecio  com- 
pactus  R}'db.,  verging  towards  S.  Fendleri."  These  specimens 
differ  from  Fremont's  plant  only  in  the  fact  that  the  basal  leaves 
are  shorter  and  less  divided.  Eastwood's  specimens  are  exactly 
like  the  type.  The  base  of  these  specimens  shows  that  the  plant  is  a 
perennial  rather  than  an  annual  as  stated  in  the  original  descrip- 
tion.    It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  about  2000  m.     [Plate  6,  f.  11.] 

Utah  :  Uintah  River  (a  tributary  of  Greene  River),  Fremont, 
j^p  (type  in  the  Torrey  herbarium)  ;  Ogden,  1871,  Hayden  Sur- 
vey ;  South  Utah,  J.  E.  Jolinson. 

Colorado:  Grand  Junction,  1892,  A.  Eastivood ;  Mancos, 
1898,  Baker,  Earle  &  Tracy,  4-^6 ;  Dolores,  1892,  C.  S.  Crandall; 
South  Park,  1871,  W.  M.  Canby. 

5.  Senecio  Nelsonii  Rydb.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  24  :  483.      1899 

Prof  Greene  in  Pittonia,  4  :  112,  devotes  over  a  page  to  this 
species,  claiming  it  to  be  the  same  as  S.  Fendleri,  and  criticises 
both  Prof.  Nelson  and  myself.  We  had,  however,  both  investi- 
gated the  matter  thoroughly  before  the  species  was  published.  In 
claiming  that  the  two  species  are  the  same.  Prof.  Greene  must  either 
not  know  one  of  the  plants  or  both,  or  else  do  it  for  the  purposes  of 
finding  fault.  5.  Nelsonii  has  the  leaf  form  of  5".  Fendleri,  but 
there  ends  the  similarity.  In  the  former  the  caudex  is  short,  not 
woody,  and  with  numerous  fibrous  roots,  placing  it  nearer  to  S. 
nuiltUobatiis  and    Ji.  conipactus,  while  6".  Fendleri  has  a  very  thick 


RvDBERG  :    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora       173 

and  woody  rootstock.  The  heads  of  ^.  Nelsonii  are  larger,  8—10 
mm.  high,  and  the  bracts  are  thin  and  in  anthesis  almost  equal 
the  disk,  while  in  vS.  Fendlcri  they  are  thick  and  much  shorter. 
The  former  also  lacks  the  fine  tomentum  of  the  latter  ;  it  is  merely 
floccose  when  young  in  the  manner  of  5.  nudtilobatiis  and  .S".  com- 
pactiis.  S.  Nchonii  is  dark  green  while  5".  Fcndleri  is  more  or  less 
yellowish.  Neither  of  the  species  forms  mats,  as  Prof  Greene 
states.  Heller's  specimens,  from  the  type  locality  of  .9.  Fcndleri, 
agree  fully  with  Gray's  description  of  that  species,  except  that  the}- 
are  more  glabrate  than  the  type.  They  represent  a  plant  of  several 
season's  growth,  but  show  nothing  to  indicate  a  matted  plant.  I 
think  that  Prof  Greene  has  here  confused  5.  rosidatus  with  the 
two.  Prof  Greene's  conception  of  ^.  Fcndleri  must  be  very  com- 
prehensive, indeed,  as  he  also  includes  in  that  such  forms  as  6". 
siibciuicatus,  S.  canovire?is,  and  another  species,  nearly  related  to 
S.  fastigiatiis  Nutt.  This  statement  is  founded  on  specimens  de- 
termined by  Prof  Greene  only  a  year  or  two  ago  and  found  in  the 
herbarium  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden.  By  comparing 
Plate  5,  Fig.  6,  and  Plate  6,'  Figs,  i,  3,  4  and  9,  with  each  other, 
one  can  get  an  idea  of  Prof  Greene's  conception  of  6".  Fcndleri. 
I  hav^e  seen  no  specimens  of  S.  Nelsonii  except  the  type. 

AUREI 

Slender  perennials,  over  2  dm.  high,  with  a  short  erect  caudex 
or  rootstalk,  glabrous  or  slightly  floccose  when  young,  the  wool 
remaining  in  age  only  at  the  oase  of  the  leaves  :  basal  leaves  entire, 
merely  toothed  :  stem  leaves  more  or  less  pinnatifid  and  the  upper 
more  or  less  reduced  :  heads  small,  cymose,  with  very  small  and 
few  calyculate  bracts. 

Heads  radiate. 

Leaves  thick,  more  or  less  fleshy. 

Basal  leaves  nan'owly  oblanceolate. 

Plant  low,  less  than  2  dm.  high,  often  with  several  stems  from  the  base; 
basal  leaves  short-petioled. 
Cyme  dense  ;  upperleaves  generally  pinnatifid  with  narrow  lobes. 

6.  ^^  compactus. 
Cyme  more  open  ;  stem  leaves  entire  or  merely  crenate. 

Basal  leaves  subentire  or  3-toothed  at  the  apex. 

7.  S.  tridenticulatiis . 
Basal  leaves  crenate.                                     8.  S.  oblanceolatus. 


174       Rydberg  :    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Plant  about  4-6  dm.  high,  simple. 

Leaves  serrate  or  subentire  ;  basal  leaves  i  cm.  or  more,  slender- 

petioled.  9.   S.  longipetiolatiis. 

Stem  leaves  with  long,  triangular  lobes  ;  basal  leaves  5  cm.  or  less. 

10.    S.  fulgens. 
Basal  leaves  cuneate,  spatulate  or  broadly  oblanceolate,  subentire  at  the  base. 
Lower  stem  leaves  spatulate  with  a  broad-winged  petiole  ;  upper  ones 

sessile  and  with  much  enlarged  bases.  II.    S.  crocattts. 

Stem  leaves  neither  broad-winged  nor  with  much  enlarged  bases. 

Basal  leaves  crenate  above  the  middle.  12.   .S'.    cyinbalarioidcs. 

Basal  leaves  angularly  dentate.  13.    .V.  Jonesii. 

Basal  leaves  sharply  dentate  or  serrate  above  the  middle. 
Lower  stem  leaves  cuneate,  plant  3-4  dm.  high. 

14.  S.  siibinneatus. 
Lower  stem  leaves  oblanceolate  ;   plant  about  2  dm.  high. 

15.  S.   acutidens. 
Leaves  thin. 

Basal  leaves  ovate  or  more  commonly  cordate,  serrate.    16.    S.  psciidaiircus. 

Basal  leaves  obovate  or  oval,  crenate  or  sinuate-dentate. 

Stem  leaves  ovate  in  outline,  with  broad  segments. 

17.  S.  platylobiis. 
Stem  leaves  lanceolate  or  oblanceolate  in  outline,  jj'ith  narrow  segments. 

18.  S.  Jiavovirens. 
Stem  leaves  spatulate  or  oblanceolate  in  outline,  with  short   and  broad 

segments.  19.    5.  aiirellus. 

Head  discoid. 

First  basal  leaves  reniform.  20.    5.  nephrophylhts. 

None  of  the  leaves  reniform. 

Plant  stout ;   stem  leaves  with  broad  laciniate  segments. 

21.    6".  Idahoensis. 
Plant  slender  ;  stem  leaves  with  narrow  segments. 

Plant  yellowish  or  light  green  ;  bracts  not  purple-tinged. 

17.    S. Jlavovii'ens. 
Plant  dark  green. 

Basal  leaves  crenate  ;  head  8-10  mm.  high  ;  bracts  purple-tinged, 
linear.  22.   S.  paticifloriis. 

Basal  leaves  wavy  ;  heads  about  6  mm.  high  ;  bracts  broadly  lanceo- 
late or  oblong,  not  purple-tinged.  23.    S.  fedifolius. 

6.   Senecio  compactu.s  (A.    Gray)   Rydb.    Mem.    Torr.   Club,   5  : 

342.  1893 
Senecio  aureus  var.  coinpactus  A.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  i'  :  391.  1884. 
Dr.  Gray's  description  covers  two  if  not  three  species.  For 
which  of  these  .S".  covipatus  should  be  used  is  a  matter  of  ques- 
tion. I  have  adopted  it  for  the  plant  of  the  plains  with  a  dense 
cyme  and  usually  pinnatifid-dentate  stem  leaves.  Dr.  Gray  evi- 
dently had  this  plant  in  mind  when   he   adopted   the   name  coin- 


RvDBERG  :    Studies  ox  Rocky  Mountain  Flora       175 

pactits.  The  description  seems  to  indicate  mostly  this  species, 
which  also  I  had  in  mind  when  I  raised  the  variety  to  specific 
rank  and  it  is  this  that  is  described  and  figured  in  Britton  and 
Brown's  Illustrated  Flora.  On  the  other  hand  if  synonomy  and 
the  citation  of  specimens  are  taken  in  consideration,  the  name  may 
have  been  applied  to  the  next,  for  the  first  synonym  and  the  first 
specimen  cited  belong  to  that  species.      [Plate  5,  f  15.] 

Nebraska  :  Valentine,  /.  M.  Bates,  j^ ;  Lewellen,  G.  D. 
SivcL'sey,  82 ;  Fort  Niobrara,  1888,  T.  E.  Wilcox;  Thedford, 
1893,  P.  A.  Rydbcrg,  r^ii  ;   Platte  Bottom,  1891,  211. 

Colorado:  Plains,  \Z^2,  Allen  &  Brcivster ;  Colorado  Springs, 
I  ^g2,  Isabel  Mil  I  ford. 

7.  Senecio  tridenticulatus  sp.  nov. 
Senccio  aureus  var.  borealis  A.  Gray,  PI.  Wright,  i  :    125.      1852  ; 

not  T.  &  G.  1843  ;  S.  aureus  var.  coinpactus  A.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl. 

I^:  391  ;  in  part. 

Perennial  with  a  branched  caudex,  in  age  perfectly  glabrous, 
or  slightly  floccose  at  the  base  of  the  leaves  :  stems  very  slender, 
about  3  dm.  high  :  basal  leaves  very  narrowly  oblanceolate,  thick 
with  a  slender  petiole,  slightly  3-toothed  at  the  apex  or  wholly 
entire,  4-8  cm.  long  and  4-5  mm.  wide  :  stem  leaves  linear  and 
subentire  :  cyme  open  and  corymbiform  :  heads  7-8  mm.  high  : 
bracts  lanceolate,  acute  73  or  3/  as  long  as  the  disk  :  rays  light 
yellow,  about  8  mm.  long  and  1-1.5  mm.  wide,  3-nerved  ;  achenes 
hispid-puberulent  on  the  angles. 

This  species  differs,  from  the  preceding  in  the  slender  stem  and 
the  open  cyme,  and  also  in  the  form  of  the  leaves.  The  latter 
character  also  separates  it  from  the  next  following.  It  grows  in 
wet  sandy  soil.  The  type  was  growing  at  an  altitude  of  2400  m. 
Wright's  specimens  are  past  blooming,  and  good  characters  could 
not  be  taken  from  them,  wherefore  I  have  made  Sheldon's  speci- 
mens the  type.  The  latter  were  mixed  with  some  of  the  next. 
[Plate  5,  f.  12.] 

Colorado  :  Cottonwood  Creek,  Buena  Vista,  1892,  C.  S.  Shel- 
don (type  in  the  herbarium  of  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden). 

Texas:  Mountams  beyond  the  Limpia,  1849,   Wright,  40^. 

8.   Senecio  oblanceolatus  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  several  stems  from  a  strong  root,  in  age  glabrous 
or  rarely  slightly  floccose  at  the  base  of  the  leaves  :  stems  short  and 


176        Rydberg  :    Studies  ox  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

stout,  about  2  dm.  high  :  basal  leaves  oblanceolate,  thick  and  fleshy, 
4-6  cm.  long,  obtuse,  crenate  with  entire  long  tapering  bases  or 
the  first  subentire  :  stem  leaves  similar  or  reduced  and  linear  in 
outline :  cyme  corymbiform,  not  compact  :  heads  about  8  mm. 
high  ;  bracts  linear  acute,  yellowish  green  ;  the  calyculate  ones 
minute  and  few:  rays  5-6  mm.  long  and  about  1.5  mm.  wide, 
4-nerved  :    achenes  minutely  scabrous  on  the  angles. 

This  species  has  also  been  included  in  5.  aureus  compactiis,  but 
lacks  the  dense  inflorescence  of  S.  compactiis  as  here  understood. 
The  stem  leaves  never  show  any  indication  of  being  pinnatifid  with 
narrow  lobes  as  in  that  species.  .S.  covipactus  is  a  plant  of  the 
Great  Plains,  while  6".  oblanccolaUis  is  a  mountain  plant  growing 
at  an  altitude  of  1800-3000  m.      [Plate  5,  f  9.] 

Colorado:  Como,  South  Park,  1895,  C.  S.  Crandall  (type 
in  the  herbarium  of  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden)  ;  El  Paso  County, 
1897,  A.  A.  &  E.  Gertrude  Heller,  3308 ;  Cottonwood  Creek, 
])uena  Vista,  1892,  C.  S.  Sheldou. 

9.    Senecio  longipetiolatus  sp.  nov. 

A  tall,  simple,  perfect!}^  glabrous  perennial,  with  a  short  erect 
rootstock  :  stem  strict,  3-6  dm.  high,  terete  :  basal  leaves  oblan- 
ceolate, I -1. 5  dm.  long,  with  a  slender  petiole,  from  serrate  to 
subentire :  lower  stem  leaves  similar  ;  the  upper  reduced,  lanceo- 
late, sessile,  sharply  serrate,  or  laciniate-dentate,  often  auricled  at 
the  base :  cyme  dense,  corymbiform  :  heads  8-9  mm.  high  : 
bracts  about  20,  linear,  acute  :  the  calyculate  ones  few,  minute, 
subulate  and  crisp:  rays  dark  orange,  4—7  mm.  long  and  1.5  mm. 
wide,  3-4-nerved  :    achenes  strongly  angled,  glabrous. 

In  the  type  the  basal  leaves  are  strongly  serrate,  but  in  the 
Colorado  plants  they  are  indistinctly  so  or  subentire.  Baker, 
Earle  &  Tracy's  specimens  were  named  by  Professor  Greene, 
Senecio  crocatus  Rydb.  but  it  is  entirely  distinct  from  anything 
collected  by  Hall  &  Harbour,  and  has  .nothing  that  fits  any  de- 
scription of  6".  aureus  var.  croceus,  except  the  dark  rays.  See 
further  remarks  under  vS".  crocatus.  S.  longipetiolatus  grows  at 
an  altitude  of  2000-3000  m.      [Plate  6,  f.  10,  loa.] 

Wyoming:  Spread  Creek,  Teton  Forest  Reserve,  1897,  F. 
Tzveedy,  383  (type  in  the  herbarium  of  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden). 

Colorado  :  Medicine  Bow  Range,  1891,  C.  S.  Crandall ;  Ha- 
mor's  Lake,  north  of  Durango,   1898,  Baker,  Earle  &  Tracy,  623. 


Rydberg  :   Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora       177 

lo.  Senecio  fulgens  sp.  nov. 

Simple  and  glabrous  perennial  with  a  very  short  caudex : 
stem  about  3  cm.  high  :  basal  leaves  oblanceolate,  thick  and  some- 
what fleshy,  with  the  petiole  about  5  cm.  long,  dentate  or  suben- 
tire  :  lower  stem  leaves  spatulate  with  a  winged  petiole,  coarsely 
dentate  ;  upper  stem  leaves  sessile  with  an  auricled  base,  lobed 
with  triangular  or  triangular  lanceolate  lobes,  acute  :  cyme  corym- 
bose and  rather  dense  :  heads  about  8  mm.  high  :  bracts  about 
I  5,  oblong,  acute,  with  a  broad  membranous  margin  ;  the  calyculate 
ones  few,  lanceolate  :  achene  striate,  glabrous  :  rays  4-5  mm.  long 
and  2  mm.  wide,  dark  orange. 

Closely  related  to  the  preceding,  but  differing  in  the  short  basal 
leaves  and  the  lobed  upper  stem  leaves  and  also  in  the  fewer  and 
broader  bracts.      It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  about  2700  m.     [Plate 

^,^.   1 3-] 

Wyoming:     Grand    Creek,   Teton    Forest   Reserve,    1897,   F. 

Tivecdy,  584.    (type  in  the  herbarium  of  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden). 

II.  Senecio  CROCATUS  Rydb.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  24  :  299.  1897 
Senecio  aureus  var.  croceus  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila. 

1863:  68,  1863  ;  not  5.  croceus  DC.  1837. 

When  the  above  name  was  published  I  did  not  know  that  this 
variety  of  Gray's  was  a  complex  one.  Hall  &  Harbour's  no.  332, 
which  is  the  type,  consists  of  two  different  things  ;  but  as  one  of 
them  is  rayless  it  can  not  be  taken  as  the  type  of  the  var.  crocaius, 
which  was  named  from  its  orange  rays.  That  I  did  not  draw  a 
new  diagnosis,  I  admit,  was  perhaps  careless,  but  this  blunder  I 
think  was  not  worth  a  page  and  a  half  of  discussion  as  it  was  given 
by  Professor  Greene  in  Pittonia,  4  :  114-116.  I  committed  just 
the  same  mistake  as  Professor  Greene  himself  in  establishing  An- 
tennana  media  Greene,  Pittonia,  3  :  286.  What  Professor  Greene 
says  of  Mr.  E.  Nelson  in  Pittonia,  4:  85  can  be  applied  to  himself. 
Gray's  description  of  the  var.  croceus  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Phil- 
adelphia Academy  is  perhaps  not  adequate,  but  this  description  is 
supplemented  in  the  Synoptical  Flora  and  -elsewhere  and  I  think 
that  Senecio  aureits  var.  croceus  Gray  is  amply  published  according 
to  all  rules  we  have.  If  so,  Senecio  croceus  Rydberg  is  not  a  nomen 
nudum,  whatever  Professor  Greene  may  say.  Professor  Greene  in 
1897  or  1898   accepted  my  name,   for  he  named  Baker,  Earle  & 


178       Rydberg  :    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Tracy,  no.  625,  ^'.  crocains  Rydberg.  This  mistake  is  just  as  un- 
pardonable because  that  plant  shows  none  of  the  characters,  assigned 
to  6".  mircus  var.  croceiis  Gray,  except  the  color  of  the  rays,  and  this 
character  Professor  Greene,  agrees  with  nie  in  regarding  as  of  little 
value.  That  Professor  Greene  and  other  botanists  may  know  what 
I  now  mean  by  S.  crocatus  I  shall  give  a  diagnosis,  here  following 
Professors  Greene's  example  in  the  case  of  Antcniiaria  media. 

A  glabrous  perennial  with  a  short  erect  rootstock  :  stem 
1.5-3  ^^^-  high  :  basal  leaves  2-3  cm.  long,  obovate  or  spatulate, 
crenate  or  subentire  with  a  winged  petiole  :  lower  stem  leaves 
similar  but  with  broader,  winged  petioles  which  are  somewhat 
auricled  at  the  base,  or  else  oblong  without  distinction  between 
blade  and  petiole  and  then  more  auricled :  upper  stem  leaves 
ovate  or  triangular  with  very  large  and  large-toothed  aiiricles  : 
cyme  small  and  compact  with  2—5  mm.  heads,  which  are  8—10 
mm.  high  :  bracts  about  20,  linear :  rays  7-8  mm.  long  and 
1.5-2  mm.  wide,  orange  to  pale  yellow,  achenes  striate,  glabrous. 
[Plate  5,  f.  13.] 

Colorado  :  Middle  Park,  1862,  Hall  &  Harbour,  j;j2,  in  part 
(type)  ;  J2g,  in  small  part;  1868,  Geo.  Vasej  (Powell's  Expedi- 
tion), j^o  i)  ;  South  Cottonwood  Gulch,  1892,  C.  S.  SJieldon ; 
Gray's  Peak,  1872,  John  Torrey ;  (?)  Little  Kate  Mine,  1898, 
Baker,  Earle  &  Tracy,  ^Sg;"^  South  Park,  1871,  Caiiby ; 
Long's  Peak,  1886,  Lettcrman  (depauperate). 

Wyoming:  La  Plata  Mines,  1895,  Aven  Nclso)t,  lySg." 

Senecio  DiMORPHOPHYLLUS   Greene,  Pittonia,  4  :    109.      1900 

I  have  not  seen  any  specimens  of  this  species,  and  have  not 
been  able  to  include  it  in  the  key.  It  is  described  as  being  a  foot 
(about  3  dm.)  high,  light  green  and  with  long  golden-yellow  rays. 
Otherwise  the  description  reads  much  like  that  given  above  for 
6".  crocatus.  The  type  was  collected  about  Pagosa  Peak,  Colo.,  in 
1899,  by  C.  F.  Baker. 

12.   Senecio  cymbalarioides  Nutt.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  II.,  7: 

412.      1841 
Senecio  aureus  borcalis  Torr.  &  Gray,  Fl.  2  :  442.     1843  ;   vS\  aureus 
obovatiis  Eat.  King's  Exp.  5  :    190,  in  part.      1871. 

*  These  specimens  were  named  Senecio  hctcrodoxus  Greene  n.  sp.,  but  I  can 
not  find  any  published  description.  They  differ  from  the  rest  in  being  cespitose,  with  less 
marked  differentiation  in  the  leaves  and  with  traces  of  floccose  pubescence  at  the  bases 
of  the  leaves  and  heads.       The  species  may  be  distinct. 


Rydberg  :    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora       179 

This  has  sometimes  orange  rays  and  has  then  been  confused 
with  S.  crocatus,  but  it  lacks  the  winged  petioles  of  the  lower 
leaves  and  the  large  auricles  of  the  upper.  It  often  reaches  a 
height  of  3  dm.  and  then  many  of  the  stem  leaves  are  also  spatu- 
late.  Such  a  form  with  more  permanent  woolliness  is  Watson's 
no.  669;  otherwise  I  cannot  distinguish  it  from  5.  cymbalariodes. 
[Plate  5,  f.  I.] 

British  America:  Mackenzie  River,  186 1-2,  /.  S.  Onion. 

Montana:  Park  Co.,  18S7,  Tweedy,  j^j,  in  part;  Silver  Bow 
Co.,  Mrs.  Moore  ;  Jack  Creek,  1897,  Rydberg  &■  Bessey,  ^266. 

Wyoming:  Beaver  Caiion,  1895,  Rydberg;  Bacon  Creek, 
1894,  Aveji  Nelson,  go6. 

Idaho  :  Mt.  Chauvet,  1897,  Rydberg  &-  Bessey,  j26y. 

Utah  :  Wasatch  Mts.,  1869,  5.  Watson,  66 g. 

Washington:  Mt.  Paddo,  1882,  W.  N.  Snksdorf ;  Columbia, 
Niittall  (type). 

13.  Senecio  Jonesii  sp.  nov. 

A  glabrous  perennial  :  stem  about  3  dm.  high,  slender,  terete  : 
basal  leaves  rounded-obovate,  sinuately  toothed,  sometimes  with 
a  pair  of  small  lobes  at  the  base  ;  their  petioles  often  tinged  with 
red  :  stem  leaves  oblanceolate  in  outline,  pinnatifid  with  oblong 
segments,  generally  short-petioled  :  cyme  corymbiform  :  heads 
about  8  mm.  long:  bracts  12-15,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  about  2^ 
as  long  as  the  disk,  membranous  margined  ;  calyculate  ones  few, 
linear  :  rays  about  5  mm.  long  and  2  mm.  wide,  4-nerved  :  achenes 
very  strongly  striate,  glabrous. 

Nearly  related  to  the  preceding,  but  differing  in  the  toothing  of 
the  leaves  and  the  form  of  the  bracts.  The  type  was  collected  at 
an  altitude  of  3300  m.      [Plate  6,  i.  5.] 

Utah:  Alta,  Wasatch  Mountains,  1879,  M.  E.  Jones,  11 25 
(type  in  the  Columbia  Herbarium).' 

14.  Senecio  subcuneatus  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  branched  caudex,  slightly  floccose  when 
young,  glabrate  in  age  :  stems  3-4  dm.  high  :  basal  leaves  about 
5  cm.  long,  spatulate  or  cuneate,  dentate  or  serrate  above  the 
middle,  entire  at  the  base  and  tapering  into  a  short  petiole,  rather 
thick  :  lower  stemleaves  narrowly  cuneate,  short-petioled,  dentate 
at  the  apex  :  upper  ones  linear  and  sessile,  often  sharply  dentate  : 
cyme  corymbiform  :  heads  about  8  mm.   high:  bracts   about    15, 


180        Rydberg  :    Studies  ox  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

lanceolate,  acute,  shorter  than  the  disk  :  rays  4-5  mm.  long  and 
1.5  wide,  4-nerved  :  achenes  striate,  glabrous. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  S.  cymbalarioides  but  is  taller, 
with  narrower  basal  leaves,  which  have  sharper  teeth  ;  the  heads 
are  also  much  more  numerous.  It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  2000- 
2500  m.  Baker,  Earle  and  Tracy's  specimens  were  labeled  by 
Prof.  Greene  Scnecio  Fcndleri,  approaching  S.  couipactiis.  This  is 
strange  from  one  that  claims  that  he  has  known  ^.  Fendlcri  since 
1870.*  This  plant  has  little  in  common  with  that  species  or  with 
5.  Nelsonii  Rydb.      [Plate  5,  f.  6.] 

Colorado  :  Grizzly  Creek,  1896,  C.  F.  Baker  (type  in  the 
herbarium  of  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden);  Lake  City,  1878.  H.  IV. 
Pease  (depauperate) ;   Mancos,  1898,  Baker,  Earle  &  Tracy,  6j. 

15.  Senecio   acutidens   sp.   no  v. 

Perennial,  with  a  thick  woody  rootstock  and  short  caudex,  in 
age  glabrate  or  slightly  floccose  at  the  base  of  the  leaves  :  stems 
several,  about  2  dm.  high,  angled,  more  or  less  tinged  with  red  : 
basal  leaves  about  5  cm.  long,  thick,  fleshy  and  somewhat  glau- 
cous, obovate  or  spatulate  :  sharply  dentate  above  the  middle,  at 
the  base  entire  and  abruptly  contracted  into  a  slender  petiole  : 
lower  stem  leaves  similar  or  oblanceolate  and  acute  ;  the  upper 
reduced,  linear,  laciniate-dentate  or  somewhat  pinnatifid  :  cymes 
corymbiforni  and  rather  dense:  heads  8-10  mm.  high:  bracts 
broadly  linear,  acute,  7^  or  ^  as  long  as  the  disk  :  rays  about 
5  mm.  long  and  1.5  mm.  wide,  3-4-nerved  :  achenes  slightly  an- 
gled, glabrous. 

Nearest  related  to  ^.  cymbalarioides  but  the  leaves  are  thicker, 
more  glaucous  and  very  acutely  dentate.  The  perennial  rootstock 
and  caudex  are  also  thicker  and  more  woody.      [Plate  5,  f  2.] 

Wyoming  :  Union  Pass,  1 894,  Aven  Nelson,  8j8  (type  in  the 
herbarium  of  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden). 

16.  Senecio  pseudaureus  Rydberg,  Bull.   Torr.    Club,  24:   298. 

1897 

This  is  nearest  related  to  the  eastern  5.  aureus  and  has  the 
same  subcordate,  thin,  basal  leaves,  but  these  are  distinctly  serrate, 
instead  of  crenate.  It  is  the  most  common  species  of  the  group 
in  the  Rockies,  growing  in  wet  meadows  at  an  altitude  of  looo- 
3000  m.      [Plate  5,  f   10.] 

*  See  Pittonia,  4:   112. 


RvDBERG  :    Studies  on  Rockv  Mountain  Flora       181 

Montana  :  Little  Belt  Mountains,  1896,  Flodman,  gi8  (type); 
Madison  Co.,  Mrs.  McNulty  ;  Bear  Gulch,  1887,/':  Tweedy, 340; 
Columbia  Falls,  Mrs.  Kennedy,  g  ;  Spanish  Basin,  1897,  Rydberg 
&■  Bessey,  5263  ;   Indian  Creek,  3264. 

Wyoming  :  Lone  Star  Geyser  Basin,  Yellowstone  Park,  1 897, 
Rydberg  &  Bessey,  3262. 

Colorado:  Grizzley  Creek,  1896,  C.  F.  Baker;  Long's  Peak, 
1886,    G.  IV.  Letterman ;   Mancos,  1898,   Baker,  Earle  &  Tracy, 

45- 

New    Mexico:   Pecos  River,  8  miles  east  of  Glorietta,  1897, 

A.A.&E.  Gertrude  Heller,  3682. 

Utah:  E.  Humbolt  Mts.,  1868,  S.  Watson,  667. 

17.  Senecio  platylobus  sp.  nov. 
S.  aureus  var.  croceus  D.    C.   Eaton,  King's  Exp.  5  :    190,  in  part. 

1871  ;  not  Gray.      1863. 

A  stout,  perfectly  glabrous  perennial  :  stem  about  4  dm.  high, 
rather  leafy,  striate  and  somewhat  angled  :  basal  leaves  6-10  cm.  . 
long,  slender-petioled,  obovate  or  broadly  oval,  sinuately  crenate- 
dentate,  thin  :  lower  stem  leaves  oblanceolate,  petioled,  deeply 
lobed  or  divided  with  rounded  lobes  :  upper  stem  leaves  broadly 
ovate  in  outline,  sessile,  pinnately  divided  into  broadly  oblong  or 
cuneate  divisions  which  are  more  or  less  deeply  sinuate-dentate  : 
cyme  compound  ;  its  branches  corymbiform  :  heads  about  8  mm. 
high  ;  bracts  broadly  lanceolate,  acute,  membranous  margined  and 
slightly  shorter  than  the  disk  :  rays  6--/  mm.  long,  and  3  mm. 
wide,  5 -nerved  :  achenes  striate,  glabrous. 

Probably  nearest  related  to  the  preceding,  but  easily  distin- 
guished by  the  form  of  the  leaves  and  the  broad  rays.  It  grows 
at  an  altitude  of  about  1500  m.      [Plate  6,  f  8.] 

Utah  :  Wasatch  Mountains,  1869,  S.  Watson,  671  (type  in  the 
Torrey  Herbarium). 

18.  Senecio  flavovirens  sp.  nov. 
^.  Balsamitae  Rydberg,  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.,  i  :  446,  mainly  ; 

1900  ;  not  Muhl.  1804. 

Light  or  yellowish  green,  slender,  perennial,  in  age  glabrate  or 
slightly  floccose  at  the  base  of  the  leaves  :  stem  3-4  dm.  high, 
striate,  pale  :  basal  leaves  3-8  cm.  long,  obovate  or  broadly  oval, 
generally  tapering  into  the  petioles,  but  sometimes  truncate  at  the 
bases,  obtuse,  crenate  or  sinuate,  light  green  :  lower  stem  leaves  ob- 


182        Rydberg  :    Studies  on-  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

lanceolate  in  outline  and  petioled  ;  the  upper  lanceolate  or  linear  in 
outline  and  sessile  ;  all  deeply  pinnatifid  with  narrow,  oblong  or 
linear  segments.:  cymes  contracted,  corymbiform  :  heads  7-8  mm. 
high  ;  bracts  linear,  acute,  yellowish-green,  and  occasionally  with 
brownish  tips,  a  little  shorter  than  the  disk ;  calyculate  ones 
few,  linear,  small  and  crisp  :  rays  pale  yellow,  about  6  mm.  long 
and  1.5  mm.  wide,  4-nerved,  or  very  often  lacking  :  achenes  hispid- 
puberulent  on  the  angles. 

Nearest  related  to  the  eastern  5.  Balsamitac,  but  characterized 
by  its  yellowish  green  color  and  a  more  contracted  cyme.  It 
grows  at  an  altitude  of  2000-3000  m.       [Plate  5,  f  4.] 

Idaho:  Beaver  Canon,  1895,  /?y<^(^^7'^  (type  in  the  herbarium 
of  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden). 

Montana:  Deer  Lodge,  1895,  Rydberg,  28^0  (rayless)  ; 
Helena,  1887,  F.  D.  Kelscy,  ^01. 

Wyoming:  Buffalo  Fork,  1897,  Tivecdy,  3S6 ;  Laramie  Plains, 
1889,  E.  L.  Greene  (rayless);  Green  River,  1894,  Aven  Nelson, 
ioj6  (rayless). 

19.  Senecio  aurellus  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  short  rootstock,  somewhat  floccose  when 
young,  soon  glabrate  :  stem  striate,  4-5  dm.  high  :  basal  leaves 
spatulate  or  cuneate,  dentate-serrate,  about  5  cm.  long,  with  a 
short  petiole,  soon  glabrous  :  lower  stem  leaves  long-petioled, 
cuneate  or  spatulate,  lyrately  lobed,  the  upper  narrowly  oblance- 
olate  and  subsessile,  slightly  auricled  at  the  base  :  cyme  com- 
pound but  with  rather  few  heads,  which  are  about  8  mm.  high  : 
bracts  12-16,  glabrous,  yellowish-green,  lanceolate,  thin  ;  caly- 
culate ones  minute,  lanceolate  :  rays  golden-yellow,  5-6  mm. 
long  and  2  mm.  wide,  4-nerved  :  achenes  scabrous  hispidulous  on 
the  angles. 

In  the  form  of  the  stem  leaves  this  most  resembles,  perhaps, 
.S.  rosidatiis,  but  these  are  thinner  and  perfectly  green,  only  slightly 
floccose  when  young.  Otherwise  it  is  intermediate  between  the 
eastern  5".  Balsamitae  and  .S".  niultUobatus.  The  type  was  deter- 
mined by  Professor  Greene  as  "  S. psciuimireiis  Rydb.,  not  typical." 
To  that  species  it  does  not  have  any  close  relationship.  [Plate 
6,  f  12,  12a.] 

Colorado:  Mancos,  1898,  Baker,  Earle  &  Tracy,  gg8  (type 
in  the  herbarium  of  New  York  Botanical  Garden). 


Rydberg  :   Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora        183 

20.   Senecio  nephrophyllus  R\'dberg,  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden, 

I  :  446.      1900 

Related  to  the  two  preceding,  but  characterized  by  the  ray- 
less  heads,  the  reniform  first  basal  leaves  which  resemble  those 
of  Oxyria  digyna,  and  the  pinnatifid  stem  leaves  with  their  oblong 
blunt  segments.  The  Colorado  specimens  are  much  lower  than 
the  type,  being  about  2  dm.  high.      [Plate  6,  f.  15. J 

Montana  :  Big  Blackfoot  River,  1883,  Canby,  20j. 

Colorado:  South  Park,  1872,  T.  C.  Porter;  Middle  Park, 
Hall  &  Harbour,  jj2,  in  part. 

2 1 .  Senecio  Idahoensis  sp.  nov. 

Stout  perennial,  in  age  glabrate  or  slightly  floccose  at  the 
base  of  the  leaves  :  stem  4-5  dm.  high,  branched,  striate,  tinged 
with  purplish  :  basal  leaves  obovate,  serrate  :  lower  stem  leaves 
oblanceolate  in  outline,  about  i  dm.  long,  petioled  ;  the  upper 
ovate  or  lanceolate  in  outline,  sessile  and  auricled  at  the  base  ;  all 
bluish-green,  pinnately  divided  into  oblong  or  oblique-cuneate  in- 
cised segments  :  heads  numerous,  about  i  cm.  high  ;  bracts  about 
25,  very  narrowly  linear,  equaling  the  disk  :  rays  none  :  achenes 
striate,  glabrous. 

A  species  somewhat  related  to  5.  aureus,  but  characterized 
by  its  broad  and  laciniate  leaves,  rayless  heads  and  numerous  very 
narrow  bracts.      [Plate  6,  f  5.] 

Idaho  :  Granite  Station,  1892,  Sanelberg,  McDougal  &  Heller, 
80J  (type  in  the  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden  herbarium). 

22.  Senecio  pauciflorus  Pursh,  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  529.  1814 
This  species,  characterized  by  its  few  (2-6)  rayless  heads,  linear 
purple  tinged  bracts,  equaling  the  disk  in  length,  and  its  small 
rounded-oval  crenate  basal  leaves,  has  been  collected  several 
times  in  Labrador  ;  but  exactly  similar  specimens  are  in  the 
Torrey  herbarium  and  were  collected  by  Burke  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  but  the  locaHty  is  not  given.      [Plate  5,  f  3.] 

23.  Senecio  fedifolius    sp.  nov. 

A  delicate  glabrous  perennial  with  a  very  ^hort  caudex  and  a 
clump  of  fibrous  roots:  stem  slender,  weak,  about  1.5  dm  high: 
basal  leaves  3-5  cm.  long  with  a  slender  petiole  ;  blade  1-2  cm. 
long,   rounded-ovate  or  broadly  oval,   wavy  or  subentire  :    stem 


184        Rydberg  :   Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

leaves  mostly  small,  pinnately  divided  into  short  oblong  segments  : 
heads  2-3,  about  6  mm.  high,  somewhat  turbinate  ;  bracts  12-15, 
broadly  lanceolate,  conspicuously  membraneous  margined  :  rays 
none  :  achene  glabrous. 

The  species  is  named  from  the  resemblance  the  basal  leaves 
have  to  those  of  certain  species  of  Valcrianclla  which  genus  has 
also  been  known  under  the  name  Fedia.      [Plate  5,  f  7.] 

Colorado  :  South  Park,  1871,  W.  M.  Canbv  (type  in  the  her- 
barium of  the  College  of  Pharmacy,  New  York). 

SUBNUDI 

A  slender  perennial  with  a  long  slender  horizontal  rootstock, 
perfectly  glabrous,  sparingly  leafy,  monocephalous  :  basal  leaves 
broadly  obovate,  coarsely  crenate-dentate  :  heads  decidedly  turbi- 
nate with  narrow  linear-acuminate  bracts ;  calyculate  bracts,  if 
present,  few,  and  half  as  long  as  the  main  series.     A  single  species. 

24.  Senecio  subnudus  DC.   Prod.,  7:  428.      1837 
Senecio  aureus  vzx .  subnudus  GrSiy ,  Syn.  Fl.  i" :   391.      1884. 

This  species  has  been  included  as  a  variety  of  6".  aureus,  but  I 
think  it  should  be  regarded  as  the  type  of  a  distinct  group.  The 
long  slender  horizontal  rootstock  and  the  decidedly  turbinate  in- 
volucre is  not  found  in  any  of  the  aureus  allies.  The  latter  char- 
acters would  place  it  near  S.  frigidus.      [Plate  6,  f  2.] 

Washington:  Chiquash  Mountains,  1892,  Suksdorf,  2i6j ; 
Cascade  Mountains,  1882,  Brandegee,  iiS. 

Oregon:   1882,  T.  Howell;  1871,  Elihu  Hall,  J04.. 

California:  Butterfly  Valley,  1874,  Mrs.  R.  M.  Austin. 

Montana:  Park  Co.,  1887,  Tweedy,  j^^ ;  Pony,  1897,  Ryd- 
berg &  Bessey,  52 jo. 

Wyoming:  Wind  River,  1842,  Fremont;  Buffalo  Fork,  1897, 
Tweedy,  ^8 y ;  Yellowstone  Park,  1884,  Tiveedy,  120. 

TOMENTOSI 

Perennials,  over  2  dm.  high,  with  a  short  caudex  or  root- 
stock,  which  often  is  subligneous  and  cespitose,  floccose  when 
young,  becoming  more  glabrate  in  age,  but  with  some  wool 
always  remaining  :  basal  leaves,  except  the  very  first  ones,  from 
serrate  or  dentate  to  pinnatifid  :  stem  leaves  always  present,  but 
often  reduced,  generally  pinnatifid  or  pinnately  lobed  or  toothed  : 
heads  cymose,  small,  with  few  and  very  small  calyculate  bracts. 


26. 

5".  Piatt  en  sis. 

27- 

S.  Neo-Mexicaniis. 

28, 

S.  salicinus. 

29. 

S.  canovirens. 

Rydberg  :    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora        185 

The  pjroup  is  closely  related  to  the  Aurei  and  Lobati  with 
which  it  is  connected  through  5.  Plattensis  and  5.  Fendleri  respec- 
tively. 5.  Nclsonii  and  -S".  miiltilobus  in  young  state  may  also  be 
sought  here. 

Basal  leaves  mostly  dentate  or  crenate. 

Basal  leaves  suborbicular,  ovate  or  cordate  ;  margins  of  the  petioles  arachnoid- 

tomentose.  25.   S.  flavuhis. 

Basal  leaves  obovate  or  spatulate. 

Lower  stem  leaves  acute  ;  plant  dark  green. 
Lower  stem  leaves  obtuse  ;  plant  yellowish-green. 
Basal  leaves  lanceolate  or  oblanceolate. 

Basal  leaves  narrowly  oblanceolate,  seiTate. 
Basal  leaves  lanceolate,  sinuate-dentate. 
Some  of  the  basal  leaves  entire  or  dentate,  the  rest  pinnatifid  or  pinnately  lobed. 
Plant  conspicuously  rosulate-stoloniferous  ;  stem  leaves  sinuately  round-lobed. 

30.  S.  rosulatiis. 
Plant  not  stoloniferous ;  stem  leaves  pinnatifid  with  toothed  lobes. 

26.   S.   Plattensis. 
All  leaves  pinnatifid  with  toothed  segments. 

Caudex  subligneous  ;  plant  tomentose  ;  bracts  shorter  than  the  disk. 

31.  6".  Fendleri. 
Caudex  not  subligneous  ;   plant  glalirate. 

Bracts  almost  equaling  the  disk.  5.   S.   Nelsonii. 

Bracts  much  shorter  than  the  disk.  4.    S.   viultilobus. 

25.  Senecio  flavulus  Greene,  Pittonia,  4:  108.  1900 
I  have  seen  no  specimens  of  this  species,  but  from  the  descrip- 
tion it  must  be  most  nearly  related  to  the  next,  differing  in  the 
more  slender  habit,  the  small  leaves  and  their  form  and  the  peculiar 
arachnoid  tomentum  on  the  margins  of  the  petioles.  The  type 
was  collected  by  C.  F.  Baker  at  Aboles,  Colo.,  in  1899. 

26.  Senecio  Plattensis  Nutt.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  II.  7:  413. 

1841 
This  species  is  exceedingly  variable  as  to  the  leaf  form  as  well 
as  to  the  pubescence  ;  usually  the  basal  leaves  are  merely  serrate 
and  obovate  or  oval  in  outline,  but  sometimes  some  of  them  are 
like  the  lower  stem  leaves,  more  or  less  lyrately  pinnatifid.  It  is 
conspicuously  floccose  when  young,  but  in  age  the  leaves  become 
almost  glabrous  and  the  wool  remaining  only  on  the  lower  part 
of  the  stem  and  petioles.  The  species  belongs  to  the  region  of 
tl  e  plains.      [Plate  6,  f  14.] 


186        Rydberg  :    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

South  Dakota:  Brookings,  1897,  L.  W.  Carter;  Hot  Springs, 
\^(^2,  P.  A.  Rydberg,  8 28. 

Colorado:  Fort  Collins,  1895,  C.  S.  Crandall. 

Indian  Territory:  Sapulpa,  1895,  B.  F.  Bush,  I2jf.g  ;  False 
Washita,  1868,  Edi^'.  Palmer,  ^61. 

Kansas:  Riley   Co.,  1895,    /.   B.    Norton,  joj ;    Manhattan, 

1887,  W.  A.   Kcllennan ;    Osborn    Co.,    1894,    C.  L.   Shear,   28  ; 
Fort  Riley,  1892,  E.  E.  Saj/e,  ^j2. 

Nebraska:  Lincoln,    1887,    H.  J.    Webber;    Fort    Niobrara, 

1888,  T.  E.  ]Vilcox ;  Mrs.  Austin  ;  Creete,  G.  D.  Szveesey. 
Missouri:  St.   Louis,  i'^a^^,  RieJd ;    McDonald  Co.,  1891,  i>. 

F.  BiisJi. 

Illinois:  Oquawka,  1873,  H.  N.  Patterson. 

27.  Senecio    Neo-Mexicanus   a.    Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  i":  392.     1884 

The  original  publication  of  this  species  is  generally  given  as 
Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  19  :  55,  but  no  description  is  there  to  be  found. 
As  far  as  I  can  find,  the  one  in  the  S}'noptical  Flora  is  the  first 
published.  Probably  more  than  one  species  is  included  in  that 
description  and  in  the  specimens  cited  below  there  are  appar- 
ently three  different  types,  but  it  has  been  impossible  for  me  to 
find  any  constant  characters  by  which  to  distinguish  them.  In 
one  of  them  the  stem  leaves  are  more  or  less  lyrate-pinnatifid  and 
even  the  basal  ones  occasionally  have  a  few  lobes  on  the  petiole, 
while  in  the  others  the  stem  leaves  are  narrow  and  merely  toothed. 
The  tomentum  is  sometimes  deciduous,  sometimes  almost  persis- 
tent.     It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  1200-2500  m.      [Plate  6,  fig.  7.] 

New  Mexico:  Silver  City,  Pinos  Altos  Mts.,  1880,  E.  L. 
Greene  ;  between  Santa  Fe  and  Canoncito,  1897,  A.  A.  &  E.  Ger- 
trude Heller,  374^.;  Organ  Mts.,  1895,  E.  O.  JVooton  ;  P.  V.  LcRoy. 

Arizona:  Fort  Huachuca,  1892,  T.  E.  WUeox ;  1876,  E.  Pal- 
mer, 614  ;  Santa  Catalina  Mts,  1883,  C.  G.  Pringle  ;  San  Francisco 
Mts.,  1 88 1,  H.  H.  Rusby,  212;  Mogollon  Mts.,  1887,  E.  A. 
Meavns,  j8 ;  Squaw  Creek,  1887,  E.  A.  Mearns,  lyi ;  Santa  Rita 
Mts.,  1 88 1,  C.  G.  Pringle. 

28.  Senecio  salicinus  sp.  no  v. 

A  floccose  perennial,  with  a  short  cespitose'caudex  :  stems  sev- 
eral, about  4  dm.  high,  simple  below,  striate  and  floccose  :  basal 


RvDBERG  :    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora        187 

leaves  5-10  cm.  long,  narrowly  oblanceolate,  the  first  ones  sub- 
entire,  but  most  of  them  serrate  exxept  at  the  tapering  base,  finely 
tomentose  on  both  sides,  but  in  age  more  glabrate  above  :  stem  leaves 
small,  linear,  sessile,  dentate,  slightly  auricled  at  the  base  :  cyme 
compound  :  the  heads  subumbellate  at  the  ends  of  the  branches, 
y-S  mm.  high,  slightly  floccose  at  the  base  :  bracts  yellowish,  thin, 
lanceolate,  shorter  than  the  disk :  rays  light  )-ellow,  short  and 
broad,  3-4  mm.  long  and   2  mm.  wide  :  achenes  striate,  glabrous. 

A  species  related  to  5.  Fendlcri,  but  characterized  by  the  nar- 
row, merely  serrate  basal  leaves,  the  small  subumbellate  heads  in 
a  short,  flat-topped  inflorescence  with  widely  spreading  ultimate 
branches.  It  grows  in  the  foothills  at  an  altitude  of  about  1800  m. 
[Plate  6,  f.  6.] 

Colorado:  J.  Laramie  Co.,  1895,  /.  H.  Cozven  (type  in  the 
herbarium  of  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden). 

29.  Senecio  canovirens  sp.  no\'. 

Stout  perennial  with  a  short  erect  rootstock,  dark  green,  floc- 
cose with  more  or  less  deciduous  wool  :  stem  4-5  dm.  high,  loosely 
floccose:  basal  leaves  5-12  cm.  long,  short-petioled  ;  blades  lan- 
ceolate or  oblanceolate,  sinuately  toothed,  dark  green,  firmly  floc- 
cose, in  age  almost  glabrate  above  :  lower  stem  leaves  similar  ; 
upper  ones  linear,  sinuately  dentate  with  rather  acute  teeth  :  cyme 
with  erect  or  ascending  branches  :  heads  7-8  mm.  high,  turbinate 
campanulate  ;  bracts  12-14,  oblong,  linear,  floccose  at  the  base 
and  more  or  less  villose,  acute,  brownish  on  the  back  and  with 
yellowish  margins  :  rays  5-6  mm.  long  and  2  mm.  wide,  at  first 
orange,  in  age  paler,  4-nerved  :  achenes  glabrous,  striate. 

The  type  was  determined  by  Prof.  Greene  as  Senecio  Fendleri, 
but  it  is  very  unlike  the  typical  form  of  the  aggregate  that  has  been 
known  under  that  name.  The  dark  green  color,  the  leaves  which 
are  merely  toothed,  never  pinnatifid  and  still  less  bipinnatifid  as 
they  often  are  in  ^.  Fendleri  easily  distinguish  it  from  that  species. 
The  perennial  caudex  and  rootstock  are  similar  to  that  of  5.  Fend- 
leri but  less  thick  and  less  woody  and,  as  far  as  seen  from  the 
specimens,  not  branched.  It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  about  2000 
m.      [Plate  6,  f.  9.] 

New  Mexico:  White  Mountains,  1897,  F.  0.  VVooton,  244 
(type  in  the  herbarium  of  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden)  ;  Organ  Moun- 
tains, -f-gj. 

Colorado:  Pike's  Peak,' 1895,  Mrs.  S.  L.  Clarke. 


188        Rydberg  :    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Senecio  mutabilis  Greene,  Pittonia,  4:  113.  1900 
As  I  have  seen  no  specimens  of  this  species  I  have  not  been 
able  to  include  it  in  my  key.  It  may  be  the  same  as  the  preced- 
ing, but  several  characters  given  in  the  description  do  not  agree 
with  it,  especially  the  deeply  tridentate  rays.  Professor  Greene  is 
always  criticizing  other  botanists  for  drawing  vague  descriptions. 
No  better  example  of  just  such  a  description  can  be  given  than  the 
one  here  made  by  himself. 

30.  Senecio  rosulatus  sp.  no  v. 

Senecio  aureus  var.  Balsaviitae  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.   1863  :  68,  in  part. 

More  or  less  tomentose  perennial,  with  a  branched  rootstock 
and  generally  numerous  underground  stolons  producing  leafy  off- 
sets :  stems  2-3  dm.  high,  floccose  or  sometimes  becoming  almost 
glabrate  in  age  ;  first  leaves  of  the  offsets  spatulate  and  entire  ; 
other  basal  leaves  and  lower  stem  leaves  oblanceolate,  finely  white 
tomentose  especially  on  the  lower  surface,  occasionally  becoming 
more  glabrate  in  age,  sinuately  pinnatifid  with  rounded  lobes, 
petioled  :  upper  stem  leaves  lanceolate  or  linear,  sessile,  auricled  at 
the  base  also  with  rounded  lobes  :  cyme  corymbiform,  open  : 
heads  small,  5-6  mm.  high,  floccose  at  the  base  :  bracts  about  12, 
broadly  lanceolate,  acute,  yellowish  with  rather  broad  membranous 
margins,  much  shorter  than  the  disk  :  rays  about  5  mm.  long  and 
2  mm.  wide,  4-5 -nerved  :  achenes  strongly  striate,  glabrous. 

The  species  has  been  confused  with  6".  Fendleri,  but  is  distin- 
guished by  the  more  slender  rootstock  and  the  numerous  branches 
forming  offsets,  the  entire  first  leaves  not  seen  in  that  species  and 
the  short  rounded  entire  lobes  of  the  stem  leaves.  The  heads  are 
usually  also  smaller.  It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  2500-4000  m. 
[Plate  6,  f.  4,  4a.] 

Colorado:  Georgetown,  1885,  N.  H.  Patterson  yg  (type); 
Golden  City,  1892,  E.  L.  Greene;  1862,  Hall  &-  Harbour,  333, 
in  part;  1871,  W.  M.  Canby ;  Twin  Lakes,  1873,/.  M.  Coulter; 
Pike's  Peak,  1884,  G.  IV.  Letterman,  260;  Caribou,  1891,  E. 
Penard,  228 ;  Fort  Collins,  1896,  C.  F.  Baker;  Silver  Plume, 
Gray's  Peak,  and  Georgetown,  1895,  P.  A.  Rydberg. 

31.  Senecio  Fendleri  Gray,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  II,  4  :  108.     1849 

The  typical  S.  Fendleri  is  a  rather  rare  plant  with  a  decidedly 

woody  rootstock  and  caudex.      None  of  the  specimens  seen  show 


RvDUERG  :    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 


189 


any  sign  of  entire  leaves  nor  of  subterranean  stolons.  The  leaves 
are  often  bipinnatifid  or  pinnatifid  with  oblong  toothed,  and  acutish 
segments.     See  also  the  remarks  given  under  ^.  Ah'/sonii.     [Plate 

6.  f  3-] 

New  Mexico:    Santa  Fe  Caiion,  1897,  A.  A.  &  E.  Gertrude 

Heller,  ^774. 

Colorado:    i^y^,  Brandegee,  ^46. 

Utah  :  Salt  Lake  City,  1869,  S.  Watson. 


Kxplaiiatloii  of  Plates 

Unless  otherwise  stated,  the  drawings  represent  basal  leaf,  stem  leaf  selected  a 
little  above  the  middle  of  the  stem  and  the  head  of  each  species.  The  leaves  are  re- 
duced to  one  half  and  the  heads  are  of  natural  size. 


Plate  5 


1.  S.  cymbalarioides  Nutt. 

2.  S.  acutidens  Rydb. 

3.  S.  pauciflorus  Pursh. 

4.  S.  Jlavovirens  Rydb. 

5.  3".  Jonesii  Rydb. 

6.  5.  subcuneatus  Rydb. 

7.  S.  fedifolius  Rydb. 

8.  S.  Greggii  Rydb. 


1.  .S'.  Nelsonii  Rydb. 

2.  S.  subnudus  DC. 

3.  .S".  Fendleri  A.  Gray. 

4.  S.  rosulatus  Rydb. 
4a.  An  offset  of  the  same. 

5.  S.  Idahoensis  Rydb. 

6.  S.  salicinus  Rydb. 

7.  S.  Neo-Mexicanus  A.  Gray. 

8.  5.  platylobus  Rydb. 

9.  S.   canovirens  Rydb. 


9.  S.  oblanctolatus  Rydb. 

10.  ^9.  psettdaureus  Rydb. 

11.  S.  viillelohatus  Rydb. 

12.  S.  tridenticulatus  Rydb. 

13.  S.  crocatiis  Rydb. 

14.  S.  sanguisoiboides  Rydb. 

15.  S.  compactus  (A.  Gray)  Rydb. 


Plate  6 


10.  .S".    longipetiolatiis   Rydb.     (from 

type). 
\oa.  Basal  leaf  from  Baker,  Earle  &^ 
Tracy,  62^. 

11.  S.  multilobatus  Torr.  &  Gray, 

12.  .S".  aurellus  Rydb. 

12a.   Lower  stem  leaf  of  the  same. 

13.  S.  fulgens  Rydb. 

14.  S.  P/at(ensis  Nutt. 

15.  S.  nephrophyllus  Rydb. 


Bui.i..  ToRR.   BoT.  Ci.rii,   27. 


Pi,.  5- 


^^^^^' 
^^^%'"- 


RYDBERG    ON    SENECIO. 


Bi  i.i..  Tour.  Bdt.  Cluu,  27. 


Pi..  6. 


RYDBERG   ON    SENECIO. 


CONTRIBUTIONS   FROM   THE   NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN~No.  6 


NOTES  AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NORTH 
AMERICAN  PLANTS— MI 


BY  JOHN  K.   SMALL 


NEW  YORK 
1900 


TReprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  Vol.  25,  No.  6,  June,  1898, 

and  Vol.  27,  No.  7,  May,  1900.] 


Notes  and  Descriptions  of  North  American  Plants.— 1. 

By  John  K,  Small. 

Saxifraga  Napensis. 

Perennial  by  very  short  rootstocks,  scapose,  almost  glabrous 
or  sparingly  grandular-pilose  above.  Leaves  basal  ;  blades  thin- 
nish  (drying  very  thin),  more  or  less  obliquely  oval  or  ovate,  2-7 
cm.  long,  rounded  at  apex,  undulate,  abruptly  or  gradually  nar- 
rowed at  base,  ciliate,  sometimes  slightly  pilose  on  both  surfaces  : 
petioles  slightly  shorter  than  the  blades  or  longer,  broadly  winged  : 
scapes  erect,  slender,  1.5-3  dm.  tall,  loosely-paniculate-corym- 
bose :  calyx  glabrous  or  glabrate  ;  tube  broadly  turbinate,  nearly 
I  mm.  high  ;  segments  oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  slightly  longer 
than  the  tube,  obtuse  or  acutish,  gland-tipped  :  corolla  white,  5 
mm.  broad ;  petals  broadly  oval  or  suborbicular,  2  mm.  long, 
rounded  or  notched  at  apex,  sessile  or  nearly  so,  5-7-nerved  : 
ovaries  united  to  calyx-tube,  surrounded  by  a  conspicuous  lobed 
disk  :  follicles  short  and  stout,  4  mm.  high,  united  to  each  other 
to  about  the  edge  of  disk  :  seeds  dark  red,  0.3  mm.  long. 

On  hillsides,  Napa  Valley,  California. 

Collected  by  J.  M.  Bigelow  (Whipple's  Expedition)  and  George 
Thurber,  no.  496. 

A  species  of  lax  habit,  resembling  Saxifraga  claytoniaefolia 
more  closely  than  any  other  member  of  the  subgenus  Micranthes. 
It  differs  from  5.  claytoniaefolia  by  its  broadly  oval  or  suborbicular 
5-7-nerved  petals. 

Saxifraga  Van-Bruntiae. 

Perennial,  bright  green,  minutely  glandular-pilose  or  glabrate 
below.  Stems  tufted,  2-7  cm.  long,  simple,  or  sometimes  corym- 
bosely  branched  above,  leafy  to  the  top  :  leaves  alternate  ;  blades 
linear,  4-8  mm.  long,  leathery,  blunt,  with  a  thick  apex,  sessile, 
turning  black  at  the  base  of  the  plants  :  calyx  glabrate  in  age  ; 
tube  broadly  turbinate  ;  segments  oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  obtuse, 
longer  than  the  tube,  spreading  :  petals  yellow,  oblong,  about 
4  mm.  long,  obtuse,  firm,  more  or  less  crisped,  much  longer 
than  the  calyx-segments  :  stamens  10,  filaments  filiform. 

The  original  specimens  of  this  hitherto  undescribed  Saxifraga 
were  collected  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Cornelius  Van  Brunt  during  the 

(316) 


317  Small:  North  American  Plants 

past  season  on  the  summit  of  Sulphur  Mountain  near  Banff,  British 
Columbia.  The  species  is  related  to  Saxifraga  serpyllifolia  and 
5.  ckvysantlia  ;  the  habit  suggests  those  species  but  the  stems  are 
copiously  leafy  to  the  top  and  the  leaves  are  narrower.  The 
petals  are  smaller,  of  a  much  less  brilliant  yellow  and  oblong  or 
ovate-oblong  instead  of  oval-orbicular  or  obovate  as  they  are  in 
the  two  related  species. 

Galpinsia  Toumeyl 

Perennial  from  a  shrubby  base,  slender,  bright  green,  puberulent. 
Stems  branching  near  the  base  ;  branches  erect  or  ascending,  wire- 
hke,  1-3  dm.  long,  usually  simple  above,  leafy,  pale  when  young: 
leaves  numerous,  sometimes  clustered  in  axils ;  blades  linear- 
spatulate  to  linear,  1-2  cm.  long,  acute,  entire,  with  midrib  promi- 
nent beneath,  lower  ones  short-petioled,  upper  sessile :  spikes 
few-flowered,  leafy -bracted  :  calices  very  minutely  pubescent ;  tube 
slender,  3-5  cm.  long;  segments  about  1-5  cm.  long,  their  free 
tips  5-6  mm.  long :  corolla  yellow  ;  petals  orbicular-obovate, 
1.5  cm.  long,  undulate  :  anthers  linear,  as  long  as  the  filaments  : 
capsules  linear-prismatic,  2  cm.  long. 

Arizona:  Chincahua  Mountains,  July  25,  1894,  J.  W.  Tou- 
rney, no.  197.      Fort  Huachuca,  August,  1892,  T.  E.  Wilcox. 

The  species  just  described  is  related  to  Galpinsia  Hartivegii,  but 
is  of  a  much  more  slender  build.  There  are  minor  characters  in  the 
foliage  and  habit,  but  one  of  the  more  crucial  points  of  difference 
lies  in  the  calyx,  where  we  find  the  free  tips  of  the  segments  5-6 
mm.  in  length. 

LiMONIUM    LIMBATUM. 

Perennial,  bluish  green  or  glaucescent.  Leaves  basal  ;  blades 
leathery,  spatulate  or  oblong-spatulate,  0.5-1.5  dm.  long,  obtuse 
or  notched  at  the  apex,  prominently  nerved  beneath  in  drying  ; 
petioles  shorter  than  the  blades  or  rarely  longer,  margined : 
scapes  erect,  solitary  or  several  together,  corymbosely  branched  ; 
branches  zigzag,  ascending  ;  spikes  in  dense  terminal  corymbs  : 
bracts  suborbicular  or  sometimes  orbicular-oval,  obtuse,  often 
eroded  at  the  apex,  hyaline-margined  :  calyx  trumpet-shaped  with 
a  flaring  limb,  nearly  4  mm.  long  ;  tube  hirsute  ;  segments  broadly 
deltoid,  apiculate  :  corollas  bright  blue. 

In  alkaline  soil,  Texas  and  New  Mexico. 

As  far  as  I  can  learn  there  has  been  no  attempt  heretofore  to 


Small  :  North  American  Plants  318 

separate  the  Texan  plant  referred  to  Limonunn  Californicwii 
either  varietally  or  specifically.  An  examination  of  considerable 
material  both  from  the  Texas  and  the  Californian  districts  discloses 
the  fact  that  there  have  been  two  perfectly  distinct  species  con- 
fused under  the  old  Limonhim  Californiaim.  As  in  the  case  of 
all  the  species  of  the  genus  the  two  under  consideration  resemble 
each  other   in  habit.       The  diagnostic  characters  are  contrasted 

below : 

Liinoniiim  Calif ornicinn.  Calyx  narrowly  funnelform  ;  tube 
glabrous  ;  segments  erect  or  nearly  so,  rounded  and  mucronulate. 

Limoniiim  limbatnni.  Calyx  trumpet-shaped  ;  tube  hirsute  ; 
segments  more  or  less  spreading,  broadly  deltoid. 

The  following  specimens  belong  here:  Wright,  no.  1435; 
Woodhouse,  Zuni  Mts.,  N.  M.,  Aug.,  185  i  ;  Wooton,  no.  172. 

Androsace  diffusa. 

Annual,  acaulescent,  more  or  less  pubescent.  Leaves  basal  ; 
blades  oblanceolate  to  spatulate  or  nearly  linear,  1-4  cm.  long, 
obtuse  or  acute,  sharply  serrate  above  the  middle  or  sparingly 
toothed  near  apex  only,  sessile  or  with  short  winged  petioles  : 
scapes  erect  and  spreading,  often  diffusely  branched  at  base,  5-10 
cm.  long  or  shorter  :  bracts  lanceolate  :  pedicels  filiform,  very  vari- 
able in  length,  often  1-8  cm.  long  in  the  same  cluster  :  calyx  cam 
panulate  to  turbinate-campanulate,  3-3.5  mm.  high;  segments 
triangular,  acute,  ciliate,  about  y^  as  long  as  the  5 -ridged  tube  ; 
corolla  white  or  pink,  included,  sometimes  equalling  the  tips  of  the 
calyx-segments,  3-3.5  mm.  broad;  segments  oblong,  obtuse  or 
retuse  at  apex,  about  as  long  as  the  tube  :  filaments  shorter  than 
the  anthers  :  capsules  subglobose,  about  3  mm.  in  diameter. 

In  rocky  soil,  western  Arctic  America  to  the  Dakotas,  New 
Mexico  and  Arizona.      Spring  and  summer. 

For  some  inexplicable  reason  the  species  here  described  as  new 
has  always  been  associated  with  Androsace  septentrionalis  with 
which  it  has  not  even  a  habital  resemblance.  Androsace  septen- 
trionalis is  a  plant  with  strict,  conspicuously  elongated  scapes 
which  are  surmounted  by  umbel-like  clusters  of  pedicels  of  nearly 
equal  length,  whereas  Androsace  diffusa,  has  comparatively  short, 
more  or  less  diffusely  spreading  scapes,  while  the  pedicels  of  the 
clusters    are    exceedingly   variable    in    length.     A  more  tangible 


319  Small  :  North  American  Plants 

character  exists  iri  the  corolla.  In  Androsacc  scptoitrionalis  this 
organ  conspicuously  surpasses  its  calyx  while  in  the  newly  de- 
scribed species  it  is  shorter  than  its  calyx  or  barely  equals  it. 

Androsace  subumbellata  (A.  Nelson). 

Androsace  scptentrionalis  subumbellata  A.  Nelson,  Bull.  Wyom. 
Exp.  St.  28:    149.      1896. 

Annual,  diminutive,  sparingly  pubescent.  Leaves  basal  ;  blades 
thick,  oblong,  2-8  mm.  long,  obtuse,  entire,  sessile  :  scapes  1-5 
mm.  long,  or  wanting  :  bracts  ovate-lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  pedi- 
cels solitary  or  several  together,  5- 10  mm.  long:  calyx  nearly 
glabrous,  turbinate-campanulate,  2.5  mm.  high  ;  segments  triangu- 
lar, acute,  slightly  shorter  than  the  5 -ridged  tube:  corolla  white 
or  pink,  2.5-3  "^n^-  broad,  surpassing  the  calyx  ;  segments  oblong, 
obtuse,  or  retuse  at  the  apex,  shorter  than  the  tube  ;  filaments 
much  shorter  than  the  anthers  :  capsule  globose-pyriform,  about 
2  mm.  thick. 

On  hillsides,  near  summit  of  Union  Peak,  Wyoming.     Summer. 

In  order  to  treat  this  genus  consistently,  we  should  recognize 
the  above  as  a  species.  On  the  one  hand  Androsace  siibiunbellata 
is  related  to  Androsace  diffusa :  this  species  it  resembles  in  habit 
and  foliage,  but  it  is  more  diminutive  in  all  its  parts.  On  the  other 
hand  it  is  related  to  Androsacc  septentrionalis  in  having  the  corolla 
exserted  beyond  the  calyx. 

Primula  serra. 

Perennial,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  deep  green.  Leaves  basal, 
5-10  cm.  long;  blades  narrowly  oblong  or  spatulate,  much 
longer  than  the  broadly  winged  petioles,  rather  regularly  dentate, 
acute  or  apiculate  :  scapes  erect.  1-2  dm.  tall,  solitary  or  several 
together  :  bracts  scarious,  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  often  mi- 
nutely pubescent :  pedicels  1-3  cm.  long,  glabrous  in  age  :  calices 
6-7  mm.  long  ;  tube  campanulate  ;  segments  lanceolate,  granular- 
ciliate,  acuminate,  as  long  as  the  tube  or  shorter  :  corollas  lilac- 
purple  ;  tube  as  long  as  the  calices  or  somewhat  longer ;  seg- 
ments suborbicular  or  obovate-orbicular,  notched  at  apex,  7  8 
mm.  long,  destitute  of  apiculations. 

Primula  serra  resembles  Primula  Rusbyi  in  habit,  but  both  the 
foliage  and  the  inflorescence  furnish  characters  for  distinguishing 
the  two  species.     In  the  case  of  the  species  just  described  we  find 


Small  :  North  American  Plants  320 

more  coarsely  toothed  leaf-blades  and  shorter  petioles  ;  but  more 
prominent  characters  exist  in  the  inflorescence  :  The  calices  are 
twice  as  large  as  those  of  Privmla  Rusbyi,  the  corolla-tubes  are 
comparatively  stout  and  they  never  twice  exceed  the  length  of  the 
calices  as  do  the  very  slender  tubes  of  Privmla  Rtisbyi.  In  addi- 
tion, the  lobes  of  the  corolla-segments  are  destitute  of  the  minute 
but  characteristic  apiculations  found  in  the  related  species. 

The  original  specimens  were  collected  by  Mr.  Pringle  on  damp 
ledges,  Santa  Rita  Mountains,  Arizona,  at  an  altitude  of  8000 
feet,  on  July  25,  1884. 

Primula  tenuis. 

Perennial,  glabrous,  bright  green.  Leaves  basal,  0.5-1.5  cm. 
long  ;  blades  oblong,  oval  or  suborbicular,  undulate  or  toothed, 
obtuse  or  acutish,  much  shorter  than  the  slender  petioles  :  scapes 
erect,  wire-like,  5-10  cm.  tall,  solitary:  bracts  linear-subulate,  1-5 
mm.  long:  calices  3-5  mm.  high,  tubes  turbinate,  segments  narrowly 
lanceolate  to  narrowly  linear,  longer  than  the  tube,  acute  :  cor- 
ollas pink,  4-5  mm.  broad  ;  tubes  surpas.sing  the  calices,  4  mm 
long,  notched  at  the  apex. 

In  moist  places,  Pastolic,  Alaska. 

A  delicate  species  related  to  Primula  borealis,  but  much  more 
slender  ;  easily  distinguished  by  its  flimsy  leaves,  shorter  pedicels 
turbinate  calyx-tubes  and  narrow  calyx-segments.  The  corolla 
tube  is  further  exserted  than  in  Privmla  borealis  and  the  more 
delicate  lobes  less  deeply  notched. 

The  original  specimens  were  collected  by  W.  H.  Dall,  on 
June  25,  1871,  or  1872. 


Notes  and  Descriotions  of  North  American  Plants.— II 

By  John  K.  Smai.i, 
I.   NOTEWORTHY  SPECIES 

Habenaria  Garreri  Porter,  Bot.  Gaz.  5:  135.  1880 
The  original  and  second  known  stations  for  this  interesting 
orchid  are  both  near  Manatee,  Florida.  A  second  locality  can 
now  be  placed  on  record  ;  this  is  Orange  County,  Florida,  where 
Mr.  F.  L.  Lewton  discov^ered  the  species  at  several  stations  in 
the  summer  of  1894.  His  specimens  are  essentially  the  same  as 
the  type. 

Habenaria  macroceratitis  Willd.  Sp.  PI.  4  :  44.      1805 
This  remarkable  tropical  Habcfiaria   has  been  found  native  in 
Florida,  by  Mr.  Lewton.      It  is  not  rare  in  Sumter  County,  where 
he  first  met  with  it  in  1 894. 

Thermopsis  mollis  (Michx.)  AI.  A.  Curtis,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  II. 

3:  47.  //.  g.  1848 
Heretofore  this  comparatively  rare  species  has  been  reported 
as  growing  in  the  mountains  of  Virginia  and  North  Carolina. 
But  its  range  is  wider  than  this;  in  May,  1869,  Mr.  Canby  col- 
lected it  on  Lookout  Mountain,  Tennessee,  and  on  May  21,  1890, 
Professor  Scribner  rediscovered  it  at  the  same  locality. 

Pluchea  imbricata  (Kearney)   Nash,  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  23:    108. 

1896 
Excellent  specimens  of  this  PhicJiea  were  collected  in  swamps 
about  Forest  City,  Orange  County,  Florida,  by  Mr.  F.  L.  Lewton 
in  July,  1893.      'T^^   specimens   of   this   collection  agree  almost 
perfectly  with  the  type. 

Hieracium  Scribneri  Small,   Bull.  Torr.   Club,  21  :    20.      1894 
Professor  Ruth   has  sent  me  almost  typical  specimens  of  this 
rare  member  of  Hieracium  from  near  Knoxville,  Tennessee,  where 
he  collected  the  plant  in  1897. 

(275) 


27G  Small  :    North  American  Plants 

Senecio  MiLLiFOLiUM  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  A.  2  :  444.      1843 

In  1887  Mr.  E.  R.  Memminger  rediscovered  this  rare  Senecio 
in  Henderson  County,  North  Carolina,  where  it  was  collected 
■  many  years  ago  by  Buckley.  In  1895  Mr.  A.  M.  Huger  sent 
me  specimens  from  Macon  and  Jackson  counties,  North  Carolina, 
where  he  found  it  growing  plentifully  on  sloping  cliffs  at  altitudes 
ranging  from  i  100-1400  meters. 


11.   HITHERTO  UNDESCRIBED  SPECIES 

Allium  arenicola 

Bulbs  nearly  i  cm.  long,  with  fibrous  outer  coats.  Leaves 
basal ;  blades  very  narrowly  linear,  becoming  almost  filiform, 
about  as  long  as  the  scape  or  shorter  :  scapes  erect,  sometimes 
several  together,  T-3  dm.  tall,  more  or  less  curved  :  umbels  erect, 
iO-3o-flo\vered  :  pedicels  5-1 0  mm.  long,  slender  :  perianth  deep 
pink  ;  segments  linear  to  narrowly  linear-lanceolate,  about  4  mm. 
long,  very  delicate  :  filaments  dilated  below  :  capsules  not  crested. 

In  sandy  soil,  Mississippi.     Spring. 

This  species  has  been  confused  with  Al/iiim  inutabile  Michx. 
for  nearly  three  quarters  of  a  century.  It  is  much  more  slender 
in  habit  and  smaller  in  all  its  parts.  The  type  specimens  were 
collected  by  Martha  B.  Flint  at  Brookhaven,  Mississippi,  April  i , 
1888. 

Ranunculus  cuneiformis 

Foliage  hirsute  below  the  inflorescence.  Roots  thickened, 
clustered  :  stems  usually  several  together,  2-3  dm.  tall,  erect  or 
ascending,  rather  slender :  leaves  mainly  basal  ;  blades,  at  least 
some  of  them,  twice-divided  into  cuneate  rather  obtuse  segments, 
5-10  cm.  long,  about  as  long  as  the  petioles  ;  upper  stem  leaves 
with  blades  3 -parted  ;  segments  narrow,  often  incised  :  flowers 
yellow,  about  i .  5  cm.  broad,  on  strigillo.se  peduncles  :  heads  of 
fruit  subglobose  or  ovoid-globose,  about  i  cm.  long  :  receptacle 
barely  elongated  :  achenes  4  mm.  long,  conspicuously  winged  and 
with  a  triangular  beak. 

On  prairies,  near  Kerrville,  Texas.  Spring.  Heller,  PI.  S. 
Tex.  no.  1688.      It  differs  from  its  relative  as  shown   below  : 


Small:    North  American  Plants  277 

Ranunculus  cuxeiformis  Ranunculus  macranthus 

Blades  of  lower  leaves  twice-  Blades  of  lower  leaves  once- 
divided  :  corollas  1.5  cm.  broad  :  divided  :  corollas  3-5  cm.  broad  : 
heads  of  achenes  sub<^lobose  or  heads  of  achenes  oblong  to 
ovoid-globose,  receptacle  barely  cylindric  :  receptacle  elongated  : 
elongated  :  achenes  conspicu-  achenes  narrowly  margined, 
ously  winged,  with  triangular  with  subulate  slightly  curved 
beaks.  beaks. 

Ranunculus   Mississippiensis 

Perennial,  stolonifcrous,  fleshy.  Stems  stout,  about  2  dm. 
tall,  more  or  less  branched  :  leaves  various  ;  basal  or  those  on  the 
lower  part  of  the  stem  with  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate  sinuate- 
dentate  blades  1.5-4  cm.  long,  and  elongated  petioles,  upper  leaves 
with  oblong  or  linear  remotely-toothed  blades  3-8  cm.  long  : 
flowers  few  :  sepals  oblong  to  suborbicular,  sparingly  pubescent : 
corollas  about  1.5  cm.  broad;  petals  about  9,  nearly  oblong,  deep 
yellow  and  lustrous  within. 

In  low  grounds,  Arkansas  and  Mississippi.     Spring. 

Arkansas:  Varner,  Lincoln  Co.,  April  28,  1898;  BiisJi,  no. 
12. 

Mississippi:    "Alluvions."      1840;  Peck. 

Related  to  Ranunculus  oblongifolius,  but  more  robust,  with 
truncate  or  cordate  blades  terminating  the  elongated  petioles  of  the 
lower  or  basal  leaves  and  much  larger  corollas  consisting  of  about 
nine  petals. 

Thalictrum  mirabile 

Perennial,  slender,  glabrous,  bright  green.  Stems  erect,  1-3 
dm.  tall,  wiry,  dichotomously  branched  above  :  leaves  various, 
basal  usually  ternately  compound,  with  petioles  about  2  cm.  .long  ; 
upper  leaves  gradually  more  simple  and  shorter  petioled  :  leaflets 
suborbicular  or  orbicular-reniform,  2-3  cm.  broad,  very  thin,  deli- 
cately nerved,  glaucescent  beneath,  broadly  crenate  or  shallowly 
crenate-lobed,  truncate  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  longer  than  the 
petiolules  :  peduncles  hair-like  :  flowers  white  :  sepals  spatulate  or 
rhombic-spatulate,  fully  1.5  mm.  long  :  filaments  fully  2  mm.  long, 
club-shaped  by  an  abrupt  thickening  about  the  middle :  fruit 
spreading  at  right-angles  to  the  peduncle  ;  body  plump,  about  2 
mm.  long,  acute,  not  depressed  along  the  upper  side,  as  long  as 
the  filiform  stalk  or  shorter. 

Resembles  TJialictruni  clavatum  but  more  delicate  and  smaller 
throughout,  and  with  very  short-petioled  basal  leaves.     The  fruit 


278  Small  :    North  American  Plants 

is  only  about  one-half  the  size  of  that  of  T.  clavatim  and  has  a 
plump  barely  ribbed  body  not  at  all  depressed  along  the  upper  side. 
The  original  specimens  were  collected  by  Prof.  F.  S.  Earle 
under  sandstone  bluffs  on  Little  Mountain  near  Moulton,  Alabama, 
June  25,  1899,  no.  2212. 

Phyllanthus  Avicularia 

Perennial,  bright  green.  Stems  branched  at  the  base  and 
throughout,  3-6  dm.  long,  puberulent,  striate  in  age  :  leaves  nu- 
merous, ascending  :  blades  oblong,  or  slightly  broadest  above  the 
middle,  8-18  mm.  long,  blunt  or  barely  pointed,  slightly  paler 
beneath  than  above,  rounded  or  truncate  at  the  base  :  petioles  i  mm. 
long,  or  shorter  :  calices  short-pedicelled  ;  staminate  delicate,  barely 
2  mm.  broad,  sepals  orbicular-obovate  or  suborbicular :  pistillate 
firmer,  fully  2  mm.  broad  or  barely  3  mm.  broad  at  maturity ;  se- 
pals oblong  or  oval,  scarious-margined,  persistent  :  capsules  sphe- 
roidal, 3  mm.  broad. 

In  dry  soil,  along  the  Brazos  River,  Texas.  Type  from  Co- 
lumbia, Texas,  collected  by  B.  F.  Bush,  October  26,  1899,  no.  263. 

Related  to  Phyllanthus  polygonoides,  but  much  more  robust  in 
all  its  parts.  The  leaves,  too,  are  of  an  oblong  type.  The  cap- 
sules conspicuously  surpass  the  mature  pistillate  calyx,  whereas 
those  of  P.  polygonoides  are  at  least  equaled  by  the  mature  sepals. 

OEnothera  nyctaginiifolia 

Apparently  annual  or  biennial,  sparingly  pubescent.  Stems 
branched  at  the  base,  branches  spreading  or  decumbent,  2—5  dm. 
long,  more  or  less  branched  :  leaves  rather  few  ;  blades  lanceolate 
to  ovate-lanceolate,  2-5.5  cm.  long,  acute  or  slightly  acuminate, 
often  somewhat  crisped  and  twisted,  undulate,  ciliate,  cuneate  or 
truncate  at  the  base ;  petioles  2-6  mm.  long,  pale,  margined  : 
flowers  axillary  :  hypanthium  bristly  and  with  very  slender  hairs, 
especially  about  the  ovary  ;  tubular  portion  about  as  long  as  the 
ovary:  sepals  linear-lanceolate,  fully  1.5  cm.  long,  thin  and  deli- 
cate: capsules  4-5  cm.  long,  club-shaped  by  the  sterile  basal  por- 
tion which  is  slightly  shorter  than  the  fertile  portion,  about  4 
mm.  thick  :  seeds  1.5  mm.   long,  reticulated. 

In  dry  soil,  Flagstaff,  Arizona,  September  5,  1894,/.  W.  Tonmey. 

More  closely  related  to  OEnothera  laciniata  than  any  other 
species.  It  differs  in  the  larger  flowers  and  the  club-shaped  cap- 
sules, besides  the  conspicuous  character  of  the  leaves.  These 
members  are  very  suggestive  of  the  leaves  of  Nyctaginca  or  the 
broad-leaved  species  of  Allionia. 


Small  :    North  Amkrican  Plants  279 

Phlox  Brittonii 

Perennial,  deep  green.  Stems  copiously  branched  ;  branched 
matted,  forming  wide  tufts,  glandular-pilose  :  leaves  numerous, 
small  ones  often  clustered  in  the  axils  of  the  larger;  blades  subu- 
late or  narrowly  linear-subulate,  5-10  mm.  long,  ciliate,  especially 
near  the  base  :  calices  5-6  mm.  long,  glandular-pubescent  like  the 
branches  ;  segments  subulate,  about  as  long  as  the  tube  :  corolla 
white  :  tube  curved,  about  i  cm.  long  ;  limb  12-13  mm.  wide  ; 
segments  cuneate,  with  2  pale  magenta  spots  near  the  base,  cleft 
by  a  V-shapcd  sinus  about  3  mm.  deep,  usually  with  a  minute 
tooth  in  each  sinus,  tips  acute  or  acutish. 

On  dry  mountain  slopes,  Virginia  and  West  Virginia  to  North 
Carolina.     Spring  and  Summer. 

A  relative  of  Phlox  siibu/ata  but  more  delicate  in  all  its  parts. 
The  contrasting  characters  may  be  shown  as  follows : 

Phlox  Brittonii  Phlox  subulata 


Stems  or  branches  glandular-  Stems  or  branches  not  glan- 

pilose  :  leaf  blades  mostly  5-10  dular  :  leaf-blades    mostly     lO- 

mm.  long:  calices  5-6  mm.  long:  15  mm.  long:  calices   8-9  mm. 

limb    of  corolla    less    than    14  long:  limb  of  corolla   over    15 

mm.  broad  ;    lobes  usually  with  mm.  broad  ;  lobes  usually  with 

a  minute  tooth  in  each  sinus.  toothless  sinuses. 

The  specimens  upon  which  the  species  is  based  were  collected 
by  Dr.  N.  L.  Britton,  at  White  Sulphur  Springs,  West  Virginia, 
May,  1898.  Dr.  Britton  then  introduced  the  species  in  the  herba- 
ceous grounds  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden  where  the  plants 
have  become  thoroughly  established. 

Vernonia  interior 

Perennial,  finely  and  usually  closely  pubescent.  Stems  erect 
or  ascending,  1-2  meters  tall,  simple  below  the  inflorescence : 
leaves  numerous  ;  blades  elliptic  to  elliptic-lanceolate,  6-20  cm. 
long,  acuminate,  sharply  and  rather  finely  serrate,  sessile  or  nearly 
so  :  heads  numerous,  rather  crowded  :  involucres  campanulate, 
6-y  mm.  high,  4-5  mm.  broad  :  bracts  pubescent,  sometimes 
hoar}%  acute  or  with  short  keel-like  acuminations,  the  tips  erect  or 
slightly  spreading  :  achenes  pubescent :  pappus  purple. 

On  plains  or  prairies,  Missouri  and  Kansas  south  to  Texas. 
Spring  to  fall. 


280  Small  :    North  American  Plants 

The  species  just  described  has  heretofore  been  confused  with 
Vcrnonia  Baldn'inii  and  V.  Druuimondii.  It  is  readily  separable 
from  its  nearest  relative,  Vernoiiia  Baldivinii  by  the  smaller  in- 
volucres and  their  bracts  which  have  erect  or  barely  spreading 
tips.      The  following  cited  specimens  belong  here  : 

Missouri:  Jackson  County,  BusJi,  no.  233A ;  McDonald 
County,  Biisli,  no.  232. 

Nebraska:  Lincoln,  Webber,  September,  1888. 

Texas:  Kerrville,  Heller,  PI.  S.  Tex.  no.  1927. 

This  species  has  been  raised  from  seed  in  the  nurseries  of  the 
New  York  Botanical  Garden  and  is  now  established  in  the  herba- 
ceous grounds. 

Vernonia  maxima 

Foliage  glabrous  or  sparingly  pubescent.  Stems  erect,  I-3 
meters  tall,  branching  above :  leaves  rather  numerous  :  blades 
narrowly  elliptic  to  lanceolate  or  linear-lanceolate,  1-3  dm.  long, 
acuminate,  sharply  serrate,  narrowed  into  short  petioles  or  the 
upper  ones  nearly  sessile  :  corymbs  1-4  dm.  broad  :  peduncles 
angled,  barely  enlarged  upward  :  involucres  hemispheric,  4  mm. 
to  nearly  5  mm.  high,  rounded  at  the  base  :  bracts  ovate  to  ob- 
long, acute  to  mucronate,  ciliate,  appressed  :  achenes  3  mm.  long, 
upwardly  barbed  on  the  ribs  :  pappus  light  or  deep  purple. 

In  low  ground,  Ohio  to  Missouri,  south  to  Alabama  and 
Louisiana.      Summer  and  fall. 

For  many  years  Vernonia  gigantea  or  V.  altissinia  has  been  an 
aggregate.  The  campestrian  plant  that  has  been  known  under  both 
of  those  names  is  very  distinct  from  the  Carolinian  and  Floridian 
plant  to  which  both  the  above  cited  names  were  originally  applied. 

The  campestrian  plant  may  easily  be  separated  from  the  south- 
eastern species  by  the  lower  involucres  with  rounded  bases  and 
their  proportionately  broader  appressed  and  compactly  arranged 
bracts.  The  involucres  of  the  related  species  are  narrowed  at  the 
base  and  have  narrower  loosely  spreading  bracts.  The  following 
cited  specimens  belong  here  : 

Missouri  :  Jackson  County,  Bnsh,  no.  230. 

Ohio:  no  locality,  Riddell,  1834.  Scioto,  Merriain,  Septem- 
ber 28,  1 89 1. 

West  Virginia  :   Monongalia  County,  MillspangJi,  no.  677. 

Kentucky:  no  locality.  Short,  1842.  Harlan  County,  A'm;'- 
ney,  no.  188. 


Small  :    North  American  Plants  281 

Tennessee:  Knoxville,  Ruth,  September,  1894. 
Mississippi  :  Agricultural  College,  Pollard,  no.  1267. 

Lacinaria  Halei 

Perennial,  glabrous  or  nearly  so.  Stems  erect,  6-9  dm.  tall, 
simple  or  sparingly  branched  :  leaves  various  ;  lower  with  linear 
blades  1-2  dm.  long,  upper  narrowly  linear  and  much  shorter,  not 
ciliate  near  the  base  :  heads  short-peduncled  or  nearly  sessile,  not 
densely  crowded  :  involucres  becoming  narrowly  turbinate,  7-9 
mm.  high  :  bracts  lanceolate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  cil- 
iolate,  rigid  :  pappus  plumose  :  achenes  closely  pubescent. 

On  prairies,  Louisiana.      Summer. 

This  species  has  heretofore  been  included  in  Lacinaria  acidota, 
with  which  it  has  little  or  nothing  in  common,  and  it  may  be  sep- 
arated by  its  fewer  leaves  and  much  smaller  heads  which  are  dis- 
posed in  elongated  interrupted  spikes.  The  bracts  of  the  involucre 
are  much  shorter  than  those  of  L.  acidota  and  have  less  elongated 
tips. 

The  species  is  founded  on  Hale's  no.  334. 

Lacinaria  platylepis 

Perennial,  bright  green.  Stems  erect,  8—9  dm.  tall,  simple, 
glabrate  below,  pubescent  with  white  hairs  above  :  leaves  not  very 
numerous,  narrowly  linear,  2-10  cm.  long,  or  longer  at  the  base 
of  the  stem,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  :  heads  rather  approximate, 
sessile,  surpassing  the  subtending  bracts :  involucres  cylindric- 
campanulate,  7—9  mm.  long ;  outer  bracts  often  ovate,  acute,  inner 
larger  and  broader,  broadest  above  the  middle,  rounded  at  the 
apex,  ciliolate :  pappus  not  plumose,  pale. 

In  sandy  soil,  Louisiana. 

Plants  belonging  here  have  been  referred  to  Lacinaria  acidota. 
although  none  of  the  several  characters  warrant  such  a  disposition, 
The  fewer  and  shorter  leaves,  the  elongated  more  or  less  inter- 
rupted spikes  and  smaller  heads  and  involucres  with  their  broad 
rounded  inner  bracts,  are  some  of  the  characters  that  separate 
Lacinaria  platylepis  from  L.  acidota.  The  pappus  too  is  not  plu- 
mose. 

The   original  specimens  were  collected  in  Louisiana  by   Dr. 
Hale. 


COXTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  7 


VEGETATIVE  REPRODUCTION  AND  MULTI- 
PLICATION IN  ERYTHRONIUM. 


BY  FREDERICK  H.   BLODGETT 


NEW  YOEK 
1900 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torkey  Botanical  Club.  27  :  305-315.  25  June,  1900.] 


Vegetative  Reproduction  and  Multiplication  in  Erythronium* 

By  Frederick  H.  ]]lodgett 
(With  Platks  16-18) 

John  Burroughs,  in  Riverby,  speaking  of  the  yellow  ErytJiro- 
niiuii  as  he  found  it  in  grass-covered  meadows,  calls  attention  to  the 
brittle  white  threads  which  often  appear  above  the  turf.  These  he 
found  were  connected  with  the  immature  bulbs,  from  which  they 
penetrate  the  soil  in  various  directions. 

The  nature  and  purpose  of  these  threads  were  studied  in  1893 
and  1894.1  They  are  smooth,  scaleless  offshoots  or  subterranean 
runners,  heavily  charged  with  starch.  The  tip  encloses  a  bud 
which  will  become  a  bulb  upon  the  death  of  the  parent  bulb.  In 
this  species,  and  in  E.  albidum  the  runners  arise  from  the  base  of 
the  parent  bulb,  differing  in  this  respect  from  E.  propidlaiis  Gray, 
which  produces  the  offshoots  from  the  side  of  the  stem  above  the 

bulb.t 

The  bulbs  formed  at  the  distant  end  of  the  runners  repeat  the 
process  indefinitely,  producing  annual  crops  of  runners  and  runner- 
bulbs  until  the  conditions  are  met  which  result  in  flowering  plants. 
When  the  necessary  vigor,  depth  and  size  are  reached  which  cause 
the  development  of  a  flower  bud  in  addition  to  the  leaf  bud  within 
the  bulb,  the  annual  runners  cease  to  be  produced  ;  but  when  the 
flowering  bulb  is  removed  from  those  conditions,  runners  are  again 
produced.  The  runners  are  first  produced  from  the  bulbs  which 
are  formed  during  the  growth  of  the  seedling  ;  the  last  crop  gives 
rise  to  flowering  bulbs  four  years  or  more  after  the  seed  has 
ripened.  After  the  runners  cease  to  be  produced,  annual  bulbs 
are  formed  within  the  mature  bulb,  resembling  the  runners  in  their 
structure  save  that  there  is  no  lengthening  between  the  terminal 
bud  and  the  point  of  origin. 

*  Read  in  abstract  before  the  Society  for  Plant  Morphology  and  Physiology,  New 
Haven,  Dec.  27,  1899. 

t  Bot.  Gaz.  ig  :  61.     1894;  and  20  :   172.     1895;  with  illustrations. 

J  Am.  Nat.,  July,  187 1.  A  new  Species  of  Erythroniiini.  Dr.  Gray  mentions  also 
the  function  of  the  offshoots  in  the  species  Dens-canis,  Americamim  ?in6.  propullans. 

(  305  ) 


306  Blodgett  :    Vegetative  Reproduction 

The  mature  bulbs  are  usually  in  good  flower  about  the  middle 
of  April,  and  the  seeds  ripen  in  June.  They  must  be  looked  for 
among  the  leaves  upon  the  surface  of  the  ground,  as  the  entire 
plant  becomes  withered  and  prostrate  soon  after  the  fall  of  the 
flowers.  The  ripe  seeds  are  about  6  mm.  long,  half  as  wide,  and 
in  shape  resemble,  distantly,  a  segment  of  an  orange,  on  account 
of  a  prominent  raphe  and  spur  along  one  side  (Fig.  i).  In  tex- 
ture the  seed  is  firm  and  hard  ;  in  color,  brown  darkening  with  age 
and  exposure.  The  surface  is  strongly  convex,  and  smooth, 
though  hardly  shining.  The  raphe  and  spur  are  absent  in  seeds 
which  have  lain  in  the  soil  over  winter.  In  Erytlironiuni  Dens-canis 
the  raphe  is  less  developed,  the  spur  is  present  as  a  slender  curved 
hook  or  beak  from  the  apex  of  the  seed.* 

The  seeds  remain  dormant  for  nine  months — from  June  to 
April,  when  they  germinate  (Fig.  4),  reaching  their  best  develop- 
ment as  seedlings  (Fig.  7),  about  the  time  that  the  flowers  are  in 
their  prime.  The  young  plant  elongates  in  opposite  directions  : 
the  upper  end,  the  tip  of  the  cotyledon,  contains  a  gland  (Fig.  6,^'-) 
by  which  the  food  substance  of  the  seed  is  absorbed.  The  lower 
end  is  protected  by  a  root  cap  during  the  first  stage  of  its  growth. 
While  the  tip  of  the  cotyledon  advances  the  length  of  the  seed,  the 
opposite  end  penetrates  the  soil  for  an  inch  or  more.  About  the 
time  that  the  food  is  absorbed  from  the  seed  and  the  cotyledon 
frees  itself  from  the  empty  testa,  the  descending  part  changes  also- 
From  one  side  of  this  portion,  close  to  the  tip  (/',  Fig.  5),  the  rad- 
icle is  produced,  and  penetrates  farther  into  the  soil.  It  is  plenti- 
fully supplied  at  its  base  with  root  hairs  (Fig.  9). 

The  cotyledon  is  supplied,  for  the  greater  portion  of  its  length, 
with  stomata,  and  functionally  it  is  a  cylindrical  leaf.  Starch  is 
scattered  through  it,  being  in  all  portions  of  the  tissue  at  a  (Fig. 
23),  mostly  epidermal  in  the  guard  cells  of  the  stomata  at  h,  usu- 
ally near  the  fibrovascular  bundles  at  c,  and  general  again  at  d. 
Close  to  the  tip  id')  there  is  a  local  deposit  of  starch,  as  if  pro- 
vided for  the  growing  cells  just  within  the  root  cap  {S,  Fig.  5). 
The  part  from  which  the  radicle  springs  enlarges,  becomes  charged 
with   starch,  and   forms   a   bulb  (Fig.  9),  which  is  usually  forced 

*Irmisch  :  Beitrage  zur  verg.  Morphologie  der  Pflanzen.  Abhand.  d.  Natur.  Gesell. 
zu  Halle,  17^:  184-195.     1863. 


AND  Multiplication  in  Erythronium  307 

deeper  into  the  soil  at  the  end  of  a  short  vertical  runner,  but 
may  develop  without  such  elongation.  Within  this  bulb  the 
plumule  is  formed  (Figs.  lo,  ii)  and  with  its  formation  the 
first  step  in  the  v^egetative  life  of  the  plant  is  completed.  The  sec- 
ond step  appears  the  next  spring  with  the  first  leaf — the  plumule 
leaf,  and  ends  when  the  first  crop  of  runner  bulbs  is  formed  in 
May.*  From  the  plumule-bulb  only  one  or  two  runners  are  gen- 
erally produced,  but  from  the  larger  bulbs  three  is  the  more  com- 
mon number  (Fig.  12),  thus  increasing  three-fold  the  number  of 
immature  bulbs  at  each  successive  crop  of  runners. 

A  flowering  bulb  cannot  be  produced  from  seed  in  less  than 
lour  years.  In  the  first  year  the  parent  bulb  would  bloom,  and 
ripen  its  crop  of  seeds,  from  six  or  seven  to  twenty  or  more.  In 
the  spring  of  the  second  year  some  of  these  seeds  would  germi- 
nate and  form  plumule-bulbs.  From  each  of  the  plumule-bulbs 
there  would  appear  in  the  third  year  a  single  leaf,  and  the  first 
runners  would  be  produced  at  the  distant  ends  of  which  runner- 
bulbs  would  be  formed.  Some  one  of  these  runner-bulbs  might 
be  formed  under  the  conditions  necessary  to  produce  a  flowering 
bulb,  but  this  is  very  unlikely  ;  so  that  one  or  more  years  would 
elapse  before  a  blossom  would  be  formed,  thus  making  a  cycle  of 
five  or  more  years.  This  cycle  is  shown  at  Fig.  14,  with  the 
forms  assumed  at  each  step.  At  Fig.  26  the  multiplication  which 
takes  place  during  the  same  cycle  is  shown  diagrammatically :  one 
seed  ;  one  seedling  and  plumule-bulb  ;  one  runner  bulb  ;  three  run- 
ners with  their  bulbs  ;  and  from  each  of  these  three  there  are  pro- 
duced three  more  the  fifth  year,  nine  in  all.  Some  of  the  nine 
will  probably  produce  a  flower ;  those  which  do  not  will  continue 
to  produce  runners  in  most  cases,  although  a  bulb  is  occasionally 
found  which  is  apparently  recuperating,  for  the  depth  is  that  of  the 
mature  bulbs,  but  only  one  leaf  is  produced,  and  no  runners  are 
present. 

The  following  table  illustrates  the  number  of  plants  of  different 
ages  during  each  of  five  years,  supposing  that  five  seeds  from  each 
fruit  ripen  and  survive  the  cycle.     Each  step  is  one  line  lower 

*No  bulbs  of  plumule  size  were  found  this  spring  (1900)  with  runners.  The  stiff 
clay  soil  in  which  most  of  them  were  found  may  have  some  influence  upon  the  absence 
of  runners. 


308  Blodgett  :    Vegetative  Reproduction 

than  the  next  preceding  one,  thus  the  five  "  seeds  "  of  1899,  become 
"  5  plumule-bulbs  "  in  1900,  giving  a  total  of  75  plants  in  1903. 

1899  1900  1901  1902  1903 

5  seeds         5  seeds  5  seeds  5  seeds  5  seeds 

5  plumule-bulbs        5  plumule-bulbs       5  plumule-bulbs        5  plumule-bulbs 
5  yearlings  5  yearlings  5  yearlings 

15  2  years  old  15  2  years  old 

45  flowers 

Total  75  plants 

There  is  very  little  chance  that  there  will  be  forty-five  blossoms 
at  the  end  of  five  years,  but  as  some  of  the  bulbs  will  probably 
flower  then  it  is  convenient  to  call  the  entire  number  by  one  name, 
when  they  are  of  the  same  crop  or  age. 

The  seed  resembles  that  of  Iris  in  structure.*  The  walls  of 
the  cells  are  thickened  ;  at  certain  points  the  walls  of  adjacent 
cells  retain  their  normal  thin  nature,  so  that  a  thin  membrane 
only  separates  the  cell  cavities.  The  cells  are  arranged  with 
their  longer  axes  nearly  perpendicular  to  the  surface  of  the  seed, 
and  in  this  way  form  lines  which  extend  to  the  central  portion  of 
the  endosperm.  Through  the  center  of  the  seed  a  mass  of  dense 
reserve  cellulose  extends  (Fig.  19)  with  a  few  cell  cavities  scattered 
through  it.  In  the  apex  of  the  seed,  and  at  the  beginning  of  this 
mass  of  dense  material  lies  the  embryo  (Fig.  20).  At  germination 
the  embryo  elongates,  pushing  the  tip  of  the  cotyledon  along  the 
center  of  the  seed,  absorbing  the  dense  cellulose  as  it  advances. 
From  the  cavity  thus  formed  in  the  center,  the  solvent  action  ex- 
tends toward  the  surface  of  the  seed,  following  the  lines  of  the 
cells,  and  producing  a  honey-comb  effect  (Fig.  8).  This  honey- 
combing is  the  more  easily  produced  on  account  of  the  cell 
arrangement  which  in  a  longitudinal  section  appears  as  in  Fig.  \Z,a; 
in  a  horizontal  one,  as  at  b.  The  thin  wall  separating  the  depres- 
sions in  the  thickened  walls  of  adjacent  cells  readily  dissolves  under 
the  action  of  the  absorbing  gland  of  the  cotyledon,  thus  opening 
a  passage  for  the  movement  of  food  materials  from  cell  to  cell,  as 
the  solvent  action  extends.  The  dissolved  material  moves  along 
the  channels  so  made  toward  the  tip  of  the  cot}'ledon.  The  ab- 
sorbing organ  (Fig.  6,  g)  is  quite  similar  in  structure,  and  probably 

*  Haberlandt,  Pflanzen  Anatomie,  298. 


AND  Multiplication  in  Erythronium  309 

in  action  also,  to  the  glands  in  the  hairs  of  Drosera.*  One  or  two 
layers  of  cells  cover  the  end  of  the  fibro-vascular  bundle  which  is 
slightly  larger  than  in  the  body  of  the  cotyledon.  No  starch  is 
present  in  the  seed,  except  in  the  raphe  and  spur,  where  a  few 
grains  are  scattered  through  the  thin-walled  cells  (Fig.  i8,  c). 
During  the  growth  of  the  seedling  starch  is  found  just  within  the 
glandular  tip  of  the  cotyledon,  and  in  other  portions  as  already 
stated. 

When  the  food  material  has  been  exhausted  the  cotyledon 
"  elbows  "  its  way  to  the  surface  and  functions  as  a  leaf.  At  this 
stage  it  resembles  an  onion  seedling,  but  unlike  the  onion  no  fur- 
ther development  of  foliage  occurs  until  a  year  later.  The  plu- 
mule-bulb is  now  forming  and  is  complete,  as  a  bulb,  about  the 
time  the  seedlings  wither  early  in  May.  The  plumule  is  formed 
at  the  base  of  the  swelling  at  the  origin  of  the  radicle  (/,  Fig.  lo). 
At  first  a  mere  line  of  division  separates  the  plumule  cells  from 
the  other  cells  of  the  young  bulb.  Later  the  plumule  appears  as 
a  protuberance  at  the  bottom  of  a  small  cavity  in  the  base  of  the 
bulb  [p,  Fig.  ii).  After  the  cotyledon  withers  the  plumule  con- 
tinues to  develop,  until  a  small  leaf  is  formed  by  the  first  of  No- 
vember. The  plumule-bulb  becomes  heavily  charged  with  starch 
early  in  its  development,  and  thereafter  the  subterranean  portions, 
except  the  shoots  inside  the  bulbs  are  starch  bearing. 

Runners  have  their  origin  at  the  base  of  the  stem,  as  a  bud  in 
the  axil  of  the  inner  bulb-scale.  From  this  point  (Figs.  13,  15) 
they  push  out  irregular  distances,  and  at  the  completion  of  their 
growth  form  bulbs  from  their  terminal  buds.  Mature  bulbs  are 
annually  renewed  from  similar  buds  (Fig.  17),  which  develop  in- 
side of  the  parent,  beginning  as  buds  in  December ;  the  new  bulb 
being  full  size  just  after  the  blossoms  fall,  in  late  April.  Fig.  30 
shows  the  new  bulb  at  the  time  that  the  parent  is  in  prime  flower. 

The  runner  and  annual  bulbs  begin  to  form  the  buds  for  the 
next  spring's  leaves  and  flowers,  in  May.  The  first  evidence  is  a 
discolored  line  or  streak  extending  upward  from  close  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  bulb  ;  soon  there  appears  a  cavity  at  the  lower  end  of 
this  streak,  in  which  a  short  sprout  is  visible  in  June  or  July  (Fig. 
16).     This  sprout   continues   to   develop  until  in  November  and 

*Kerner,  Nat.  Hist,  of  Plants,  2:   145.    /  126. 


310  Blodgett  :    Vegetative  Reproduction 

December  the  floral  parts  are  all  present  and  well  developed  in- 
cluding the  ovules  and  the  pollen  mother-cells,  and  the  perianth 
is  often  tinged  with  yellow.  As  the  spring  advances  the  bulbs 
push  their  sprouts  further  and  further  toward  the  surface,  and 
when  the  frost  is  fairly  out  of  the  ground  the  short  distance  re- 
maining is  quickly  passed,  and  the  flowers  open  while  there  may 
still  be  snow  on  shaded  hillsides.  The  sprout  penetrates  the  soil 
in  the  manner  of  an  awl,  piercing  leaves  and  decayed  wood  which 
may  lie  in  its  path,*  rather  than  growing  around,  or  lifting  them. 
For  this  awl-like  work  the  sprout  is  protected  by  a  hard  tip,  which 
forms  the  apex  of  the  leaf  when  the  latter  expands. 

In  Fig.  22  the  successive  steps  are  shown,  by  which  the 
flower  becomes  freed  from  the  enclosing  leaves,  and  assumes  its 
nodding  position  on  the  pedicel.  At  the  left  {a)  the  sprout  has 
fully  penetrated  the  soil  and  the  leaves  have  begun  to  relax  their 
tight  clasp  upon  the  bud.  The  outer  and  larger  leaf  expands 
gradually,  while  the  inner  one  remains  close  to  the  bud  as  shown 
at  d.  Next  the  two  leaves  bend  downward  toward  their  final  posi- 
tion, the  bud  still  held  by  the  margins  of  the  inner  leaf,  c.  When 
the  leaves  have  reached  nearly  their  normal  position,  the  bud  is 
released  d,  and  it  then  stands  erect  between  the  leaves,  as  at  e. 
In  a  short  time  the  stem  begins  to  bend  near  the  bud,  as  at/,  and 
as  the  bud  begins  to  open  it  has  assumed  the  position  shown  at  g: 

The  last  two  positions  alternate  while  the  plant  remains  in 
flower,  position/  being  assumed  on  bright  days,  when  the  open 
flower,  with  strongly  recurved  petals,  is  turned  upward,  returning 
to  the  nodding  position  at  night  and  on  less  warm  or  less  sunny 
days.  With  the  fall  of  the  flower  the  enlarging  fruit  assumes  an 
erect  position  upon  the  stem,  which  is  retained  until  the  whole 
plant  is  withered  and  lies  prostrate  on  the  ground  ;  the  ripe  seeds 
remain  quite  close  to  the  open  capsule. 

Erytlivoninvi  Americamun  in  its  mature  development  normally 
bears  two  unequal  leaves  and  a  single  flower.  During  the  past 
two  or  three  seasons  a  number  of  unusual  cases  have  been  ob- 
served, in  one  of  which  two  flowers  were  borne  on  an  otherwise 
normal  plant.  More  frequently  one  leaf  only  was  present  in  a 
plant  otherwise  normal.     Over  a  dozen  plants  showing  the  latter 

*Bessey,  C.  E.,     A  vegetable  Awl,   Plant  World,  I  :   132. 


AND  Multiplication  in  Ervthronium  311 

form  of  variation  were  found  in  an  hours'  collection  in  New  Jersey. 
A  plant  collected  at  Washington,  D.  C,  had  one  leaf  (Fig.  28) 
eight  stamens  and  seven  petals  ;  the  flower  is  shown  at  Fig.  27. 
Plants  having  three  leaves,  with  one  flower ;  and  four  leaves,  with 
two  flowers  ;  have  been  found  at  long  intervals.  Fig.  3 1  shows 
also  three  rosettes  formed  by  the  root  fibers,  which  indicates  the 
minimum  age  of  the  bulb  at  the  depth  at  which  it  was  found,  that 
is,  three  years. 

Bulbs  and  runners  also  have  unusual  developments,  such  as 
surface  buds  or  stimulation  growths.  The  latter  seems  to  have 
started  after  a  rain  or  other  stimulation,  and  bursting  through  the 
partly  formed  runner  bulb,  has  grown  further  into  the  soil.  Fig. 
31  shows  one  in  which  the  nearly  formed  bulb  is  burst  in  two 
directions,  sending  a  continuation  downward,  and  attempting  to 
produce  leaves  through  the  upper  opening.  These  rudimentary 
leaves  showed  a  trace  of  yellowish  green  when  first  gathered.  In 
bulbs  which  have  been  injured,  so  that  the  sprout  from  the  center 
of  the  bulb  fails  to  develop,  a  surface  bud  may  be  formed.  Two 
such  bulbs  were  recently  observed  and  are  illustrated    at  Fig.  24. 

The  starch  which  is  very  abundant  in  the  bulbs  is  very  finely 
banded,  the  fine  lines  being  accompanied  at  intervals  by  coarser 
ones.  Fig.  21  shows  some  of  the  more  common  shapes  assumed 
by  the  starch.  Occasional  grains  are  found  which  are  greatly 
elongated.  Often  there  is  a  crack  or  fissure  running  through  the 
nucleus  of  the  grain  but  this  is  not  constant,  especially  in  small  or 
medium  sized  grains. 

So  far  as  known,  a  satisfactory  explanation  of  the  common 
name  of  Erytlu'onhnn  has  not  been  given.  Many  plants  have  for 
their  common  names  the  translation  of  their  Latin  designation,  and 
the  common  name  will  remain  through  many  changes  in  nomen- 
clature of  the  scientific  descriptions.  People  seeing  in  a  new  coun- 
try a  plant  closely  resembling  one  familiar  near  their  homes, 
usually  give  the  new  plant  the  name  of  the  one  already  known. 
Hence  when  Erythronhnn  Aincricamnn  was  seen,  so  closely  re- 
sembling the  European  species,  it  received  the  common  name  of 
hat  better  known  plant,  dog's-tooth  violet. 

In  the  libraiy  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  at 
Washington,  there  is  a  copy  of  Leonard  Fuchs'  herbal  :      De  his- 


312  Blodgett  :   Vegetative  Reproduction 

toria  stirpium  insignes  *  *  *  Basileae,  1542.  When  examining 
this  and  several  other  volumes  in  December,  1897,  a  description, 
and  excellent  illustration  were  found  of  the  European  Erythroniwn, 
named  Viola  Dens-canis.  The  Viola  part  of  the  name  is  probably- 
due  to  coincidence  in  time  and  place  of  flowering  :  Dens-canis  re- 
fers either  to  the  shape  of  the  bulbs,  or  to  the  dentations  at  the 
base  of  the  petals.  In  another  part  of  the  same  volume  a  number 
of  violets  are  figured  bearing  the  generic  name  Viola  as  now. 

During-  the  examination  of  old  botanical  works  in  the  search 
for  the  above  reference  the  following  names  were  found,  applied  to 
what  has  been  known  since  Linnaeus  as  Erythroniiun  Dcns-canis. 

Pliny  :  (Historia  Mundi  ;  Froben,  ed.  Basillae  1554),  lib.  26,  ch. 
X.,  p.  472,  speaks  of  "another  Satyrion  (called  Erythriacon),  seeds 
like  vitcx  but  larger,  smooth  ;  root  hard,  cortex  red,  enclosing 
white  within  ;  sweet  juice  ;  occurring  in  mountains." 

Dioscorides  (Pedacii  ;  Saracenius,  ed.    1598),  lib.  3,   ch.  144, 

P-  232. 

"  Satyrion  Erythroniiun  or  erythraiaim  has  seeds  resembling 
limim,  but  larger,  firm,  shining  or  dull.  *  *  *  The  cortex  of 
the  root  rather  delicate,  and  red  ;  the  internal  portion  white,  juice 
sweet,  pleasant  to  the  mouth." 

Dodoen's  Erundeboeck,  Antwerp,  1554,  gives  an  illustration 
of  Satyrion  erythroninm,  which  is  probably  meant  to  be  one  of  the 
Allinms  as  some  of  the  herbalists  consider  that  Allium  nrsinuni  is 
referred  to  by  Dioscorides'  Satyrion  erythroniiun. 

Camerarius'  Kreuterbuch,  Frankfort,  A.  M.,  1586,  page  389. 
In  this  herbal  Hcrmodactybis  and  Pseiidohermodactyhts,  are  figured 
side  by  side  and  represent  Iris  and  Erythroniuni  respectively.  The 
two  names  are  often  given  by  the  old  botanists  as  synonyms  of 
Dens-canis,  or  dog's-tooth,  as  they  most  frequently  called  it. 

"  Pseiidoherniodactylns  is  a  beautiful  plant,  it  brings  two,  or  rarely 
three  leaves  much  like  the  lily.  It  is  spotted  with  many  brown 
spots.  Its  flower  grows  upon  a  yellowish-brown  stem,  light  pur- 
ple with  brown  stamens  (fasemen)  and  a  white  pistil  (stiftlin),  in  the 
center.  The  little  leaves  [petals]  unfold  when  the  sun  shines 
warm  upon  it,  but  when,  however,  they  have  fallen  away,  a  three- 
angled  knob  develops  full  of  yellow  seeds.  The  root  is  longish, 
thicker  below  than  above,  which  are  often  clustered  together.   *  * 


AND  Multiplication  in  Erythronium  313 

While  it  does  not  bloom  it  brings  only  one  flower.      It  is  called 
Dentali  by  Apotheckers  in  Stiermarck." 

In  Lobelius'  Stirpium,  Antwerp,  1576,  there  is  a  good  cut  on 
page  64  of  Erjtlironium  with  the  brief  description  :  "  Erythroniinn 
with  colored  flowers  and  unequal  leaves."  Satyrion  Dens  canimis, 
Hennodactylus  and  Pscndohcrinodactylus  are  given  as  sjaionyms 
used  in  different  regions.  "  *  *  *  Flowers  either  purple-red  or 
white,  or  purple  and  white  mixed." 

Plunkenetius  (Phytographia,   1692,3:  130). 
''Dens  caninns,  flowers  yellow,   Virginianus."  * 
Salmon's  Herbal,  17 10. 

"Dogs  tooth  *  *  *  the  same  as  'satyrion  having  red  cortex 
on  the  root,'  in  Dioscorides,  lib.  3,  ch.  144."  Three  color  forms 
are  described  having  white,  red  and  purple  flowers  respectively. 
Roberto  Morrison,  of  London,  in  his  Plantarum  Historia 
Oxonienis,  171 5,  page  343,  says  that  the  name  "  Dens  canis  is 
from  the  shape  of  the  oblong  tuberous  root  imitating  the  figure  of 
a  dog's  tooth,  the  name  is  good."  "  It  has  a  capsule  of  three  dis- 
tinct valves.  *  *  *  When  the  flower  is  red  the  leaves  are  red 
spotted,  when  white  the  spots  are  milky." 

Gronovius  (Flora  Virginica,  1739,  151,  ist  edition). 
''  Erytlwoniuni,  leaves  oval  or  oblong,  glabrous,  dark -spotted, 
flowers  yellow."  t     (Cited  in  Linnaeus  Spec.  PI.  1753,  as  var.  /-, 
under  E.  Deus-canis). 

Gronovius'  Flore  Virginia,' Lugdonum,  1762,  51  (2d  edi- 
tion), contains  a  description  of  our  native  species.  "  Erythroninm 
with  ovate  oblong  leaves,  smooth,  dark-spotted.  Dens-caninus 
agiiatalis,  flower  yellow,  pendulous,  leaves  ovate-oblong,  prostrate, 
two  upon  a  stalk,  glabrous,  dark -spotted.  Blooming  toward  the 
end  of  March." 

The  reproduction  by  offshoots  or  runners,  is  mentioned  in 
Miller's  Gardener's  Dictionary,  London,  1754,  Vol.  I.,  "  Dens-canis 
— Dog's  tooth.    *   *   *     These  plants  are  propagated  by  seeds,  as 


*  Virginia  mis  is  italicized,  as  are  authors  cited  on  the  same  page,  but  here  it  may 
be  a  typographical  error  for  a  reference  to  Virginia,  since  the  European  form  has  purple 
or  red  flowers. 

fThis  is  probably  the  first  description  of  the  American  species;  especially  in- 
teresting, as  it  has  the  modern  genus  name.      See  previous  note. 


314  Blodgett  :    Vegetative  Reproduction 

also  by  offsets  from  the  old  roots.  *  *  *  The  offsets,  which 
these  plants  produce  but  sparingly,  should  be  taken  off  at  the 
time  that  the  old  roots  are  transplanted,  *  *  *  toward  the  latter 
end  of  May." 

Linnaeus  cites  descriptions  from  a  number  of  the  early  bota- 
nists, giving  them  as  synonyms  of  his  E.  Dcns-canis,  or  as  varieties 
of  it.  Thus  Dodonaeus  (Stirpium  historiae  pemptades,  1616,  203) 
gives  "  Dens  caninus'  which  Linnaeus  regards  as  synonymous  with 
Evythroniuni  Dcns-canis,  as  is  also  "  Dcns-canis  with  broad  and 
rotund  leaves,"  of  Bauhinus  (Pinax,  Basiliae,  1671).  But  "  Dens- 
canis  with  narrow  and  elongated  leaves,"  of  the  same  author  is 
regarded  as  variety  ^  under  E.  Dens-canis,  and  Gronovius's  descrip- 
tion given  in  a  preceding  paragraph,  is  ranked  as  variety  y  in  Spe- 
cies Plantarum,  1753. 

Among  names  used  or  proposed  for  use  as  non-Latin  designa- 
tions of  ErytJironiuin,  Trout  Lily  and  Fawn  Lily,  have  been  sug- 
gested by  John  Burroughs  in  Riverby,  on  account  of  the  spotted 
leaves,  and  because  of  the  alert  position  which  the  two  leaves 
often  assume.  Spring  Lily  has  been  proposed,  on  account  of  its 
early  flowering,  and  the  lily-shaped  blossom.  But  as  a  colloquial 
name,  "  Roosters  "  is  the  least  suggestive  of  the  plant  meant. 
This  name  is  used  in  central  New  York,  among  the  children 
especially,  because  of  the  custom  of  "  fighting  roosters  "  with  the 
nodding  flowers  or  buds,  as  is  done  with  violets  in  New  Jersey. 

Explanation   of   Plates 

Plate  16 

1.  Surface  of  ripe  seeds,  June  and  March,  X  3- 

2.  Longitudinal  and  cross  sections  of  seed  (June),  X  3- 

3.  Cross  sections  of  ovary,  April  and  May,  X  12  and  X  5- 

4.  Successive  steps  in  germination,  yi  l}4  and  X  3- 

5.  Longitudinal  section  of  tip  of  seedling.    /,  fibrovascular  bundle,     r,  point  of 
origin  of  radicle,     s,  deposit  of  starch. 

6.  Tip  of  the  cotyledon,  showing  the  absorbing  gland,  X  ^°- 

7.  Full  grown  seedlings  and  "elbows,"  X  i- 

8.  Tip  of  cotyledon  in  partly  absorbed  seed,  X  ^■ 

9.  Base  of  cotyledon  showing  the  enlarged  portion  which  becomes  a  bulb  (plum- 
ule-bulb), X  5- 

10.  II.   Sections  of  young  plumule  bulb,  plumule  at/,  X  5- 
12.   Runners,  and  the  developing  runner  bulbs,  'X  i}4- 

13-15.   Axillary  buds,  from  which  runners  will  develop.     Slightly  enlarged. 
16.   The  first  stages  of  the  flower-and-leaves  shoot  (July  l). 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  27. 


Pl.  16. 


ERYTHRONIUM  AMERICANUM. 


Bull.  Torr.  Box.  Club,  27. 


Pl.  17. 


ERYTHRONIUM  AMERICANUM. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club.  27. 


Pl.  18. 


ERYTHRONIUM  AMERICANUM, 


AND  Multiplication  in  Erythronium  315 


Plate  17 

17.  Bud  of  annual  bulb  (May),  X  i- 

18.  Three  sections  of  seed  tissue,     a,  longitudinal,     b,  transverse  of  endosperm, 
cells  from  raphe,  containing  scattered  starch  grains. 

19.  Longitudinal  section  of  seed,  X  ^5- 

20.  Embryo  in  endosperm,  X  5°- 

21.  Starch  grains  from  bulb,  X  225. 

22.  Successive  steps  in  the  liberation  and  orientation  of  the  flower,  X  I- 

23.  SeedUng,  showing  the  starch-bearing  regions,  X  I- 


Plate  18 

24.  Surface  buds  on  bulbs  after  the  sprouts  have  been  destroyed,  X  ^^ 

25.  Life  cycle  of  five  years,  showing  the  successive  fomis  assumed. 

26.  Diagrammatic  life  cycle,  showing  multiplication  of  one  seed  in  five  years. 

27.  Abnormal  flower,  petals,  7;  stamens,  8;  leaf,  I  (Fig.  28). 

28.  Leaf  of  27. 

29.  Abnormal  bulb,  twhmcd  by  surface  bud,  X  ^■ 

30.  Annual  bulb  turned  aside  to  show  the  relation  of  old  and  new  growth. 

31.  Mature  bulb  which  has  been  three  years  in  one  place,  rosettes  of  root  fibers 
indicate  the  age,  X  *• 

32.  Stimulation  growth  of  runner,  X  ^- 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  8 


TWO  NEW  SPECIES  OF  GRIMMIA 
FROM  MONTANA 


BY  R.   S.   WILLIAMS 


NEW  YORK 
1900 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Toerey  Botanical  Club.  27  :  316-317.  25  June,  1900.] 


Two  new  Species  of  Grimmia  from  Montana 

By  R.  S.  Williams 
(With  Plates  19,    20) 

Grimmia  (Eugrimmia)  Brittoniae 

Growing  in  dense  hemispherical  tufts  up  to  3.5  cm.  high. 
Stems  slender,  usually  bearing  long  branches.  Outer  perichaetial 
and  upper  stem  leaves  with  blade  i  mm.  in  length,  oblong,  some- 
what lanceolate  pointed,  concave,  flat  on  the  borders  with  nearly 
smooth  hair  point  up  to  3  times  the  length  of  blade  :  lower  leaves 
a  little  smaller  with  hair  point  scarcely  equaling  blade,  more  con- 
cave and  somewhat  recurved  :  inner  perichaetial  leaves  minute, 
triangular,  with  hair  point  8  to  10  times  the  length  of  the  blade  : 
upper  cells  irregular,  roundish  or  quadratic,  about  .006  mm.  in 
diameter,  gradually  becoming  elongated  below,  toward  base  3  or  4 
times  longer  than  broad  near  costa  and  i  ^  to  2  times  longer  than 
broad  near  margin  :  cells  but  slightly  sinuous  walled  when  filled 
with  chlorophyl,  later  on  the  walls  becoming  distinctly  sinuous 
both  above  and  below:  sections  of  costa  show  two  large  cells  on  ven- 
tral side  with  usually  5  or  6  surrounding  cells,  in  single  row,  on 
dorsal  side  :  leaf  lamina  is  of  a  single  row  of  cells  with  sometimes 
a  doubling  of  one  row  in  one  or  both  margins :  apparently  dioi- 
cous  :   fruit  unknown. 

Growing  on  shaded  perpendicular  walls,  partly  calcareous,  in 
rather  dry  places.  Collected  for  several  seasons  in  Bad  Rock 
Cafion,  Flathead  River,  Mont. 

This  species  is  dedicated  to  Mrs.  Elizabeth  G.  Britton,  to  whom 
all  students  and  lovers  of  our  mosses  will  ever  be  indebted. 

Grimmia  (Eugrimmia  ?)  tenuicaulis 

In  compact  tufts  up  to  6  cm.  high.  Stems  very  slender,  often 
thread-like,  with  few  simple,  mostly  short  branches  :  perichaetial 
and  upper  stem  leaves  rather  broadly  ovate-lanceolate,  concave, 
revolute  on  borders,  blade  i  ^  mm.  long,  with  rough  hair  point 
about  7<  blade  in  length,  the  papillae  of  point  spreading,  often  re- 
curved :  moistened  leaves  erect-spreading  :  upper  cells  irregular, 
somewhat  transversely  or  vertically  elongated,  mingled  with 
rounded  cells  .004—006  mm.  in  diameter :  cells  toward  base 
more  or  less  elongated  rectangular,  those  near  margin  from  nearly 

(316) 


317  Two  NEW  Species  of   Grimmia  from  Montana 

quadratic  to  twice  longer  than  broad,  towards  costa  becoming  2- 
4  times  longer  than  broad  :  cells  apparently  never  distinctly  sinu- 
ous walled  :  sections  of  leaf  show  costa  with  two  large  cells  on 
ventral  side  and  two  rows  of  somewhat  smaller  cells  on  dorsal 
side :  lamina  of  leaf  is  of  one  thickness  of  cells,  usually  wnth  one 
or  two  rows  doubled  near  costa,  or  sometimes  somewhat  distant 
from  costa,  but  not  doubled  in  margin  :  occasionally  the  leaf  is 
hyaline  nearly  y^  down  from  apex,  the  hyaline  cells  always  elon- 
gated :  evidently  dioicous  :  sporophyte  not  seen. 

Specimens  of  type  collected  near  Neihart,  Belt  Mts.,  Mont., 
Sept.  21,  1 89 1,  also  obtained  at  Marsh  Lake  and  Dawson  on  the 
Yukon  River. 

Hxplanation   of   Plates 

Plate  19.      Grimmia  Brittoniae 

1.  Plant  about  natural  size. 

2.  Upper  leafj  X  about  35  diam. 

3.  Lower  stem  leaf,  X  35  diam. 

4.  Section  of  leaf,  X  ^75  diam. 

5.  Part  of  perichaetiuni. 

6.  Median  cells,  X  35°  diam. 

7.  Basal  cells. 

8.  Apex  of  leaf  from  upper  side,  X  ^75  diam. 

9.  Inner  perichaetial  leaf. 

Plate  20.      Grinunia  ienuicaulis 

1.  Plants  about  natural  size. 

2.  Upper  stem  leaf,  X  about  35  diam. 

3.  Lower  stem  leaf,  X  about  35  diam. 

4.  Part  of  perichaetium. 

5.  Median  cells,  X  35°  diam. 

6.  Basal  cells,  X  35°  diam. 

7.  Apex  of  leaf  from  below,  X  ^75  diam. 

8.  Section  of  leaf,  X  ^75  diam. 

9.  Section  of  leaf  lower  down,  X  ^75  diam. 


Bill.  Tokr.    Box.   Clib,  27. 


Pl.   19. 


v^ 


8fc 


WWm 


GRIMMIA   BRITTONIAE. 


Ik  LL.    TOKR.     BOT.     Cl.lB,     27. 


Pl.  20. 


\(i 


i. 


mQm 


CD^ 


gsmm 


OOQo 


■spss? 


GRIMMIA   TENUICAULIS. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— I 

No.  9 


STUDIES  ON  THE  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN 

FLORA— II 


BY  P.    A.   RYDBERG 


NEW  YORK 
1900 


J 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bxjlletin  of  the  Torbey  Botanical  Club,  27  :  528-53S.  26  Oct.,  1900. 


Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora — II 

Bv  P.  A.  Rydukrg 

THE  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  SPECIES  OF  MELANTHACEAE 
There  has  been  a  great  deal  of  misunderstanding  regarding  the 
species  belonging  to  the  family  Melanthaceae  (perhaps  more  com- 
monly regarded  as  a  sub-family  of  Liliaceae).  Especially  is  this 
true  with  respect  to  the  species  growing  in  the  Rocky  Mountain 
region.  In  order  that  some  of  the  confusion  may  be  cleared  up 
and  a  way  may  be  opened  to  further  study  of  the  group  my  present 
views  are  here  offered. 

The  family  is  represented  in  the  Rockies  by  at  least  five  genera 
and  seventeen  species.  Of  these  I  have  found  myself  obliged  to 
describe  one  genus  and  seven  species  as  new.  The  genera  are  as 
follows  : 

TOFIELDIA  Huds. 
This  is  represented  by  three  species,  distinguished  as  follows  : 

.Stem  glabrous,  scapose  ;   seeds  unappendaged.  T.  palustris. 

Stem  viscid-pubescent  at  least  above  ;  seeds  appendaged. 

Bractlets  broadly  triangular,  connate  for  two  thirds  of  their  length. 

T.  intennedia. 

Bractlets  lanceolate-triangular,  connate  half  their  length  or  less.       T.  occidentalis. 

ToFiELDiA  PALUSTRIS  Huds.  Fl.  Aug.  Ed.  2,  I  :   175 

A  subalpine  species  of  wet  places,  growing  in  America  from 
Greenland  to  Alaska  and  from  the  Arctic  coast  south  to  Quebec 
and  British  Columbia.  It  is  also  found  in  subarctic  Europe.  The 
following  specimen  from  the  Rockies  is  in  the  New  York  Herbaria  : 

British  Columbia:  Rocky  Mountains,    1890,  JoJin  Maconn. 

Tofieldia  intermedia  sp.  nov. 

Tofieldia  ghUinosa  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  2  :  179,  in  part.  1838. 
Wats.  Bot  Calif.  2  :    184.     Not  Pursh. 

A  slender  perennial  with  more  or  less  leafy  stem,  1.5—3  ^'^• 
high,  viscid-pubescent  above.  Leaves  5-20  cm.  long,  2-5  mm. 
wide,  obtuse  or  acute  :  raceme  short,  dense,  1—2  cm.  long  :  bracts 

(528) 


529        Rydberg  :   Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

broad,  ovate  :  pedicels  usually  3  together,  very  short,  in  fruit  1-4 
mm.  long:  bractlets  under  the  flowers  3,  broadly  triangular,  con- 
nate for  about  two  thirds  their  length  :  flowers  yellow  :  sepals 
obovate,  4-5  mm.  long  :  petals  somewhat  narrower  and  longer : 
capsule  ovoid,  about  5  mm.  long  :  beaks  about  i  mm.  long,  spread- 
ing :  seeds  appendaged. 

This  has  been  confused  with  the  eastern  T.  ghitinosa  Pers.  which 
has  an  elongated  raceme,  longer  pedicels,  and  oblong  subequal 
sepals  and  petals,  about  4  mm.  long.  All  specimens  from  the 
west  referred  to  T.  glutinosa  may  belong  to  T.  intermedia.  At 
least  all  that  I  have  seen  do  so.  T.  intemnedia  grows  in  bogs  to 
an  altitude  of  2,700  m.  from  Saskatchewan  to  Alaska,  British 
Columbia  and  Wyoming.     The  following  specimens  belong  to  it : 

Alaska:  Sheh-Shooh  Lake,  1895,  M.  W.  Gorman,  76*  (type) ; 
Yes  Bay,  1895,  Thos.  Hoivell,  1666 ;  Khantaak  Island,  1892,  F. 
Fiinston,  ^j ;  Sitka,  Bongard. 

British  Columbia:  Summit  of  Selkirk  Mountains,  1890, 
John  Macoiin. 

Washington  :  Totoish  Mountains,  1897,  O.  D.  Allen  ^7-/.(?) 

Montana:  Flathead  River,  1892,  R.  S.  Williams,  gij ; 
Granite,  1892,  Kelsey ;  Upper  Marias  Pass,  1883,  Canby,  J28. 

Wyoming:  Cement  Creek,  1897,  F.  Tweedy,  jj6. 

Tofieldia  occidentalis  Wats.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  14:  283.  1879 
This  species  is  distinguished  from  the  preceding  by  the  nar- 
rower, less  connate  bractlets,  longer  pedicels,  narrower  sepals, 
larger  capsule,  8  mm.  long,  and  longer  ascending  beaks.  The 
following  specimen  from  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  is  in  the 
New  York  Herbaria. 

British  Columbia  :  Avalanche  Mountain,  1890,  /.  M.  Macoun. 

XEROPHYLLUM 
This  genus  is  represented  by  two  species  : 

Petals  and  sepals  7-10  mm.  long.  X.  tenax. 

Petals  and  sepals  4-6  mm.  long.  X.  Douglasii. 

Xerophyllum  tenax  (Pursh)  Nutt.  Gen.  Am.  i  :   235.      1818 

Hclonias  tenax  Pursh  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  243.     18  14. 

X.  Douglasii  R)-db.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  i  :  92  ;  not  Wats. 


Rydberg  :    Studies  ox  Rocky  Mountain  Flora       530 

This  has  been  greatly  confused  with  the  following.  Watson 
stated  that  A\  Doiiglasii  was  collected  on  the  Hayden  Surveys  of 
the  Yellowstone  Park,  but  does  not  cite  any  locality  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains  for  X.  tcnax.  Coulter  in  his  Manual  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  Region  included  consequently  a  description  of  the  for- 
mer, but  none  of  the  latter.  As  this  book  is  the  one  most  used 
by  Rocky  Mountain  botanists,  all  specimens  of  XcropJiylbun  from 
that  region  have  therefore  been  labeled  X.  Doitglasii.  I  made  the 
same  mistake  in  preparing  my  Catalogue  of  the  Flora  of  Montana. 
All  the  specimens  cited  there  belong  to  X.  tcnax  instead  of  X. 
Doiiglasii.  Besides  the  Montana  specimens  there  cited,  the  fol- 
lowing Rocky  Mountain  specimens  belong  to  this  species  : 

British  Columbia:  Toad  Mountain,  Kootenay  Lake,  1890 
/.  M.  Maco2in. 

Idaho:  Kootenay  Co.,  1888,  J.  H.  Saunders;  Wiessner's 
Peak,  1892,  Sandbcrg,  MacDougal  &  Heller,  j88. 

Xerophyllum  Douglasii  Wats.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  14:  284. 
1879. 

I  have  not  seen  any  Rocky  Mountain  specimen  of  this  species, 
but  include  it  on  the  authority  of  Dr.  Watson  who  referred  to  it  the 
specimens  from  the  Hayden  Collection  metioned  above. 

Stenanthella  gen.  no  v. 

Erect  bulbous  glabrous  herbs  with  few  narrow  leaves  and  race- 
mose or  paniculate  perfect  greenish,  brownish  or  purplish  flowers. 
Petals  and  sepals  each  3,  subequal,  withering-persistent,  narrowly 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  with  reflexed  tips,  and  at  last  involute,  without 
gland  and  distinct  claw.  Stamens  6,  free,  included  ;  anthers  reni- 
form,  confluently  i -celled.  Ovary  ovoid,  superior;  styles  3. 
Capsule  lance-ovoid,  3-beaked,  septicidal  to  the  base,  wholly  su- 
perior.     Seeds,  oblong,  winged. 

Dr.  Gray  included  the  species  belonging  here  in  Stenantldum, 
but  the  genus  is  better  defined  than  many  of  the  recognized  gen- 
era in  the  family.  In  Stenanthium,  the  flowers  are  polygamous, 
open,  not  campanulate  in  outline,  the  base  of  the  ovary  is  inferior, 
the  tip  of  the  petals  and  sepals  not  reflexed  and  the  general  habit 
different.  The  genus  Stcnantliclla  contains  two  known  species, 
one  from  the  island  Sachalin,  S.  Sachalinensis  {Stenanihiiini  Sach- 
aliiiense  F.  Schmidt),  and  the  following  ; 


631       RvDBERG  :    Studies  on  Rockv  Mountain  Flora 

Stenanthella  occidentalis  (A.  Gray)  Rydb.  n.  n. 

Stenantlmnn  occidentale  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  8  :  405. 

The  species  ranges  from  Alberta  and  British  Columbia  to  Ore- 
gon and  Idaho.      The  following  specimens  are  from  the  Rockies  : 

Montana:  Deer  Lodge,  1892,  il/m  Emma  Ware;  Flathead 
River,  1883,  Can/?r,  jj2 ;  Big  Blackfoot,  Caiiby ;  divide  between 
Hell  Gate  and  Blackfoot,  1880,  Watson ;  Columbia  Falls,  1894, 
R.  S.  Williams. 

Alberta  and  British  Columbia:  Rocky  Mountains,  1858, 
E.  Boiirgcan ;  Kicking  Horse  Lake,  i^^y ,  Jolin  Macoiin. 

Idaho:  Kootenay  Co.,  1890,/.  B.  Lcibcrg,  ^^12. 

VERATRUM  L. 

Flowers  greenish,  bractlets  foliaceous,  often  equaling  or  exceeding  the  flowers. 

V.  viride. 
Flowers  white  or  yellowish  white  ;  bractlets  membranous,  much  shorter  than  the  pedi- 
cels and  flowers.  V.  speciosum. 

Veratrum  viride  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  3:  422.      1789 

V.  lobeliajiiim  /5  Eschsclioltziaiuim  R.  &  S.  S}'st.  7  :    1555-    1829. 

V.  Esclisclwltzii  Gray,  Ann.  Lye.  X.  Y.  4  :    119.      1837. 

If  the  western  plant  should  be  included  in  V.  viride  or  not,  is 
doubtful.  The  eastern  plant  extends  west  to  Minnesota  and  the 
western  is  found  first  on  the  Pacific  slope  in  Idaho  and  British  Co- 
lumbia. Both  are  very  variable  and  no  good  character  has  been 
found  to  separate  the  two.  As  a  rule  the  western  plant  has  shorter 
stamens  and  bracts  ;  the  former  scarcely  half  as  long  as  the  petals 
and  sepals.  The  western  range  of  V.  viride  ox  V.  Eschseholtsiamim, 
whatever  name  it  should  bear,  is  from  southern  Alaska  to  Oregon 
and  Idaho.  The  following  are  the  only  specimens  seen  from  the 
Rockies. 

Idaho  :  Packsaddle  Peak,  1892,  Sandberg,  MacDotigal  &  Hel- 
ler, 863. 

Veratrum  speciosum  sp.  nov. 

Veratrum  Californiciim  Wats.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  14  :  277  ;  in 
part.      1879.     Not  Durand. 

A  stout,  more  or  less  pubescent,  very  leafy  plant,  1-3  m.  high. 
Leaves,  except  the  uppermost,  broadly  oval,   2-3  dm.  long,    1-2 


Rydberg  :    Studies  ox  Rocky  Mountain  Flora       532 

dm.  wide,  obtuse  or  acute,  glabrous  above,  finely  soft-pubescent 
beneath,  sessile  and  sheathing  :  panicle  many-flowered  with  ascend- 
ing branches  :  bracts  lanceolate,  foliaceous  :  bractlets  membranous, 
yellowish,  ovate,  acuminate,  shorter  than  the  flowers  and  pedi- 
cels :  petals  and  sepals  yellowish  white,  oval  or  broadly  oblanceo- 
late,  mostly  obtuse,  5-7-nerved,  8-10  mm.  long,  4-5  mm.  wide: 
capsule  oblong,  about  3  cm.  long  and  i  2  mm.  in  diameter  :  seeds 
oblong,  y—8  mm.  long  with  a  wide  white  wing-margin. 

In  looking  over  the  specimens  of  V.  Califoniicum  in  the  Co- 
lumbia Herbarium  I  found  one  specimen  collected  in  Oregon  on 
the  Wilkes'  Expedition,  which  looked  very  unlike  the  rest,  having 
a  narrower  and  denser  panicle  and  narrower  and  more  acutish 
petals  and  sepals.  I  took  it  out  and  placed  it  in  the  cover  used 
for  the  specimens  not  named.  I  found  in  that  cover  a  similar 
specimen.  On  the  label  was  given  neither  locality  nor  the  col- 
lector's name  ;  but  on  the  sheet  was  pasted  a  paper  with  a  tracing 
of  the  basal  leaves,  the  description  o{  ]^.  Calif orniciim  E.  Durand 
and  some  remarks,  among  others  the  words  "petiole  3-4  inches 
long."  The  specimens  are  presumably  a  part  of  the  type  of  V. 
Califoniicwn  or  at  least  have  been  compared  with  Durand's  speci- 
mens and  the  notes  made  by  Durand  himself  Durand  in  his  de- 
scription expressively  states  that  the  lower  stem-leaves  are  petioled. 
As  this  is  never  the  case  in  the  plant  of  the  northern  Rockies  and 
the  Columbia  Valley,  I  am  certain  that  the  plant  generally  re- 
garded as  V.  Californicwn  and  from  which  Dr.  Watson's  descrip- 
tion in  his  revision  was  mainly  drawn  is  perfectly  distinct  from 
Durand's  plant.  The  latter  is  a  rare  plant  judging  from  the  fact 
that  I  have  not  seen  more  than  the  two  specimens  mentioned  above. 

V .  spcciosuin  ranges  from  Montana  to  Washington,  California 
and  Colorado,  reaching  a  maximum  altitude  of  2,500  m. 

Montana:  Bridger  Mountains,  1896,  Flodinan,  j^/  (type); 
Little  Belt  Mountains,  j-f-f.}^  /  Bozeman,  P.  Koch  ;  Deer  Lodge 
Co.,  Ein?n2  Ware;  Belt  Park,  1886,  R.  S.  Williams,  47^;  Belt 
Creek,  1883,  Scribner,  28 j  ;  Lo-Lo  Creek,  1880,  Watson. 

Idaho:  Lake  Pend  d'Oreille,  1892,  Sandberg,  MacDoiigal  & 
Heller,  741 ;  Kootenay  Co.,  1886,  /.  H.  Sandberg ;  Lake  Waha, 
1896,  A.  A.  &  E.  Gertrude  Heller,  jj8o  ;   1892,  Isabel  ATulford. 

Utah  :  Heber  Valley,  1869,  S.  Watson,  ii6j  ;  American  Fork 
Canon,  1880,  M.  E.Jones. 


533       RvDBERG :   Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Washington:   1889,  G.  R.  Vasey. 

Oregon  :  /.  5.  Nciobcny. 

California:  Modoc  Co.,  1893,  M.  S.  Baker;  i86s,  B'.  iV. 
Bolander,  62jj ;  Mt.  Shasta,  1897,  H.  E.  Broivn. 

Colorado:  Pagosa  Peak,  1899,  C.  F.  Baker,  2j8 Q).  (This 
has  smaller  flowers,  petals  and  sepals  being  only  6-8  mm.  long.) 

ZYGADENUS  Michx. 

Much  confusion  has  existed  in  this  genus.  The  species  of 
Colorado,  Wyoming  and  Montana  have  been  variously  named  Z. 
Nuttallii,  Z.  veneiiosiis  and  more  rarely  Z.  panieulatiis,  but  much 
complaint  has  been  made  that  they  do  not  fit  Watson's  descrip- 
tions. Some  have  complained  that  those  descriptions  haye  been 
too  narrow,  others  that  there  is  no  line  to  be  drawn  between  Z. 
venenosus  and  Z.  panicidaUis  and  that  both  those  species  come  to- 
near  Z.  Nuttallii.  Dr.  Watson's  descriptions  of  Z.  venenosus  and 
Z.  paniculatus  are  unusually  good  and  correct.  He  knew  them 
both  from  the  field.  The  common  Rocky  Mountain  plants  belong 
to  neither.  Z.  venenosus  does  not  grow  east  of  Idaho  and  Z.  pan- 
iculatus not  east  of  Utah,  while  Z.  Nuttallii  is  a  species  of  the  plains 
and  I  doubt  that  it  is  found  at  all  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  States. 
The  Rocky  Mountain  species  are  distinguished  as  follows  : 

Gland  obcordate  ;  base  of  ovary  inferior. 

Petals  and  sepals  7-8  mm.  long,  7-13-nerved.  Z.  elegans. 

Petals  and  sepals  5-6  mm.  long,  3-7-nerved.  Z.  Coloradcnsis. 

Gland  obovate  or  semi-orbicular  ;  ovary  wholly  superior. 

Petals  and  sepals  more  or  less  clawed  ;  filaments  adnate  to  the  base  of  the  claws. 
Petals  and  sepals  rounded  or  obtuse  at  the  apex. 

Upper  leaves  without  sheaths  at  the  base  ;  both  petals  and  sepals  long- 
clawed  and  sub-cordate  at  the  base*;  gland  with  a  thick  margin. 

Z.  venenosus. 
All  leaves  with  distinct  sheaths  ;  petals  long-clawed  and  sub-cordate  at 
the  base  ;  sepals  short-clawed  ;  margin  of  the  gland  ill-defined. 
Petals  and  sepals  4-5  mm.  long  ;  petals  ovate  ;  leaves  3-5  mm.  wide. 

Z.  gramineiis. 
Petals  and  sepals  6-8  mm.  long ;    petals  oblong ;  leaves  5-9  mm. 
wide.  Z.  intermedins. 

Petals  and  sepals   acute  or  acuminate  at  the  apex  ;  all   leaves  with  sheaths ; 
sepals  cuneate  at  the  base  and  short-clawed. 
Leaves  less  than  5  mm.  wide  ;  petals  and  sepals  both  cuneate  at  the  base 
and  short-clawed.  Z.  acuttis. 


Rydberg:   Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora        534 

Leaves  over  5  mm.  wide. 

Raceme  simple ;    petals  long-clawed  and  sub- cordate  at  the  base. 

Z.  falcatttm. 
Raceme  branched  ;  petals  short-clawed,  not  sub-cordate  at  the  base. 

Z.  paniculatuiii. 
Petals  and  sepals  clawless ;    gland  obovate  with  a  poorly  defined  margin  ;  fila- 
ments free.  Z,.   Nuttallii. 

Zygadenus  elegans  Pursh,  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  i  :  241.  18 14 
The  typical  Z.  clcgans  is  a  western  plant,  mainly  belonging  to 
the  Rocky  Mountain  region,  where  it  grows  in  meadows  up  to  an 
altitude  of  2500  m.  If  the  eastern  plant  or  Z.  glmiais  of  Nuttall, 
should  be  included  in  this  species,  is  very  doubtful.  It  is  always 
darker  green,  more  glaucous,  inflorescence  more  paniculately 
branched,  the  petals  and  sepals  narrower  and  more  greenish.  It 
ranees  from  New  Brunswick  to  Minnesota  and  south  to  Vermont. 
The  range  of  Z.  elegans  proper  is  from  Saskatchewan  to  Alaska, 
south  to  Colorado  and  Nevada. 

Zygadenus  Coloradensis  sp.  nov. 

A  rather  slender  glabrous  plant,  2-4  dm.  high.  Bulb  ovoid, 
about  2  cm.  long  and  i-l5  cm.  in  diameter:  leaves  narrow, 
erect,  about  2  dm.  long,  3-5  mm.  wide  :  flowers  racemose,  yel- 
lowish white-tinged  with  brownish  or  purplish :  bracts  linear- 
lanceolate,  all  equaling  or  exceeding  the  pedicels  :  petals  and 
sepals  5-6  mm.  long,  3-7-nerved,  oblong  or  narrowly  obovate, 
acute:  capsule  ovoid,  15-18  mm.  long  and  7-8  mm.  in  diameter. 

Z.  Coloradensis  is  closely  allied  to  Z.  elegans,  differing  in  the 
smaller  flowers,  greener  foliage,  long  and  narrow  bracts  equaling 
or  exceeding  the  pedicels  and  a  brownish  or  purplish  tint  of  the 
inflorescence,  bracts  and  flowers.  It  grows  in  the  mountains  at 
an  altitude  of  2500-3500  m. 

Colorado:  Idaho  Springs,  1895,  Rydberg  i\.y^€);  Leroux 
Creek,  1892,  /.  H.  Coiven ;  La  Plata,  1873,  Coidter ;  Caribou, 
1 89 1,  Dr.  E.  Penard ;  Empire,  1892,  H.  N.  Patterson,  2g8. 

Zygadenus  venenosus  Wats.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  14:  279.      1879 

This  species  is  characterized  by  its  narrow  leaves,  of  which  the 

upper    lack   the   scarious   sheaths,   and  by  the    thick,  prominent 

*  When  the  petals  or  sepals  are  sub- cordate  at  the  base  and  long- clawed  the  gland 
is  at  the  very  base  but  when  they  are  acute  at  the  base  the  gland  is  a  little  higher  up 
on  the  blade. 


535        Rydberg:    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

glands.  It  is  more  slender  and  strict  than  all  the  species  except 
Z.  acutus,  which  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  acute  sepals  and 
petals.  Z.  vencnosus  grows  mostly  on  hillsides  at  low  altitudes, 
scarcely  ascending  higher  than  2000  m.  It  ranges  from  Idaho  and 
British  Columbia  to  California  and  Utah.  The  following  Rocky 
Mountain  specimens  belong  here  : 

Utah:  Parley's  Peak,  1869,  S.  Watson,  ii6j. 

Idaho:  Keeley's  Hot  Springs,  i^g2,  Isabel  Miilford;  Big  Pot- 
lash  River,  1892,  Sandberg,  MacDougal  &  Heller,  Jig ;  Little 
Potlash  River,  ^o/. 

Zygadenus  gramineus  sp.  nov. 

Zygademis  vencnosus  Rydb.  Cont.  U.  Dep.  Ag.  3  :  525.  1896. 
Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card,  i  :  93  in  part.     Not  S.  Wats. 

A  slender  yellowish-green  plant,  2-3.5  elm.  high.  Bulb 
elongated  ovoid,  2-3  cm.  long  and  1-1.5  cm.  in  diameter:  leaves 
narrowly  linear,  scabrous  on  the  margins  and  the  midrib,  1-2  dm. 
long,  3-5  mm.  wide,  conduplicate  and  somewhat  falcate,  all  with 
distinct  scarious  sheaths  surrounding  the  stem  :  racemes  rather 
short :  bracts  scarious,  lanceolate,  long-acuminate  :  flowers  light 
yellow  :  sepals  broadly  ovate,  obtuse  at  the  apex,  acute  at  the  base 
and  very  short-clawed  :  petals  ovate,  obtuse,  subcordate  at  the 
base  and  with  claws  about  i  mm.  long  :  glands  almost  semi-orbic- 
ular ;  upper  margin  toothed,  but  thin  and  not  well  defined  :  cap- 
sule elongated  ovoid,  8- 10  mm.-  long,  3-4  mm.  in   diameter. 

Z.  gramineus  resembles  somewhat  the  preceding,  but  is  lower, 
of  a  yellowish  color  ;  its  stem  leaves  are  evidently  sheathed,  the 
sepals  are  short  clawed,  not  subcordate  at  the  base  and  the  gland 
thin  and  without  a  distinctly  thickened  upper  border.  Z.  gramineus 
grows  on  hillsides  up  to  an  altitude  of  2500  m.  ;  from  Saskatchewan 
and  Alberta,  south  to  western  Nebraska  and  Idaho. 

Montana:  Spanish  Basin,  1897,  Rydberg  &•  Bessey,  3848 
(type);  1896,  Floduian,  j^j  ;  Helena,  1891,  F.  D.  Kelsey. 

Idaho:  Beaver  Cafion,  1895,  Rydberg. 

South  Dakota:  Hot  Springs,  1892,  Rydberg,  loji. 

Wyoming:  Yellowstone  Park,  1888,  Dr.  Chas.  H.  Hall. 

Saskatchewan:  1858,  E.  Boiirgeau. 

Zygadenus  intermedius  sp.  nov. 
Zygadenus  vencnosus  Rydberg,  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  i  :  93 
in  part.      1900.     Not  Nutt. 


Rydberg:    Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora        536 

A  rather  stout  light  greeti  plant,  ^-6  dm.  high.  Bulb  elon- 
gated ovoid,  about  3  cm.  long  and  1. 5  cm.  in  diameter:  leaves 
scabrous  on  the  midrib  and  margins,  2  dm.  or  more  long,  5-9 
mm.  wide,  keeled  and  sometimes  conduplicate  ;  all  with  conspicu- 
ous scarious  sheaths  at  the  base  :  raceme  rather  long  :  flowers 
light  yellow  ;  petal  and  sepals  6-8  mm.  long,  obtuse  ;  the  for- 
mer broadly  ovate,  and  acute  or  rounded  at  the  base  and  short- 
clawed  ;  the  latter  oblong  subcordate  at  the  base  and  with  a  claw 
I  mm.  long  :  glands  as  in  the  preceding. 

Like  the  preceding  but  taller  and  stouter,  in  habit  resembling 
mostly  Z.  panicidatiis,  except  that  the  inflorescence  is  seldom 
branched.  It  is  easily  distinguished  from  that  species  by  the  ob- 
tuse petals  and  sepals  and  by  the  distinct  claws  and  the  subcordate 
bases  of  the  petals.  It  grows  on  dry  hillsides  up  to  an  altitude  of 
2000  m.  in  Montana,  Idaho,  Wyoming  and  Utah. 

Idaho:  Nez  Perces  Co.,  1892,/.  H.  Sandbcrg,  10364  (type); 
Peter  Creek,  1892,  Sandberg,  MacDoiigal  &  Heller,  114;  Lewis- 
ton,  1896,  A.  A.  &  E.  Gertrude  Heller,  30^3. 

Utah:  Farmington,  1881,  M.  E.Jones,  2ogi. 

Wyoming:  Laramie  Hills,  1894,  Aven  Nelson,  234. 

Montana:  Deer  Lodge,  1895,  F.N.  Notestein ;  Bridger  Moun- 
tains, 1897,  Rydberg  &  Bessey,384g. 

Zygadenus  acutus  sp.  nov. 

A  very  slender  light  green  plant,  3-5  dm.  high.  Bulb  rounded 
ovate,  1.5-2  cm.  long,  1-1.5  cm.  in  diameter:  leaves  narrowly 
linear,  scabrous  on  the  margin,  about  2  dm.  long  and  4-5  mm. 
wide,  keeled  and  often  conduplicate  :  flowers  pale  yellow  :  petals 
and  sepals  4-5  mm.  long  ;  both  acute  at  the  apex  and  at  the  base, 
very  short-clawed  :  glands  obovate  or  cuneate ;  upper  margin 
toothed,  thin  and  not  well  defined. 

In  habit  closely  resembling  Z.  venenosns,  but  easily  distin- 
guished by  the  acute,  short-clawed  petals  and  sepals,  which  are 
both  cuneate  at  the  base.  The  only  specimens  seen  are  the  fol- 
lowing : 

South  Dakota:  Box  Elder  Creek,  Black  Hills,  1887,  W.  S. 

Riisby. 

Zygadenus  falcatus  sp.  nov. 
Z.Niittallii  Porter   &  Coult.    Syn.   Fl.   Colo.    133.      In   part. 
1874.     Not  A.  Gray. 


537       RvDBERG  :    Studies  ox  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

A  rather  stout  light  green  plant  3-4  dm.  high.  I^ulbs  rounded 
ovoid,  3-4  cm.  long  and  about  3  cm.  in  diameter  :  leaves  scabrous, 
especially  on  the  margins  and  midribs,  1.5-2.5  dm.  long,  5-8  mm, 
wide,  keeled,  conduplicate,  and  generally  decidedly  falcate,  all  with 
scarious  sheaths  :  raceme  short,  in  fruit  elongated  :  flowers  yellow  : 
petals  and  sepals  about  5  mm.  long,  acute  ;  the  former  deltoid 
ovate,  acute  at  the  base  ;  the  latter  ovate,  sub-cordate  at  the  base 
and  with  claws  i  mm.  long  :  glands  semi-orbicular,  upper  margin 
toothed,  thin  and  not  well  defined  :  capsule  ovoid  cylindrical. 

All  the  specimens  cited  below  have  been  named  Z.  Nuttallii 
though  the  plant  is  more  closely  related  to  Z.  paniciilatns,  from 
which  it  differs  in  the  distinctly  clawed  petals  which  are  subcordate 
at  the  base.  These  characters,  together  with  the  more  distinct 
glands  and  the  slightly  adnate  filaments,  distinguish  it  from  Z. 
Nuttallii.  Z.  falcatus  inhabits  the  foothills  of  Colorado  at  an  alti- 
tude of about  1500  m. 

Colorado:  Fort  Collins,  1893,  C.  S.  Cra  ndall  {tyT^t) ;  1896. 
C.  F.  Baker ;  Denver,  1873,/.  M.  Coulter. 

Zygadenus  paniculatus  (Nutt.)  Wats.  Bot.  King's  Exp.  5  :   343, 

1871 

Helonias paniculata^nit.  ]o\xn'\.  Phila.  Acad.  7:    57.      1834. 

It  is  well  characterized  by  Watson  and  easily  distinguished  by 
its  stout  habit,  generally  branched  inflorescence,  and  rhombic - 
ovate  acute  and  almost  clawless  petals  and  sepals.  It  grows  on 
hills  up  to  an  altitude  of  1500  m.,  ranging  from  Montana  and 
Washington  to  New  Mexico  and  California.  The  following  Rocky 
Mountain  specimens  belong  here  : 

Utah:  Ogden,  Capt.  Stansbury  ;  City  Creek  Canon,  \Z%o,  M. 
E.  Jones,  i6j/j.. 

Idaho:  Boise,  \Z<^2,  Isabel  Mulford. 

Montana:  Grasshopper  Valley,  1880,  JVatson  (?). 

Zygadenus  Nuttallii  A.  Gray,  in  Wats.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  14 :  279- 

1879 

Aniiantlmun  Nuttallii  Gray,  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Y.  4  :    123. 

This  is  evidently  a  species  belonging  to  the  plains.  All  the 
specimens  in  the  Columbia  and  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden  herbaria 
are  from  Arkansas  and  Kansas.      Dr.  Watson  included  Texas  and 


Rydberg:   Studies  on  Rocky  Mountain  Flora        538 

Colorado  in  the  range.  The  Texan  plant  referred  here  by  him, 
belongs  to  an  altogether  different  plant.  I  think  that  Colorado 
also  should  be  excluded,  believing  that  all  specimens  found  there 
and  labeled  Z.  Nnttallii  belong  to  Z.  falcaijis,  which  resembles  it 
most  in  general  habit,  but  has  an  altogether  different  flower. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  10 


STUDIES  ON  THE  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN 

FLORA— III 


BY  P.    A.   RYDBERG 


NEW  YORK 
1900 


1  Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Toeeey  Botanical  Club,  27  :  611,-636.  29  Dec,  1900.  j 


Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora.— Ill 

By    r.  A.  Rydberg 

SOME  SMALLER  GENERA  OF  COMPOSITES 

STENOTUS  Nutt. 

This  genus  was  established  by  Nuttall  in  1840.  It  was  re- 
tained as  a  genus  by  Torrey  and  Gray  in  their  Flora,  but  merged 
with  several  others  into  Aplopappus  by  Gray  in  his  Synoptical 
Flora.  A  few  years  ago  (1894),  Professor  Greene  reestablished 
the  genus,  removing  from  it,  however,  a  member  erroneously  placed 
in  the  genus  by  Torrey  and  Gray,  viz.,  Stenotus  pygmacus  Torrey 
and  GiXZ-Y  (^Aplopappus  pyginaeiisGx2iy^,v^\\\z\\\\Q.  referred  \.o  Macro- 
nej/ia.^'  If  such  a  transfer  was  the  very  best  is  questionable,  for 
that  species  is  aS"  much  a  stranger  in  ]\Iacruneina  as  it  is  in  Stenotus. 
It  has  the  outer  bracts  foliaceous  and  the  style-appendages  long 
and  attenuated  which  are  characters  found  in  Macroneina  ;  but  the 
habit  is  very  unlike  Macroneina  and  the  outer  foliaceous  bracts  are 
numerous  as  in  Pyrroconia.  I  had  some  transient  thought  of  trans- 
ferring it  to  that  genus  ;  but  the  purely  white  pappus,  the  densely 
cespitose  habit,  and  the  lack  of  the  thick  taproot,  debar  it  from 
Pyrrocoma.  These  characters  ally  it  to  Solidago  ;  but  the  differ- 
ence in  structure  of  the  outer  and  the  inner  bracts  makes  it  un- 
natural to  place  it  there  as  well.  It  is  very  hard  to  decide  which 
would  be  the  best  course  to  take,  either  to  place  it  as  an  anoma- 
lous member  of  one  of  these  genera  or  to  make  it  the  type  of  a  new 
genus.      Perhaps  some  other  and  better  relationship  may  be  found. 

Of  the  other  species  included  in  Aplopappus  §  Stenotus  by 
Gray,  A.  Parryils,  I  think,  rightly  referred  to  Solidago.  A.  Lyallii 
was  altogether  omitted  by  Professor  Greene,  when  he  made  the 
segregation  in  Pittonia.  He  may  have  overlooked  this,  but  it  is 
more  probable  that  he  omitted  it,  because  he  did  not  know  where 
to  place  it.  The  relationship  is  without  any  doubt  closest  with 
Solidago,  notwithstanding  the  solitary  head. 

*  In  a  recent  distribution  of  plants  from  Colorado  determined   by  Professor  Greene, 
this  was  distributed  under  its  original  name  Stenotus  pygmaeus. 

6X4 


615    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

By  removing  Stenotus  lineavifolins  Torr.  &  Gray  and  S.  interior 
Greene,  which  constitute  a  good  genus,  the  genus  Stenotus  be- 
comes a  very  natural  one,  with  only  one  somewhat  aberrant  mem- 
ber, ^.  lanuginosus  which  approaches  Pyrrocoma  imdoides  and  its 
relatives  in  habit. 

The  Rocky  Mountain  species  are  distinguished  as  follows  : 

Plant  glabrous  or  puberulent ;  leaves  firm  and  evergreen. 

Leaves  linear  to  filiform,  i.   S.  sienophyllus. 

Leaves  mostly  oblanceolate. 
Bracts  lanceolate,  acute. 
Plant  puberulent. 

Bracts  in  3  series,  broad,  with  broad  scarious  margins. 

2.  S.  acaulis. 
Bracts  in  2  series,  narrow,  with  narrow  scarious  margins. 

3.  .S*.  Andersonii. 

Plant  glabrous. 

Stem-leaves  oblanceolate,  1-2  cm.  long.  4.  S.  caespitostis. 

Stem-leaves  linear,  4-7  cm.  long.  5.  S.  falcatus. 

Bracts  oval  or  oblong,  very  obtuse.  •      6.  S.  aniierioides. 

Plant  floccose  ;  leaves  softer,  not  evergreen.  7.  S.  hvuigino.us. 

1.  Stenotus  stenophyllus  (A.   Gray)  Greene,  Erythea,   2  :   72. 

1894 
Aplopappns  stenophyllus  A.  Gray,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exp.  17  :   347. 

1862-74. 

This  species  grows  on  stony  hills  and  mountains  and  ranges 
from  western  Idaho  and  Washington  to  California. 

2.  Stenotus  acaulis  Nutt.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.   II.  7  :  334. 

1840 

Chrysopsis  acaulis  Nutt.  Journ.  Phil.  Acad.  7:33.      1834. 
.    Aplopappns  acaulis  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  7  :   353.      1867. 

This  is  a  rather  common  species,  growing  on  dry  rocky  hills 
and  mountains  at  an  altitude  of  1000-2500  m.,  from  Saskatche- 
wan and  Washington  to  Wyoming  and  California. 

3.  Stenotus  Andersonii  sp.  nov, 

A  puberulent,  cespitosc,  but  less  woody  perennial  than  the  pre- 
ceding and  the  three  next  following  species.  Flowering  stems 
about  I  dm.  high,  leafy  at  the  base,  few-leaved  above  :  leaves  nar- 
rowly oblanceolate,  not  very  rigid,  distinctly  3-ribbed,  3-5  cm. 
long,  3-4  mm.  wide  :  bracts  narrowly  lanceolate,  acute,   glandular 


RvDHERG :  Studies  on  the  Rockv  Mountain  Flora    616 

puberulcnt,  with  a  very  narrow  scarious  margin,  imbricated  in  2 
scries  :  achenes  somewhat  fusiform,  about  4  mm.  long,  grayish  or 
white  villous  as  in  the  other  species. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  the  preceding,  but  character- 
ized by  the  less  rigid  leaves,  the  fewer  and  narrower  involucral 
bracts,  the  involucre  being  more  that  of  vS".  /aniiginosits. 

The  type  was  collected  on  dry  open  hills. 

Montana:  Belt  Mountains,  1886,  /^  VV.  Anderson,  j  ^6 1* 

4.  Stenotus  caespitosus  Nutt.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  II.  7  :  335. 

1840 
Clirysopsis  cacspitosa  Nutt.  Jour.  Acad.  Phila.  7  :   33.      1834. 
Aplopappns  acaulis  var.  glabratus  D.  C.  Eaton,  King's  Exped. 
5  :    161.      1871. 

This  grows  on  dry  hills  and  mountains,  at  an  altitude  of  1000- 
3000  m.,  from  Montana  and  Idaho  to  Nevada,  Arizona  and 
Wyoming. 

5.  Stenotus  falcatus  sp.  nov. 

A  glabrous  cespitose  perennial,  with  a  woody  caudex,  resem- 
bling 5.  armerioidcs  in  habit.  Flowering  stems  10-15  cm.  high, 
leafy,  1-3-cephalous  :  basal  leaves  oblanceolate,  rigid,  obtuse  or 
acute,  4-5  cm.  long,  4-6  mm.  wide,  3-ribbed  ;  stem  leaves  linear, 
4-7  cm.  long,  2-3  mm.  wide,  more  or  less  falcate  :  heads  about  i 
cm.  high  :  bracts  lanceolate,  acute,  with  scarious  margin  :  rays  6— 7 
mm.  long,  2.5-3  "im.  wide. 

This  species  differs  from  .S".  arvierioides,  which  it  closely  re- 
sembles in  the  narrower  and  acute  involucral  bracts.  It  grows  in 
barren  soil  at  an  altitude  of  about  1500  m. 

Utah  :  Red  Creek,  1877,  Dr.  E.  Palmer,  202  (type)  ;  Milford, 
1880,  M.  E.Jones,  1804. 

6.  Stenotus    armerioides   Nutt.    Trans.    Am.   Phil.    Soc.  II.  7  : 

335-      1840 

Aplopappns  armerioides  A.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  i-  :    132.      1884. 

This  species  grows  on  dry  hills  and  bad-lands,  at  an  altitude  of 
1000-2000  m.,  from  Manitoba  and  Assiniboia  to  Utah,  New 
Mexico  and  western  Nebraska. 


*  Unless  otherwise  stated,  the  types  of  the  new  species  described  are  preserved  in  the 
herbaria  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden  or  of  Columbia  University. 


617    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

7.  Stenotus   lanuginosus   (A.    Gray)    Greene,    Erythea,  2 :    72. 

1894. 

Aplopappiis  lanuginosus  A.  Gray,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  17  :  347. 
1862-74. 

This  species  is  a  rather  anomalous  member  of  the  genus,  as 
the  leaves  are  not  rigid,  and  scarcely  evergreen.  In  habit  it  re- 
sembles somewhat  some  species  of  Pyrroconia^  as  for  instance,  P. 
innloidcs ;  but  it  has  the  thin  involucral  bracts  and  the  white  pap- 
pus of  Stcnoiiis.  It  grows  on  the  mountains  of  Washington, 
northern  Idaho  and  Montana. 

Stenotopsis  gen.  no  v. 

Low  shrubs  with  fastigiate  branches,  narrow  fasciculate  glan- 
dular punctate  leaves  and  large  peduncled  heads.  Involucre.broadly 
hemispherical  ;  its  bract  subequal,  almost  in  a  single  series,  linear 
lanceolate,  thin  scarious-margined,  not  at  all  hebaceous.  Recep- 
tacle naked,  alveolar.  Ray-flowers  about  12,  ligulate,  yellow, 
large,  pistillate  and  fertile.  Disk-flowers  perfect :  their  corollas 
tubular-trumpet  shaped,  deeply  5-lobed.  Anthers  obtuse  at  the 
base.  Style  branches  stigmatic  their  whole  length,  with  ovate  to 
lanceolate-subulate  appendages.  Achenes  densely  silverj'-villous. 
Pappus  of  white  capillary  bristles,  rather  deciduous. 

The  genus  contains  two  known  species.  It  differs  mainly  from 
Stenotus  in  its  shrubby  habit  and  glandular  punctate  leaves. 

Leaves  3-4  cm.  long  ;  rays  II-14  mm.  long.  I.   S.  Utiearifolius. 

Leaves  1-2  cm.  long  ;  rays  9-II  mm.  long.  2.    .S".  interior. 

1.  Stenotopsis  linearifolia  (DC.) 

Aplopappus  linearif alius  DC.  Prod.  5  :    347.      1836. 
Stenotus  linearif  alius  Torr.  &  Gray,  Fl.  N.  Am.  2  :   238.      1842. 
This  species   is   a  shrub   3-10   dm.   high,   and  grows  on  dry 
hills,  from  Utah  to  California  and  Arizona. 

2.  Stenotopsis  interior  (Coville) 
Aplapappus   interior   Coville,    Proc.   Biol.   Soc.   Wash.   7:    65. 

1892. 

5/^«<3///.y /;//m^r  Greene,  Erythea,  2  :  72.      1892. 

Its  range  is  further  southwest,  from  southern  Utah  to  Arizona 
and  southern  California. 


RvDBERG  :  Studies  ox  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    618 

MACRONEMA  Nutt. 

This  genus  was  also  established  by  Nuttall  in  1840  and  re- 
established by  Greene.  The  latter  included,  as  is  stated  before, 
also  Stcnotns  pygmacus  Nutt.  [Ap/opappus  pygmacus  A.  Gray). 
As  the  relationship  of  that  species  is  rather  doubtful,  I  have  not 
included  it  in  the  treatment  below.  The  species  can  be  separated 
as  follows  : 

Heads  radiate. 

Heads  small,  fastigiate  clustered  ;  disk  5-8  mm.  in  diameter. 

Leaves  broadly  obovate,  mucronale-cuspidate.  I.   M.  obovatum. 

Leaves  oblanceolate,  acute  or  pointed.  2.   M.   IVatsonit. 
Heads  larger,  solitary  :  disk  I  cm.  or  more  in  diameter. 

Leaves  oblanceolate,  acute.  3-    ^^-  szcffruticosum. 

Leaves  spatulate,  obtuse  or  niucronate.  4-   ^1-^-  grindelifolium. 
Heads  discoid. 

Leaves  oblong-oblanceolate. 

Outer  bracts  oblong,  acute.  5-   M-  discoideum. 

Outer  bracts  broadly  oblong,  obtuse.  6.   M.  obtusum. 

Leaves  linear.  7-   ^^-  H'leare. 

I.  Macronema  obovatum  sp.  nov. 

A  glandular-puberulent  undershrub,  2-3  dm.  high,  with  light 
yellow  bark  on  the  branches.  Leaves  broadly  obovate,  1-2  cm. 
long,  7-10  mm.  wide,  mucronate-cuspidate  :  heads  usually  2-3 
together,  about  10  mm.  high,  and  8  mm.  broad  :  its  bracts  firmer 
than  in  the  other  species,  oblong-linear,  abruptly  obcuneate-acute 
at  the  apex,  unequal,  imbricated  in  about  4  series  :  rays  short,  4-5 
mm.  long  and  1-1.5  mm.  wide,  about  10  in  number. 

The  species  is  nearest  related  to  M.  Watsonii,  differing  mainly 
in  the  broad  leaves  and  the  abruptly  acute  bracts.  The  type  was 
collected  at  an  altitude  of  1600  m. 

Utah  :  City  Creek  Canon,  M.  E.  Jones,  108 1. 

2.  Macronema  Watsonii   (A.    Gray)  Greene,  Erythea,  2 :    74. 

1894 
Aplopappus  Watsonii  K.  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  16  :  79.    1881. 
This  grows  on  mountains  at  an  altitude  of  2000-21500  m.,  in 
Utah  and  Nevada. 

3.  Macronema  suffruticosum   Nutt.  Trans.  Am.   Phil.   Soc.   II. 

7:  322.      1840 
Aplopappus  suffniticosus  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  6  :    542. 
1865. 


619    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

This  species  grows  in  the  mountains  of  Oregon  and  California 
up  to  an  altitude  of  3000  m.  It  has  also  been  reported  from 
Wyoming,  but  possibly  some  specimens  of  the  next  have  been  mis- 
taken for  it. 

4.  Macronema  grindelioides  Rydberg,  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden, 

I  :   384.      1900 

The  habitat  of  this  species  is  rocky  places  on  mountain-sides, 
at  an  altitude  of  2500-3000  m.  It  grows  in  Montana,  Idaho  and 
northern  Wyoming. 

5.  Macronema  discoideum  Nutt.  Trans.  Am.   Phil.   Soc.   II.  7  ; 

322.      1840 

Aplopappus  Macroncimi  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  6  :  542, 
1864. 

This  species  grows  on  the  higher  mountains  at  an  altitude  of 
2500—3000  m.,  from  Wyoming  and  Colorado  to  California. 

6.  Macronema  obtusum  sp.  nov. 

A  dense  glandular-pubescent  undershrub,  2—4  m.  high,  with 
white-tomentose  branches.  Leaves  oblong-oblanceolate,  about 
3  cm.  long  and  6  mm.  wide,  obtuse  or  mucronate  :  heads  about 
18  mm.  high,  10-18  mm.  in  diameter:  their  bracts  linear,  acute, 
scarcely  more  than  half  as  long  as  the  flowers,  subequal,  except 
the  outermost,  which  are  foliaceous,  broadly  oblong,  obtuse  or  mu- 
cronate :  rays  none. 

The  species  is  closely  related  to  the  preceding,  differing  in  the 
stouter  habit  and  the  larger  and  broader,  more  obtuse  outer  bracts. 
It  grows  on  high  mountains  at  an  altitude  of  about  2500  m. 

Colorado:  South  Cottonwood  Gulch,  1892,  C.  S.  Sheldon, 
^8j8  (type);  Twin  Lakes,  i?>y'i,,John  Wolfe,  451. 

7.  Macronema  lineare  Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  i  :  384. 

1900 
In  habit,  this  species  resembles  some  species  of  CJirysotJiainmis 
and  Prof.  Aven  Nelson  insists  that  it  should  be  referred  to  that 
genus.  It  has,  however,  the  foliaceous  outer  bracts  and  long  style- 
appendages  of  Macronema  and  is  clearly  congeneric  with  the  two 
preceding  species.  It  cannot  very  well  be  referred  to  Chrysotham- 
mis,  for  it  lacks  the  most  essential  character  of  the  genus,  viz.,  the 


RvDBERG  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora  620 

arran"-ement  of  the  involucral  bracts  in  distinct  vertical  rows.  It 
grows  in  gravelly  places  in  northern  Wyoming,  at  an  altitude  of 
2000-2500  m. 

SIDERANTHUS  Fraser 

The  name  SidcrantJius  appears  first  in  Fraser's  Catalogue,  but 
there  only  as  a  nomen  nudum.  Pursh  in  his  Flora  on  page  750  gives 
Siderantlms  integrifolius  Fraser  and  5.  pinnatifidiis  Fraser  as  syno- 
nyms oi  Amcllus  villosus  and  A.  spinulosiis  described  on  page  564. 
There  may  be  a  doubt  as  to  which  of  these  should  be  regarded  as 
the  type  of  Siderantlms.  Ajiwllns  villosus  with  its  relatives  was 
made  a  genus  CJirysopsis  by  Nuttall  in  1818  or  by  Elliott  in 
1824,  according  to  different  interpretations,  long  before  Eriocavpwn 
was  established  (1840).  This  leaves  SiderantJius  pi/iiiatifidiis  as 
the  residue  of  the  genus  Sideranthus.  Besides  Nuttall,  who  was 
the  real  author  of  Fraser's  Catalogue,  made  Sideranthus  a  subgenus 
of  Dieteria  containing  the  only  species  D.  spinulosa  {Aplopappiis 
spinulosus  DC.  See  Trans.  Am,  Phil.  Soc.  II.  7  :  301) ;  and  thus 
shows  that  he  regarded  it  as  the  type  of  Sideranthus.^ 

Leaves  spinescent  toothed,  not  pinnatifid. 

Heads  discoid  ;  perennial  with  woody  caudex.  i.   S.  grindelioides. 

Heads  radiate  ;   annual.  2.   S.  rubiginosus. 

Leaves  pinnatifid. 

Stem  more  or  less  fioccose,  or  cinereous  especially  when  young. 

Plant  cinereous  pubescent,  more  or  less  glandular.  3.   S.  australis. 

Plant  more  or  less  floccose,  not  at  all  glandular.  4.    .S".  spinulosus. 

Plant  neither  floccose  nor  cinereous. 

Plant  perfectly  glabrous  or  sparingly  glandular  puberulent. 

5.   S.  glaberrimus. 
Plant  finely  puberulent. 

Heads  hemispherical ;  bracts  slightly  glandular.  6.   S.  puberulus. 

Heads  somewhat  turbinate  ;  bracts  densely  glandular  puberulent. 

7.   S.  turbinellus. 

I.  Sideranthus  grindelioides  (Nutt.)  Britton 

Eriocarpujn  grindelioides  Nutt.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  II.  7 : 
321.      1840. 

Aplopappus  Nuttallii  Torr.  &  Gray,  Fl.  N.  A.  2  :  240.      1842. 

*  Professor  Greene  (Pittonia  2  :  115)  seems  to  think  Sideranthus  is  derived  from 
the  Latin  sidiis,  star,  and  the  Greek,  avi?of,  flower.  It  is  better  to  regard  the  first  part 
also  as  Greek,  ai6r/pog,  iron.  Why  accuse  Nuttall  of  making  a  hybrid  word,  which 
we  would  not  permit  ourselves  ? 


621    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

The  species  is  not  uncommon  on  barren  hills  and  in  bad-lands, 
up  to  an  altitude  of  1500  m.  Its  range  extends  from  Saskat- 
chewan and  western  Nebraska  to  Colorado  and  Arizona. 

2.  Sideranthus  rubiginosus  (Torr.  &  Gray)  Britton 
Aplopappus  rubiginosum  Torr.   &  Gray,  Fl.   N.  Am.   2  :   240. 
1842. 

Eriocarpiini  riibiginos2ini  (Torr.  &  Gray)  Britton,  Mem.  Torr. 
Bot.  Club,  5:  316.      1894. 

The  species  was  first  described  as  a  perennial.  Our  plant  is 
evidently  only  annual.  Possibly  two  different  species  have  been 
confused  under  the  name  E.  rubiginosinn.  It  grows  in  sandy  soil 
from  Texas  to  Colorado  and  western  Nebraska,  reaching  an  alti- 
tude of  1500  m. 

3.  Sideranthus  australis  (Greene) 

Eriocarpwn  aiistrale  Greene,  Erythea,  2:  108.     1894. 

This  grows  on  the  plains  of  western   Texas,   Colorado,  New 
Mexico  and  Mexico. 
4.  Sideranthus  spiNULOsus  (Pursh),  Sweet,  Hort.  Brit.  227.    1826 

Avielliis  spimilosus  Pursh,  Fl.  Sept.  Am.  564.      18 14. 
Sideranthus pinnatifidus  Fraser;  Pursh,  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  750.   1 8 14 
Aplopappus  spimdosus  DC.  Prod.  5  :  347.     1836. 
Eriocarpum  spinulosiini  {Vuvsh)  Greene,  Erythea,  2:  108.    1894. 
The  species  is  rather  common  on  plains  and  dry  prairies,  from 
Saskatchewan,  Nebraska  and  Texas  to  Mexico,  Arizona  and  Idaho. 

5.  Sideranthus  glaberrimus  sp.    no  v. 

Perennial,  with  a  short  woody  caudex,  perfectly  glabrous,  or 
very  sparingly  glandular-puberulent.  Stems  several,  branched 
above,  very  leafy,  1-3  dm.  high  :  leaves  rather  rigid,  about  2  cm. 
long,  bluish  green,  glabrous,  pinnatifid  ;  segments  oblong,  2-5  mm. 
long  and  i  mm.  or  less  wide,  spinulose-tipped :  heads  numerous, 
corymbose,  depressed  hemspherical,  8-10  mm.  high  and  8-15  mm. 
broad  :  bracts  imbricated  in  6-7  series,  the  outer  gradually  shorter, 
firm,  appressed,  with  a  herbaceous  tip,  acute  ;  the  inner  tinged  with 
purplish  :  rays  about  20,  4-5  mm.  long  and  about  i  mm.  wide. 

The  species  is  closely  allied  to  the  preceding,  differing  mainly 
in  the  total  lack  of  tomentum,  even  when  young,  the  bluer  color 
and  the  smaller,  generally  purple-tinged  bracts.  It  grows  on 
plains  and  hills,  from  Iowa  and  Indian  Territory  to  New  Mexico 
and  Wyoming. 


RvDBERG  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    622 

Kansas  :  Osborn  City,  1894,  C.L.  Shear,  116 ;  Harper,  1888, 
W.  A.  Kellcnnan  ;   Hamilton  Co.,  1895,  Hitchcock,  222. 

Nebraska  :   1893,  Rydbcrg,  14-Oja  (type)  ;   G.  D.  Szveezey,  ^^. 
Indian  Territory  :   1868,  Edivani  Palmer,  44.2. 
Colorado  :  Platte,  Dr.  James. 
Wyoming:    Platte,  Fremont,  Dayton,  1899,  Tzveedy,  2oy6. 

6.  Sideranthus  puberulus  sp.  nov. 

A  lo\v  densely  puberulent  perennial,  less  than  1.5  dm.  high  : 
Stems  ascending,  branched  above  :  leaves  2-3  cm.  long,  pinnatifid 
or  bipinnatifid  ;  segments  1-5  mm.  long,  less  than  i  mm.  wide, 
spinulose-tipped  :  heads  2-4  in  a  small  corymb,  hemispherical, 
8-9  mm.  high,  10-12  mm.  broad:  bracts  narrowly  linear-lanceo- 
late, appressed,  acute,  with  small  herbaceous  tips,  finely  puberu- 
lent, but  only  slightly  glanular  :  rays  about  20,  8-9  mm.  long  and 
about  1.5  mm.  wide. 

This  is  perhaps  nearest  related  to  E.  australe  ;  but  is  easily  dis- 
tinguished by  the  fine  pubescence. 

Colorado  :  Salida,  Mrs.  C.  B.  Clarke,  ly^.. 

7.    Sideranthus  turbinellus  sp.  nov. 

A  low  and  bushy  puberulent  perennial,  1.5-2  dm.  high.  Stems 
corymbosely  branched  and  very  leafy  :  leaves  .  5-2  cm.  long,  pin- 
natifid or  the  upper  reduced  and  merely  toothed  ;  segments  narrow, 
1-5  mm.  long,  about  .5  mm.  wide  :  heads  numerous,  small,  hemi- 
spherical-turbinate,  7-8  mm.  high,  and  scarcely  as  broad  :  bracts 
imbricated  in  6-7  series,  linear-lanceolate,  acute,  appressed  gland- 
ular-puberulent :  rays  10-15,  7-8  mm.  long  and  1.5  mm.  wide. 

Perhaps  nearest  related  E.  spumlos?im,  the  species  is  easily 
known  by  the  small,  somewhat  turbinate  heads  and  the  dense  and 
fine  pubescence. 

Idaho:  Pocatello,  1892,  A.  Isabel Mnlford. 

PYRROCOMA  Hook. 

This  genus  was  established  by  Hooker  in  1840,  and  based  on 
one  species,  P.  carthavwides.  In  1 894,  Professor  Greene  extended 
the  genus  so  as  to  include  the  genus  Homopappus  of  Nuttall,  the 
difference  between  the  two  genera  being  only  that  the  ligules  of 
the  ray-flowers  in  the  former  are  very  small  and  inconspicous  or 
wanting. 


623    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Heads  apparently  discoid,  the  sterile  rays  being  concealed  in  the  pappus. 

Inner  bracts  recurved  cuspidate.  I.    P.  subsquarrosa. 

Bracts  not  recur%'ed  cuspidate. 

Bracts  oblong  or  oval  ;  heads  hemispherical. 

Leaves  and  bracts  more  or  less  spinulose-toothed,  the  latter  with  a  nar- 
row scarious  margin.  2.   P.   carthamoides. 
Leaves  and  bracts  not  spinulose-toothed,  the  latter  with  a  broad  scarious 
erose  margin. 
Pappus  sordid  ;  plant  almost  glabrous.  3.    P.  rigida. 
Pappus  brownish  red  ;  plant  villous.                      4.   P.  erythropappa. 
Bracts  lanceolate  ;  head  campanulate-turbinate.  5-    P-   Ctisickii. 
Heads  distinctly  radiate. 

Bracts  except  the  innermost  obtuse,  obovate  or  oblong.  6.   P.  crocea. 

Bracts  mostly  acute  or  acuminate. 
Plant  not  glandular. 

Heads  large  ;  disk  2  cm.  or  more  in  diameter  ;  bracts  in  about  3  series. 
Upper  part  of  stem  and  involucre  decidedly  villous  ;  bracts  wholly 
foliaceous. 
Bracts  oblanceolate,  abruptly  acute.  7.   P.  dementis. 

Bracts  lanceolate,  long-acute.  8.   P.  villosa. 

Stem  and  involucre  almost  glabrous ;  bracts  chartaceous  at  the  base 
with  foliaceous  tips.  9.   P.  integrifolia. 

Heads  smaller  ;  disk  less  than  2  cm.  in  diameter. 
Bracts  in  2-3  unequal  series. 

Leaves  5-15  mm    wide  ;  disk  1-2  cm.  wide. 

Inflorescence  corymbiform  ;  bracts  long-acute. 

10.  P.  lanceolata. 
Inflorescence  racemifomi ;  bracts  abruptly  acute, 

11.  P.   Vaseyi. 
Leaves  2-4  mm.  wide  ;  disk  I  cm.  or  less  wide. 

12.  P.  teiiuicaulis. 
Bracts  nealrly  of  the  same  length. 

Stem-leaves  oblanceolate  ;  bracts  long-acuminate. 

13.  P.  acuminata. 
Stem-leaves  lanceolate  ;  bracts  acute  or  short-acuminate. 

Plant  villous.  14.    P.  imdoides. 

Plant,  except  the. upper  parts,  glabrate  in  age. 

15.    P.   unijlora. 
Plant  decidedly  glandular.  16.  P.  hirta. 

I.  Pyrrocoma  subsquarrosa  Greene,  Erythea,  3:  22.  1895 
I  have  seen  no  specimen  of  this  species  ;  but  the  description 
indicates  a  plant  wholly  unlike  the  other  species  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  that  I  do  not  hesitate  in  accepting  it  as  a  good  spe- 
cies. The  type  of  P.  sidnqiiarrosa  was  collected  in  northern 
Wyoming,  by  Dr.  J.  N.  Rose  in  1893. 

2.  Pyrrocoma  carthamoides  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  i  :  307.      1833 
Aplopappus   carthamoides   A.    Gray,   Proc.    Acad.   Sci.   Phila. 
1863  :  65.      1864. 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora  624 

As  treated  by  Dr.  Gray,  A.  cartliamoidcs  comprises  more  than 
one  species,  and  probably  both  of  the  two  following  species  are 
covered  by  his  description.  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  as  to 
which  species  shall  bear  the  name,  for  Hooker's  description  and 
figure  point  clearly  to  the  plant  with  more  or  less  spinulose- 
toothed  leaves  and  bracts.  The  latter  are  also  longer,  narrower 
and  more  acute  than*  in  the  other  two  species.  P.  cartJiauioidcs 
ranges  from  Alberta  and  British  Columbia  to  Oregon  and  Idaho. 

3.  Pyrrocoma  rigida  sp.  nov. 

A  perennial  with  a  thick  woody  tap-root.  Stems  I-3,  erect 
or  ascending,  finely  pubescent  when  young,  glabrate  in  age,  2—4 
cm.  high,  leaves  pale  bluish  green,  firm,  oblanceolate,  acute,  entire- 
margined,  finely  puberulent,  or  glabrate  ;  the  lower  petioled,  8-15 
cm.  long,  1.5-3  cm.  wide;  the  upper  smaller  and  sessile:  heads 
apparently  discoid,  15-20  mm.  high,  15-25  mm.  broad:  bracts 
very  firm,  imbricated  in  3-4  series,  broadly  oblong,  acute  or  mu- 
cronate  ;  the  inner  at  least  with  broad  scarious  or  semi-chartaceous 
margins,  which  generally  are  erose,  but  not  spinulose-dentate  : 
ligules  of  the  ray-flowers  erect,  slightly  longer  than  the  light 
brownish  or  sordid  pappus  :  achenes  glabrous,  shining. 

In  general  habit,  this  species  resembles  closely  P.  carthanioides 
but  has  broader  leaves  and  bracts,  paler  foliage  and  no  indication 
of  spinulose  toothing.  It  grows  in  sandy  places  and  meadows  in 
Idaho,  Montana  and  Washington. 

Idaho  :  Granite  Station,  Kotenay  County,  1 892,  Sandberg, 
MacDoiigal  &  Hclkr,  ySj  (type). 

Montana:  Columbia  Falls,  1894,  R.  S.   Williams. 

Washington:  Loomiston,  1897,  A.  D.  E.  Elmer,  6oj. 

4.  Pyrrocoma  erythropappa  sp.  nov. 

A  finely  villous  pubescent  perennial.  Stem  1.5—3  ^"i-  liigh> 
with  1—4  heads  :  stem-leaves  3-6  cm.  long,  i  — 1.5  cm.  wide,  firm, 
oblanceolate  or  oblong,  acute,  subsessile,  finely  pubescent,  or 
glabrate  on  the  upper  surface  :  heads  very  short-peduncled  in  the 
axils  of  the  upper  leaves,  10-15  mm.  high,  about  15  mm.  in  diam- 
eter :  bracts  imbricated  in  4-5  series,  pubescent,  broadly  oval  or  ob- 
long, obtuse,  mucronate,  or  the  outer  acute,  with  a  thin  erose  mar- 
gin :  pappus  intensely  brownish  red  :    otherwise  as  the  preceding. 

Idaho  :  Clear  Water,  Rev.  Spalding  (type  in  Torrey  Her- 
barium). 


625    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

5.  Pyrrocoma  Cusickii  (A.  Gray)  Greene,  Erythea,  2:  59.     1894 
Aplopappus  cartliamoides  var.  Cusickii  A.    Gray,  Syn.   Fl.  2'  : 

126.     1886. 

The  range  of  this  species  is  limited  to  Oregon  and  western 
Idaho. 

6,  Pyrrocoma  crocea  (A.  Gray)  Greene,  Erythea,  2  :  69.      1 894 

Aplopappus  croccHs  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Acad.  Sci.  Phila.  1863  :  65. 
1864. 

This  species  is  not  uncommon  in  the  mountain  regions  of 
Colorado  at  an  altitude  of  1800-3000  m. 

7.  Pyrrocoma  Clementis  sp.  nov. 

A  perennial  with  more  or  less  villous  ascending  stem,  1.5-4 
dm.  high:  lower  stem-leaves  linear-oblong,  about  i  dm.  long, 
somewhat  fleshy,  glabrous  except  the  ciliate  margin,  saliently  den- 
tate ;  the  upper  lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  more  or  less  auricled 
at  the  base,  dentate  or  entire-margined  ;  heads  solitary  ;  disk  about 
15  mm.  high  and  2.5-3  cm.  broad  :  bracts  all  foliaceous,  imbricated 
in  3-4  series,  but  the  outer  almost  equaling  the  inner,  oblanceolate, 
abruptly  acute,  villous  :  rays  10-12  mm.  long  and  2-3  mm.  wide, 
bright  yellow  :  achenes  sparingly  strigose-hirsute  :  pappus  yellow- 
ish white. 

Colorado  :    Mt.  Harvard,  1896,  Frederick  Clements,  /j./}.. 

8.   Pyrrocoma  villosa  sp.  nov. 

A  low  perennial  with  a  thick  woody  tap-root.  Stems  1-3,  as- 
cending, 1-1.5  dm.  high,  purplish,  more  or  less  villous,  especially 
above  :  basal  leaves  oblanceolate,  7-10  cm.  long,  1-1.5  cm.  wide, 
somewhat  glaucous  and  rigid,  entire-margined  or  occasionally 
slightly  spinulose  denticulate  ;  stem-leaves  linear-lanceolate,  2-4 
cm.  long  :  heads  solitary  :  disk  about  2  cm.  broad  :  bracts  foliace- 
ous, imbricated  in  3-4  series,  but  the  outer  fully  as  long  as  the  inner, 
broadly  linear  or  lanceolate,  long-acute,  more  or  less  villous  :  rays 
about  I  cm.  long  and  2  mm.  wide :  achenes  glabrous  :  pappus 
dirty  white. 

In  habit  this  species  resembles  most  P.  iinijlora  and  P.  imdoidcs  ; 
but  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  larger  heads  and  the  foliaceous 
bracts  in  several  series.  It  grows  in  meadows  at  an  altitude  of 
about  2700  m. 

Wyoming:  Willow  Creek,  Big  Horn  Mountains,  1899,  F. 
Tweedy,  2o6j. 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    626 

9.   Pyrrocoma  integrifolia  (Porter)  Greene,  Erythea,  2:  69.  1894 
Aplopappus  integrifolitis  Porter;    A.   Gray,   Proc.  Am.  Acad. 

16:   79.      1881. 

This  species  grows  in  meadows,  at  an  altitude  of  1000-2500 

m.,  from  Saskatchewan  to  Idaho  and  Wyoming. 

Pyrrocoma  integrifolia  pumila  var.  nov. 

Pyrrocoma  Hozvellii  Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  I  :  382. 
1900.     Not  A.  Gray. 

Stem  low,  I  dm.  or  less,  monocephalous  ;  bracts  shorter  and 
less  acute. 

Montana  :  Butte,  1895,  Rydberg,  2808. 

10.   Pyrrocoma  lanceolata  (Hooker)  Greene,   Erythea,  2:  69. 

1894 

Donia  lanceolata  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  2  :   25.      1834. 

Aplopappus  lanceolatus  Torr.  &  Gray,  Fl.  N.  Am.  2  :  241 .    1 842. 

The  range  of  this  species  is  from  Saskatchewan  to  British  Co- 
lumbia,   Nevada    and   Wyoming.      It   ascends   to   an   altitude    of 

2000  m. 

1 1.  Pyrrocoma  Vaseyi  (Parry) 

Aplopappus  lanceolatus  var.  Vaseyi  Parry  ;  D.  C.  Eaton,  King's 
Exped.  5  :   160.      1871. 

I  believe  that  this  deserves  a  specific  rank,  as  the  racemose 
disposition  of  the  heads  is  accompanied  with  shorter,  closer  and 
oblanceolate,  abruptly  acute  bracts.  It  ranges  from  Saskatchewan 
(according  to  Gray)  south  to  Utah  and  Colorado. 

12.   Pyrrocoma  tenuicaulis  (D.  C.  Eaton)  Greene,  Erythea,  2: 

69.      1894 

Aplopappus  tenuicaulis  D.  C.  Eaton,  King's  Exped.  5:  160. 
1871. 

Aplopappus  lanceolatus  var.  tenuicaulis  A.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.   2^  : 

129.      1884. 

This  grows  in  alkali  meadows  of  Utah,  Nevada  and  Oregon, 
at  an  altitude  of  about  2000  m. 

13.  Pyrrocoma  acuminata  sp.  nov. 

A  low  finely  villous  perennial  with  a  woody  tap-root.  Stems 
several,  slender,  about   i   dm.  high,  monocephalous :  leaves  nar- 


G27    RvDBERG  :  Studies  ox  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

rowly  linear-oblanceolate,  with  strong  midrib,  2-4  cm.  long,  2-4 
mm.  wide,  entire-margined,  acute,  finely  villous  on  both  sides : 
heads  on  naked  peduncles,  which  are  3-4  cm.  long  :  disk  about 
I  cm.  high  and  12-15  mm.  broad.:  bracts  in  about  2  series,  broadly 
lanceolate,  contracted  into  a  long  slender  tip  :  rays  about  i  cm. 
long  and  1.5  mm.  wide  :  achenes  pubescent:  pappus  tawny. 

In  habit  this  species  resembles  most  P.  imiloidcs,  but  differs  in 
the  smaller  leaves,  the  shorter  pubescence  and  the  acumination  of 
the  bracts. 

Wyoming:  Fort  Bridger,  1873,  Dr.  J.  V.  Carter  i\.y^&  in  Co- 
lumbia Herbarium). 

14.  Pyrrocoma  inuloides  (Hook.)  Greene,  Erythea,  2  :  60.     1894 

Donia  inuloides  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  2:  25.      1834. 

Aplopappus  imdoides  Torr.  &  Gray,  Fl.  N.  Am.  2  :   241.      1842. 

Dr.  Gray  included  this  in  A.  uniflorns,  but  I  agree  with  Pro- 
fessor Greene  that  it  ought  to  be  kept  distinct.  It  ranges  from 
Montana  to  Idaho  and  Wyoming. 

15.  Pyrrocoma  uxiFLORA  (Hook.)  Greene,  Erythea,  2  :  60.     1894 

Donia  nniflora  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  2:   25.      1834. 

Aplopappus  nniflorus  Torr.  &  Gray,  Fl.  N.  Am.  2:  241. 
1842. 

This  species  grows  in  alkaline  meadows,  up  to  an  altitude  of 
2500  m.,  and  ranges  from  Saskatchewan  and  Montana  to  Utah 
and  Colorado. 

16.  Pyrrocoma  hirta  (A.  Gray)  Greene,  Erythea,  2:  69.       1894 

Aplopappus  hirtns  K.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  2':    127.      1884. 
The  range  of  this  species  includes  eastern  Oregon,  Washington 
and  western  Idaho,  where  it  reaches  an  altitude  of  1000  m. 

BALSAMORRHIZA  Hook. 

Leaves  entire  or  bluntly  toothed,  never  pinnatifid. 
Plant  white-tomentose. 

Leaves  with  entire  margins  or  slightly  undulate,  oblong-cordate  to  hastate. 

I.    B.  sagittata. 
Leaves   more   or  less  distinctly  toothed,    ovate-lanceolate,   with    subcordate 
base.  2.  B.  tomentosa. 

Plant  hirsute  puberulent ;  basal  leaves  cordate. 

Rays  linear,  deciduous  ;  achenes  glabrous.  3.    B.  dcltoidea. 

Rays  oval,  becoming  papery,  and  more  or  less  persistent :  achenes  puberulent. 

4.    B.  Careyana. 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora  628 

Leaves  mostly  pinnatifid  or  at  least  incisedly  toothed. 
Plant  canescent  or  white-tomentose. 
Plants  loosely  white-tomentose. 

Stem  1-3  dm.  high  ;  segments  of  the  leaves  1-3  cm.  long,  ovate,  entire 

or  slightly  toothed.  5-   B.  iiicana. 

Stem  3  dm.  or  more  high ;  segments  of  the  leaves  3-5  cm.  long,  lanceo- 
late, coarsely  toothed.  6.   B.  Jloccosa. 
Plant  finely  canescent,  tomentose  only  on  the  involucre  ;    .some  of  the  leaves 
merely  toothed.  7.    B.  terebinthacea. 
Plants  more  or  less  hispid,  neither  canescent  nor  tomentose. 
Disk  3-4  cm.  broad  ;  segments  of  the  leaves  mostly  entire. 

8.  B,  macrophylla. 
Disk  2-2.5  cm.  broad  ;  segments  of  the  leaves  mostly  toothed. 

9.  B.  Iiirsuta, 

I.  Balsamorrhiza  sagittata  (Pursh)  Nutt.  Trans.  Phil.  Soc.  II. 

7:  350.      1840 

Bupthabiiiuvi  saggittattun  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  564.      18 14. 

Growing  on  hillsides  at  an  altitude  of  1000-2500  m.,  this  spe- 
cies is  not  uncommon  from  Alberta  and  British  Columbia  to  Cali- 
fornia, Colorado  and  the  Black  Hills  of  South  Dakota. 

2.  Balsamorrhiza  tomentosa  sp.  nov. 

A  white-tomentose  perennial  with  thick  root  ;  but  the  tomen- 
tum  is  shorter  and  finer  than  in  B.  sagittata.  Basal  leaves  with 
long  petioles  ;  blades  about  1 2  dm.  long,  ovate-lanceolate  with 
subcordate  bases,  i  5-20  cm.  long,  acute,  coarsely  toothed  ;  stem- 
leaves  generally  two,  including  the  slender  petioles  about  i  dm. 
long,  lanceolate  to  linear  elliptic,  acute  at  both  ends  :  stem  3-4 
dm.  high,  involucre  densely  floccose,  over  2  cm.  broad  :  outer 
bracts  half  longer  than  the  inner,  reflexed  :  rays  about  3  cm.  long 
and  I  cm.  wide  ;  achenes  glabrous. 

Closely  related  to  B.  sagittata  this  species  differs  mainly  in  the 
toothed  leaves,  shorter  tomentum  and  longer  outer  bracts. 

Wyoming  :  Headwaters  of  Tongue  River  in  the  Big  Horn 
Mountains,  1898,  F.  Tzvccdy,  lo."^ 

3.   Balsamorrhiza  deltoidea  Nutt.    Trans.   Am.   Phil.   Soc.  II. 

7:  351.      1840 
The  name  of  this  plant  is  rather  unfortunate,  as  the  leaves  are 
rarely  deltoid,  but  on  the   contrary  usually  broadly  cordate.      B. 
deltoidea  ranges  from  British  Columbia  to  California  and  Idaho. 


*A  specimen  collected  by  Tweedy  on  Teepee  Creek  in  .1899  [no.  21 14),  may 
also  belong  here.      It  has  smaller  heads,  not  reflexed  bracts  and  lanceolate  leaves. 


629   Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

4.  Balsamorrhiza  Careyana  a.  Gray,  PI.  Fendl.  81.      1849 
This  species  grows  on  sandy  plains  of  Idaho  and  Washington. 

5.   Balsamorrhiza  incana  Nutt.   Trans.  Am.  Phil.    Soc.   II.  7: 

350.      1840 
Balsamorrliiza  Hookcri  var.  incana  A.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  2'  :   266. 

1884. 

This  species  grows  on  dry  stony  hills,  up  to  an  altitude  of  2500 
m.,  from  Montana  and  Washington  to  California  and  Wyoming. 

6.  Balsamorrhiza  floccosa  sp.  nov. 

Balsamorrhiza  Balsamorrhiza  Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden, 
I  :  417.      1900.     Not  Heliopsis  Balsamorrhiza  Hook. 

A  loosely  w^hite  or  gray-tomentose  perennial  with  very  thick 
tap-root.  Leaves  mostly  basal,  floccose  on  both  sides,  2-3  dm. 
long,  regularly  pinnately  divided  to  near  the  midrib  :  some  some- 
times only  coarsely  toothed  :  segments  lanceolate,  acute,  3-5  cm. 
long  coarsely  toothed  :  stem-leaves  2,  near  the  base,  similar  but 
smaller,  about  i  dm.  long :  stem  scapiform,  3-5  dm.  high,  villous 
or  the  upper  portion  densely  floccose  :  involucre  about  3  cm. 
broad,  densely  floccose  ;  bracts  numerous  in  several  series,  lanceo- 
late ;  the  outer  often  spreading  with  recurved  tips  ;  rays  3-4  cm. 
long,  about  i  cm.  wide  ;  achenes  glabrous,  cuneate  oblong,  with 
truncate  apex. 

This  species  has  been  mistaken  for  B.  Balsamorrhiza  (Hook.) 
Heller  or  B.  Hookeri  Nutt.,  but  the  latter  has  much  finer  dissected 
leaves  and  its  pubescence  is  quite  different.  The  latter  is  very 
short  and  appressed,  never  consisting  of  long  villous  hairs,  and 
there  is  never  dense  wool  at  the  base  of  the  head  as  in  this  species. 
B.  Balsamorrhiza  ranges  from  Washington  to  California  ;  but  is 
evidently  not  found  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  region.  All  that  I 
have  seen  from  the  region  and  referred  to  B.  Balsamorrhiza  by 
Heller,  Holzinger  and  myself  belong  to  B.  floccosa.  Those  col- 
lected by  Parry,  and  if  I  am  not  mistaken,  named  by  Gray,  be- 
long; to  B.  incana. 

B.  floccosa  grows  on  hillsides  at  an  altitude  of  1000-2500  m. 
The  following  specimens  are  in  the  New  York  herbaria  : 

Montana  :  Spanish  Basin,  Gallatin  Co.,  1897,  Rydberg  &  Bcs- 

so',  5175  (type). 

Idaho  :  Lake  Waha,  1896,  A.  A.  &  E.  Gcrtrndc  Heller,  3298  ; 


RvDBERG :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    630 

Craig  Mountain  near  Lake  Waha,  1892,  Sandbcrg,  MacDougal  & 
Htilcr,  24S. 

Wyoming  :  Headwaters  of  Tongue  River,  Big  Horn  Moun- 
tains, 1898,  F.  Tiveedy,  11. 

7.  Balsamorrhiza   terebinthacea    (Hook.y  Nutt.   Trans.    Am. 

Phil.  Soc.  II.  7  :   349.      1840 

Heliopsis?  terebinthacea  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  i:  310.      1833. 

In  this  species,  as  well  as  in  the  next,  it  often  occurs  that  some 
of  the  leaves  are  not  pinnatifid,  but  merely  coarsely  dentate.  It 
is  a  rare  plant  growing  in  stony  soil  in  eastern  Oregon  and  western 
Idaho. 

8.  Balsamorrhiza    macrophylla    Nutt.    Trans.  Am.    Phil.  Soc. 

II.  7:  350.      1840 

This  grows  on  rocky  hillsides  in  Wyoming,  Utah  and  Idaho. 

9.  Balsamorrhiza  hirsuta  Nutt.  Trans.  Am.   Phil.   Soc.   II.  7  : 

349.      1840 

This  species  is  found  at  an  altitude  of  1000-2000  m,  in  the 
dry  regions  of  Utah  to  British  Columbia  and  CaHfornia. 

THELESPERMA    Less. 

Heads  radiate. 

Leaf-segments  linear-filiform,  i  mm.  or  less  wide. 

Annual  or  biennial ;  outer  bracts  subulate-linear,  more  than  half  as  long  as 

the  inner.  I-    T  trifidum. 

Perennial  from  a  rootstock  :  outer  bracts  linear-lanceolate,  half  as  long  as  the 
inner  or  less.  2.    T.  teniie. 

Leaf-segments  linear,  over  I  mm.  wide  ;  plant  perennial  or  the  first  only  biennial. 
Plant  with  tap-root,  leafy  throughout.  3.    T.  intennediiitn. 

Plant  with  creeping  rootstock  or  woody  caudex  ;  leafy  only  near  the  base. 
Involucre    not  cleft  below  the  middle  ;   throat   of   the  disk-flowers  cam- 

panulate,  shorter  than  the  lobes.  4-    ^'  ambigiium. 

Involucre  cleft  below  the  middle  ;  throat  of  the  disk-flowers  cylindra- 
ceous,  longer  than  the  lobes.  5.    T.  subHudum. 

Heads  discoid  ;  perennials  with  rootstock  or  woody  caudex. 

Plant  less  than  2  dm.  high  ;  involucre  with  very  broad  scarious  margins. 

6.  T.  marginatitiii. 
Plants  3-6  dm.  high  ;  involucre  with  very  narrow  scarious  margins. 

7.  T.  gracile. 


631    RvDBERG :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

I.  Thelesperma  trifidum  (Poir.)  Britton,    Trans.   N.   Y.   Acad. 

Sci.  9  :   182.      1890 

Coreopsis  trifida  Poir.  Suppl.  Lam.  Encycl.   2:  353.     181 1. 

Thelcspenna  filifoliuui  A.  Gray,  Kew  Journ.  Bot.  i  :  253. 
1849. 

This  species  grows  in  dry  soil  from  Nebraska  to  Texas  and 
eastern  Colorado. 

2.  Thelesperma  tenue  sp.  nov. 

A  slender,  glabrous  plant  with  perennial  rootstock.  Stems 
1—3,  slender,  less  than  2  mm.  in  diameter,  light  green,  mostly  sim- 
ple and  leafy  to  near  the  top,  1.5—4  dm.  high  :  leaves  twice  pin- 
nately  dissected  into  linear  filiform  segments,  mostly  appressed  to 
the  stem:  peduncles  1-3,  5-10  cm.  long  :  outer  bracts  6-8,  linear- 
lanceolate,  half  as  long  as  the  inner  or  less  ;  the  inner  united  to 
the  middle,  broadly  scarious-margined  :  rays  8—12  mm.  long,  4—6 
mm.  wide  :  awns  of  the  pappus  very  short,  about  half  as  long  as 
the  width  of  the  summit  of  the  dark  shining  achenes. 

This  species  resembles  most  the  preceding  but  has  a  simpler 
stem  and  perennial  rootstock.  It  grows  in  sandy  soil  at  an  alti- 
tude of  about  2800  m. 

Colorado  :  Veta  Pass,  1900,  Rydberg&  Vreclaiid,  S47J  (type); 
1870,  Dr.  G.  IV.  Hulsc  :  Plains,  1871,  Win.  M.  Cimby. 

3.  Thelesperma  intermedium  sp.  nov. 

A  glabrous  bushy  plant  with  a  biennial  or  perhaps  perennial 
tap-root.  Stems  several,  much  branched  and  very  leafy,  2—6  dm. 
high  :  leaves  once  or  twice  pinnately  divided  into  linear  segments, 
1-3  mm.  wide:  peduncles  very  numerous,  1-1.5  dm.  long:  invo- 
lucre about  I  cm.  broad  :  outer  bracts  very  narrowly  linear-lanceo- 
late, about  half  as  long  as  the  inner;  these  united  to  about  the 
middle,  scarious-margined:  rays  10-12  mm.  long,  6-8  mm.  wide, 
rounded,  3-toothed  at  the  apex  :  teeth  of  the  pappus  longer  than 
the  width  of  the  achenes. 

This  has   been  confused  with  T.  anibigiium,  but   is  of  a  quite 

different  habit.      T.  interinedimn  is  much  branched  and  very  leafy 

throughout,  has  a  vertical  tap-root  of  short   duration,  numerous 

heads,  rather  long  outer  bracts  and  the  inner  with  narrow  scarious 

margins.      T.  auibigiiuui  is  leafy  only  at  the  base,  has  a  creeping 

rootstock,  very  short  outer  bracts  and  the  inner  with  a  very  broad 

scarious  margin. 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    632 

T.  iiitcnncdiinn  grows  in  sandy  or  loose  soil,  often  taking  pos- 
session of  old  fields  and  acts  much  like  a  weed.  The  following 
specimens  are  at  hand. 

Nebraska  :  Banner  County,  1 890,  Rydberg,  ig2  (type) ; 
Crawford,  1889,  H.J.  Webber. 

Wyoming:  Pine  Bluffs,  1897,  Aven  Nelson,  Jjoj. 

Colorado  :   1862,  //a//  &  Harbour,  2S0,  at  least  in  part. 

Colorado  or  Wyoming  :   1843,  Fremont. 

New  Mexico  :  Between  Santa  Fe  and  Canoncito,  1897,  A.  A. 
&  E.  Gertrude  Heller,  3747. 

4.  Tiielesperma  ambiguum  a.  Gray,  Proc.  Am,  Acad.   19:   16. 

1883 
This  species  seems  to  be  confined  to  the  plains  of  western 
Texas,  New  Mexico  and  southern  Colorado.  The  specimens  re- 
ported from  Nebraska  and  Wyoming  belong  mostly  to  the  preced- 
ing, and  those  from  Montana  to  T.  marginatum.  The  latter 
resembles  T.  ambiguum  in  many  respects,  especially  as  to  the  in- 
volucral  bracts  ;  but  it  is  always  without  ray-flowers. 

5.  Thelesperma   subnudum  a.  Gray,   Proc.  Am.  Acad.   10  :  72, 

1874 

This  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  more  arid  regions  of  New  Mexico, 
Arizona,  Utah  and  Colorado. 

6.  Thelesperma  marginatum  Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  i  : 

421.     1900 

This  grows  on  dry  plains  of  Alberta  and  Montana. 

7.  Thelesperma  gracile  (Torr.)  A.  Gray,  Kew  Journ.  Bot.   i  : 

253.      1849 

Bidens  gracilis  Torr.  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Y.  2  :   215.      1827. 

This  species  is  the  most  common  and  most  widely  distributed 
species  of  the  genus.  It  is  common  on  dry  plains  from  Nebraska 
to  Montana,  Arizona,  Mexico  and  Texas. 

HYMENOPAPPUS  L'Her. 

Throat  of  the  corolla  1-I.5  mm.  long,  not  over  twice  as  long  as  the  lobes. 
Pappus  over  l  mm.  long,  equaling  the  corolla-tube  or  nearly  so. 
Stem  3-6  dm.  high,  leafy  throughout ;  heads  numerous. 


633   Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Plant  sparingly  and  loosely  floccose  ;  leaves  glabrate  in  age. 

1.  //.  tenuifolius. 
Plant  densely  tomentose  ;  leaves  permanently  tomentose. 

2.  H.  tomentosiis. 
Stem  less  than  3  dm.  high. 

Stem-leaves  much  reduced ;   stem  white-tomentose  or  nearly  so  ;  heads 

few.  3.   //■  scapostts. 

Stem-leaves  not  much  reduced  ;  stem  sparingly  grayish  tomentose. 

5.   H.  cineretis. 
Pappus  I  mm.  or  less  long,  shorter  than  the  corolla-tube  ;   stem-leaves  and  heads 
few. 
Pappus  not  hidden  by  the  hairs  of  the  achenes. 

Stem  permanently  densely  white-tomentose  ;  achenes  silky. 

4.  H.  nrenosus. 
Stem  sparingly  grayish  tomentose,  glabrate  in  age  ;  achenes  loosely  villous 

5.  H.  cinereus. 
Pappus  hidden  by  the  hairs  of  the  achenes,  or  sometimes  none. 

Leaflets  glabrate  in  age,  at  least  above  ;   ultimate  segment  5-30  mm. 

long.  6.   H.filifolins. 

Leaves  permanently  densely  white-tomentose ;  ultimate  segments  short, 
1-5  mm.  long.  7.  H.  luteus. 

Throat  of  the  corolla  3-4  mm.  long,  3-4  times  as  long  as  the  lobes.    8.   H.  inacroglottis. 

I.   Hymenopappus  tenuifolius  Pursh,  FI.  Am.  Sept.  742.      18 14 

This  is  generally  described  as  a  biennial  ;  occasionally  the 
root  is  of  a  longer  duration  and  the  plant  becomes  a  short- 
lived perennial  and  then  hard  to  distinguish  from  a  large  specimen 
of  H.  filifoliiis  except  by  the  pappus.  H.  temiifolius  grows  on 
prairies,  from  Nebraska  and  Wyoming  to  Texas. 

2.  Hymenopappus  tomentosus  sp.  nov. 

A  densely  and  permanently  white-tomentose  plant,  apparently 
biennial.  Stem  3-4  dm.  high,  leafy  and  branched  above  :  leaves 
5-7  cm.  long,  bi-pinnately  divided  into  linear  segments,  4-10  mm. 
long,  about  i  mm.  wide  :  heads  many,  corymbose-paniculate,  about 
8  mm.  high  and  broad  ;  involucre  densely  woolly,  somewhat  tur- 
binate :  flowers  yellow:  corolla  tube  and  throat  each  a  little  over 
I  mm.  long  ;  the  latter  broadly  campanulate,  of  about  the  same 
length  as  the  lobes  ;  achenes  silky  strigose  ;  scales  of  the  pappus 
a  little  shorter  than  the  corolla-tube. 

Nearest  related  to  the  preceding,  this  species  is  easily  distin- 
guished by  the  dense  permanent  tomentum  and  the  yellow  flowers. 

Utah:  St.  George,  1877,  Dr.  E.  Palmer,  2jo  (type  in  the 
Columbia  Herbarium). 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    634 

3.  Hymenopappus  scaposus  sp.  nov. 

Hymenopappiis  lutcus  A.  Gray,  PI.  Fendl.  97.  1849.  Not 
Nutt.  1 84 1. 

An  almost  scapose  perennial  with  a  (espitose  caudex.  Stem 
almost  naked,  with  1-2  reduced  leaves,  more  or  less  densely  to- 
mentose  :  leaves  mostly  basal,  5-7  cm.  long,  bipinnately  divided 
into  linear  segments,  3—10  mm.  long,  more  or  less  densely  tomen- 
tose,  especially  at  the  base  :  heads  few,  cor}'mbose,  hemispherical, 
about  I  cm.  high  and  broad  :  bracts  obovate  with  yellowish  or 
purplish  scarious  margins  :  corollas  yellow  ;  tube  and  throat  each 
nearly  2  mm.  long  ;  the  latter  campanulate  and  longer  than  the 
lobes  :  achenes  densely  silky,  scales  of  the  pappus  fully  2  mm. 
long,  longer  than  the  tube  of  the  corolla. 

This  species  has  been  confused  with  H.  liitctis  Nutt.  but  is  easily 
distinguished  by  the  long  pappus  and  also  by  the  longer  segments 
of  the  leaves.  H.  scaposus  grows  in  dry  soil  up  to  an  altitude  of 
2200  m.  from  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  to  Utah  and  Nevada. 

Arizona:  Vicinity  of  Flagstaff,  1898,  D.  T.  MacDougal,  izg 
(type). 

New  Mexico:  Santa  Fee,  1897,  A.  A.  &■  E.  Gcrinide  Heller, 
3555  >    1847,  A.  Fendler,  436  ;    1869,  E.  Palmer,  11. 

Utah  :  Southern  Utah,  1 874,  C.  C.  Parry,  loj. 

Nevada:    1868,  ^^  Watson,  612. 

4.   Hymenopappus  arenosus  Heller,  Bull.  Torr.   Club,  25  :   200. 

1898 

This  resembles  somewhat  the  preceding,  but  is  taller,  more 
leafy,  and  has  much  shorter  pappus.  It  grows  in  sandy  soil,  up 
to  an  altitude  of  2200  m.,  in  New  Mexico  and  southern  Colorado. 

5.  Hymenopappus  cinereus  sp.  nov. 

A  grayish  tomentose  perennial  with  a  cespitose  caudex.  Stems 
about  2  dm.  high,  branched,  with  2-4  leaves  :  these  bi-pinnately 
divided  into  linear  segments  1—2  cm.  long  and  about  i  mm.  wide, 
sparingly  grayish  tomentulose  :  heads  corymbose,  8—10  mm.  high, 
10-12  mm.  broad,  hemispherical  or  somewhat  turbinate:  bracts 
oblong-obovate,  with  narrow  scarious  margins  :  corollas  yellow  : 
tube  and  throat  each  about  1.5  mm.  long;  the  latter  broadly  cam- 
panulate, longer  than  the  lobes  :  achenes  loosely  villous  ;  scales  of 
the  pappus  variable,  in  the  type  fully  i  mm.  long  and  nearly  equal- 


G35    RvDBERG :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

ing  the  corolla-tube,  but  often  shorter,  yet  never  hidden  by  the 
hairs  of  the  achenes. 

This  species  has  been  confused  with  H.  filifolius  and  H.  fiaves- 
ccns.  Baker,  Earle  &  Tracy's  specimens  were  determined  as  the 
latter  by  Professor  Greene.  The  species  is,  however,  much  nearer 
related  to  H .  filifolius ,  from  which  it  differs  mainly  in  the  lower 
habit  and  the  longer  scales  of  the  pappus.  These  characters,  to- 
gether with  the  longer  lobes  of  the  leaves  distinguish  it  from  //. 
litteus.      It  grows  on  dry  hills,  at  an  altitude  of  i  500-3000  m, 

Colorado:  Walsenburg,  1900,  Rydbcrg  &  Vreeland,  S479 
(type);  Mesas  near  Pueblo,  5^77;  Cuchara  Valley,  5^76";  Du- 
rango,  1898,  Baker,  Earle  &  Tracy,  1028  ;  Garden  of  the  Gods, 
near  Pikes  Peak,  1895,  E.  A.  Bessey. 

6.  Hymenopappus  filifolius  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  i  :  317.    1833 

This  species  is  common  on  plains  and  prairies  to  an  altitude  of 
2000  m.,  and  ranges  from  Saskatchewan  and  Montana  to  Colorado 
and  Nebraska. 

7.  Hymenopappus  luteus  Nutt.  Trans.  Am.   Phil.   Soc.  (H.)  7: 

374.      1 841 

Dr.  Gray  in  his  Synoptical  Flora  referred  this  species  to  H. 
filifolius,  which,  however,  does  not  fit  Nuttall's  description.  Many 
years  before  he  had  named  Fendler's  specimens  H.  luteus.  These 
agree  fairly  well  with  Nuttall's  description,  except  as  to  the  pap- 
pus, which  in  them  is  much  more  prominent  than  in  any  of  the 
other  species.  Nuttall  states  that  the  scales  of  the  pappus  of  H. 
luteiis  are  very  short  and  hidden  by  the  hairs  of  the  achenes. 

In  1897  Prof.  Aven  Nelson  collected  a  Hymenopappus  on 
Green  River,  which  he  intended  to  describe  as  new,  especially  as 
the  type  specimen  was  without  pappus.  A  closer  examination  re- 
vealed, however,  that  some  of  the  specimens  really  had  some 
small  scales.  These  agreed  perfectly  with  Nuttall's  description. 
Nelson's  specimens  and  my  own,  collected  two  years  before,  also 
on  Green  River,  are  the  only  ones  that  perfectly  agree  with  Nut- 
tall's description  of  H.  luteus.  His  type  was  collected  on  tiie 
Ham's  Fork  of  the  Colorado  of  the  West.  What  the  present 
name  of  Ham's  Fork  is  or  its  exact  location  I  have  been   unable 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    636 

to  find  ;  but  from  the  route  that  Nuttall  took  it   is  undoubtedly- 
some  stream  of  the  Green  River  system. 

8.  Hymenopappus  macroglottis  sp.  nov. 

Shghtly  tomentose  perennial  with  a  woody  caudex.  Stems 
several,  3-4  dm.  high,  striate,  slightly  floccose  when  young,  with 
1-3  leaves  :  leaves  mostly  basal,  about  i  dm.  long,  bi-pinnately 
divided  into  linear  lobes  8—25  mm.  long,  1-2  mm.  wide  ;  stem- 
leaves  generally  simply  pinnate  or  the  uppermost  simple  :  heads 
few,  corymbose,  12  mm.  high  and  12-15  mrn.  broad,  hemispher- 
ical :  bracts  oblong,  with  very  narrow  yellowish  scarious  mar- 
gins :  corolla  yellow ;  tube  about  2  mm.  long ;  throat  deeply 
campanulate,  3—4  mm.  long,  3—4  times  as  long  as  the  lobes  : 
achenes  elongated  obpyramidal,  about  5  mm.  long,  hirsute:  scales 
of  the  pappus  about  i  mm.  long. 

The  long  and  broad  lobes  of  the  leaves  and  the  long  throat  of 
the  corolla  distinguishes  it  from  other  species  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. The  latter  character  it  has  common  with  only  H.  higens 
Greene  from  southern  California.  This  has,  however,  much  more 
finely  dissected  leav^es.  //.  macroglottis  grows  in  arid  regions 
from  Texas  to  Arizona  and  north  to  Colorado  or  Utah. 

Arizona  :  Oak  Creek,  1883,  H.  H.  Rusby  (type). 

New  Mexico:    1851-52,  Wright,  12^2. 

Texas:  Camp  42,  1853,  Bigeiozo,  yjo. 

Colorado  or  Utah  :   1843,  Fremont. 


CONTRIBUTIONS   FROM   THE  NEW   YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  11. 


LIFE  HISTORY  OF  SCHIZAEA  PUSILLA 


By   Elizabeth  G.  Britton  and  Alexandrina  Taylor 


NEW  YORK 
1901 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Tokrey  Botanicj4L  Club.  28 :  1-19.    31  Jan.,  1901.] 


Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusiila 

By  Elizabeth  G.  Britton  and  Alexandrina  Taylor 
(With  Plates  i-6) 

The  material  on  which  these  studies  were  based  was  collected 
at  Forked  River,  New  Jersey,  on  the  third  of  July,  1900.  The 
plants  were  abundant,  but  only  half  grown,  the  sporophylls  being 
only  five  centimeters  high.  They  were  found  around  the  base 
of  small  white  cedars  {^Chamaecyparis  tliyoides)  kept  moist  by 
hummocks  of  SpJiagnum,  and  surrounded  by  Lycopodmm  Caroli- 
nianuin,  Juncus  pelocarpus,  Drosera  rohindifolia  and  Utriadaria 
cleistogmna.  Young  plants  were  found,  ranging  from  two  to  ten 
millimeters  in  height,  growing  in  depressions  of  moist  sandy  loam,  or 
even  perched  upon  the  roots  of  sedges  and  Sisyrincldtim  Adanti- 
ciini.  Several  sods  were  taken  with  the  plants  in  various  stages, 
and  a  large  number  of  young  plants  were  collected  and  preserved 
in  alcohol.  With  a  magnification  of  fifteen  diameters,  it  was  dis- 
covered at  the  time  of  collection  that  they  originated  from  a  fila- 
mentous protonema,  consisting  of  a  tangled  mass  of  dark  green 
filaments,  spreading  around  the  base  of  the  young  circinate  leaf, 
and  that  these  filaments  were  persistent,  even  after  some  of  the 
leaves  were  10-15  mm.  high.  Entangled  with  the  filaments,  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  render  it  necessary  to  clean  them  with  a 
camel's-hair  brush,  there  were  three  species  of  hepatics  {Odonto- 
schisma  sphagni  (Dicks.)  Dumort ;  Lophozia  inflata  (Huds.)  M.  A. 
Howe  ;  and  Cephalozia  catenulata  (Hiibn.)  Spruce  ;  also  a  slender 
fresh-water  alga,  Rhizoclonium  hieroglyphiaim  (Ag.)  Kiitz. 
[Issued  31  January.]  1 


2     Britton  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla 

A  complete  or  correct  description  of  5.  pusilla  cannot  be  found 
in  any  manual  or  monograph.  In  several  the  spores  are  said  to  be 
smooth,  and  the  glandular  hairs  borne  by  the  leaves  are  not  men- 
tioned, though  they  are  known  on  other  species  of  this  genus. 

The  gametophyte  is  composed  of  numerous,  erect,  branch- 
ing, dark  green  protonemal  filaments  ;  monoicous,  bearing  from 
5-12  archegonia,  usually  on  a  slightly  thickened  and  expanded 
series  of  cells  in  the  nature  of  an  archegoniophore  (?)  or  directly  on 
the  filaments  ;  antheridia  more  numerous,  often  on  separate 
branches  and  nearer  the  extremities  of  the  filaments  ;  radicles  sel- 
dom borne  on  the  filament  but  produced  from  specially  modified, 
large  spherical  cells,  apparently  in  symbiotic  relation  with  a  fun- 
gus. Sporophyte  perennial,  from  a  short  erect  or  horizontal 
rootstock,  5-10  mm.  long,  sterile  leaf  2-5  cm.  long  by  0.5  mm. 
broad,  circinate,  bearing  small  club-shaped  hairs,  nearly  i  mm. 
long,  occurring  in  three  longitudinal  rows  on  the  dorsal  surface, 
alternating  with  two  rows  of  stomata.  Sporophyll  3-13  cm.  long, 
divided  at  summit  into  14-16  fertile  pinnae  ;  sporangia  ovoid,  with 
a  terminal  ring  :  spores  reniform,  pitted,  76-84  11,  maturing  in 
autumn. 

On  low  wet  banks  with  sphagna  or  in  sandy  swamps,  in  the 
shade  of  larger  plants  ;  known  from  numerous  scattered  stations 
in  the  Pine  Barrens  of  New  Jersey,  in  Newfoundland  (De  La  Py- 
laie,  Waghorne),  and  in  Nova  Scotia  (E.  G.  Knight).  The  station 
credited  to  New  York  by  Prantl  from  the  Berlin  Herbarium,  is 
probably  a  mistake,  though  there  is  no  reason  why  it  should  not 
be  found  on  the  sandy  plains  of  Long  Island  and  Rhode  Island. 

According  to  Prantl  there  are  nineteen  species  of  Schizaea,  of 
which  five  are  Polynesian,  eight  are  found  in  Brazil,  and  five  in  the 
West  Indies  ;  all  are  of  restricted  distribution,  and  in  most  species 
they  are  known  from  few  stations.  Of  Lygodiiun  he  records  twenty- 
two  species,  of  which  five  are  Mexican  and  Central  American,  four 
West  Indian  and  only  one  from  northeastern  North  America,  L. 
palmatimi.  Of  the  forty- six  species  of  Omithoptcris  and  Anemia 
known,  Brazil  has  thirty-five,  Mexico  nine,  the  West  Indies  six 
and  only  two  extend  into  the  United  States,  0.  adiantifolia  (L.) 
Bernh.,  and  0.  Mexicana  (Kl.)  Underw. 

The  Schizaeaceae  are    represented   in    the  Tertiary  by  several 


Britton  and  Tavlor  :  Life  I  Iisiokv  of  Schizaea  pusilla      3 

species  of  Lvgodiion,  and  by  Anemia  in  the  Cretaceous.  Thus  far 
Schizaea  is  unknown  in  the  fossil  state.  We  may  safely  conclude, 
however,  that  its  maximum  development  in  North  America  must 
have  been  reached  previous  to  the  Glacial  period,  and  that  it  is  in 
a  degenerate  condition  and  retrograding  distribution  in  the  only  sur- 
viving species,  Schizaea  pusilla,  whose  larger  and  more  highly  de- 
veloped relatives  exist  now  only  in  the  tropics. 

Spores 

The  spores  of  Schizaea  pusilla  measure  76—84  a,  are  nearly 
reniform  (Fig.  i),  and  have  a  cuticularized  exospore  which  is  al- 
veolate (Figs.  2,  3) ;  on  the  concave  side  there  is  a  ridge  extend- 
ing nearly  two  thirds  the  length  of  the  spore,  formed  by  the  exo- 
spore having  a  fissure  nearly  its  whole  length  (Fig.  4).  It  is 
through  this  slit  in  the  exospore  that  the  young  tube  emerges 
when  the  spore  germinates. 

The  development  of  the  gametophyte  from  the  spore  to  the  first 
archegonium  could  not  be  followed  in  the  laboratory  ;  but  from 
the  laboratory  cultures  and  the  different  stages  of  spore  germina- 
tion found  in  the  soil  brought  up  from  New  Jersey  a  fairly  good 
idea  of  the  manner  and  rate  of  growth  may  be  drawn. 

Spores,  from  the  plants  collected  in  July  and  matured  in  the 
greenhouse,  were  sown  on  September  5th  ;  on  the  14th  they  were 
found  to  be  slightly  green  ;  the  first  signs  of  germination  were 
seen  on  the  27th,  when  the  spores  contained  some  chlorophyl, 
and  two  had  started  to  send  out  a  tube  which  extended  27  n 
beyond  the  aperture  (Fig.  5);  chlorophyl  was  visible  in  the  lengthen- 
ing tube  on  the  8th  and  rhizoids  were  also  found  on  that  date  ; 
the  first  cross-wall  was  formed  on  the  loth  ;  on  October  ist  the 
second  wall  was  formed  making  a  filament  of  two  cells  (Figs.  9,  10). 

On  August  28th  a  spore  was  found  in  the  sod  of  young  plants 
which  had  germinated  and  formed  a  small  rhizoid,  slightly  brown, 
with  a  curved  apex  and  contained  some  chlorophyl,  and  a  filament, 
115  n'm  length,  of  two  cells  (Fig.  19),  the  cell  at  base  was  shorter, 
about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  containing  chlorophyl  with  no  special 
arrangement  ;  the  other  cell  was  nearly  four  times  as  long  as 
broad,  the  chlorophyl  denser  at  the  apex  and  a  newly  formed  wall 
(Fig.    19,   a).      The  density  of  the   chlorophyl  increased  at  the 


4     Brixton  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla 

apex.  On  August  30th  the  chlorophyl  showed  a  tendency  to  as- 
sume its  final  arrangement  in  the  filament,  being  very  dense  in  the 
center,  radiating  toward  the  walls  in  rather  thick  bands  and  con- 
necting with  a  layer  next  to  the  wall  through  the  whole  length  of 
the  cell  ;  on  August  31st  the  filament  had  lengthened  to  126// 
and  one  more  cell  had  been  cut  off  (Fig.  21),  no  further  change 
in  the  rhizoid  having  taken  place.  The  filament  consisted  of  five 
cells  by  September  2d.  On  September  4th  the  filament  had  in- 
creased to  six  cells,  and  a  partial  division  of  the  contents  of  the 
apical  cell  had  taken  place  (Fig.  22).  The  tip  of  the  filament 
was  very  much  curved  and  densely  packed  with  chlorophyl ;  the 
basal  cell  of  the  filament  had  become  slightly  swollen  near  its 
apical  end.     The  filament  measured  146  //. 

On  September  5th  the  filament  consisted  of  six  cells  (Fig.  23)  ; 
the  first  walls  formed  were  very  nearly  as  thick  as  the  cross-walls 
of  the  older  filaments. 

The  older  filaments  generally  grow  erect,  and  this  tendency 
toward  an  upward  growth  is  plainly  shown  even  as  early  as  the 
third  cell  of  the  filament ;  the  rhizoid  also  showed  geotropic  curva- 
ture. One  tube,  issuing  from  the  fissure  of  an  exospore,  was  di- 
rected downward  ;  but  soon  began  a  curvature  which  was  continued 
until  the  filament  occupied  a  vertical  position  ;  the  rhizoid,  first 
directed  horizontally,  soon  curved  downward.  The  filaments,  for 
the  most  part,  did  not  show  the  tendency  to  upward  growth  until 
two  or  three  cells  had  been  formed,  but  the  rhizoid  took  a  down- 
ward direction  much  earlier. 

On  September  5th  another  spore  was  found  in  the  soil  consist- 
ing of  one  filament  of  six  cells  (Fig.  24)  ;  at  the  base  of  the  fila- 
ment, at  its  connection  with  the  spore,  there  was  a  cell  which  had 
evidently  been  the  basal  cell  of  another  filament.  The  remaining 
filament  had  given  rise  to  two  antheridia,  which  though  not  dried 
up  were  empty  ;  one  antheridium  arose  from  a  short  branch  from 
the  second  cell,  occupying  the  terminal  cell  of  the  branch  ;  the 
other  originated  from  the  terminal  cell  of  the  filament. 

A  spore  with  a  healthy  filament  of  four  cells  (Fig.  26)  had  borne 
an  antheridium  in  which  the  mother  cells  of  the  antherozoids  could 
be  easily  seen. 

The  attachment  of  the  spore  appears  to  be  of  long  duration,  as 
antheridia  are  formed  while  the  filament  is  still  attached. 


Britton  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla      5 

A  sporangium  (Fig.  27)  filled  with  spores  was  sown  at  the  same 
time  with  the  free  spores  on  September  5th,  and  a  great  number 
of  the  spores  germinated  inside  the  sporangium  sending  out  fila- 
ments through  a  basal  break  ;  when  the  spores  were  removed  from 
the  sporangium  they  were  found  to  be  more  advanced  than  those 
germinating  outside,  the  rate  of  growth  of  the  spores  in  the  sporan- 
gium in  a  given  time  being  almost  twice  that  of  the  other  spores. 

Branches  were  given  off  from  the  basal  cells  of  the  filaments, 
sometimes  from  apical  portions  of  young  filaments,  and  in  a  few 
cases  the  spore  cell  was  found  to  divide  into  three  primary  cells 

(Fig-  17)- 

Intermediate   stages   between   the  earliest  developed    filament 

from  the  spore  and  the  much-branched  protonema  are  lacking. 

Protoxema 

The  protonema  occurs  on  the  substratum,  or  on  rootstocks  of 
other  plants,  as  small  tufts  of  a  dark  green  color,  growing  to  a 
height  of  2  mm.  and  a  breadth  of  4  mm. 

The  protonemal  filaments  are  larger  than  the  protonema  of 
mosses.  A  comparison  was  made  with  Pogonatutn  breidcatile  and 
MniiDi!  punctatiiiii  with  the  following  results  : 

Length  Breadth 

Cells  of  Pogonatum  brevicaule  \    l,c,     ^ 


15     //  15// 

96      a  23  // 


Cells  of  MniiDH  punctatuni        \  ' 


CqWs  oi  Schizaea  pusilla  <  173     n  92// 

(134     yf  38/^ 

It  is  also  seen  from  the  above  that  the  cells  of  the  filaments  of 
Schizaea  pusilla  are  fairly  uniform  in  dimensions.  They  are 
densely  filled  with  chlorophyl  ;  starch  is  present.  The  cells  are 
cylindrical,  sometimes  flattened  near  the  base,  in  the  region  of  the 
archegonia.  Some  few  of  the  cross-walls  were  found  to  be  per- 
forated. 

The  protonema  is  copiously  branched,  the  branches  being 
generally  single  from  each  of  the  cells  of  the  filament,  generally 
near  the  upper  end  of  the  cell  (Figs.  y2,  73).  Occasionally  three 
or  four  in  succession  will  give  rise  to  two  branches  from  opposite 


6     Brixton  axd  T/.ylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla 

sides,  but  maintain  the  same  relative  position  (Fig.  30).  The 
branches,  which  give  rise  to  the  spherical  cells  to  be  described 
below,  divide  in  the  same  manner  as  the  main  filaments.  The 
division  of  other  blanches  is  very  irregular  (Figs.  29,  30,  31). 
The  rhizoids  are  not  usually  formed  directly  from  the  ordinary 
cells,  but  from  specially  modified  cells  (Fig.  38,^);  in  three  in- 
stances only  were  rhizoids  found  directly  on  the  filaments,  and  in 
one  case  one  cell  gave  rise  to  two  rhizoids.  They  arise  as  lateral 
branches,  at  right  angles  to  the  long  axis  of  the  filament  and  tak- 
ing the  place  of  branches  (Figs.  38,  39).  There  were  two  cases 
found  (Figs.  32,  33)  where  the  cells  of  a  branch,  near  the  apex, 
had  formed  partition  walls.  In  Fig.  32  the  third  cell  from  the 
apex  had  divided  up  into  four  cells,  showing  a  tendency  to  form  a 
flat  prothallus.  Three  cells  showed  signs  of  division  (Fig.  33)  : 
these  two  instances  were  the  only  ones  found.  Bower  speaks  of 
flattened  expansions  on  the  filamentous  protonema  of  Tricliomanes 
alatiini  and  Tvichonianes  sinuosum  as  described  by  Mettenius. 
These  are  much  more  rudimentary  in  Scliizaea  pusilla. 

Some  cells  of  the  filament  have  been  found  to  undergo  division 
in  the  later  stages,  into  a  number  of  disk-shaped  cells  which  do 
not  increase  in  the  axial  diameter.  Constrictions  sometimes  follow 
such  divisions  at  the  older  cross  walls  ;  the  cell  walls  were  a  light 
brown  and  showed  signs  of  decay.  Fig.  35  shows  the  cells  of  the 
filament  undergoing  the  same  process,  but  these  were  as  healthy 
as  the  rest  of  the  filament  and  densely  filled  with  chlorophyl. 
Bower  refers  (Ann.  Bot.  i  :  pi.  i.  f.  c? )  to  a  similar  develop- 
ment in  Trichoinancs pyxidifcnnn  ?i\\^s^.ys  that  "  *  *  *  possibly  the 
moniliform  development  is  merely  a  pathological  condition  ;  its 
appearance,  however,  is  suggestive  of  that  segmentation  of  the 
protonema  into  spherical  cells  which  is  recorded  as  a  mode  of  vege- 
tative propagation  for  the  protonema  of  Fun  aria  hygrouietrica." 

After  some  of  the  filaments  have  formed  several  cells  the  apical 
cell  cuts  off  a  new  cell,  which,  after  the  first  partition  wall,  that 
is  transverse  septum,  divides  longitudinally,  forming  two  cells 
(Figs.  36,  37).  These  cells  become  large  and  round,  each  cell 
containing  chlorophyl,  and  giving  rise  to  one,  or  generally  two, 
rhizoids  (Fig.  37,  a).  The  rhizoids  also  contain  chlorophyl  and 
early  take  on  a  dark  yellow  color.      The  original  cell  of  the  fila- 


Britto.v  and  Taylor  :  Like  History  or  Sciiizaea  pusilla     7 

ment  from  which  these  cells  arise  either  continues  its  errowth 
normally  (Fig.  36),  or  by  a  lateral  innovation  (Fig.  37).  This  new 
filament,  after  the  formation  of  two  or  three  cells,  may  form  spher- 
ical cells  at  its  apex  (Fig.  39),  or  continue  for  some  time  before 
doing  so,  or  it  may  send  off  a  branch  at  once,  which  in  its  turn 
forms  spherical  cells.  Generally  a  filament  forming  the  spherical 
cells  once  does  so  at  intervals  throughout  its  whole  length  (Figs. 
72,  73).  These  branches  early  bend  to  the  substratum.  If  ex- 
amined at  this  stage  they  will  be  found  to  have  lost  their  former 
contents  and  to  be  filled  with  fungal  hyphae  (Fig.  43).  This  fungus 
does  not  injure  its  host,  but  sets  up  a  symbiotic  connection  by 
which  it  functions  as  an  absorbing  organ  to  supply  the  gameto- 
phyte.  So  the  .spherical  cells  are  undoubtedly  formed  by  the 
gametophyte  for  the  reception  of  the  fungus,  which  enters  as  soon 
as  the  rhizoids  touch  the  substratum  (Fig.  41).  While  above 
ground  and  filled  with  chlorophyl  they  do  not  show  any  evidence 
of  the  presence  of  a  fungus.  The  rhizoids  wither  early  and  ab- 
sorption is  carried  on  almost  entirely  by  the  fungal  hyphae.  The 
lack  of  rhizoids  on  the  filament  is  thus  explained  by  the  presence 
of  this  fungus  symbiont.  The  rhizoids  formed  from  these  spherical 
bodies  appear  to  be  the  only  channels  through  which  the  fungus 
enters  the  chambers  built  for  it. 

As  to  the  nature  of  the  fungus  it  is  at  present  impossible  to 
give  it  a  permanent  place  in  any  of  the  series  because  of  lack  of 
evidence  in  regard  to  its  method  of  reproduction.  Perithecia 
have  been  found  with  asci  and  also  what  was  probably  a  conidial 
stage  ;  fruit  bodies  of  other  forms  have  also  been  found  among  the 
filaments  ;  however,  none  of  these  were  connected  with  the  fungal 
hyphae  under  discussion.  The  young  filament  shortly  after  ger- 
mination was  in  some  few  cases  attacked  by  a  fungus  (Fig.  17,  d), 
and  this  fungus  is  found  wrapped  around  many  of  the  cells  of  the 
older  filaments,  several  instances  having  been  found  where  haus- 
toria  had  penetrated  into  the  cells.  Some  of  the  plants  are  so  in- 
fected by  fungi  after  the  growth  of  the  sporophyte  has  begun  that 
all  the  filaments  have  thickened  walls  and  are  pierced  by  three 
or  four  haustoria  in  each  cell ;  they  have  turned  brown  and  lost 
their  contents.  This  fungus  not  only  clings  to  the  gametophyte 
of  Schizaca  pusilla  but  attacks  the  sporophyte  also,  though  it  does 


8    Britton  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla 

not  appear  on  the  sporophyte  until  the  first  leaf  has  reached  a 
height  of  I  mm.  It  resembles  the  one  referred  to  by  Bower  in  his 
work  on  Trichomanes.  No  connection  has  yet  been  made  between 
these  hyphae  and  those  of  the  fungus  symbiont.  As  far  as  is 
known  at  present,  the  fungus  which  wraps  itself  around  the  pro- 
tonemal  filaments  is  the  same  or  at  least  bears  a  very  close  resem- 
blance to  that  which  attacks  the  sporophyte  both  on  the  rhizome 
and  leaf. 

The  hyphae  of  the  symbiotic  fungus  penetrates  the  rhizoid 
generally  a  short  distance  back  from  the  tip  (Fig.  41,  <r).  These  hy- 
phae sometimes  branch  in  the  rhizoid  and  their  cross-walls  are 
more  numerous,  and  in  many  cases  the  hyphal  threads  appeared 
narrower.  They  enter  the  large  spherical  cells  where  they  form 
bladders  or  granulated  swellings  in  these  cells,  sometimes  nearly 
filling  them  (Figs.  42,  43).  The  fungus  sometimes  penetrates  the 
ordinary  cells  of  the  filament,  entirely  changing  the  shape  of  these 
cells.  Pale  brown  bodies  were  found  of  irregular  outline  attached 
to  the  hyphae  which  were  apparently  sporangia. 

Antheridia 

The  antheridia  are  produced  laterally  on  the  protonema,  occu- 
pying the  terminal  cell  of  the  lateral  branch  or  more  rarely  the 
terminal  cell  of  a  filament,  which  continues  its  growth  laterally 
or  ends  with  the  formation  of  the  antheridium.  They  are  found 
either  singly  or  in  groups  ;  and  may  be  considered  as  metamor- 
phosed branches  as  in  Fig.  44.  They  may  either  be  formed  from 
the  terminal  cell  of  a  short  lateral  branch  (Fig.  44)  or  from  the 
terminal  cell  of  a  branch  giv^en  off  from  the  basal  cell  (Figs.  44, 
48)  or  from  the  second  or  any  other  cell  of  a  lateral  branch  (Fig. 
44)  or  rarely  they  may  be  formed  on  the  terminal  cell  of  a  short 
lateral  branch  given  off  from  the  same  cell  of  the  filament  as  a 
previous  antheridial  branch  (Fig.  46).  Occasionally  these  groups 
are  borne  on  a  branch  of  the  filament  which  bears  only  antheridia 
(Fig.  48)  and  for  the  most  part  in  groups,  sometimes  from  both 
sides  of  a  branch.  These  branches  which  bear  the  antheridia, 
whether  it  is  a  branch  of  two  cells  with  the  apical  one  becoming 
an  antheridium,  or  one  of  the  groups,  occupies  the  same  relative 
position  on  the  filament  as  do  the  branches  of  the  main   filament. 


Brixton  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla     9 

One  or  two  were  found  to  start  out  from  the  center  of  a  cell  of  a 
filament.  The  antheridia  are  produced  in  great  quantities  but  a 
great  number  of  them  are  aborted,  and  the  majority  of  antheridia 
terminate  a  branch  of  two  cells.  They  occur  nearer  the  apex  of  the 
filaments  than  the  archegonia,  and  sometimes  on  the  same  filament 
with  the  archegonia  (Fig.  57).  They  also  occur  on  a  branch  from 
the  filament  which  gives  rise  to  the  archegonia  ;  when  they  are 
borne  on  a  separate  filament  they  are  generally  formed  in  larger 
quantities.  The  cells  of  a  filament  which  give  rise  to  the  anthe- 
ridial  clusters  are  often  broader  and  sometimes  shorter  than  the 
ordinary  cells. 

The  antheridium  is  formed  by  a  cell  of  a  filament  sending  out  a 
cell  which  divides  by  a  partition  wall  near  the  apex  (Figs.  49,  50). 
This  apical  cell  enlarges  and  soon  cuts  off  another  cell  by  a  wall 
parallel  with  the  first  (Fig.  51).  This  small  cell  does  not  elongate 
but  always  remains  short  and  forms  the  pedestal  for  the  antherid- 
ium ;  the  apical  cell  becomes  large  and  globular  and  cuts  off  a 
cap  cell  at  the  summit,  with  the  wall  oblique  (Fig.  52)  ;  the  large 
cell  divides  up  into  the  mother  cells  of  the  antherozoids  (Figs. 
52,  53,  54)  and  one  ring  cell.  In  some  cases  there  appear  to  be  a 
single  layer  of  two  or  three  peripheral  cells.  The  ring  cell  (or 
cells)  contain  chlorophyl  though  they  lose  thfs  before  the  anther- 
ozoids are  matured.  Dehiscence  takes  place  by  the  swelling  of  the 
ring  cell  and  the  rupture  of  the  cap  cell.  The  antherozoids  appear 
to  be  surrounded  by  a  A'ery  fine  membrane  when  they  escape  from 
the  antheridium  (Fig.  55);  they  are  spirally  coiled,  with  cilia  at 
their  anterior  ends.  Very  few  ripe  antheridia  were  found.  The 
antherozoids  do  not  seem  to  be  produced  in  large  quantities. 

Archegonia 
The  archegonia  occur  nearer  the  base  of  the  filaments  than  the 
antheridia  (Fig.  57)  on  cells  of  the  filaments  which  have  become 
more  than  one  cell  wide  through  division.  They  generally  bear 
the  same  relation  to  the  original  cell  of  the  filament  as  do  the 
branches  from  other  cells  ;  they  are  borne  singly  or  in  pairs  (Fig. 
63),  sometimes  in  groups  of  three  or  four  (Fig.  58)  often  on  both 
sides  of  the  protonema.  One  filament  was  found  which  gave  rise 
on  six  consecutive  cells  to  two  archegonia  each  ;  two  cells  above 


10    Brittox  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla 

the  sixth  cell  there  was  another  archegonium  formed,  and  a  cell 
above  this  another  one,  and  branches  also  gave  rise  to  archegonia. 
There  is  no  filament  that  is  specially  reserved  for  the  formation  of 
archegonia  as  is  sometimes  the  case  with  the  antheridia.  Each 
archegonium  is  derived  from  a  single  superficial  cell. 

The  archegonia  are  formed  by  the  division  of  the  initial  cell 
into  three  cells  ;  the  basal  cell  forms  the  venter  which  may  or  may 
not  be  imbedded  in  the  cell  of  the  filament.  Some  of  the  division 
cells  of  the  original  cell  of  the  filament  grow  up  around  it  in 
such  a  way  as  to  make  it  appear  as  if  imbedded  (Fig.  65).  From 
the  neck  cell  arises  the  neck  of  the  archegonium,  consisting  of  four 
rows  of  cells,  of  four  cells  each  (Figs.  60,  62,  63) ;  a  uniformity 
which  produces  a  straight  neck  to  the  archegonium. 

Occasionally  the  cells  of  the  two  rows  on  the  posterior  side, 
though  they  do  not  increase  in  number,  become  larger  than  those 
on  the  anterior  side  (Fig.  62)  thus  slightly  bending  the  neck 
toward  the  anterior  side.  From  the  middle  cell  of  the  superficial 
mother  cell  arises  the  central  cell  and  the  canal  cell  ;  the  middle 
cell  becomes  sharply  pointed  on  the  upper  end  and  forces  itself 
between  the  neck  cells  ;  this  point  is  cut  off,  forming  the  canal  cell ; 
the  larger  cell  divides  again  into  two  cells  of  unequal  size  :  the 
smaller  and  upper  one  forms  the  ventral  canal  cell,  the  lower  and 
larger  one  forms  the  egg  cell  (Fig.  59).  When  this  is  mature  the 
canal  cells  dissolve  into  mucilage.  When  the  archegonium  opens, 
the  four  stigmatic  cells,  which  in  this  species  are  very  large,  are  not 
thrown  off  but  fold  back  (Fig.  63).  It  is  at  this  stage  that  the 
curve  in  the  neck  oqcurs  in  some  archegonia  due  possibly  to  the 
fact  that  as  the  filaments  grow  erect  or  nearly  so,  the  archegonia 
occupy  the  portion  of  the  filaments  below  the  antheridia,  and  by 
bending  the  neck  they  bring  the  canal  to  the  oosphere  in  a  more 
direct  line  for  the  capture  of  the  antherozoids,  an  adaptation  tend- 
ing to  secure  fertilization.  Generally  several  archegonia  are  pres- 
ent, but  only  one  seems  to  give  rise  to  a  sporophyte. 

The  cushion  of  cells  on  which  the  archegonia  are  borne  can 
hardly  be  called  an  archegoniophore  as  some  of  these  cells  give 
rise  to  vegetative  branches  (Fig.  65).  Three  cases  were  found 
where  an  archegonium  arose  directly  from  a  cell  of  the  filament 
without  any  partition  other  than  that  of  the  formation  of  the  ar- 


Brixton  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla    11 

chegonium.  Bower  (/.  c,  Figs,  ii,  12)  says  in  his  description  of 
the  archegonia  of  Trichomancs  pyxiciifertnn,"T\\Q  diYch&gornd.  are 
borne  on  massive  growths  (archegoniophores).  *  *  *  jp  one 
case,  however  which  has  a  special  interest  the  mass  of  tissue  on 
u/hich  the  archegonia  are  produced  is  obviously  the  result  of  par- 
tition of  a  single  cell  of  a  filament,  without  any  marked  increase 
i  1  size  having  taken  place  (Fig.  13).  This  may  be  regarded  as  the 
simplest  form  of  an  archegoniophore  hitherto  described  in  any 
fern  or  even  in  any  Bryophyte  and  it  approaches  near  to  that  sug- 
gested by  Goebel  as  the  simplest  possible,  in  which  the  sexual  or- 
gans would  be  inserted  directly  on  the  protonemal  threads." 

The  act  of  fertilization  was  not  seen,  nor  the  direction  of  the 
first  wall,  but,  from  later  stages  they  appear  to  be  formed  as  is 
common  with  most  ferns  ;  a  wall  is  formed  parallel  with  the  long 
axis  of  the  archegonium,  then  a  cross-wall  is  formed. 

Foot 
The  foot  is  in  most  cases  extremely  large,  and  is  in  every  case 
a  well-defined  organ,  consisting  of  a  great  mass  of  cells  which  for 
the  most  part  contain  chlorophyl  (Figs.  69,  70,  71).  It  remains 
attached  to  the  protonema  for  some  time,  having  been  found  in 
connection  with  it  after  the  formation  of  the  third  leaf  (Fig.  75, 
a),  and  even  here  it  appeared  to  be  in  a  healthy  condition  as  did 
also  that  part  of  the  protonema  on  which  the  foot  was  borne.  It 
grows  down  into  the  cushion  of  the  gametophyte  (some  of  the 
cushion  cells  appear  to  grow  up  around  it).  The  venter  cells 
grow  and  form  a  calyptra  around  the  embryo  covering  it  for  some 
little  time  ;  remnants  of  it  were  found  still  clinging  around  the  first 
root  after  the  formation  of  three  leaves  (Fig.  75,  b). 

Root 

The  primary  root  is  a  prolongation  of  the  main  axis  of  the 
sporophyte  (Figs.  71,  72,  73),  while  the  ultimate  roots  are  always 
adventitious  and  produced  in  acropetal  succession.  They  arise 
from  all  sides  of  the  erect  rhizome  (Fig.  79),  the  epidermis  of  which 
sends  out  rhizoids.  The  primary  root  is  persistent  and  becomes 
quite  long.  The  second  and  third  roots  have  a  vestigial  struc- 
ture which  covers   them   as    the    coleorhiza    of    some   endogens 


12   Hrittox  AND  Tavlok  :   Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla 

(Fig.  76).  The  roots  are  fully  formed  and  have  root  caps  (Fig. 
75,  d).  This  root  cap  (Fig.  76)  consists  of  four  large  pear-shaped 
cells,  inflated  on  one  side  ;  the  inflated  side  is  away  from  the  root, 
the  concave  side  rests  on  the  root  tip.  They  are  developed  before 
the  root  sheath  splits.  The  cells  are  replaced  from  the  tip  and,  as 
the  older  ones  do  not  always  fall  off  when  the  new  ones  have  been 
formed,  there  have  been  seen  as  many  as  five  series  (Fig.  yj), 
though  they  show  their  age  by  the  partial  discoloration  of  their 
walls. 

The  epidermal  cells  are  large  and  thin-walled  ;  the  outer  walls 
often  bend  into  the  cavity  of  the  cell  and  frequently  break.  The 
cortex  consists  of  two  layers  ;  the  cells  of  the  inner  layer  are  very 
large  and  have  the  walls  that  lie  next  to  the  endodermis  thickened  ; 
but  in  no  instance  was  the  thickening  found  to  be  as  great  as  that 
fio-ured  for  ScJiizaea  Pennida.  There  is  an  endodermis  of  two 
layers,  and  the  central  cylinder  (Fig.  78)  is  like  that  described  by 
Prantl  (Untersuch.  Morph.  Gefasskrypt.,  />/.  jf)  for  Schizaea  Pennida. 

Sclerosis  takes  place  in  all  the  layers  without  any  marked  in- 
crease in  the  thickness  of  the  walls. 

Rhizome 

The  rhizome  is  erect  (Fig.  79),  occasionally  creeping.  It  always 
forms  a  protective  covering  of  trichomes  over  the  growing  end 
(Fig.  74,  d^\  these  trichomes  consist  of  from  two  to  five  cells 
(Fig.  75,  Ji),  measuring  i  mm.  in  length  which  soon  turn  brown 
and  are  persistent.  The  internodes  are  of  varying  lengths.  One 
rootstock  (8  mm.)  had  borne  nineteen  sterile  and  two  sporophylls, 
all  dead  except  the  five  sterile  leaves  last  formed.  The  fertile 
leaves  measured  6.5  cm.,  the  longest  sterile  leaf  4. 5  cm.  Another 
rhizome  of  the  same  length  had  twenty-two  sterile  leaves,  six 
green  and  two  nearly  brown,  with  two  fertile  ;  these  were  7  cm. 
high,  the  base  of  the  fertile  leaves  was  green,  the  sporangia  brown 
and  mature.  There  were  twenty -two  roots — six  short  and  young  ; 
one  root  was  25  mm.  long  and  had  branched;  the  branches  were 
5  mm.  long. 

A  cross-section  near  the  young  tip  shows  a  central  bundle  with 
a  well  developed  endodermis  (Fig.  80).  Sclerosis  takes  place  in 
the  entire  cortex  ;   the  different  stages  are  beautifully  shown  in 


Britton  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla  13 

young  sections  ;  these  cells,  including  the  epidermis,  are  filled  with 
starch.  The  epidermis  and  cortex  are  often  invaded  by  fungal 
hyphae. 

The  vascular  bundle  is  concentric  ;  the  xylem  portion  is  en- 
veloped in  the  phloem.  The  central  cylinder  is  surrounded  by  a 
well-defined  endodermis  and  phloem  sheath,  the  radial  walls  of 
which  are  thin  and  fragile  ;  the  phloem  elements  are  represented 
by  two  or  three  imperfect  rows  of  narrow  parenchymatous  cells 
and  sieve  tubes  ;  the  xylem  consists  of  scalariform  tracheids  with 
occasionally  small  spiral  tracheids  close  to  the  phloem.  The 
medullary  parenchyma  is  composed  of  large,  thick-walled  cells, 
pitted,  and  early  showing  sclerosis,  but  not  as  early  as  the  funda- 
mental tissue  outside  the  bundle. 

Sterile  Leaves 

The  sterile  leaves  are  linear,  slender  and  tortuous.  The  de- 
velopment of  the  leaf  is  very  slow,  the  lower  portions  having  long 
been  fully  formed  while  the  apex  is  still  unfolding.  The  vernation 
is  circinate  (Fig.  79).  Owing  to  the  more  rapid  growth  of  the  cells 
on  the  dorsal  side  than  those  on  the  ventral,  the  leaf  is  rolled  up 
on  the  ventral  side.  When  fully  developed  they  bear  on  their 
dorsal  side  two  rows  of  stomata  alternating  with  three  rows  of 
glands  (Fig.  81),  sometimes  four  or  more  rows  of  glands.  The 
glands  seem  to  originate  from  special  cells  cut  off  from  the  epi- 
dermis ;  these  epidermal  cells  frequently  do  not  lengthen,  keeping 
very  nearly  an  isodiametric  shape  ;  when  they  do  lengthen  the 
glands  remain  at  or  near  the  upper  wall. 

The  young  leaves  and  the  tip  of  the  stem  are  more  or  less 
completely  clothed  with  trichomes  early  turning  brown.  These 
are  not  to  be  confounded  with  the  glandular  hairs.  They  are 
composed  of  two  or  more  cells  and  are  extremely  long,  measur- 
ing in  some  instances  i  mm.  to  3  mm.  or  perhaps  more.  The  longest 
glands  of  the  leaf  measured  nearly  100  ij.,  others  76  /y.  and  in 
width  3  I  p..  Some  are  composed  of  one  cell,  others  of  two  cells  ; 
they  are  all  club-shaped  and  contain  granular  protoplasm.  These 
glands  were  rarely  found  on  the  ventral  surface,  and  sometimes 
they  did  not  appear  to  follow  any  law  as  to  their  formation  on  the 
dorsal  surface,  though,  for  the  most  part,  they  were  formed  in  al- 
ternate rows  with  the  stomata. 


14    Britton  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla 

The  stomata  are  restricted  to  two  rows  of  epidermal  cells  and 
almost  every  epidermal  cell  in  these  rows  gives  rise  to  one  (Fig. 
82).  A  cell  of  the  epidermis  before  it  has  lengthened  forms  a  U- 
shaped  wall  at  the  upper  end  of  the  cell  (Figs.  86,  a,  b) ;  the  points 
of  the  U  meet  the  radial  wall  which  separates  this  cell  from  the 
one  next  above  (Fig.  86,  b) ;  this  cell  becomes  the  mother  cell  of 
the  stoma,  and  by  growth  presses  the  partition  wall  back  a  short 
distance  into  the  upper  epidermal  cell  (Fig.  86,  c).  This  cell 
divides  by  a  tangential  wall  into  two  cells  of  equal  size  ;  these 
become  the  guard  cells  (Fig.  86,  c,  d)  each  containing  abundant 
chlorophyl.  These  guard  cells  enlarge  considerably  (Fig.  86,^,  e) 
so  that  they  are  raised  above  the  epidermis  as  shown  in  an  oblique 
view  (Fig.  83).  The  wall  between  the  guard  cells  splits  along  its 
central  portion  making  an  opening  to  the  space  below  ;  the  epi- 
dermal cell  meanwhile  has  lengthened  and  the  cell  above  has 
formed  a  stoma  in  the  same  way.  The  leaf  bundle  is  more  nearly 
collateral  than  that  of  the  stem  ;  the  xylem  faces  the  ventral,  the 
phloem  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  leaf  (Figs.  88,  90).  There  is  a 
two-rowed  endodermis  around  the  bundle  ;  the  epidermal  cells  are 
large  and  in  some  instances  occupy  one  half  of  the  cross  section. 
The  ground  tissue  is  made  up  of  thin-walled  parenchyma  with 
numerous  air  spaces  (Fig.  89)  and  the  cells  contain  chlorophyl. 

Sporophyll 

The  sporophyll  is  very  similar  to  the  sterile  leaf  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  formation  at  its  apex  of  pinnae  bearing  the  sporangia  ; 
these  have  been  carefully  studied  by  Prantl  and  others  in  several 
species  of  Schizaea,  the  descriptions  of  which,  from  present  obser- 
vations, appear  to  hold  good  for  Schizaea  pusilla.  One  of  the 
largest  sporophylls  measured  1 3  cm.  from  base  to  apex,  the  por- 
tion bearing  the  pinnae  was  6  mm.  long  and  eight  pinnae  were 
formed  on  one  side  and  seven  on  the  other  ;  the  longest  pinna 
measured  4  mm.,  of  this  2^  mm.  is  the  portion  which  bore  the 
sporangia.  The  lowest  pinna  on  each  side  had  formed  four  spo- 
rangia each,  the  others  eight  each.  Prantl  figures  six  sporangia 
for  Schizaea  dichotoma,  and  sixteen  for  Schizaea  Penmda.  The 
edge  of  each  pinna  rolls  up  over  the  sporangia,  forming  an  in- 
dusium,  and  the  end  cells  at  the  summit  and  also  along  the  mar- 


Britton  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla   15 

gin  produce  trichomes  which  also  cover  the  sporangia.  These 
trichomes  are  often  composed  of  more  than  one  cell,  and  resemble 
the  trichomes  formed  by  the  rhizome  and  are  in  some  instances  as 
long  as  134  /i,  345  /i,  461  ix,  the  width  being  38  jx,  and  30  }x. 

A  surface  view  of  the  dorsal  side  of  the  sporophyll  shows  two 
rows  of  stomata  alternating  in  some  cases  with  rows  of  glands, 
though  these  sometimes  are  not  in  rows,  and  occasionally  only 
two  glands  were  found.  These  glands  are  smaller  than  those 
generally  found  on  the  sterile  leaf  measuring  only  38  fi. 

The  stomata  appear  sunk  below  the  epidermis,  but  a  cross-section 
showed  them  to  be  the  same  as  in  the  sterile  leaf.  The  two  rows 
of  stomata  continue  up  the  leaf  from  the  base  to  the  pinnae,  where 
they  are  lost  in  a  great  number  of  stomata  which  cover  the  dorsal 
surface  of  the  pinnae  with  no  special  arrangement.  No  glands 
were  found  on  any  of  the  pinnae  examined. 

The  warts  or  swellings  from  the  epidermal  cells  are  far  more 
numerous  in  the  sporophyll,  though  they  are  found  on  the  sterile 
leaf  (Fig.  93,  a).  They  do  not  appear  to  follow  any  law  as  to  their 
arrangement  on  either  leaf,  though  they  appeared  to  be  more 
numerous  on  the  ventral  side.  The  epidermal  walls  are  thicker 
than  the  epidermal  walls  of  the  sterile  leaf,  some  of  which  had  ex- 
tremely thin  walls  and  a  rudimentary  bundle  (Fig.  90). 

The  bundle  has  a  well-marked  endodermis  ;  it  appeared  from  the 
cross-section  to  be  collateral  as  did  all  the  bundles  with  the  excep- 
tion of  that  of  the  rhizome  (Fig.  94).  The  elements  of  the  bundle 
were  not  traced  out,  but  reticulated  and  ring  tracheids  were 
found  in  the  xylem.  The  mesophyll  tissue  of  the  sporophyll  (Fig. 
89)  is  composed  of  thin-walled  cells  with  numerous  air  spaces  : 
these  cells  seem  to  be  branched  in  a  stellate  manner  in  both  sterile 
leaves  and  sporophylls. 

Summary 

The  spores  are  small,  are  nearly  reniform,  and  have  a  cuticu- 
larized  exospore  which  is  alveolate.  There  is  a  ridge  along  the 
concave  side  having  a  fissure  nearly  its  whole  length  through 
which  the  young  tube  emerges  when  the  spore  germinates. 
Out  of  a  great  number  sown  at  one  time  only  two  had  germi- 
nated by  the  end  of  the  third  week,  the  others  taking  a  longer 


16  Brittox  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla 

time.      The  spore  remains  attached  for  some  time  after  the  forma- 
tion of  antheridia. 

The  gametophyte  is  a  filamentous  protonema,  irregularly 
branched,  bearing  both  antheridia  and  archegonia  on  the  same 
filaments  ;  and  producing  rhizoids  from  specially  modified  cells 
which  are  inhabited  by  a  symbiotic  fimgus. 

The  antheridia  occur  singly,  or  in  groups  on  special  branches 
bearing  antheridia  alone.  They  are  produced  in  great  numbers 
though  but  few  ripen.  They  are  simple  in  their  structure  and 
the  first  wall  formed  in  the  antheridium  is  parallel  with  the  wall 
cutting  it  off  from  the  lateral  branch,  forming  a  pedicel.  A  small 
number  of  antherozoids  are  produced  in  an  antheridium,  which 
are  enclosed  in  a  membrane  when  they  escape  from  the  antheridium. 
The  archegonia  arise  at,  or  near,  the  base  of  the  filaments, 
either  directly  on  the  filament  or,  more  often,  on  cushions  formed 
by  the  division  of  the  cell  of  the  filament.  They  are  character- 
ized by  the  uniformity  of  the  neck  rows  and  the  large  size  of  the 
stigmatic  cells. 

The  foot  is  a  large,  well-defined  organ,  remaining  attached  to 
the  protonema  for  some  time  after  the  formation  of  the  third  frond, 
carrying  nourishment  from  the  gametophyte  to  the  embryo  which 
is  far  advanced  before  it  breaks  through  the  calyptra. 

The  primary  root  is  persistent.      The  second  and  third  roots 
have  a  vestigial    sheath  through  which   they  do   not  break  until 
after  the  development  of  the  root-cap.     The  root-cap  consists  of 
four  large  pear-shaped   cells  inflated   on   the  side  away  from   the 
root  tip. 

The  rhizome  is  erect,  always  forming  a  protective  covering 
over  the  growing  end  ;  the  trichomes  are  large,  turn  brown  early, 
and  are  persistent. 

There  is  a  central  concentric  bundle  with  a  well-marked  endo- 
dermis.      Sclerosis  takes  place   in    the  entire    cortex,  the  cells   of 
which,  with   the  epidermis,  are  filled   with  starch.      The  epidermis 
and  cortex  are  often  invaded  by  a  fungus  hypha. 

The  sterile  and  fertile  leaves  have  two  rows  of  large  stomata, 
on  the  dorsal  side,  alternating  with  two  or  more  rows  of  glands  ; 
these  glands  are  small  and  sometimes  wanting  on  the  fertile  leaf. 
The   young    leaves   are    more  or    less    completely  clothed    with 


Britton  and  Tavi.ok  :   Liik  Historv  or  Schizaka  i'L'sili.a    17 

trichomes.      Warts  or  swellings  occur  from  the  epidermal  cells  on 
both  surfaces,  though  more  numerous  on  the  ventral  side. 

The  bundles  appear  collateral  with  a  well-marked  endodermis. 
The  mesophyll    tissue  is  composed   of  thin-walled  cells,  branched 

in  a  stellate  manner. 

Explaiiailoii   of  I'lates 

Plates  I,  2,  3  and  4  were  drawn  from  a  niagnilkation  three  limes  as  great  as  ex- 
pressed in  the  numbers  which  represent  the  magnification  of  the  figures  as  they  stand 

in  the  reproduction. 

Pi.ATi:  I 

1.  Different  views  uf  the  spore,  X  80. 

2.  Spore,  X  140- 

3.  Portion  of  exospore,  X  333h- 

4.  Ridge  and  fissure  in  exospore  seen  from  above,  X  195- 

5-17.    Different    stages   in  the  germination  of   the  spore,  X  S^K-      ".filament; 
/',  rhizoid  ;  f,  c,  new  branch. 

18.  Germinating  spore  of  Botrychium  obliqunni,  two  weeks  and  five  days.X  h'^Vi- 
Sown  at  same  time  as  Schizaea  spores.  The  last-named  did  not  start  to  germinate  un- 
til after  three  weeks. 

19.  Germinating  spore  found  in  soil  on  August  28,  X  ^"-  ">  Indication  of  cross- 
wall. 

20.  The  same  on  August  29.     a,  cross-wall  formed. 

21.  The  same  on  August  31,  X  jO- 

22.  On  September  4,  X  3°- 

23.  On  September  5,  X  3°- 

24.  Spore  found  in  soil  on  September  5,  X  3°-  ".  antheridia  ;  b,  swelling  at  base 
of  terminal  antheridium. 

25.  The  same  with  wall  formed  at  a. 

26.  Filamentof  four  cells  with  antheridium  showing   mother-cells  of  antherozoids 

(rt).     h,  Rhizoid,  X  80. 

27.  Sporangium    with    spores    germinating    inside,  X  3°-     Owing    to    position  in 

which  the  sporangium  fell  when  sown— the  filaments  from   the  spores  are  not   sent   out 

though  the  regular  fissure  at  a. 

Plate  2 

28.  29,  30  and  31.  Methods  of  branching  of  the  protonemal  filaments. 
32  and  I';,.  Cells  of  the  filament  dividing. 

34  and  35.    Cells  of  the  filament  becoming  moniliform. 

36.  Voung  spherical  cells  with  the  longitudinal  wall  («)  just  forming,  X  80. 

37.  Older  stage  of  the  same  showing  young  rhizoids  {a,  a)  and  young  branch 
starting  from  filament  at  base  of  spherical  cells  /',  X  80. 

38.  Portion  of  filament  showing  spherical  cells,  antheridia,  and  archegonia.  a, 
spherical  cells  ;   /',  rhizoids  ;  c,  fungus  in  spherical  cells  ;  d,  antheridia  ;  e,  archegonium, 

X30. 

39.  Shows  position  of  spherical  cells,  X  3°- 

40.  Abnormal  condition.  One  cell  of  the  filament  giving  rise  to  one  spherical 
cell,  and  a  cell  of  the  filament  next  above  giving  rise  to  two,  X  3°- 

41.  End  of  rhizoid  showing  fungus  penetrating  into  the  cell.  Shaded  portions 
are  hyphae  which  are  inside  the  rhizoid,  X  195- 


18    Bkitton  and  Taylor  :  Life  History  of  Schizaea  pusilla 

42.  Upper  part  of  same  showing  portion  of  spherical  cell  with  the  bladder-like 
hyphae  (i).     A  hypha  in  rhizoid,  >;  195- 

43.  Spherical  cells  filled  with  fungus  a,  X  I40- 

Pl.ATIC   3 

44.  45,  46  and  47.    Different  ways  of  branching  of  anlheridial  filament. 

48.  One  of  the  antheridial  branches  with  antheridia  in  different  stages  of  comple- 
tion,    a  shows  one  filament  giving  rise  to  three,  X  jO- 

49,  50,  51,  52,  53,  54,  55  and  56.  Stages  in  formation  of  the  antheridium.  Fig. 
49,  X  8o>  first  cell  sent  out  from  main  filament.  Fig.  50,  X  30,  later  stage  showing 
first  wall  cut  off  near  tip.  Fig.  51,  X^o,  older  stage.  Terminal  cell  a  becomes  the 
antheridium  ;  cell  d  the  pedestal.  Fig.  52,  ><  140,  <?,  cap  cell ;  d,  mother  cells  of  the 
antherozoids.  Fig.  53,  X  140,  later  stage.  Fig.  54,  X  140,  ripe  antheridium  before 
splitting  cap-cell.  Fig.  55,  X  SSS'i)  antherozoids  still  in  membrane.  P'ig.  56,  empty 
antheridium. 

57.  Branch  showing  antheridia  and  archegonia.  All  the  antheridia  but  «~are 
aborted,  X  162^. 

58.  Young  archegonia,  X  ^4'^- 

59.  Young  archegonium,  X  30.     «,  canal  cell ;    /',  ventral  canal  cell  ;    c,  egg  cell. 

60.  Older  stage  of  same  before  opening,  X  ^O- 

61.  Looking  down  on  the  four  stigmatic  cells  of  the  archegonium,  X  ^^^ 

62.  Archegonium  opening,  X  ^o. 

63.  Showing  large  stigmatic  cells  (a)  folding  back,  X  80. 

64.  Cell  of  the  filament  dividing  up  before  the  formation  of  the  archegonia,  X  ^4^- 

65.  The  same  with  an  archegonium,  X  30- 

Plate  4 

66  and  67.  Upper  and  under  view  of  egg  cell  after  fertilization  enclosed  in  the 
calyptra,  X  3°- 

68.  Young  embryo,  X  3°- 

69.  a,  garaetophyte  with  archegonium.  i>,  foot;  c,  leaf;  a',  stem  of  sporophyte, 
X30. 

70.  Young  sparophyte.  a,  foot;  />,  leaf;  c,  stem;  </,  trichomes  ;  e,  gland  on 
rond  ;  /,  calyptra,  X  80. 

71.  Young  sporophyte.      a,  foot  ;   /',  root  ;   c,  frond  ;  d,  calyptra. 

72  and  73.  Two  stages  in  the  growth  of  the  sporophyte  showing  curled  tip  of 
frond.     Marking   the   same  in   both,     o,  gametophyte ;    />,  sporophyte ;    r,   calyptra, 

X   12^. 

74.  a,  Rhizome  ;  />,  root ;   c,  first  leaf ;  d,  trichomes. 

Plates  5,  and  6  were  drawn  from  a  magnification  twice  that  expressed  in  the  num- 
bers which  represent  the  magnification  of  the  figures  as  they  stand  in  the  reproduction. 

PL.VfE  5 

75.  Sporophyte  still  attached  to  gametophyte  after  the  formation  of  the  third  leaf. 
a,  foot ;  6,  portion  of  calyptra  ;  c,  root ;  d,  young  root,  the  dotted  lines  indicate  root-cap 
which  can  be  seen  through  the  vestigeral  covering  ;  /,  leaf;  g,  rhizome;  A,  trichomes 
which  cover  tip  of  young  leaf  and  rhizome  ;  some  have  been  removed  to  show  glands 
on  leaf  ;   /,  gametophyte,  X  45- 

76.  Young  root  just  emerging  from  its  covering,  X  ^7/4- 


Brittun  AM)    Tavi-or  :   Life  Historv  of  Schizaea  pusilla  19 

77.  Root-cap  ;  here  shown  in  five  series. 

78.  Cross-section  of  root.  </,  thickened  inner  walls  of  cells  of  the  ground  tissue 
next  to  endodermis  (A)  ;   c,  phloem  ;  </,  xyleni,  X  292^2. 

79.  Showing  rhizome  with  four  leaves  and  five  roots  ;  <r,  rhizome  ;  /',  roots ;  c,  tri- 
chomes  (the  internode  here  represented  is  unusually  long  and  distinct),  >  8- 

80.  Cross-section  of  rhizome  not  far  from  tip,  X  120.  ir,  cells  tilled  with  starch  ; 
d,  endodermis  ;   r,  phloem  ;  ,/,  xylem  ;  e,  fungus  hyphae  entering  epidermal  cells. 

Plate  6 

81.  Surface  view  t)f  dorsal  side  of  sterile  leaf,  showing  the  two  rows  of  stoniata 
with  the  glands  alternating  with  them,  X  120. 

82.  Portion  of  epidermis  of  sterile  leaf  with  three  stomata,  a,  b,  c.  a,  shows  the 
chlorophyl  grains  ;  in  /'  the  contents  have  been  removed  to  show  the  original  cross-wall 
((/)  between  the  epidermal  cells,  and  the  way  the  guard  cells  {e)  rest  on  epidermis  at 

f,  X  210. 

83.  Oblique  view  of  sterile  frond  showing  raised  stomata  (<;). 

84.  Longitudinal  section  of  same.  </,  epidermal  cells  ;  /',  one  guard  cell  of  stoma  ; 
c,  air  cavity. 

85.  Cross-section  of  same,     a,  guard  cells  ;  b,  air  cavity,  X  210. 

86.  Five  diagrams  showing  development  of  stoma.  I  b,  cross-wall  between  epi- 
dermal cells ;  2  /',  mother  cell  of  stoma  with  U-shaped  wall ;  c,  formation  of  longi- 
tudinal wall  through  mother  cell  dividing  it  into  the  two  guard  cells  ;  </,  shows  curve  in 
original  cross-wall,  and  the  splitting  of  the  longitudinal  wall.  The  dotted  line  indi- 
cates the  relative  size  of  the  guard  cells  which  have  started  to  swell.  In  c,  the  stoma  is 
complete  ;   i  c,  original  cross-wall ;  2  c,  guard  cells. 

87.  Diagram  of  cross-section  of  sterile  leaf  showing  the  two  rows  of  stomata  (t). 
a,  bundle  ;  b,  endodermis,  X  45- 

88.  Bundle  from  sterile  leaf,     a,  endodermis;  c,  phloem;  d,  xylem,  X  210. 

89.  Mesophyll  tissue  from  sterile  leaf,  X  210. 

90.  Cross-section  of  a  young  sterile  leaf  with  a  rudimentary  bundle,  marking  as 
in  Fig.  88,  X  210. 

91.  Diagram  of  cross-section  of  fertile  leaf,  marking  as  in  Fig.  87,  X  45- 

92.  Stoma  seen  in  cross-section  of  sporophyll,  X  210.      «,  stoma ;  b^  air  space. 

93.  Two  epidermal  cells  from  cross-section  of  sporophyll  showing  warts  («),  X 
210. 

94.  Cross-section  of  bundle  in  sporophyll,  marking  as  in  Figs.  88,  90,  X  210. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  2S. 


PL.    I. 


THE    HELIOTYPE    PRINTING    CO..    BOSTON. 


Bill-.  ToRR.   BoT.  Club,  28. 


Pl.  2. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  28. 


Pl.  3. 


Bii.L.  ToRK.    lUn .   CiA'i),  iS. 


Pi..  4. 


Bull.  Tokr.  Bot.  Club,  28. 


PL.  5. 


/ 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  jS. 


Pl.  6. 


CONTRIBUTIONS   FROM   THE  NEW   YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  12. 


STUDIES  ON  THE  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN 

FLORA-IV 


BY  p.  A.  RYDBERG 


NEW  YOEK 
1901 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Toerey  Botanical  Club.  2S:. 20-S8  31  Jan.,  1901.J 


Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora.— IV 

]'>V    p.     A.     RvDliKKC 

Arnica  tomentulosa  sp.  nov. 

A  leafy  perennial  with  slender  horizontal  rootstock.  Stem 
villous,  about  4  dm.  high  :  leaves  oblanceolate,  obtuse,  sessile  or 
the  lower  with  short-winged  petioles,  denticulate,  finely  villous- 
pubescent,  almost  tomentulose,  with  two  pairs  of  stronger  veins, 
the  larger  13  dm.  long,  somewhat  )'ellowish  :  heads  few,  hemi- 
spherical ;  disk  about  i  5  mm.  high  and  2  cm.  broad  :  bracts  ovate 
or  ovate-oblong,  obtuse,  villous,  12-16  in  number:  rays  light 
yellow,  over  i  cm.  long,  4  mm.  wide. 

This  species  is  nearest  to  A.  inollis,  but  differs  in  the  broad 
obtuse  involucral  bracts.      It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  about  2700  m. 


t> 


Wyoming:  Buffalo  Fork,  1S97,  P.  Tivccdy,  52^. 

Arnica  tenuis  sp.  nov. 

A  low  slender  perennial  with  horizontal  rootstock.  Stem  spar- 
ingly villous  pubescent,  about  2  dm.  high,  monocephalous :  leaves 
usually  3  pairs,  sparingly  villous  when  young,  entire  ;  the  lower 
two  pairs  oblanceolate  or  spatulate,  the  upper  lanceolate  :  involucre 
turbinate-campanulatc,  villous,  about  13  mm.  high,  10-12  mm. 
broad:  bracts  linear,  1-1.5  mm.  wide,  green;  rays  orange,  16- 
18  mm.  long  and  4  mm.  wide. 

This  species  resembles  A.  gracilis  in  the  size  of  the  plant  and 
form  of  the  head,  but  the  leaves  are  much  narrower  and  the  heads 
solitary.  It  is  intermediate  between  that  species  and  A.  fulgciis. 
It  grows  at  an  elevation  of  about  2200  m. 

Wyoming  :  Big-Horn  Mountains,  1899,  F.  Tiveedy,  2og^. 

Artemisia  diversifolia  sp.  nov. 

A  white  tomentose  perennial  with  horizontal  rootstock.  Stems 
.simple,  leafy,  white-tomentose,  5- 10  dm.  high  :  leaves  densely  to- 
mentose on  both  sides,  subsessile,  5-10  cm.  long  :  the  lower  pin- 
nately  cleft  into  3-5  narrowly  lanceolate  acuminate  lobes,  which  are 
directed  forward  :  the  upper  entire,  linear-lanceolate,  passing  into 
the  bracts  of  the  inflorescence  :  inflorescence  a  narrow  panicle, 
1.5-3  <^n^-  long:  heads  numerous,  conglomerate,  sessile,  3-4  mm. 
high  and  3  mm.  broad  :  bracts   oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  scarious- 

20 


21      RvDBERG  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

margined,  densely  villous-tomentose  :    flowers  heterogamous,   but 
all  fertile,  light  yellow  :  receptacle  glabrous. 

This  species  belongs  to  the  A.  Ludovici(xna  group,  and  in  many 
respects  agrees  with  the  original  description  thereof.  It  is,  how- 
ever, a  western  species,  not  growing  near  the  region  from  which  A. 
Ludoviciaiia  was  described.  What  the  latter  really  is  I  have  been 
unable  to  settle.  The  one  that  I  think  is  the  only  one  that  has 
any  claim  for  the  name,  is  a  lower  plant  from  Missouri  to  Colorado, 
with  shorter  leaves,  more  green  above,  with  more  divergent  lobes 
and  brownish  flowers.  A.  diver sifolia  grows  on  sandy  beaches  up 
to  an  altitude  of  2200  m. 

Idaho:  Priest  River,  1900,  D.  T.  MacDougal,  igo  (type); 
Farmington  Landing,  Lake  Coeur  d'Alene,  1892,  Saiidberg,  Mac- 
Dougal &  Heller,  jog. 

Washington:    1889,  G.  R.    Vasey,  ^yg. 

Wyoming:   Yellowstone    Lake,    1899,  Aveu  &  Elias   Nelson, 

6603. 

Picradenia  helenioides  sp.  nov. 

A  comparatively  tall,  finely  pubescent  plant  with  apparently 
only  biennial  root.  Stem  leafy,  about  5  dm.  high,  with  several  to 
many  erect  branches  :  leaves  rather  firm,  distinctly  ribbed,  finely 
pubescent ;  the  lower  petioled  and  with  half  clasping  bases : 
basal  leaves  entire,  very  narrowly  linear-oblanceolate ;  middle 
stem-leaves  erect,  fully  i  dm.  long,  parted  into  3-5  linear  divi- 
sions :  upper  stem-leaves  linear,  entire  :  heads  corymbose  :  invo- 
lucre somewhat  tomentose,  8-10  mm.  high  and  often  15  mm. 
broad  ;  outer  bracts  united  only  at  the  base,  lanceolate,  longer 
than  the  inner,  14-18  in  number:  rays  orange,  about  i  cm.  long, 
2-3  mm.  wide,  3-toothed  at  the  apex:  achenes  silky:  scales  of 
the  pappus  broadly  lanceolate,  acuminate. 

It  is  nearest  related  to  P.  biehins  (A.  Gray)  Greene  ;  but  differs 
in  the  yellowish  green  herbage,  the  erect  branches,  the  broader 
segments  of  the  leaves  and  the  darker  flowers.  It  grows  in  moun- 
tain valleys  at  an  altitude  of  about  2700  m. 

Colorado:  On  Sangre  de  Christo  Creek,  1900,  Rydberg  &- 
Vreeland,  54.^5. 

Antennaria  Piperi  sp.  nov. 

Somewhat  surculose-rosuliferous  :  basal  leaves  2-4  cm.  long, 
obovate  or  oval  with  a  short  petiole,  densely  floccose  on  the  lower 
surface,  only  slightly  so  on  the  upper  surface  when  young,  but 


Rydberg  :  Studies  ox  the  Rockv  Mountain-  Flora      22 

soon  <;labi-atc,  i -ribbed  or  indistinctly  3-ribbed,  <,^enerally  distinctly 
mucronate  :  flowering  stems  1-1.5  dm.  high,  somewhat  glanduli- 
ferous  above  ;  its  leaves  small  and  bractlike,  oblanceolate  or  linear  ; 
heads  5-7  in  a  short  raceme  :  fertile  heads  7-8  mm.  high  and 
6-7  mm.  in  diameter ;  its  bracts  imbricate  in  about  4  series, 
slightly  floccose,  green  at  the  base,  purplish  in  the  middle  and 
with  a  light  brownish  scarious  margin  above  ;  the  outer  short  and 
ovate  ;  the  inner  lanceolate,  acute  :  pappus  very  slender,  filiform, 
dirty  white  ;  sterile  heads  about  5  mm.  high  and  about  as  broad  ; 
its  bracts  broadly  oblong,  more  floccose,  brown  and  with  a  broader 
scarious  margin  of  the  same  color  as  in  the  fertile  head,  obtuse  or 
truncate  ;  pappus  only  slightly  broadened  above,  white. 

It  is  nearest  related  to  A.  raccmosa,  but  differs  in  the  more  co- 
pious and  more  persistent  tomentum,  in  the  broader  and  brighter 
colored  bracts  of  the  fertile  head  and  the  broad  scarious  margins 
of  those  of  the  sterile  one. 

Oregon:  Olympic  Mountains.  1895,  C.  V.  /'//^v  (fertile  plant 
in  herbarium  of  Washington  E.xperiment  Station,  Pullman)  ;  moun- 
tains of  northern  Oregon,  Wilkes  Expedition  (sterile  plant  in  the 
Torrey  herbarium). 

Aster  mollis  sp.  nov. 

A  strict  perennial  with  a  horizontal  rootstock.  Stem  densely 
villous,  almost  tomentose,  or  in  age  more  glabrate,  4-8  dm.  high, 
simple  below,  with  short  flowering  branches  above  ;  leaves  obovate 
to  oblanceolate,  5- 10  cm.  long,  densely  and  softly  grayish  pu- 
bescent on  both  sides,  sessile,  sHghtly  clasping,  and  occasionally  a 
little  auricled  at  the  base  :  heads  terminating  the  short  branches, 
hemispherical  ;  disk  about  1 5  mm.  high  and  broad  ;  bracts 
herbaceous,  oblong,  obtuse,  villous-pubescent ;  rays  numerous, 
bluish  purple,  about  i  cm.  long  and  2  mm.  wide. 

This  species  reaches  an  elevation  of  2200  m. 

Wyoming:  Big-Horn  Mountains,  1899,/^.  Tweedy,  202g  {\.y]^€). 

Washington:   Pullman,  1893,  C.   V.  Piper,  1604. 

Townsendia  Vreelandii  sp.  nov. 

A  dark  green  biennial,  branching  near  the  base.  Stems  and 
branches  simple,  erect,  1.5-4  dm-  l^igh.  mostly  erect,  sparingly 
villous.  Leaves  numerous,  all  oblanceolate,  short-petioled, 
glabrous,  mucronate,  4-8  cm.  long,  5-8  mm.  wide :  involucre 
about  15  mm.  high  and  25-30  mm.  broad:  bracts  lanceolate, 
acuminate,   scarious,   light   green    with    dark   green  center  :   rays 


23      RvDBERG  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

bluish  purple,  12-1  5  mm.  long,  2  mm.  wide  :  achenes  thin,  oblong, 
truncate  :  pappus  of  2  subulate  bristles,  with  a  few  intermediate 
squamellae. 

It  is  nearest  related  to  T.  eximia,  but  has  larger  heads,  is  more 
leafy,  and  even  the  upper  leaves  are  oblanceolate.  It  grows  at 
an  altitude  of  2500-3000  m. 

Colorado  :  Side  ot  Veta  Mountain,  1900,  F.  K.  Vreeland, 
6jg  (type);  Veta  Pass,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vrcc/aud,  J404  and 
S405  ;  West  Spanish  Peak,  j^oO. 

Erigeron  leucotrichus  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  somewhat  branching  rootstock.  Stems  about 
2  dm.  high,  sparingly  villous  below,  more  copiously  so  above  : 
basal  leaves  oblanceolate  orspatulate,  3-5  cm.  long,  short-petioled, 
bright  green  and  sparingly  hairy  :  stem-leaves  oblanceolate  to 
linear,  1-2  cm.  long  ;  head  solitary  ;  involucre  white-villous  with 
multiceptate  hairs  ;  bracts  very  numerous,  lanceolate,  almost 
black,  acuminate  with  spreading  tips  :  rays  very  numerous,  about 
6  mm.  long  and  i  mm.  wide,  light  purplish  pink  or  white. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  E.  mdanocephalus,  but  easily 
distinguished  from  it  by  the  white,  not  black,  hairs  of  the  involucre. 
It  differs  from  E.  simplex  in  the  taller  habit,  the  larger  heads  and 
the  darker   bracts  of  the   involucre.      It   grows    at  an  altitude  of 
about  2500  m. 

Wyoming:  Big-Horn    Mountains,  July,  1899,  Frank   Tzveedy, 

200J. 

Erigeron  incanescens  sp.  nov. 

(?)  Erigeron  glabellas  var.  mollis  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Acad.  Phil. 
1863  :  64,  in  part. 

A  densely  and  finely  cinereous  pubescent  plant  with  perennial 
rootstock.  Stem  simple,  1.5-3  ^^-  ^^'gh-  mostly  ascending,  striate 
densely  pubescent,  leafy  :  basal  leaves  oblanceolate  or  spatulate  : 
stem-leaves  about  5  cm.  long  and  i  cm.  wide,  oblong,  oblanceo- 
late or  the  upper  lanceolate,  sessile  and  somewhat  clasping  :  heads 
1-4;  disk  about  8  mm.  high  and  15  mm.  broad:  bracts  very  nu- 
merous in  one  series,  narrowly  linear,  cinereous  as  the  rest  of  the 
plant  ;  rays  pale  blue  or  violet,  very  numerous,  about  i  5  mm.  long 
and  less  than  i  mm.  wide. 

From  Dr.  Gray's  description,  this  species  must  have  been  in- 
cluded in  E.  glabellas  wdiY.  mollis;  but  all  specimens  that  I   have 


RvDBERG  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora      24 

seen  under  that  name  belong  to  E.  subtrino-vis  Rydb.,  which  is  its 
nearest  relative.  From  this  it  differs  in  the  dense  grayish  pubes- 
cence, the  narrower  stem-leaves,  which  are  not  3-ribbed,  and  the 
lower  habit.  E.  iiicancsccns  grows  in  rocky  places  at  an  altitude 
of  about  3000  m. 

Colorado  :    West  Spanish   Peak,  i  goo,  Rydberg  &  Vree/and, 

5415- 

Erigeron  viscidus  sp.  nov. 

A  low  cespitose  perennial.  Stems  ascending,  a  little  over  i 
dm.  high,  more  or  less  hirsute  and  glandular-pubcrulent,  especially 
above  ;  leaves  3-5  cm.  long,  oblanceolate,  dark  green,  sparingly 
hirsute  and  ciliate  on  the  entire  margins  :  heads  few  :  disk  about  i 
cm.  high  and  i  5  mm.  broad  :  bracts  very  numerous,  subequal  in 
one  series,  narrowly  linear,  fuscous,  acuminate,  glandular-pubcru- 
lent, but  not  hirsute  :  rays  very  numerous,  pale  blue,  about  8  mm. 
long  and  .5  mm.  wide. 

This  species  is  intermediate  between  E.  glandnlosus  and  E. 
macrantliiis.  It  has  the  habit  of  the  former,  although  larger,  and 
the  large  heads  and  numerous  narrow  rays  of  the  latter.  It  grows 
in  wet  ground,  at  an  altitude  of  about  2700  m. 

Colorado:  Near  the  Gray-Back  Mining  Camps,  1900,  Ryd- 
berg &  Vreeland,  541 6. 

Valeriana  acutiloba  sp.  nov. 

A  bright  green  plant  with  horizontal  or  ascending  rootstock 
and  polygamo-dioecious  flowers.  Fertile  plant  4-5  dm.  high  : 
basal  leaves  entire  with  a  short  wing-margined  petiole,  5-7  cm. 
long  ;  blade  spatulate  or  obovate,  acute  :  stem-leaves  usually  3 
pairs,  pinnately  divided  ;  lateral  divisions  lanceolate  to  Hnear,  long- 
acuminate  ;  the  terminal  one  large,  oblanceolate  or  of  the  upper- 
most very  small  leaves  linear-lanceolate,  entire  or  saliently  toothed  : 
cyme  dense,  contracted,  2-5  cm.  long  and  about  as  wide  ;  gland- 
ular-puberulent :  bracts  linear  subulate,  about  i  cm.  long  :  flowers 
perfect;  corolla  funnelform,  about  4.5  mm.  long;  tube  proper 
about  I  mm.;  fruit  broadly  ovate,  about  4  mm.  long  :  pappus 
about  7  mm.  :  staminate  plant  lower,  3-4  dm.  high,  with  more 
sterile  shoots,  which  have  much  longer  leaves  :  stem-leaves  usually 
only  2  pairs,  less  divided,  with  only  1-2  pairs  of  lateral  divisions  : 
cymes  denser,  flowers  all  or  nearly  all  staminate  :  their  corollas 
larger,  5-6  mm.  long,  more  oblique  ;  the  limbs  about  5  mm.  wide. 

This  species  has  the  dense  cyme  of  V.  capita/a  ;  but  the  plant 
is  taller,  the  corolla  shorter  and  is  easily  distinguished  from  all  its 


25      Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

American  relatives  by  the  narrow,  long-acuminate  divisions  of  its 
stem-leaves.  It  grows  in  wet  places,  especially  under  snowdrifts, 
at  an  altitude  of  2500-3300  m. 

Colorado  :  Near  Gray- Back  Mining  Camp,  Sangre  de  Christo 
Range,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Jlreland,  ssy6  (type,  fertile  plant); 
Mountain  near  Veta  Pass,  JJ/i  (staminate  plants)  ;  Bear  Creek 
Cafion,  1895,  Ernst  A.  Bessey  {^^xW\€)\  Pagosa  Peak,  1899,  C.  F. 
Baker,  620. 

Campanula  MacDougalii  sp.  nov. 

A  slender  glabrous  perennial,  about  3  dm.  high  with  slender 
horizontal  rootstock.  Leaves  very  thin  :  the  basal  ones  and  lower 
stem-leaves  with  slender  petioles  2-4  cm.  long  :  blades  broadly 
ovate,  2-3  cm.  long,  coarsely  sinuate-dentate  :  upper  stem-leaves 
lanceolate  to  linear,  entire  ;  the  largest  5-6  cm.  long  :  sepals  linear 
subulate,  10-12  mm.  long,  at  last  reflexed  :  corolla  13-15  mm. 
long,  nearly  of  the  same  shape  as  that  of  C.  roinndifolia :  style 
exserted,  straio-ht :   fruit  not  seen. 

The  species  is  nearest  related  to  C.  Scoulcri ;  but  is  easily  dis- 
tinguished from  that  species  by  the  lack  of  the  sharp  toothing  of 
the  leaves.  The  lower  leaves  resemble  somewhat  those  of  C. 
rohindifolia,  and  were  it  not  for  the  exserted  style  and  the  smaller 
corolla  it  may  be  referred  to  the  var.  Alaskana  of  that  species. 

Idaho  :  Priest  Lake,  1900,  D.  T.  MacDoiigal,  66. 

Castilleja  linearis  sp.  nov. 

A  rather  slender  perennial,  with  a  rootstock.  Stem  simple, 
3-4  dm.  high,  finely  villous  pubescent :  leaves  narrowly  linear, 
about  5  cm.  long  and  2  mm.  wide,  pubescent,  entire  or  the  upper 
with  a  pair  of  narrowly  linear  lobes  :  bracts  broader,  deeply  cleft 
into  three  linear  lobes,  tipped  with  brick-red  :  calyx  villous,  2-2.5 
cm.  long,  cleft  almost  equally  deeply  in  front  and  behind,  more  than 
halfway  down  :  lateral  lobes  linear,  8-10  mm.  long:  corolla  2.5- 
3  cm.  long,  greenish  yellow  :  galea  about  i  2  mm.  long,  with  red  mar- 
gins :  lower  lip  dark  green,  about  3  mm.  long,  3-lobed. 

This  species  resembles  in  habit  most  the  subarctic  C.  pallida, 
but  has  the  corolla  of  C.  iiiincata.  It  grows  in  meadows  at  an  alti- 
tude of  about  2500  m. 

Colorado:  Near  West  Spanish  Peak,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vree- 
land,  j6i^. 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora  26 

Castilleja  trinervis  sp.  nov. 

A  tall  perennial  with  rootstock.  Stem  more  or  less  villous, 
especially  the  upper  portion,  solitary,  simple  or  branched,  3-6  dm. 
high  :  leaves  dark  green,  finely  puberulent,  entire,  acute,  usually 
3-ribbed  ;  the  lower  linear,  5-8  cm.  long  and  about  .5  cm.  wide  ; 
the  upper  lanceolate  and  often  i  5  mm.  wide  :  lower  bracts  green, 
similar  but  shorter  and  broader  and  usually  3-5-lobed  :  the  upper 
with  almost  crimson  tips  :  calyx  densely  white  villous,  about  3  cm. 
long,  equally  cleft  in  front  and  behind,  each  division  laterally  cleft 
into  two  oblong  lobes,  5-8  mm.  long,  tipped  with  the  same  color 
as  the  bracts  :  corolla  about  4  cm.  long,  slightly  curved,  green,  but 
the  galea  with  almost  crimson  margins  :  galea  about  i  5  mm.  long  : 
lower  lip  4-5  mm.  long,  dark  green,  with  three  narrow  lobes  :  style 
about  5  mm.  longer  than  the  corolla. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  C.  rhexifolia  and  C.  confitsa, 
but  is  characterized  by  the  copious  white  villous  pubescence  of 
the  upper  part  of  the  stem  and  the  calyx.  It  grows  in  open  woods 
at  an  altitude  of  2700-3000  m. 

Colorado:  Headwarters  of  Sangre  de  Christo  Creek,  1900, 
Rydberg  &  Vreelaiid,  ^620  (type);  Gray-Back  Mining  Camps,  3621. 

Castilleja  luteovirens  sp.  nov. 

A  simple  perennial  with  rootstock,  often  turning  black  in  dry- 
ing. Stem  3-4  dm.  high,  leafy,  slightly  pubescent  when  young, 
soon  glabrate,  except  the  upper  portion  which  is  slightly  villous  : 
leaves  lanceolate  to  almost  linear,  3-4  cm.  long,  3-9  mm.  wide, 
finely  puberulent,  3-ribbed,  acute,  entire,  or  rarely  the  upper  3- 
lobed  :  lower  bracts  ovate,  obtuse,  entire,  tipped  with  light  green- 
ish yellow  or  greenish  white  ;  the  upper  ones  3-toothed  at  the 
apex  and  greenish  yellow  throughout:  calyx  villous,  15-17  mm. 
long,  almost  equally  cleft  in  front  and  behind,  laterally  cleft  about 
3  mm.;  lobes  lanceolate  :  corolla  22-24  mm.  long,  greenish  ;  galea 
6-"/  mm.  long  with  yellow  margins  ;  lower  lip  2.5-3  "^"i-  long, 
bluntly  3-lobed. 

This  species  has  been  referred  to  C.  scptcjitrionalis  and  C.  pallida, 
but  differs  from  both  in  the  broader,  less  acuminate  leaves  and 
broader,  more  entire  yellowish  bracts.  Neither  of  the  two  species 
mentioned  is  found  in  the  southern  Rockies.  Mostly  all  the 
material  that  has  been  determined  as  either  belongs  to  the  present 
species.      This  grows   in  meadows  at  an  altitude  of  1200-2700  m. 

Colorado:  Sangre  de  Christo  Creek,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vree- 


27      RvDBERG :  Studies  on  the  Rocrv  Mountain  Flora 

land,  j6i6  (type)  and  5(5/;;  Wahatoya  Creek,  3618  ;  Middle  Park, 
1 861,  6^.  C.  Parry,  241;  Chicken  Creek,  \d>g^,  Baker,  Earlc  & 
Tracy,  JJ4  :  near  Denver,  1869,  B.  H.  Smith;  Ford  of  Chama, 
1859,  Neiuberry,  in  Macomb's  Expedition  ;  Seven  Lakes,  Pikes 
Peak,  1894,  Ernst  A.  Bcssey. 

Wyoming:  Big-Horn  Mountains,  1899,  F.  Tiuccdy,  2J40; 
Laramie  Plain,  1884,  C.  S.  Sheldon,  80. 

Utah  :  Salt  Lake  City,  1879,  M.  E.  Jones,  loji. 

Mimulus  gratioloides  sp.  nov. 

A  low,  branched  annual  of  more  or  less  reddish  color,  gener- 
ally less  than  i  dm.  high,  somewhat  viscid  puberulent  especially 
above.  Leaves  oblong-lanceolate,  sessile,  about  i  cm.  long,  sinu- 
ate-dentate :  pedicels  slender,  in  fruit  i  5-20  mm.  long  ;  calyx  7- 
8  mm.  long,  cylindraceous  in  fruit  :  lobes  subequal,  short,  broadly 
ovate,  acute,  ciliate  on  the  margins  ;  corolla  yellow,  about  i  cm. 
long  and  3  mm.  broad,  only  slightly  bilabiate  :  throat  beardless. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  M.  riibellus  and  the  specimens 
from  Colorado  referred  to  that  species  may  belong  here.  M. 
gratioloides  differs,  however,  in  the  smaller  yellow  corolla  and  the 
acute  calyx-lobes.  It  grows  in  exposed  places  among  rocks  and 
gravel  at  an  altitude  of  about  2300  m. 

Colorado  :  Butte,  5  miles  southwest  of  La  Veta,  1900,  Ryd- 
berg  &"  Vr  eel  and,  j66o. 

Pedicularis  lunata  sp.  nov. 

A  perennial,  perfectly  glabrous  up  to  the  inflorescense,  with  a 
rather  stout,  but  snnple  rootstock  :  stem  about  4  dm.  high,  slightly 
striate  and  purplish  :  leaves  alternate,  dark  green,  5-12  cm.  long, 
pinnately  divided  to  near  the  midrib  ;  segments  linear  or  linear- 
oblong,  crenate  :  spike  15-20  cm.  long,  rather  lax;  bracts  pecti- 
nately  divided  with  prolonged  endlobes,  the  lower  often  equal- 
ing the  flowers  in  length,  slightly  arachnoid  villous  :  calyx  about 
9  mm.  long  ;  its  teeth  broadly  lanceolate,  about  3  mm.  long  :  cor- 
olla pinkish,  over  2  cm.  long  ;  its  tube  about  twice  as  long  as  the 
calyx,  strongly  curved  ;  galea  strongly  arcuate,  produced  into  a 
rather  long  beak  and  almost  crescent-shaped  ;  lower  lip  almost 
meeting  the  beak  of  the  upper,  very  broad,  indistinctly  3-lobed 
with  large  rounded  lateral  lobes. 

The  very  broad  lower  lip,  and  long-beaked  galea  suggest 
somewhat    P.  contorta  and   P.  ctenophora,  but  the   corolla-tube  is 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora      28 

much  longer  and  the  beak  not  spirally  twisted.  The  species  may 
therefore  be  placed  with  P.  Caiihyi,  P.  Parryi  and  P.  Hallii,  but  the 
corolla  and  beak  are  much  more  arcuate.  It  is  a  handsome  spe- 
cies growing  at  an  altitude  of  nearly  2800  m. 

Wyoming  :  Big-Horn  Mountains,  1899,  F.  Tweedy,  2J17  (type). 

Pentstemon  erosus  sp.  nov. 

A  glabrous  cespitose  perennial,  2-4  dm.  high.  Basal  leaves 
oblanceolate,  short-petioled,  3-5  cm.  long,  entire,  mostly  acute  : 
stem-leaves  opposite,  sessile,  oblong  or  lanceolate,  entire,  acute  or 
the  uppermost  acuminate  :  flowers  in  a  dense  interrupted  spikelike 
inflorescence  :  calyx-lobes  broadly  ovate,  almost  cuspidate-acumi- 
nate, tinged  with  dark  purple  and  white  and  with  an  erose-dentate 
margin  :  corolla  purple  with  very  dark  limb  :  lower  lip  broad  with 
3  rounded  reflexed  lobes,  bearded  on  the  inside  :  upper  lip  with  2 
erect  narrower  lobes :  sterile  stamens  narrowly  clavate,  short- 
bearded. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  P.  procerus,  but  easily  dis- 
tinguished by  the  erose  sepals  and  more  reflexed  lower  lip.  It 
grows  at  an  altitude  of  2000-2700  m. 

Colorado:  Indian  Creek  Pass,  1900,  F.  K.  Vreeland,  615 
(type);  South  Park,  1^7 1,  John  [F^^/^r  (Wheeler  Expedition),  2pj  ; 
Chicken  Creek,  West  La  Plata  Mountains,  1898,  Baker,  Earle  & 
Tracy,  6j8. 

Pentstemon  Wilcoxii  sp.  nov. 

An  almost  glabrous  perennial  with  a  cespitose  caudex.  Stems 
3-6  dm.  high,  glabrous  or  slightly  puberulent  above,  simple  : 
leaves  opposite,  glabrous  and  somewhat  glaucous,  dentate  with 
small  sharp  callous  teeth,  acute  :  the  basal  ones  petioled,  lanceo- 
late :  the  lower  stem-leaves  sessile,  oblanceolate  or  oblong,  3-5  cm. 
long  ;  the  upper  lanceolate  and  slight!)'  clasping :  inflorescence 
an  elongated  interrupted  thyrse  :  branches  1-2  cm.  long,  fastigiate- 
cymose  :  calyx  glabrous,  about  4  mm.  long,  cleft  }^  its  length  : 
lobes  lanceolate,  acute,  slightly  margined  below  and  there  often 
sinuately  toothed  :  corolla  straight,  purple,  glabrous  on  the  out- 
side, about  1 5  mm.  long  ;  the  lower  lip  longer  than  the  upper, 
slightly  bearded  within  :  sterile  stamen  club-shaped,  with  a  short 
dense  brown  beard. 

This  species  is  probably  nearest  related  to  P.  Jiuinilis ;  but 
easily  distinguished  by  the  tall  stems,  the  sharper  toothed  leaves, 
and  the  numerous  purple  flowers. 


29      Rydberg  :  Studies  ox  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Montana:  Kalispell,  1900,  E.  V.  IVl/cox,  jyo  {type  in  United 
States  National  Herbarium)  and  j68. 

Polemonium  delicatum  sp.  nov. 

A  small  glandular  perennial  with  slender  horizontal  rootstock. 
Stem  very  slender,  about  i  dm.  high  :  leaves  3-8  cm.  long ;  leaf- 
lets 5-1 1  pairs,  very  thin,  ovate,  ovate-lanceolate  or  oblong, 
mostly  acute,  3—10  mm.  long:  inflorescence  usually  branched; 
branches  3— 4-flovvered  ;  pedicels  slender,  5—15  mm.  long;  calyx 
glandular,  4-5  mm.  long:  lobes  lanceolate,  acute:  corolla  blue, 
open-campanulate,  about  7  mm.  high  and  8  mm.  broad  :  stamens 
about  equalling  the  corolla. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  P.  parviflornm  Nutt.,  but  is  still 
smaller  and  characterized  by  its  slender  pedicels,  small  flowers  and 
acute  calyx-lobes.      It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  over  3000  m. 

Colorado:  West  Spanish  Peak,  1900,  Rydberg  &■  Vreeland, 
5720  (type). 

Colorado  or  New  Mexico  :  Canadian  ?,  Dr.  James. 

Polemonium  speciosum  sp.  nov. 

A  low  viscid-villous  plant,  cespitose  with  a  perennial  rootstock. 
Stem  1-2  dm.  high  with  2-3  leaves:  basal  leaves  numerous,  8-15 
cm.  long  with  wing-margined  rachis  ;  leaflets  opposite,  7—9  pairs, 
ovate,  6—12  mm.  long,  acute:  stem-leaves  similar  but  smaller  :  in- 
florescence capitate  :  calyx  viscid-villous,  15-20  mm.  long,  cleft  to 
about  the  middle  :  lobes  lanceolate,  acute  :  corolla  pale  blue,  deeply 
campanulate-funnelform.  2-2.5  cm.  long:  limb  about  1.5  cm. 
broad. 

The  form  of  the  corolla,  the  dense  capitate  inflorescence  and 
the  viscid  pubescence  place  this  species  nearest  P.  viscosnm,  and 
P.  covifertnin,  but  the  leaflets  are  not  verticillate,  the  corolla  is 
larger  than  that  of  the  former  and  broader  than  in  the  latter. 

Colorado:  Mount  Garfield,  1900,  Fred.  Clements. 

Gilia  Candida  sp.  nov. 

A  glandular  perennial  with  short  caudex.  Stems  often  more 
than  one,  ascending  or  erect,  simple,  4—6  dm.  high,  leafy  :  leaves 
rather  fleshy,  divided  into  linear-filiform,  spinulose-tipped  seg- 
ments ;  the  upper  gradually  smaller  :  inflorescence  a  very  narrow 
panicle  :  branches  usually  very  short  and  few-flowered  :  flowers 
subsessile  :  calyx  glandular-pubescent,  about  8  mm.  long  ;  its  lobes 
lanceolate,  bristle-tipped  :     corolla  white,   or  rarely  pale  pink,  2—3 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora      30 

cm.  lone,  salverform  :  its  lobes  oval  or  obovate,  obtuse  :  stamens 
inserted  unequally  below  the  throat,  included. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  G.  aggrcgata ;  but  differs  in 
the  white  corolla  and  its  rounded  obtuse  lobes.  It  is  also  lower 
and  the  upper  leaves  more  reduced.  It  grows  on  dry  hillsides  at 
an  altitude  of  2000-2700  m. 

Colorado:  Mesas  near  La  Veta.  1900.  F.  K.  Vrceland,  602 
(type);  Veta  Pass,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vrceland,  3730;  Calham, 
1893,  Dc  A.  Saunders. 

Phacelia  alba  sp.  nov. 

A  viscid-villous  annual  or  biennial,  2-4  dm.  high.  Stem  leafy, 
strict  and  simple  viscid-villous  and  glandular  above  :  leaves  twice 
interruptedly  pinnatifid,  about  i  dm.  long,  glandular-puberulent, 
hispid  ciliolate  on  the  margins  and  veins  ;  ultimate  segments  ovate 
or  oblong,  3-6  mm.  long  :  inflorescence  branched,  dense,  in  flowers 
almost  capitate,  but  branches  in  fruit  spiciform  :  flowers  nearly 
sessile,  2- ranked  :  calyx  glandular,  cleft  to  near  the  base  ;  sepals 
broadly  linear,  obtuse,  about  2  mm.  long,  about  one  third  shorter 
than  the  white  corolla  :  the  lobes  of  the  latter  rounded,  crenate  : 
appendages  fo,  broadly  ovate  :  stamens  and  style  much  exserted  : 
capsule  ovoid,  about  6  mm.  long  :  seeds  often  solitary  in  each 
cavity,  finely  pitted. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  P.  Nco-Mexicaiia  and  P.  Popci, 
resembling  the  latter  most  in  habit,  but  having  the  viscid-pubes- 
cence and  the  crenate  corolla-lobes  of  the  former.  It  differs  from 
both  in  the  small  white  corolla  and  the  long- exserted  stamens.  It 
grows  in  mountain  valleys  at  an  altitude  of  1800-3000  m. 

Colorado:  Sangre  de  Christo  Creek,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vree- 
land,  3755  (type);  Valley  of  Upper  Arkansas   River,  \^7l,Jolui 

Wolfe  (Wheeler    Expedition),   99 ;    Headwaters   of   Clear   Creek, 

1 86 1,  C.  C.  Parry,  514. 

New  Mexico:  Ruidoso  Creek,  White  Mountains,  1895,  E.  O. 

Wootoii. 

Lappula  calycosa  sp.  nov. 

A  hirsute  annual,  simple  below,  branched  above  with  long 
virgate  branches.  Stem  hirsute,  3-4  dm.  high  :  leaves  oblong, 
obtuse,  3-4  cm.  long,  7-8  mm.  wide ;  those  of  the  branches 
smaller  :  pedicels  short,  in  fruit  2-3  mm.  long,  generally  4  mm. 
below  the  leaves  ;  corolla  pale  blue,  about  1.5  mm.  long,  and  i 
mm.   broad  :  calyx-lobes  enlarged  in   fi    it.   foliaceous,   4-6  mm. 


31      Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rockv  Mountain  Flora 

long  and  reflexed  :  fruit  about  4  mm.  in  diameter  :  nutlets  sur- 
rounded by  a  single  row  of  subulate  glochinate  prickles,  some- 
what flattened  at  the  base  but  not  united  into  a  wing-border  :  back 
of  the  nutlets  strongly  muricate. 

It  is  nearest  related  to  L.  occidentalis  (Wats.)  Greene,  but  dif- 
fers in  the  oblong  obtuse  leaves,  the  enlarged  and  reflexed  fruiting 
calyx-lobes,  and  the  virgate  branches.  It  grows  in  deserted  fields 
at  an  altitude  of  about  2000  m. 

Colorado:  Walsenburg,  igoo,  Rydberg  &  Vreeland,  fijif;. 

Lappula  cupulata  (A.  Gray) 

Echinospcrinujii  Redozi'skii  var.  cupulata  A.  Gray,  Bot.  Calif,  i  : 
530.      1876. 

I  think  that  this  should  be  regarded  as  distinct  from  L.  Tcxana 
(Scheeie)  Britton,  as  the  habit  is  quite  different,  L.  cupulata  is 
diffuse,  branching  at  the  base,  with  elongated  branches,  while  L. 
Tcxana  is  simple  at  the  base,  and  branched  above  with  short 
branches. 

L.  Tcxana  is  a  southern  plant,  ranging  from  Texas  to  New 
Mexico.  The  range  of  L.  cupulata  is  from  Nevada  to  Nebraska, 
south  to  Colorado. 

Cryptanthe  minima  sp.  nov. 

A  dwarf  hirsute  annual,  beginning  to  bloom  when  only  i  cm. 
high.  Stems  several,  erect,  in  the  specimens  seen  only  1-4  cm. 
high,  long  hirsute  :  leaves  spatulate  or  oblanceolate  obtuse,  hirsute 
on  both  sides,  5—1  5  mm.  long  and  2—3  mm.  wide  :  flowers  crowded, 
2.5—3  iTim-  long,  subsessile  :  lobes  of  the  calyx  linear,  hispid: 
corolla  white  ;  limb  a  little  over  i  mm.  broad  ;  nutlets  whitish, 
about  I  mm.  long,  dissimilar  ;  3  ovoid,  strongly  muricate ;  the 
fourth  somewhat  larger,  smooth  ;  the  inside  edge  with  a  slender 
groove,  triangular-dilated  at  the  base. 

In  size  and  general  habit,  this  species  is  strikingly  like  C. 
pusilla  ;  but  the  fruit  is  different ;  the  nutlets  being  dissimilar,  one 
of  them  smooth,  and  all  with  rounded  lateral  angles  and  more 
rounded  backs.  The  specimens  of  our  collection  are  rather  young 
and  only  two  full)'  developed  fruits  were  found.  C.  niinwia  was 
found  on  dry  hillsides  at  an  altitude  of  about  2200  m. 

Colorado  :  Cucharas  River,  above  La  Veta,  1900,  Rydberg  & 
Vre eland,  56 gy. 


Ryduerg  :  Studies  ox  thk  R(»ckv  Mountain  Flora      32 

Mertensia  lineariloba  sp.  nov. 

A  slender  perennial  with  ijlabrous  simple  stem,  2—3  dm.  high, 
basal  leaves  5-15  cm.  long,  long-petioled  ;  blades  oblanceolate, 
obtuse;  stem-leaves  subsessile,  linear  or  linear-lanceolate,  acute, 
3-6  cm.  long,  4-9  mm.  wide,  strigose  above,  glabrous  beneath  : 
flower  clusters  3-4-flowered  in  the  axils  of  the  upper  leaves ; 
pedicels  very  slender,  2-6  mm.  long,  strigose  :  calyx  divided  to 
near  the  base  ;  lobes  linear,  acute,  3-4  mm.  long,  almost  equaling 
the  tube  of  the  corolla,  glabrous  on  the  back,  but  hispid  ciliatc  on 
the  margins  :  corolla  blue,  7-8  mm.  long,  tube  nearly  of  the  same 
length  as  the  throat  and  limb  ;  the  latter  4-5  mm.  long  :  stamens 
almost  equaling  the  corolla  ;  filaments  dilated,  and  broader  than 
the  anthers. 

It  is  nearest  related  to  JI.  Iwcaris,  but  characterized  by  the 
narrow,  strongly  ciliate  calj-x-lobes  and  the  filiform  pedicels.  It 
grows  in  shaded  situations  at  an  altitude  of  2500-2700  m. 

Colorado:  West  Indian  Creek,  Trichera  Range,  1900,  Ryd- 
berg  &-  Vreelatid,  j;6gi  (type) ;   near  Empire,  1885,  //.  N.  Patterson, 

115- 

Mertensia  ovata  sp.  nov. 

A  low  cespitose,  somewhat  fleshy  perennial.  Stems  1-1.5 
dm.  high,  glabrous:  leaves  2-5  cm.  long,  1-1.5  cm.  wide,  mi- 
nutely strigose  above,  glabrous  beneath  ;  the  lower  obovate  and 
short-petioled  ;  the  upper  broadly  ovate  and  sessile  :  flower-cluster 
dense  ;  pedicels  very  short :  calyx  cleft  to  near  the  base  :  sepals 
lanceolate,  ciliate  on  the  margin,  about  4  mm.  long  and  one  third 
shorter  than  the  corolla-tube:  corolla  10-12  mm.  Ions:;  its  tube 
nearly  one  half  longer  than  the  throat  and  limb  :  the  latter  about 
7  mm.  broad  :  stamens  nearly  equaling  the  corolla ;  filaments 
dilated  and  broader  than  the  anthers. 

This  species  is  probably  nearest  related  to  M.  lanceolata  ;  but 
differs  in  the  stunted  habit  and  the  broad  leaves.  It  grows  among 
rocks,  at  an  altitude  of  2800-3500  m.  • 

Colorado:  West  Spanish  Peak,  igoo,  RvdbtTg  &  Vreeland^ 
j6po  (type)  and  jSpoa. 

Mertensia  obtusiloba  sp.  nov. 

A  low  cespitose  perennial.  Stems  ascending,  glabrous,  1—2 
dm.  high  :  lower  leaves  spatulate  or  oblanceolate,  obtuse,  tapering 
into  a  winged  petiole,  dark  green,  glabrous  beneath,  minutely 
strigulose  above,  glabrate  in  age,  3-5  cm.  long ;  the  upper  broadly 
lanceolate,  sessile  :  flower-clusters  several   from  the  axils  of  the 


33      Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

upper  leaves  :  pedicels  very  short,  often  sparingly  strigulose  :  calyx 
divided  to  near  the  base  ;  sepals  oblong,  obtuse,  ciliate  on  the 
margins,  2-3  mm.  long,  scarcely  more  than  half  as  long  as  the 
tube  of  the  corolla  :  corolla  dark  blue,  about  7  mm.  long  :  tube 
nearly  equaling  the  throat  and  limb  :  stamens  short,  included  in 
the  tube,  filaments  very  short,  not  broader  than  the  anthers. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  M.  Tiucedyi,  but  differs  in 
the  shorter,  obtuse  calyx-lobes,  the  broader  and  thinner  leaves 
and  the  stem  which  is  not  depressed  or  prostrate.  It  grows  at  an 
altitude  of  2000-3500  m. 

Colorado:  Pikes  Peak,  1900,  Fred.  Clenioits  (type);  Garden 
of  the  Gods  and  Pikes  Peak,  1894,  Ei'-nst  A.  Bessey  ;  Argentine 
Pass,  1878,  Marcus  E.  Joiics,  j^. 

Mertensia  membranacea  sp.  nov. 

A  tall  erect  perennial  with  a  rather  thick  tap-root.  Stem  gla- 
brous or  sparingly  hirsute  above,  6-8  dm.  high  :  leaves  all  petioled, 
or  the  upper  sessile  ;  blades  ovate,  acute  or  more  often  short  acu- 
minate, 4-8  cm.  long,  1.5-4  cm.  wide,  very  thin,  hispid-stringulose 
on  both  sides  :  flower-clusters  terminal  and  in  the  axils  of  the  upper 
leaves,  branched  and  many-flowered  :  pedicels  5-10  mm.  long,  his- 
pidulous:  calyx-lobes  2-3  mm.  long,  hispidulous,  lanceolate,  acute, 
one-third  or  one-fourth  as  long  as  the  tube  of  the  corolla  :  corolla 
about  I  cm.  long  ;  the  pale  blue  or  almost  white  tube  longer  than 
the  dark  blue  limb  and  throat  :  limb  about  4  mm.  broad  :  stamens 
much  shorter  than  the  limb  ;  filaments  dilated  and  broader  than 
the  anthers  :  nutlets  strongly  rugose  and  spotted. 

This  species  is  related  to  M.  panicidata.  Mr.  Bessey  and  my- 
self collected  it  in  1897,  but  as  the  specimens  were  rather  poor, 
they  were  referred  doubtfully  to  that  species.  As  more  and  bet- 
ter specimens  have  now  been  received,  it  has  been  possible  to  draw 
a  description.  It  differs  from  M.  paniadata,  in  the  thinner  leaves 
which  almost  always  show  an  acumination,  in  the  short  calyx-lobes 
which  scarcely  enlarge  in  fruit  and  the  smaller  and  numerous 
flowers.      It   grows  in   moist  places  at  an  altitude  of  300-2000  m. 

Idaho  :  Priest  River,  1900,  D.  T.  MacDougal,  j  (type) ;  Cedar 
Mountain,  1892,  Sandberg,  MacDougal  &  Heller,  ^20. 

Montana:  Electric  Peak,  \Sgj,  Rydberg  &  Bessey,  ^864. 

Mentzelia  ctenophora  sp.  nov. 

A  diffuse  cespitose  scabrous  perennial.  Stems  3-6  dm.  long, 
branched,  in  age  straw-colored  :    lower  leaves  linear  or  linear-Ian- 


RvDHERG  :  Studies  o\  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora      34 

ceolate  in  outline,  tapering  at  both  ends,  often  2  dm.  long  :  the 
upper  lanceolate  with  a  broad  base  :  all  pectinately  laciniate  with 
linear-oblong  divergent  obtuse  lobes  ;  hypanthium  cylindrical, 
15-18  mm.  long;  sepals  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  4-5  mm.  long: 
petals  obovate,  light  yellow,  about  8  mm.  long  :  seeds  irregularly 
angled,  but  not  winged,  finely  muricate. 

This  species  is  perhaps  nearest  related  to  M.  albicaulis,  but 
differs  in  the  large  size  of  the  plant,  the  diffuse  habit,  and  the  larger 
flowers.  It  was  collected  on  railroad  banks  and  in  loose  barren 
soil  on  hillsides,  at  an  altitude  of  1 800-2  lOD  m. 

Colorado  :  On  Cucharas  River,  below  La  Veta,  1900,  Rydbcrg 
&  Vrecland,  sydg  (type) ;  near  Walsenburg,  S7^^- 

Impatiens  aurella  sp.  nov. 

A  slender  glabrous  annual,  about  6  dm.  high.  Petioles  1.5-3 
cm.  long  :  leaf-blades  ovate  or  oval,  thin,  bright  green,  a  little  paler 
beneath,  4-5  cm.  long,  coarsely  toothed,  acute  ;  teeth  and  apex 
finely  mucronate  :  peduncles  ascending,  mostly  2-flowered  :  bracts 
minute,  linear,  about  2  mm.  long  :  flowers  orange,  not  mottled  : 
sack  conical,  about  i  cm.  long  and  6  mm.  broad  at  the  base  ;  its 
'  spur  recurved,  about   8  mm.  long. 

This  is  nearest   related    to    /.  biflora,  but  differs   in   the    much 

smaller  flowers,  which  are  scarcely  more  than  half  the  size  of  that 

species  and  without  any  spots,  the  comparatively  longer   spur  and 

less  pale  leaves.    It  grows  in  swamps  at  an  altitude  of  about  600  m. 

Idaho  :  Priest  River,  1900,  D.  T.  MacDougal,  20. 

Geranium  nervosum  sp.  nov. 

A  tall  perennial  with  thick  root  and  short  caudex.  Stems  4-8 
dm.  high,  minutely  retrorsely  strigose.  in  age  more  glabrate  :  basal 
leaves  with  petioles  2-4  dm.  long  ;  blades  reniform  in  outline.  8- 
12  cm.  in  diameter,  finely  strigose  on  both  sides,  divided  to  near 
the  base  into  5-7  obovate-cuneate  or  oblanceolate-cuneate  divisions 
which  are  again  2-3 -cleft  and  coarsely  toothed  :  stem-leaves  none, 
except  those  subtending  the  inflorescence  ;  these  sessile,  3-5 -cleft ; 
branches  of  the  cymes  and  calyx  vei-y  densely  glandular  pubes- 
cent :  sepals  oval,  8-9  mm.  long,  terminated  by  a  filiform  tip,  i- 
2  mm.  long:  petals  broadly  obovate,  15-18  mm.  long,  pale  violet 
or  almost  white,  with  dark  purple  streaks  :  carpels  as  well  as  their 
column  densely  glandular  ;  the  latter  nearly  2  cm.  long  :  style  be- 
yond the  column  about  5  mm.  :  seeds  glabrous,  minutely  reticulate. 

This  species  is  somewhat  intermediate  between  G.  viscosissiunnn 


35     RvDBERG  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

and  G.  RicJiardsoiiii,  having  the  general  habit,  the  leaves  and  pu- 
bescence of  the  stem  of  the  latter,  but  the  densely  glandular  pu- 
bescence of  the  inflorescence  and  the  calyx  and  carpels  of  the 
former.  The  color  of  the  flower  is  most  like  G.  RicJiardsonii,  but 
scarcely  pure  white  and  with  much  more  prominent  veins.  It 
grows  at  an  altitude  of   1800-2700  m. 

Wyoming  :  Pish  Creek,  Teton  Forest  Reserve,  1897,  F.  Tiveedy, 

494-  (type). 

Colorado:  Continental    Divide,   Routt   County,    1894,    C.   S. 

CfandalL 

Lupinus  candicans  sp.  no  v. 

A  low  cespitose  perennial,  densely  white-silky  throughout. 
Stems  ascending,  1.5-2  dm.  high,  3-4-leaved,  often  branched: 
stipules  linear  subulate,  5-8  mm.  long  :  petiole  3-8  cm.  long  :  leaf- 
lets about  7,  densely  white-silky  and  shining,  1.5-2.5  cm.  long, 
oblanceolate,  acute,  mucronate,  mostly  conduplicate  :  raceme  rather 
dense,  3-8  cm.  long  on  a  peduncle  2-5  cm.  long  :  bracts  small 
and  early  deciduous  :  calyx  densely  silky-villous,  only  slightly 
saccate  on  the  upper  side  ;  lower  lobe  about  4  mm.  long  :  banner 
dark  blue  with  a  light  brown  spot,  about  7  mm.  long,  very  broad, 
and  with  the  sides  strongly  reflexed  ;  wings  dark  blue,  as  well  as 
the  banner  glabrous,  about  9  mm.  long  and  about  equaling  the 
keel  :  the  latter  whitish,  tipped  with  dark  purple  :  pod  densely 
white-silky,  3— 4-seeded. 

This  species  has  the  white  pubescence  of  L.  scricens  and  L. 
Hcllerae  ;  but  is  in  every  way  a  much  smaller  and  more  cespitose 
plant :  the  flowers  are  much  smaller  and  of  a  darker  and  more  in- 
tense blue. 

Montana  :  (locality  not  given),  1900,  E.  V.  Wilcox,  ^j  i  (type 

in  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.)  ;  Boulder,  i2j  and  I2g,  in  part ;  Big  Timber, 

j<?5 ;   Highwood   Mountains,  42;   Columbia   Falls,    1897,   R.  S. 

Williajiis. 

Lupinus  cyaneus  sp.  nov. 

A  stout  and  tall  perennial  with  rather  simple  caudex.  Stem 
4-9  dm.  high,  densely  villous,  but  not  white,  very  leafy  and  in  age 
somewhat  branched  :  stipules  subulate,  over  i  cm.  long:  petioles 
5-10  cm.  long  :  leaflets  7-1 1,  oblanceolate,  3-9  cm.  long,  glabrous 
above,  almost  velvety  beneath,  acute  :  raceme  long  and  dense. 
1.5-2  dm.  long:  bracts  rather  persistent,  often  over  i  cm.  long: 
flowers  very  numerous,  2-4  m  each  verticil,  very  short-pediceled  : 
calyx  white-velvety,  somewhat  saccate   above  :  lower   lobe  about 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on    ihe  Rocky  Mountain  Flora      36 

8  mm.  long  :  banner  slightly  hairy  on  the  back,  light  blue,  with 
a  light  brownish  spot  at  the  center,  about  8  mm.  long  :  wings  light 
blue,  about  i  cm.  long,  equaling  the  keel,  which  is  whitish  with 
purple  tip:  pod  densely  silky-villous,  about  25  mm.  long  and  8 
mm.  wide,  4-5 -seeded. 

This  species  has  the  general  habit  and  the  long  dense  raceme 
of  L.  IcucopJiyllus,  but  is  much  greener  and  the  flowers  are  much 
smaller  and  lighter  in  color.  No.  435,  cited  below,  is  referred 
here  doubtfully.  It  is  more  silvery  and  more  branched  and  had 
apparently  almost  white  flowers. 

Montana:  (locality  not  given),  1900,  E.  \\  Wilcox,  ^46  (type 
in  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.) ;  Coal  Spur,  435  (?)  and  7^9  (the  latter  in 
fruit);   Gallatin  Valley,  1896,/  H.  Flodman,  617. 

Astragalus  sulphurescens  sp.  nov. 

A  light  green  cespitose  perennial.  Stems  ascending,  about  4 
dm.  high,  angled,  glabrous,  somewhat  branched  :  stipules  ovate  to 
lanceolate,  membranaceous,  free  from  the  petioles  :  leaflets  13-19, 
elliptic,  obtuse  or  acutish,  mucronulate,  12-30  mm.  long,  with  a 
few  scattered  strigose  hairs  :  spike  dense  and  elongated  :  flowers 
ascending :  bracts  lanceolate-subulate,  about  8  mm.  long  :  calyx 
white-strigose  with  scattered  black  hairs  :  tube  about  5  mm.  long  : 
lobes  almost  filiform,  fully  5  mm.  long  :  corolla  light  yellow  : 
banner  narrow,  15-18  mm.  long,  much  exceeding  the  wings  and 
keel  :  wings  very  narrow,  only  about  1.5  mm.  wide  :  pod  2-celled, 
with  dorsal  suture  deeply  inflexed,  deeply  obcordate  in  section, 
about  I  cm.  long,  3-4  mm.  wide,  strigose,  with  black  hairs. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  A.  adsiirgens,  but  differs  in  the 
yellow,  ascending  flowers,  narrow  petals,  more  scant  pubescence, 
the  long  slender  calyx  lobes  and  the  black  hairy  pod.  It  grows 
at  an  altitude  of  1600-3000  m. 

Colorado:  Georgetown,  1895,  P.  A.  Rydberg  (type);  along 
Platte  River,  Denver,  1878,  M.  E.  Jones,  8ji. 

Aragallus  villosus  sp.  nov. 

Densely  and  intricately  cespitose  perennial.  Leaves  basal, 
numerous,  5-10  cm.  long  :  leaflets  25-31,  rather  crowded  but  not 
verticillate,  1-1.5  cm.  long,  lanceolate,  very  acute,  densely  but 
somewhat  loosely  silky  :  scape  about  1.5  dm.  long,  loosely  silky, 
almost  hirsute,  with  spreading  hairs  :  spike  dense,  4-5  cm.  long  : 
bracts  linear  or  narrowly  linear-lanceolate,  8-IO  mm.  long  :    calyx 


37      Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

white-silky  villous  ;  lobes  very  short,  about  2  mm.  long  :  corolla 
ochroleucous  without  any  purple,  12-15  r""^.  long:  keel  very 
short  and  round,  abruptly  tipped  with  a  small  tip  :  pod  thin,  per- 
fectly 2-celled,  white-silky,  about  1.5  cm.  long,  more  than  twice  as 
long  as  the  calyx,  tipped  with  a  slender  beak  which  is  abruptly 
hooked  at  the  apex. 

This  belongs  to  the  A.  campcstris  group  and  is  characterized 
by  the  coarse  spreading  pubescence  of  the  scape  and  the  ochro- 
leucous flowers  without  any  trace  of  purple. 

Montana  :  Craig,  1900,  E.  V.  Wilcox,  jy8  (type  in  U.  S.  Nat. 

Herb.). 

Trifolium  lilacinum  sp.  nov. 

A  densely  cespitose  dwarf  subscapose  perennial  with  very  deep 
root.  The  short  branches  of  the  caudex  covered  with  the  scarious 
stipules  and  remains  of  old  leaves  :  leaves  3-foliolate,  bright  green  ; 
petioles  2-6  cm.  long,  strigose  :  leaflets  elliptic  or  lanceolate-ob- 
long, acute  at  each  end,  1-2.5  cm.  long,  strigose  :  peduncle  5-12 
cm.  long,  bracts  minute,  less  than  i  mm.  long,  3-toothed  :  flowers 
reflexed  in  fruit  :  calyx  densely  strigose  ;  tube  3  mm.  long  ;  teeth 
subulate-filiform,  4-6  mm.  long  :  corolla  pale  rose-purple  or  lilac, 
in  age  turning  light  brownish,  about  i  cm.  long  ;  banner  straight 
and  obtuse. 

This  species  is  related  to  T.  dasyp/iyliui/i ;  differing  in  the 
minute  3-toothed  bracts  and  their  shorter  and  comparatively 
broader  leaflets.  It  is  still  nearer  related  to  T.  acuiniiiatiis  Greene  ; 
from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  the  smaller  flowers  and  the  not 
acuminate  banner.  It  is  an  alpine  plant  growing  among  rocks  at 
an  altitude  of  about  3000  m. 

Colorado:  West  Spanish  Peak,  1900,  Rydberg  &■  Vreeland, 
j-pso  (type),  J  PS  I  and  spS-- 

Lathyrus  leucanthus  sp.  nov. 

A  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent  perennial  with  a  very  slender 
rootstock.  Stem  about  3  dm.  high,  angled  :  stipules  very  narrow, 
semi-sagittate  :  leaflets  2-4  pairs,  elliptic,  veiny,  glaucous,  acute, 
mucronate,  1-3  cm.  long,  3-10  mm.  wide:  tendrils  of  the  lower 
leaves  mere  tips  ;  of  the  upper  elongated  and  sometimes  3-di- 
vided  :  racemes  short,  in  the  axils  of  the  middle  leaves,  3-4  cm. 
long,  2-4-flowered  :  calyx  glabrous,  cleft  to  about  the  middle  : 
lobes  lanceolate,  acuminate  :  corolla  white,  about  i  5  mm.  long  : 
banner  broad. 


RvDBERG  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora      38 

This  is  nearest  related  to  L.  Arizoniciis,  but  differs  in  the 
broader  lea\'es  and  banner.  It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  2400— 
3000  m. 

Colorado  :  Ojo,  1900,  Rydbcrg  &  Ireelaiid,  6020  (type) ; 
Pass  Creek,  6021 ;  West  Indian  Creek,  6022;  mountain  near 
Veta  Pass,  6o2j; ;  Veta  Pass,  1890,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  H.  Hicks, 
/p  ,•   Ridgway,  1895,  F.  Tweedy,  2j;g. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  13. 


FURTHER  STUDIES  ON  THE  POTENTILLEAE. 


BY   P.   A.   RYDBERG. 


NEW  YORK 
1901 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Toeeey  Botanical  Club,  28 :  m-183,  27  Mar.,  1901.1 


Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae 

By  p.  a.  Rydberg 

1.  WEST  AMERICAN  SPECIES 

Potentilla  horrida  sp.  nov. 

A  stout  perennial  with  very  thick  woody  root  and  a  short  cau- 
dex  covered  with  the  thick  coriacious  brown  remains  of  old 
leaves:  stems  ascending,  1.5-4  dm.  iiigh,  stout,  few-leaved,  hir- 
sute-villous  :  petioles  of  the  basal  leaves  5-10  cm.  long,  stout, 
densely  hirsute-villous,  broadened  at  the  base  and  surrounding  the 
stem  :  leaves  digitate;  leaflets  usually  5,  linear-oblong  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  obtuse,  crenulate,  3-5  cm.  long,  7-12  mm.  wide,  densely 
pubescent  on  both  sides,  almost  velvety  :  pubescence  at  first  white, 
later  on  brown,  consisting  of  tomentum  and  longer  silky  hairs:  stem- 
leaves  similar  or  trifoliolate,  much  smaller  ;  the  upper  subsessile  ; 
the  stipulates  lanceolate  to  linear-subulate,  1-3  cm.  long,  adnate  to 
the  petioles  :  cyme  rather  congested  :  hypanthium  and  calyx 
densely  pilose  :  bractlets  lanceolate,  acute,  about  half  as  long  as 
the  ovate-lanceolate  sepals  w^hich  are  about  5  mm.  long  :  petals 
yellow,  broadly  obovate,  about  7  mm.  long. 

A  species  oiihe gracilis  group,  but  resembling  most  P.  Hacma- 
tochrus  in  habit  and  pubescence.  It  differs,  however  in  the  coarser 
pubescence,  the  5-foliolate,  instead  of  7-foliolate  leaves  and  the 
yellow  petals.  The  type  specimens  were  found  at  an  altitude  of 
2250  m. 

Mexico,  State  of  Chihuahua  :  Sierra  Madre,  near  Colonia 
Garcia,  1899,  Toivuscud  &-  Barber,  16. 

Potentilla  brunnescens  sp.  nov. 

A  tall  strict  perennial  with  short  scaly  rootstock  :  stem  4-5 
dm.  high,  pubescence,  especially  above,  tinged  with  brown  or  pur- 
plish :  basal  leaves  digitately  5-7-foliolate  ;  petioles  often  2  dm. 
long,  villous  with  spreading  hairs  ;  leaflets  i\-'j  cm.  long,  broadly 
oblanceolate  in  outline,  brownish  strigose  on  both  sides,  paler  be- 
neath, pectinately  divided  to  near  the  midrib  ;  segments  linear,  ob- 
tuse :  stem-leaves  similar  but  short-petioled  or  subsessile,  smaller: 
cyme  many-flowered,  corymbiform  :  hypanthium  and  calyx  vil- 
lous-strigose  :  bractlets   linear,  obtuse,  about   half  as  long  as  the 

173 


174     Rydberg  :    Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae 

ovate-lanceolate,  acute  sepals  :  petals  yellow,  5-6  mm.  long,  ob- 
ovate,  about  one  fourth  longer  than  the  sepals. 

The  species  is  a  member  of  the  gracilis  group  and  nearest  re- 
lated to  P.  flabellifonnis,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  light  brown 
or  yellowish  pubescence  and  the  lack  of  tomentum  on  the  lower 
surface  of  the  leaves.  The  type  was  collected  at  an  altitude  of 
nearly  2000  m. 

Wyoming  :  Spread  Creek,  in  the  Teton  Forest  Reserve,  1897, 

i*.   liveedy,  212. 

Potentilla  Townsendii  sp.  nov. 

A  slender  perennial  with  a  deep  root  and  a  short  caudex, 
covered  by  the  brown  remains  of  old  leaves  :  stem  ascending,  3-5 
mm.  high,  sparingly  silky  :  petioles  of  the  digitate  basal  leaves  7-10 
mm.  long,  slightly  hairy;  stipules  adnate  to  the  petioles;  the 
free  portion-  linear-subulate  ;  leaflets  5-7,  oblanceolate  to  almost 
linear,  serrate,  acute,  glabrous  above,  sparingly  hairy  beneath, 
principally  on  the  veins  :  stem-leaves  2-3,  similar,  but  with 
shorter  petioles  :  stipule  large,  3-4  cm.  long,  lanceolate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate  :  cyme  rather  open  :  hypanthium  and  calyx  silky- 
strigose :  bractlets  linear-lanceolate,  equalling  the  lanceolate 
sepals  :  petals  yellow,  broadly  obcordate,  about  i  cm.  long  and 
almost  twice  as  long  as  the  sepals. 

This  species  is  perhaps  nearest  related  to  P.  heptaphylla,  but 
easily  distinguished  by  the  narrow  leaflets  and  the  larger  flowers. 
It  was  collected  at  an  altitude  of  about  2250  m. 

Mexico,  State  of  Chihuahua  :  Sierra  Madre,  near  Colonia 
Garcia,  July  17,  1899,  Toivnsend  &  Barber,  10 j. 

Potentilla  filipes  sp.  nov. 

A  tall  perennial  with  several  stems  from  the  short  caudex. 
Stem  3-5  dm.  high,  slender,  silky-hirsute,  simple  up  to  the  in- 
florescence :  few-leaved  :  basal  leaves  mostly  7-foliolate,  digitate, 
with  hirsute  petioles,  5-15  cm.  long  ;  leaflets  obovate  to  oblanceo- 
late, obtuse,  coarsely  crenate,  2-6  cm.  long,  green  and  sparingly 
strigose  above,  white-tomentose  beneath  ;  stem-leaves  similar,  but 
smaller,  usually  5-foliolate,  short-petioled  :  stipules  ovate-lanceo- 
late, entire  :  cyxne  open  :  pedicels  very  slender,  as  well  as  the 
hypanthium  and  calyx  silky  hirsute  and  more  or  less  viscid  : 
bractlets  linear-lanceolate,  a  little  shorter  than  the  lanceolate,  acute 
sepals  :  petals  yellow  or  somewhat  orange,  broadly  obcordate  or 


Rydberg  :    Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae    175 

obovate  and  emarginate,  6-8  mm.  long,  exceeding  the  sepals  : 
stamens  about  20. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  P.  pulcherrima  Lehm.,  and  I 
had  referred  all  the  specimens  cited  below,  except  the  type,  to  that 
species.  It  differs  from  P.  ptilcherriina  in  the  very  slender  pedicels, 
the  total  lack  of  tomentum  on  the  hypanthium  and  the  calyx  and 
the  evident  viscidity  of  these  organs  and  the  pedicels.  It  grows  in 
mountain  meadows  and  on  hillsides  at  an  altitude  of  2400-3200  m. 

Colorado:  Wahatoya  Cafion,  Spanish  Peaks,  1900,  Rydbcro 
&  Vrecland,  6ojg  (type);  West  Mancos  Canon,  1898,  Baker, 
Earle  &  Tracy,  ^06  ;   La  Plata  Mountains,  182. 

Montana:  Bridger  Mountains,  1896,  /.  H.  Fiodman,  ^61. 

Potentilla  permollis  sp.  nov. 

A  stout  hoary  perennial.  Stems  simple,  about  6  dm.  high, 
densely  and  softly  pubescent  with  long  whitish  hairs  :  basal  and 
lower  stem-leaves  usually  7-foliolate,  digitate  ;  petioles  about  i  dm., 
long,  pubescent :  leaflets  obovate  to  oblanceolate,  obtuse,  coarsely 
cleft  nearly  half  way  to  the  midrib,  with  lanceolate  lobes,  densely 
soft-pubescent  on  both  sides,  greenish  above,  white  and  somewhat 
tomentose  beneath:  upper  stem-leaves  3-5-fonolate,  similar,  smaller, 
short-petioled  :  stipules  of  the  stem-leaves  large,  adnate  to  the  peti- 
ole, ovate,  often  over  3  cm.  long  :  cyme  rather  open  :  hypanthium 
and  calyx  densely  white-pubescent :  bractlets  linear-lanceolate, 
about  equalling  the  lanceolate  sepals  :  petals  yellow,  6-7  mm. 
long,  obcordate,  exceeding  the  sepals  by  about  one  fourth  :  sta- 
mens about  20. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  P.  BlascJikeana ;  but  differs 
principally  in  the  denser  and  white  pubescence  and  the  smaller 
flowers.      It  grows  in  meadows. 

Washington:  Endicot,  Whitman  Co.,  1898,  A.  D.  E.  Elmer, 

1830. 

Potentilla  obovatifolia  sp.  nov. 

A  low  perennial  with  a  thick  tap-root  :  stems  ascending  or  de- 
pressed, 2-3-leaved,  1.5-2  dm.  high,  sparingly  villous  :  basal 
leaves  mostly  digitately  7-foliolate  with  petioles  3-10  cm.  long  : 
leaflets  broadly  obovate,  obtuse,  coarsely  crenate-serrate,  green 
and  sparingly  hairy  above,  white  tomentose  beneath, .  5-3  cm.  long  : 
stem  leaves  mostly  3-foliolate,  small,  short-petioled  with  broadly 
lanceolate  stipules  :  cymes  open  but  few-flowered  :  hypanthium 
and  calyx  densely  silky  :     bractlets  and    sepals   lanceolate,   sub- 


176     Rydberg  :    Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae 

equal  :  petals  obcordate,  yellow,  about  8  mm.  long,  nearly  twice 
as  long  as  the  sepals. 

This  species  is  a  member  of  the  concinna  group  and  nearest 
related  to  P.  couciiuiifornm  ;  but  is  larger  ;  the  leaflets  are  greener 
and  more  glabrous  above  and  the  bractlets  are  longer.  By  the 
size  it  approaches  the  gracilis  group. 

Mexico  :  Pringle,  68 go. 

Potentilla  Hallii  sp.  nov. 

A  more  or  less  villous-hirsute  ascending  or  decumbent  peren- 
nial with  a  short  rootstock  or  caudex  :  stem  about  3  dm.  long, 
sparingly  villous-hirsute,  terete  and  light  green  :  leaves  mostly 
digitately  5-foliolate  or  the  upper  3-foliolate  or  simple  :  basal  ones 
with  petioles  3-5  cm.  long :  leaflets  obovate,  1—3  cm.  long, 
coarsely  serrate-crenate,  green  and  slightly  hairy  above  :  paler, 
hirsute  and  sparingly  tomentulose  beneath  :  upper  stipules  ovate, 
entire,  12-15  mm.  long:  cyme  rather  open:  hypanthium  and 
calyx  hirsute,  more  or  less  tinged  with  purple  :  bractlets  ovate- 
lanceolate  about  one  third  shorter  than  the  ovate  acute  sepals : 
petals  yellow,  about  5  mm.  long,  scarcely  exceeding  the  sepals  : 
stamens  20. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  P.  fastigiata,  but  is  greener 
and  with  a  more  open  cyme.  As  to  the  pubescence  of  the  leaves, 
it  resembles  P.  viridescens ;  but  is  in  every  respect  smaller  and 
the  stem  is  not  erect.  On  account  of  its  small  size,  it  could 
just  as  well  be  referred  to  the  maadata  group  as  to  the  graciles. 
The  type  grew  at  an  altitude  of  about  1600  m. 

California  :  Pine  Ridge,  Fresno  County,  1900,  Hall  & 
CJiandler,  182. 

Potentilla  propinqua 

Potentilla  diffusa  A.  Gray,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  1849  :  41.  1849. 
Not  Willd. 

P.  Hippiaiia,  var.  diffusa  Lehm.  Ind.  Sem.  Hort.  Bot.  Hamb. 
1849  :  8. 

P.Hippiana,  \-a.x .  propinqua  Rydb.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  24:  3.  1897. 

The  original  specimens  were  rather  depauperate  and  the  most 
prominent  characters  which  separate  it  from  P.  Hippiana  were  not 
noticed  by  me  when  I  prepared  my  Monograph  of  the  North 
American  Potentilleae.  The  plant  is  much  greener  than  P.  Hip- 
piana ;    the   upper  surface  of  the  leaves,  as  well  as  the  pedicels. 


Rydberg  :    Further  Studies  on  the  Potentillfjve    177 

hypanthium  and  the  calyx,  is  only  slightly  silky,  not  at  all  tomen- 
tose  ;  the  cyme  in  well-developed  specimens  is  more  open  and 
flat -topped  ;  and  the  upper  segments  of  the  leaves  are  decurrent 
and  sometimes  confluent,  which  is  never  the  case  in  P.  Hippiaim. 
By  the  latter  characters  it  approaches  P.  ainbigeiis  Greene.  From 
this  it  differs  in  the  appressed  pubescence,  the  smaller  flowers  and 
the  less  coarsely  toothed  segments.  Baker's  no.  390,  as  repre- 
sented in  the  herbarium  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  was 
named  P.  anibigcns  by  Professor  Greene,  but  belongs  unquestion- 
ably to  this  species. 

Horkelia  Chandler!  sp.  nov. 

A  low  silky  perennial  with  very  thick  and  woody  root  and 
short  cespitose  caudex  with  erect  branches  densely  covered  by  the 
remains  of  old  leaves.  Stems  scapiform,  slender,  silky  villous, 
7-16  cm.  high  :  basal  leaves  numerous,  4-5  cm.  long,  densely 
silky,  terete,  worm-like  from  the  numerous  small  crowded  seg- 
ments :  flowers  about  4  mm.  in  diameter,  rather  many  in  sub- 
capitate  dense  clusters,  hypanthium  cup-shaped,  as  well  as  the 
calyx  densely  villous  :  bractlets  linear,  about  two  thirds  as  long  as 
the  triangular-ovate  sepals:  petals  yellow,  linear,  1.5  mm.  long, 
shorter  than  the  sepals  :  stamens  mostly  5  :  filaments  subulate- 
filiform. 

This  species  closely  resembles  H.  Miiirii  in  the  leaves  and  the 
thick  root  and  caudex  :  but  differs  in  the  taller  scape,  the  more 
numerous  flowers,  the  longer  bractlets,  and  the  narrower  linear 
petals.     The  type  grew  at  an  altitude  of  about  3450  m. 

California:  Mt.  Goddard,  1900,  Hall  &  CJiaiidler,  yoo. 

Drymocallis  gracilis  sp.  nov. 

A  tall  and  slender,  glandular  pubescent  perennial  with  a  more 
or  less  cespitose  caudex.  Stem  about  6  dm.  high,  glandular- 
pilose  throughout,  branched  above  :  basal  and  lower  stem-leaves 
pinnately  7— 9-foliolate,  1—3  dm.  long  :  leaflets  obovate  to  flabelli- 
form,  1—5  cm.  long,  coarsely  incised,  except  at  the  bases,  sparingly 
pubescent  on  both  surfaces  :  upper  stem-leaves  3— 5-foliolate, 
subsessile :  pedicels  slender,  .5-4  cm.  long,  ver>'  glandular: 
hypanthium  and  calyx  glandular  :  bractlets  linear,  about  half  as 
long  as  the  lanceolate  acuminate  sepals  ;  these  in  fruit  often  8  mm. 
long  :  petals  white,  small,  broadly  obovate,  scarcely  exceeding  the 
sepals  :    stamens,  20—25  :  style  slightly  fusiform. 

This  species  resembles  most  D.  glandulosa  incisa  in  habit   and 


178    Rydberg  :    Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae 

leaf-form  ;  but  differs  in  the  white  petals,  more  acuminate  sepals 
and  the  denser  glandular  pubescence.  The  type  was  collected  at 
an  altitude  of  about  1600  m. 

California:  Pine  Ridge,  Fresno  County,  1900,  Hall  & 
Chandler,  ij8. 

II.  SOME  SPECIES  FROM  GREENLAND 

Some  time  ago  Mr.  Morten  Pedersen,  Assistant  at  the  Botan- 
ical Garden  of  Copenhagen,  requested  me  to  determine  a  collec- 
tion of  Potcntillae  collected  by  him  in  Greenland.  He  also  kindly 
sent  me  several  other  specimens  from  the  herbarium  of  the  Botan- 
ical Museum  of  such  forms  that  I  had  not  seen  at  all  or  of  which 
I  had  had  only  imperfect  material.  With  the  help  of  this  material 
I  have  been  able  to  settle  several  important  points  and  consider- 
ably modify  the  disposition  in  my  monograph. 

Potentilla  maculata  Pourr.  Act.  Toloss.  3:   316.      1788 

The  following  specimens  additional  to  those  given  in  my  mono- 
graph,* belong  to  this  species  : 

Greenland:  KinguaTasiusok(6i°45'),  1889;  Scoresby  Sund, 
189 1  ;  Danmarks,  Oe.  1892  ;  Jameson's  Land,  1891,  N.  Harts; 
Godthaabs  Fjord,  1883,/  A.  D.  Jensen  ;  Alangua,  1885,  6".  Han- 
sen ;  Umanaks  Fjord,  1885,  P.  Eberlin  ;  (locality  not  given),  Raben, 
I  ;  Scoresby  Sund,  1891,  H.  Hartz ;  \  Kvan  Valley,  behind 
Ujaragsugsuk,  1898,  Morten  Pedersen,  70 j  ;  Ekalunguit  Itivnerit 
^2g  ;  both  on  Disco. 

Potentilla  maculata  var.  firma  Lange,  Consp.  Fl.  Groenl. 
235  is  scarcely  that  of  Lehmann,|  although  it  agrees  perfectly 
with  Lehmann'S  description.  The  latter  was  in  reality  based  upon 
P.  alpestris  a  firnia  Koch.  I  have  no  means  to  find  what  this 
really  is  ;  but  Lehmann  cites  P.  alpestris  c  riibens  Hegetschw.  and 
P.  rubens  Vill.  as  synonyms.  These  names  represent  a  coarser 
plant  from  Austria,  Switzerland  and  Italy  with  longer  and  more 
acute  teeth  to  the  leaves.      I  think  it  is  a  good  species  distinct  from 

*  Mem.  Dep.  Bot.  Columbia  Univ.  2  :   59- 

t  This  sheet  is  labeled  Potentilla  7nacnlata  Pourr.  szx.  gelida  C.  A.  Mey. ,  as  it 
appears  on  the  label  from  the  fact  that  a  few  of  the  basal  leaves  are  ternate,  a  condition 
not  uncommon  in  P.  maculata.      It  has  nothing  to  do  with  P.  gelida  C.  A.  Meyer. 

\  Rev.  Pot.  1 20. 


Rydberg  :    Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae    179 

P.  inacuhita.  The  Greenland  plant  cited  by  Lange  agrees  fully 
with  the  typical  P.  viacnlata  except  that  the  leaflets  are  broader, 
more  round  and  overlapping  each  other  by  the  margins.  I 
scarcely  think  that  it  deserves  a  varietal  name.  If  it  does  it  must 
bear  some  other  name  than  finna,  as  this  is  preoccupied.  The 
specimens  cited  by  Lange  and  the  only  one  seen  is  the  following: 
Greenland  :  Holsteinsborg,  1884,  Eug.  Warming  &  TJi.  Holm. 

Potentilla  Langeana  sp.  nov. 

P.  maadata  ^  hirta  Lange,  Consp.  Fl.  Groenl.  6.  1880.  Not 
P.  hirta  L. 

A  cespitose  perennial.  Stems  erect  or  ascending,  2-3  dm. 
high,  sparingly  hirsute  with  erect  branches  :  basal  leaves  digitately 
5-foliolate  :  stipules  large,  adnate,  lanceolate,  1-2  cm.  long  : 
petioles  3-8  cm.  long,  sparingly  hirsute  :  leaflets  cuneate-obovate, 
more  or  less  densely  silky-hirsute  on  both  sides,  1-3  cm.  long, 
coarsely  toothed  above  the  middle  w^ith  oblong  ovate  teeth,  the 
cuneate  base  entire  :  lower  stem  leaves  similar  but  smaller  and 
short -petioled  :  upper  stem-leaves  ternate  or  simple  and  subsessile  : 
stipules  ovate,  acutish,  about  i  cm.  long :  cyme  3-7-flowered  ; 
hypanthium  silky  hirsute  :  bractlets  oblong  to  lanceolate,  acute  or 
obtuse,  about  one  fourth  shorter  than  the  lanceolate  sepals  :  petals 
broadly  obcordate,  7-8  mm.  long  :  stamens  about  20. 

The  species  differs  from  P.  maciilata  not  only  in  the  characters 
given  by  Lange,  the  several-flowered  cymes  and  the  long  pu- 
bescence of  the  leaves  ;  but  also  in  the  more  acute  teeth,  the  longer 
and  more  acutish  bractlets  and  narrower  sepals.  In  P.  maadata 
both  the  teeth  of  the  leaves  and  the  bractlets  are  rounded  at  the 
apex  and  the  latter  are  only  one  half  or  two  thirds  as  long  as  the 
sepals.  P.  Langeana  is  in  reality  nearer  related  to  P.  verna  than 
to  P.  maadata  but  distinguished  from  that  by  the  pubescence.  In 
Conspectus  Florae  Groenlandicae  several  more  specimens  are  cited 
belonging  to  P.  maadata  ^  hirta  Lange.  The  following  are  the 
only  ones  seen  by  me  : 

Greenland:  Amarahk  Fjord,  183  i,/.  rW//(type)  ;  Kangerd- 
luarsuk  Fjord,  1884,  Warming  &  Hohii ;  Natsilik,  5.  Hanson; 
Ekalunguit  Itivnerit  on  Disco,  1898,  Morten  Pedersen,  ^ig  ; 
Ekigtok  in  Disco  Fjord,  168^  (a  taller  and  more  glabrate  form*)  ; 

■^  This  was  labeled /".  w«rr«/rt/'<z  var. /j)/r^;w?Va  (Ramond)  Lehm. ,  which  is  quite 
a  different  plant,  having  thick  leaves  with  short  teeth  directed  forward. 


180    Rydberg  :    Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae 

Kuanersuit  on  Disco,  2770  ;  Engelskmandens  Havn,  Disco,  iSjc) 
(a  slender  depauperate  form*). 

Potentilla  emarginata  Pursh,  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  353.      18 14 

Undeveloped  or  depauperate  specimens  of  this  species  resemble 
often  very  closely  P.  nana  and  I  am  now  inclined  to  regard  the 
two  species  as  forms  of  one.  In  Alaska  and  other  arctic  regions 
of  the  American  Continent  they  seem  distinct  enough  but  the  plants 
from  Greenland,  Spitzbergen  and  Novaja  Semlja  are  often  so  con- 
fusing that  it  is  hard  to  tell  to  which  to  refer  them. 

The  specimens  collected  by  Mr.  Pedersen  are  as  follows,  those 
approaching  P.  nana  are  marked  by  (?). 

Greenland:  Skarvefjord,  1898,  Pedersen,  2jg ;  Ingigsok, 
2i8a^.nA  2i8b ;  Mudderbugten,  <)66  (?) ;  Ekalunguit  Itivnerit, 
1414.  ;  Plateau  behind  Ujaragsugsak,  3ogg  ;  all  on  Disco. 

Potentilla  nana  Willd.;  Schlecht.  Mag.  Ges.  Naturf.  Fr.  Berlin. 

7  :   296.      181 3 

Among  the  many  species  of  P.  emarginata  sent  from  Copen- 
hagen, there  are  two  sheets,  however,  that  represent  the  typical  P. 
nana  with  its  round  teeth  and  rounded  obtuse  sepals  and  bractlets, 
viz.: 

Greenland:  Manatsook,  1883,  Dr.  Berlin;  Upernaviarsur, 
1887,  Ryder,  7.^ 

Potentilla  nivea  L.  Sp.  PI.  499.      1753 

Of  the  typical  P.  nivea  the  collection  sent  contains  many  sheets, 
the  following  was  the  only  one  collected  by  Mr.  Pedersen  : 

Greenland:  Rocks  behind  Kuanersuit  on  Disco,  1898,  J/! 
Pedersen,  2J06. 


*0n  the  label  is  written  ^^ Potentilla  f?iaculata  Pourr.  var.  debilis  Lehm.  in  var. 
hirtumV.gQ.  transiens."  Lehmann  cites  under  the  var.  debilis,  P.  incisa  Desf.  as  a 
synonym.  The  latter  is  figured  in  Nestler's  Monograph  as  a  large  plant  with  nar- 
rowly cuneate  leaflets  deeply  incised  at  the  apex,  and  quite  unlike  the  specimens  cited 
above.      The  latter  I  cannot  distinguish  from  the  typical  P.  Langeana  except   in  size. 

I  The  last  was  determined  by  Lange  as  P.  tiivea  prostrala,  which  must  be  a  mis- 
take as  it  is  unlike  the  other  specimen  collected  by  Vahl  and  does  not  agree  with  the 
description. 


Rydberg  :    Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae    181 

PoTENTiLLA  NiVEA  Altaica  (Bunge)  Rydb.  Mem.  Dep.  Bot.  Co- 
lumbia Uni.  2:  86.      1898 

Poteutilla  nivca  var.  arcnosa  Lange  Consp.  Fl,  Gr.  236.  Not 
Turcz. 

The  specimens  collected  by  Warming  and  Holm  were  deter- 
mined by  Lange  as  P.  nivea  aroiosa  Turcz.  but  that  variety  is 
described  as  having  glomerate  flowers,  which  is  not  the  case  in 
Warming  and  Holm's  specimens.  These  do  not  differ  from  the 
common  form  of  P.  nivca  Altaica  except  that  the  flowers  are  some- 
what smaller.  In  fact  they  are  as  like  the  figure  in  Ledeb.  Icon. 
Fl.  Ross.  4  :  329  as  I  have  seen.  If  Lange's  determination  in 
this  case  were  correct  the  varieties  Altaica  and  arenosa  must  be 
united.  I  think,  however,  that  the  latter  is  quite  different  and  re- 
stricted to  Asia.  The  following  specimens  belong  here  and  are 
not  recorded  in  Conspectus  Florae  Groenlandicae  : 

Greenland  :  Amaralik  Fjord,  183 1,/.  Vahl ;  Scoresby  Sound, 
1892,  N.  Harts ;  Kakatsiak,  1885,  5.  Hanson;  Christianshaab, 
1884,  Warming  &  Hohn  ;  rocks  behind  Kuanersuit  on  Disco, 
1898,  M.  Pedersen  2702-j,  2707-g  (?)  ;  *  Christianshaab,  1833, 
/.   Vahl  {H)  A 

Potentilla   nivea  pallidior  Sw.  Sum.  Veg.    Scand.     19.     1874 
Poteutilla  nivea  snbviridis 'L&deh.  Y\.  ^oss.   2:    57.      1844. 

The  following  specimens  belong  here  : 

Greenland:  Scoresby  Sound,  1892,  N.  Harts;  Godhavn, 
1 87 1,  Th.  Fries. 

Potentilla  subquinata  (Lange) 

Potentilla  nivea  pentaphylla  Lehm.  Nov.  Stirp.  Pug.  9  :  69. 
1 85 1.  Not  P.  pentapJiylla  Richt.  181 5  ;  P.  nivea  subquinata 
Lange,  Consp.  Fl.  Groenl.  9.      1880  ;  P.  nivea  guingiiefolia  Rydb. 

*  AH  of  Mr.  Pedersen' s  specimens  are  sterile  and  without  fully  developed  leaves. 
They  are  remarkable  for  their  long  branching  caudices  and  may  belong  to  the  variety  of 
the  next  species  described  below  or  perhaps  to  an  undescribed  species.  They  cannot 
be  determined  satisfactorily. 

■f-  This  was  determined  by  Lange  as  var.  trostrata  but  it  does  not  agree  with  Rott- 
boell's  description  especially  as  to  the  glomerate  heads,  sinuate-dentate  leaves,  revolute 
margins  and  purple  veins.  I  refer  this  doubtfully  here  as  it  differs  from  all  other  speci- 
mens seen  in  the  narrow  leaflets. 


]  82     RvDBERG  :    Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae 

Bull.  Torr.  Club,  23:  302.  1896;  P.  quinquefolia  Rydb.  Mem. 
Dep.  Bot.  Columbia  Univ.  2:  76.      1898. 

When  I  changed  P.  nivca  pentapJiylla  Lehm.  to  P.  nivea  quin- 
quefolia, I  did  not  know  that  it  was  identical  with  Lange's  var- 
S7ihq2iinata.  From  his  description,  especially  from  the  words 
"  eleganter  pinnatifidis "  I  was  lead  to  the  supposition  that  it 
represented  the  quinate  form  of  var.  Altaica.  Consequently  I 
referred  Lange's  var.  subqidnata  to  that  variety.  As  Lange's  name 
is  older  than  my  own,  it  should  be  adopted.  I  am  well  satisfied 
with  the  change,  as  my  own  as  a  specific  name  is  a  misnomer.  The 
following  specimens  belong  here. 

Greenland  :  Disco  Fjord,  1894,  P.  Soeimsen,  joi ;  Akingdlek, 
1890,  N.  Hariz,  i ;  Kingua  Orpiksuit,  2;  Atanekerdluk  and 
Kuanersuit  on  Disco,  1871,  Tli.  Fries;  Kingigtok,  1890;  N. 
Hartz ;  rocks  behind  Kuanersuit  on  Disco,  1898,  M.  Pedcrsen, 
2'ji8,  2yi'j,  2yij,  2yi^a,  2"/ 12  ;  Disco  Fjord,  ;^(^o6  ;  Skansen, 
Disco,  p.?7  ;  Kuganguak  Valley,  2j/j  and  4g6  ;  Vajat-shore,  Un- 
artuarsuk,  //j. 

Spitzbergen  ;  Kap  Thorsen,  1896,  E.  Joergeiisen. 

Potentilla  subquinata  Pedersenii  var.  nov. 

Caudex  with  elongated  branches  covered  by  the  remains  of 
old  leaves  ;  stems  low,  less  than  i  dm.  high,  1-3-flowered,  as  well 
as  the  petioles  covered  with  long  white  hairs:  leaflets  small,  1- 
1.5  cm.  long,  broadly  obovate  :.  white  silky  on  both  sides  and  to- 
mentose  beneath,  in  age  more  glabrate  above,  bractlets  very  nar- 
row, linear  or  linear-lanceolate. 

Greenland:  Vaigat  Assuk,  Disco,  1898,  M.  Pedersen,  4J0 
(type)  and  io6ia.  Rocks  behind  Kuanersuit,  2^11,  2^14,  2ji6, 
and  2'jio  ;  Ingigsak,  ^jj  ;  Rocks  by  Mudderbugten,  g6j  ;  Mun- 
garut,  g24  ;  all  on  Disco. 

Potentilla  Vahliana  Lehm.   Mon.  Pot.  29  and  172.      1820 

Fine  specimens  of  this  species  were  also  in  Pedersen's  collec- 
tion. 

Greenland  :  Vajgat,  Assuk  on  Disco,  M.  Pedersen  1061b. 
Lyngmarken  by  Godhaven,  80;  Rocks  behind  Kuanersuit  on 
Disco,  2'ji^b;   Roede  Elv,  Disco,  j^^ib. 


Rydberg  :  Further  Studies  on  the  Potentilleae  183 

POTENTILLA  PULCHELLA  R.  Br.   ill   Ross'   Voy.    1 42 

Greenland:  Kugsinarsuk,  Disco,  1898,  M.  Pedersen,  4^4; 
Vaigat-shore,  Assuk,  ./j/ and  p.// ;  Kutdlisat,  jgSa  ;  Jameson's 
Land,  1891,  ^V.  Hartz. 

PoTENTiLLA  PULCHELLA  ELATiOR  Langc  Consp.  Fl.  Grocnl. 

4.     1880 

Greenland:  Kardlunguak,  1890,  iV.  Hart:;;  Atanekerdluk, 
1 87 1,  Th.  M.  Fries  ;  Vaigat  Shore  by  Assuk,  1898,  M.  Pedersen, 
462. 

Argentina  Egedii  (Wormskj)  Rydb.  Mem.  Dep.  Bot.  Colum- 
bia Uni.  2  :    158.     1898 
Greenland  :  Disco  Fjord  by  Kuanersuit,  1898,  M.  Pedersen, 
1448  ;  Ungorsivik  by  Maligiak,  4j8. 


CONTRIBUTIONS   FROM   THE   NEW   YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.   14 


STUDIES  ON  THE  ROCKY  MOUiNTAIiN 

FLORA— V. 


BY   P.  A.  RYDBERG 


NEW  YORK 
1901 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  28 :  266-28i.    21  May,  igoi.l 


Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora.— V, 

By  p.  a.   Ryuberg 

Sporobolus  aiistatus  sp.  nov. 

Vilfa  depmiperata  \-&.x.  filiforviis  Wats.  King's  Exp.  5  :  376,  in 
part  (as  to  the  awned  form).      1871.      Not  Thurb. 

Perennial  with  short  branching  rootstock.  Culm  usually  only 
4-6  cm.  high  :  internodes  short,  usually  covered  by  the  open  strongly 
striate  sheath  ;  ligules  lanceolate,  acute,  about  1.5  mm.  long  :  leaf- 
blades  8-14  mm.  long,  and  about  i  mm.  wide,  striate  and  puberu- 
lent  on  the  upper  surface  :  panicle  few-flowered,  very  narrow,  with 
short  erect  branches  ;  empty  glumes  almost  equal,  or  the  inner 
slightly  longer,  1-1.25  mm.  long,  less  than  half  as  long  as  the 
flowerinsf  gflume,  ovate,  acutish  or  obtuse  and  somewhat  erose  at 
the  apex  :  flowering  glume  about  2.5  mm.  long,  strongly  veined, 
long-strigose  on  the  veins  and  tipped  with  an  awn  .5-1  mm.  long  ; 
palet  almost  equal  to  the  flowering  glume  (awn  excepted)  in 
length,  acuminate,  but  not  awned,  strigose. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  5.  filiformis  (Thurb.)  Rydb. 
differing  in  the  lower  habit,  less  exserted  panicle,  firmer  empty 
glumes  and  the  presence  of  a  distinct  awn.  It  grows  in  wet  places 
at  an  altitude  of  2000-2500  m. 

Wyoming:  Big  Horn  Mountains,  Sheridan  Co.,  1899,  F. 
Tweedy,  2ig6  (type) ;  Spread  Creek,  1897,  2^. 

Utah  :     Bear  River  Canon,  1 869,  5.  Watson,  1281. 

Poa  platyphylla  Nash  &  Rydb. 
Poa  trivialis  var.   occidentalis  Vasey,    Desc.   Cat.   Grasses   85. 
1885.      '^ot  Poa  flexuosa  vdiT.  occidentalis  YdiSey.      1878. 

Poa  occidentalis  Vasey,  Cont.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb,  i  :  275.     1893. 

Carex  ebenea  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  by  a  cespitose  rootstock.  Stem  2-4  dm.  high, 
strongly  striate  ;  sheath  with  a  conspicuous  membranaceous  ligu- 
lar  portion,  ligule  proper  rounded,  about  2  mm.  long  ;  leaf-blades 
flat,  1-2  dm.  long,  3-6  mm.  broad,  strongly  nerved  :  spikelets 
about   I  cm.  long  in  a  dense   globular  or  rounded- conical   head  : 

266 


267    Rydberg:   Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

shining,  brownish  black  with  a  Hghter  midrib,  lanceolate,  acute, 
3-4  mm.  long :  perigynia  lanceolate,  tapering  gradually  into 
a  long  beak,  with  the  beak  about  5  mm.  long,  dark  brown  ; 
staminate  flowers  at  the  base  and  mixed  with  the  pistillate  :.  upper 
portion  of  the  wings  and  the  beak  scabrous  on  the  margins  ; 
teeth  at  the  apex  of  the  beak  very  short,  subulate  :  styles  2  :  achene 
oblong,  lenticular,  nearly  2  mm.  long  and  fully  i  mm.  broad. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  C.  f estiva  and  has  been  labeled 
C.  f estiva  Haydeniana,  but  it  is  not  the  same  as  the  original  of 
that  variety,  which  has  broadly  ovate  perigynia.  C.  ebenea  differs 
also  from  all  forms  of  C.  f estiva  in  the  form  of  the  perigynia  and 
in  the  dark  glossy  color  of  the  bracts  and  perigynia. 

Colorado:  Pikes  Peak,  1900,  F.  Clements  (type);  Windy 
Point,  1900;  Mt.  Harvard,  1896,  7;  Grecian  Bend,  1896,  Bot- 
tomless Pit,  and  Saddle,  Clements ;  between  Cheyenne  Mountain 
and  Seven  Lakes,  1896,^5".  A.  Bessey  ;  I  ronton,  1899,  C.  C.  Curtis  ; 
Telluride,  1894,  F.  Tzveedy,  1^4;  Chambers  Lake  and  Cameron 
Pass,  1896,  C  F.  Baker;  Clear  Creek  Canon,  1878,  M.  E.  Jones, 
26 J ;  Silver  Plume,  1895,  Rydberg,  2460;  Pagosa  Peak,  1899,  C. 
F.  Baker,  2jj. 

Streptopus  curvipes  Vail  sp.  nov. 

Simple,  glabrous,  except  the  margins  of  the  leaves  and  the 
peduncles.  Stems  1-3  dm.  high,  from  a  slender  rootstock  cov- 
ered with  few  fibrous  rootlets  :  leaves  sessile,  ov^al  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  3-8  cm.  long,  acuminate  at  the  apex,  rounded  and 
slightly  clasping  at  the  base,  3-5 -nerved,  the  margins  finely  gland- 
ular-ciliate  :  flowers  3-5,  solitary:  peduncles  not  geniculate,  5-15 
mm.  long,  glandular-pubescent :  flowers  pale  purple  or  rose- 
colored  :  perianth-segments  lanceolate,  5-7  mm.  long,  minutely 
glandular-pubescent  on  the  inner  surface :  anthers  2-beaked  ; 
beaks  slender,  about  half  the  length  of  the  anther  :  style  3-cleft, 
the  spreading  branches  stigmatic  along  the  inner  side  :  berry  glo- 
bose, when  mature  brick  red,  7-9  mm.  in  diameter  :  seeds  clavate, 
3-4  mm.  long,  with  many  cross-striate  ridges. 

Differs  from  Streptopus  roseus  in  its  simple  habit  and  the  non- 
geniculate  and  much  shorter  peduncles.  The  beaks  of  the  anthers 
seem  to  be  a  trifle  longer  than  in  5.  roseus.  It  is  closely  related  to 
S.  brevipes  Baker,  but  is  larger  and  coarser  in  every  respect.  The 
flowers  of  the  latter  species  are  not  known. 

British  Columbia  :  Asulkan  Pass,  alt.  4400  ft.,  June  to  July, 


Rydberg:    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    268 

1897,  Mrs.  Zoe  W.  Palmer  (type)  ;  Glacier,  alt.  4122  ft.,  June  to 
July,  1897,  Mrs.  Zoe  W.  Palmer ;  Glacier,  June,  1897,  Mr.  & 
Mrs.  Cornelius  Van  Brunt. 

Alaska  :  Juneau,  along  the  mountain  side,  July  24,  1891,  Miss 
Grace  E.  Cooky ;  Yes  Bay,  July  10,  1895,  Thomas  Hozvell,  1664 
(all  in  Herb.  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden  or  Columbia  University)  ; 
Ferd.  Bislwff. 

Oregon  :  E.  Hall,  j2i. 

Washington:  Skamania  Co.,  Aug.,  1886,  Suksdorf ;  Mt. 
Adams,  3-400  ft.,  Suksdorf,  44;  June,  1879,/.  Hozvell  {\.\\q  last 
five  specimens  in  Herb.  Gray). 

Vagnera  brachypetala  sp.  nov. 

A  tall  stout  perennial,  5-8  dm.  high.  Stem  striate,  puberu- 
lent,  especially  the  upper  portion  :  leaves  subsessile  or  short- 
petioled,  oval  or  ovate,  8-18  cm.  long,  4-7  cm.  wide,  often  short- 
acuminate  and  twisted  at  the  apex,  with  5-7  stronger  nerves  and 
numerous  weaker  ones:  panicle  on  a  peduncle  4-5  cm.  long, 
rather  dense,  3- 10  cm.  long  and  2-5  cm.  broad  :  petals  and  sepals 
oblong,  1-1.5  mm.  long,  scarcely  half  as  long  as  the  broadly  di- 
lated, lanceolate-subulate  petaloid  filaments  :  style  about  .5  mm. 
long  :  berry  dark  purple,  about  6  mm.  in  diameter. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  V.  racemosa  and  V.  amplcxi- 
catdis,  perhaps  most  nearly  to  the  former,  but  is  easily  distinguished 
by  the  short  petals  and  the  purple  fruit.  In  V.  racemosa  the 
petals  and  sepals  are  almost  as  long  as  the  filaments  and  the  fruit 
is  7-8  mm.  in  diameter  and  red  with  purple  spots.  V.  brachypetala 
grows  on  hillsides  up  to  an  altitude  of  2500  m. 

British  Columbia:  Glacier,  at  the  "Loup,"  1897,  Mr.  & 
Mrs.  Cornelius  Van  Brunt  (in  fruit,  type)  ;  Deer  Park,  Columbia 
River,  1890,  John  Macoun ;  Victoria,  Vancouver  Island,  1893, 
John  Macoun,  5gg8. 

Washington:  Seattle,  1891,  C.  V.  Piper,  ig8. 

Idaho:  Lake  Waha,  1892,  Sandberg,  MacDougal  &  Heller, 
228. 

Vagnera  leptopetala  sp.  nov. 

A  slender  glabrous  perennial,  2-3  dm.  high.  Rootstock  very 
slender  for  the  genus,  white,  only  about  2  mm.  in  diameter:  stem 
erect,  strict  or  the  upper  portion  somewhat  zigzag,  striate  and 
pale  :  leaves  oblong-lanceolate,  6-8  cm.  long,  1-2  cm.  wide,  light 


269    Rydberg:    Studies  ox  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

green,  sessile,  long-acute,  with  3-5  stronger  nerves  and  12-14 
weaker  ones :  raceme  terminal,  simple,  3-6-flowered :  pedicels 
5-8  mm.  long :  petals  and  sepals  linear,  acute,  about  4  mm.  long 
and  less  than  i  mm.  wide,  very  thin,  white  :  fruit  not  seen. 

This  species  is  nearly  related  to  V.  stcllata  and  V.  liliacea,  but 
differs  in  the  narrow  petals  and  sepals,  the  slender  rootstock  and 
the  lighter  green  foliage.  It  grows  in  rich  soil  in  caiions  at  an 
altitude  of  2000-2100  m. 

Colorado  :  Headwarters  of  Sangre  de  Christo  Creek,  1 900, 
Rydberg  &  Vreeland,  6^^r  (type);  Dark  Cafion,  Pikes  Peak, 
1900,  Fred  Clements. 

Limnorchis  purpurascens  sp.  nov. 

A  rather  stout  plant,  3-5  dm.  high,  with  fleshy-fibrous  roots. 
Leaves  ovate  to  lanceolate,  acute,  6—10  cm.  long,  1.5—3  cm.  wide, 
dark  green  :  bracts  lanceolate,  the  lower  exceeding  the  flowers  : 
spike  rather  dense  :  flowers  10-12  mm.  long  :  lateral  sepals  green, 
oblong-linear,  or  linear,  obtuse,  4-5  mm.  long  ;  the  upper  sepal 
tinged  with  purple,  broadly  ovate,  erect,  obtuse  :  petals  slightly 
shorter,  erect,  purple,  lanceolate,  oblique  :  lip  broadly  linear-lan- 
ceolate, about  5  mm.  long,  purplish,  scarcely  at  all  dilated  at  the 
base,  the  edges  almost  straight  :  spur  scarcely  more  than  half  as 
long  as  the  lip,  much  thickened  and  saccate. 

This  species  belongs  to  the  L.  Jiyperborea  group,  and  is  perhaps 
nearest  related  to  that  species.  It  differs,  however,  in  the  purple 
petals  and  lip  and  the  shorter  and  more  saccate  spur.  The  spur 
has  almost  the  same  form  as  that  of  L.  stricta  ;  but  from  that 
species  it  differs  in  the  dense  spike  and  the  broader  lip.  L.  pur- 
purascens grows  in  damp  woods  at  an  altitude  of  2700-3000  m. 

Colorado:  Iron  Mountain,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vreeland,  6^1 /f. 
(type);  Manitou,  i  goo,  Fj-ed  Clements,  ijz  ;  Georgetown,  1878, 
M.  E.Jones,  J14. 

Piperia  gen.  nov. 

Montolivaea  Rydb.  Mem.  X.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  i  :  106.  1900. 
Not  Reichenb. 

Professor  C.  V.  Piper  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 
at  Pullman,  Washington,  has  called  my  attention  to  the  fact  that 
the  genus  Montolivaea  was  based  not  on  PlatantJicra  elegans  Lindley, 
or  Habenaria  elegans  Bolander  ;  but  on  Mo7itolivaea  elegans  ^e.\ch.- 


Rydberg:    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    270 

enb.,  or  Habcnaria  clcgaiis  Jackson,  of  a  much  later  date.  The 
genus  that  I  shortly  characterized  under  the  name  of  Montolivaci 
in  the  Memoir  cited  above,  is  therefore  without  a  name.  As  I 
find  that  no  genus  has  at  yet  been  dedicated  to  Professor  Piper,  I 
take  the  pleasure  in  naming  this  for  him.  The  genus  contains  at 
least  three  species,  viz. 

Piperia  elegans  (Lindl.) 
PlatantJicra  elegans  Lindi.  Gen.  &  Sp.  Orch.  285.      1835. 
Hahenaria  elegajis  Boland.;  Wats.  Bot.  Calif  2:    133.      1876. 
Moiitolivaea  elegans  Rydb.  Mem.    N.  Y.  Bot.   Gard.   i  :    106. 
1900.      Not  Reichenb. 

Piperia  Unalaschensis  (Spreng.) 

Spirantlies  Unalascheitsis  Spreng.  Syst.  3:  708.      1826. 

Habenaria  Unalaschensis  Wats.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  12 :  277. 
1876. 

Montolivaea  UnalascJiensis  Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  i  : 
107.      1900. 

Piperia  elongata  sp.  nov. 

A  slender  strict  plant,  4-7  dm.  high.  Corm  ellipsoid,  about  2 
cm.  long  and  i  cm.  in  diameter  :  leaves  2,  near  the  base ;  blades 
lanceolate  or  oblanceolate,  acute,  8-15  cm.  long,  1-2  cm.  wide: 
spike  elongated  and  lax,  2-3  dm.  long  :  flowers  about  i  cm.  long  : 
sepals  green,  about  5  mm.  long,  the  upper  lanceolate,  the  other 
two  linear  obtuse  :  petals  lanceolate,  oblique,  equalling  the  sepals  : 
lip  entire,  broadly  lanceolate  :  spur  slender,  scarcely  clavate,  almost 
cylindrical,  arcuate,  10-12  mm.  long,  about  .7  mm.  thick. 

This  is  somewhat  intermediate  between  the  two  preceding. 
It  has  almost  the  same  flowers  as  the  first  and  the  general  habit  of 
the  second.  P.  elegans,  with  which  it  has  generally  been  con- 
fused, has  a  stouter,  more  fleshy  stem,  thicker  bracts  and  a  short 
crowded  spike.  P.  Unalaschensis  has  the  same  habit  as  the  present 
species,  but  the  spur  is  very  short  and  saccate.  P.  elongata  grows 
in  open  woods,  up  to  an  altitude  of  700  m. 

Idaho  :  Priest  Lake,  near  lower  end,  1900,  D.  T.  MacDongal, 
168  (type);   Priest  River  Valley,  ij^. 

Washington  :  W.  Klickitat  County,  1885,  W.  N.  Snksdorf ; 
Seattle,  1889,  C.  V.  Piper,  loSi. 


271    Rydberg:    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Corallorrhiza  Vreelandii  sp.  nov. 

Scape  rather  stout,  2-4  dm.  high,  dark  purplish  brown. 
Sheaths,  especially  the  lowest  one,  much  inflated,  purplish  brown 
with  dark  purple  striations  :  flowers  6-15,  about  15  mm.  long,  in 
fruit  drooping  :  sepals  oblong,  7-8  mm.  long,  brown  with  3  purple 
stripes  :  petals  similar  but  slightly  broader  and  with  4  stripes  : 
lip  ovate,  entire,  with  a  small  gibbosity  at  the  base  :  spur  none. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  C.  striata,  from  which  it  differs 
in  the  smaller  flowers  and  narrower  sepals  and  petals.  The  type 
was  found  growing  among  alders  and  willows  at  the  margin  of  a 
small  lake,  at  an  altitude  of  about  2700  m.  It  was  first  dis- 
covered by  Mr.  F.  K.  Vreeland,  my  enthusiastic  associate  and 
pleasant  companion  in  field  work  last  summer. 

Colorado  :  Veta  Mountain,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vreeland,  64.1S. 

Salix  Wyomingensis  sp.  nov. 

A  shrub  i  m.  high  or  less.  Bark  of  the  main  trunk  gray  ; 
that  of  the  branches  dark-brown  or  grayish,  shining,  some- 
what flaky ;  young  branches  appressed-villous  ;  buds  brown, 
shining,  pubescent  when  young  :  leaves  small,  rather  crowded  ; 
petioles  2-4  mm.  long  ;  blade  oval  or  obovate,  acute,  1-3  cm. 
long,  entire  or  exceedingly  minutely  callous-denticulate,  upper 
surface  green  and  shining,  slightly  pubescent  when  young,  glabrate 
in  age  ;  lower  surface  pale  bluish  green,  appressed  silky-villous  : 
aments  borne  on  very  short  leafy  branches,  about  3  cm.  long, 
8-10  mm.  in  diameter:  bracts  brown,  oblong  or  ovate,  obtuse: 
pedicels  scarcely  i  mm.  long  :  ovary  villous,  but  green,  when  fully 
developed  only  about  3  mm.  long:  style  .5  mm.  long:  stigmas 
short,  slightly  2-cleft. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  5.  glaucops  Anderson,  but 
differs  in  the  small  oval  or  obovate  leaves  and  the  much  smaller 
and  greener   ovaries.      It  grows  at   an  altitude  of  2100-2700  m. 

Wyoming  :  Eastern  Slope  of  Big  Horn  Mountains,  headwaters 
of  Clear  Creek  and  Crazy  Woman  River,  1900,  F.  Tiveedy,  3434. 
(type)  and  34.33. 

Salix  stenophylla  sp.  nov. 

A  shrub  2—5  m.  high.  Bark  of  older  stems  light  brownish 
green,  smooth  ;  that  of  the  slender  strict  branches  brown  :  young 
shoots  silvery  pubescent :  leaves  narrowly  linear,  'i^—'j  cm.  long, 
about  3  mm.  wide,  acute,  entire  or  minutely  and  distantly  dentic- 
ulate, permanently  finely   silky  strigose,  but  not  white  :  pistillate 


Rvdberg:    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    272 

aments  3-4  cm.  long  at  the  ends  of  short  leafy  branches  :  bracts 
yellow,  oblanceolate,  deciduous,  acute,  2-2.5  ^^-  long-  rather 
sparingly  silky-villous  :  pistil  green,  about  4  mm.  long,  glabrous- 
except  the  swollen  portion  at  the  end  just  below  the  red  stigma: 
stipe  about  i  mm.  long  :  style  none  :  stigma  minutely  4-lobed  : 
fruit  glabrous,  narrowly  ovoid-conic,  about  6  mm.  long,  and  1.5 
mm.  in  diameter  :  staminate  aments  2-3  cm.  long,  5  mm.  in  diam- 
eter :  bracts  like  those  of  the  pistillate  aments,  but  more  obtuse 
and  more  villous  :  stamens  2,  about  twice  as  long  as  the  bracts  : 
filaments  slightly  hairy,  especially  below. 

This  species  is  a  member  of  the  longifolia  group  and  nearest 
related  to  .S".  exigjia  Nutt.,  at  least  as  understood  by  Professor 
Rowlee  ;  but  differs  in  the  narrower  leaves,  the  distinct  stipe  and 
the  peculiar  swelling  just  below  the  stigma.  It  grows  on  river 
banks  up  to  an  altitude  of  2500  m. 

Colorado:  Cuchara  River,  below  La  Vcta,  1900,  Rydberg  & 
Vreeland,  6jp2  (staminate  flowers)  and  6jpj  (pistillate,  type)  ; 
Mancos,  1898,  Baker,  Earlc  &  Tracy,  12 j  (staminate)  and  102 
(pistillate  in  fruit). 

New  Mexico:  185 1-2,  Wright,  1874  and  iSyj  ;  1847,  Feitd- 
Icr,  813. 

Arizona:  San  Francisco  Mountains,  1881,  Rusby,  jyi. 

Salix  padifolia  sp,  nov. 

A  shrub  1-7  m.  high,  with  light  brown  smooth  bark.  Young 
twigs  strict,  glabrous  and  shining,  yellow,  or  often  brown  or  purple  : 
stipules  ovate  or  rounded,  glandular-dentate :  leaves  with  petioles 
5  8  mm.  long ;  blade  oval  or  broadly  elliptic,  crenate,  short-acute 
or  obtusish,  rounded  at  the  base,  3-5  cm.  long,  1.5-2  cm.  wide, 
when  young  sparingly  covered  with  silky  hairs,  but  soon  glabrate, 
dark  green  above,  paler  beneath  :  pistillate  aments  3-4  cm.  long, 
densely  flowered,  appearing  usually  before  the  leaves,  borne  on 
very  short  branches  and  subtended  by  1-4  small  leaves  :  bracts 
obovate,  fuscous,  covered  on  the  outside  with  white  wool  :  pistils 
nearly  sessile,  glabrous  :  style  about  1.5  mm.  long  :  stigmas  2, 
nearly  i  mm.  long,  2-cleft :  capsules  ovate-conic,  about  6  mm. 
long:  staminate  aments  almost  sessile,  2-3  cm.  long,  10-12  mm. 
in  diameter  :  bracts  as  those  of  the  pistillate  aments  :  stamens  2; 
filaments  glabrous. 

This  is  a  species  of  the  cordata  group  and  nearest  related  to 
5.  Mackenziana ;  but  differs  in  the  shorter  oval  leaves,  the  shorter 
and  thicker  aments  and  the  exceedingly  short  stipes.      It  has  gen- 


'273    Rvdberg:    Studies  ox  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

erally  been  referred  to  6".  cordata ;  but  has  much  thicker  and 
shorter  ainents  and  the  leaves  are  quite  different,  thin,  very  short 
and  broad,  never  acuminate  and  never  sharply  serrate.  It  grows 
along  streams  at  an  altitude  of  2000—3000  m. 

Colorado  :  Tributaries   of  Turkey   Creek,  1900,  Rydbcrg  & 

Vreelaiid,  6j8g  (fruit,  type);    Ojo,  6j86   (staminate)    and  6j8y 

(  pistillate  ) ;  Pass  Creek,  6j88  (pistillate  ) ;  Los  Finos,  1899,  Baker, 

2"]! ;    Bob  Creek,    iSgS,  Baker,  Earle  &  Tracy,  lys  >   Silverton, 

1895,  F.  Tu'ccdy,  268  (?). 

Wyoming  :  Golden  Gate,  1899,  Aven  &  Elias  Nelson,  jj4Q. 

Montana  :  Ten  miles  east  of  Monida,  1899,  Aveti  &  Elias 
Nelson,  342^. 

Salix  flava  sp.  no  v. 

A  shrub  or  small  tree,  4—7  m.  high,  with  grayish  yellow  rough 
bark.  Branches  short  and  divergent,  light  yellow,  smooth  and 
shining  :  stipules  rounded,  entire  :  leaves  with  petioles  2-6  mm. 
long ;  blades  lanceolate,  short -acuminate  or  acute,  entire  or  indis- 
tinctly crenulate,  rather  firm,  yellowish  green,  glabrous  on  both 
sides,  3—7  cm.  long:  pistillate  aments  2-3  cm.  long,  almost  ses- 
sile, subtended  by  1-2  leaves  or  naked  :  bracts  very  short,  obo- 
vate,  fuscous,  densely  long-woolly  :  pistil  stipitate,  glabrous  ;  stipe 
in  fruit  often  2  mm.  long:  style  about  .5  mm.  long:  stigmas  ob- 
long, subentire  :  capsule  ovate,  about  6  mm.  long  :  staminate 
aments  2-3  cm.  long,  sessile  :  bracts  as  in  the  pistillate  aments  : 
stamens  2  ;   filaments  glabrous. 

This  is  also  a  member  of  the  cordata  group  and  nearest  re- 
lated to  S.  lutca  Nutt.,  differing  in  the  less  acuminate  and  suben- 
tire leaves,  which  are  not  paler  beneath,  and  the  longer  stipes.  It 
grows  along  streams  at  an  altitude  of  i  500-2000  m. 

Wyoming  :  Green  River,  1895,  Rydbcrg  (type) ;  Spread  Creek, 
1897,  F.  Tiveedy,  J02. 

Montana:  Boulder  River,  1888,  F.  Tu'ccdy,  6j. 

Idaho:  Beaver  Caiion,  jSg^,  Rydbcrg. 

Nevada  :  Unionville,  1868,  5.  IVatson,  logy. 

Utah  :  Wahsatch  Mountains,  1 869,  5.  Watson,  iog6,  in  part. 

Colorado  :  South  Park,  1873,/.  Wolfe  ;  Cucharas  Valley,  near 
LaVeta,  \  goo,  Rydbcrg  &■  Vrecland,6j'/'/  ;  Manitou,  1878,  J/  E. 
Jones,  JO. 

Blitum  hastatum  sp.  nov. 

A  slender  annual,  2-4  dm.  high.      Leaves  very  thin  ;  blades 


Rydberg:   Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora   274 

3—7  cm.  long,  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate  in  outline, but  often  hastately 
lobed  at  the  base,  which  is  broadly  cuneate  and  dccurrent  on  the 
slender  petiole  ;  the  upper  ones  smaller  and  generally  not  hastate  : 
lower  petioles  2—4  cm.  long  ;  flowers  in  small  glomerules  in  the 
upper  axils  and  on  a  slender  interrupted  terminal  spike  :  seeds 
brownish  black,  smooth  and  shining,  about  i  mm.  long. 

This  species  differs  from  B.  capitatum  in  the  hastate  or  entire, 

never  toothed,  thin  leaves  and  in  the  inflorescence  which  is  more 

inclined  to  be  naked  above,  more  lax  and  with  smaller  glomerules. 

It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  2000—3000  m. 

Wyoming:  Buffalo,  1900,/^.  Trcir^^',  j^p f  (type). 

Utah:    Alta,    Wahsatch     Mountains,     1879,    M.     E.    Jones, 

1181. 

Nevada  :  Above  Thousand  Springs  Valley,  1868,  5.    Watson, 

977- 

Alsine  Curtisii  sp.  nov. 

Slender,  erect,  branched,  2—6  dm.  high  with  a  slender  horizon- 
tal rootstock.  Stem  sharply  4-angled,  glabrous,  except  at  the  in- 
florescence :  leaves  linear  or  lance-linear  strongly  i -nerved,  sessile, 
rounded  and  half  clasping  at  the  base,  long-attenuate  at  the  apex, 
3-6  cm.  long,  3—5  mm.  wide,  those  of  the  inflorescence  smaller  : 
branches  of  the  many-flowered  cymes  divergent,  very  viscid-pubes- 
cent :  sepals  about  3  mm.  long,  thick,  ovate-oblong,  obtuse  or 
acutish  with  a  narrow  white  margin  :  petals  about  7  mm.  long, 
cuneate  with  a  broad  and  deep  sinus  at  the  apex  :  seeds  very  few, 
dark  brown,  almost  2  mm.  in  diameter. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  A.  Jamesii  and  has  been  con- 
fused with  it ;  the  differences  are  mostly  in  the  leaves  and  sepals. 
In  A.  Curtisii  the  former  are  scarcely  half  as  wide  as  those  of  A. 
Jamesii,  and  the  sepals  of  the  former  are  rather  thick  while  in  the 
latter  almost  membranous.  A.  Curtisii  grows  at  an  altitude  of  1800 
to  3000  m. 

Wyoming  :  Headwaters  of  Cliff  Creek,  1900,  C  C  Curtis 
(type). 

Utah  :  Wahsatch  Mountains,  1 869,  S.  Watson,  i^g  (in  part)  ; 
Beaver  Valley,  1877,  E.  Palmer,  ji^i;  Alta,  Wahsatch  Moun- 
tains, 1879,  3f.  E.  Jones,  1160. 

Nevada  :  East  Humboldt  Mountains,  1868,  5.  Watson,  ijg  (in 
part). 

Arizona:  Mogallon  Mountains,   1881, //.  H.  Rushy. 


275    Rydberg:    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Arenaria  confusa  sp.  nov. 

A  slender  diffuse  plant  with  cespitose,  perennial,  but  not  ligneous 
base.  Stems  slender,  branched,  4-6  dm.  long,  finely  puberulent  : 
leaves  opposite,  linear-lanceolate,  pointed,  with  a  strong  midrib, 
puberulent,  1—2  cm.  long  :  pedicels  in  fruit  divergent,  about  i  cm. 
long,  slightly  bent  under  the  calyx  :  sepals  linear-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, scarious-margined,  not  tuberculate-punctate,  about  3  mm. 
long  :  petals  about  three  fourths  as  long  as  the  sepals  :  capsule 
broadly  ovoid,  about  4  mm.  long. 

This  species  is  related  to  A.  lanuginosa  and  A.  saxosa,  and  some- 
what intermediate  between  the  two.  In  habit  it  resembles  most 
the  former,  but  does  not  have  the  subverticillate  or  fascicled  leaves  ; 
the  sepals  are  narrowly  lanceolate  instead  of  ovate  and  not  tuber- 
culate-punctate, the  stem  is  not  retrorsely  pubescent  as  in  that 
species  and  the  petals  are  larger.  In  all  specimens  of  A.  lanuginosa 
seen  by  me  the  petals  are  either  lacking  or  not  more  than  half  as 
long  as  the  sepals.  A.  saxosa  is  subligneous  at  the  base,  has  low 
stems,  short  leaves,  mostly  less  than  i  cm.  long  and  sepals  even 
in  flower  4-5  mm.  long.  Dr.  B.  L.  Robinson,  in  the  Synoptical 
Flora,  remarks  under  A.  alsinoides  [A.  lanuginosa):  "A  more 
western  form,  represented  from  New  Mexico  by  Fendler's  58  and 
62  and  Wright's  864,  has  slightly  firmer  stems,  more  numerous 
subpaniculate  flowers,  and  leaves  less  narrowed  at  the  base.  In 
all  these  respects  it  shows  a  transition  to  the  following."  I  have 
not  seen  the  numbers  of  Fendler's  collection  cited  ;  but  Wright's 
864  as  represented  in  Columbia  University  Herbarium  belongs  to 
A.  confiisa.  On  the  sheet  of  Rusby's  38,  cited  below,  found  in 
the  Columbia  University  herbarium.  Dr.  Robinson  has  written  in 
pencil  :  "  Apparently  this  is  merely  a  lax  form  of  A.  saxosa  Gray. 
The  earliest  leaves  are  crowded,  the  upper  internodes  much 
elongated,  and  later  flowers  are  always  smaller.  (B.  L.  R.)" 
Wilcox's  plant  cited  below  was  also  determined  by  Dr.  Robin- 
son as  A.  saxosa.  Both  of  these  agree  perfectly,  however,  with 
Wright's  specimens  ;  but  neither  with  our  material  of  A.  lanuginosa 
from  the  Southern  States  and  Mexico,  nor  with  the  type  of  A. 
saxosa.    A.  confusa  grows  in  canons  at  an  altitude  of  2000-3500  m. 

New  Mexico:  White  Mountains,  1897,  E.  0.  Woofon,  2pj 
(type);  185 1,  C.  Wright,  864;  Burrow  Mountains,  1880,  H.  H. 
Rusby,  j8. 


Rydberg  :   Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    27G 

Arizona:  Ft.  Huachuca,  1892,  T.  E.  Wilcox ;  Rincou  Moun- 
tains, 1891,  Neally,  iig  ;  Flagstaff,  1894,/.  W.  Tourney. 

Colorado:  La  Plata  Mountains,  1896,  F.  Tweedy,  4.26; 
Wahatoya  Creek,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vreeland,  6274;  Pagosa 
Peak,  1899,  C.  F.  Baker,  jog. 

Delphinium  ramosum  sp.  nov, 

A  tall  perennial,  often  2  m.  high.  Stem  glabrous  and  shining 
up  to  the  inflorescence,  often  tinged  purplish  or  bluish  :  petioles 
1-1.5  dm.  long;  leaf-blade  glabrous  above,  finely  puberulent  be- 
neath, divided  near  the  base  into  5-7  segments,  which  are  4-7  cm. 
long,  oblanceolate  or  obovate,  cuneate  in  outline,  unequally  3-cleft 
and  these  segments  again  cleft  into  oblong  or  lanceolate  lobes  3-6 
mm.  broad  :  inflorescence  with  slender  branches,  these  sparingly 
and  finely  puberulent :  bracts  linear-subulate,  5-10  mm.  long  : 
pedicels  slender,  1-3  cm.  long:  bracdets  filiform,  2-5  mm.  long, 
inserted  2-5  mm.  below  the  calyx:  sepals  dark  blue,  striately 
nerved,  slightly  brownish  at  the  base,  about  i  cm.  long,  ovate  ;  the 
upper  and  lower  ones  acute  ;  the  lateral  ones  obtuse,  all  puberulent : 
spur  about  i  cm.  long,  straight,  or  slightly  curved  at  the  apex  : 
upper  petals  dirty-white,  tinged  with  brown  and  blue,  about  8  mm. 
long  :  spur  slender,  almost  i  cm.  long  :  lateral  petals  dark  blue, 
bearded,  with  a  slender  claw,  somewhat  corniculate,  bent  at  right 
angles  and  only  slightly  2-lobed  at  the  apex:  follicles  3,  12-15 
mm.  long,  somewhat  spreading  and  with  divaricate  beaks. 

This  species  has  without  doubt  been  included  in  D.  scopidorum, 
but  is  evidently  distinct  from  the  type  of  that  species.  It  is  taller, 
with  more  branched  inflorescence,  glabrous  stem  and  the  flowers 
are  usually  tinged  with  brown  at  the  base.  The  type  of  D.  scopu- 
loriim  has  narrow,  very  acute  and  divergent  lobes  of  the  leaves 
and  the  calyx  is  purely  dark  blue.  D.  ramosum  grows  at  an  alti- 
tude of  2000-3000  m. 

Colorado  :  North  Cheyenne  Caiion,  1896,  E.  A.  Bcssey{ty^€) ; 
also  in  Williams  Caiion,  Artists  Glen  and  other  places  near  Pikes 
Peak;    "Colorado,"    I'i^c),  Alice  Eastivood. 

Delphinium  robustum  sp.  nov. 

A  tall  and  stout  perennial,  often  2  m.  high  or  more.  Stem 
leafy,  striate,  puberulent  throughout,  often  i  cm.  in  diameter  at 
the  base;  petioles  1-2  dm.  long,  puberulent;  leaf-blade  finely  and 


277    Rydberg:    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

sparingly  puberulent  on  both  sides,  divided  to  the  base  into  5-7 
segments,  which  are  6—12  cm.  long  and  twice  cleft  into  linear  lobes 
3-5  mm.  broad  :  inflorescence  branched,  densely  many-flowered  : 
pedicels  1-3  cm.  long,  rather  stout,  usually  equalled  or  surpassed 
by  the  linear  bracts  :  bractlets  filiform,  5-10  mm.  long,  inserted 
close  under  the  calyx  :  sepals  dark  blue,  paler  at  the  base,  ellipti- 
cal, all  except  the  upper  one  obtuse,  12-15  ^n"^-  lo"g  ;  spur  12 
mm.  long,  slightly  curved  :  upper  petals  narrow,  light  brownish, 
striate:  lateral  petals  with  slender  claws  bent  at  right  angles, 
bearded  only  within,  deeply  2 -cleft  at  the  apex. 

This  species  in  perhaps  closest  related  to  D.  cncidlatiivi  A. 
Nelson  but  differs  in  the  longer  and  narrower  leaf-segments,  the 
more  branched  inflorescence,  the  stouter  habit,  the  longer  bracts 
and  bractlets  and  narrower  upper  petals.  It  grows  at  an  altitude 
of about  2500  m. 

Colorado  :  Wahatoya  Creek,  below  the  Spanish  Peaks,  1900, 
Rydberg  &  Vreeland,  621  y  (type);  Colorado  Springs,  1895,  E.  A. 
Bessey ;   Ruton,  1840,  Albert. 

Erysimum  alpestre  (Cockerell) 

Erysijimrn  aspenini  f.  alpestre  Cockerell,  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  18  : 
168.      1891. 

A  tall  strigose  perennial  with  a  deep  tap-root ;  stem  strict,  sim- 
ple, 3-6  dm.  high,  striate  :  basal  leaves  linear  or  narrowly  linear- 
oblanceolate,  5-10  cm.  long,  2-7  mm.  wide,  subentire  or  sinuately 
denticulate,  grayish  strigose,  gradually  tapering  below  with  a  short 
petiole  :  stem  leaves  mostly  narrowly  linear,  the  upper  sessile  : 
raceme  at  first  short  and  corymbiform,  in  fruit  much  elongated  : 
pedicels  short,  in  fruit  scarcely  i  cm.  long,  ascending:  calyx  10- 
1 2  mm.  long,  yellow  :  two  of  the  sepals  strongly  saccate  at  the 
base  :  petals  with  slender  claws  :  blades  broadly  obovate-cuneate, 
slightly  emarginate,  about  8  mm.  long  and  broad,  varying  from 
orange  or  brown  to  rose-purple  or  the  older  pale  yellow  :  pods 
four-angled,  slender,  erect,  J-^  cm.  long  and  1.5  mm.  in  diameter  : 
style  about  2  m.m.  long,  stout. 

In  general  habit,  this  species  closely  resembles  E.  aspenun. 
Mr.  Cockerell,  who  seems  to  have  been  the  first  to  observe  this  in- 
teresting plant  of  the  Sangre  de  Christo  region,  took  it  to  be  a  form 
of  E.  asperiini  with  peculiarly  colored  petals,  found  only  at  high 
altitudes.  I  was  first  of  the  same  opinion  until  I  saw  the  fruit 
in  the   type   number  and  still  better  developed   in    Mr.    Bessey's 


Rydberg:    Studies  ox  the  Rockv  Mountain  Flora    278 

specimens.  This  resembles  more  that  oi  E.  asperriimini  {Clieiran- 
tlius  aspcrrimmii  Greene)  than  that  of  E.  asperum.  The  present 
species  is  also  less  densely  and  more  finely  strigose  than  either 
of  them.     E.  alpcstn  grows  at  an  altitude  of  2500  m.  or  more. 

Colorado:  Headwaters  of  Pass  Creek,  i  goo,  Rydberg  &  Vrcc- 
land,  6200  (type);  mountain  near  Veta  Pass,  Srgg  ;  Veta  Moun- 
tain, 6igj ;  tributary  of  Turkey  Creek,  6ig8 ;  East  Indian 
Creek,  6ig6 ;  Ojo,  6202;  Bald  Mountain,  near  Pikes  Peak, 
1896,  E.  A.  Bcsscy. 

Draba  aureiformis  sp.  no  v. 

A  slender  grayish  stellate  plant  with  perennial  tap-root :  stem 
strict,  2-4  dm.  high,  simple  or  branched  above,  with  slender  erect 
branches  :  basal  leaves  spatulate,  2-3  cm.  long,  acute,  entire : 
stem-leaves  closely  sessile,  oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  entire  or 
sinuately  denticulate :  petals  sulphur  yellow,  3-4  mm.  long, 
broadly  spatulate  :  pedicels  ascending  :  pod  erect,  linear-oblong- 
lanceolate,  10-15  mm.  long,  about  3  mm.  wide,  slightly  if  at  all 
twisted,  stellate  :  style  about  i  mm.  long. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  D.  aiirca,  but  characterized 
by  the  small  light  yellow  petals,  the  slender  style,  the  less  dense 
pubescence,  and  slender  stem.  It  grows  in  dry  soil  at  an  altitude 
of  2700-3  300  m. 

Colorado  :  Headwaters  of  Pass  Creek,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vree- 
land,  61  j  J  (type);  Middle  Park,  1861,  C.  C.  Parry,  loj  ;  Gray- 
mount,  1885,  G.  W.  Letternian,  28. 

Physaria  vitulifera  sp.  nov. 

A  densely  tufted  finely  stellate-pubescent  perennial  with  deep 
tap-root.  Basal  leaves  numerous,  fiddle-shaped,  the  larger  4—5 
cm.  long  ;  terminal  lobe  nearly  orbicular  to  broadly  obovate,  sub- 
entire,  obtuse  ;  upper  sinuses  rounded:  lateral  lobes  1—2  pairs, 
much  smaller  :  stems  ascending,  or  decumbent,  1—2  dm.  high  : 
stem-leaves  1—2  cm.  long,  obovate  or  oblanceolate,  entire  :  ped- 
icels short,  usually  curved  in  fruit :  sepals  about  4  mm.  long,  ob- 
long, acute  :  petals  clawed,  8-9  mm.  long  :  fruit  obtuse  at  the 
base,  deeply  divided  above  ;  cells  much  inflated,  round-obovate, 
divergent,  about  5  mm.  in  diameter  :  style  about  5  mm.  long. 

This  species,  as  well  as  the  two  following,  differs  from  P.  didy- 
mocarpa  in  the  smaller  fruit,  which   is  divided  only  above,  not   at 


279    Rydberg:    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

the  base.  In  this  respect  they  resemble  P.  Ncwberryi ;  but  the 
fruit  is  much  smaller  and  not  flattened  on  the  sides.  P.  vitiilifera 
differs  from  the  following  in  the  form  of  the  leaves  and  the  curved 
pedicels.  It  grows  in  dry  places  at  an  altitude  of  about  2500  m. 
Colorado  :  Idaho  Springs,  1895,  P.  A.  Rydberg  {\.y^€)\  Middle 
Park,  1 86 1,  C.  C.  Parry,  loi. 

Physaria  floribunda  sp.  no  v. 

Densely  tufted  perennial  with  thick  tap-root.  Flowering  stems 
very  numerous,  ascending  or  almost  erect,  1-2.5  elm.  high:  basal 
leaves  less  crowded  and  more  erect  than  in  the  preceding,  oblan- 
ceolate  or  spatulate,  sinuately  toothed,  acute,  5-10  cm.  long  : 
stem-leaves  oblanceolate,  entire,  about  3  cm.  long:  sepals  about 
5  mm.  long,  linear-lanceolate :  petals  bright  yellow,  8-9  mm. 
long,  oblanceolate  with  broad  claws  :  fruit  obtuse  or  slightly  cordate 
at  the  base,  deeply  divided  above  :  cells  much  inflated,  about  8 
mm.  in  diameter,  almost  globular  :  style  6  mm.  long. 

In  the  size  and  form  of  the  fruit,  this  species  is  intermediate 
between  the  preceding  and  P.  didymocarpa  ;  but  it  is  taller  than 
either.  Sometimes  the  leaves  are  deeper  sinuate,  and  then  become 
slightly  fiddleform  ;  but  the  terminal  lobe  is  sinuately  toothed 
and  acutish.  From  P.  didymocarpa  it  differs  in  the  smaller  fruit, 
which  is  less  cordate  at  the  base,  and  the  longer,  more  acute 
leaves.  It  grows  in  loose  sandy  soil  in  mountain  valleys  at  an 
altitude  of  2000-2700  m. 

Colorado:  Sangre  de  Christo  Creek,  1900,  Rydberg  & 
Vreelajid,  61  j^  (type)  and  6ij6 ;  Hills  about  Golden,  1892,  Cran- 
dall,  5J, 

Physaria  acutifolia  sp.  nov. 

A  small  tufted  perennial  with  a  deep  rather  slender  tap-root. 
Basal  leaves  numerous,  1.5-2.5  cm.  long,  oblanceolate  or  obovate, 
acute,  entire  or  slightly  wavy,  very  finely  stellate :  stem-leaves 
rather  few,  oblanceolate  :  flowering  stems  4-6  cm.  long,  ascending 
or  depressed  :  fruit  small,  obtuse  or  slightly  cordate  at  the  base, 
deeply  divided  above  :  cells  inflated,  almost  spherical,  4-6  mm.  in 
diameter  :  style  about  5  mm.  long. 

This  species  differs  from  P.  didymocarpa  in  the  smaller  size,  in 
the  acute  leaves,  and  the  smaller  fruit,  which  is  more  deeply  divided 
above  and  less  so  below.  In  general  habit  it  resembles  more  P. 
Geyeri,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  turgid  more  spherical  cells.  It 
grows  in  the  mountains,  reaching  an  altitude  of  3000  m. 


Rydberg  :    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora   280 

Colorado  :    Grand  Junction,  1893,  Alice  Eastzvood  (type). 
Wyoming:    Mount  Leidy,  1897,  F.  Tweedy,  ^gi . 

Cardamine  cardiophylla  sp.  nov. 

Stem  stout,  3—10  dm.  high,  densely  hirsute  with  short  white 
hairs,  almost  pilose  :  leaves  rounded-cordate  or  the  lower  reniform, 
simple,  coarsely  sinuately  toothed  :  blades  3—4  cm.  broad,  more 
or  less  pubescent  :  petioles  more  or  less  densely  pilose,  those  of 
the  basal  leaves  5—8  cm.  long,  those  of  the  upper  stem-leaves 
very  short :  sepals  also  pubescent,  about  3  mm.  long  :  petals  white, 
broadly  spatulate,  about  8  mm.  long  :  pedicels  in  fruit  spreading, 
1.5—2  cm.  long:  pods  2.5—3.5  cm.  long,  ascending,  1.5  mm.  wide. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  C.  cordifolia,  and  differs 
mainly  in  the  thicker  leaves  and  the  dense  pubescence.  It  reaches 
an  altitude  of  3300  m. 

Colorado  :  Tennessee  Pass,  Lake  County,  1900,  Geo.  E. 
Osterhont,  2i'/8  (type);  1893,  De  Alton  Saunders  ;  Camp  beyond 
Bent's  Fort,  1845,  Fremont,  ^2g. 

Thlaspi  Coloradense  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  ;  rootstock  or  caudex  cespitose,  the  branches  rosu- 
liferous  at  the  apex.  Basal  leaves  broadly  spatulate,  1-2  cm.  long, 
fleshy,  4—7  mm.  wide,  sinuately  crenate  or  subentire  :  flowering 
stems  2-8  cm.  long,  leafy  :  stem-leaves  oblong  or  obovate,  3-10 
mm.  long,  obtuse  :  inflorescence  short  and  dense,  even  in  fruit 
seldom  over  2  cm.  long  :  sepals  rounded-ovate,  obtuse,  with  a 
white  margin,  about  2  mm.  long  :  petals  large,  obovate-spatulate, 
5-6  mm.  long  :  silicle  obovate,  about  6  mm.  long,  only  slightly 
emarginate  at  the  apex  :  wing-margins  very  narrow  ;  carina  on  the 
sides  rather  prominent :  seeds  red,  about  i  mm.  long. 

This  species  has  been  included  by  American  authors  in  T.  alpestre, 

which  is  not  found  in  America.      The  European  species  has  very 

small  flowers  and  a  different  pod  which  is  obcordate  with  a  narrow 

and  deep  sinus  at  the  apex.      Professor  Greene   has  determined  T. 

Coloradense  as  T.  Fendleri  Gray.      The   latter  was   described  from 

flowering  specimens  and   might   be    the  present  species ;  at  least 

it  is  much  like  it.      Specimens  in  fruit  from  the  same  region  as  the 

type   of  T.   Fendleri  were    collected    later   and   were    referred  by 

Dr.  Gray  to    T.  Fendleri ;    in  these  the  fruit  is    larger,  decidedly 

inverted  triangular  in  outline,  broader  margined  at  the  corners  and 

almost  truncate  at  the  apex. 


281    Rydberg:    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

T.  Coloradense  groves  at  an  altitude  of  2500  m.  or  more,  among 
rocks. 

Colorado  :  Bald  Mountain  near  Pikes  Peak,  1896,  E.  A. 
Bessey  (type)  ;  South  Cheyenne  Canon,  Colorado  Springs,  1900, 
Rydberg  &  Vrccland,  6126  ;  West  Spanish  Peak  61 2j  and  6128  ; 
Pikes  Peak,  1894,  E.  A.  Bessey ;  Pikes  Peak  and  Baldy,  1896, 
F.  Clements ;  Pikes  Peak  and  Tennessee  Pass,  1893,  De  Alton 
Saunders  ;  Laramie  County,  1893,  C.  S.  Crandall,  60  ;  Pikes  Peak, 
1 89 1,  Dr.  E.  Penard,  34. ;  Arapahoe,  55  ;  Los  Pinos,  1899,  C.  F. 
Baker ;  Cheyenne  Mountain  and  Seven  Lakes,  1896,  £".  A.  Bessey. 

Thlaspi  purpurascens  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  tap-root  crowned  by  a  very  short  caudex  and 
a  rosette  of  leaves  ;  flowering  stems  generally  several,  less  than 
I  dm.  high  :  basal  leaves  oval  or  broadly  spatulate,  2-3  cm.  long, 
petioled,  usually  more  or  less  sinuate-dentate  :  stem-leaves  ovate, 
obtuse,  with  a  truncate  base,  closely  sessile:  sepals  2.5-3  mm. 
long,  oblong-oval,  obtuse,  purplish  with  broad  white  margins  : 
petals  broadly  spatulate,  about  6  mm.  long  :  siHcle  triangular- 
obovate,  distinctly  winged  above  and  with  a  very  broad  and  shal- 
low sinus  at  the  apex,  7-8  mm.  long. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  the  preceding  and  inter- 
mediate forms  are  not  lacking.  The  principal  difference  is  in  the 
fruit,  which  in  T.  purpurascens  is  comparatively  broader,  distinctly 
winged  and  with  a  broad  and  open  sinus  at  the  top,  almost  trun- 
cate and  less  keeled  on  the  sides.  The  sepals  in  all  specimens 
seen  are  purplish  and  broader,  the  stem  leaves  are  larger,  more 
ovate  and  usually  with  a  truncate  base,  and  the  branches  of  the 
caudex  are  very  short. 

Arizona  :  1876,  E.  Palmer,  ^ji  (type)  ;  San  Francisco  Moun- 
tains, 1 88 1,  H.  H.  Rushy,  28;  1887,/?/-.  E.  A.  Mearns,  34  ; 
Flagstaff,  1898,  i^.  T.  MacDo?/gal,  228. 

Colorado:  Headwaters  of  Sangre  de  Christo  Creek,  1900, 
Rydberg  &  Vreeland,  6123  ;  Iron  Mountain,  6124. 

Sophia  glandulifera  sp.  nov. 

Biennial.  Stem  simple  below,  branched  above,  about  6  dm. 
high,  slightly  grayish  pubescent  with  branched  hairs,  decidedly 
glandular-viscid  above  ;  branches  spreading,  with  upwardly  curved 
ends  :  leaves  pubescent  and  viscid,  bipinnately  divided  ;  segments 


Rvdberg:    Studies  on  the  Rocky   Mountain  Flora    282 

linear-lanceolate  or  of  the  upper  leaves  filiform,  acute  or  attenuate  : 
flowers  light  yellow  :  petals  scarcely  exceeding  the  sepals  :  pedicels 
very  short  in  flower  ;  in  fruit  4-6  mm.  long,  ascending  or  almost 
erect :  pods  8-10  mm.  long,  erect,  more  or  less  curved,  especially 
those  of  the  branches,  scarcely  exceeding  7  mm.  in  width,  more  or 
less  constricted  between  the  seeds  ;  beak  slender,  short,  about  .5 
mm.  long  :  seeds  uniserial,  red,  a  little  over  i  mm.  long. 

This  species  has  the  short  pedicels  and  erect  pods  of  5.  Hart- 
ivegiana,  but  the  pod  of  the  latter  is  more  slender,  and  often 
curved,  the  whole  plant  is  greener  and  conspicuously  glandular, 
and  the  se2:ments  of  the  leaves  are  more  slender.  The  latter  char- 
acter  and  the  short  ascending  or  erect  pedicels  distinguish  it  from 
^.  incisa  Engelm.      It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  1000-1500  m. 

Wyoming  :  Rolling  plains  between  Sheridan  and  Buffalo,  1900, 
F.  Tivecdy,  35g2. 

Sedum  frigidum  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  fleshy  rootstock,  dioecious.  Stems  usually 
less  than  i  dm.  high,  light  green  :  leaves  flat,  1-1.5  cm.  long  and 
5-7  mm.  wide,  sessile,  obovate  or  oblong-obovate,  often  dentate 
above  the  middle,  or  entire,  acute  :  inflorescence  dense,  usually  dark 
purple  :  flowers  4— 5-merous,  usually  5-merous  :  sepals  of  the 
staminate  flowers  lanceolate,  acute,  1.5-2  mm.  long,  dark  purple  or 
rarely  greenish  :  petals  oblanceolate  or  oblong,  acute,  about  3  mm. 
long,  dark  purple  or  very  rarely  greenish  tinged  with  purple  :  fila- 
ments filiform,  purple,  about  one  third  longer  than  the  petals,  the 
pistillate  similar  but  with  somewhat  shorter  and  more  obtuse  petals  : 
follicles  3-5  mm.  long,  oblong,  with  a  very  short  beak  about  .5 
mm.  long,  divergent  or  at  last  recurved. 

This  species  has  gone  under  the  name  of  ^.  roseuvi  (L.)  Scop., 
but  is  quite  unlike  the  northern  European  plant,  which  must  be  re- 
garded as  the  type  of  RJiodiola  rosea  L.  This  has  a  very  short, 
almost  tuberous  rootstock,  more  oblanceolate  leaves  about  3  cm. 
long,  usually  with  very  sharp  dentations,  usually  yellow  petals, 
longer  filaments  almost  twice  as  long  as  the  petals  and  follicle^,  6- 
8  mm.  long.  This  form  is  also  found  in  the  mountains  of  southern 
Europe  ;  but  there  seems  to  be  another  European  plant ;  this  is  de- 
scribed and  figured  under  the  name  RJiodiola  rosea  in  the  "  Flora  von 
Deutschland"  published  by  Schlechtendal,  Langethal  and  Schenk. 
It  resembles  more  the  Rocky  Mountain  plant  in  the  purple, 
flowers  and  short  stamens,  but  it  has  more  inversely  deltoid  leaves. 


283  Rydberg:  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

the  fertile  flowers  have  very  minute  petals  or  none  and  the  follicles 
have  long  beaks.  In  all  systematic  botanies  of  Scandinavia 
and  Russia,  S.  rosciiui  is  described  as  having  yellow  petals,  which 
is  never  the  case  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  and  Alaskan  plants. 
In  this  respect  plants  from  eastern  North  America  agree  with  the 
European. 

5.  frigiduui  is  an  alpine-arctic  plant  growing  in  Colorado  at  an 
altitude  of  3000  m.  or  more.  In  Montana  it  is  found  at  an  alti- 
tude of  about  2700  m.  and  in  Alaska  at  low  altitudes.  It  grows 
among  rocks,  associating  with  several  species  of  Saxifraga  and 
Adoxa  Moschatellina. 

Montana:  Old  Hollow  Top,  1897,  Ryciberg  &  Bessey,  4248 
(type);  Long  Baldy,  1896,  Flodman,  jij  ;  Haystack  Peak,  1899, 
P.  Koch. 

Colorado:  West  Spanish  Peak,  1900,  Rydberg  &■  Vreeland, 
61 1 2  (9);  61 14  i^$)  and  6115  (with  greenish,  merely  purple- 
tinged  flowers)  ;  Grayback  Mining  Camp,  61 16 ;  Pikes  Peak, 
1900,  F.  Clements  ;  1821,  Dr.  James  ;  Arapahoe  Peak,  1891,  Dr. 
E.  Penard ;  Pikes  Peak,  1894,  E.  A.  Bessey ;  1893,  De  Alton 
Sainiders. 

Nevada:  Mineral  King,  Sierra,  Nevada,  1891,  Coville  & 
Funsioti,  ij2p. 

Idaho:    Packsaddle    Peak,     1892,    Sandberg,    MacDougal   & 

Heller,  860. 

Washington:  Mt.  Paddo,  1886,  VV.  H.  Snksdorf,  8sg. 

Alaska:  Muniak  Island,  \'^(^\,  Jas.  M.  Macoim,  48;  Shu- 
magin,  1 871-1872,  J/.  W.  Harrington;  King  Island,  1897,  E. 
A.  McIlJiejiny,  8j. 

Sedum  polygamum  sp.  nov. 
Perennial  with  a  thick  fleshy  rootstock.  Stem  1-3  dm.  high  : 
leaves  obovate  or  oblanceolate,  acute,  sessile,  flat,  entire  or  minutely- 
denticulate,  1.5-2.5  cm.  long:  inflorescence  dark  purple,  dense  : 
flowers  dioecio-polygamous  :  sepals  of  the  staminate  ones  lanceo- 
late, 2  mm.  long,  acute  :  petals  oblanceolate,  dark  purple,  about  3 
mm.  long  :  filaments  about  half  longer  than  the  petals,  purple, 
broader  than  in  the  preceding  species,  abruptly  acuminate  above  : 
fertile  flowers  with  more  lanceolate  petals  and  usually  with  sta- 
mens which  however  have  shorter  filaments  scarcely  exceeding 
the  petals  :  follicles  6-8  mm.  long  with  an  ascending  or  spreading 
beak,  about  i  mm.  long. 


Rydberg:  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora  284 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  the  preceding,  but  is  stouter, 
the  fertile  flowers  usually  with  stamens,  the  follicles  larger  and 
with  less  divaricate  beaks.  It  has  also  been  included  in  5.  roscum^ 
but  is  really  nearer  related  to  5.  atropiirpiirewn  of  eastern  Asia, 
which  however  has  larger  leaves.  S.  polyganiuvi  grows  at  an  alti- 
tude of  3000  m.  or  more. 

Colorado  :  West  Spanish  Peak,  /poo,  Rydberg  &  Vrecland, 
61 1 3  (type);  Silverton,  1895,  F.  Tti'ccdy  124;  Mt.  Hesperus, 
I  $98,  Baker,  Earlc  &  Tracy,  481 ;  Basin  Creek,  La  Plata  Moun- 
tains, 4S0  ;  Mt.  Lincoln,  1873,  /.  M.  Coulter;  Chambers  Lake, 
1894,  C.  S.  Craiidail. 

New  Mexico:  White  Mountains,  1897,  E.  0.  Wooton,  677. 


CONTRIBUTIONS   FROM   THE   NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  15 


STUDIES  ON  THE  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN 

FLORA.-VI 


BY  P.  A.  RYDBERG 


NEW    YOEK 
1901 


[Reprinted  from  Bulletin  Toeeky  Botanical  Club,  28 :  m-5l3.    30  Sept.  1901.] 


Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora.— VI 

By  p.  a.  Rydberg 

Salix  padophylla  n.  n. 

5.  padifolia  Rydb.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  28:  272.  1901.  Not 
Anderson. 

In  the  May  number  of  the  Bulletin  appeared  a  new  species  of 
willow  under  the  name  5.  padifolia.  The  name  should  have  been 
S.  padophylla,  as  S.  padifolia  is  preoccupied  by  one  of  Anderson's 
species.      Besides,  padiis  is  originally  a  Greek  word,  -aoo^. 

Trifolium  stenolobum  sp.  no\'. 

A  densely  cespitose  and  scapose  perennial.  Branches  of  the 
caudex  covered  by  the  large  stipules  which  are  2  cm.  long  ;  petioles 
5-10  cm.  long,  finely  strigose  ;  leaflets  3,  narrowly  lanceolate  or 
oblanceolate,  1.5-4  cm.  long,  finely  strigose,  very  acute  or  acumi- 
nate :  scape  1-1.5  dm.  long  :  heads  many-flowered  ;  bracts  minute  ; 
flowers  reflexed  in  fruit :  calyx-tube  silky-strigose,  4-5  mm.  long  ; 
teeth  almost  filiform,  7-9  mm.  long:  banner  about  18  mm,  long^ 

obtuse,  mucronate. 

This  is  related  to  T.  dasypliyllum  but  is  easily  distinguished 
by  the  minute  bracts,  the  long  slender  calyx-teeth  and  the  larger 
corolla.      It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  3600  ni, 

Colorado  :  La  Plata  Mountain,  1896,  F.  Tweedy,  ^57  (type  in 
U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.). 

Trifolium  subcaulescens  A.  Gray,   Ives,   Rep.   Colo.  Riv.   Bot. 

10.      i860 

Trifolium  iicmor ale  (jx&txvQ,   Pittonia,  4  :    136.      1900. 

Dr.  Watson  referred  this  species  to  T.  gymnocarpuvi,  to  which 
it  is  nearest  related,  but  it  differs  in  the  larger  size  and  the  many- 
flowered  head.  The  specimen  of  C.  F.  Baker's  no.  446  in  the 
herbarium  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden  matches  perfectly 
Newberry's  specimen  in  the  Columbia  University  herbarium.  The 
former  is  the  type  number  of  T.  neinorale  Greene,  and  the  latter 
that  of  T.  siibcaidescens  A.  Gray.      Unless  the  type  sheets   repre- 

499 


500     Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

sent  different  species  from  those  represented  in  our  herbaria,  Prof. 
Greene's  name  has  to  pass  into  synonymy. 

Trifolium  bracteolatum 

Trifolium  lilaciniwi  Rydb.  Bull.  Torn  Club,  28:  37.  1901. 
Not  Greene.      1896. 

Vicia  producta  sp.  no  v. 

A  very  slender,  sparingly  hairy  cespitose  perennial.  Stems 
decumbent  or  ascending,  2-3  dm.  long,  much  branched  and  leafy, 
striate  and  somewhat  angled  :  stipules  narrow,  semi-hastate,  entire, 
3-5  mm.  long;  leaflets  3-5  pairs,  oblong  to  linear,  5-15  mm. 
long,  obtuse,  mucronate  ;  tendrils  3-cleft  :  peduncles  2-4  cm. 
long,  usually  2-flowered,  produced  beyond  the  upper  flower  :  calyx- 
tube  about  2  mm.  long,  strigose,  teeth  about  i  mm.  long,  lance- 
olate-subulate :  corolla  about  8  mm.  long,  yellowish-white,  tipped 
and  tinged  with  purple. 

This  species  is  probably  closest  related  to  V.  lutmilis  H.  B.  K., 
but  is  characterized  by  having  the  peduncle  produced  beyond  the 
two  flowers  and  by  different  calyx-lobes.  The  type  was  growing 
among  rocks  on  the  south  side  of  a  butte,  at  an  altitude  of  about 
2400  m. 

Colorado  :  Butte,  5  miles  southwest  of  La  Veta,  1900,  Ryd- 
berg &  Vre eland,  6006. 

Primula  Americana  sp.  nov. 

Primula  farinosa  A.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  2^:  58,  in  part.  1878. 
Not  L.      1753. 

Perennial  with  a  short  rootstock  and  fleshy-fibrous  roots. 
Basal  leaves  oblong  or  oblong-oblanceolate  or  spatulate,  2-8  cm. 
long,  obtuse,  gradually  contracted  at  the  base,  usually  with  short 
winged  petioles,  sinuate  dentate  above  the  middle  or  subentire, 
thin,  more  or  less  mealy,  especially  on  the  lower  surface  :  scape 
1-2  dm.  high,  mealy  when  young:  bracts  6-10  mm.  long,  linear- 
lanceolate,  usually  acute  :  pedicels  in  flower  little  if  any  exceeding 
the  bracts,  in  fruit  sometimes  2  cm.  long,  erect  from  the  beginning  : 
calyx  more  or  less  mealy,  6-8  mm.  long,  lobes  oblong-obtuse  : 
corolla  lilac  ;  tube  8-9  mm.  long,  only  slightly  exceeding  the 
calyx  ;  lobes  of  the  corolla  obcordate,  2-3  mm.  long. 

This  species  has  been  confused  with  P.  farinosa,  but  I  think  it 
distinct.  All  specimens  from  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  under 
that  name  differ  from  the   European    and  especially  the  Scandi- 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora   501 

navian  P.  farinosa  in  the  longer  bracts,  in  the  longer  calyx  and 
in  the  short  corolla  lobes.  The  specimens  of  northeastern  America 
seem  to  be  like  the  European  plant.  In  the  latter  the  bracts  arc- 
only  4-6  mm.  long,  acuminate,  the  calyx  less  than  three  fourths 
the  length  of  the  tube  of  the  corolla  and  the  lobes  of  the  latter 
4-5  mm.  long.  /'.  Americana  ^gxows,  in  swamps  and  wet  meadows 
of  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  at  an  altitude  of  1200-2500  m. 

Montana:  Deer  Lodge,  1895,  P.  A.  Rydberg,  2746  (type). 

Wyoming:  Little  Laramie  River,  \d>C}6,  Avcn  Xclson,  ig6i  ; 
Hams  Fork  and  La  Barge,  1900,  C.  C.  Curtis. 

Alberta:  Devil's   Head  Lake,   Banff,  1899,  \V.  C.   McCalla, 

2.f.22. 

Colorado:  North  Park,  1896,  G:o.  E.  OstcrJiout. 

Cuscuta  gracilis  sp.  nov. 

Stem  filiform,  about  .25  mm.  in  diameter.  Flowers  in  dense 
globular  clusters  :  calyx  gamoscpalous  but  cleft  to  near  the 
base,  lobes  ovate  :  corolla  urceolate,  less  than  2  mm.  high,  lobes 
ovate,  widely  spreading,  acute,  delicate,  about  i  mm.  long  ;  scales 
ovate,  crenate,  not  divided,  almost  half  as  long  as  the  corolla-tube : 
filaments  subulate,  about  twice  as  long  as  the  anthers  :  styles  dis- 
tinct, equal,  about  as  long  as  and  somewhat  thicker  than  the  red 
filiform  curved  stigmas  :  capsule  about  2  mm.  high,  acute-globose, 
circumscissile  near  the  base  :  seeds  about  i  mm.  long. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  C.  epili/unn,  which,  however, 
has  shorter  and  broader  corolla-lobes,  shorter  filaments,  scarcely 
longer  than  the  anthers  and  short  emarginate  and  crenate  scales. 
C.  gracilis  grows  parasitic  on  species  of  Erigeron,  CJirysotliamnns 
and  Solamim. 

Wyoming:  Rolling  plains  between  Sheridan  and  Buffalo,  1900, 
F.  Tweedy,  32^2  (type)  ;   Laramie,  1894,  Aven  Nelson,  iijg. 

Cuscuta  megalocarpa  sp.  nov. 

Stem  stout,  usually  over  i  mm.  in  diameter.  Flowers  in  dense 
globular  clusters  :  pedicels  very  short,  at  most  2  mm.  long  : 
calyx  gamosepalous,  lobes  rounded,  scarcely  i  mm.  long  :  corolla 
about  3  mm.  high  and  broad,  lobes  broadly  triangular,  acutish, 
about  I  mm.  long,  with  incurved  tip  ;  fringed  scales  attached  near 
the  bottom,  equalling  about  half  the  corolla-tube,  deeply  2-lobed, 
and  fringed  only  in  the  open  sinuses  :  stamens  about  as  long  as  the 
lobes  of  the  corolla,  filaments  subulate,  about  twice  as  long  as  the 


502    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

rounded  anther  :  styles  distinct,  short,  stigmas  capitate  :  capsule 
5-6  mm.  in  diameter,  acute-globose,  about  4-seeded  :  seeds  about 
2.5  mm.  long  and  2  mm.  broad,  finely  muricate. 

A  plant  parasitic  on  willows  and  other  shrubs,  at  an  altitude  of 
about  2000  m. 

Colorado  :  Cucharas  Creek,  near  La  Veta,  1900,  F.  K. 
Vre eland,  6jo. 

Wyoming:  Dayton,  Sheridan  Co.,  1899,  F.  Tioccdy,  22j8. 

Monarda  comata  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  horizontal,  slender  rootstock.  Stem  obtusely 
4-angled,  4-6  dm.  high,  simple,  sparingly  silky-villous,  especially 
below  the  nodes  and  on  the  upper  portion  :  lower  leaves  with  more 
or  less  hairy  petioles,  which  are  about  1  cm.  long,  the  upper  sub- 
sessile  ;  blades  ovate  or  lance-ovate,  more  or  less  cordate  at  the 
base,  acute  or  acuminate,  serrate  with  small  teeth  which  are  di- 
rected forward,  4-6  cm.  long,  sparingly  silky-strigose  on  both 
sides:  bracts  green  or  tinged  with  purplish,  ovate,  1-2  cm.  long: 
calyx  about  i  cm.  long,  minutely  puberulent,  with  a  ring  of  hairs 
at  the  base  of  the  teeth,  which  are  subulate,  .7  mm.  long:  corolla 
red-purple,  almost  wine-color,  densely  villose-puberulent,  the  ex- 
serted  portion  about  2  cm.  long. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  M.  stricta  Wooton,  but  differs  in  the 
long  pubescence  of  the  stem,  leaves  and  bracts,  shorter  calyx-teeth 
and  darker  flowers.  It  grows  in  meadows  among  bushes,  at  ah 
altitude  of  20QO-2500  m. 

Colorado  :  Wahatoya  Creek,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vreela^nd,  jdjj 
(type);  Ruxton,  i goo,  Fred  Clements. 

Castilleja  Wyomingensis  sp.  nov. 

A  more  or  less  cespitose  perennial  with  a  short  woody  caudex. 
Stems  3-4  dm.  high,  striate,  sparingly  puberulent  and  the  upper 
portion  viscid-pubescent  :  leaves  linear,  4-5  cm.  long,  4-7  mm. 
wide,  minutely  puberulent,  more  or  less  distinctly  3-nerved,  entire, 
or  the  upper  3-lobed  :  bracts  lanceolate  to  ovate,  puberulent  and 
ciliate  on  the  margin  and  veins  tinged  with  sulphur-yellow,  3- 
lobed  at  the  apex  or  the  lower  entire,  middle  lobe  oblong  and 
rounded  at  the  apex,  the  lateral  ones  lanceolate  or  linear,  acute  : 
calyx  villose,  nearly  2  cm.  long  and  almost  equalling  the  corolla, 
sulphur-yellow,  cleft  about  half  way  down,  slightly  deeper  on 
the  lower  than  on  the  upper  side,  lateral  cleft  3-4  mm.  deep  : 
corolla  greenish,  tinged  and  bordered  with  sulphur-yellow,  galea 
about  6  mm.  long,  lip  about  2  mm.:  capsule  ovoid,  12-13  mm.  long. 


RvDBERG  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora     503 

The  species  is  nearest  related  to  C.  sulp/iuna,  from  which  it 
differs  in  the  narrow  leaves  and  in  being  more  puberulent.  It 
grows  in  northern  Wyoming  at  an  altitude  of  2200-2700  m. 

Wyoming:  Big  Horn  Mountains,  Sheridan  Co.,  1899,  F. 
Tweed}',  2j;^i  (t\'pe)  and  2J42  ;  Headwaters  of  Clear  Creek  and 
Crazy  Woman  River,  1900,  Tzveedy,  J400. 

Pentstemon  suffrutescens  sp.  nov. 

PcntstcDwn  cacspitosns  var.  suffntiicosus  A.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  2'  : 
270.      1878.      ^oX.  P.  suffrnticosiis  V)o\x^.      1846. 

Excellent  specimens  of  what  I  take  to  be  Gray's  variety  cited 
above,  which  was  described  from  imperfect  material,  have  been 
collected  by  Mr.  Tweedy,  and  these  show  that  the  plant  is  nearer 
related  to  P.  pimiilus  than  to  P.  cacspitosns,  but  the  calyx  lobes 
are  broader,  shorter  and  blunter  than  in  that  species,  the  corolla 
slightly  smaller  and  the  leaves  glabrous. 

Colorado  :   Ridgway,  1895,  F.  Tweedy,  ijo. 

Sambucus   microbotrys  sp.  nov. 

A  low  shrub,  5-20  dm.  high,  glabrous  throughout  and  with 
pale  green  foliage.  Leaflets  ovate  or  rarely  ovate-lanceolate,  acute 
or  short-acuminate,  3-9  cm.  long,  mostly  rounded  and  oblique  at 
the  base,  coarsely  serrate  :  cyme  thyrsoid-paniculate,  small,  about 
as  long  as  broad,  about  3  cm.  in  diameter  and  of  the  same  height  ; 
flowers  whitish  :  fruit  bright  red,  4-5  mm.  in  diameter  :  seeds 
finely  punctate-rugose. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  5.  pnbcns  and  perhaps  all 
specimens  from  the  southern  Rockies  referred  to  that  species 
belong  here.  The  main  distinctions  from  5.  pubens  are  the  total 
absence  of  pubescence  and  the  smaller  inflorescence.  It  grows 
at  an  altitude  of  1500-2700  m. 

Colorado  :  Bottomless  Pit,  and  below  Halfway  House,  Pike's 
Peak,  1896,  E.  A.  Bcsscy  (type);  Gray's  Peak,  1895,  P.  A. 
Rydberg ;  East  Indian  Creek,  1 900,  Rydberg  &  Besscy,  ^^82  ; 
Little  Veta  Mountain,  JJc^J. 

Chrysothamnus  filifolius  sp.  nov. 

A  small  shrub,  about  3  dm.  high,  very  bushy.  Bark  of  the 
stems  and  larger  branches  gray  and  somewhat  fissured,  that  of 
the  young  branches  white  and  shining:  leaves  very  narrow,  linear- 


504     Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

filiform,  1-2  cm.  long,  less  than  i  mm.  wide,  dark  green  and 
glabrous  except  the  minutely  scabrous-ciliolate  margins  :  cyme 
large,  flat-topped  :  heads  very'  numerous,  5-6  mm.  high,  2  mm. 
in  diameter,  turbinate  ;  bracts  in  5  vertical  rows  with  usually  3  in 
each  row,  lanceolate-acuminate,  the  outer  with  green  tips,  the 
inner  wholly  chartaceous. 

In  habit  and  leaves,  this  species  resembles  C.  stcuopJiylliis,  but 
the  leaves  are  still  narrower  and  in  that  species  the  bracts  are 
obtuse  or  merely  acute. 

Colorado:  Granite,  I'&gG,  Fi-cd.  Clements,  jgo. 

Chrysothamnus  scoparius  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  woody  caudex  and  deep  tap-root.  Stems  1-2 
dm.  hicfh,  elabrous  and  shining,  with  a  white  bark  :  leaves  nar- 
rowly  linear,  light  bluish-green,  glabrous,  2-3  cm.  long,  a  little 
over  I  mm.  wide,  more  or  less  twisted  :  cyme  flat-topped  :  heads 
numerous,  6-8  mm.  high,  2-3  mm.  wide ;  bracts  chartaceous, 
lanceolate,  acuminate. 

This  species  is  still  more  like  C.  stenopliylhis  in  habit,  but  the 
bracts  are  diiTerent,  being  acuminate  instead  of  obtuse  or  acute 
and  more  keeled.  The  perennial  portion  is  also  much  shorter  and 
the  general  color  of  the  plant  is  much  lighter. 

Colorado:  Mesas,  La  Veta,  1900,  F.  K.   Vreeland,  6g8. 

Aster  crassulus  sp.  nov. 

Aster  midtiflorus  A.  Gray,  PI.  Wr.  2  :   75.      In  part.      1853. 

Aster  incano-pilosits  Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  i  :  393. 
In  part.      1900. 

Perennial  with  a  horizontal,  stoloniferous  rootstock.  Stems 
erect  or  ascending  or  rarely  decumbent,  usually  simple  below, 
branched  above,  4-7  dm.  high,  terete,  brownish,  densely  hirsute 
with  short  divaricate  hairs  :  stem-leaves  linear,  or  oblong-linear,  3- 
6  cm.  long,  2-3  mm.  wide,  rather  firm,  hirsute  with  short  spreading 
hairs,  sessile  and  slightly  clasping,  in  age  usually  reflexed,  acute 
with  a  short  spinulose  tip  ;  those  of  the  branches  smaller  ;  those 
of  the  branchlets  only  3-5  mm.  long  and  merging  into  the  bracts 
of  the  involucres  :  heads  numerous,  borne  at  the  end  of  leafy 
branchlets  which  are  1-2  cm.  long  ;  involucre  turbinate,  5-8  mm. 
high,  8-10  mm.  broad  ;  bracts  in  3-4  series,  the  outer  successively 
shorter,  broadly  spatulate,  minutely  spinulose-mucronate,  very 
thick,  hirsute  especially  on  the  margin,  chartaceous  at  the  base 
with  a  broadly  oval  herbaceous  tip  :  rays  numerous,  white,  5-7 
mm.  long  and  fully  i  mm.  wide  :  achenes  strigose. 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora     505 

This  is  a  member  of  the  A.  uiultiflonis  group  and  has  been 
confused  with  A.  commntahis  (T.  &  G.)  Gray  or  A.  incano-pilosiis 
Sheldon.  In  A.  commiitatiis,  the  stem  is  strigose-pubescent,  the 
branchlets  more  elongated  and  the  outer  bracts  longer  than  in  A- 
crassidiis  and  often  equalling  or  surpassing  the  inner  bracts.  It 
may  be  the  same  as  described  by  Lindley  in  Hooker's  Flora  and 
DeCandoUe's  Prodromus  as  "  A.  ramnlosus  (i,  incano-pilosus  "  ; 
but  here  it  is  to  be  noticed  that  the  word  "  incano-pilosus  "  is 
printed  in  the  same  type  as  all  the  descriptions  and  not  the  special 
type  used  for  names.  Hence  "incano-pilosus"  was  a  descriptive 
term  for  the  A.  ramnlosus  ,5,  and  not  the  name.  If.  however, 
it  should  be  taken  as  a  name,  which  Mr.  Sheldon  did,  it  is  a 
nometi  muiuni,  as  no  further  description  is  given,  and  then  should 
be  disregarded.  As  Sheldon's  Aster  incano-pilosus,  which  is  amply 
distinct,  has  as  a  synonym,  the  older  A.  comniutatus  (T.  &  G.) 
Gray  it  must  be  dropped  and  A.  conunutatus  substituted. 

A.  crassulus  grows  on  dry  plains  and  table-land  at  an  altitude 
of  1 200  m. 

Colorado  :  Mesas,  La  Veta,  1900,  F.  K.  Vrceland,  6goa  (type) 
and  6c)0\  Denver,  1871,  Dr.  Geo.  Smith,  Sj  ;  Ridgway,  1894,  F. 
Tweedy,  J 06  ;   Pagosa  Spring,  1899,  C.  F.  Baker,  Sj-/. 

New  Mexico  :  185  i,  (f.  Wright,  1155;  Rio  Dolores,  AVw^mj. 

California:  Valley,  near  San  FiHpe,  1858,  S.Hayes. 

Wyoming:  Bear  Lodge  Mountains,  1898,  L.  W.  Carter; 
Moorcroft,  1897,  Z.   W.  Carter;   Dayton,  1899,  F.  Tweedy,  2031. 

North  Dakota:    Minot,    1891,  Wright;    Custer,  1892,7?/^/- 

bcrg,  773 . 

Montana:  Park  Co.,  1887,  F.  Tweedy,  339  ;  Colgate,  Sand- 
berg,  MacDougal  %i  Heller,  1021 ;  Montana  Valley,  Madison  Co., 
1899,  Aven  &  Elias  Nelson,  683c). 

Aster  exiguus  (Fernald) 
Aster  ciliatus  Muhl. ;  WiUd.   Sp.    PI.   3:    2027.      1804.      Not 
Walt.     1788. 

Aster  hebecladus  K.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  2'  :   185,  under  ^.  nmltiflorus. 

Not  DC. 

Aster  multijlorus  var.  exiguus  Fernald,  Rhodora,  i :  187.     1899. 
I  think  that  Aster  ciliatus  Muhl.  is  distinct  from  A.  nmltiflorus ; 


506    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

but  unfortunately  it  is  antedated  by  A.  ci7ia/?is  Walt.  In  A.  iiuilti- 
flonis  the  pubescence  is  mostly  appressed  and  the  bracts  are  nar- 
row-oblanceolate  and  rather  thin.  In  A.  cxigmis  the  pubescence  is 
much  denser  and  divaricate  and  the  bracts  are  thick,  broadly  spatu- 
late  or  obovate.  In  fact  A.  exigiiiis  differs  from  the  preceding  only  in 
the  smaller,  more  crowded  heads  and  the  shorter  rays  ;  the  former 
are  less  than  5  mm.  high  and  the  rays  are  only  5—6  mm.  long.  The 
New  Mexican  form  which  Gray  regarded  as  A.  liebecladiis  DC.  and 
for  which  Dr.  Greene  has  revived  the  name  belongs  here,  but  is 
evidently  not  A.  liebccladus  DC.  for  this  is  described  as  having 
glabrous  stem  and  linear  bracts. 

A.  exiguus  grows  on  prairies  and  plains  along  roads,  etc.,  and 
westward  is  much  more  common  than  A.  mnltiflorus.  It  ranges 
from  Vermont  and  Pennsylvania  to  Washington  and  south  to 
Texas  and  Arizona. 

Machaeranthera  rubricaulis  sp.  nov. 

Biennial  or  perhaps  perennial.  Stem  erect  or  nearly  so,  simple 
below,  branched  above,  4-6  dm.  high,  terete,  striate,  usually  tinged 
with  red  or  purple,  finely  strigose-puberulent,  not  viscid  :  leaves 
linear  or  linear-oblanceolate,  sessile,  acute,  entire  or  sparingly 
"  dentate,  scabrous-ciliolate  on  the  margins  ;  the  largest  8  cm.  long, 
and  8  mm.  wide  :  heads  corymbose-cymose,  numerous  :  involucre 
10-12  mm.  high,  12-15  mm.  in  diameter  :  bracts  numerous,  linear- 
lanceolate  with  attenuate,  almost  terete  squarrose  tips,  viscid- 
puberulent :  rays  numerous,  dark  blue,  about  1 2  mm.  long  and  i 
mm.  wide  :  pappus  sordid  :  achenes  flat,  sparingly  and  minutely 
strigose. 

The  species  grows  in  dry  soil  at  an  altitude  of  2000— 2700  m. 

Colorado  :  Mesas,  La  Veta,  1900,  F.  K.  Vrceland,  681  (type)  ; 

Tel lu ride,  1894,  F.  Tzucedy,  jo^  and  j 05. 

Eiigeron  laetevirens  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  woody  tap-root.  Stems  several,  1.5-2  dm. 
high,  slender,  erect  or  ascending,  striate,  silky  strigose :  basal 
leaves  very  narrowly  linear-oblanceolate,  acute,  5- 10  cm.  long, 
1—3  mm.  wade,  sparingly  strigose  ;  stem-leaves  narrowly  linear, 
2—6  cm.  long,  scarcely  over  i  mm.  wide  :  heads  solitary  :  invo- 
lucre 12—15  nim.  in  diameter,  grayish  villous-hirsute  :  bracts 
in  2—3  series,  subequal,  linear-lanceolate,  long-acuminate :  rays 
numerous,  blue  or  purple,  y-^  mm.  long,  1-1.5  mm.  wide. 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora     507 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  E.  Montainiisis,  from  which  it 
differs  in  the  narrower,  blue  or  purple  rays  and  longer  and  less 
pubescent  leaves.      It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  2000-2700  m. 

Wyoming  :  Little  Goose  Creek,  1899,  F.  T-wecdy,  200 j;  (type) ; 
Headwaters  of  Clear  Creek  and  Crazy  Woman  River,  1900,  ,^0/0. 

Carduus  Centaureae  sp.  nov. 

(?)  Cnicus  carlinoides  var.  Amcricanus  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  10:  48.  1874.  Not  Cirsiuin  acaidc  var.  Amcricanus 
A.  Gray.      1863. 

(?)  Cnicus  Amcricanus  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  19  :   56. 

Biennial  or  perennial.  Stem  rather  slender,  6-10  cm.  high, 
striate,  often  tinged  with  red,  slightl)'  floccose  when  young  :  basal 
leaves  about  2  dm.  long,  thin-petioled,  deeply  pinnatifid  to  near 
the  midrib,  above  light  green,  sparingly  floccose  when  young, 
glabrate  in  age,  beneath  more  or  less  permanently  grayish-to- 
mentose  ;  lobes  lanceolate  or  triangular,  2-4  cm.  long,  more  or 
less  toothed  and  tipped  with  weak  spines,  1-3  mm.  long  ;  lower 
stem-leaves  similar  but  petiole  more  winged,  dilated  at  the  base 
and  short  decurrent ;  the  upper  sessile  and  clasping  with  an 
auricled  base  ;  the  uppermost  lanceolate  and  undivided  :  heads 
2-2.5  cm.  high  and  1.5-2  cm.  in  diameter  :  outer  bracts  narrowly 
lanceolate,  yellowish,  often  with  darker  center,  fimbriate  on  the 
margin  and  tipped  with  a  flat  weak  spine  1-2  mm.  long  :  the 
inner  with  dilated  deltoid  scarious  fimbriate  tips  which  are  merely 
acuminate  :  flowers  ochroleucous. 

This  species  may  be  the  Cnicus  Amcricanus  A.  Gray  or  Carduus 
Americamis  Greene,  but  the  name  Amcricanus  is  preoccupied.  The 
species  is,  however,  not  nearest  related  to  C.  Parryi,  where  Dr. 
Gray  placed  it  ;  but  to  C.  leioccphalus  and  C.  canovirens,  from 
which  it  differs  in  the  less  spinose,  more  dilated  and  fimbriate 
bracts.  A  seedling  of  apparently  this  species  was  collected  by 
Cowen  and  it  has  long  oblanceolate  3-4  dm.  long,  undivided 
leaves.      It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  2200-2600  m. 

Colorado  :  Laramie  County,  1895,/.  H.  CozvcniX-y^^) ;  4-mile 

Hill,   Routt  County,    1896,    C.  F.   Baker;    Penn's   Gulch,    1865, 

Letterman,  yS. 

Carduus  erosus  sp.  nov. 

Biennial.  Stem  stout,  about  7  dm.  high,  angled  and  striate, 
often  red,  loosely  floccose  when  young  :  lower  leaves  about  2  dm. 
long,  rather  thin,  green  and  slightly  floccose  above  when  young  : 


608     Rydberg:  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

grayish-tomentose  beneath,  deeply  pinnatifid  to  about  one  fourth 
from  the  midrib  :  lobes  about  2  cm.  long,  lanceolate,  few  toothed  or 
lobed  and  tipped  with  moderately  strong  spines  4-10  mm.  long  : 
heads  hemispherical,  2.5-3  cm.  high  and  2.5-3.5  cm.  broad; 
outer  bracts  ovate,  slightly  floccose  when  young,  entire,  with  a 
narrow  dorsal  line,  tipped  with  weak  spines  1-2  mm.  long,  the 
inner  with  dilated  deltoid  erose  scarious  acuminate  tips  :  flowers 
ochroleucous. 

A  species  closely  related  to  the  preceding,  differing  in  the 
larger  heads,  longer  spines,  broader  bracts  and  with  erose  instead 
of  fimbriate  tips.  It  grows  in  moist  meadows  at  an  altitude  of 
about  2200  m. 

Colorado:  Durango,  1896,  Frank  Tzvccdy,  317  {ty^Q  in  U. 

S.  Nat.  Herb.). 

Carduus  Americanus  (A.  Gray). 
Cirsmm  aciile  var.  Americanus  A.   Gray,   Proc.  Acad.   Phila. 

1863  :  68. 

Cm'cus  Drummondii  acaulcscciis  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  10  : 

40,  in  part. 

Dr.  Gray's  Cirsinm  acanle  var.  Anicricamivi  is  amply  distinct 
from  C.  Drummondii  not  only  by  the  acaulescent  habit,  but  also 
by  the  narrower  bracts  and  their  long  stout  spines  which  are  1-2 
cm.  long  while  in  C.  Drummondii  they  are  only  a  few  mm.  in 
length  and  very  weak.  It  is  an  alpine  species  growing  at  an  alti- 
tude of  2800-3500  m.     To  this  belong  the  following  specimens. 

Colorado  :  Silver  Plume,  1895,  P.  A.  Rydberg  ;  Como,  South 
Park,  1895,  C.  S.  Crandall ;  South  Park,  1884,  Letterman. 

Carduus  acaulescens  (A.  Gray) 
Cnicus  Drummondii  var.  acaulescens  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 

10  :  40,  in  part. 

Gray's  variety  acaulescens  was  based  on  two  previously  pub- 
lished things,  viz.,  Cirsinm  acaule  var.  Americanus  A.  Gray,  given 
above,  and  Cirsinm  Driimmondii,  "  acaulescent  form  "  D.  C.  Eaton 
in  King's  Report.  As  the  first  already  has  a  valid  name,  I  here 
adopt  the  name  acaulescens  for  the  other  part  on  which  the  variety 
was  founded.  C.  acaidesccns  resembles  closely  C  Americanus  in 
habit,  but  the  spines  of  the  outer  and  middle  bracts  are  shorter  and 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rockv  Mountain  Flora    509 

weaker,  seldom  over  5  mm.  long,  and  the  inner  are  acuminate, 
wholly  unarmed.  The  true  C.  Driiininondii,  even  in  its  subacaul- 
escent  state,  has  very  broadly  ovate  outer  bracts  and  the  spine  is 
so  fine  that  it  is  better  called  a  bristle.  The  inner  bracts  have  a 
long  acuminate  very  crisp  tip.  In  C.  acan/csccns  it  is  scarcely 
crisped.      The  following  specimens  belong  to  C.  acmi/csccits  : 

Utah  :  Bear  River  Valley,  1869,  5.  Watson,  6po. 

Wyoming  :  Woods  Creek,  1897,  A^l-//  Nelson,  j-^Sj. 

Colorado:  Grizzly  Creek,  1896,  C.  F.  Baker. 

Carduus  oreophilus  sp.  no  v. 
Cirsinm  Dnuninondii,  D.  C.  Eaton,  King's  Rep.  5:  195.     1871. 

Not  T.  and  G. 

Biennial  stem  4-8  dm.  high  stout,  angled  and  striate,  slightly 
arachnoid-hairy  when  young,  leafy :  basal  leaves  about  2  dm. 
long,  thin,  short-petioled,  green  and  glabrate  above,  more  or  less 
grayish-tomentose  beneath,  pinnately  lobed  a  little  more  than 
half  way  to  the  midrib  ;  lobes  triangular,  usually  2-3 -lobed,  with 
rather  slender  spines  3-10  mm.  long:  heads  hemispherical,  2-2.5 
cm.  high,  2.5  cm.  broad:  outer  and  middle  bracts  narrowly  lan- 
ceolate, slightly  arachnoid,  tipped  with  flat  spines  3-6  mm.  long, 
the  inner  with  a  long  attenuate  soft  tip  :  flowers  red. 

This  species  has  been  included  in  C.  Druvimondii  but  is  taller 
with  smaller  head,  narrower  bracts,  the  outer  with  longer  spines, 
and  the  tips  of  the  inner  scarcely  crisp.  It  grows  at  an  altitude  of 
I  500-3000  m. 

Colorado  :   Georgetown,  1895,  P.  A.  Rydberg  (type) ;  Pagosa 
Springs,   1899,  C.  F.  Baker,  644. 

Nevada:  Run  Valley,  1868,  J5.  Watson,  68g. 

Carduus  griseus  sp.  nov. 

Biennial.  Stem  stout,  sparingly  floccose  when  young,  angled 
and  striate  :  basal  leaves  oblanceolate  in  outline,  thin,  glabrate 
above,  grayish-tomentose  beneath,  deeply  pinnately  divided  ;  seg- 
ments 3-4  cm.  long,  deeply  2-3 -lobed  and  toothed,  tipped  and 
margined  with  rather  slender  spines  3-5  mm.  long  ;  the  upper 
similar  but  less  deeply  divided,  sessile  and  half  clasping  by  the 
dilated  rounded  shortly  decurrent  base  :  heads  about  3  cm.  high 
and  broad  :  bracts  subequal,  without  dorsal  glandular  ridge,  the 
outer  narrowly  lanceolate,  with  a  long-attenuate  tip  gradually 
changing  into  a  flat  spine,  and  somewhat  laciniate  or  spinulose- 


510     Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

dentate  on  the  margin  ;  the  inner  bracts  less  rigid,  their  tips  not 
spinose  but  long-attenuate,  scarious  and  somewhat  crisp  :  flowers 
ochroleucous. 

This  species  is  probably  nearest  related  to  C.  Iciocepliahis  (D.  C. 
Eaton)  Heller  but  differs  in  the  less  divided,  less  spinose  leaves  and 
the  bracts  which  are  lacking  the  long  yellow  spines  on  the  margins. 
C.  Iciocepliabis  has  red  flowers.  Cardials  griscus  grows  at  an  alti- 
tude of  3400  m. 

Colorado:  Telluride,  i<S94,  F.  Tzuccdj,  j2i  (type  in  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.). 

Carduus  pulcherrimus  sp.  nov. 

Biennial.  Stem  about  4  dm.  high,  very  leafy,  grayish-tomentose, 
especially  when  young,  angled  :  lower  leaves  1-1.5  dm.  long,  ob- 
lanceolate  in  outline,  short-petioled,  pinnately  divided,  bright  green 
and  glabrate  above,  densely  white-tomentose  beneath  ;  segments 
lanceolate  or  triangular,  lobed  and  toothed  with  slender  spines  3—5 
mm.  long  ;  the  upper  leaves  similar,  sessile  and  half  clasping  :  heads 
2.5—3  cm.  high,  2.15—4  cm.  broad  :  outer  bracts  lanceolate  with  a 
narrow  glandular  ridge,  slightly  floccose,  tipped  with  yellow  spines 
about  5—7  mm  long  ;  the  innermost  narrowly  lanceolate  and  with 
long-attenuate  tips  :  flowers  rose-colored. 

In  habit  this  species  resembles  most  vS.  nndulatits  and  vS. 
odiroccntnis,  but  has  smaller  heads,  narrower  bracts  and  narrower 
glandular  ridge.  It  is  perhaps  intermediate  between  those  species 
and  C.  canovircns,  from  which  latter  it  is  easily  distinguished  by 
the  dense  tomentum  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  leaves.  It  grows 
in  open  woods,  etc.,  at  an  altitude  of  about  2500  m. 

Wyoming  :  Headwaters  of  Clear  Creek  and  Crazy  Woman 
River,  1900,  F.  Tiucedy,  30-f.S  (type);  Medicine  Bow,  1898, 
Elias  Nelson,  43 g6. 

Carduus  oblanceolatus  sp.  nov. 

Apparently  perennial.  Stem  rather  slender,  3—6  dm.  high,  al- 
most terete,  densely  white-tomentose  :  lower  leaves  about  i  dm. 
long,  oblanceolate,  thick,  short-petioled,  merely  spinulose-dentate 
or  rarely  with  a  few  triangular  lobes,  loosely  floccose  above, 
densely  white-tomentose  beneath,  spines  slender,  2-5  mm.  long  ; 
upper  leaves  lanceolate,  sessile  and  half  clasping  :  heads  1—3,  cam- 
panulate,  3-3.5  cm.  high,  1.5-2.5  cm.  broad:  bracts  slightly  floc- 
cose at  first,  with  a  narrow  glandular  dorsal  ridge,  the  outer  ovate- 
lanceolate,  the  middle   lanceolate,  with   a  slender  divergent  spine^ 


Rydberg  :  Studies  ox  the  Rockv  Mountain  Flora    511 

3-5  mm,  long,  the  innermost  long-attenuate,  unarmed  :  flowers 
rose-colored. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  C.  Flodmanii,  differing  in  the 
more  simple  habit,  the  smaller,  thicker,  not  pinnatifid  leaves  and 
shorter  and  weaker  spines.  From  C.  a/fissinins  it  differs  in  the 
denser  tomentum,  the  simple  habit,  the  narrower  and  fewer  bracts 
and  their  narrower  dorsal  ridges. 

Colorado:  Twin  Lakes,  1896,  Fred.  Clements,  j8j  (type). 

Agoseris  arachnoidea  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  tap-root,  more  or  less  floccose  throughout. 
Leaves  1.5-2  dm.  long,  more  or  less  runcinate-lobed,  oblanceolate 
in  outline,  long-attenuate  at  the  apex,  densely  floccose  when  young, 
more  glabrate  in  age  :  scape  1.5-4  dm.  high,  densely  woolly  above, 
less  so  below:  head  2-2.5  cm.  high,  1.5-2  cm.  broad:  bracts  in 
about  3  series,  linear-lanceolate,  long-attenuate,  the  inner  one-third 
longer  than  the  outer  :  flowers  at  least  in  age  rose-purple  :  beak 
of  the  achenes  fully  as  long  as  the  body. 

Perhaps  nearest  related  to  A.  aurantiaca  but  differing  in  the 
larger  heads,  the  dense  pubescence  and  the  lighter  flowers.  It 
grows  in  meadows  at  an  altitude  of  2000-2800  m. 

Colorado:  Gray-Back  Mining  Camp,  1900,  Rydberg  & 
Vreeland,  S553  (type)  ;   La  Veta,  1896,  Fred.  Clements,  167. 

Agoseris  pubescens  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  tap-root  and  short  branching  caudex.  Leaves 
narrowly  oblanceolate,  about  i  dm.  long,  .5-1  cm.  wide,  acuminate, 
slightly  glaucous  but  even  in  age  villous-pubescent :  scape  1.5-2 
dm.  high,  sparingly  villous:  involucre  about  2  cm.  high  and  1.5 
cm.  wide,  villous  and  somewhat  viscid  :  bracts  with  a  dark 
median  line  and  sometimes  tinged  with  purple,  the  outer  ones 
ovate-lanceolate,  about  2^  the  length  of  the  linear-lanceolate 
long-acuminate  inner  ones  :  flowers  lemon-yellow,  the  outer  stri- 
ate or  tinged  with  purple  :  beaks  of  the  achenes  short  and  striate 
throughout. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  A.  glauca  and  A.  scorzonerae- 
folia  but  differs  in  being  very  pubescent.  It  grows  in  moist 
meadows  at  an  altitude  of  2000-2500  m. 

Wyoming:  Big  Horn  Mountains,  Sheridan  County,  1899,  F. 
Tiveedy,  20 J j  (type) ;  Buffalo  Fork,  i8gy,j2S;  Amethyst  Creek, 
1899,  Az'en  &  hlias  Nelson,  ^ydg  (in  part). 


512    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Taraxacum  Alaskanum  sp.  nov. 

A  low  delicate  plant  with  perennial  root :  leaves  linear-oblan- 
ceolate  in  outline,  3-5  cm.  long,  deeply  runcinate-pinnatifid  with 
triangular  retrorse  lobes  :  scape  4-5  cm.  high  :  involucre  cam- 
panuate,  10-12  mm.  high,  6-8  mm.  broad:  bracts  fuscous,  not 
corniculate  ;  the  inner  linear-lanceolate,  long-acuminate  ;  the  outer 
scarcely  half  as  long,  lanceolate,  spreading  or  somewhat  reflexed  : 
achenes  brownish,  spinulose-muricate  above,  fusiform,  4  mm.  long. 

This  in  size  and  habit  most  resembles  T.  scopidomm,  but  is 
easily  distinguished  by  its  triangular  acute  lobes.  It  was  found 
"  on  steep  side  bank  facing  the  ocean." 

Alaska  :  Pt.  Barrow,  1 898,  McIUicnny. 

Crepis  glaucella  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  slender  tap-root.  Stem  slender,  about  3  dm. 
high,  glabrous  and  shining  :  basal  leaves  glabrous  and  shining, 
somewhat  glaucous,  thin,  5-10  cm.  long;  blades  oblanceolate, 
acute  at  the  apex,  tapering  downward  into  a  more  or  less  winged 
petiole,  remotely  sinuate-dentate  with  divaricate  or  retrorse  short 
teeth  or  entire  ;  stem-leaves  1-2,  much  reduced,  1-2  cm.  long, 
linear  or  nearly  so  :  heads  1-4,  on  slender  branches  :  involucre 
turbinate,  about  i  cm.  high  and  6-8  mm.  wide,  sparingly  hirsute  ; 
bracts  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate  :  achenes  brown,  lo-striate,  gla- 
brous :  pappus  white. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  C.  glaiica  but  differs  in  the 
smaller,  narrower,  longer-petioled  leaves  and  hirsute  involucre. 

Wyoming:  Pacific  Creek,  1897,  F.  Tweedy,  6oj. 

HiERACiUM  MACRANTHUM  Nutt.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  II.  7  :  446. 

1840 

Hicj'aciiini  iniibellatwii  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  I  :  300,  in  part ; 
Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden  i  :  463,  mainly.      Not  L. 

The  plant  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  which  has  been  re- 
ferred to  H.  iimbcllatwn  and  sometimes  to  H.  Canadeiuc  is  quite 
distinct  from  both.  The  leaves  are  usually  broader  than  in  the 
first  but  narrower  than  in  the  second  and  the  heads  are  usually 
fewer  than  in  either.  The  best  character  by  which  to  distinguish 
it  is,  however,  the  pubescence.  The  leaves  are  densely  puberu- 
lent  and  decidedly  scabrous-ciliolate  on  the  margins.  The  upper 
portion  of  the  stem  and  the  branches  of  the  inflorescence  are  also 
scabrous  puberulent. 


RvDRERG  :  Studies  ox  the  R(ickv   Mountain   Flora     513 

//.  iiiacranthuin  ranges  from  Wyoming  and  Washington  north- 
ward to  subarctic  America.  It  apparently  also  extends  eastward 
to  the  upper  Mississippi  River  (Nicollet's  specimens  seem  to  be- 
long here)  and  therefore  may  be  Schweinitz'  //.  scabcrrimniii, 
which  has  been  referred  to  H.  iiinbcllatuiii  and  //.  Canadcnsc.  I 
have  not  seen  Schweinitz'  original  description  and  can  not  venture 
an  opinion.      Nuttall's   name   belongs  to  the   plant  without  an)' 

doubt. 

Hieracium  Columbianum  sp.  nov. 

Perennial.  Stem  about  6  dm.  high,  terete,  more  or  less  tinged 
with  purple,  more  or  less  white-  or  yellowish-hirsute  below,  gla- 
brous or  puberulent  above  :  lower  leaves  oblanceolate,  8— lo  cm. 
long,  light  green  and  somewhat  glaucous  beneath,  usually  more 
or  less  silky-hirsute,  sinuately  dentate,  acute  ;  the  middle  leaves 
lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate  with  rounded  or  obtuse  base,  sessile, 
more  glabrate  ;  the  uppermost  much  reduced  and  bract-like  :  in- 
florescence corymbose-C)'mose,  small  and  contracted  :  heads  2—6, 
12—15  nim.  high  :  bracts  lanceolate,  unequal  and  more  or  less  im- 
bricated, dark,  puberulent  when  young,  glabrous  in  age  :  pappus 
very  light  brownish. 

This  species  is  nearly  related  to  H.  Canadeiisc  and  H.  iivibcl- 
latiini,  but  differs  from  both  in  the  long  hairs  of  the  lower  part  of 
the  plant.  The  leaves  are  thin  as  in  H.  Canadcnsc  but  narrower 
and  the  heads  are  fewer.  It  grows  in  low  ground  at  an  altitude 
of  about  600  m. 

Idaho  :  Priest  River  Valley,  1900,  D.  T.  MacDoiigal,  log 
(type);  cafions  near  Farmington  Landing,  \Z<^2,  Sandberg,  Mac- 
Doug  al  &  Heller,  jjj. 


CONTRIBUTIONS   FROM   THE   NEAV   YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.   16 


VANISHING  WILD  FLOWERS 


BY   ELIZABETH  G.   BRITTON 


NEW    YORK 
1901 


[Reprinted  fiom  Torreya,  Vol.  I,  No.  8;  So-93,  August,  1901. J 


VANISHING    WILD    FLOWERS 

IjY    ElIZAKEIm'    G.    15RITTON 

A  number  of  articles  on  this  topic  have  been  pubhshed  this 
year.  They  have  awakened  the  interest  of  many  readers,  caused 
much  comment  and  discussion,  and  prompted  investigation  as  to 
the  reasons  for  this  calamity,  which,  if  it  does  actually  come  to 
pass,  is  as  much  to  be  deplored  as  the  extermination  of  the  buf- 
falo, the  seal  or  the  beaver.  As  in  the  case  of  mammals  and 
birds,  ereed  and  thoughtlessness  combine  to  do  the  harm,  and 
fashion  and  selfishness  are  the  motives. 

The  Neiv  York  Tribune  of  May  5th  had  the  following  article : 
"  Now  that  spring  is  really  here,  the  picnicking  parties  are  in- 
vading the  woods  north  of  the  Harlem,  and  have  begun  the  an- 
nual systematic  destruction  of  a  large  proportion  of  all  wild 
flowers  within  reach.  The  authorities  of  the  Botanical  Gardens 
are  on  the  lookout  for  them,  and  within  their  own  precincts  will 
guard  the  blossoms  as  thoroughly  as  possible  under  a  well 
planned  system ;  but  the  rest  of  the  Bronx  will  be  at  their 
mercy,  and  that  means  death  to  many  a  poor  little  plant.  It  is 
not  that  these  ruthless  explorers  fail  to  appreciate  the  beauty  of 
flowers — they  "just  love  them,"  in  all  probability.  The  trouble 
arises  from  their  ignorance  of  the  extent  of  the  damage  they  do, 
and  from  an  utter  inability  to  comprehend  that  a  flower  or  any- 
thing in  the  vegetable  world  has  rights  which  the  lord  of  crea- 
tion himself  is  bound  to  respect.  Thanks  to  the  picnickers  and 
alleged  botanists,  the  arbutus,  loveliest  of  spring  blossoms,  has 
been  almost  exterminated  in  the  Bronx  region.  Its  delicate  pink 
and  white  used  once  upon  a  time  to  hide  under  the  leaves  all 
through  the  northern  woods  in  that  part  of  the  suburbs  ;  now  it 
may  be  found  only  in  spots  where  it  commands  less  enthusiastic 
admiration.     The  mountain  laurel  has  shared  a  similar  fate." 


86 

"The  most  curious  feature  of  this  destructive  energy  is  that 
the  plants  and  flowers  so  carelessly  torn  from  their  homes  prob- 
ably give  little  or  no  satisfaction  to  those  who  take  them  away 
with  them.  Is  there,  for  instance,  a  more  unsatisfactory  flower 
to  make  attractive  in  a  vase  than  the  arbutus  ?  It  pines  for  its 
screen  of  leaves  ;  the  loveliness  that  seems  so  perfect  when  half 
hidden  becomes  quite  inadequate  when  pulled  out  into  the  glare 
of  the  day  and  put  down  in  a  city  room.  The  same  is  true  of 
most  other  delicate  wood  plants.  They  depend  upon  the  charm 
of  their  surroundings."     In  Tlic  House  Bamtiful,  July,   1901. 

"  Is  there  a  flower  lover  who  has  gone  out  into  the  country  with 
a  party  of  young  people  unaccustomed  to  find  themselves  sur- 
rounded with  green  who  has  not  noted  with  something  very  like 
hopeless  rage  the  immediate  rush  on  every  growing  thing  in  the 
neighborhood,  its  instant  uprooting  and  subsequent  careless  toss- 
ing aside  ?  Later  in  the  day,  before  going  home,  when  all  the  blos- 
soms in  the  immediate  neighborhood  have  been  destroyed,  there 
is  a  search  for  fresh  fields,  and  another  spot  is  denuded.  A  few 
dejected  blossoms  are  all  that  is  left  when  home  is  reached  ; 
nothing  of  any  value  remains  out  of  all  the  lives  butchered  to 
make  an  East  Side  holiday.  The  saddest  part  of  it  is,  not  that  the 
children  do  it,  for  that  might  be  pardoned  on  the  score  of  ignor- 
ance, but  that  those  in  authority  permit  it  without  a  remonstrance." 

"  The  flower's  right  to  existence  nobody  takes  into  account,  or 
the  harm  done  to  the  children  by  allowing  them  to  think  that 
they  may  destroy  life  as  they  choose." 

And  in  this  connection  arises  the  question  of  public  rights  on 
private  property.  I  know  that  less  than  fifty  miles  from  New 
York,  a  man  of  wide  and  varied  culture  and  sympathies,  a  mem- 
ber of  a  variety  of  horticultural  and  agricultural  societies,  own- 
ing a  large  tract  of  land  away  from  any  large  town,  has  at- 
tempted to  plant  the  waste  roadside  places  and  private  woodland 
with  wild  and  cultivated  flowers,  and  repeatedly  seen  great  bunches 
of  them  carried  off  by  people,  walking  or  driving  by,  who  did  not 
realize  all  the  trouble  and  expense  he  had  been  to,  in  order  to 
beautify  the  roadsides  for  tlicm  and  for  others  who  might  come 
later.  Many  a  prized  Azalea  bush  has  been  rifled  before  its  owner 
knew  it,  often  thoughtlessly  and  without  evil  intention  by  those 
who  "just  love  them." 


87 

The  destruction  of  wild  flowers  not  only  takes  place  while 
they  are  in  bloom  but  there  is  another  cause  which  is  even  worse 
than  picking  and  that  is  fire.  In  early  spring,  March  and  April, 
when  the  woods  are  dry  and  high  winds  prevail,  a  match  thrown 
carelessly  among  the  dry  leaves  will  start  a  fire  which  soon  at- 
tains serious  proportions  and  is  often  difficult  to  conquer,  so  that 
in  a  short  time  nothing  remains  but  charred  stems  and  scorched 
earth  from  which  weeds  only  can  derive  sustenance.  Fires  often 
result,  in  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  from  the  carelessness  of 
smokers,  and  they  always  start  near  the  paths. 

The  same  selfish  disregard  of  consequences  impels  picnic 
parties  to  come  and  scatter  unsightly  papers,  boxes  and  broken 
glass,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  according  to  the  city  ordinances 
they  are  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  liable  for  each  offence  to 
a  fine  of  from  one  to  five  dollars. 

These  evils  are  due  to  thoughtlessness  and  selfishness  ;  now  let 
us  see  what  fashion  is  doing.  In  the  July  number  of  the  House 
Beautiful  occurs  the  following  paragraph  : 

"  The  rarest  flower  in  Europe,  the  edelweiss,  is  becoming 
scarcer  every  year,  and  unless  measures  are  taken  to  prevent  in- 
discriminate gathering  it  is  likely  to  disappear  altogether.  The 
edelweiss  only  grows  2,500  or  3,000  yards  above  the  level  of 
the  sea  and  under  special  climatic  conditions.  Unfortunately,  the 
edelweiss  has  become  the  '  fashionable '  flower  in  Germany  since 
the  Emperor  commenced  wearing  it." 

The  truth  of  the  matter  is  that  for  commercial  purposes,  the 
wild  supply  of  edelweiss  has  long  been  insufficient  and  for  many 
years  it  has  been  impossible  to  gather  it  "  indiscriminately,"  for  it 
is  only  to  be  found  in  the  most  inaccessible  places.  But  it  has 
lone  been  cultivated  for  sale  to  tourists  and  makers  of  souvenirs. 
In  fact,  the  edelweiss  is  not  difficult  to  grow  in  suitable  localities, 
and  even  in  unsuitable  ones  for  it,  such  as  the  New  York  Botanical 
Garden,  it  has  grown  and  blossomed  for  two  years  in  succession, 
in  one  of  the  Composite  beds  of  the  Herbaceous  Grounds,  next 
to  its  North  American  allies,  the  everlastings  and  cudweeds. 
The  living  plants  were  obtained  from  the  Buffalo  Botanical  Gar- 
den, where  it  has  also  been  grown,  but  a  succession  of  hot,  dry 
summers  has  killed  it.  In  the  shaded  and  moist  rock-garden 
yet  to  be  built  it  may  probably  be  made  to  live. 


88 

It  would  be  interesting  to  learn  how  many  boxes  of  arbutus 
are  annually  mailed  in  the  United  States  and  how  near  extermina- 
tion it  is  at  the  several  stations  where  it  was  formerly  abundant. 
We  know  that  at  Lakewood  there  is  little  of  it  left,  and  we  hope 
that  George  Gould  will  protect  it  within  the  limits  of  his  estate. 
It  is  the  only  way  that  certain  rare  plants  and  birds  have  been 
preserved  in  England,  and  we  are  rapidly  finding  such  restrictions 
necessary.  At  Natural  Bridge  all  persons  are  forbidden  picking 
wild  flowers.  Various  places  have  their  fashionable  favorites  ;  in 
the  Berkshires  it  is  the  fringed  gentian,  in  Boston  the  Sabbatia, 
at  several  places  in  Pennsylvania  it  is  the  Rhododendron,  Kalmia 
and  Azalea,  and  New  York  may  well  claim  first  place  as  destroyer 
of  the  Holly  and  Prinos  berry.  We  may  well  ask,  also,  where 
will  the  Christmas  trees  and  greens  come  from  in  the  future,  if 
they  do  not  cultivate  the  balsams  and  spruces,  and  cease  the  reck- 
less destruction  of  ground-pine  and  laurel.  We  are  sending  now 
to  the  southern  states  for  most  of  the  holly  and  mistletoe  and  to 
the  states  northeast  of  us  for  Christmas  trees. 

Before  it  became  the  fashion  to  use  "Galaxy"  for  funeral 
wreaths,  Galax  was  very  abundant  in  the  southern  Alleghanies, 
but  now  that  the  leaves  are  picked  by  the  crate-full,  it  is  becom- 
ing more  expensive.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  they  do  not  "  kill  the 
goose  that  lays  the  golden  t^z^ 

The  custom  of  filling  jardinieres  with  ferns  has  destroyed  many 
pretty  nooks  in  Bronx  Park  and  is  the  cause  of  endless  trouble, 
as  the  propensity  to  take  them  and  ignore  the  signs,  seems  to  be 
a  prevalent  feminine  failing.  None  of  our  native  ferns  are  par- 
ticularly suited  to  this  purpose,  however,  and  invariably  need  fre- 
quent renewing,  so  that  it  would  be  easy  to  exterminate  any  one 
species  very  soon,  if  the  depredations  were  permitted  and  con- 
tinued. In  the  heat  of  summer  nothing  is  more  beautiful  and 
restful  than  a  fern  bank  ;  but  the  sight  will  not  be  allowed  to  New- 
Yorkers  if  energetic  folk  who  "must  have  green  things  about" 
have  their  way.  Much  care  has  been  taken  to  transplant  into 
suitably  prepared  nooks  and  crevices  of  the  Fern  corner,  the  rarer 
species  and  varieties  of  North  American  ferns  and  to  surround 
them  with  beds  of  mosses  and  rocks  and  shade.  The  Walking- 
fern  has  been  exceedingly  difficult  to  establish.  There  are  sev- 
eral stations  for  this  fern  within  a  radius  of  fifty  miles  from  New 


89 

York  City,  but  the  stations  are  kept  secret  by  those  members 
of  the  "  Torrey  Botanical  Club  "  who  know  them,  for  fear  that  it 
will  be  exterminated.  This  is  the  experience  of  a  New  England 
botanist  who  mourns  about  her  losses  in  Rhodora  for  March. 
"We  find  the  'Walking-leaf — to  use  Dr.  Bigelow's  English 
name  for  the  Caviptosorus — but  a  pretty  habit  that  it  has  may  be 
the  death  of  it.  Growing  amongst  mosses  and  other  low  plants 
that  need  but  little  depth  of  soil,  and  whose  interlaced  roots  weave 
the  whole  together,  it  frequently  carpets  the  flat  tops  of  rocks — 
a  beautiful  sight  which  draws  the  attention  even  of  idle  picknick- 
ers  who,  not  realizing  that  they  are  destroying  years  of  growth, 
find  it  amusing  to  peel  off  these  mats  and  then,  without  a  pitying 
thought,  throw  them  on  the  ground  to  die.  Thus  they  have  laid 
bare  the  rocks  within  sight  of  their  walks ;  but  away  from  the 
paths  the  interesting  fern  is  still  common." 

In  Connecticut  the  Hartford  or  Climbing  fern  was  so  nearly 
exterminated  for  decorative  purposes  that  a  law  was  passed  pro- 
tecting it.  We  hope  that  the  newly-awakened  popular  interest  in 
ferns  will  not  lead  to  the  same  sad  results,  but  rather  cultivate  the 
love  of  these  beautiful  plants  and  help  to  protect  them. 

The  Natural  Science  Committee  of  the  Associate  Alumnae  of 
the  Normal  College  has  been  doing  a  good  work,  among  the 
children  of  the  East  side,  in  distributing  "Nature  Material," 
holding  flower-shows  in  various  places  and  making  "  loan-col- 
lections "  for  the  use  of  the  teachers.  We  quote  from  the  last 
Annual  Report  which  reaches  1,500  members. 

During  the  past  year  the  Natural  Science  Committee  has  done 
all  in  its  power  to  arouse  greater  interest  in  Nature  Study,  es- 
pecially among  the  teachers  and  children  of  the  public  schools. 
With  this  object  in  view,  the  following  lines  of  work  have  been 
carried  on  : 

First,  the  distribution  of  "nature  material"  to  the  Alumnae 
School  Representatives.  There  have  been  five  of  these  distri- 
butions and  the  specimens  have  been  as  far  as  possible  "  accord- 
ing to  season,"  that  the  children  might  come  into  touch  with 
what  was  going  on  in  the  great  world  of  nature,  even  though 
obliged  to  spend  their  days  amid  brick  and  mortar. 

October  12,  1900.  Fruits  and  seeds  of  all  kinds,  as  well  as 
some  of  the  late  flowers,  as  witch-hazel  and  fringed  gentian. 


90 

December  7,  1900.  Evergreens  of  many  kinds,  holly,  ground- 
pine,  etc. 

January  16,  1901.      Birds'  nests,  cocoons,  starfish,  sea-urchins, 

shells,  minerals,  etc. 

February  28,  1901.  Budding  twigs  in  great  variety,  also 
mosses,  lichens,  fungi  and  sea-weeds. 

April  16,  1 90 1.  Material  for  aquaria:  frogspawn,  tadpoles, 
snails  and  aquatic  plants.  A  number  of  maple  seedlings  in  paper 
pots  were  also  distributed.  In  a  number  of  instances  barrels  of 
labeled  specimens  have  been  sent  direct  to  various  down-town 
schools.  "About  twenty  boxes  and  baskets  were  sent  every 
week  to  the  ten  vacation  schools." 

"Through  the  distributions  we  reach  the  teachers,  but  by  means 
of  the  flower  shows  we  come  into  direct  touch  with  the  children. 
Last  May  the  experiment  was  tried  of  holding  a  flower  show  in 
one  of  the  down-town  schools.  It  proved  even  more  successful 
than  we  had  anticipated  and  we  hope  to  make  this  a  permanent 
branch  of  our  work,  as  it  seems  to  be  more  far-reaching  in  its 
effects  than  anything  else  we  undertake.  The  flowers  are  en- 
joyed,  not  only  by  the  children  of  the  school  in  which  the  exhi- 
bition is  held,  but  by  the  neighboring  schools  which  are  invited 
to  visit  the  show  after  school  hours  ;  the  mothers  of  the  children 
are  asked  to  come,  and  if  there  chances  to  be  a  little  leisure  time 
the  children  from  the  street  are  invited  in." 

It  is  evident  from  the  above  quotations  that  such  wholesale 
quantities  as  these  must  be  judiciously  selected,  or  there  will  be 
no  wild  flowers  left  within  easy  transportation  of  the  city.  One 
member  is  reported  to  have  sent  i  50  pitcher-plants  from  a  bog  at 
Plymouth,  Massachusetts!  We  question  the  wisdom  of  gathering 
either  fringed  gentians,  pitcher-plants  or  christmas-fern,  in  quan- 
tities sufficient  for  distribution  to  seventy-five  teachers,  and  we 
hope  the  pupils  of  country  schools  may  be  guided  to  make  a  wise 
selection,  if  they  are  encouraged  to  send  flowers  in  quantities  to 
the  city  schools. 

The  flowers  which  may  be  picked  in  large  quantities,  without 
likelihood  of  extermination  are  dandelions,  violets,  daisies,  butter- 
cups, black-eyed  Susan,  wild  carrot,  clovers,  sweet  melilot, 
golden-rod,  asters,  and  grasses  innumerable.  But  the  rarer, 
dainty  woodland  wild  flowers,  that  fade  as  soon  as  they  are  picked 


91 

such  as  spring-beauties,  dogtooth-violets,  bloodroot  and  hcpati- 
cas,  columbines,  anemone,  arbutus  and  pyxie,  azalea  and  laurel, 
wilk  pinks,  geraniums  and  roses  and  lilies  and  orchids,  dogwood 
and  viburnums,  are  far  better  left  to  reproduce  their  kind  and  add 
new  loveliness  in  new  places  next  year  and  for  manj'  years  after. 
Several  times  since  our  connection  with  the  New  York  Botanical 
Garden  I  have  stopped  children  and  teachers  who  were  picking 
flowers  or  breaking  branches  of  trees,  and  have  been  told  it  was 
for  "  nature  study  "  or  for  "  school  "  and  when  asked  if  they  did 
not  know  it  was  against  the  rules  of  all  public  parks  to  pick  any- 
thing, they  almost  invariably  replied  either  that  they  had  been  in 
the  habit  of  picking  in  this  place  before  it  became  a  Park  or  a 
Garden  and  did  not  see  why  they  should  not  continue  to  do  so  ; 
or  they  implied  that  the  object  for  which  they  were  to  be  used 
justified  the  breach  of  law.  The  making  of  loan  collections 
for  the  teachers  is  an  excellent  plan,  and  the  accumulation  of 
local  floras  at  two  or  three  different  educational  institutions  also 
will  help  them.  For  the  children,  there  are  the  Museums  of 
National  History  and  Botany  and  the  Children's  Museum  in 
Brooklyn,  but  we  hope  that  besides  these,  we  shall  have  for  a 
long  time  yet,  places  near  the  city,  where  the  wild  flowers  may 
be  seen  growing  and  that  the  children  of  the  public  schools  may 
not  only  learn  to  ''know  them  by  name  and  enjoy  them,''  but  leave 
them  to  continue  their  growth.  The  greatest  destruction  of  all, 
comes  from  the  draining,  clearing  and  cultivating  of  wild  lands  ; 
and  in  the  vicinity  of  large  cities,  by  the  continued  extension  of 
their  limits  ;  this,  of  course,  is  unavoidable. 

The  Metropolitan  Park  Commission  of  Boston  has  printed  a 
Flora  of  the  parks  within  their  jurisdiction,  compiled  by  various 
local  botanists  who  volunteered  their  services,  organizing  and 
cooperating  for  this  purpose.  It  was  published  in  1896  and 
special  localities  were  given  for  a  number  of  rare  plants,  among 
them  Pogonia  verticillata,  Habenaria  fimbriata,  Epigaea  repcns, 
Kalmia  latifolia  and  Conopholis  Americana  and  in  the  preface  we 
find  the  following  references  to  them  :  "  The  public  should  be 
exhorted,  if  they  come  across  such  plants  as  these,  to  preserve 
them  rigidly.  The  true  botanist  and  lover  of  nature  needs  no 
such  exhortation." 

It  would  be  interesting  to  know,  whether  any  injurious  results 


92 

have  followed  its  publication,  or  whether  the  Boston  public  has 
reached  such  a  high  degree  of  culture  both  moral  and  aesthetic 
that  no  one  makes  an  exception  even  of  himself? 

•  But  the  climax  has  been  reached  in  an  advertisement  which 
has  been  printed  in  Rhodora,  the  Journal  of  the  New  England 
Botanical  Club,  since  May.  It  announces  that  on  the  Bangor 
and  Aroostook  Railroad,  there  is  to  be  had  the  "  best  botanizing 
in  the  Eastern  States,"  and  proceeds  to  give  the  names  of  stations 
and  lists  of  rare  plants  to  the  length  of  two  whole  pages.  We 
ask  with  amazement,  where  did  they  get  the  information  ?  What 
botanist  sold  his  birthright  for  a  few  railroad  passes  ?  For- 
tunately, many  of  the  plants  listed  are  so  rare  that  only  the  dis- 
criminating and  trained  botanical  specialist  will  be  sure  to  find 
them,  and  the  general  public  will  hunt  a  long  time  and  not 
know  them  when  they  see  them. 

Mr.  Redfield  used  to  tell  the  story  of  Rafinesque  that  when  he 
first  found  Corenia  Conradii,  he  threw  himself  down  upon  it  and 
stretching  out  his  arms,  said  "all  that  I  cover  is  mine."  It  is 
not  always  the  most  enlightened  who  are  the  most  unselfish. 
There  have  been  botanists,  even  in  the  Torrey  Club,  who  up- 
rooted plants  wantonly  and  made  no  good  use  of  them  after  they 
were  picked.  But  the  custom  of  carrying  "tin  trunks"  has 
been  largely  superseded  by  presses,  and  only  a  few  duplicates 
are  now  made  of  each  species. 

The  flora  of  Great  Britain  is,  perhaps,  the  best  known  of  any 
in  the  world ;  and  there  is  more  knowledge  among  the  working 
people  of  special  and  difficult  branches  of  botany,  probably  than 
in  any  other  country,  Germany  not  excepted.  Dr.  Braithwaite 
told  me  that  he  had  sold  a  great  many  copies  of  the  British  Moss- 
fiora  to  the  Manchester  weavers. 

But  many  of  their  rarest  plants  have  been  exterminated  by 
botanists,  as  shown  by  the  following  quotations  taken  from  the 
Journal  of  Botaiiy  for  July  : 

"  The  accuracy  in  general  matters  for  which  the  Daily  ATail  has 
long  been  conspicuous,  extends  to  its  botanical  information.  We 
reproduce  the  most  recent  item  in  the  hope  that  the  publicity  now 
given  to  the  methods  of  the  '  professional  botanist '  will  cause  him 
to  abstain  from  this  nefarious  means  of  adding  to  his  income. 

"  Four  of  the  daintiest  of  English  wild  plants  are  rapidly  dis- 


93 

appeann<^  from  this  country,  and  one,  at  any  rate,  can  rarely  be 
seen  outside  Kew  gardens.  This  is  the  Cypripediuin  Calccolus 
commonly  known  as  the  '  lady's  slipper.'  It  is  really  a  wild 
orchid,  with  a  pretty  yellow  flower  resembling  in  shape  the  article 
which  has  given  it  its  popular  name.  The  other  vanishing  plants 
are  the  Osnninda  rcgalis,  the  Scolopendrium  vulgai-e  (hart's 
tongue),  and  the  Asplenmni  viridc  (green  spleenwort),  all  of  which 
are  ferns.  Their  disappearance  is  due  to  the  depredations  of  the 
tourist,  especially  of  the  cyclist,  and  the  professional  botanist, 
who  scours  the  woods  and  disposes  of  his  '  finds  '  for  a  few  pence 
in  the  streets  of  the  nearest  large  town." — Daily  Mail,  June  26. 

"  There  can,  however,  be  little  doubt  that,  apart  from  the 
ravages  of  '  professional  botanists  '  and  the  destructive  efforts  of 
various  local  bodies,  who  throughout  the  country  are  engaged 
in  destroying  grassy  roadsides  and  scarifying  hedgebanks,  to  the 
great  advantage  of  the  nettles,  docks  and  other  weeds  which  take 
the  place  of  the  native  vegetation,  our  British  plants  are  threat- 
ened with  a  new  danger." 

"I  have  before  me  the  programme  of  the  Essex  Technical  In- 
struction Committee  for  Field  Studies  in  Natural  History.  The 
course  for  1901  is  intended  to  instruct  teachers  in  the  elements 
of  botany  by  means  of  rambles  in  search  of  wild  flowers.  One 
leading  feature  is  a  vacation  course  of  ten  days  in  the  New 
Forest.  The  teachers  are  to  be  accompanied  by  local  guides, 
and  their  attention  is  particularly  directed  to  the  rarest  species, 
which  are  specially  named,  as  well  as  the  places  in  which  they 
are  known  to  grow.  To  collect,  dry  and  identify  plants  is  the 
chief  aim  of  the  leaders,  who  not  only  urge  every  teacher  to 
make  his  own  collection,  but  suggest  that  duplicate  plants  will 
prove  useful  for  '  special  fascicles.'  It  seems  to  me  lamentable 
that  teachers  should  be  advised  to  study  natural  history  by 
schedules,  and  to  gather  plants  merely  in  order  to  name  and  dry 
them.  I  imagine  that  they  will  be  worse  and  not  better  for 
working  through  so  dry  and  barren  a  course.  Nothing  shows 
the  want  of  judgment  of  the  promoters  more  clearly  than  that 
untrained  botanists  should  be  seriously  advised  to  pay  particular 
attention  to  the  difficult  and  uncertain  subspecies  of  the  common 
bramble.  But  all  of  us,  whether  we  are  concerned  with  the 
teaching  of  botany  or  not,  have  an  interest  in  the  preservation  of 


94 

» 

our  native  plants.  The  Essex  Committee  is  simply  organizing  a 
raid  upon  plants  which  are  already  near  to  extinction.  I  hope 
that  they  will  fail  to  discover  the  rarities  which  they  selfishly 
covet;  their  enterprise  is,  I  venture  to  say,  an  injury  to  natural 
history  and  to  education  alike.  It  may  not  be  too  late  to  get 
this  programme  cancelled,  and  I  would  beg  those  who  care  for 
live  natural  history  to  use  their  influence  in  diverting  the  atten- 
tion of  the  Essex  collectors  to  some  other  pursuit  where  they 
will  do  less  harm." 


CONTRIBUTIONS   FROM   THE   NEW   YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.   17 


THE  TYLOSTOMACEAE  OF  NORTH  AMERICA 


BY  V.  S.  WHITE 


NEW    YORK 
1901 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  28 :  i^l-MH,,  27  Aug.,  1901.] 


The  Tylostomaceae  of  North  America 

Bv  V.  S.  White 
(With  Plates  31-40) 

The  members  of  this  family  arepuffball-like  plants,  which  form 
underground  in  the  shape  of  rounded  masses,  appearing  at  first  on 
the  mycelium  as  minute  thickenings,  and  gradually  reaching  their 
full  development.  The  ball  has  a  thick  outer  covering,  and  an 
inner,  and  usually  thinner  one,  commonly  known  as  the  peridium 
proper.  The  upper  and  larger  portion  of  the  ball  is  composed  of 
sporogenous  tissue,  and  there  is  a  lower  sterile  portion  which  elon- 
gates when  conditions  are  most  favorable,  forcing  the  upper  portion 
up  through  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and  consequently  rupturing 
the  outer  coat  which  originally  enveloped  the  whole  mass.  In 
some  genera  this  outer  coat  remains  at  the  base  as  a  distinct  cup- 
like volva,  the  upper  portion  then  being  carried  up  almost  intact 
and  falling  away  or  adhering  to  the  peridium  ;  in  other  cases  the 
outer  coat  is  ruptured  irregularly,  bearing  very  slight  traces  at  the 
base  of  the  stem  or  even  none  at  all,  and  in  the  genus  Tylostoina 
this  coat  adheres  more  or  less  to  the  peridium,  nearly  always  leaving 
some  traces  in  the  form  of  a  collar  at  its  base.  The  stem  is  com- 
monly of  a  firm,  almost  woody  texture,  and  the  plants  can  be  quite 
satisfactorily  preserved  in  a  dry  condition.  They  vary  greatly  as 
to  size  and  shape,  but  are  all  constructed  on  the  same  general  plan, 
having  a  more  or  less  irregularly  globose  peridium,  and  a  distinct 
footstalk,  which  is  usually,  though  not  always,  more  than  twice 
the   length   of  the   peridium   in   mature  forms.      The  methods  of 

[Issued  27  August.]  421 


422  White  :    Tylostomaceae  of  North  America 

dehiscence  are  very  different  in  the  various  genera,  some  having  a 
definite  apical  mouth,  the  peridium  withering  and  collapsing  as 
the  spores  escape  ;  others  rupture  irregularly  from  above  down- 
wards, more  as  in  the  Sclerodermataceae.  Battarrca  has  a  regular 
line  of  dehiscence  where  the  upper  portion  of  the  somewhat  hem- 
ispheric peridium  breaks  away,  leaving  the  lower  portion  at  the 
summit  of  the  long  stem. 

In  the  peridial  characters,  Tylostoma  is  closely  allied  to  the 
Lycoperdaceae.  The  relation  of  this  family  to  the  Phallaceae 
is  one  of  analogy  mainly,  shown  in  the  elongation  of  the  stem 
which  forces  the  spore-bearing  parts  to  a  higher  position  for  the 
better  scattering  of  the  spores. 

In  his  latest  treatment  of  the  family,  Fischer*  recognizes 
four  genera  :  Tylostoma  with  forty  species,  widely  distributed ; 
Qiicletia  with  a  single  species  from  France,  failing  to  note  that  it 
had  also  been  reported  from  America ;  Battarrea  with  eight  spe- 
cies ;  and  Sphaericeps  with  one  species  from  Angola.  The  genus 
Chlaviydopjis,  described  by  Spegazzinif  from  Argentina,  after 
Fischer's  first  draft  was  prepared,  was  later  too  summarily  assigned 
as  a  synonym  of  TylostomaX  for  the  differences  are  so  marked  that 
it  would  be  unfortunate  to  include  these  two  diverse  types  under 
one  genus. 

Within  the  past  year  several  specimens  of  a  Oilamydopus  have 
been  found  at  Mesilla  Park,  New  Mexico,  and  it  was  the  original 
purpose  of  this  paper  simply  to  describe  and  figure  these.  It  soon 
became  necessary  to  study  the  members  of  the  allied  genus 
Tylostoma,  of  which  extensive  suites  of  specimens  were  found  in  the 
Ellis  collection,  mainly  from  the  western  half  of  the  country,  rep- 
resenting some  species  hitherto  undescribed,  so  that  it  was  finally 
concluded  to  prepare  a  revision  of  the  entire  family  as  represented 
in  North  America.  Finally  some  specimens  collected  by  Mr.  E. 
Bethel,  of  Denver,  Colorado,  and  sent  by  him  to  Mr.  Ellis,  proved 
to  belong  to  an  undescribed  genus.  This  large  amount  of  ma- 
terial, mostly  forming  a  part  of  the  Ellis  collection  at  the  New 
York  Botanical  Garden  has  made  the  preparation  of  this  paper 


*Engler&  Prantl,  Die  nat.  Pilanzenfam.  i'**:   342.      I900. 
I  An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  6  :  //.  4.  f.  2,  3-  189.      1899. 
X  Engler  &  Prantl,  Die  nat.  Pflanzen'^am.  i'**  :  357.      1900. 


White  :   Tvlostomaceae  of  North  America  423 

possible.  Mr.  E.  Bartholomew  has  kindly  loaned  material,  for 
the  better  description  of  one  species,  and  Mr.  E.  S.  Salmon  has 
kindly  looked  up  some  data  at  Kew,  England. 

Special  thanks  are  due  to  Professor  Charles  H.  Peck,  of  Al- 
bany, for  material  and  suggestions,  and  more  especially  to  Pro- 
fessor L.  M.  Underwood,  of  Columbia  University,  under  whose 
direction  the  work  has  been  undertaken  and  whose  private  collec- 
tion has  furnished  considerable  additional  material. 

The  genera  of  the  family  Tylostomaceae  may  be  recognized 
by  the  following  synopsis  : 

Peridium  opening  by  an  apical  mouth. 

Peridium  with  a  collar  underneath,  formed  about  the  cylindrical  stem ;  volva  in- 
definite. I.  Tylostoma 
Peridium  without  a  collar ;  stem  much   enlarged  where  it  joins  the  peridium  ; 
volva  cup-like,  flaring.                                                               11.   Chlamydopus 
Peridium  circumscissile. 

Peridium  hemispheric    or  nearly  plane  below,  dehiscing  at  the  margin    of   the 

plane  of  the  hemisphere.  Ill-   Battarrea 

Peridium  spherical,  dehiscing  at  the  equator.  Sphaericeps  (extra-limital). 

Peridium  opening  irregularly. 

Peridium  readily  separating  from  the  stem  ;  capillitium  free. 

IV.    QUELETIA 

Peridium  closely  attached  to  the   stalk  ;  capillitium  embedded  in  a  membranous 
tissue.  V.    DiCTYOCEPHALOS 

I.  TYLOSTOMA  Pers.  R6mer,  Neues  Mag.  Bot.  i  :  S6.  1794 
The  first  reference  to  a  plant  certainly  belonging  to  Tylostoma, 
is  to  be  found  as  early  as  1696,  in  Ray's  Synopsis  *  under  the 
name  of  Fuiigics  pidvendentus  minimus.  He  describes  it  in  a  few 
Latin  words,  "  Pediculo  longo,  insidens.  In  agris  circa  Londinum," 
and  adds  in  English,  •'  the  least  dusty  mushroom,  with  a  long  foot- 
stalk, collected  by  D.  Tancred  Robinson,  M.D."  The  next  men- 
tion is  made  in  1700  by  Tournefort  t  who  also  gives  the  first  figure 
of  a  Tylostoma  ;  this  has  the  characteristic  short  tubular  mouth  of 
T.  pediinailatitm,  a  slender,  smooth  stem,  and  closely  resembles 
specimens  of  this  plant  found  in  our  own  country.  Micheli  %  next 
figured  the  other  variety  of  T.  pediinadatiim  under  the  name,  sqiia- 
mosiim.    This  figure  is  not  so  easy  to  identify  as  that  of  Tournefort ; 


*Syn.  Meth.  Stirp.  Brit.  2d  ed.,  l6.     1696. 

flnst.  rei   Herb,  i  :   563.  //.  JJ/- /  E,  F.      1700. 

J  Nova  Plantarum  Genera,  218,  nos.  10  and  IT.  //.  gy.  f.  i.     1729- 


424  White  :   Tylostomaceae  of  North  America 

none  of  the  European  specimens  of  this  variety  seen,  have  such  a 
rough  stem,  or  a  peridium  of  the  exact  shape  as  shown  in  the  figure, 
but  it  is  evident  notwithstanding,  what  it  was  meant  to  represent. 
T.  peduncidatum  being  the  commonest  European  species,  and 
widely  distributed  tends  to  vary  and  extreme  specimens  are  found 
to  differ  so  widely  that  were  it  not  for  the  many  intermediate 
stages,  the  extremes  might  well  be  kept  distinct,  as  indeed  has 
been  done  by  several  writers. 

Linnaeus*  refers  to  this  same  plant  by  its  first  binomial, 
Lvcoperdon  pedimcidatuui,  and  cites  the  above-mentioned  descrip- 
tions of  Ray  and  Tournefort.  His  description  is  in  the  following 
words  :  "  Stipite  longo,  capitulo  globoso  glabro  ;  ore  cylindrico, 
integerrimo.  Habitat  in  campestribus."  In  1794  Persoon 
established  the  genus  Tidostoma.\  He  described  it — "  Peridium 
stipitatum,  ore  cylindrico  cartilageneo  " — and  mentions  two  species 
T.  brumalc  {L.  pcdwiadatiim  L.)  and  T.  imbricatwn  (Micheli  Ly. 
11);  these  two  species  have  since  been  commonly  referred  to, 
under  the  name  of  T.  inammosjim  (Mich.)  Fries,  but  all  these 
specific  names  are  antedated  by  pednnadaUnn  of  Linnaeus. 

Since  the  time  of  Persoon,  various  species  of  Tylostonia  have 
been  described,  and  De  Toni  ]:  enumerates  thirty -four  species  from 
different  parts  of  the  world. 

Our  own  species  were  studied  in  1890  by  Morgan, §  but 
evidently  from  a  limited  amount  of  material.  In  his  paper 
he  enumerates  five  species,  of  which  T.  Diamviosiim  and 
T.  fimbriahun  are  originally  European,  two  were  new  native 
species,  T.  vcrriicosiun  and  T.  canipestre,  and  the  fifth  he 
called  T.  Meymiamun  Kl.,  but  it  is  evident  that  the  original 
T.  Meyenianuni  was  not  a  true  Tylostonia  but  a  poorly  figured 
species  of  the  genus  Chlamydopus,  and  as  the  material  on  which 
Morean  based  his  determination  is  not  now  available,  we  are  uncer- 
tain  as  to  what  his  last  species  really  is.  T.  pcdunculatuin  was  first 
reported  from  this  country  in  i8i8by  Schweinitz||  under  the  name 


*Sp.  Plant.    I184.      1753. 

f  Tylostoma  from  ruXoa,  callous  skin,  and  aTdfia,  a  mouth. 
X  Saccardo,  Syll.  Fung.  7  :   60  ;  9  :  268  ;   II  :   159  ;    14  :   258. 
^Jour.  Cin.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  12  :   163;  //.  /6.  f.  1-5.      1890. 
II  Syn.  Fung.  Car.  34.      1818. 


White  :  Tylostomaceae  of  North  America  425 

of  T.  hrumale  Pers.  from  North  Carolina,  and  in  1834*  he  gives 
two  species,  T.  bruniale  and  T.  sqiiaumlosiim,\  of  which  latter  he 
writes  "not  a  variety  of  the  preceding  but  closely  resembling 
Rinella  of  Rafinesque,:};  "  but  notwithstanding  his  assertion  to  the 
contrary  T.  squamosum  is  now  commonly  regarded  as  a  variety  of 
T.  pedimculatum  {brumalc).  In  1837,  Montagne§  described  T. 
cxaspcmhim  from  Cuba,  collected  by  Ramon  de  la  Sagra,  the 
well-known  Cuban  naturalist,  and  this  species  has  since  been  re- 
ported from  India.  In  1867  Curtis'!!  mentions  T.  fimbriatum  and 
T.  mamtnosum  as  "  common  in  North  Carolina,"  and  six  years 
later  Berkeley**  reported  T.  fimbriatum,  T.  mammosum,  and 
T.  Meyenianum,  collected  by  Wright  in  New  Mexico.  As  late 
as  1 89 1,  Masseeft  published  Berkeley's  description  of  T.  WrigJitii, 
also  from  New  Mexico.  Other  American  species  have  been  de- 
scribed since,  T.  obcsum  C.  &  E.,  %%  T.  punctatum  Peck,  §§  and  T. 
semisulcatum  Peck.  *^  Much  of  the  western  material  found  in  the 
Ellis  collection  had  been  referred  to  T.  obesum,  although  it  repre- 
sents very  diverse  forms.  T.  punctatiim  has  been  reported  from 
several  localities,  but  of  T.  semisulcatum  only  the  type  specimens 
are  known,  and  these  are  inaccessible  at  Albany,  if  indeed  they 
are  still  in  existence.  Extensive  collections  have  been  made  in 
different  parts  of  the  United  States  in  the  past  few  years  and  we 

*  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  4:  256.      1834. 

t  Since  writing  the  above  it  has  been  possible  to  examine  Schweinitz'  original 
specimens,  which  are  carefully  preserved  in  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences.  There  is  a  question  as  to  the  specimen  marked  T.  brtanale  being  T.  pedtin- 
culatnm,  to  which  it  is  usually  referred,  owing  to  the  color  of  the  peridium,  which  is  a 
bright  terra-cotta  red,  unlike  anything  seen  before — but  this  may  be  due  to  the  color  of 
the  clay  in  which  the  plant  grew  or  to  other  causes  of  unknown  origin.  The  specimen 
marked  T.  squamosum  resembles  greatly  some  of  our  specimens  of  T.  fimbriatum  in 
general  habit  and  spore  characters,  with  the  exception  of  the  mouth  which  is  entire,  but 
not  tubular  and  prominent,  like  the  mouth  of  T.  pedtinadahtm — which  fact  may  be 
owing  to  the  wasting  of  the  cartilaginous  tissues  occasioned  by  time — so  that  it  is  hardly 
possible  to  determine  what  this  plant  really  was. 

JSyst.  F.  Veg.  139. 

§  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  II.  8  :  362.     1837. 

T[Geol.  and  Nat.  Hist.  Survey  North  Carolina,  3  :  no.      1867. 

**  Grevillea  2  :  49.      1873. 

ft  Grevillea  19  :    95.      1891. 

XX  Grevillea  6  :  82,  //.  100.  f.  24.      1878. 

\l  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  23  :  419.      1896.  ^ 

ll^Bull.  Torr.  Club,  22  :  209.      1895. 


426 


White  :    Tylostomaceae  of  North  America 


find  among  them  several  additional  species.  The  indications  are 
that  we  are  only  at  the  beginning  of  our  knowledge  of  their  distri- 
bution. 

The  following  table  shows   the  distribution   of  the    hitherto 
known  species  of  Tylostoina  : 


'J 

2 
o 

(A 

S 

V      ■ 

C(t 

(Li 

6 

rt 

ug 

6 

In 

Tylostoma. 

North  Am 

South  Am 

Europ 

*5) 

lis 

< 

1 
tn 

3 

1" 
8<: 
'% 

1 

en 

album. 

+ 

Angolense. 

+ 

+ 

Barlae. 

+ 

Barbeyanura. 

+ 

Berteroanum. 

+ 

Bonianum. 

+ 

Bossieri. 

+ 

campestre. 

+ 

caespitosum. 

+ 

carneum. 

+ 

Cesatii. 

+ 

exasperatum. 

+ 

+ 

fimbriatum. 

+ 

+ 

+ 

• 

Giovanellae. 

4- 

granulosum. 

+ 

Jourdani. 

+ 

laceratum. 

+ 

leprosum. 

+ 

Leveilleaiium. 

+ 

mammosum. 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

maximum. 

+ 

Mollerianum. 

+ 

montanum. 

+ 

obesum. 

+ 

pulchellum. 

+ 

pusillum. 

+ 

'+ 

Patagonicum. 

+ 

Schweinfurthi. 

+ 

squamosum. 

+ 

tortuosum. 

+ 

volvulatum. 

+ 

verrucosum. 

+ 

Wightii . 

+ 

Wrightii. 

+ 

The  species  of  Tylostoma  are  found  principally  in  sandy  regions, 
in  dry  barren  fields,  rarely  in  woods  or  shaded  places.  As  yet 
very  little  is  known  of  their  habits,  growth  and  development  as  no 
little  difficulty  attends  the  study  of  these  strange  and  interesting 
plants  in   their  early  subterranean   stages.      It  is  hoped   that  stu- 


White  :    Tylostomaceae  of  North  America  427 

dents  in  the  districts  where  these  plants  are  most  common  will 
gather  material  in  the  earlier  stages  of  growth — digging  down 
where  mature  forms  are  found  above  ground  in  the  hope  of  find- 
ing the  young  peridia. 

As  far  as  can  be  ascertained,  only  two  papers  have  appeared 
treating  of  the  growth  of  these  plants.  Schroeter  *  has  published 
an  account  of  the  development  of  the  spores  and  basidia.  Pro- 
fessor Bessey  t  has  a  short  note  on  the  growth  of  T.  jiianimo- 
sum  in  which  he  says,  "  The  ball  forms  underground,  and  reaches 
maturity  there  so  far  as  the  spores  are  concerned.  Tylostoma 
agrees  with  Lycoperdon  in  having  the  interior  of  the  ball  composed 
of  two  portions,  first  a  spore-bearing  part  which  occupies  most  of 
the  interior,  and  second  a  sterile  base  composed  of  tissue  which 
does  not  produce  spores.  In  Tylostoma  a  portion  of  this  tissue  of 
the  sterile  base  remains  living  until  the  spores  ripen.  Then  this 
tissue  begins  a  rapid  growth  and  a  cylindrical  stalk  is  produced 
which  forces  the  ball  through  the  overlying  earth  and  carries  it  up 
several  inches."  Massee,|  speaking  of  Tylostoma  mammosnm  says, 
"  resembling  a  Lycoperdon  with  an  elongated  stem,  but  readily  dis- 
tinguished by  the  groove  between  the  apex  of  the  stem  and  the 
peridium,  and  by  the  threads  of  the  capillitium  being  nodulose  at 
the  base  of  the  septa."  And  writing  of  the  stem,  "it  is  some- 
times smooth,  and  at  others  broken  with  small  irregular  fibrillose 
squamules  which  are  sometimes  arranged  more  or  less  in  circles." 

Synopsis  of  our  Species 

Mouth  entire,  short  tubular. 

Spores  smooth,  or  occasionally  with  a  few  minute  scattered  warts. 

1.  T.  albicans. 
Spores  uniformly  and  densely  verrucose. 

Peridium  smooth  ;   capillitium  not  much  swollen  at  the  joints. 

2.  T.  pedunctilatum . 
Peridium  warty  ;  capillitium  swollen  at  the  joints.             3.    T.  verrucosum. 

Mouth  lacerate-fimbriate,  not  tubular. 
Spores  smooth  or  nearly  so. 
Mouth  plane. 

Stem  tapering  toward  the  base ;  peridium  depressed. 

4.    T.  gracile. 

*Cohn's  Beitr.  Biol.  Pflan.  2  :  65.      1877. 
fAmer.  Nat.  21:  665.      1887. 
+   Ann.  Bot.  4  :  85.      1S89. 


428  White  :    Tvlostomaceae  of  North  America 

Stem  not  tapering  ;  peridium  globose. 

Capillitium  freely  septate  ;  stem  short  (1-1.5  cm.),  collar  close. 

5.    T.  viinutiim. 
Capillitium  rarely  or  never  septate  ;  stem  longer  (1.5-5  cm. ),  collar 
distant.  6.    T.  Kaiiscnse. 

Mouth  raised,  convex. 

Capillitium  freely  septate  ;  outer  peridium  long  persistent. 

7.  T.  poculatum. 
Capillitium  rarely  or  never  septate  ;  outer  peridium  soon  receding. 

8.  T.  obestim. 
Spores  verrucose  or  granular. 

Mouth  plane.  9-    ^-  campestre. 

Mouth  raised,  convex. 

Spores  furnished  with  long  blunt  spinules  ;  stem  short  (0.75  cm. ),  rough 

spiny.  10.    T.  exasperattuii. 

Spores  with  coarse  scattered  tubercles  ;  stem  longer  (3  cm. ),  even,  nearly 
smooth.  II-    T.  tuberculatum. 

Spores  finely  granulate-verrucose. 

Capillitium  sparingly  septate,  not  much  swollen  at  the  joints. 

Stem  elongate  (6  cm.),  with  copious  persistent  mycelial  strands. 

12.  T.  fibrillosutn . 
Stem  shorter  (3.5  cm.),  without  mycelial  strands. 

13.  T.  subfuscum. 
Capillitium  freely  septate,  swollen  at  the  joints. 

Peridium  smooth  ;  inouth  fimbriate.  14-    T.  fitubriatuni. 

Peridium  pitted  ;  mouth  lacerate.  15.    T.  punctatum. 

I.  Tylostoma  albicans  sp.  nov. 

Peridium  depressed  globose,  0.7-1  cm.  high,  1-1.5  cm.  in 
diameter  :  outer  peridium  scaly,  retreating  and  leaving  a  smooth 
whitish  surface  to  the  inner  membranaceous  peridium  :  mouth  short 
tubular,  entire,  prominent :  collar  irregular,  3-5  mm.  distant  from 
the  stem  :  stem  equal,  slightly  thickened  at  the  base,  the  outer  coat- 
ing lacerate  scaly,  whitish  like  the  peridium,  4-6  cm.  long,  0.5  cm. 
in  diameter  :  capillitium  whitish,  hyaline,  branched,  septate,  slightly 
swollen  at  the  joints,  4-6  //  wide,  free  ends  rounded  :  spores  reddish 
brown,  irregularly  globose,  pedicled,  smooth,  or  if  rough  only  a- 
vcry  few  of  them  so,  4-5  /^  in  diameter.      (PI.  31,  f.  A--?-) 

Texas  :  E.  D.   Cope. 

2.  Tylostoma  pedunculatum  (L.)  Schroeter  ;  Cohn,  Beitr.  Biol. 

Pflan.  2  :   65.      1877 
Lycoperdon  pedunculatum  L.  Sp.  PI.  1 1  84.      1753- 
Tulostoma  bnimalc   Pers.     Romer   Neues    Mag.    Bot.    i  :    86. 

1794. 

Tulostoma  mammosum  Fr.  Syst.  3:  42.      1829. 


White:    Tylostomaceae  of  North  America  429 

Lycoperdon  II.  Mich.  Nov.  Plant.  Gen.  218.      1729. 
Tiilostoma  imbricatiim  Pers.  Romer  Neues    Mag.  Bot.  i  :    86. 

1794. 

Lycoperdon  sqiiamoswn  Gmel.  Syst.  Nat.  2  :   1462.      1796. 
Tidostoma  sqiianiosiiui  Pers.  Syn.  Meth.  Fung.  139.      1801. 
Tidostoma  mainmosiim  Fr.  Syst.  3  :  42.      1829. 
Tylostoma  mammostivi  var.  squamosinn   De  Toni ;    Saccardo, 
Syll.  Fung.  7:  61.      1888. 

Peridium  subglobose,  1-1.5  cm.  high,  1-2  cm.  in  diameter, 
the  brown  outer  peridium  soon  retreating,  leaving  the  inner  peridium 
smooth  and  membranaceous  :  mouth  short  tubular,  entire,  promi- 
nent :  collar  inconspicuous  :  stem  slender,  lacerate  scaly,  or  nearly 
smooth,  with  a  small  mycelial  bulb,  stuffed  with  loose  silky  threads, 
1-5  cm.  long,  2.5  mm.  in  diameter:  capillitium  4-7 // thick,  sep- 
tate, somewhat  swollen  at  the  joints,  light  colored,  hyaline  :  spores 
subglobose,  3-5  11  in  diameter,  minutely  verrucose,  some  short 
pedicled.      (PI.  31,  f.   1-3.) 

Exsicc.  E.  &  E.  N.  A.  Fungi  2734  (as  T.  inainmosum).  Ra- 
venel.  Fungi  Am.  Ex.  137  (as  T.  mammosiini). 

New  York,  Undcrivood,  Fischer;  New  Jersey,  Ellis ;  Penn- 
sylvania ;  Michigan,  McBride ;  Wisconsin,  D.  V.  B ;  North 
Carolina,  Curtis,  Wood ;  Kansas,  Kellerman,  770;  Indiana,  Cook, 
Undcrzvood ;  Florida,  Underwood;  Nebraska,  Webber ;  Texas, 
Harris;  Colorado;  Iowa;  New  Mexico,  Wright,  Fcndhr,  Cock- 
erell ;  Mexico,  C.  L.  Snnth. 

3.  Tylostoma  verrucosum  Morg.  Jour.  Cin.  Soc.  Nat.   Hist.  12  : 

163.  //.  16.  f.  2.  1890 
Peridium  depressed  globose,  1-1.2  cm.  high,  1-1.5  cm.  in  di- 
ameter :  outer  peridium  of  scales  and  warts  persistent  :  inner 
peridium  brownish,  becoming  smooth  with  age  :  mouth  entire, 
raised,  prominent,  short  tubular  :  collar  of  delicate  lacerate  points 
descending  about  the  top  of  the  stem  :  stem  4-5  cm.  long,  .5  cm. 
in  diameter,  slender,  the  surface  lacerate  scaly,  brown,  hollow, 
cylindrical  and  having  a  large  basal  bulb  composed  of  the  mycelial 
strands  and  adherent  earth  :  capillitium  almost  white,  hyaline, 
slender,  septate,  some  of  the  joints  rather  swollen,  ^-^  1^  wide: 
spores  subglobose,  granular,  lightish  cinnamon-colored,  4-7  //.  in 
diameter.  (PI.  31,  f.  8-10.) 
Ohio  :  Morgan,  C  G.  Lloyd. 

Growing   on  the  ground  in  rich  soil  in  woods.      The  mycelial 
bulb  is  usually  larger  than  the  peridium. 


430  White  :    Tylostomaceae  of  North  America 

4.  Tylostoma  gracile  sp.  nov. 

Peridium  depressed  globose,  1-1.5  cm.  high,  1.5— 2cm.  in  di- 
ameter :  outer  peridium  retreating,  leaving  but  slight  traces  on  the 
inner  peridium  which  is  thin,  smooth,  whitish  and  rather  shiny  : 
mouth  plane,  lacerate  :  collar  entire,  restricted  around  the  top  of 
the  stem  :  stem  slender,  3-5.5  cm.  long,  6  mm.  in  diameter  at  the 
top,  3  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base  which  is  slightly  enlarged, 
somewhat  sulcate,  lacerate,  whitish  within  and  without,  fibrillose 
stuffed,  becoming  hollow :  capillitium  dark  ferrugenous,  4-6  [/. 
wide,  ends  rounded,  and  having  swollen  places  mostly  near  the 
ends,  branched,  rather  thick-walled,  many  threads  flattened,  septa 
very  scarce  :  spores  subglobose,  3-5  jjl  in  diameter,  smooth,  short 
pediceled.     (PI.  32,  f  1-3.) 

New  Mexico  :    Las  Cruces,  ]Vootou. 

5.  Tylostoma  minutum  sp.  nov. 

Peridium  globose,  0.7-1  cm.  high,  0.7-1.2  cm.  in  diameter; 
outer  peridium  scaly,  retreating,  leaving  smooth,  brownish  surface 
to  the  thin  inner  peridium,  remnants  of  the  outer  peridium  forming 
a  cup  around  the  base  of  the  inner  peridium  :  mouth  plane,  fimbri- 
ate, small ;  collar  entire,  indistinct :  stem  1.5—2  cm.  long,  3  mm.  in 
-  diameter  at  the  top,  5  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base,  slender, 
slightly  enlarged  at  the  base,  hollow,  fibrillose  stuffed  :  capillitium 
yellowish,  hyaline,  sparingly  branched,  rather  thin  walled,  ends 
rounded,  septa  swollen  at  the  joints,  3-5  n  wide  :  spores  irregularly 
globose,  nearly  smooth,  pediceled,  thick-v/alled,  3-5  jj.  in  diameter. 
(Pi.  31,  f   11-13.) 

Colorado,  Bethel  (type) ;  Kansas,  Kellcrnian. 

6.  Tylostoma  Kansense  Peck,  sp.  nov. 

Peridium  subglobose,  1-2  cm.  broad,  1-1.5  cm.  high,  thick, 
firm,  glabrous,  white,  somewhat  flattened  at  the  base  :  mouth 
slightly  lacerate  on  the  margin,  plane,  sometimes  slightly  promi- 
nent :  collar  wide,  membranaceous,  2.5  mm.  distant  from  the  stem  : 
stem  equal  or  slightly  narrowed  toward  the  base,  1.5—7  c"^-  lo"S> 
6—8  mm.  thick,  hollow  or  stuffed  with  silky  fibrils,  somewhat 
sulcate-striate,  white  within  and  without,  slightly  and  abruptly 
bulbous:  capillitium  sparingly  branched,  colored,  7— ii  jJ-  wide, 
hyaline,  septa  not  seen  :  spores  subglobose,  4—5  ii  in  diameter, 
brownish  ferruginous.     (PI.  32,  f  7-9-) 

KANS.A.S,  BartJiolomeio.     July.     It  has  rarely  two  ostiola. 


White:    Tvlostomaceae  of  North  America  431 

7.  Tylostoma  poculatum  sp.  no  v. 

Peridium  globose,  somewhat  depressed,  1-1.5  cm.  high,  1-2  cm. 
in  diameter,  smooth,  fawn-colored,  membranaceous  :  outer  peridium 
scaly,  but  more  persistent  than  in  most  species,  remaining  in  the 
shape  of  a  cup-like  involucre  round  the  base  of  the  peridium, 
mouth  slightly  raised,  fimbriate,  mostly  large  :  collar  entire,  in- 
conspicuous :  stem  1—3  cm.  long,  ^—6  mm.  in  diameter,  cylindri- 
cal, firm,  slightly  bulbose,  hollow  or  stuffed,  often  with  consider- 
able remnants  of  the  outer  peridium  attached  :  capillitium  lightish 
yellow,  sparingly  branched,  septate,  swollen  at  joints,  4-7  /i  wide, 
rather  thick  walled  :  spores  ferruginous,  subglobose,  smooth,  or 
irregularly  ridged  in  the  older  specimens,  owing  to  the  shrinking  of 
the  inner  substance,  short  pedicelcd,  4-5  li  in  diameter.  (PI.  34, 
f.  4-6.) 

Nebr.\ska  :  Lone  Pine,  Bates,  462  (type) ;  Alabama  :  Tuske- 
gee,  Carver ;  Colorado  :  Boulder,  D.  M.  Andres.  Plants  grow- 
ing singly  or  in  groups  of  twos  and  threes. 

8.  Tylostoma  obesum  C.  &  E.  Grevillea  6  :  82.  pi.  100.  f.  24. 

1878 

Peridium  globose  pyriform,  2.2  cm.  high,  2  cm.  in  diameter, 
smooth,  leathery,  whitish,  with  a  kid-like  finish  :  outer  peridium 
scaly,  retreating,  leaving  a  narrow  ring  around  the  lower  part  of 
the  peridium  :  collar  entire,  descending  about  the  stem  :  mouth 
raised,  lacerate,  rather  large :  stem  4  cm.  long,  hard,  leathery, 
somewhat  sulcate,  slightly  tapering  at  the  base,  8  mm.  in  diameter 
at  the  top,  5  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base  :  capillitium  dark 
ferruginous,  slender,  free  ends  rounded,  branched,  septa  none  or 
very  scarce,  3—6  ix  wide  :  spores  globose,  smooth,  short  pediceled, 
3-6  p.  in  diameter.      (PI.  32,  f.  4-6.) 

Colorado. 

This  description  and  the  figure  are  based  on  the  specimen  of 
this  species  which  Mr.  Ellis  retained  when  he  sent  other  specimens 
to  M.  C.  Cooke  for  a  description.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  dimen- 
sions and  shape  here  given  differ  considerably  from  the  one  fig- 
ured in  Grevillea.  The  type  is  at  Kew  (2715  Cke.),  and  through 
the  kindness  of  Mr.  E.  S.  Salmon,  it  was  possible  to  compare  some 
of  the  spores  and  capillitium  which  agree  in  all  respects  with  the 
original  here,  but  the  Kew  specimens  are  apparently  not  so 
mature. 


432  White  :    Tyi-ostomaceae  of  North  America 

9.  Tylostoma  campestre  Morg.    Jour.    Cin.   Soc.  Nat.    Hist. 
12  :  163.  pi.  16.  f.  4.      1890 

Peridium  subglobose,  1-1.5  cm.  high,  1-2  cm.  in  diameter: 
outer  peridium  brown,  scaly,  retreating  and  leaving  an  irregular 
ring  around  the  lower  part  of  the  smooth  inner  peridium  :  collar 
irregular,  descending  about  the  top  of  the  stem  :  mouth  plane, 
lacerate,  in  some  specimens  being  a  mere  crack  or  slit :  stem 
rather  thick,  3— ID  cm.  long,  i  — 1.5  cm.  in  diameter,  darker  than 
the  peridium,  fibrillose  stuffed,  becoming  hollow,  outer  brownish 
coat  lacerate,  scaly,  and  having  a  small  thickened  mycelial  bulb  : 
capillitium  yellowish,  hyaline,  cylindrical,  4-8/^  wide,  branched, 
septate,  somewhat  swollen  at  the  septa  :  spores  subglobose,  warty, 
some  short  pedicled,  3-5  n  wide.      (PI.  33,  f.  10-12.) 

Exsicc  :  E.  &  E.  N.  A.  Fungi,  3297  (as  T.  gramilosiun 
Sw.  ?),  3514. 

Nebraska:  Webber,  Bates;  California:  Underwood,  Mc- 
Clatchie ;  Colorado,  Crandall.  Growing  singly  and  in  groups 
in  sandy  soil. 

10.  Tylostoma  exasperatum   Mont.  Ann.  Sci.   Nat.  II.  8  :  362. 

1837 

Peridium  subglobose,  1.2  cm.  high,  1.3  cm.  in  diameter:  outer 
peridium  composed  of  long  spinulose  scales,  somewhat  reflexed, 
which  recede  from  the  top  downward,  leaving  the  brown  inner 
peridium  marked  with  a  series  of  regular  pits  :  mouth  raised,  fim- 
briate lacerate,  rather  large  :  collar  inconspicuous  :  stem  equal, 
slightly  enlarged  at  the  base,  5-7  mm.  in  diameter,  3.5  cm.  long, 
covered  with  reflexed  lacerate  scales,  like  those  on  the  outer  peri- 
dium :  dark  brown:  capillitium  whitish-yellow,  hyaline,  4-6 « 
wide,  branched,  free  ends  rounded,  sparingly  septate,  not  much 
swollen  at  the  joints  :  spores  globose,  furnished  with  long  blunt 
spinules,  5-8/^  in  diameter.      (PI.  -^i,  f.  1-3.) 

Cuba,  Wriglit. 

1 1 .  Tylostoma  tuberculatum  sp.  nov. 

Peridium  depressed  globose,  1-1.2  cm.  high,  1-1.8  cm.  in  di- 
ameter :  outer  peridium  scaly,  retreating,  leaving  a  wide  band 
around  the  base  of  the  whitish,  smooth,  and  rather  thin,  inner 
peridium  :  mouth  raised,  fimbriate,  roundish  :  collar  close,  incon- 
spicuous :  stem  slender,  whitish,  hollow  or  stuffed,  slightly  en- 
larged at  the  base,  2-3  cm.  long,  3  mm.  in  diameter  :  capillitium 
light  yellow,  hyaline,  branched,  thick-walled,  variable  as  to  width, 
4-8  n  wide,  rather  flattened,  ends  rounded,  broad,  sparingly  sep- 


White:    Tylostomaceae  of  North  America  433 

tate,  swollen  at  joints  :  spores  subglobose,  nearly  smooth  or  with 
occasional  tuber-like  warts,  thick-walled,  3-5  //  in  diameter.      (PI. 

33,  f-  7-9-) 

British  Columbia:  JSIacoun  (type);  Colorado:  Fort  Collins, 

Baker,  405. 

12.  Tylostoma  fibrillosum  sp.  nov. 

Peridium  globose,  1-2  cm.  high,  1-2.5  cm.  in  diameter  :  outer 
peridium  retreating  leaving  a  smooth  whitish  surface  to  the  thin, 
membranaceous  inner  peridium,  and  leaving  a  thick  portion  round 
the  base  of  the  peridium  forming  a  ring  :  collar  indistinct,  close  : 
mouth  raised,  fimbriate,  roundish  :  stem  equal  or  slightly  tapering 
toward  the  base,  sulcate,  firm,  white  and  slimy  within  and  without, 
somewhat  hollow,  fibrillose  stuffed,  and  having  a  small  thickened 
bulb  which  in  some  specimens  falls  off  leaving  a  flat,  whitish  sur- 
face to  the  base  of  the  stem,  5-7  cm.  long,  5  mm.  in  diameter  : 
capillitium  whitish,  hyaline,  4-8  //  wide,  branched,  some  threads 
rather  thicked  walled,  sparingly  septate,  not  much  swollen  at  the 
joinits,  rather  flattened  :  spores  subglobose,  minutely  warted, 
darker  than  the  capillitium,  some  short  pediceled,  3-5  fx  in  dia- 
meter.    (PI.  33,  f.  4-6.) 

Ontario  :  Dcarncss  (type) ;  Michigan,  Hicks.  Growing  on  sand 
dunes. 

The  stem  is  much  covered  usually  for  upwards  of  2  cm.  with 
the  mycelial  strands,  and  adhering  sand.  The  specimens  from 
Michigan  have  rather  more  swollen  septa. 

13.  Tylostoma  subfuscum  sp.  nov. 

Peridium  globose,  0.8-1.3  cm.  high,  1-1.5  cm.  in  diameter: 
outer  peridium  scaly,  retreating,  leaving  a  ring  around  the  base  of 
the  smooth,  brownish  inner  peridium  :  mouth  raised,  fimbriate  : 
collar  inconspicuous,  close  :  stem  brown,  somewhat  lacerate  scaly, 
leathery,  sulcate,  with  a  small  thickened  bulb  at  the  base,  2-3 
cm.  long,  3-5  mm.  in  diameter ;  capillitium  lightish  yellow,  hya- 
line, branched,  threads  long  and  slender,  4-6//  wide,  free  ends 
rounded,  occasionally  septate,  somewhat  swollen  at  the  joints  : 
spores  subglobose,  minutely  warted,  some  short  pediceled,  3-5  // 
in  diameter.      (PI.  34,  f.   10-12.) 

Colorado,  Bethel,  21. 

14.  Tylostoma    fimbriatum     Fries,    Syst.    Myc.  3  :    43.      1829 

Peridium  subglobose,  1-1.5  cm.  high,  1-1.5  cm.  in  diameter: 
outer  peridium  retreating,  having  a  smooth,  brownish  surface  to 


434  White  :    Tylostomaceae  of  North  America 

the  thin  inner  peridium  :  mouth  raised,  fimbriate,  collar  irregular, 
inconspicuous,  close  :  stem  white  within  and  fibrillose  stuffed, 
brownish  and  lacerate  scaly  outside,  with  a  small  mycelial  bulb 
at  the  base,  1.5-5  cm.  long,  5  mm.  in  diameter:  capillitium  light- 
colored,  almo.st  white,  hyaline,  freely  septate,  swollen  at  the  joints, 
4—8  fJi  wide  :  spores  subglobose,  dark  ferruginous,  verrucose,  some 
short  pediceled,  '^-6(1  in  diameter.      (PI.  34,  f  7-9.) 

Exsicc.  :  Ravenel,  Fungi  Car.  Ex.  5  :  80  ;  Ravenel,  Fungi  Am. 
Ex.  724. 

New  York,  Peck ;  South  Carolina,  Ravenel ;  North  Caro- 
lina, Curtis,  JVood ;  Alabama,  Earle ;  Texas,  Wright ;  Wyom- 
ing, Nelson ;  New  Mexico,  Wriglit ;  Colorado,  Cockcrcll ;  Kan- 
sas, Kellerman. 

I  5.   Tylostoma  punctatum  Peck,  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  23  :  419.    1896 

Peridium  subglobose,  i  — 1.3  cm.  high,  i  — 1.3  cm.  in  diameter: 
outer  peridium  scaly,  retreating,  leaving  a  ring  around  the  base  of 
the  peridium  :  inner  peridium  thin,  whitish,  covered  with  irregular 
shallow  pits  :  mouth  raised,  lacerate,  irregular,  rather  large  :  collar 
indistinct,  close  :  stem  equal,  darker  than  the  peridium,  lacerate 
scaly,  with  a  small  mycelial  bulb,  white  within,  hollow  or  stuffed, 
2—3  cm.  long,  3  mm.  in  diameter :  capillitium  whitish,  hyaline, 
branched,  septate,  much  swollen  at  the  joints,  4—8  p.  wide  :  spores 
subglobose,  yellowish  cinnamon-colored,  minutely  verrucose,  some 
short  pediceled,  3—5  p.  in  diameter.      (PI.  34,  f.  1—3.) 

Kansas,  Bartholomew ;  Nebraska,  Webber;  Washington, 
D.   C,  Braeneile.     Growing  in  sandy  pasture  land. 

Species  not  seen 

16.  Tylostoma  semisulcatu.m  Peck,  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  22  : 

209.      1895 

"  Peridium  subglobose,  usually  a  little  longer  than  broad,  6-8 
lines  broad,  9  lines  long,  glabrous  above,  ferruginous-tomentose 
on  the  lower  half:  osteolum  entire  :  stem  equal,  about  2  inches 
long,  even  and  glabrous  or  but  slightly  furfuraceous  on  the  upper 
part,  the  lower  part  longitudinally  sulcate,  whitish  :  spores  ferru- 
ginous, globose,  .00016  to  .0002  in.  broad:  threads  of  the  capil- 
litium not  septate. 

"■  Sandy  soil,  Nevada.  Collected  by  C.  W.  Irish,  communi- 
cated by  T.  Taylor. 

"This  species  is  separated  from  T.  inanimosum  Fr.  by  its  peri- 


White  :   Tvlostomaceae  of  North  America  435 

dium,  which   is  tomentose  on   the  lower  half  and  not  depressed, 
and  by  its  stem  which  is  distinctly  furrowed  on  the  lower  half." 

As  this  species  was  not  seen  the  above  original  description  is 
quoted.  The  same  is  the  case  with  the  following  description  of 
T.  Wrightii,  and  the  species  which  Morgan  calls  "  T.  Mtycniannm." 
It  has  been  thought  best  to  include  these  descriptions  in  order 
that  our  present  knowledge  of  the  group  may  be  accessible  in  a 
single  paper. 

17.  Tylostoma  Wrightii  Berk.  Grevillea,  19:  95.      1891 

"Stem  6  cm.  high,  4  mm.  thick,  hollow,  equal,  ochraceous,  even, 
glabrous ;  peridium  spherico-depressed,  2  cm.  broad,  minutely 
umbonate,  pale,  ochraceous,  glabrous,  the  wall  of  the  umbo  dis- 
appears at  maturit)'  and  forms  a  small  circular  stoma  ;  mass  of 
spores  yellowish  brown ;  threads  of  capillitium  h)-aline,  thick- 
walled,  aseptate,  equal,  very  long,  branched,  axis  lunate,  5  fi  in  di- 
ameter :  spores  glabrous,  globose,  pale  yellow  brown,  minutely 
warted,  5-6 />«  in  diameter. 

"  On  the  ground.  Rio  Grande,  North  *  Mexico  (Wright). 
Type  in  Herb.  Berk. 

"  Distinguished  from  Tiilostoma  Meycnianuni  in  the  entire  mouth 
and  the  hollow,  even  and  not  striated  stem." 
Tylostoma    sp.     (Described    by   Morgan,   Jour.    Cin.    Soc.    Nat. 

Hist.    12  :   163.  //.  16.  f.  J,  as   T.  Mcyeuiamnn  Kl.,  but  it   is 

clearly  distinct  from  that  species,  though  it  might  possibly  be 

referred  to  T.  obcsiun  C.  &  E.) 

"  Peridium  depressed,  globose  ;  the  cortex  soon  receding,  leav- 
ing a  smooth  whitish  or  yellowish  surface  to  the  submembrana- 
ceous  inner  peridium,  the  apex  plane  with  a  lacerate  mouth : 
stipe  long,  thick,  unequal,  fusiform  or  tapering,  nearly  solid,  sul- 
cate :  threads  of  the  capillitium  long,  much  thicker  than  the 
spores,  branched,  hyaline  :  spores  subglobose,  even,  pale  brown, 
4.5-5.5  mic.  in  diameter. 

"Growing  in  sandy  soil.      New  Mexico,    Wright;    Colorado, 

Webber.      Plant   2-4  inches  in  height,  the  peridium  3^'-i  inch  in 

diameter,  the  stipe  about  j^  of  an  inch  in  thickness  at  the  thickest 

part.     Specimens    referred  to  T.  Angolense  W.  &  C.  do  not  differ 

otherwise  than  in  having  the  stipe  thickest  at  the  apex  and  taper- 

*  Probably  a  misprint  for  New  as  Wright  was  not  known  to  have  collected  across 
the  Rio  Grande. 


436 


White  :   Tylostomaceae  of  North  America 


ing  downward  instead  of  fusiform.  T.  obcsiim  ,C.  &  E.  appears 
to  be  founded  on  a  specimen  with  the  short  thick  stipe  not  fully 
developed." 

Morgan's  description  was  made  solely  from  Webber's  Colo- 
rado specimen  which  was  returned  to  Mr.  Webber  who  is  now 
unable  to  find  it.  The  New  Mexican  reference  is  merely  a  quo- 
tation from  Berkeley  who  determined  Wright's  original  specimens 
under  this  name. 

The  following  tabulation  will  give  more  compactly  our  pres- 
ent knowledge  of  the  distribution  of  Tylostoma  in  North  America  : 


Tylostoma. 


albicans. 

campestre. 

exasperatum. 

fibril  losum. 

fimbriatum. 

gracile. 

Kansense. 

minutum. 

obesum. 

pedunculatum. 

poculatum. 

punctatum. 

semisulcatum. 

subfuscum. 

tuberculatum. 

verrucosum. 

Wrightii. 


^i  S 


rt 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


<\ 


11 


ho    a  ; 

C       c( 
•=  1    bo 


+ 


■ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 

1 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+  + 
+ 


+1 
+1 

+  + 

+ 

+ 


+ 


O    ^ 


C  \  13 
U 


+ 


i  + 
+ 


+  +,+! 


+1 

+ 
+ 

+ 

+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


S 


+ 


II.   CHLAMYDOPUS  Speg.  An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  6  : 

189.  pi.  4.  f.  2,  J.      1899 

In  describing  this  genus  Spegazzini  includes  two  species  from 
Argentina,  C.  clavatus,  from  which  we  cannot  separate  our  New 
Mexican  material,  and  C.Amblaiensis  with  a  distinct  annulus  (?),  and 
up  to  the  present  no  other  species  of  this  genus  have  been  reported. 
It  is  evident,  however,  from  the  description  and  figure  of  Tylostoma 
Mcyeniamnn  Kl.*  that  that  species,  also,  belongs  to  the  genus 
CJilamydopus.  While  the  figure  shows  no  trace  of  a  volva,  its 
tapering  stem  with  its  broad  attachment  to  the  peridium,  together 
with  its  general  habit  would  seem  to  indicate  its  relationship  to 

*Nov.  Act.  Caes,  Leop.  Carol.  Nat.  Cur.  19  :  243.//.  j./  4.     1843. 


White:    Tylostomaceae  of  North  America  437 

this  genus  The  volva  is  of  such  a  friable  nature  that  it  would  be 
preserved  with  difficulty  even  if  the  stem  had  not  been  detached 
by  the  inattentive  collector.  Quite  recently  several  specimens 
have  been  found  at  Mesilla  Park,  New  Mexico,  which  belong  here. 
In  going  over  the  material  referred  to  Tylostoma,  in  tiie  Ellis 
collection,  two  other  specimens,  from  different  localities  in  New 
Mexico,  were  found  which  though  destitute  of  volva,  evidently  be- 
long to  the  genus  Chlainydopus  though  they  may  constitute  another 
species.      For  the  present  they  have  been  placed  with  C.  clavatiis. 

I.  Chlamvdopus  clavatus  Speg. /f^.  c/V. 

Peridium  depressed  globose,  1. 5-2  cm.  high,  2.2-3.5  cm.  in 
diameter,  smooth,  leathery,  lightish  fawn- colored  :  mouth  plane, 
lacerate,  irregular:  stem  8-15  cm.  long,  much  enlarged  at  the  top 
where  it  joins  the  peridium,  1.5-3  cm.  in  diameter  at  the  top, 
0.5-1.5  cm.  at  the  base,  sulcate,  lacerate  scaly,  firm,  solid,  of  the 
same  color  within  and  without  as  the  peridium  :  volva  friable,  cup- 
like,  with  flaring  sides,  1.5-2.5  cm.  high,  having  remnants  of  earth 
and  sand  adhering  to  it:  capillitium  very  abundant,  interlaced, 
lightish  yellow,  hyaline,  branched,  sparingly  septate,  not  swollen 
at  the  joints,  the  free  ends  usually  rounded,  5-7  ji  wide  :  spores 
subglobose,  dark  ferruginous,  densely  verrucose,  4-6  //  in 
diameter.     (PI.  35,  f  1-6.) 

New  Mexico  :  Mesilla  Park,  Cockcrell,  Mesa,  Garcia,  Las  Cru- 
ces,   Wooton.      Sandy  soil  under  mesquite. 

Aside  from  its  technical  characters  this  species  presents  a 
habit  very  unlike  any  species  of  Tylostoina  found  in  this  country. 
Its  clean  smoothish  peridium  and  stem  are  quite  in  contrast  with 
the  usual  condition  found  in  the  species  of  Tylostoina,  where  the 
rough  outer  peridium,  and  usually  the  stem  also,  is  frequently 
covered  with  fragments  of  adhering  soil.  Also  in  the  specimens 
of  this  genus,  the  capillitium  threads  are  not  as  distinct  as  those  of 
Tylostoina  and  have  considerable  white  amorphous  hyaline  tissue 
intermingled  with  them. 

III.    BATTARREA  Persoon,*  Syn.  Meth.  Fung.   129.  pi.  3.  f. 

i-j.      1 801 
It  has  been  impossible  to  trace  the  history  of  Battarrea  to  its 
very  beginning  as  the  Acta  Anglica,  in  which  Woodward  makes 

*  This  genus  was  named  for  Antonio  Battarra,  an  early  Italian  mycologist,  and 
was  first  erroneously  spelled  Batarrea  by  Persoon.  In  1804  the  name  was  changed  by 
Palisot  de  Beauvais  to  Baitarea,  but  the  correct  spelling,  Battarrea,  was  not  adopted 
until  1825  by  Fries. 


438  White:    Tylostomaceae  of  North  America 

first  mention  and  gives  the  first  drawing  of  this  plant,  has  been  in- 
accessible, but  as  early  as  1785  Dickson*  described  Lycopcrdon 
phalloidcs — "  volvulatum  stipilatum,  pileo  deflexo  campanulato  ; 
supra  pulverulento  calyptrato,  infra  glabro  libero  " — which  unques- 
tionably was  the  original  Battarrca.  It  was  collected  in  Septem- 
ber by  D.  Humphreys  and  T.  Woodward  at  Norwich,  Norfolk  and 
Bungay,  Suffolk,  England.  In  1801,  Persoon  established  the  genus, 
and  named  and  figured  one  species,  B.  phalloidcs,  which  he  de- 
scribes as  follows — "  volulata  stipitata,  Pileus  deflexus,  campanu- 
latus,villosus,  puluerisstrato  obsitus,  a  voluacalyptratus."  In  18 14 
Liboschitz  f  made  the  next  mention,  when  he  described  a  plant 
which  he  named  Dcndromyces  Stevenii,  from  the  river  Volga,  which 
Fries  in  1839  referred  to  Battarrea.  De  Toni  %  gives  eight  species, 
and  Fischer  §  mentions  seven  of  these,  while  quite  lately,  in  1 899, 
Spegazzini  ||  described  two  new  species  from  Argentina,  making 
the  number  of  described  species  ten  in  all. 

The  first  Battarrea  reported  in  this  country  was  B. phalloidcs '^'^ 
in  1873,  said  to  have  been  collected  by  J.  Torrey  in  the  vicinity  of 
San  Francisco,  Cal.,  but  strangely  enough,  though  this  is  the  well- 
known  European  species,  it  has  never  since  been  found,  to  my 
knowledge,  in  the  United  States.  Owing  to  the  lack  of  description 
of  the  plant  mentioned  there  is  a  question  as  to  whether  this  plant 
really  belongs  to  the  species  indicated.  The  only  other  species  so 
far  known  in  this  country  are  B.  attcnuata  from  Nevada,  described 
by  Professor  C.  H.  Peck  ft  in  1895,  and  B.  Digucti,  described  in 
the  following  year  by  M.  Patouillard  ^;J  from  Lower  California. 
Lastly  some  material  has  been  sent  to  Professor  L.  M.  Under- 
wood from  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  which  proves  to  belong  to 
two  undescribed  species. 

A  list  of  the  hitherto  known  species  with  their  localities  is 
added : 

*  Plant.  Crypt.  Brit,  i  :   24.      1785. 

f  Beschreibuni^  eines  neuendeckten  Pilzes.      1S14. 

J  Saccardo,  Syll.  Fung.  7  :   65  ;   9:   270  ;    14:    260. 

\  Engler  &  Prantl,  Die  nat.  Pflanzenfam.  i***  :  344.      1900. 

II  An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires  6  :   190,  191.      1899. 

**  Grevillea  2  :  35.      1873. 

ft  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  22  :  208.      1895. 

JJJour.  de  Bot.  10:  251.7:  2.     1886. 


White:    Tvlostomaceae  of  North  America  439 

B.  PHALLOiDES  Pcrs.      England,  Italy,  North  America  (?). 

B.  Gaudichaudii  Mont.     Peru. 

B.  GuicciARDiNiANA  Ces.     Italy. 

B.  Tepperiana  Ludw.     Australia. 

B.  Stevexii  (Libosch.)  Fries,     Siberia. 

B.  DiGUETi  Pat.  &  Har.     North  America. 

B.  attenuata  Peck.     North  America. 

B.  MuELLERi  Kalchbr.     Australia. 

B.  GuACHiPARUM  Speg.     Argentina. 

B.  Patagoxica  Speg.     Argentina. 

S$yuop»ii»  of  the  ^orfli  American  iipecies 

Stem  hollow. 

Plants  more  than  20  cm.  high  ;  volva  double,  the  inner  layers  split  into  numerous 

leaves.  I-    B.  laciniata. 
Plants  20  cm.  high  or  less. 

Spores  minutely  verrucose  ;  volva  simple.  2.  B.  Griffilksii. 

Spores  nearly  smooth  ;  volva  triple.  3.    B.  Digiieti. 

Stem  solid.  4.    B.  aitemiata. 

I.  Battarrea  laciniata  Underwood,  sp.  nov. 

Peridium  5-6  cm.  in  diameter,  2-3  cm.  high,  smooth,  mem- 
branaceous, the  upper  portion  sometimes  having  portions  of  the 
outer  coat  of  the  volva  adhering  to  it  :  the  lower  portion  after  the 
spores  have  been  shed  is  a  yellowish-white  and  shows  traces  of 
where  the  capillitium  has  sprung  :  stem  25-35  cm.  long,  woody, 
hollow,  stuffed  with  silky,  thread-like  fibers  running  about  half 
way  down  the  center  of  the  stem,  outer  coat  fibrous,  pealing,  some- 
times merely  lacerate,  at  others  shaggy,  slightly  tapering  to  the 
base,  about  2.5  cm.  at  the  top  and  1.5  cm.  at  the  base  :  volva  com- 
plex, composed  of  a  thick  outer  coating,  and  an  inner  set  of  very 
numerous  thin  leaflets  arranged  more  or  less  in  layers  about  the 
stem  :  capillitium  whitish,  hyaline,  indefinite,  irregular,  somewhat 
fascicular:  cells  30-50 ,«  long,  5-7/-^  wide,  with  raised  annular 
thickenings  or  nearly  flat  spiral  markings  :  spores  subglobose, 
reddish-brown,  5-7  11  in  diameter,  almost  smooth.     (PI.  36,  f  1-6.) 

New  Mexico  :  Mesilla  Park,  Cockerell. 

This  plant  resembles  B.  Digued  in  some  of  its  characters,  but 
it  is  distinguishable  (i)  By  its  much  larger  size,  (2)  By  its  having 
no  inner  woody  volva  enclosing  the  lower  portion  of  the  stem,  (3) 
In  the  much  larger  number  of  leaflets  which  compose  the  inner 
portion  of  the  volva,  and  (4)  In  the  different  coloring  and  marking 


440  White:    Tvlostomaceae  of  North  America 

of  the  cells.     The  plants  vary  considerally  as  to  size  and  roughness 
of  the  stem. 

2.  Battarrea  Griffithsii  Underwood,  sp.  nov. 

Peridium  2-3.5  cm.  in  diameter,  1-2  cm.  high,  smooth,  mem- 
branaceous, lower  part  flat,  showing  the  line  of  dehiscence  dis- 
tinctly :  stem  hollow,  equal,  1-1.5  cm.  in  diameter,  9.5-15  cm. 
long,  sulcate,  pealing  fibrillose  :  volva  fairly  well  marked,  com- 
posed of  a  few  appressed  fibrillose  blunt  squamules  :  capillitium 
4-10/7.  wide,  whitish,  flattened,  rather  amorphous,  branched,  and 
having  a  large  number  of  cells  mixed  with  it :  cells  darker  than 
the  capillitium,  with  spiral  markings  and  annular  thickenings, 
6-8  IJ.  wide,  24-85  jx  long  :  spores  subglobose,  minutely  verrucose, 
looking  smooth  except  under  very  high  magnification,  reddish - 
cinnamon  colored,  4—5/^  in  diameter.      (PI.  37,  f  1—6.) 

Arizona,  David  Griffiths,  to  whom  the  species  is  dedicated. 

3.  Battarrea  Digueti   Pat.  &  Har.  Jour,  de  Bot.  10:   251.  //. 

2.  f.  1-6.      1 896 

Peridium  depressed  globose,  membranaceous  :  stem  15-20  cm. 
long,  8—10  mm.  wide :  spores  globose,  ferruginous,  5—6  a  in 
diameter  :  cells  loo-i  50  a  long,  4-7  //  wide,  with  darker  yellow  an- 
nular markings  :  volva  of  three  layers,  the  outer  one  woody,  simple, 
whitish,  the  inner  woody  and  simple,  and  encircling  the  lower  third 
part  of  the  stem,  the  third  layer  between  the  outer  and  inner  volva 
is  composed  of  from  10  to  20  thin  membranaceous  leaflets. 

Lower  California,  Diguct.     In  barren  rocky  soil. 

No  specimens  of  this  species  have  been  seen,  but  it  has  been 
thought  best  to  quote  the  above  partial  translation  of  M.  Patouil- 
lard's  very  full  description. 

4.  Battarrea  attenuata  Peck,  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  22:  208.    1895 

"  Exoperidium  unknown  :  endoperidium  2  in.  or  more  in  breadth, 
the  basal  part  hard,  thick,  even  and  concave  beneath,  convex 
above,  and  somewhat  coarsely  reticulated  by  the  bounding  walls 
of  broad  shallow  pits  :  stem  8  to  10  in.  long,  gradually  attenuated 
toward  the  base,  hard,  almost  woody,  solid,  rough  except  at  the 
top,  with  rather  coarse  spreading  or  rcflexed  scales,  brown  ex- 
ternally, rusty  brown  within  :  spores  globose,  ferruginous,  .0003 
in.  broad  :  threads  of  the  capillitium  destitute  of  spiral  thickenings. 

"  Plant  commonly  growing  in  tufts  of  3-5  individuals.  Dry 
sandy  soil.  Nevada.  Collected  by  C.  W.  Irish  ;  communicated 
by  Dr.  Thomas  Taylor." 


White:    Tvlostomaceae  of  North  America  441 

The  single  specimen  of  this  species  known  is  at  Albany  and  is 
inaccessible  at  the  present  time,  so  the  above  original  description 
has  been  quoted  verbatim. 

IV.  OUELETIA  Fries.  Ofversigt  Kongl.  Vetens.  Akad.  For- 
handlingar,  Stockholm,  \ji.  pi.  4.  1871 
This  genus  was  established  on  a  single  species,  and  as  yet  no 
others  are  known.  It  is  very  rare,  having  been  reported  from 
very  few  localities.  It  was  discovered  by  Dr.  L.  Quelet,  at 
Herimncourt,  France,  and  has  since  been  reported  from  the  en- 
virons of  Rouen  (Saint-Saens),  and  Pont  de  Sochaux,  France. 
It  has  been  found  only  once  in  the  United  States,  at  Trexlertown, 
Penn.,  by  Mr.  William  Herbst,  and  was  reported  by  Professsor  C. 
H.  Peck,  in  his  46th  report  of  the  State  Botanist.  He  is  of  the 
opinion  that  this  plant  was  introduced  into  this  country  in  some 
way  with  tan  bark,  on  which  it  usually  grows. 

I.   QuELETiA  MiRABiLis  Fries,  loc.  cit. 

Peridium  globose,  2.5-3.5  cm.  high,  3-4  cm.  in  diameter, 
fragile,  easily  separating  from  the  stem,  rupturing  irregularly,  of 
a  reddish-brown  color  :  collar  irregular,  of  the  same  substance  as 
the  peridium  :  stem  6.5-8  cm.  long,  1.5  cm.  wide  at  the  top,  2 
cm.  at  the  base,  fascicular,  reddish -brown,  within  and  without,  like 
the  peridium,  solid,  lacerate,  fibrillose,  particularly  at  the  base  : 
capillitium  very  abundant  and  interwoven,  forming  with  the  spores 
a  felt-like  mass,  reddish-brown,  single  threads  whitish-yellow, 
thick-walled,  hollow  as  shown  by  the  truncated  ends,  septa  rare 
or  wanting,  5-9  fi  wide,  branches  rather  short,  free  ends  rounded 
and  recurved :  spores  subglobose,  coarsely  warted,  4-6  p.  in 
diameter,  some  short-pediceled,  inner  portion  breaking  up  and 
issuing  from  the  thin-warted  coating  which  is  then  hyaline  and 
shrivelled.      (PI.  38,  f.  1-5.) 

Pennsylvania  :  Trexlertown,  Herbst.  On  spent  tan  bark. 
Summer,  after  rains,  forming  circles. 

V.  DICTYOCEPHALOS  Underwood,  gen.  nov. 

Plants  with  the  irregularly  rupturing  peridium  closely  attached 
to  the  solid  stem.  Volva  cup-like,  persistent  at  the  base  of  the 
stem.  Gleba  composed  of  a  mesh-like  irregular  tissue,  in  which 
the  capillitium  threads  are  embedded. 


442  White  :    Tvlostomaceae  of  North  America 

I.   Dictyocephalos  curvatus  Underwood,  sp.  nov. 
Outer  peridium  of  a  thick  woody  texture,  bearing  a  definite 
cup-like  volva  at  the  base  of  the  stem,  the  upper  portion  being 
carried  up  on  the  peridium,    and  either  faUing  off  or  remaining 
adherent  to  it :  inner  peridium  scleroderma-like,  rough,  dark  brown, 
scaly,   rather  flattened  sideways,   rupturing    irregularly,    3-6  cm. 
high,    5-8   cm.   in  diameter:  stem   25-40  cm.   long,    3-6  cm.  in 
diameter  at  the  summit,  1.5-4  cm.  in  diameter  at  the  base,  con- 
siderably flattened,  twisted,  solid,  dark  brown  within  and  without, 
sulcate,  the  outer  surface- very  uneven,  and  peeling  :  the  collar  in- 
distinct, formed  by  the  lower  portion  of  the  peridium  adhering  to 
the  top  of  the  stem  and  becoming  torn  as  the  stem  elongates  :  the 
top  of  the  stem  is  rounded  and  projects  into  the  peridium  forming 
a  pseudo-columella,  of  a  yellowish-brown  color,   lighter  than  the 
rest  of  plant,  marked  with  irregular,  reticulated  pits,  from  the  sides  of 
which  the  mesh-like  tissue  springs  which  forms  with  the  spore  mass 
the  main  part  of  the  gleba  :  capillitium  8-10  /i  wide,  mostly  embed- 
ded in  the  mesh-like  tissue,  bright  yellow,  cylindric,  septate,  not 
much   swollen   at  the   joints,  branched,   the   free   ends  rounded  : 
spores  subglobose,  warty,  5-7  />.  in  diameter.     (PI.  39,  40.) 

Colorado  :  Colorow,  BctJicl. 

Plants  with  a  strong  odor  which  in  the  dry  condition  much 
resembles  that  of  the  dried  bark  of  Ulnius  fiilva.  The  spores  of 
these  specimens  first  appeared  to  be  of  two  kinds — darker  warted, 
larger  ones,  and  smaller,  smooth,  light  colored  ones — but  it  was 
soon  seen  that  this  was  owing  to  the  outer  coat  having  been  eaten 
off  by  the  quantities  of  small  insects  by  which  these  plants  were 
infested. 

These  strange  plants  were  found  by  Mr.  E.  Bethel  at  Colorow, 
Col.,  in  the  month  of  August,  1897.  In  the  notes  sent  with  these 
specimens  to  Mr.  p:ilis,  Mr.  Bethel  says  :  "  These  plants  are  very 
odd-looking  in  their  native  haunts  ;  they  grow  on  a  soft  alkaline 
adobe  soil.  Some  of  them  had  lifted  themselves  entirely  out  of 
the  ground,  while  others  had  the  stalk  standing  in  about  one  inch 
of  soil.  They  presented  a  very  fantastic  appearance,  as  there  was 
little  or  no  other  vegetation  about.  *  *  *  Some  of  the  specimens 
were  very  much  bent,  approximating  a  semicircle,  others  were 
twisted  like  a  corkscrew,  with  the  portions  of  the  stalk  split  and 
bent  back.  I  think  the  chief  factor  in  lifting  the  plant  out  of  the 
ground  is  this  twisting  and  bending  back  of  the  portions  of  the 
stem  during  dessication." 


White  :    Tvlostomaceae  of  North  America  443 

Explanation  of  Plates 

In  most  cases  the  drawings  have  been  made  twice  natural  size  and  re(hiced  one 
half.  The  capillitium  and  spores  were  drawn  with  a  camera  lucida  under  double  the 
magnification  noted. 

Plate  31 

Fig.  I.    Tylostoma pedunailatum,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  2.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  '^1^- 

Fig.  3.   Spores,  X  S'O- 

Fig.  4,  5.    Tylostoma  albicans,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  6.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  lyo- 

Fig.  7.  Spores,  X  3  lo- 

Fig.  8.    Tylostoma  verrucosuni,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  9.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  ^1^- 

Fig.  10.   Spores,  X  31°- 

Fig.  II.    Tylostoma  iiiintitiim,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  12.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  i?^- 

Fig.  13.  Spores,  X  3io- 

Plate  32 

Fig.  I.  Tylostoma  gracile,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  2.  Spores  and  capillitium,  X  I70- 

Fig.  3.  Spores,  X310. 

Fig.  4.  Tylostoma  obesiiiii,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  5.  Spores  and  capillitium,  X  IJO- 

Fig.  6.  Spores,  X  3iO- 

Fig.  7.  Tylostoma  A'ansense,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  8.  Spores  and  capillitium,  X  ^7°- 

Fig.  9.  Spores,  X  3^°- 

Plate  33 
Fig.  I.    Tylostoma  exasperatiim,  nat.  size. 
Fig.  2.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  i?^- 
Fig.  3.  Spores,  X3io- 
Fig.  4.    Tylostoma fibrillosiim ,  nat.  size. 
Fig.  5.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  I70- 
Fig.  6.   Spores,  X3io- 
Fig.  7.    Tylostoma  tuberculatum,  nat.  size. 
Fig.  8.  Spores  and  capillitium,  X  I70- 
Fig.  9.  Spores,  X  3io- 
Fig.  10.    Tylostoma  campestrc,  nat.  size. 
Fig.  II.  Spores  and  capillitium,  X  170- 
Fig.  12.   Spores,  X  310- 

Plate  34  . 

Fig.  I.    Tylostoma puiictatum,  nat.  size. 
Fig.  2.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  I70- 
Fig.  3.   Spores,  X  3io- 
Fig.  4.    Tylostoma  poculatum,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  5.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  I70-  I 

Fig.  6.  Spores,  X  3io- 


444  White:    Tylostomaceae  of  North  America 

Fig.  7.    Tylostoma fimbrialum,  nat.  size. 
Fig.  8.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  ^70- 
Fig.  9.   Spores,  X  S'O- 
Fig.  10.    Tylostoma  subfiisctim,  nat.  size. 
Fig.  II.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  170- 
Fig.  12.  Spores,  X  31°- 

Plate  35 

Fig.  I.    Chlamydoptis  clavatus,  nat.  size. 

F"iG.  2.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  ^1^- 

Fig.  3.  Spores,  X3iO- 

Fig.  4.   Single  spores,  X  45°- 

Fig.  5.   Peridium  showing  lacerate  mouth,  and  enlarged  stem,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  6.   Section  through  peridium  and  stem. 

Pl.a.te  36 
Fig.  I.   Battarrea  laciniata,  y,  nat.  size. 
Fig.  2.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  ^T^- 
Fig.  3.  Spores,  X  3i°- 
Fig.  4.  Cells,  X  V-^- 
Fig.  5.   Cell  after  desiccation,  X  3 10. 
Fig.  6.   Peridium,  nat.  size,  showing  attachment  to  the  stem, 

Plate  37 

Fig.  I.  Battarrea  Griffithsii,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  2.  Specimen  showing  under  side  of  peridium,  volva  missing,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  3.  Peridium  showing  method  of  dehiscence,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  4.  Spores,  capillitium  and  cells,  X  ^TO- 

Fig.  5.  Spores,  X  3io- 

Fig.  6.   Cells,  X  3io- 

Pl.\te  38 

Fig.  I.    Qiieletia  mii-abilis,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  2.   Spores  and  capillitium,  X  ^70. 

Fig.  3.  Spores,  X  3io- 

Fig.  4.   Spores,  showing  breaking  up  of  inner  substance,  X  3iO- 

Fig.  5.   Section  through  the  peridium,  showing  detachment  of  stem,  nat.  size. 

Plate  39 

Fig.  I.  Dictyocephalos  curvatus,  ^  nat.  size. 

Fig.  2.   Lower  portion  of  stem,  and  double  volva,  ;4  nat.  size. 

Fig.  3.  Peridium,  ruptured  irregularly,  with  remnants  of  mesh-like  tissue,  ^  nat. 


size. 


Fig.  4.  Portion  of  tissue  with  spores  and  capillitium  embedded  in  it,  X  ^1^- 

Plate  40 

Fig.  5.  Dictyocephalos  cui-oatus,  i{  nat.  size. 

Fig.  6.  Spore,  X  465- 

Fig.  7.  Inner  portion  of  spore  issuing  from  outer  coat,  X  465- 

Fig.  8.  Empty,  hyaline  spore  coats,  X  465- 

Fig.  9.  Smooth  inner  spores  after  issuing  from  outer  coat,  X  465- 


Bull.  Torr.  Hot.  Club,  28. 


Pl.  31- 


V.  S.  \V.  Del. 


TYLO  STOMA 


THE    HELIOTYPE    PRINTING    CO..    BOSTON. 


Bill.  Torr.  Bot.  Cluh,  28. 


PL.  ^2. 


TYLOSTOMA 


V.  S.  W.  Dei. 


THE    HELIOTYPE    PRINTING    CO..    BOSTON. 


Bull.  Torr.  Rot.  Club,  28. 


Pl.  33. 


TYLOSTOMA 


V.  S.  W.  Del. 


THE    HELIOTYPE    PRINTING    CO.       BOSTON. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  28. 


PL.  34. 


V.  S.  W.  Del. 


TYLOSTOMA 


THE    HELIOTYPE    PRINTING    CO..    BOSTON. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Clur,  28. 


Pl-35- 


» 


V".  S.  W.  Del. 


CHLAMYDOPUS 


THE    HELIOTVPE    PRINTING    CO.,    BOSTON. 


BtLL.   ToKR.   BoT.   Cluk,   iS. 


PL.   36. 


V.  S.  W.  Del. 


B ATTAR RE A 


THE    HELIOTYPE    PRINTING    CO.,    BOSTON. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  28. 


Pl.  37- 


.<"«'»^iS 


.€% 


^ff^"""" 


.p-f^^^.^ii^'IK^,^ 


'>       \i 


^<-^Y- 


,  t*  I 


E       "fS 


\f 


I 


V.  S.   \V.  Del. 


BATTARREA 


THE    HELIOTYPE    PRINTING    CO.,    BOSTON. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Clud,  28. 


PL.  38. 


'«« 


% 


V,  S.  W.  Dei. 


QUELETIA 


THE    HELIOtYpe    printing    CO..    BOSTON. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  28. 


Pl.  39. 


% 


V.  S.  W.  De! 


DICTYOCEPHALOS 


THE    HELIOTYPc    FRJNTING    CO..    BOSTON. 


Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  28. 


1'l.  40. 


p^^1fi|l^    A^ 


V.   S.  W.  Del 


DICTYOCEPHALOS 


THE    MELIOTYPE    PRINTING    CO..     BOSTON. 


CONTRIBUTIONS   FROM   THE   NEW   YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  18 


SHRUBS  AND  TREES 

OF  THE 

SOUTHERN  STATES. 
I,  II,  III,  IV. 


BY  JOHN"  K.   SMALL 


NEW    YORK 
1901 


I 

Nl. 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club.] 


Shrubs  and  Trees  of  the  Southern  States.— I. 

Bv  John  K.  Small. 

TsuGA   Caroliniana  Engelm.  Coult.  Bot.  Gaz.  6 :  223.    1881. 

I  have  already  reported  this  rare  hemlock  from  Georgia*  and 
can  now  record  a  second  station,  at  Tallulah  Falls,  several  miles  be- 
low the  first  one.  At  the  second  station  the  trees  grow  in  a  more 
accessible  position  and  reach  a  better  development,  there  being 
plenty  of  soil.  The  station  is  towards  the  lower  end  of  the  caiion, 
on  the  south  side,  where  the  bank  slopes  at  an  angle  of  45°  or 
more,  and  about  1000  feet  above  the  river.  Owing  to  a  drenching 
rain  which  prevailed  during  my  stay  at  Tallulah  I  could  not  ascer- 
tain the  extent  of  this  grove. 

PiNus  PUNGENS  Michx.  f.  Hist.  Arb.  Am.  i:  61.//.  5.  1810. 
I  can  now  report  this  most  locally  distributed  of  our  mountain- 
inhabiting  pines  for  the  flora  of  Georgia,  having  encountered  it  in 
the  lower  part  of  the  caiion  at  Tallulah  Falls.  For  the  same  rea- 
son given  in  the  foregoing  paragraph,  I  am  unable  to  tell  the  size 
of  the  grove,  but  it  is  extensive  and  the  trees  are  larger  than  I 
have  seen  them  elsewhere  in  the  southern  mountains. 

Salix  Wardii  Bebb,  Gard.  &  For.  8:  363.     1895. 
At  the  Falls  of  the  Yadkin  river  in  North  Carolina  both  Salix 
nigra  and  Salix   Wardii  are  plentiful,  the  black  willow  growing 
along  the  water's  edge  on  the  south  side  of  the  river,  while  Salix 

*Bull.  Torn  Club,  22 :  45, 


62 

Wardii  occurs  on  the  opposite  shore  hardly  two  hundred  yards 
distant,  the  two  species  being  respectively  confined  to  the  north 
and  south  sides  of  the  river.  The  form  of  Salix  Wardii  occurring 
there  is  peculiar ;  the  bushes  are  smaller  than  any  heretofore  ob- 
served, diffusely  branched  and  the  branches  decumbent  or  almost 
prostrate,  spreading  radially  and  forming  large,  tangled  mats, 
seldom  rising  more  than  six  inches  above  the  ground. 

QuERCUS  NANA  (Marsh.)  Sarg.  Gard.  &  Forest,  8:  93.  1895. 
I  was  much  surprised  to  find  quantities  of  this  scrub  oak  on  the 
summit  of  King's  and  Crowder's  Mountains  near  the  southern 
boundary  of  North  Carolina  in  the  summer  of  1894.  The  locality 
is  within  several  miles  of  South  Carolina  and  about  one  hundred 
miles  cast  of  the  Blue  Ridge. 

QUERCUS  RUBRA  L.  Sp.  PI.  996.       1/5  3- 

The  existence  of  the  red  oak  in  Georgia  was  unknown  to  bot- 
anists before  1893.  In  that  year  I  discovered  a  few  trees  just 
south  of  the  North  Carolina  boundary,  on  the  summit  of  the 
Thomas  Bald,  at  an  altitude  of  5200  feet.  The  trees  were  stunted 
and  irregular,  as  is  characteristic  at  high  altitudes.  Last  year, 
however.  I  found  a  remarkable  development  of  the  species  in  the 
northwestern  corner  of  Georgia,  in  Catoosa  county.  The  species 
abounds  in  the  limestone  "bottoms;"  trees  three  feet  or  more  in 
diameter  are  not  uncommon,  their  trunks,  naked  often  for  seventy- 
five  feet  from  the  ground,  are  so  straight  that  it  is  impossible  to  tell 
which  way  they  will  fall  when  cut  off  at  the  base.  The  thick  bark 
is  more  or  less  mottled,  whence  the  local  name  "  Leopard  Oak." 

Celtis  MississiPPiENSis  Bosc,  Encycl.  Agric.  7:  577.  1822. 
Although  extending  over  most  of  the  western  part  of  Georgia, 
this  species  of  hackberry  reaches  its  greatest  development  in  the 
rich  limestone  "  bottoms  "  in  the  region  east  of  Lookout  Moun- 
tain. Gigantic  trunks,  three  or  four  feet  in  diameter,  are  very 
common,  and  are  covered  with  innumerable  corky  warts,  which 
range  from  one  to  two  or  even  three  inches  in  height. 

Darbyaumbellulata  A.Gray,  Am.  Journ.Sci.  (II.)  i  :  388.    1846. 
I  have  lately  discovered  a  new  station  for  this  rare  plant.     It 


63 

grows  in  limited  quantities  on  the  south  banks  of  the  Yellow  River, 
near  McGuire's  Mill,  Gwinnett  county,  Georgia.  I  found  it  in 
company  with  its  near  relative,  Comandra  lunbellata. 

Magnolia  tripetala  L.  Sp.  PI.  Ed.  2,  756.  1763. 
Another  species  new  to  the  flora  of  Georgia,  apparently  never 
found  so  far  southeast  of  the  Blue  Ridge.  I  first  encountered 
some  trees  at  the  northern  base  of  Stone  Mountain,  and  later  at 
several  localities  near  the  mountain.  The  trees  are  small  and 
slender,  and  the  species  does  not  thrive  as  it  does  farther  north. 

Crataegus  eluptica  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  2  :  168.  1787. 
On  several  occasions,  while  collecting  between  Tallulah  Falls 
and  Toccoa  Falls  and  in  the  Nacoochee  Valley  in  northern  Georgia 
I  have  observed  numerous  groves  of  Crataegus  elliptua  growing 
on  the  barren  slopes  of  low  hills,  usually  above  streams,  at  alti- 
tudes varying  from  icxx>-i500  feet.  After  several  seasons' 
study  of  this  form  in  the  field  I  can  see  no  reason  for  uniting  it 
with  Crataegus  flava  as  a  variety,  as  has  lately  been  done.*  Be- 
sides characters  in  the  habit,  the  leaves,  the  fruit  and  seeds,  which 
serve  to  separate  it  specifically  from  Crataegus  fiava,  I  find  an  ap- 
parent trustworthy  distinction  in  the  bark  of  the  trunk.  The 
bark  of  Crataegus  flava  is  black  and  in  high  narrow  ridges,  while 
that  of  Crataegus  elliptica  is  a  light  brown  and  in  thin  broad  scales. 

Crataegus  rotundifolia  (Ehrh.)  Borck.  in  Roem.  Arch  i :  Ft.  3, 

87.  1798. 
This  species  of  Crataegus  is  very  common  in  the  southern  Al- 
leghanies  and  extends  southward  almost  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
In  1895  I  found  it  throughout  the  southern  part  of  Georgia,  where 
its  favorite  situation  is  the  low  ridges  in  the  pine  barrens,  where 
the  different  species  of  hardwoods  abound. 

Cliftonia  monophylla  (Lam.)  Britton,  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  16:  310. 

1889. 
This  curious  and  local  plant  forms  remarkably  dense  thickets 
in  the  swamps  and  districts  bordering  streams  in  the  vicinity  of 
the    Altamaha  river,  especially  north   of  Jesup,  Georgia.      The 

*  Silva  of  N.  A.  4  :   1 14. 


64 

stems  there  range  from  one-half  of  an  inch  to  one  foot  in  diame- 
ter, and  the  thickets  they  form  remind  one  of  those  made  by  the 
growth  of  Kalinia  latifolia  and  Rhododendron  niaxUnum  on  the 
higher  mountains  of  North  Carolina. 

Acer  leucoderme  Small,  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  22:  367.     1895. 

When  first  described  this  species  was  thought  to  be  confined 
to  the  middle  country  <ii  the  Southern  States,  but  my  extensive 
journeys  in  Georgia  last  season  brought  to  light  two  new  stations 
in  the  foothills  of  the  Blue  Ridge  and  the  AUeghanies ;  one  is  the 
deep  caiion  just  below  the  precipice  of  Toccoa  Falls,  the  other  a 
shallow  cation  along  the  Little  Chickamauga  creek  near  Ringgold. 
Both  stations  are  similar  to  the  original,  and  at  both  the  tree  holds 
all  its  characters. 

Acer  Floridanum  (Chapm.)  Pax,  Engler's  Bot.  Jahrb.  7:   243' 

1886. 
This  characteristic  maple  is  apparently  very  common  in  the 
river  swamps  of  the  Flint  River  in  southwestern  Georgia  Last 
summer  I  encountered  a  remarkable  growth  just  below  Albany. 
It  probably  follows  the  river  to  its  mouth,  for  I  again  met  it  in  the 
vicinity  of  Bainbridge.  The  trees  are  conspicuous  on  account  of 
their  close  white  bark  and  very  dark  foliage.  Although  said  to  be  a 
small  tree  1  measured  many  trunks  that  were  three  feet  in  diam- 
eter. 

Vaccinium  hirsutum  Buckl.  Am.  Journ.  Sci.  45  :  175.  1844. 
In  April,  1893,1  discovered  this  local  and  little-known  huckle- 
berry on  the  southern  cliffs  of  the  caiion  at  Tallulah  Falls,  Georgia. 
This  apparently  is  the  first  collection  since  the  original  discovery 
by  Buckley  in  Cherokee  County,  North  Carolina.  In  1894  Prof. 
A.  Ruth  found  the  shrub  on  the  Cade's  Cove  Mountains  in  eastern 
Tennessee,  thus  adding  the  third  station  and  the  third  State  in 
which  the  species  is  known  to  exist. 


Shrubs  and  Trees  of  the  Southern  States.— II. 

By  John  K.  Small. 
I.  New  and  Noteworthy  Species. 

TsuGA  Caroliniana  Engelm.  Coult.  Bot.  Gaz.  6:  223.  1881. 
Last  fall  I  received  specimens  of  this  very  ornamental  hemlock 
from  two  new  localities  in  North  Carolina.  Mr.  A.  M.  Huger 
found  groves  of  it  at  Banner's  Elk,  Watauga  County,  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  1 300  meters  and  in  the  Linville  Gorge,  Burke  County,  at 
about  575  meters  above  sea-level,  the  latter  station,  together  with 
that  at  Tallulah  Falls,  Georgia,  and  the  New  River,  Virginia,  rep- 
resenting the  lowest  altitudes  at  which  the  species  has  been  found. 

HicoRiA  GLABRA  (Mill.)  Brittou,  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  15  :  284.     1888. 

Among  the  many  unique  things  that  Stone  Mountain  affords 
are  some  dwarf  hickory  trees,  usually  less  than  two  meters  in 
height,  bearing  quite  an  abundance  of  fruit. 


438 

QuERCus  MINIMA  (Sarg.) 

Qiiercus  virens  var.  dentata  Chapm.  Fl.  S.  States,  421.  i860. 
'^oX.  Q.  dentata  V)Z.xXx .     1794. 

Querais  Virgi>iianav2L.r.  ininhna  Sarg.  Silva  N.  A.     :  loi.     1895. 

A  low  shrub  forming  wide  patches  by  the  extensive  spreading 
of  the  underground  stems.  Branches  erect  or  ascending,  less  than 
I  meter  tall,  solitary  or  several  together,  simple,  or  branched 
above;  leaves  firm,  obovate  or  sometimes  oblong  to  oblanceolate, 
3-10  cm.  long,  acute  or  apiculate  at  the  apex,  repand-serrate,  or 
the  upper  ones  sometimes  entire,  those  of  the  shoots  often  lobed, 
all  glabrous  or  finely  tomentose  beneath,  gradually  or  abruptly 
narrowed  into  short  petioles  which  vary  from  2-5  mm.  in  length ; 
staminate  aments  very  slender,  1-4  cm.  long,  tomentose  ;  acorns 
solitary  or  several  at  the  ends  of  peduncles  which  vary  from  I-3 
cm.  in  length,  or  sometimes  sessile;  cups  turbinate  hemispheric, 
about  1.5  cm.  broad,  white-tomentose,  the  bracts  appressed,  thick- 
ened on  the  back,  except  near  its  edge  where  they  form  a  fringe ; 
nuts  ovoid  or  elliptic,  1.5-1.8  cm.  long,  dark  brown,  glabrous. 

Sandy  sterile  pine  barrens,  Florida,  chiefly  near  the  coast. 
Flowers  in  March  and  April ;  matures  its  fruit  in  the  fall. 

This  peculiar  oak  cannot  pose  as  a  variety  of  Quercus  Virgini- 
ana  under  any  reasonable  considerations.  It  may  be  of  interest 
to  note  that  it  bears  much  the  same  relation  to  Querais  Virginiana 
as  Castanea  nana  does  to  Castanea  pnmila  or  Castanea  dentata. 
The  habit  of  Quercus  minima,  with  its  underground  stems,  and 
low  erect  branches  which  are  usually  much  less  than  one  meter  in 
height,  is  enough  to  separate  it  specifically  from  the  gigantic  forest 
tree  Quercus  Virginiana.  In  addition  to  the  differences  in  habit 
just  mentioned,  the  leaf  types  are  characteristic  and  the  nerves  in 
the  leaves  of  Quercus  minima  are  much  more  prominent  than  they 
are  in  the  live  oak.  The  cups  seem  to  furnish  a  diagnostic  char- 
acter, those  of  the  Quercus  minima  being  of  a  turbinate  type,  while 
those  of  Quercus  Virginiana  are  hemispheric. 

Quercus  geminata  n.  sp. 

A  shrub  or  small  tree,  2-5  meters  tall,  with  a  maximum  trunk 
diameter  of  about  15  cm.  Leaves  narrowly  oblong,  elliptic,  or  ob- 
long-oblanceolate,  3-6  cm.  long,  entire,  obtuse  or  apiculate, 
strongly  revolute,  mostly  gradually  narrowed  at  the  base,  glab- 
rous and  parchment-like  above,  finely  tomentose  and  conspicu- 
ously rugose  by  the  prominent  nerves  beneath  ;  petioles  2-6  mm. 


439 

long;  flowers  not  seen  ;  acorns  usually  2  at  the  end  of  a  pedun- 
cle, which  varies  from  I-4  cm.  in  length  ;  cups  turbinate,  i  cm. 
broad,  tomentose,  the  bracts  appressed,  slightly  thickened  near 
the  base  of  the  cup,  fringed  at  the  edge  ;  nuts  ovoid  or  narrowly 
oval,  1-1.7  cm.  long,  twice  or  thrice  as  long  as  the  cups. 

Sandy  soil,  chiefly  in  the  scrub,  Florida.  Flowers  in  spring 
and  matures  its  fruit  in  the  fall. 

Mr.  Nash,  who  collected  and  observed  this  plant  during  the 
seasons  of  1894  and  1895,  assures  me  that  it  is  perfectly  distinct 
from  its  relatives.  This  is  doubtless  a  fact,  and  both  the  foliage 
and  fruit  furnish  excellent  characters.  The  very  prominently  ru- 
gose lower  leaf-surfaces  and  the  strongly  revolute  leaf-margins  have 
no  parallel  in  Qtierais  Virginiana.  The  acorns  are  always  borne  in 
pairs  at  the  ends  of  short  stout  peduncles ;  the  turbinate  cups 
with  their  constricted  bases  are  diagnostic. 

Celtis  Georgiana  n.  sp. 

A  diffuse  shrub  with  slender  often  2- ranked  branches,  the  leafy 
twigs  more  or  less  pubescent.  Leaves  ovate,  2-5  cm.  long,  aver- 
aging 2.5  cm.  in  length,  or  those  on  vigorous  shoots  sometimes 
6  cm.  long,  acute,  entire  or  sharply  serrate  above  the  middle,  in- 
equilateral, rounded  or  truncate  at  the  oblique  base,  dark  green, 
scabrous  and  occasionally  sparingly  pubescent  above,  paler  and 
glabrous  beneath,  except  for  a  few  hairs  on  the  nerves;  petioles 
1.5-4  nim.  long,  pubescent;  pedicels  usually  slightly  curved,  1.5- 
4  mm.  long,  pubescent;  drupes  subglobose,  sometimes  broader 
than  long,  6-7  mm.  in  diameter,  tan-color,  smooth  and  glabrous, 
or  sometimes  glaucous  ;  seeds  obovoid-globose. 

Along  or  near  streams,  north-central  Georgia.  Flowers  in  the 
spring ;  matures  its  fruit  in  September. 

Collected  by  the  writer,  first  in  the  Yellow  River  Valley,  near 
McGuire's  Mill,  Gwinnette  County,  in  1893,  and  in  succeeding 
years  at  many  points  about  Stone  Mountain  and  the  contiguous 
region. 

A  low  species  related  to  Celtis  puinila,  from  which  it  may  be 
distinguished  by  its  smaller  merely  acute  leaves,  the  very  short 
pedicels  and  the  smaller  tan-colored  drupes. 

Celtis  Helleri  n.  sp. 

A  much  branched,  wide  spreading  tree,  sometimes  lo  meters 
tall  with  a  maximum  trunk  diameter  of  1. 5  meters.     Bark  of  the 


440 

trunk  and  main  branches  with  numerous  corky  warts ;  leaves 
rather  firm,  the  blades  ovate  to  oblong,  4-7  cm.  long,  obtuse  or 
acute,  crenate-serrate,  especially  above  the  middle,  rounded  or 
subcordate  at  the  base,  deep-green  and  scabrous-pubescent  above, 
pale  and  tomentose  beneath,  slightly  inequilateral,  oblique  at  the 
base  ;  petioles  stout,  3-4  mm.  long,  tomentose  ;  pedicels  sparingly 
pubescent,  curved,  1-1.5  cm.  long;  drupe  subglobose,  7-9  mm.  in 
diameter,  light-brown,  translucent,  smooth  and  shining ;  seeds 
globose,  strongly  4-ribbed,  prominently  reticulated. 

In  dry  ground  near  San  Antonio,  Texas. 

A  rather  low  tree  with  a  short  stout  trunk  varying  from  .5-1.5 
meters  in  diameter,  and  a  wide  spreading  top.  The  branches  are 
numerous  and  bulky.  The  original  specimens  were  gathered  by 
Mr.  Heller  from  trees  growing  in  a  strip  of  woodland  between 
the  city  of  San  Antonio  and  the  San  Antonio  River,  Texas,  no. 
1587. 

ToxYLON  POMIFERUM  Raf.  Am.  Month.  Mag.  2:  118.  1817. 
Years  ago  the  osage  orange  was  planted  on  Paris  Mountain, 
South  Carolina,  for  hedges  and  for  ornamental  purposes.  For 
many  years  the  settlements  have  been  neglected  and  deserted  and 
the  tree  has  spread  and  established  itself  in  an  astonishing  manner, 
now  appearing  as  if  indigenous. 

Albizzia  Julibrissin  Durazz.  Mag.  Tosc.  3:  11.  1772. 
Although  not  indigenous,  this  tree  now  appears  as  if  it  were 
native  in  the  southern  states.  It  grows  along  roadsides  and  here 
and  there  through  the  pine  woods  much  as  the  honey  locust  {Gled- 
itsia  triacanthos)  does  in  many  localities.  It  ranges  from  North 
Carolina  to  Georgia,  Florida  and  Alabama,  where  Prof.  Underwood 
collected  specimens  during  the  past  summer.  It  is  quite  abundant 
in  southern  Georgia. 

Amorpha  virgata  Small,  Bull.  Torn  Club,  21  :  17.  //.  17 J-  1894, 
In  the  spring  of  1896  Dr.  Charles  Mohr  sent  me  a  specimen  of 
Amorpha  virgata  from  the  mountains  of  Madison  county,  Alabama, 
thus  extending  the  known  geographic  range  of  the  species  from 
Stone  Mountain,  Georgia,  to  northern  Alabama.  Dr.  Mohr  gives 
the  altitude  of  this  locality  as  350  meters.  While  collecting  at 
different  points  along  the  eastern  section  of  the  Blue  Ridge  dur- 


441 

ing  the  summer  of  1896,  I  was  surprised  to  find  the  species  both 
on  the  slopes  and  summit  of  Paris  Mountain  near  Greenville,  and 
on  the  slopes  of  Table  Mountain.  At  the  former  locality  it  oc- 
curred at  an  altitude  of  about  500  metres,  and  on  Table  Mountain 
it  ranged  from  800-900  meters.     Its  characters  hold  perfectly. 

LoNiCERA  FLAVA  Sims.  Bot.  Mag.,//.  1318.      1 8 10. 

About  two  years  ago  I  recorded*  several  new  localities  for  this 
handsome  honeysuckle.  Further  exploration  of  the  southern  end 
of  the  Blue  Ridge  has  revealed  additional  stations.  In  the  sum- 
mer of  1894  I  found  some  bushes  on  the  upper  slopes  of  Currahee 
Mountain,  an  isolated  peak  nearToccoa,  Georgia,  and  a  little  later 
noticed  several  bushes  on  Stone  Mountain.  During  the  past  sum- 
mer I  collected  it  on  Paris  Mountain,  South  Carolina,  the  original 
locality,  where  it  grows  at  several  points  along  the  rocky  summit, 
and  later  discovered  a  new  station  on  the  precipitous  cliffs  of  Table 
Mountain,  in  the  same  state.  At  the  latter  place  the  shrubs  were 
more  robust  and  vigorous  than  at  any  of  the  other  stations. 

The  finest  flowering  specimens  I  have  ever  seen  were  sent  me 
by  Mr.  A.  M.  Huger,  who  secured  them  on  Tyron  Mountain,  Polk 
County,  North  Carolina,  last  spring.  Mr.  Huger's  discovery  ex- 
tends the  range  of  the  species  into  another  state,  but  although  we 
now  have  specimens  showing  the  species  to  range  from  North 
Carolina  to  Georgia,  it  is  not  common  at  any  of  the  localities,  a 
few  bushes  only  existing  at  the  different  places, 

II.  The  Genus  Gaylussacia  in  the  Southern  States. 

During  several  seasons  I  have  had  ample  opportunity  to  study 
this  imperfectly  understood  group  in  the  field  and  have  made  ob- 
servations on  all  except  one  of  the  species  recognized  in  the  ap- 
pended revision.  As  far  as  I  can  see,  the  forms  hitherto  con- 
sidered as  varieties  of  other  species  are  abundantly  distinct  and 
should  be  treated  as  species.  Mr.  Nash  came  to  the  same  con- 
clusion during  his  field-work  in  Florida.  The  diagnostic  char- 
acters are  brought  out  in  the  following  key  and  descriptions. 

*  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  21 :  305. 


I. 

G. 

.  dumosa. 

2. 

G. 

hirtella. 

3- 

G. 

nana. 

4- 

G. 

tomentosa 

5- 

G. 

frondosa. 

6. 

G. 

ursina. 

7. 

G. 

resinosa. 

442 

Corolla  campanulate  or  globose  campanulate ;  leaves  destitute  of  sticky  resin 
Stems  horizontal,  underground,  the  branches  erect. 
Pubescence  consisting  of  gland-tipped  hairs. 
Twigs  and  racemes  pilose. 
Twigs  and  racemes  bristly-hispid. 
Pubescence  consisting  of  simple  non-glandular  hairs. 
Leaves  glaucous,  glabrous  or  nearly  so. 
Leaves  densely  tomentose,  especially  beneath. 
Stems  erect,  the  branches  spreading. 

Leaves  leathery,  obtuse  or  retuse  ;  drupe  glaucous. 
Leaves  thin,  acuminate  and  apiculate ;  drupe  black. 
Corolla  conic;  leaves  sticky  with  a  resinous  secretion. 

I.  Gaylussacia  dumosa  (Andr.)  T.  &  G. 

Vaccinhnn  diimosum  Andr.  Bot,  Rep.  8:    ii2.     1794. 
Gaylussacia  dumosa  T.  &  G.;  A.  Gray,  Man.  259.     1848. 

A  low  shrub,  1-5  dm.  tall,  with  underground  stems  and  erect 
solitary  or  tufted  branches ;  the  twigs,  leaves  and  inflorescence 
glandular-pilose.  Leaves  leathery,  the  blades  oval,  obovate  or  ob- 
lanceolate,  rarely  linear-oblanceolate,  2-4  cm.  long,  apiculate  at 
the  apex,  ciliate,  short-petioled,  deep  green  above,  paler  beneath  ; 
calyx  glandular,  about  5  mm.  broad,  the  segments  triangular  or 
triangular  ovate,  acute,  about  as  long  as  the  tube  ;  corolla  cam- 
panulate, 5-6  mm.  long,  white  or  pink,  wax-like,  the  segments 
broadly  ovate,  more  or  less  recurved  and  revolute;  filaments  short, 
pubescent ;  anthers  longer  than  the  filaments,  prolonged  into  fili- 
form tubes  ;  drupe  globose,  black,  6-8  mm.  in  diameter,  commonly 
somewhat  pubescent. 

In  sandy  soil,  Newfoundland  and  along  the  coast  to  New 
York,  south  to  eastern  Pennsylvania,  North  Carolina,  Florida  and 
Louisiana.     Spring  ;  matures  its  fruit  in  the  summer. 

2.  Gaylussacia  hirtella  (Ait.)  Klotzsch. 

Vaccinmm  hirtellinn  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  Ed.  2.  2:  357.      181 1. 

Gaylussacia  hirtella  Klotzsch,  Linnaea,  14:  48.      1840. 

Gaylussacia  dumosa  var.  hirtella  A.  Gray,  Man.  259.      1848. 

A  shrub,  with  underground  stems,  the  branches,  twigs  and  in- 
florescence bristly-hispid,  the  tips  of  the  hairs  with  minute  glands  ; 
leaves  firm,  the  blades  oblanceolate-spatulate  or  elliptic,  3-6  cm. 
long,  apiculate,  glandular-ciliate  sparingly  hispid  above,  short- 
petioled  ;  racemes  many-flowered ;  calyx  hispid,  6  mm.  broad,  the 
segments  triangular,  rather  acuminate,  about  as  long  as  the  tube; 
corolla  broadly  campanulate,  7-8  mm.  long,  the  segments  broader 
than  long,  the  tips  recurved,  the  edges  revolute ;  filaments  short, 


443 

pubescent ;  anthers  longer  than  the  filaments,  prolonged  into  fili- 
form tubes;   drupe  not  seen. 

In  sand,  Florida  to  Louisiana.  Spring;  fruit  ripe  in  the 
summer. 

Certainly  distinct  from  Gaylussacia  diimosa,  from  which  it  dif- 
fers in  habit,  size  and  leaf  characters.  The  pubescence  is  always 
diagnostic,  the  corolla  is  larger  and  much  thinner  than  that  of  G. 
dumosa,  while  the  calyx- segments  are  longer  and  usually  acumi- 
nate. 

3.  Gaylussacia  nana  (A.  Gray). 
Gaylussacia  frotidosa  var.  fiana  A.  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  N.  A.  Ed.  2. 

2:  Ft.  I,  396.     1886. 

A  low  glaucous  shrub  I-4  dm.  tall,  spreading  by  underground 
stems.  Leaves  leathery,  the  blades  elliptic,  obovate  or  nearly 
spatulate,  2-3  cm.  long,  obtuse  or  minutely  apiculate  at  the  apex, 
glaucous  on  both  sides,  becoming  bright  green  above,  prominently 
rugose  and  sprinkled  with  amber-colored  resin  beneath,  short- 
petioled  ;  racemes  few-flowered  ;  pedicels  slender,  puberulent  when 
young;  calyx  glabrous,  3  mm.  broad,  the  segments  triangular, 
acute,  about  as  long  as  the  tube;  corolla  globose-campanulate, 
3  mm.  long,  the  segments  ovate,  acutish,  longer  than  broad;  fila- 
ments short,  glabrous ;  anthers  longer  than  the  filaments,  pro- 
longed into  slender  tubes ;  drupes  subglobose,  6-7  mm.  in 
diameter,  rather  dry,  glaucous. 

In  sandy  pine  barrens,  Georgia  to  Florida  and  Alabama. 
March  to  April;  matures  its  fruit  in  the  summer. 

Easily  distinguished  from  Gaylussacia  frondosa,  with  which  it 
has  been  associated,  by  its  very  glaucous  foliage  and  strongly 
rugose  and  much  smaller  leaves,  besides  its  peculiar  underground 
stems. 

4.  Gaylussacia  tomentosa  Pursh. 
Gaylussacia  frondosa  \2x.  tomentosa  A.  Gray.  Syn.  Fl.  N.  A.  2  : 

Ft.  I,  19.     1878. 

Gaylussacia  tomentosa  Pursh ;  A.  Gray.  Syn.  Fl.  N.  A.  2  :  Pt. 
1,19.     As  synonym.     1878. 

A  low  shrub,  spreading  by  underground  stems,  the  foliage 
ton  entose  with  brownish  hairs.  Leaves  leathery,  the  blades 
oblong  or  elliptic,  often  slightly  broadest  above  the  middle,  2.5-7 
cm.  long,  obtuse  and  apiculate  at  the  apex  or  sometimes  notched, 
brow  n-tomentose  on  both  sides,  densely  so  beneath,  short-petioled; 


444 

racemes  few-flowered  ;  pedicels  1-1.5  cm.  long,  much  longer  than 
the  bracts ;  calyx  glabrous,  about  3.5  mm.  broad,  the  segments 
ovate,  acute,  about  as  long  as  the  tube;  corolla  campanulate,  3.5 
mm,  long,  the  segments  ovate,  obtuse,  about  as  long  as  broad,  the 
tips  recurved,  the  edges  revolute;  filaments  dilated,  glabrous; 
anthers  longer  than  the  filaments,  prolonged  into  slender  tubes; 
drupes  depressed-globose,  8-9  mm.  in  diameter,  glaucous. 

In  sandy  soil,  Georgia  and  Florida.  Spring  ;  matures  its  fruit 
in  the  summer. 

Like  the  preceding  species,  Gaylussacia  tomentosa  has  under- 
ground stems,  but  it  differs  from  it  in  the  brown-tomentose  foliage, 
more  robust  habit,  larger  leaves  and  different  leaf-form.  The  fruit 
of  G.  tomentosa  is  larger  and  much  more  fleshy  than  that  of  G.  nana. 

5.  Gaylussacia  frondosa  (L.)  T.  &  G. 

Vacciniiim  frondosiim  L.  Sp.  PI.  351.     1753- 

Gaylussacia  frondosa  T.  &  G. ;  Torr.  Fl.  N.  Y.,  i  :  449.     1843. 

An  irregularly  branched  shrub  1-2  meters  tall,  with  puberulent 
twigs  and  young  leaves.  Leaves  firm,  the  blades  oblong-oblan- 
ceolate,  ovate,  oval  or  obovate,  obtuse  or  notched  at  the  apex, 
delicately  revolute,  short-petioled,  bright  green  and  glabrate  above, 
glaucous  and  sprinkled  with  minute  golden  globules  of  resin  be- 
neath ;  racemes  loose;  pedicels  long  and  slender;  calyx  gla- 
brous, 3-4  cm.  broad,  the  segments  triangular,  acute  or  acutish, 
about  as  long  as  the  tube  ;  corolla  globose-campanulate,  about  4 
mm.  long,  green  to  purplish,  the  segments  triangular,  broa.der 
than  long,  recurved  and  revolute  ;  filaments  dilated,  glabrous  ;  an- 
thers longer  than  the  filaments,  prolonged  into  slender  tubes; 
drupe  globose,  8-10  mm.  m  diameter,  with  a  pale  bloom. 

In  sandy  soil.  New  Hampshire,  south  to  Florida,  Kentucky 
and  Louisiana.     Spring ;  matures  its  fruit  in  the  summer. 

6.  Gaylussacia  ursina  (M.  A.  Curtis)  T.  &  G. 

Vaccinium  ursinum  M.  A.  Curtis,  Am.  Journ.  Sci.  44  :  82.    1843. 

Gayhissacia  ursina  T.  &  G. ;  A.  Gray,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  (II.) 
3:  49.     1846. 

A  straggling  branching  shrub,  6-1 5  dm.  tall,  with  sparingly 
pubescent  twigs  and  young  foliage.  Leaves  thin,  the  blades  ob- 
long, elliptic  or  oblanceolate,  usually  rhomboidal,  4-iOcm.  long, 
usually  short-acuminate;  apiculate,  ciliate,  deep  green  above,  paler 
beneath,  pubescent  on  the  nerves  on  both  sides,  obtuse  or  rounded 
at  the  base,  short-petioled  ;  flowers  few,  in  lateral  somewhat  droop- 
ing racemes  ;  calyx  with  numerous  golden  glands,  about  3  mm. 


445 

broad,  its  5  segments  very  low,  obtuse,  several  times  shorter  than 
the  tube  ;  corolla  globose-campanulate,  greenish-white  or  tawny- 
red,  about  4-5  mm.  long,  its  segments  triangular,  acutish,  recurved, 
revolute ;  filaments  dilated,  pubescent,  incurved  at  the  apex,  longer 
than  the  anthers  which  have  short  tubes  at  the  apex ;  drupe  glo- 
bose, 10-12  mm.  in  diameter,  black,  shining,  sweet. 

In  deep  forests  on  the  mountains.  North  Carolina  to  northern 
Georgia.     Spring  ;  matures  its  fruit  in  the  late  summer, 

7.  Gaylussacia  resinosa  (Ait.)  T.  &  G. 

Vacciniiim  rcsinosiun  Ait.  Hort.  Kevv.  2:   12.      1789- 

Gaylussacia  resinosa  T.  &  G.;  Torr.  Fl.  N.  Y.  i :  449.      1843. 

A  rigid  branching  shrub  3-12  dm.  tall,  its  twigs  and  foliage 
more  or  less  pubescent  and  sticky  with  a  resinous  secretion  when 
young,  leaves  firm,  the  blades  elliptic,  oval  or  oblong,  sometimes 
broadest  above  the  middle,  firm,  obtuse  or  apiculate,  entire,  cilio- 
late,  short  petioled  ;  flowers  in  lateral  drooping  racemes  ;  pedi- 
cels 2-8  mm.  long,  usually  with  two  narrow  bracts;  calyx  about 
2  mm.  broad,  its  5  segments  ovate,  obtuse,  about  as  long  as  the 
tube  ;  corolla  obconic,  red  or  reddish-green,  5-6  mm.  long,  more 
or  less  constricted  near  the  apex,  the  segments  ovate,  spreading  or 
recurved,  revolute,  obtuse ;  filaments  winged,  pubescent,  shorter 
than  the  anthers,  each  cavity  of  which  is  prolonged  into  a  tube ; 
drupes  globose,  6-10  mm.  in  diameter,  black  or  rarely  white, 
sweet. 

In  rocky  woods  and  hillsides,  Newfoundland  to  the  Saskatche- 
wan, south  to  Georgia.     Spring;  matures  its  fruit  in  the  summer. 


Shrubs  and  Trees  of  the  Southern  States.— III. 

By  John  K.  Small 
1.    HITHERTO  UNDESCRIBED  SPECIES 

Prunus  Cuthbertii 

A  tree  6  m.  tall  and  sometimes  1.5  dm.  in  diameter  near  the 
base,  with  tomentose  twigs.  Leaf-blades  leathery,  normally  obovate, 
varying  to  oval  or  fiddle-shaped,  4-9  cm.  long,  blunt  or  notched 
at  the  apex,  shallowy  serrate,  not  markedly  biglandular  at  the 
often  cuneate  base,  dull  green  above,  pale  or  glaucescent  beneath, 
the  midrib  and  petioles  copiously  tomentose  and  the  lateral  veins 
slightly  so  :  racemes  5-8  cm.  long,  terminating  short  leafy 
branches,  the  rachis  and  pedicels  pubescent  like  the  twigs  :  pedicels 
clavate,  3—5  mm.  long  during  anthesis,  becoming  8— ii  mm. 
long  :  sepals  broader  than  long,  obtuse,  shorter  than  the  hypan- 
thium  :  petals  suborbicular,  about  2  mm.  in  diameter,  crisped  : 
drupes  subglobose,  mostly  8-9  mm.  in  diameter,  red. 

In  rich  woods,  near  Augusta,  Georgia. 

A  relative  of  Priimis  scrotina  differing  in  the  decidedly  obovate 
blunt  leaf-blades  and  the  tomentose  glandless  petioles  and  tomen- 
tose veins  of  the  blades  and  the  similarly  pubescent  racemes.  The 
flowers  are  smaller  and  the  very  blunt  sepals  are  much  broader 
than  the  acute  sepals  of  P.  serotina.  The  fruit  also  furnishes  a 
character  in  its  decidedly  red  color.  The  original  specimens  were 
collected  by  Mr.  A.  Cuthbert  in  the  vicinity  of  Augusta,  Georgia, 
on  July  17,  1898,  and  June  2,  1899.  Type  in  the  herbarium  of 
the  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 

Leucothoe  platyphylla 

A  straggling  shrub  0.5—1  m.  tall,  with  spreading  and  drooping 
branches.  Twigs  and  branches  finely  pubescent  :  leaf-blades  sub- 
orbicular  to  oval,  broadly  oblong  or  oblong-ovate,  5—8  cm.  long, 
abruptly  pointed  or  slightly  acuminate,  serrate  with  •  very  fine 
spinulose  teeth,  especially  above  the  middle  :  petioles  stout,  4—8 
mm.  long,  pubescent  :  racemes  2—5  cm.  long,  the  rachis  pubes- 
cent like  the  twigs  :  pedicels  3—5  mm.  long  :  calyx  glabrous  ; 
longer  sepals  orbicular-ovate  :  corolla  white,  6—8  mm.  long  :  cap- 
sule 5.5  mm.  broad,  4  mm.  high. 

290 


291  Small  :  Shrubs  and  Trees 

In  low  thickets,  Georgia  to  Alabama.     Spring. 

Leucothoe  platypliylla  differs  from  L.  axillaris  in  its  broader 
leaf-blades,  orbicular  larger  sepals,  smaller  corollas  and  larger  cap- 
sules. 

The  specimens  on  which  the  species  is  founded  were  collected 
by  the  writer  near  the  Ochlockonee  River  about  Thomasville, 
Georgia,  in  May  and  June,  1895.  Type  in  the  herbarium  of  Co- 
lumbia University. 

Hypericum  splendens 

An  erect  much  branched  shrub  0.5-1.5  meters  tall,  with  2- 
edged  glaucous  twigs.  Leaves  firm,  numerous  ;  blades  oblong, 
1.5-2.5  cm.  long,  obtuse  or  rounded  at  the  apex,  slightly  revolute, 
glaucous,  especially  beneath,  narrowed  at  the  sessile  base  :  buds 
conic  :  flowers  very  showy,  several  or  many  in  terminal  or  axillary 
cymes  :  sepals  unequal,  oblong,  firm,  apiculate,  the  outer  about  8 
mm.  long,  the  inner  5  mm.  long:  corollas  3.5-4  cm.  broad: 
petals  golden,  cuneate,  oblique,  1.5-2  cm.  long:  stamens  very 
numerous,  orange-colored:  styles  3,  slender:  capsules  often 
crowded,  conic,  1.5  cm.  high,  acuminate  at  the  apex,  partially  3- 
celled,  about  thrice  as  long  as  the  sepals  with  3  narrow  wings  and 
6  obtuse  angles:  seeds  cylindric,  1.3  mm.  long,  longitudinally 
ribbed  and  transversely  wrinkled,  resembling  ears  of  corn. 

On  granite  slopes.  Stone  Mountain,  Georgia.     Summer. 

This  is  perhaps  the  most  showy  North  American  Hypericum 
and  is  related  to  H.  ajirewn  from  which  it  differs  in  the  smaller 
firmer  leaves,  the  more  distinctly  pedicelled  flowers  and  the  conic 
buds. 

The  original  specimens  were  collected  by  the  writer  on  Stone 
Mountain,  Georgia,  in  July  and  August,  1893,  and  August  6, 
1895.     Type  in  the  herbarium  of  Columbia  University. 

2.  THE  GENUS  PTELEA  IN  THE  SOUTHEASTERN  UNITED  STATES 

PTELEA  L. 
The  genus  Pteka  differs  from  Helictta,  its  only  close  relative  in 
North  America,  in  its  pubescent  filaments,  and  in  the  fruit  which 
is  winged  all  around  and  does  not  separate  into  distinct  carpels. 

Key  to  the  Species 

Parts  of  the  flower  usually  in  5's  :  leaflets  relatively  small. 

Filaments  slightly  pubescent  at  the  middle  :  petals  glabrouj  within  :   Floridian. 

I.    y.  Baldwinii. 


OF  THE  Southern  States  292 

Filaments  pubescent  throughout :  petals  pubescent  within  :  Texano-Mexican. 

2.   P.  angtistifolia. 
Parts  of  the  flower  usually  in  4's  :  leaflets  relatively  large. 
Samaras  obovate. 

Leaflets  with  sharply  serrate  blades  :  samaras  16-19  '"'"•  lo"g>  acute  at  the 

base,  the  body  merely  glandular-dotted.  3.  P.  serrata. 

Leaflets  with  entire  or  merely   undulate  blades:  samaras  8-1 1   mm.  long,  or 
rarely  longer,  rounded  or  truncate  at  the  base,  the  body  pitted. 

4.    /-".  mici-ocarpa. 
Samaras  suborbicular. 

Leaflets  with  entire  or  merely  crenulate  blades,  the  terminal  one  much  longer 

than  broad,  acute  or  slightly  acuminate.  5-    P-  t>'ifoliata. 

Leaflets  with  crenate  or  crenate-lobed  blades,  the  terminal  one  only  slightly 
longer  than  broad,  blunt. 
Blades  of  the  leaflets   not  lustrous  :    filaments  nearly  glabrous :  anthers 

rounded  or  retuse  at  the  apex.  6.    P.   ^'Jumibifolia . 

Blades  of  the  leaflets  lustrous  above  :  filaments  densely  pubescent  below  : 
anthers  apiculate.  7.   P.  Toxicodendron. 

I.  Ptelea  Baldwinii  T.  &  G. 
A  shrub  about  3  dm.  tall,  with  irregularly  branched  stems. 
Leaflets  3  ;  blades  oval  or  ovate,  1-2  cm.  long,  obtuse  at  both 
ends,  or  the  terminal  one  cuneate  at  the  base,  sessile,  glabrous 
except  the  midrib  and  the  ciliate  margins  when  they  are  young  : 
panicles  few-flowered  :  flowers  with  the  parts  mostly  in  5's:  calyx 
1.5  mm.  broad:  sepals  oval,  less  than  i  mm.  long,  acutish,  ascend- 
ing :  petals  4,  oblong-oblanceolate,  4  mm.  long,  obtuse,  undulate  : 
stamens  shorter  than  the  petals  :  filaments  stout,  hairy  at  the  middle. 

In  the  vicinity  of  St.  Johns,  eastern  Florida.      Spring. 

2.  Ptelea  angustifolia  Benth. 
A  little  known  species  originally  described  from  Mexico,  with 
pubescent    foliage,    wholly    pubescent    filaments     and    pubescent 
petals,  is  said  to  occur  in  southern  and  western  Texas. 

3.  Ptelea  serrata  sp.  nov. 

An  irregularly  branched  shrub,  1-2  m.  tall,  with  glabrous 
foliage.  Leaflets  3  ;  blades  thinnish,  oval,  elliptic  or  elliptic-obo- 
vate,  2.5—7  c^-  ^o^g.  sharply  acuminate,  or  rarely  only  acute, 
rather  shallowly  but  sharply  serrate,  deep  green  above,  very  pale 
green  beneath,  the  terminal  one  with  a  slender  base :  panicles 
few-flowered:  samaras  obovate,  16-19  n^m-  long,  acute  at  the 
base,  the  wing  rather  delicate,  the  body  glandular-dotted. 

On  granite  slopes,  Stone  Mountain,  Georgia.     Spring. 


293  Small:    Shrubs  and  Trees 

Ptelea  serrata  is  not  closely  related  to  any  described  species.  It 
differs  from  the  other  species  in  the  sharply  acute  or  acuminate  and 
sharply  serrate  blades  of  leaflets  and  the  obovate  samaras  with  their 
acute  bases. 

The  specimens  on  which  the  species  is  founded  were  collected 
by  the  writer  on  Stone  Mountain,  Georgia  on  July  3,  1893.  Type 
in  the  herbarium  of  Columbia  University. 

4.  Ptelea  microcarpa  sp.  no  v. 

A  shrub  1.5-3  m.  tall,  with  branching  stems  and  glabrous 
foliage.  Leaflets  3  ;  blades  firm,  elliptic,  oval  or  oblong -lanceo- 
late, 4-10  cm.  long,  bluntly  pointed  or  acutish,  often  slightly 
acuminate  at  both  ends,  entire  or  nearly  undulate,  slightly  paler 
beneath  than  above,  the  terminal  one  not  conspicuously  narrowed 
at  the  base  :  panicle  many-flowered  :  samaras  suborbicular  or  or- 
bicular-obovate,  8-1 1  mm.  in  diameter,  or  rarely  larger,  rounded 
or  truncate  at  the  base,  the  wings  slightly  crisped,  the  body  pitted. 

On  limestone  or  granite  ridges,  Tennessee,  Georgia  and  Ala- 
bama.    Spring. 

Ptelea  microcarpa  is  most  closely  related  to  P.  serrata,  but 
differs  in  the  firmer  longer  entire  or  merely  undulate  blades  of 
the  leaflets,  and  the  samara  with  its  pitted  body,  and  the  wing 
which  is  rounded  or  truncate  at  the  base. 

The  original  specimens  were  collected  by  officers  of  the  Bilt- 
more  Herbarium  (no.  4437''),  at  Nashville,  Tennessee,  August  9, 
1897.  The  type  is  in  the  herbarium  of  the  New  York  Botanical 
Garden. 

5.  Ptelea  trifoliata  L. 

An  aromatic  shrub  or  tree  sometimes  8  m.  tall,  the  foliage 
glabrous  or  sometimes  densely  pubescent.  Leaflets  3  ;  blades 
ovate,  oval,  elliptic,  oblong,  oblong-lanceolate  or  oblanceolate, 
4-12  cm.  long,  acute  or  acuminate,  entire  or  sometimes  undulate 
or  partially  crenulate  :  panicles  many-flowered:  sepals  ovate,  1.5 
mm.  long,  obtuse  :  petals  narrowly  oblong,  4-5  mm.  long  :  sam- 
aras suborbicular  or  oval-orbicular,  2-2.5  cm.  long,  rounded  or 
notched  at  the  base. 

In  rich  soil  and  on  river  banks.  Long  Island  to  Ontario,  Min- 
nesota, Florida  and  Texas.  Spring.  The  form  with  pubescent 
foliage  is  Ptelea  trifoliata  mollis  M.  A.  Curtis  and  is  most  common 
in  the  Gulf  States. 


OF  THE  Southern  States  294 

6.   Ptelea  rhombifolia  Heller 

A  shrub  2-2.5  ^-  t^iH.  branching  above,  the  foliage  densely 
pubescent.  Leaflets  3  ;  blades  rhombic-ovate  to  rhombic-orbicu- 
lar, 2.5-5  cm.  long,  blunt,  crenate,  dull  green  above,  the  terminal 
one  but  little  longer  than  broad  :  petals  pubescent  without,  about 
4  mm.  long  :  filaments  slightly  pubescent  near  the  base  :  samaras 
nearly  orbicular,  1.5-2.5  cm.  broad. 

In  open  woods,  southern  Texas.     Spring. 

7.  Ptelea  Toxicodendron  sp.  nov. 

A  branching  shrub  1-2  m.  tall,  with  glabrous  foliage.  Leaflets 
3  ;  blades  oval  or  rarely  oval-ovate,  1.5-6  cm.  long,  rounded  or 
blunt  at  the  apex,  crenate  or  somewhat  crenate-lobed,  dark  green 
and  lustrous  above,  slightly  paler  beneath  :  panicles  few-flowered  : 
petals  about  5  mm.  long,  glabrous  :  filaments  densely  pubescent 
below  :  mature  fruit  not  seen. 

In   gravelly   soil,  near   Kerrville,  Texas.      Spring. 

A  species  most  closely  related  to  Pu/ea  rhouibifolia,  but  easily 
distinguished  by  its  glabrous  or  nearly  glabrous  leaflets  whose 
blades  are  lustrous  above,  the  filaments  which  are  densely  pubescent 
below  and  the  apiculate  anthers. 

The  original  specimens  were  collected  by  Mr.  A.  A.  Heller  at 
Kerrville,  Texas,  and  distributed  in  his  Plants  of  Southern  Texas, 
under  no.  1690.     Type  in  the  herbarium  of  Columbia  University. 


Shrubs  and  Trees  of  the  Southern  States.— IV. 

By  John  K.  Small 
1.    THE  EBENACEAE  IN  THE  SOUTH 

Two  types  with  as  divergent  characters  as  those  possessed  by 
Diospyros  Virgi7iiana  and  the  so-called  D.  Tcxana,  cannot  with  the 
least  degree  of  systematic  order,  be  referred  to  the  same  genus. 
The  two  plants  are  of  wholly  different  habit,  and  the  flower-struc- 
ture of  the  two  is  so  distinct  that  I  cannot  understand  on  what 
grounds  they  have  been  associated  with  each  other  in  the  same 
genus.  The  distinguishing  characters  of  the  two  trees,  which  I 
shall  treat  as  two  distinct  genera,  may  be  compared  by  means  of 

the  following  synopsis  : 

EBENACEAE 

A  family  of  about  6  genera  and  275  species,  most  abundant  in 
tropical  regions.  Only  the  following  representatives  are  now 
known  to  occur  in  the  United  States. 

Key  to  the  Genera 

Styles  distinct :  anther-sacs  opening  by  longitudinal  slits  :  filaments  pubescent :  pistillate 
flowers  without  starainodia.  I.   DiOSPYKOS. 

Styles  united  :  anther-sacs  opening  by  subapical  pores  ;  filaments  glabrous  :  pistillate 
flowers  with  8  staminodia.  2.   Brayodendron. 

I.  DIOSPYROS  L. 

I.    D.  ViRGINIANA  L.   Sp.    PI.    1057.        1753 

In   woods  and  fields,   Rhode   Island   to  Kansas,  Florida   and 

Texas.     As  now  limited  this  species  may  be  an   aggregate.      One 

or  two  additional  species  may  be  separable  in  the  south  Atlantic 

and  Gulf  States. 

2.  Brayodendron  * 

I.  B.  Texanum  (Scheele) 
Diospyros  Texana  Scheele,  Linnaea,  22:    145.      1849. 
Along   or  near   streams  in  river   valleys,  southern  Texas  and 
adjacent  Mexico. 

*  Named  for  Prof.    W.   L.   Bray,   head  of  the  School  of   Botany,  University  of 
Texas. 

356 


357    Small:    Shrubs  and  Trees  of  the  Southern  States 

2,  HITHERTO  UNDESCRIBED  SPECIES 
Quercus  microcarya 
A  shrub,  or  a  small  tree  sometimes  5  m.  tall,  with  very  smooth 
branches  and  glabrous  foliage.      Leaves  deciduous  ;  blades  thin, 
spatulate  in  outline,  5-10  cm.  long,  undulate  or  shallovvly  lobed, 
o-ray-green   above,   yellowish    green  beneath,    short-petioled,    the 
small  bristles  terminating  the  lobes  early  deciduous  :  acorns  sessile, 
less  than  10  mm.  long  ;  cup  deep  saucer-shaped,  6-"]  mm.  broad ; 
nut  globose-ovoid,  often  nearly  one-half  included  in  the  cup. 
On  granite  outcrops.  Little  Stone  Mountain,  Georgia. 
Related  to  Q.  nigra,  but  more  delicate  in  all  its  parts.     The 
leaf-blades  are   relatively  thin    and   more  irregularly  lobed,  while 
the  very  small  acorns,  always,  as  far  as  I  have  observed,  less  than 
10  mm.  in  length,  with   their  relatively  deep  saucer-shaped   cups, 
are  very  distinct  from   the  larger  fruit  of  Q.  nigra  with  its  very 
shallow  cup.     The  fruit  is  much  smaller  than  that  of  any  of  the 
species  of  the  group  to  which  this  plant  belongs. 

The  original  specimens  were  collected  by  the  writer  on  Little 
Stone  Mountain,  Georgia,  September  1 1,  1894.  Type  in  the  her- 
barium of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 

Quercus  fusiformis 
A  shrub  1.5-3  m.  tall,  with  slender  or  switch-like  stems  or 
branches.  Leaves  persistent;  blades  leathery,  oblong  or  ovate- 
oblong,  3-5  cm.  long,  entire  or  sparingly  spiny-toothed  on  the 
twigs,  gray-green  and  lustrous  above,  paler  and  scurfy-tomentose 
beneath,  slightly  revolute,  rounded  or  truncate  at  the  oblique  base, 
short-petioled  :  acorns  numerous,  solitary  or  several  on  slender 
peduncles;  cup  turbinate,  10-12  mm.  high,  gray;  nut  fusiform, 
2-2.5  cm.  long,  long,  acute,  conspicuously  striate,  thrice  surpass- 
ing the  cup. 

On  arid  limestone  and  granite  hills,  central  Texas. 
Quercus  fusiformis  belongs  to  the  group  formed  by  Q.  minima, 
O    crcminata  and   Q.    Virginiana.      It  is   most   closely  related  to 
Q.   Virginiana,  but  differs  in  the  much  elongated  acorn  with  its 
turbinate  cup  and  fusiform  nut. 

The  original  specimens  were  collected  on  Lacey's  Ranch  near 
Kerrville,  Texas,  by  Mr.  Howard  Lacey  during  the  years  1899- 
1900,  and  given  to  me  by  Professor  W.  L.  Bray,  of  the  University 
of  Texas.  Locally  known  as  Live  Oak.  Type  in  the  herbarium 
of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 


Small:    Shkucs  and  Trees  of  the  Southern  States    358 

Quercus  Laceyi 

A  shrub  or  small  tree,  becoming  6  m.  tall,  with  a  rough  deeply 
and  irregularly  grooved  bark.  Leaves  deciduous  but  rather  tardily 
so,  numerous ;  blades  oblong  and  with  3-5  shallow  lobes,  or  ob- 
long-obovate  and  more  prominently  3-lobed  below  the  apex,  4-8 
cm.  long,  olive-green  and  with  a  waxy  lustre  above,  grayish  and 
slightly  and  minutely  scurfy  beneath,  sometimes  truncate  or  sub- 
cordate  at  the  base,  short-petioled  :  acorns  sessile  or  nearly  so  ;  cup 
shallowly  saucer-shaped,  very  thick  and  corky ;  nuts  oblong  to 
oblong-ovoid,  15-19  mm.  long,  often  depressed  at  the  apex  :  seed 
very  bitter. 

On  the  summits  of  Caprina  limestone  hills,  north-central  Texas. 

Related  to  Q.  brcviloba  but  differing  markedly  in  the  glabrous 
leaves,  the  thick  corky  coarsely  warty  cup  of  the  acorn  and  the 
oblong  or  ovoid-oblong  nut. 

The  original  specimens  were  collected  on  Lacey's  Ranch  near 
Kerrville,  Texas,  by  Mr.  Howard  Lacey  during  the  years  1899- 
1900,  and  given  to  me  by  Professor  W.  L.  Bray,  of  the  University 
of  Texas.  Locally  known  as  Bastard  Oak.  Type  in  the  her- 
barium of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 

Quercus  Brayi 

A  large  tree  sometimes  18  m.  tall,  or  more,  with  a  pale  flaky 
bark.  Leaves  very  numerous,  deciduous  ;  blades  thin,  cuneate, 
10-20  cm.  long,  abruptly  acuminate  at  the  apex,  regularly  and 
coarsely  sinuate-toothed  nearly  to  the  base,  glabrous,  with  rela- 
tively few,  prominent  and  regularly  placed  lateral  ribs,  deep  green 
above,  slightly  paler  and  rather  olive-green  beneath  ;  petioles  1.5- 
2.5  cm.  long;  acorns  sessile  or  nearly  so;  cup  hemispheric, 
2-2.5  cm.  broad,  the  lower  scales  somewhat  warty  on  the  back; 
nut  oblong  or  ovoid,  2.5-3  cm.  long,  about  1.5  cm.  thick:  seed 
rather  sweet. 

In  canons,  central  Texas. 

Quercus  Brayi  h  most  closely  related  to  Q.  Michauxii,  but  differs 
conspicuously  in  the  membranous  and  glabrous  leaf-blades  with 
their  few  coarse  teeth  and  lateral  ribs,  and  the  shorter  and  warty- 
thickened  scales  of  the  cup  of  the  acorn.  The  original  specimens 
were  collected  on  Lacey's  Ranch  near  Kerrville,  Texas,  by  Mr. 
Howard  Lacey  in  the  years  1 899-1900,  and  sent  to  me  by  Pro- 
fessor W.  L.  Bray.  It  is  locally  known  as  White  Oak.  Type 
in  the  herbarium  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 


359    Small:    Shrubs  and  Trees  of  the  Southern  States 

AEsculus  austrina 

A  shrub  several  meters  tall,  with  pubescent  foliage  and  in- 
florescence. Leaf-blades  1-3  dm.  broad,  long-petioled  ;  leaflets 
3-5,  firm  or  leathery,  oval  or  oval-ovate,  short-acuminate  at  both 
ends  or  acute  at  the  oblique  base  (except  in  the  case  of  the 
terminal  one),  lustrous  and  glabrate  above,  except  on  the  tomentose 
nerves,  densely  tomentose  beneath,  sharply  serrate,  commonly 
quite  long-petioluled :  panicles  1-1.5  dm.  long,  tomentose: 
flowers  deep  red,  about  3  cm.  long :  calyx  tubular,  red,  10-14 
mm.  long,  glabrous  ;  lobes  ovate,  rounded  :  petals  minutely  gland- 
ular, those  of  the  upper  pair  with  oval  blades  about  as  long  as  the 
slightly  villous  claws,  those  of  the  lateral  pair  with  obovate  blades 
which  are  exceeded  several  times  in  length  by  thair  claws  :  stamens 
exerted  ;  filaments  sparingly  villous. 

In  low  grounds,  Louisiana. 

Most  closely  related  to  AEsculus  Pavia,  from  which  it  differs  in 
the  foliage  and  flowers.  It  is  AEsailus  Pavia  /3  discolor  of  Torrey 
and  Gray,*  in  part,  but  not  the  AEsculus  discolor  of  Pursh.f  Tor- 
rey and  Gray's  disposition  of  this  plant  is  the  most  nearly  correct 
interpretation  we  have  yet  had.  Dr.  Gray  later  referred  it  to  his 
AEscuhcs  flava  var.  purpurasccus,  a  species  with  which  it  has  but 
distant  relationship. 

The  specimen  on  which  the  species  is  founded  was  collected  in 
Louisiana  by  Dr.  Hale  and  is  preserved  in  the  herbarium  of 
Columbia  University. 

Hypericum  interior 

A  much  branched  shrub,  several  dm.  tall,  with  sharply  angled 
branches  and  glabrous  foliage.  Leaves  rather  numerous  ;  blades 
narrowly  oblanceolate  to  narrowly  linear-oblanceolate,  1-3  cm. 
long,  acute,  slightly  revolute,  pale  beneath,  narrowed  into  slender 
petioles  :  panicles  many-flowered  :  sepals  linear  or  narrowly  ob- 
long, 3-4  mm.  long,  acute,  rather  rigid,  more  or  less  spreading  at 
maturity  :  corollas  yellow,  about  i  cm.  broad  :  petals  obovate  or 
cuneate-obovate  :  capsules  conic-ovoid,  5  mm.  long. 
Along  streams,  Tennessee  and  Texas.  Summer, 
A  shrubby  species  related  to  Hypericum  galioidcs,  but  more 
corymbosely  branched,  and  with  broader  leaf-blades.      The  sepals 


*F1.  N.  A.  I  :  252. 
t  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  254. 


Small.  Shruds  and  Trees  of  the  Southern  States  360 

are  characteristic,  being  linear  or  nearly  so,  instead  of  manifestly 
narrowed  to  the  base.     The  following  specimens  belong  here  : 

Texas  :    [no  locality]  ,   Vcatch. 

Tennessee:  near  Dandridge,  July,  \Za,2,  Rugd : — type,  in  the 
herbarium  of  Columbia  University. 

Azalea  Candida 

A  rigid  shrub  1-2  m.  tall,  with  wide-branching  stems  and 
white-tomentose  young  foliage,  or  the  twigs  sometimes  brownish. 
Leaves  numerous  ;  blades  leathery,  obovate,  oblanceolate  or  ob- 
long, 1-5  cm.  long,  acute  or  apiculate,  ciliate,  somewhat  revolute, 
thinly  tomentose  above,  densely  white-tomentose  and  somewhat 
reticulated  beneath,  short-petioled  :  corymbs  several-flowered : 
pedicels  canescent  and  copiously  glandular-pubescent  :  calyx- 
lobes  pectinate-ciliate  :  corolla  rose-colored  or  pinkish,  3-3.5  cm. 
long:  capsules  1.5-2  cm.  long,  canescent,  curved,  longer  than 
their  pedicels,  often  twice  as  long. 

In  hammocks  and  river  swamps,  southern  Georgia.      Spring. 

Related  to  Azalea  nndiflora,  but  easily  distinguished  by  the 
copious  soft  pubescence  of  the  twigs,  the  white-tomentose  leaf- 
blades,  the  smaller  flowers  and  the  smaller  softly  and  closely 
pubescent  capsules.  Collected  by  the  writer  along  the  Withlo- 
cooche  River  about  Valdosta,  Georgia,  June  6-12,  1895.  Type 
in  the  herbarium  of  Columbia  University. 

Dendrium  Hugeri 

An  evergreen  shrub  2-4  dm.  tall,  with  erect  much  branched 
stems.  Leaves  mainly  alternate  ;  blades  leathery,  oblong,  1-1.5 
cm.  long,  lustrous  and  dark  green  above,  paler  beneath,  obtuse, 
revolute,  somewhat  obliquely  narrowed  into  petioles  1-2  mm.  long: 
flower-clusters  dense  :  bracts  oblong-ovate,  3  mm.  long,  obtuse  : 
pedicels  5-10  mm.  long,  minutely  glandular:  calyx  nearly  gla- 
brous ;  lobes  lanceolate,  about  i  mm.  long,  acute  :  corolla  white  ; 
lobes  ovate,  4  mm.  long,  obtuse  :  filaments  club-shaped,  as  long  as 
the  corolla-lobes:  capsules  ovoid,  4-4.5  mm.  long,  glabrous  or 
nearly  so,  obtusely  lobed,  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx-lobes,  ab- 
ruptly contracted  into  the  stoutish  style  which  is  about  as  long  as 
the  capsule-body. 

On  cliffs  and  rocky  mountain  summits,  North  and  South  Car- 
olina.     Spring  and  early  summer. 

This  overlooked  species  is   most  closely  related  to  Dcndrunn 


361    Small:    Shrubs  and  Trees  of  the  Southern  States 

buxifolvun  o{  \hQ  Atlantic  pine  lands  ;  it  is,  however,  larger  through- 
out and  more  erect.  It  may  readily  be  separated  by  the  large 
leaves,  the  filaments,  which  are  about  as  long  as  the  corolla-lobes, 
and  the  large  capsule,  which  is  about  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx- 
lobes. 

North  Carolina  :  Top  of  Hibriten  Mountain,  Lenoir,  Sept., 
1896,   A.   M.    Hiigcr.     Table    Rock,    5.    B.   Buckley;     Small  & 

Heller,  1 89 1. 

South  Carolina:  Top  of  Table  Mountain,  August,  1896,  /. 
K.  Small: — type,  specimen  in  the  herbarium  of  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW   YORK   BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  19. 


THE  AMERICAN  SPECIES  OF  LIMNORCHIS 
AND  PIPERIA.  NORTH  OF  MEXICO 


BY   PER   AXEL   RYDBERG. 


NEW    YORK 
1901 


[Reprinted  from  Bulletin  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  28:  605-61S.    25  Nov.,  1901]. 


The  American  Species  of  Limnorchis  and  Piperia,  north  of  Mexico 

By  Per  Axel  Rydberg 

In  revising  the  manuscript  of  the  Orchidaceae  for  Dr.  Brit- 
ton's  Manual  of  the  Flora  of  the  Northern  States  and  at  the  same 
time  that  of  my  Catalogue  of  the  Flora  of  Montana  and  the  Yel- 
lowstone Park,*  I  came  to  the  conclusion  that  the  genus  Habe- 
naria  as  treated  in  America  was  an  altogether  too  diversified 
genus  and  contained  species  of  very  distant  relationship.  In 
Europe,  as  a  rule,  several  genera  are  admitted.  Prof.  PI  Pfitzer, 
who  prepared  the  Orchidaceae  for  Engler  and  Prantl's  Die  natiir- 
lichen  Pflanzenfamilien,  places  the  North  American  Hahcnariae  in 
the  following  genera :  Cocloglossiim,  Gymnadcnia,  Platanthera, 
Perularia  and  Habaiaria.  Kraenzlin  in  his  Orchidaccaniui  Gen- 
era et  Species,  admits  Habenaria,  Gyninadenia  and  Plataiithera. 
Both  these  authors  place  Habenaria  in  a  separate  subtribe  from 
the  rest.  The  true  Habenariae  are  represented  in  North  America 
by  only  a  few  species  in  the  Gulf  States,  West  Indies,  Mexico  and 
Central  America.  They  are  characterized  by  the  long  filiform 
appendages  of  the  stigmas,  anthers  and  petals.  Platanthera  as 
understood  by  Pfitzer  is  still  a  very  complex  genus  and  had  he 
known  the  American  forms  as  well  as  those  represented  in  Europe, 
he  undoubtedly  would  have  restored  Rafinesque's  Blepliariglotds  for 
our  fringed  orchids  and  established  a  few  more  genera.  During 
last  July  I  stayed  a  few  days  in  London  and  met  Mr.  Rolfe,  the 
authority  on  orchids  at  Kew.  He  expressed  the  opinion  that 
Habenaria  must  be  split  up,  not  only  so  that  Gvuinadenia  and 
Platanthera  should  be  taken  out,  but  that  all  three  genera  should 
be  subdivided.  In  one  instance  he  went  farther  than  I  had  dared, 
viz.,  expressing  the  opinion  that  Orchis  I'oiundifolia  perhaps  should 
be  removed  from  Orchis. 

When  doing  my  work  referred  to  above,  I  came  to  the  conclu- 
sion, that  if  Coeloglossnni  and  Pendaria  should  be  admitted,  certain 
other  groups  represented  wholly  by  American  species  must  be 

*Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Vol.  1. 

605 


606  RvDBERG  :  The  American  Species  of 

taken  out  of  Plataiithcra  and  Gyninadcnia.  I  therefore  described 
in  my  Catalogue  of  the  Flora  of  Montana  the  new  genera  Lysiclla 
^.nd  Litniwrchis  diwd  in  Dr.  Britton's  Manual  Gymnadcniopsis*  In 
the  latter  I  also  reestablished  BlepJiariglottis  Raf  In  the  Bulletin 
of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club,t  I  added  another  genus,  Pipcria. 
Of 'these,  no  species  belonging  to  Gyninadoiiopsis,  Bephariglottis 
or  Pipcria  are  mentioned  by  Pfitzer,  which  shows  that  he  was  not 
well  acquainted  with  these-  plants. 

This  revision  is  based  on  the  material  found  at  the  New  York 
Botanical  Garden  together  with  a  few  specimens  cited  from  the 
Canby  Herbarium.  A  few  of  the  Habcnariae,  described  from 
Mexico  and  Central  America  may  belong  to  Liiniiorchis  or  Pipcria. 
I  have  not  seen,  however,  any  species  from  there  referable  to  either 
genus,  but  as  several  are  unknown  to  me  I  have  limited  my  work 
to  the  North  American  species  growing  north  of  Mexico.  One  of 
the  Siberian  specimens  in  the  Columbia  University  herbarium  is 
evidently  a  Liiniiorchis,  but  as  it  is  wrongly  named  and  rather 
scrappy,  I  have  left  it  without  consideration. 

The  illustrations  are  drawn  by  the  writer  and  represent  two 
views  of  each  species  on  a  scale  twice  the  natural  size. 

LIMNORCHIS  Rydb.    Mem.   N.  Y.  Bot.   Card,  i:    104.      1900 

Leafy-stemmed  plants  with  elongated  fusiform  root-like  tubers 
and  fleshy-fibrous  roots  :  flowers  whitish  or  greenish  or  tinged  with 
purple  ;  upper  sepal  ovate  to  almost  orbicular,  erect,  3— 7-nerved 
but  usually  5 -nerved  ;  lateral  sepals  from  linear  to  ovate-lanceolate, 
ireQ  from  the  lip,  3-nerved,  seldom  4— 5-nerved,  spreading  or  often 
somewhat  reflexed ;  upper  petals  erect,  usually  slightly  shorter 
than  the  upper  sepal,  from  narrowly  to  broadly  lanceolate,  3-nerved, 
oblique  at  the  base  and  semi-cordate,  that  is  cordate  on  the  lower 
side  ;  lip  entire,  usually  indistinctly  nerved,  flat  or  slightly  con- 
cave, reflexed,  free,  not  clawed,  from  linear  to  rhombic-lanceolate, 
obtuse  ;  column  short  and  thick  ;  anther-cells  parallel,  opening 
in  front ;  stigma  broadly  triangular  ;  ovary  sessile,  in  fruit  elon- 
gated elliiDSoid. 

The  mode  of  propagation  in  many  orchids  is  very  peculiar. 
Near  the  base  of  the  stem  is  produced  a  short  offset,  tuber-,  cbrm- 
or  root-like  in  appearance,  usually  fleshy.     In  the  upper  portion 

*  Wrongly  printed  as  Gymnandeniopsis. 
•j-  28  :  269.      1901. 


LiMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO  007 

is  a  hidden  bud,  from  which  the  stem  of  the  following  year  will 
spring,  the  lower  portion  is  often  root-like,  elongated,  sometimes 
cleft  and  functions  more  or  less  as  a  root.  What  this  offset  should 
be  called  I  do  not  know.  It  has  been  called  both  tuber  and  corm. 
The  latter  name  is  not  applicable  from  the  way  in  which  it  arises. 
This  would  indicate  the  name  tuber,  for  it  is  really  formed  at  the 
end  of  a  short  subterranean  branch,  but  it  has  only  one  bud  and 
this  is  directed  towards  the  place  from  which  the  offset  sprang. 
The  distal  end,  which  in  common  tubers  usually  bears  most  of  the 
buds,  is  here  often  root-like.  This  is  especially  the  case  in  Liui- 
norchis,  and  here  the  offsets  are  usually  taken  for  roots.  It  may 
be  that  the  larger  portion  thereof  really  is  a  fleshy  primary  root 
(if  the  term  primary  root  can  be  applied  to  an  offset).  The  secon- 
dary roots  are  developed  the  next  year  at  its  top  from  the  base  of 
the  bud. 

The  first  species  of  Limnorchis  was  described  as  Orchis  liyper- 
borea  Linn.*     The  description  was  drawn  from  a  specimen  from 
Iceland  collected  by  Konig.     About  the  same  time  a  plant  also 
collected   by  Konig  (and  probably  the  same  as  the  type  of  0.  Jiy- 
perborea)  was  figured  in   Flora  Danica  without  a  binominal  name. 
The   description   accompanying   this   is   a   little   faulty  because   it 
does  not  agree  with  the  plate  nor  with  any  plant  known.     This 
description   was   copied  by   Retzius  f   and   he   gave  it  the    name 
Orchis  Koenigii.      Orchis  liyperborca  L.  is  fairly  common  on  Iceland 
and    Greenland   but    rare  on  the   American   continent.      Another 
plant  closely  related  to  it  but  larger  and  with  shorter  and  more 
clavate  spur  has  been  confounded  with  it.      In  preparing  the  re- 
vision of  Dr.  Britton's  manual  I  had  not  distinguished  the  two  and 
the  description  of  the  spur  refers  principally  to  the  larger  plant. 
At  my  visit  to   the   Botanical   Garden  at   Copenhagen  last  sum- 
mer, I   first  saw  good  material  from  Greenland  and  Iceland,  and 
then  I  noticed  the  difference  between  the  two  plants.     The  larger 
plant  has  been  named  Platanthcra  hyperborca  [i  major  Lange  \  and 
Platantlicra  Koenigii    Lindl  ;  §     but   it    is    evidently    not   Orchis 
Koenigii  Retz. 


*  Linn.  Mant.  I2I.      1767. 
f  Fl.  Scand.  I:  16S.     1779. 
JConsp.  Fl.  Groenl.  I18.      1880. 
I  Gen.  et  Sp.  Orchid.  PI.  286.     1835. 


608  Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  of 

In  Habenaria  liypcrborca  R.  Br.  or  PlatantJiera  Jiyperborea 
Lindl.  there  have  been  included  several  other  forms,  as  for  instance 
Orchis  Hiironensis  Nutt.*  {PlatantJiera  Hiiroiicnsis  Lindl.  /.  c.  288), 
O.  dolicliorhiza  Fisch.f  and  Habenaria  borealis  fi  viridiflora  Cham.| 
All  three,'  I  think,  are  good  species  and  they  were  so  regarded  by 
Lindley.  The  first  is  common  in  the  northeastern  America.  In 
Britton's  manual  it  appeared  under  the  name  LininorcJds  Huronensis 
(Nutt.)  Rydberg. §  I  also  described  another  species  of  the  same 
group  as  L.  media.  That  there  were  at  least  three  distinct  forms 
of  the  L.  hyperborca  group  in  the  northeastern  United  States,  I  have 
not  been  the  only  one  to  notice,  for  Professor  Peck  ||  recognized 
three  growing  in  the  same  meadow.  I  did  not  see  his  report  be- 
fore the  page  proofs  of  the  manual  had  already  gone  to  the  printer, 
but  had  come  to  the  same  conclusion  independently.  As  the  L. 
Jiyperborea  of  my  treatment  there  contains  in  my  opinion  now  two 
species,  as  I  have  stated  before,  the  number  of  the  group  in  the 
northeastern  United  States  becomes  four,  and,  together  with  three 
species  of  the  L.  dilatata  group,  our  eastern  species  become  seven. 

Habenaria  borealis  /3  viridiflora  Cham,  is  common  throughout 
the  Rocky  Mountain  region,  the  Columbia  valley  and  the  northern 
part  of  tl\e  Pacific  coast.  It  is  without  doubt  closer  related  to  the 
true  L.  Jiypoborea  than  any  of  the  other  species  and  differs  mainly 
in  the  light  green  flowers  and  the  short  clavate  spur. 

OrcJiis  dol ichor Jiisa  (^PlatantJiera  Kocnigii  /9  dolicJiorJiiza  Lindl. 
/.  c.  287),  I  have  not  seen,  but  from  the  description  it  must  be 
distinct  from  either.      This  was  from  the  island  of  Unalaska. 

The  second  in  order  of  the  North  American  species  oi  Livinor- 
cJiis  described  was  published  under  the  name  OrcJiis  dilatata  Purshlf 
{LimnorcJiis  dilatata  Rydb.  **).  It  is  a  common  plant  of  the  north- 
eastern part  of  this  country.  Most  of  the  specimens  so  named  from 
the  Rockies  and  the  west  coast  belong  \.o  Habenaria  borealisQ\\-AVCs..W 

*Gen.  N.  Am.  Pi.  2  :    189.      1818. 

fLind.   1.  c.  287,  as  a  synonym. 

X  Linnaea  3 :   28.      1828. 

\  Britt.  Man.  Fl.  Northern  States  and  Can.  294.      I901. 

II  See  Peck,  Regent's  Rep.  50  :   126.      1897. 

^Fl.  Am.  Sept.  588.     1814. 

**  Britten,  Man.  Fl.  N.  St.  294.      1901. 

ff  Linnaea  3  :   28.     1828. 


LlMNORCHlS    AND    PiPEKIA    NORTH    OF    MEXICO  609 

{Liiniiorchis  dilatatifonnis  Rydb.*).  This  differs  from  L.  dilatata 
mainly  in  the  shorter,  more  clavate  spur,  the  dull  or  greenish  white 
flowers  and  the  usually  smaller  size.  It  approaches  much  the 
form  referred  to  above  under  L.  hypcrborca  viz.  Habcnaria  borcalis 
{iviridijJora  Cham.,  and  in  fact  connects  the  L.  Jiypcrborea  and  the 
L.  dilatata  groups.  The  other  specimens  from  the  West  labeled 
Habenaria  dilatata  belong  to  L.  Iciicostacliys  and  a  few  of  the  new 
species  described  below.  No  specimen  of  L.  dilatata  has  been 
seen  from  any  place  west  of  Minnesota. 

Lindley  in  his  Genera  and  Species  of  Orchideous  Plants  de- 
scribed the  following  species  which  fall  w'ithin  the  limits  of  Liin- 
norcJiis :  Platanthcra  co)ivallariacfolia,  P.  leticostachys,  P.  gracilis,  P. 
stricta  and  P.  graminca.  While  staying  at  Kew  in  July  this  year, 
I  had  the  privilege  of  seeing  Lindley's  herbarium  as  well  as  Doug- 
las! plant  preserved  at  Kew,  which  has  enabled  me  to  verify  my 
determinations. 

P.  convallariacfolia  was  described  from  specimens  collected  in 
Kamtchatka  by  Fischer.  It  is  a  species  resembling  a  slender  L. 
dilatata,  but  the  lip  is  linear,  not  at  all  dilated  at  the  base,  the 
spur  is  filiform  and  about  the  length  of  the  lip  and  the  lower  leaves 
are  oblaTiceolate  and  obtuse.  In  the  Torrey  herbarium  there  is  a 
specimen  communicated  by  Lindley.  This  is  evidently  a  cotype 
of  that  in  Lindley's  own  collection  for  the  two  are  as  like  as  they 
can  be.  In  Torrey's  herbarium  there  is  also  another  specimen, 
collected  on  Unalaska,  which  I  also  refer  here. 

P.  Icitcostachys  was  described  from  a  specimen  collected  by 
Douglas.  This  is  in  the  herbarium  of  the  Kew  Gardens.  In 
this  specimen  the  spur  is  slender,  filiform,  not  at  all  thickened  and 
not  very  obtuse  at  the  apex.  There  is  a  form  also  common  in 
the  Columbia  valley  with  the  same  habit  but  with  the  larger  spur 
much  more  clavate  and  very  obtuse  at  the  apex.  If  this  should 
be  regarded  as  a  form  of  L.  Icucostachys  or  as  a  distinct  species  is 
a  question  of  which  opinions  may  differ,  but  it  is,  however,  im- 
portant to  know  what  the  original  P.  leiicostachys  was. 

P.  gracilis  is  a  slender  plant  with  the  white  flowers  of  L.  dila- 
tata, but  the  lip  is  linear  and  the  spur  decidedly  clavate.  In 
reality  it  is  nearest  related  to  P.  convallariacfolia,  from  which  it  dif- 

*Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gar.  i  :   105.     1900. 


610  Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  of 

fers  mainly  in  the  spur.  It  is  not  at  all  the  plant  that  has  gone 
under  the  name  Habenaria  gracilis  in  the  United  States.  This  is 
the  following  species,  belonging  to  another  group  of  the  genus. 
P.  gracilis  is  confined  to  Alaska  and  subarctic  America. 

P.  stricta  is  the  tall  species,  with  greenish  or  purplish  flowers, 
linear  lip  and  short  saccate  spur,  that  Watson  and  others  have 
called  Habenaria  gracilis.  This  is  common  in  the  Columbia 
region  and  the  valleys  of  the  Rockies  as  far  south  as  Colorado. 

P.  graminea  resembles  P.  gracilis  in  habit,  but  the  leaves  are. 
narrower  and  the  lip  dilated  at  the  base,  the  spur  is  longer  and 
more  clavate.  Its  home  is  Alaska.  It  was  first  collected  by 
Menzies,  and  later  by  Miss  Cooley  and  by  Gorman.  A  single 
specimen  from  the  lower  St.  Lawrence  region  evidently  is  to  be 
referred  here  also. 

Hooker's  Flora  Boreali-Americana  contains  the  same  species 
as  Lindley's  Genera. 

Watson,  in  the  Botany  of  California,  has  in  his  second  section 
of  Habenaria,  which  section  would  correspond  to  Limnorchis,  the 
following  species  :  H.  Icucostachys  (Lindl.)  S.  Wats.,  H.  sparsiflora 
S.  Wats.,  H.  pcdicellata  S.  Wats.,  H.  hyperborea  R.  Br.,  H.  Copcri 
S.  Wats.,  and  H.  gracilis  S.  Wats. 

In  H.  Icucostachys,  he  includes  H.  Tkiirberi  K.  Gray,*  but  the 
flowers  of  this  species  are  greener,  the  dilated  portion  of  the  lip 
oval  instead  of  rhombic  and  the  spur  longer.  Watson  states  the 
characters  of  Gray's  H.  TImrbcri  were  mostly  drawn  from  the  vari- 
ety mentioned  (/.  e.,  the  same  as  H.  sparsiflora),  a  statement  which 
is  not  correct. 

H.  sparsiflora  Wats,  is  a  good  species,  which,  together  with  H. 
brevifolia  Greene  t  and  two  more  species,  constitute  a  distinct 
group,  perhaps  a  subgenus,  distinguished  b)'  the  very  broad  and 
thin  connective. 

H.  pcdicellata  Wats.  /.  c.  I  have  not  seen,  but  from  the  descrip- 
tion it  cannot  belong  to  Limnorclds. 

H.  hyperborea  of  the  Botany  of  California  is  the  same  as  H. 
borcalis  [i  viridiflora  Cham,  and  not  O.  hyperborea  L. 


*  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  7  :   389.      1868. 
t  I'mc.  .Am.  Acail.   12:   276       1876. 
J  B  .t    (Jaz.  7  :   218.      1881. 


LiMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO  Oil 

//.  Coopcri  Wats.  /.  c.  is  not  a  LiuinorcJds,  but  a  Pipcria. 

//.  gracilis  Wats,  is  not  the  same  as  PlatantJicra  i^raci/is  Liiid- 
le}',  but  P.  stricta  of  the  same  author. 

Kraenzlin's  treatment  in  his  Orchidaccannn  Genera  et  Species 
is  altogether  unsatisfactory.  He  admits  only  two  species,  Platan- 
tJicra gracilis  and  P.  hypcrborea,  the  latter  with  several  varieties. 

His  P.  gracilis  is,  however,  not  P.  gracilis  Lindley  but  Habe- 
naria  gracilis  Wats.  {P.  stricta  Lindl.). 

Under  P.  liypcrborca  a  var.  gejinina  he  cites  naturally  also 
Habenaria  borcalis  (i  viridiflora  Cham,  as  a  synonym,  but  he  has 
printed  viridis  instead  of  viridiflora.  I  take  this,  however,  as  a 
distinct  species. 

P.  convallariacfolia  he  has  reduced  to  a  variety,  P.  hypcrborea 
/5  var,  convallariacfolia.  In  the  same  manner,  he  calls  //.  ddatata, 
y  var.  dilatata  Lindl.  (I  do  not  think  that  Lindley  ever  made  it  a 
variety  ;  Kraenzlin  is  very  loose  in  citing  authorities.)  Under  this 
variety  he  has  as  synonyms  among  others  :  Platanthcra  Hiironcnsis 
Lindl.,  Habenaria  pedicellata  S.  Wats.,  H.  Cooperi  S.  Wats.,  P. 
<rravnnea  and  P.  borcalis  Reichenb.  Of  these  the  last  named  is  the 
only  one,  that  can  be  referred  here  with  any  reason,  for  that,  which 
is  the  same  as  Habenaria  borcalis  Cham.,  belongs  to  the  dilatata 
group,  while  P.  Hiironcnsis  belongs  to  the  hypcrborea  group  and  H. 
pedicellata  and  H.  Cooperi  belong  to  distinct  genera. 

Under  his  o  var.  leiicostachys  he  has  as  synonyms  besides  P: 
Iciicostachys  Lindl.,  also  Habenaria  brcvifolia  Greene,  P.  GJiies- 
brechtiana  Rich.  &  Gal.,  P.  sparsiJloraS.  Wats.,  P.  Thurbcriv.  Grayi 
S.  Wats,  and  H.flagcllaris  S.  Wats.  Of  these  Habenaria  brcvifolia 
Greene  and  H.  sparsifiora  S.  Wats,  can  under  no  conditions  be 
referred  to  //.  Iciicostachys  on  account  of  their  broad  connective. 
The  habit  of  H.  birvifolia  alone  should  throw  it  out ;  there  is 
scarcely  a  more  distinct  species  in  the  whole  family.  As  far  as 
H.  sparsifiora  S.  Wats,  is  concerned,  it  would  have  been  more  rea- 
sonable to  refer  that  species  to  his  H.  gracilis,  i.  e.,  H.  stricta  Lindl.; 
the  habit  and  lip  in  the  two  are  the  same  and  the  flowers  have  some 
resemblance.  The  main  difference  is  in  the  spur  and  the  connective.' 
It  is  also  to  be  noticed  that  Watson  never  published  any  Platan- 
thcra sparsifiora  but  a  Habenaria  sparsifiora,  nor  any  var.  Grayi  of 
either  Platanthcra  or  Habenaria  Thurberi.      In  the  citation  of  the 


612  Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  of 

place  of  publication  of  P.  Ghicsbrechtiana  Rich,  et  Gal.,  he  has  Ann. 
Sc.  Nat.  (1845)  I.  30,  when  it  should  have  been  III.  3:  30. 
Haboiai'ia  flagcUaris  S.  Wats,  has  never  been  published. 

A  work  with  such  numerous  and  glaring  mistakes  reflects  little 
credit  to  the  author,  and  how  can  it  be  trusted  ?  He  has  given  the 
following  remarks  under  his  Platantlicra  Jiypei'borea :  "  Es  is  ein 
ganzlisch  fruchtloses  Bemiihen,  die  unzahligen  Formen  dieser  weit- 
verbeiteten  Art  unter  Diagnosen  von  besonderen  Species  zu  fix- 
ieren.  Je  tiefer  man  in  die  Formenreihe  eindringt,  desto  mehr 
verschwimmen  die  bei  der  Betrachtung  einzelner  fiir  constant  gehal- 
tenen  Merkmale.  Durch  die  Liberalitat  amerikanischer  Institute 
und  Botaniker  verfiigen  die  europaischen  Sammlungen  iiber  ein 
reiches  Material,  welches  die  kritische  Beurteilung  sehr  wohl  ermog- 
licht.  Alle  bisher  beschriebenen  'Arten'  stellen  ihre  Berechti- 
gung  auf  rein  habituelle  Merkmale,  was  bei  Orchideen  stricte  zu 
verwerfen  ist." 

It  is  evident  that  notwithstanding  the  statement  given  above  the 
author  has  not  tried  very  hard  to  bring  the  different  forms  under  dis- 
tinct diagnoses  and  he  has  not  penetrated  very  deep  into  the  series 
of  forms  when  he  did  not  find  the  broad  thin  connective  of  Habc- 
naria  sparsiflora  and  H.  breviflora  ;  perhaps  he  had  seen  neither. 
It  is  strange  if  the  herbaria  of  continental  Europe  should  be  rich 
in  North  American  orchids  when  our  own  are  far  from  rich  and 
the  representation  at  Kew  is  very  meager.  And  still  if  the  author 
had  examined  the  American  material  when  at  Kew,  he  would  have 
been  able  to  correct  some  of  his  mistakes.  None  of  the  species 
so  far  as  I  know  have  been  merely  based  on  characters  in  habit, 
for  in  all,  the  spur,  the  lip,  and  the  stamen  have  been  described 
more  or  less  completely,  and  these  are  the  only  organs  that  give 
any  reliable  characters.  The  habit  is  mostly  the  same  in  all  and 
can  be  used  as  a  diagnostic  character  only  in  a  few  cases. 

In  discussing  H.  brevifolia  Greene,  the  author  remarks  :  "  Der 
Samler  und  Autor  der  Pflanze  vergleicht  sie  mit  Platantliera  oder 
nach  seiner  Schreibart  Habenaria  sparsiflora  Wats.  Der  Vergleich 
is  nicht  glijcklisch,  denn  PL  sparsflora  ist  eine  noch  dazu  wenig 
charakteristische  Form  von  hyperborea.'"  Prof.  Greene's  comparison 
of  H.  brevifolia  with  H.  sparsiflora  was  the  only  logical  one,  for  the 
latter  was  the  only  known  species  with  the  flower-structure  of  H. 
brevifolia,  although  this  has  much  larger  flowers. 


LiMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MEXICO  613 


Synopsis  of  Species 

Lip  more  or  less  lanceolate,  /.  <•.,  somewhat  dilated  near  the  base. 
Flowers  greenish  or  purplish. 

Spur  not  twice  as  long  as  the  lip.      (Hyperbore.^e.  ) 

Spur  decidedly  clavate,  thickened   and  obtuse  at  the  apex,  shorter  than 
the  lip. 
Petals  purplish  ;  spur  only  one  half  to  two  thirds  the  length  of  the 
lip,  very  saccate. 
Lip  linear  or  nearly  so,  5-7  mm.  long  ;  ovary  slightly  curved  ; 

spike  usually  elongated.  I .   L.  stricla. 

Lip  lanceolate,  fleshy,  4-5  mm.  long ;  ovary  strongly  curved  ; 
spike  usually  short.  2.   L.  ptirpiirascens. 

Petals  greenish  ;   spur  almost  equalling  the  lip. 

Petals  ovate,  three  fourths  as  long  as  the  upper  sepal ;  spur  very 

saccate.  3.   L.  hrachypetala. 

Petals  lanceolate,  only  slightly  shorter  than  the  upper  sepal  ; 
spur  less  saccate. 
Lips  less  than  5  mm.  long,  lanceolate. 

4.  L.  viridiflora. 
Lip  over  5  mm.  long,  ovate-lanceolate. 

5.  L.  major. 

Spur  slender,  scarcely  thickened  at  all  towards  the  apex,  often  acutish, 
equalling  or  slightly  exceeding  the  lip. 
Plant  tall  and  stout ;  flowers  comparatively  large  ;  sepals  4-6  mm. 

long.  6.  L.  media. 

Plant  slender  ;  flowers  small ;  sepals  2.5-4  mm.  long. 
Flowers  almost  erect  in  a  rather  lax  spike. 

7.    L.  Iluronensis. 
Flowers  lateral  in  a  dense  spike.  8.    L.  hypcrborea. 

Spur  about  twice  as  long  as  the  lip.   (Behringiaxae.  )  9.   Z.  Behringiana. 
Flowers  white  or  nearly  so. 

Spur  about  equalling  or  only  slightly  exceeding  the  lip.     (DiLATATAE.) 
Spur  usually  shorter  than  the  lip  and  clavate.       lO.    L.  borealis. 
Spur  equalling  or  slightly  exceeding  the  lip,  slightly  or  not  at  all  clavate. 
Plant  over  3  dm.  high. 

Bracts  all  longer  than  the  flowers,  the  lower  three  times  as  long  ; 
lips  about  I  cm.  long,  the  dilated  part  oval. 

11.  L.  folios  a. 

Upper  bracts  shorter  than  the  flowers,  the  lower  at  most  twice  as 

long  ;  lips  5-7  mm.  long,  decidedly  rhombic  at  the  base. 

Petals  broadly  lanceolate  ;  flowers  inodorous  or  nearly  so. 

12.  L.  dilatata. 
Petals  narrowly  linear-lanceolate  ;  flower  very  fragrant. 

13.  L.  fragrans. 
Plant  less  than  3  dm.  high  ;  petals  narrowly  linear-lanceolate. 

14.  L.  leptoceratitis. 
Spur  from  Vj^  to  %  longer  than  the  lip.      (Leucostachyae.  ) 

Spur  filiform,  mostly  acutish. 

Plant  3  dm.  or  less  high  ;   spur  7-8  mm.  long  ;   lip  5-6  mm. 

14.    L.  leptoceratitis. 


614  Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  of 

Plant  S-8  dm.  high;    spur  10-14  mm.  long  ;   lip  7-9  mm. 

Dilated  portion  '•  f  the  lip  oval  ;   spur  almost  %  longer  than  the 

lip.  15.   L.   Thurberi. 

Dilated  portion  of  the  lip  decidedly  rhombic  ;  spur  scarcely  y, 
longer  than  the  lip.  16.   L.  leucostachys. 

Spur  clavate  at  the  apex. 

Leaves  lanceolate  or  oblanceolate  ;  stem  tall  and  stout;  lip  decid- 
edly rhombic  at  the  base.  16.   L.  leucostachys  robmta. 
Leaves  narrowly  linear  ;  stem  slender  ;  lip  not  rhombic  at  the  base. 

17.    L.  ^rominifolia. 
Lip  linear,  /.  e.,  not  at  all  dilated  at  the  base. 
Spur  usually  shorter  than  the  lip. 

Flowers  purplish  or  greenish  ;  spur  very  short  and  decidedly  saccate. 

I.   Z.  strict  a. 
Flowers  white  ;  spur  almost  equalling  the  lip.     (Convallariaefoliae.  ) 
Spur  clavate.  18.   L.  gracilis. 

Spur  filiform.  19.  L.  convallaria;folia. 

Spur  much  exceeding  the  lip  ;   flowers  greenish  or  purplish. 

Connective  narrow;  spur  almost  twice  as  long  as  the  lip.      (Arizon- 

ICAE. )  20.    L.  Arizonica. 

Connective  broad. 

Leaves    elongated,    lanceolate    or    linear;     spur    8-IO    mm.    long. 
(Sparsiflorae.  ) 
Spike  comparatively  dense.  21.   L.  ensifolia. 

Spike  very  lax. 

Lip   about    6   mm.    long;    spur  about    8    mm.,   somewhat 

clavate.  22.    L.  laxijiora. 

Lip  about  8  mm.  long;   spur  over  10  mm.,  filiform. 

23.    L.  sparsiflora. 
Leaves  very  short,   ovate  ;    spur  almost   1.5    cm.    long.      (Brevi- 
FOLIAE. )  24.    L.  brevifolia. 

§HvPERBOREAE  :  Ustially  small  or  middle  sized  species,  spike 
usually  dense,  except  in  the  first  species  ;  flowers  small,  greenish 
or  tinged  with  purple,  especially  the  petals  ;  spur  less  than  twice 
as  long  as  the  lip  ;  lip  except  in  L.  stricta  lanceolate,  /.  c,  some- 
what dilated  at  the  base  but  not  at  all  rhombic  ;  connective  nar- 
row and  anther-sacs  close  together. 

I.   LiMNORCHis  STRICTA    (Lindl.)  Rydb.    Mem.   N.    Y.   Bot. 

Garden  i  :  105.  1900 
Platantliera  stricta  Lindl.  Gen.  &  Sp.  Orchid.  PI.  288.  1835-9  ; 
Habenaria gracilis  Wats.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11  :  277.  1876  ;  Habc- 
naria  hyperborca  Rothrock,  Wheeler's  Rep.  4  :  265.  1878  ;  Habe- 
naria saccata  Greene,  Erythea,  3  :  49.  1 895  ;  Habenaria  stricta 
Ryd.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  24:  189.  1897;  PlatantJicra  gracilis 
Kraenzlin,  Orch.  Gen.  et  Spec,  i  :  639.     1899.      Not  Lindl. 


LiMXORCHIS    AND    PlPERlA    NORTH    OF    MEXICO 


615 


Tall  and  strict  3-10  dm.  high:  tubers  fusiform,  .5-1  cm.  in 
diameter:  lower  leaves  oblanceolate,  obtuse,  5-12  cm.  long,  15-25 
mm.  wide  :  the  upper  lanceolate,  acute  : 
spike  usually  very  long,  1-3  dm.,  and 
lax  :  bracts  linear-lanceolate,  the  lower 
much  longer  than  the  flowers,  often  3-4 
cm.   long:    flowers    12-14    mm.    lons"  • 


sepals    green,    rather   thin  ;    the    upper 

ovate,  erect,  4-5  mm.  long  ;  the  lateral 

ones  lanceolate,  obtuse,  5-6  mm.  long  : 

petals    purplish,   lanceolate,    acute  ;    lip  Fig.  i. 

linear,    obtuse,    5-7    mm.    long,  thick, 

purple  ;  spur  one-half  to  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  lip,  purplish, 

very  saccate,  /.  c,  thickened  and  round  at  the  apex.      (Fig.  i.) 

The  structure  of  the  flowers  places  this  species  in  the  L.  hypcr- 
Iwrca  gxow^,  although  the  lip  is  linear,  scarcely  at  all  broadened  at 
the  base.  This  character  and  the  lax  spike  would  place  it  near 
L.  laxiflora,  but  that  is  distinguished  by  the  long  spur  and  broad 
connective.  L.  stricta  is  common  in  damp  places,  swamps, 
etc.,  from  Alaska  to  Washington,  Wyoming  and  Montana.  It 
has  also  been  collected  in  Colorado  at  Twin  Lakes,  1873, /<r^//// 
Wolf,  p6j,  and  Manitou,  1896,  Fra/.  Clements. 

Type  :  "  America  boreali-occidcntalis ,  Douglas^ 


2.    LiMNORCHis  PURPURASCENS  Rydb.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  28  :   269. 

1 90 1 

A  rather  stout  plant,  3-5  dm.  high  :  tubers  elongated,  fusiform  : 
leaves  ovate  to  lanceolate,  acute,  6-ib  cm.  long,  15-30  cm.  wide, 

dark  green  :  spike  dense  ;  bracts  lanceolate, 
the  lower  exceeding  the  flowers  :  these  10-12 
mm.  long  :  lateral  sepals  oblong,  linear  to 
lanceolate,  obtuse,  4-5  mm.  long  ;  the  upper 
broadly  ovate,  erect,  obtuse,  tinged  with 
purple :  petals  slightly  shorter,  erect,  pur- 
ple, lanceolate ;  lip  broadly  linear-lanceo- 
late, obtuse,  about  5  mm.  long,  purplish, 
thick,  slightly  dilated  at  the  base ;  spur 
one-half  to  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  lip.  slightly  curved  and 
strongly  saccate  :  ovary  strongly  curved.      (Fig.  2.) 

This  species  resembles  the  preceding  in  the  short  spur  and 
purplish  flowers,  but  the  habit  and  form  of  the  lip  are  more  like 
that  of  L.  liyperborea.     L.  purpurascens  is  a  rare  plant,  growing  on 


Fic. 


616 


Rydberc;  :  The  American  Species  of 


damp  wooded  hillsides  at  an  altitude  of  2700-3000  m.      The  fol- 
lowing specimens  belong  here  : 

Colorado:  Iron  Mountain,  i  goo,  Rydbcrg  &  ]  rccland,  6414 
(type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.) ;  Georgetown,  1878,  M.  E.  Jones, 
J 14;  Como,  South  Park,  1895,  C.  S.  Crandall ;  Mouth  of  Chey- 
enne Caiion,  1896,  E.  A.  Bcsscy. 


3.    LiMNORCHis  BRACHYPETALA  Rvdb.   Bull.  N.   Y.   Bot.    Garden 

2:   161.      1901. 

Stem  slender,  striate,  4-5-leaved,  1-2  dm.  long  :  tubers  elon- 
gated fusiform,  7-8   mm.  thick  :  lower  leaves  oblong,  obtuse,  4-6 

cm.  long,  strongly  nerv^ed  ;  the  upper  lan- 
ceolate, acute :  spike  short,  5  cm.  long ; 
bracts  linear-lanceolate,  the  lower  2-3  times 
as  long  as  the  flowers  :  flowers  greenish  or 
brownish,  8  mm.  long  :  upper  sepals  about 
2  mm.  long,  nearly  orbicular,  slightl}'  trun- 
cate and  indistinctly  3 -toothed  at  the  apex  ; 
lateral  sepals  spreading,  oblong,  obtuse,  nearly  3  mm.  long : 
petals  round  ovate,  acute,  slightly  over  i  mm.  long ;  lip  very 
narrow,  a  little  dilated  at  the  base  and  near  the  apex,  acute  :  spur 
clavate,  almost  saccate,  nearly  straight,  about  equalling  the  lip  in 
length.      (Fig.  3.) 

In  habit  and  flower  most  like  L.  Jiyperborca,  but  with  a  nar- 
rower lip,  shorter  petals  and  shorter  and  thicker  spur,  which  re- 
sembles those  of  the  two  preceding  but  is  comparatively  longer. 
L.  brachypctala  grows  in  wet  places  in  Alaska  and  the  Yukon 
Territory. 

Yukon  Territory  :  Bennett  City,  1 899,  R.  S.  Williams  (type 
in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.);  above  Fort  Selkirk,  1899,  /.i>.  Tarlc- 
ton,  116. 

Alaska:  Unalaska,  1891,  /.  M.  Macomi,  142. 


4.    Limnorchis  viridiflora  (Cham.) 

Habenaria  borealis  /9  viridiflora  Cham.  Linnaea,  3  :  28.  1828  ; 
Habe?taria  hvpcrborea  S.  Wats.  Bot.  Cal.  2:134.  1 880  ;  in  part  and 
subsequent  authors  ;  Limnorchis  Jiypcrborca  Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y. 
Bot.   Garden,  i  :  104.    1900. 


LiMNORCHIS    AM)    PiPKRIA    NORiri    Ol-    MkXICO 


617 


Fir,.  4. 


Stem  2-5  dm.  high  :  tubers  elongate  fusiform,  5-7  mm.  thick  : 
lower  leaves  5-15  cm.   long,  2-3  cm.  wide,  oblanceolate,  obtuse  ; 
the  upper  lanceolate,  acute  :  spike  short 
and  dense  ;  bracts  linear-lanceolate,  the 
lower    slightly   exceeding    the    flowers  : 
flowers    10—12    mm.   long,   light   green: 
upper   sepal   broadly    ovate,    erect,    3—4 
mm.  long  ;  lateral  ones   5-6  mm.   long, 
lanceolate,  acutish  or  obtuse,  spreading  ; 
petals    erect,    lanceolate,    acute,    slight!)' 
shorter  than    the    upper  sepal  ;    lip   lan- 
ceolate,  obtuse,    less   than    5  mm.   long  ;   spur  decidedly  clavate, 
curved,  about  equalling  the  lip.      (Fig.  4.) 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  the  true  L.  Jiypci'lwrca,  and  is 
its  representative  in  the  west.  It  differs  only  in  the  lighter  green 
flower  and  the^thicker  and  shorter  spur.  It  is  also  related  to  L. 
horcalis  on  the  other  hand,  and  it  is  no  wonder  that  Chamisso 
made  it  a  variety ^of  that  species,  as  it  differs  only  in  the  green 
flowers  and  more  saccate  spur.  Intermediate  forms  are  met  with  ; 
these  [are  'perhaps  of  hybrid  origin.  L.  viridiflora  is  common  in 
the  Rocky  Mountain  regions  and  the  Cascades.  Its  range  ex- 
tends from  southern  Alaska  to  North  Dakota,  central  Nebraska 
and  Colorado,  and  is  the  common  plant  of  the  West,  known  as 
Habenaria  Jiypcrborea.      Numerous  specimens  have  been  examined. 

Type  :   "  Unalaschca,"  Chamisso. 


5.  Limnorchis  major  (Lange) 
Platanthci-d~^Kocnign    Lindley,  Gen.    &   Sp.   Orchid.    PI.    286. 

1835.      Not  [6>rr///5    Kooiigii    Retz.     1779;    PlatantJiera    dilatata 

Torr.  Fl.  N.  Y.  2  :  276,  in  part.  1843  ; 
Habcnaiia  Jiypcrborea  Gray,  Man.  Ed. 
5:  500,  in  part.  1867;  Platanthcra 
hypcrborea  (i  major  Lange,  Consp.  Fl. 
Groenl.  118.  1880;  Limnorchis  Jiypcr- 
borea Rydb.  ;  Britton,  Man.  Fl.  N.  St. 
294.      1 90 1,  in  part. 

Stem   stout,   2—6  dm.   high  :    leaves 
lanceolate,  mostly  acute,  5-30  cm.  long, 

1.5-4  cm.  wide:  spike  dense,  5-15   cm.  long;  bracts  lanceolate, 

the    lower   slightly    exceeding  the  flowers:  flowers    12—14  mm. 

long :    upper    sepal    broadly    ovate,    obtuse,    5    mm.    long ;    the 


Fig.  5. 


618 


RvDHERG  :  The  American  Species  of 


lateral  ones  ovate-lanceolate,  obtuse,  spreading :  petals  lance- 
olate, acute,  oblique,  a  little  shorter  than  the  sepals  ;  lip  5-6  mm. 
long,  ovate-lanceolate,  obtuse  ;  spur  almost  equalling  or  some- 
what exceeding  the  lip,  distinctly  clavate  and  curved.     (Fig.  5.) 

This  is  the  most  common  species  in  Greenland,  but  also  found 
on  the  North  American  continent.  It  differs  from  L.  hypcrborca 
in  the  stouter  habit,  the  larger  flowers,  the  broader  lip  and  the 
clavate  spur.  It  is  more  common  than  the  specimens  cited  below 
seem  to  indicate,  but  I  have  cited  here  only  the  specimens  in  our 
herbaria,  as  these  are  the  only  ones  presently  at  hand. 

Greenland:    Godhaven,   1878,  L.  Kinnlcin ;    and  a  specimen 
by  an  unknown  collector  from  Hooker's  herbarium. 

Maine  :  Norway,  S.  O.  Smith. 

Wisconsin  :  Milwaukee,  /.  A.  Lapliaui. 

New  York  :  North  Yonkers,  1887,/.  F.  Poggenbiirg ;  Torrey; 
A.  Gray. 

6.   LiMNORCHis  MEDIA  Rydb.;  Britton,  Man.  N.  St.  294.    1901 

Habcnaria  dilatata  Torr.  Comp.  3  1 8,  in  part.  1826.  Not  Orchis 
dilatata  Pursh.  181  3  ;  Habenaria  hypcrborca  Gray,  Man.  Ed.  5  : 
500,  in  part.     1867,  and  subsequent  authors. 

Stem  very  stout,  4-8  dm.  high : 
tubers  narrowly  fusiform,  5-7  mm.  thick  : 
leaves  lanceolate,  acute,  1-2  dm.  long  : 
spike  long,  densely  flowered  ;  bracts 
large,  longer  than  the  flowers,  with  sca- 
brous margins  :  flowers  divaricate,  about 
15  mm.  long  :  upper  sepal  ovate,  obtuse, 
about  5  mm.  long ;  lateral  ones  lance- 
olate or  oblong,  5-6  mm.  long :  petals 
green  or  purplish,  lanceolate,  acute  ;  lips 
lanceolate,  obtuse,  about  6  mm.  long  ;  spur  filiform,  /.  c,  not  at 
all  clavate,  curved,  slightly  longer  than  the  lip.      (Fig.  6.) 

This  is  nearest  related  to  the  preceding,  but  still  stouter,  and 
differs  in  the  narrower  lip  and  more  slender,  not  clavate  spur. 
In  habit  it  is  intermediate  between  L.  major  and  L.  dilatata,  and 
has  been  confused  with  both.  The  name  refers  to  this  fact  and 
not  to  the  size,  for  it  is  the  largest  species  of  the  hypcrborca 
group. 

Canada  :  Quebec,    Mrs.   Pcrcival.     (Type   in  Torrey   Herba- 
um.);   Notre  Dame  chez  Lac,  iZ'^'j ,  JoJin  Northrop. 


LiMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO 


619 


Vermont:  Willoughby,  1892,  H.  H.  Rusby. 
New  York:  John  Torrey ;  Silver  Bay,  Lake  George,  1901./. 
F.  Kemp. 

Wisconsin:  Milwaukee,  1881,  Dr.  Hassc. 

Minnesota:  Minnehaha  Creek,  1890,  E.  A.  Mcarns,  77. 

South  Dakota  :  Harney  Peak,  1  892,  Rydbcrg,  102S  (in  part). 


7.   LiMNORCHIS  HuRONENSis  (Nutt.)  Rydb.;   Britton,  Man.  LI.   N. 

St.  294.      1 90 1 

Oir/iis  Hiironensis  Nutt.  Gen.  N.  Am.  PI.  2  :  189.  1818  ;  Plat- 
anthcra  dilatata  Beck.  Bot.  347,  in  part.  1833.  Not  Orchis  dilatatn 
Pursh.  1 8 14;  Platanthcra  Huroncnsis  Lindl.  Gen.  et  Sp.  Orchid. 
PI.  288.  1835;  Habcnaria  hypcrborca  Gtz.y,MdiX\.  Ld.  5:  500,  in 
part ;  PlatantJiera  hypcrborca  y  var.  dilatata  Kraenzlin,  Orch.  Gen. 
&:  Sp.  640.    1 899,  in  part. 

Stem  slender.  2-4  dm.  high  :  lower 
leaves  oblanceolate,  obtuse  ;  the  upper  lan- 
ceolate, acute,  5-10  cm.  long,  1.5-2  cm. 
wide :  spike  long,  lax  ;  bracts  lanceolate, 
the  lower  often  twice  as  long  as  the 
flowers  :  flowers  light  green,  almost  erect  : 
upper  sepal  ovate,  2-3  mm.  long;  lateral 
ones  2-4  mm.  long,  oblong  to  lanceolate, 
obtuse  :  petals  narrowly  lanceolate,  slightly 
shorter  than  the  sepals,  oblique  ;  lip  linear-lanceolate,  3-4  mm. 
long  ;  spur  filiform,  not  clavate,  strongly  curved  and  slightly  longer 
than  the  lip.     (Pig.  7.) 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  L.  hypcrborea,  and  distin- 
guished by  the  erect  flowers,  the  narrower  lip  and  the  longer  pod. 
It  is  also  usually  taller  with  a  laxer  spike. 

Type  :  "  In  wet  places  on  the  islands  of  Lake  Huron  and 
Michigan." 

Canada:  Quebec,  Mrs.  Pcrcival. 

Vermont:  Monkton,  1879,  C.  G.  Pringlc. 

Massachusetts:  Shelbourne,  1889,  Geo.  F.  Taylor. 

Connecticut:  Canaan,  1866,  W.  H.  Lcggctt. 

New  York:  Utica,  1833,/^/'.  Gray;  Albany,  L.  C.  Beck; 
Jamesville,  1 890,  L.  M.  Underwood ;  Silver  Bay,  Lake  George, 
1 90 1,/.  F.  Kemp;  Catskills,  1887,  G.  Rauipsbcrger. 


Fig.  7. 


620  Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  of 

Michigan:  Long  Lake,  1890,  Bcardsley  &  Kofoid. 
Minnesota:  Chisago  Lake,  1892,  B.  C.  Taylor. 
Wisconsin  :  Madison,  S.  H.    Watso)i. 

8.   Limnorchis  hyperborea  (L.)  Rydb. ;   Britton,  xMan.  II.  X.  St. 

294,  in  part.      1901 

Orchis  hyperborea  L.  Mant.  121.  1 767  ;  Habenaria  hyperborea 
R.  Br.  Hort.  Kew.  Ed.  2:5:  193.  1813  ;  Plataiitlicra  Jiypcrborca 
Lindl.  Gen.  &  Sp.  Orchid.  PI.  287.     1835. 

Low  and  slender,  1.5—4  <^^^-  l^ig^^  •  tubers 
almost  fleshy-fibrous,  slightly  thicker  than  the 
roots  :  lower  leaves  oblanceolate,  obtuse,  5- 10 
cm.   long,  1-2  cm.  broad  ;  the   upper  lance- 
olate, acute  :  spike  rather  dense  ;  bracts  linear- 
lanceolate,   the    lower    slightly    longer    than 
the  flowers  :  flowers  light  green,   8-12  mm. 
long :    upper    sepal    broadly    ovate,    obtuse, 
3-4 mm.  long  ;  lateral  ones  lanceolate:  petals 
lanceolate,  slightly  shorter  than  the  sepals  ;  lip  lanceolate,  obtuse, 
nearly  5  mm.  long  ;  spur  filiform,  strongly  curv^ed  and  a  little  ex- 
ceeding the  lip.     (Fig.  8.) 

In  habit  L.  viridiflora  and  this  species  are  much  alike  and  the 
former  would  have  been  merged  in  the  latter,  if  all  the  western  speci- 
mens (/.  e.,  L.  viridiflora)  seen,  had  not  had  more  or  less  clavate  spur, 
a  character  not  seen  in  Icelandic,  Greenlandic  and  eastern  specimens. 
Type:  "  Islandia,  K'dnigy 

Iceland:  Gardas,  1888,  Prof.  &  Airs.  Sprague  Smith. 
Canada  :  Big  Swamp,  1 866,  /.  Macoun. 
New  Brunswick  :  Kennebeccosis,  1871,/.  Fow/er. 
Vermont:  Willoughby,  1892,  //.  H.  Riisby. 
New  York  :  Kirkville,  Onondaga  county,  1891,  L.  M.  Cnder- 
ivood,  3155. 

§  Behringianae:  Low  plants,  i- 1.5  dm.  high  :  spike  short  and 
dense:  flowers  greenish-purple  ;  lip  oblong-lanceolate ;  spur  fulh' 
twice  as  long  as  the  lip  ;  connective  narrow. 

9.    Limnorchis  Behringiana  sp.  nov. 

Stem  low,  1-1.5  dm.  high,  about  3-leaved  :  tubers  elongated 
fusiform,  about  5  mm.  thick:  lower  leaf  ovate-lanceolate,  about  5 
cm.  long  and  1.5—2  cm.  wide  ;  the  upper  lanceolate  and  smaller: 
spike  dense,  3-4  cm.  long  ;  bracts  linear-lanceolate,  the  lower  about 


LiMNORCHlS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MEXICO 


621 


1^^ 


twice  as  long  as  the  flowers  :  flowers  purplish,  about  I2  mm.  \om 
upper  sepal  ovate,  obtuse,  4-5  mm.  long  ;  the  lateral  ones  oblong 
petals  equalling  the  .sepals,  broadly- 
lanceolate  ;  lip  about   5  mm.  long  ; 
spur   fully    ID    mm.   long,   filiform. 
(Fig.  9) 

This  species  is  not  closely  re- 
lated to  any  of  the  other  species. 
The  type  specimens  were  labelled 
Habeiiaria  gracilis  Wats.  With 
this,  /.  e.,  L.  stricta  it  has  scarcely 
anything  common  except  the  color  of  the  flowers  and  such  char- 
acters as  are  found  in  all  species  of  LimnorcJiis.  L.  Bchringiana 
has  not  been  found  in  North  America  but  I  mclude  it  in  here,  as  it 
would]  likely  be  found  in  Alaska,  as  L.  convallanaefolia  from  the 
same  region  has  been. 

Asia:  Behring  Island,  1891,  British  Behring  Sea  Commission, 
i^j  (type  in  herb.  Columbia  Univ.). 

§Dilatatae:  Plants  usually  middle  sized  :  flowers  white  or  in 
the  first  species  yellowish-white  ;  lip  lanceolate,  more  or  less  dis- 
tinctly rhombic  dilated  near  the  base  ;  spur  equalling  or  slightly 
longer  than  the  tip  ;  connective  narrow. 


10.    Limnorchis  borealis  (Cham.) 
Habcnaria  borealis  Cham.  Linnaea,  3  :   28.     1828 


Plataiithera 

dilatata   Lindl.    Gen.   and   Sp.    Orchid.    PI.   287;  in   part.    1835; 
Habcnaria 
Habcnaria 


dilatata  Coult.  Man.  Rocky  Mts.  342.  1885; 
dilatatiforuiis  Rydb.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  24:  189. 
1897  ;  Platanthera  liypcrborca  y  var.  dilatata 
Kraenzlin,  Orch.  Gen.  et  Sp.  640.  1899,  in 
part ;  Limnorchis  dilatatiformis  Rydb.  Mem. 
N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  i:    105.     1900. 

Tall  and  leafy,  4-8  dm.  high  :  tubers 
elongated  fusiform,  5-8  mm.  thick  :  lowest 
leaves  oblanceolate  and  obtuse ;  the  rest 
lanceolate,  acute,  5-15  cm.  long,  1.5-2.5 
spike  often  rather  dense,  1-2  dm.  long;  bracts  lan- 
ceolate, the  lower  often  much  exceeding  the  flowers  :  flowers 
10-14  mm.  long,  white  or  sometimes  yellowish  or  greenish  white: 
upper  sepal  ovate,  obtuse,  4-5  mm.  long  ;  the  lateral  ones  oblong- 


FiG.   10. 


cm. 


wide 


622 


RvDBERG  :  The  American  Species  of 


lanceolate,  spreading  :  petals  lanceolate,  slightly  shorter  than  the 
sepals;  lips  rhombic-lanceolate,  obtuse,  about  5  rnrn.  long;  spur 
usually  shorter  than  the  lip,  and  more  or  less  clavate.      (Fig.  10.) 

This  species  represents  L.  dilatata  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  re- 
gion, but  differs  in  the  smaller  flowers  and  shorter,  more  clavate 
spur.  It  also  approaches  L.  viridiflora,  from  which  it  differs  in 
the  whiter  flowers  and  more  rhomboid  lip.  Where  growing 
together,  intermediate  forms  are  often  found,  perhaps  of  hybrid 
origin.  L.  borealis  is  common  from  Alaska  to  Washington  and 
Colorado. 

Type  :  "Unalaschca,"  Chamisso. 


Fig.  II. 


1 1 .  Limnorchis  foliosa  sp.  nov. 

Stem  stout  and  very  leafy,  about  3  dm.  high  :  leaves  linear- 
lanceolate,  attenuate,  i  — 1.5  dm.  long:  spike  short  and  dense,  less 

than  I  dm.  long ;  bracts  linear- 
lanceolate,  attenuate,  about  three 
times  as  long  as  the  flowers  :  these 
about  1 5  mm.  long,  white  :  upper 
sepal  broadly  linear,  obtuse,  about 
6  mm.  long  ;  lateral  ones  narrowly 
lanceolate,  about  9  mm.  :  petals 
narrowly  linear-lanceolate,  attenu- 
ate ;  lip  about  10  mm.  with  an  oval 
base  and  an  almost  linear  lower 
half,  obtuse  :  spur  about  the  length 
of  the  lip, filiform,  not  at  all  clavate. 
(Fig.  II.) 

This  species  has  the  habit  o{  Pcnilaria  flava  and  Cocloglossuui 
bractcatimi,  but  the  flower  is  of  the  typical  LiinnorcJns  t}^pe  and 
places  it  nearest  to  L.  dilatata.  The  flowers,  however,  are  larger 
and  the  lip  less  rhomboid. 

Al.\ska  :  Nagai,  187 1-2,  M.  \V.  Harrington  (Ball's  Fxplora- 
tion  ;  type  in  the  Columbia  herb.). 

12.    LiMXOKCHis  DiL.vr.ATA  (Pursh)  Rydb.;  Britton,  Man.  Fl.   N. 

States,  294.      1 90 1 

OrcJiis  dilatata  Pursh,  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  588.  18 14;  Habcnaria 
dilatata  Hook.  Exot.  Fl.//.  gj.  1825  ;  Plata ntlicra  dilatata  Lindl.; 
Reck.    Rot.  N.  &  M.  St.  347,   in   part.      1833  ;   Platanthcra  hyper- 


LljVINORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO 


623 


Iwrca  y  var.  dilatata  KraenzHn,  Orch.    Gen.   ct  Sp.   640,  in  part. 

1899. 

Stem  slender,  tall,  leafy,  3-6  dm. 
high  :  leaves  lanceolate,  7-20  cm.  long, 
the  lower  obtuse,  the  upper  acute  : 
spike  5-25  cm.  long,  usually  rather 
lax  ;  bracts  linear-lanceolate,  the  lower 
twice  as  long  as  the  flowers  :  flowers 
white,  15-18  mm.  long:  upper  sepal 
ovate,  obtuse,  about  6  mm.  long,  the 
lateral  ones  lanceolate,  acutish  :  petals 
acute,  lanceolate  ;   lip  lanceolate  with 

a   rhomboid   base,  about  7  mm.  long  ;  spur  longer  than    the  lip, 
filiform,  scarcely  at  all  clavatc.      (Fig.  12.) 

L.  dilatata  is  common   from  Newfoundland  to  Saskatchewan, 

south  to  New  York  and  Nebraska. 

Type  :   "  In  Labrador.      Co/inastcr,  v.  s.  in  Herb.  Dirkson.'' 

Limnorchis  dilatata  linearifolia  var.   nov. 

Stem  slender;  leaves  linear,' attenuate,  5-10  cm.  long,  5-7  mm. 
wide. 

Very  different  from  the  species  in  general  habit,  but  the  flowers 
are  exactly  the  same,  and  intermediate  forms  are  not  lacking. 

New  York  :  Bridgewater,  Dr.  Gray  (type  in  herb.  Torrey). 

Michigan  :  Portage  of  Kee-w\ana-wa,  Dr.  Peters. 

13.    Limnorchis  fragrans  Rydb. ;  Britton,   Man.   Fl.  N.   States, 

294.      1 901 

Stem  slender,  2-3  dm.  high  :  tubers  narrowly  fusiform,  about 
5  mm.  thick  :  leaves  linear,  about  i  dm.  long  and  8-10  mm.  wide, 

acute  :  spike  slender,  lax  ;  bracts  lanceo- 
late, acuminate  ;  the  lower  longer  than  the 
flowers  :  flowers  pure  white,  very  fragrant : 
upper  sepal  ovate-lanceolate,  obtuse  ;  the 
lateral  ones  linear-lanceolate,  acutish, 
strongly  veined  :  petals  narrowly  linear- 
lanceolate,  equalling  the  sepals  ;  lip  lanceo- 
late with  an  ovate-rhomboid  base,  about  5 
mm.  long  ;  spur  filiform,  not  at  all  clavate, 
curved,  slightly  exceeding  lip.  (Fig.  13.) 
Closely  resembling  the  variety  of  preceding  species,  it  is  dis- 
tinguished by  the  narrow  petals  and  sepals  and  by  the  fragrance. 


624 


RvDBERG  :  The  American  Species  of 


The  two  sheets  of  the  orginal  collection  in  the  Columbia  Herbarium 
are  the  only  ones  seen. 

Vermont:  Willoughby  Mountain,    1892,  H.  H.  Rnsby  (type 
in  herb.  Columbia  Univ.). 


14.   LiMNORCHis  LEPTOCERATiTis  Rydb.  Bull.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden, 

2  :    162.      1901 

Stem  slender,   2-4  dm.  high  :  tubers  slender,  slightly  tliicker 
than   the   fleshy  fibrous   roots  :  lower   leaves  oblong,  obtuse,  4-8 


cm. 


long, 


I -I.;    cm.    wide,    the 


upper 


linear-lanceolate,  acute  :  spike  short,  less 
than  I  dm.  long ;  bracts  linear-lanceo- 
late, the  lower  somewnat  longer  than 
the  white  flowers  :  sepals  3-4  mm.  long, 
lanceolate :  petals  linear  or  narrowly 
linear-lanceolate,  about  equalling  the 
sepals  ;  lip  lanceolate,  somewhat  rhombic, 
dilated  at  the  base  ;  spur  very  slender,  filiform,  strongly  curved 
forward,  a  little  exceeding  the  lip.  •  (Fig.  14.) 

This  is  nearest  related  to  the  eastern  L.  dilatata  and  L.  fra- 
irrans,  but  differs  in  the  smaller  size,  smaller  flowers  and  shorter 
leaves.  In  habit  it  resembles  most  a  depauperate  L.  borcaHs,  but 
the  spur  is  different. 

Yukon  Territory  :  Bennett  City,  1899,  R.  S.  JVi//iams  {type 
in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.). 

Alaska:  Unalaska,  1891./.  J/.  Macon  n :  southern  Alaska, 
1883,/.  Albert  Rudkin. 

British  Columbia:  Tulameen  River,  1900,  /.  F.  Kcuip. 
§  Leucostachvae  :  Tall  and  stout  plants  :  flowers  pure  white  or 
slightly  greenish  in  L.  Tliurbcri ;  lip  lanceolate  with  a  more  or  less 
rhombic  or  oval  dilatation  near  the  base  ;  spur  more  than  y.^  longer 
than  the  tip  ;   connective  narrow  :   spike  long  and  dense. 


15.  Limnorchis  Thurberi  (A.  Gray)  Rydb. 

Habcnaria  Thurberi  A.  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  7:   389.     186S; 

Habcnaria  IcucostacJiys  S.  Wats.  Bot.  Cal.  2  :    134,  in  part.     1880  ; 

Coville,  Cont.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  4:  201.     1893  ;  Platanliicra  Jiypcr- 

borca  d  var.  Iciicostacliys  Kraenzlin,  Oich.  Gen.  ct  Sp.  640,  in  part. 

1899. 


LiMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO 


625 


Fir..   15. 


Stem  stout  and  leafy,  4-6  dm.  high  :  tubers  elongated  fusi- 
form, 6-7  mm.  in  diameter  :  leaves  lanceolate  to  linear-lanceo- 
late, 1-2  dm.  long,  1.5-3  cm.  wide, 
acute  :  spike  long  and  dense  ;  bracts 
linear-lanceolate,  attenuate,  about 
equalling  the  flowers  :  these  dull 
white,  16-20  mm.  long:  upper 
sepal  ovate,  obtusish  ;  the  lateral 
ones  lanceolate,  acute  :  petals  lan- 
ceolate, about  equalling  the  sepals  ; 
lip  7-8  mm.  long,  lanceolate,  ob- 
tuse, the  dilated  portion  ovate  ;  spur 
filiform,  curved,  about  -,<  longer  than 
the  lip. 

This  has  been  merged  into  A.  Icucostachys,  which  it  resembles 
in  habit,  but  the  spike  is  denser,  the  flowers  are  dull  or  greenish 
white,  and  the  form  of  the  lip  is  different. 

Type  :  "  Arizona,  Thurber  (925)." 

New  Mexico:    1851-52,  C.  Wright,  igoo. 

California:  Thouias Bridges, ^56 ;  Mammoth,  1891,  Covillc & 
Funston,  1822 ;  Miner's  Ditch,  Nevada  county,  1867,  N.  J.Davis, 
J 7  ,•  Canoe  Creek,  /.  .S".  Newberry;  Nevada,  1893,  Michcner  & 
Bioletti ;  Sisson,  1897,  H.  E.  Brown,  j^ 20 ;  Marin  county,  1873, 
Edtvards;  Bernardino  Mts.,  1882,  S.  B.  &  W.  F.  Parish,  ij2i  ; 
Fresno  county,   1900,  Hall  &  Chandler,  ijO. 


16.    LiMNORCHIS  LEUCOSTACHYS  (Lindl.)  Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot. 

Garden,  i  :    106.      1900. 

Platanthera  leiicostachys  Lindl.  Gen.  &  Sp.  Orchid.  PI.  288; 
Habenaria  leiicostachys  S.  Wats.  Bot.  Cal.  2:  134.  1880;  Pla- 
tanthera hypcrborea  o  var.  leiicostachys  Kraenzlin,  Orch.  Gen.  et 
Sp.  640,  in  part.     1899. 

Stem  stout  and  tall,  6-10  dm.  high:  lower  leaves  oblanceo- 
late,  1-2  dm.  long,  1.5-3  cm.  wide;  the  upper  lanceolate,  acute: 
spike  1-3  dm.  long,  rarely  very  dense  ;  bracts  linear-lanceolate,  the 
lower  exceeding  the  flower  :  these  purely  white,  i  5-20  mm.  long  : 
upper  sepal  ovate,  obtuse,  about  5  mm.  long ;  lateral  ones  lanceo- 
late, acute,  j-^  mm.  long  :  petals  lanceolate,  attenuate,  a  little 
shorter  than  the  upper  sepal;  lip  lanceolate  with  a  decidedly 
rhombic  base,  about  8  mm.  long  ;  spur  filiform,  scarcely  clavate, 


626 


RvDBERG  :  The  American  Species  of 


acutish,  about  half  longer  than  the   lip,   less  than    i    mm.  thick. 
Fig.  1 6.) 

Lindley  describes  this  as  having  the 
lip  half  as  long  as  the  spur,  but  I  have 
not  seen  any  with  so  long  a  spur,  not 
even  in  Douglas'  specimens  at  Kew. 

TvPE  :  "In  ora  occidcntali  Aiiicricae 
scptcntrioiialis,  Dcniglns  {Jiab.  s.  sp.  coinui. 
Soc.  Hort.)r 

Alaska:  Ankow  River,  1892,  /'". 
Funstofi,  j2. 

Washington  :    Snoqualmie,   1892,  J/. 
Parker;  Wallawalla  to   Kuskuski,    1838-42,    Wilkes    Exp.,  J26. 
Idaho:    1892,  Isabel  Mulford ;   Priest  Lake,  1900,  D.  T.  Mae- 
Dougal,  7  and  ijS. 

Utah:    i^yi,  Palmer,  461. 

Nevada:  E.   Humboldt  Mountains,   1868,   S.  Watson,   1134- 
California:  Sierra  county,  1S74,  L:inin)i  \   Plumas  county, 
1 88 1,  Mrs.  Austiti  ;  Yosemite  Valley,   1866,  Bolander,  4.^36. 


Fig.    16. 


Limnorchis  leucostachys  robusta  var.  nov. 

Very  stout   and   tall,   4-10  dm.    high,  leafy:  spike  long  and 
dense,  1-3    dm.    long :   spur  usualK'   clavate,   over  i    mm.    thick, 
obtuse,  about  one-third  longer  than   the 
lip.     (Fig.  17.) 

This  may  be  distinct  from  L.  leuco- 
stachys but  the  onl}'  characters  distin- 
guishing it  from  the  type  is  the  thicker 
spur  and  the  denser  spike.  More  field 
work  is  needed  in  order  to  settle  its 
relationship  to  L.  IcucostacJiys.  The  fol- 
lowing specimens  are  in    our   herbaria  : 

Oregon  :   1871,  Elihu  Hall,  505. 

Washington:  1889,  R.  S.  J'asey,  yj  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y. 
Bot.  Gard.)  ;  Chevalis  River,  1897,  Frank  //.  Laud\  iigga; 
Olympia,  1898,  A.  A.  &  E.  G.  Heller,  4046  :  Falcon  Valley,  1893, 
W.  H.  Suksdorf,  ijj6  ;  Upper  Valley  of  the  Nesqually,  1894, 
O.  D.   Allen  ;  Yakima  Region,  1883,  F.  Tweedy ;  Palace  Camp, 


Fig.  17, 


LlMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO 


627 


I SS^,  Mrs.  Baihy  Willis;  Seattle,  1890,  C.  \\  /"/>•/' ;  Cascade 
Mts.,  1882.  Brandcgi'c,  ^80. 

British  Columbia:  Vancouver  Island,  1887,  /<V///  Macouii ; 
Tulameen  River,  1900,  Prof.  J.  F.  Kemp. 

Idaho  :  Valley  of  Clearwater  River,  1892,  Sandberg,  Mcxc- 
Dougal  &  Heller,  288. 

17.  Limnorchis  grarainifolia 

PlatantJiera  graininca  Lindle)',  Gen.  &  Sp.  Orchid.  PI.  289. 
1835  ;  not  Hahoiaria  graniinca  Sprcng.  Syst.  3:  690.  1826;  nor 
P.  graininca  Lindley,  /.  c.  292 ;  Platanthcra  Jiypcrborca  y  var. 
dilatata  Kraenzlin,  Orch.  Gen.  et  Sp.  640,  in  part,  1890. 

Very  slender,  3-4  dm.  high  :  leaves 
narrowly  linear,  5-10  cm.  long,  3-4  mm. 
wide  :  spike  short ;  bracts  lanceolate, 
shorter  than  the  flowers  :  these  white, 
12—15  mm.  long:  upper  sepal  ovate,  4 
mm.  long,  the  lateral  ones  lanceolate  : 
petals  narrowly  lanceolate,  slightly 
shorter  than  the  upper  sepal  ;  lip  lanceo- 
late, obtuse,  dilated  near  the  base,  but 
not  rhombic  ;  spur  one-third  to  one- 
half  longer  than  the  lip,  clavate  towards  the  ape.x,  acute.    (P'ig.  18.) 

This  plant  is  nearest  related  to  L.  Icucostachys,  but  differs  in  the 
slender  habit,  narrow  leaves  and  the  form  of  the  lip.  The  type  is 
in  Lindley's  herbarium,  where  I  saw  it.  The  specimens  from 
Lower  Canada  I  cannot  distinguish  from  the  Alaskan  specimens, 
although  the  occurrence  of  the  species  on  the  east  coast  is  exceed- 
ingly remarkable. 

Type  :  "In  ora  occidcntali  Amcricac  scptcntrionalis,  Mcnzics 
{Jiah.  s.  sp.  conini.  ccl.  Mensiesy 

Alaska:  Douglas  Island,  1891,  Grace  E.  Coolcy ;  Gorman's 
Lake,  1895,  M.   IV.  Gorman,  7./. 

Canada:  Mouthof  Riviere  du  Loup,  Wm.  Canby. 

%  Convallariaefoliae:  Slender  plants  about  3  dm.  high:  spike 
short  and  rather  lax  :  flowers  white  ;  lip  linear,  not  at  all  dilated 
at  the  base  ;  spur  about  equalling  the  lip  ;   connective  narrow. 

18.  Limnorchis  gracilis  (Lindl.). 
PlatantJiera  gracilis    Lindley,    Gen.  &    Sp.   Orchid.    PI.    288. 
1835- 


Fic.  18. 


628 


Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  ok 


Fig.  19. 


Slender,  about  3  dm.  high  :  leaves  oblong  to  lanceolate,  5-10 
cm.  long,  1-1.5  cm.  wide,  the  lower  obtuse,  the  upper  acute  :  spike 

slender  and  lax,  about  i  dm.  long  ; 
bracts  lanceolate  the  lower  slightly 
exceeding  the  flowers  :  these  white, 
10-12  mm.  long  :  upper  sepal  broadly- 
oval,  about  4  mm.  long,  the  lateral 
ones  linear-lanceolate,  acute  :  petals 
linear-lanceolate  ;  lip  linear,  obtuse, 
6—7  mm  long  ;  spur  clavate,  only 
slightly  curved,  a  little  shorter  than 
the  lip.  (Fig.  19.) 
This  resembles  L.  stricta  in  the  linear  lip  and  the  lax  spike, 
but  has  white  flowers  and  slender  spur.  Watson  confused  the 
two  and  following  him,  most  authors  have  used  the  name  Habc- 
naria  gracilis  for  L.  stricta.  No  one  who  has  seen  Lindley's  type 
could  confuse  the  two. 

Type:  "In   ora  occidciita/i  Ainericac  scptcntricmalis,   Menzics ; 
Observatory  inlet.  Herb.  Hooker  {hab.  s.  sp.  comm.  eel.   Menzies)." 
Alaska:    Back   Bay,    1895,  M.    IV.    Gorman,  f,2  (in  Colum- 
bia Herbarium) ;  Sitka,  i8cji,  IV.  G.    Wright  {1359)  (?)• 
Subarctic  America:   186 1-2,  /.   S.  Onion. 


19.  Limnorchis  convallariaefolia  (Lindl.) 

Platanthera  convallariaefolia  Lindl.  Gen.  &  Sp.  Orchid.  PL  287. 
1835;  Platanthera  hyperborea  (i,VA.\.  cojiv all ariaef alia  Kraenzlin, 
Orch.  Gen.  et  Sp.  640.     1899. 

Stem  slender,  about  3  dm.  high  :  leaves 
oblong-lanceolate  or  oblanceolate,  4-8  cm. 
long,  1-2  cm.  wide,  the  lower  obtuse,  the 
upper  acute :  spike  short,  less  than  i  dm. 
lone ;  bracts  lanceolate  or  linear-lanceolate, 
equalling  or  the  lower  exceeding  the  whitish 
flowers  :  upper  sepal  almost  orbicular  or 
broadly   ovate,    3-4   mm.    long ;    lateral   ones 

lanceolate,  obtuse  :  petals  lanceolate,  acute  ;  lip  linear,  about  6 
mm.  long,  obtuse  ;  spur  filiform,  curved,  almost  equalling  the  lip. 
(Fig.  20.) 

This  is  closely  related  to  L.  gracilis,  and  differs  scarcely  in  any 
respect  except  that  the  flowers  are  smaller  and  the  spur  is  longer 
and  more  slender.     It  was  described  from  specimens  collected  by 


Fig.  20. 


LiMNOKCHIS    AND    Pll'KKIA    NORTH    OF    MEXICO 


629 


Fischer  in  Kamtchatka.  The  t\'pe  is  in  Lindley's  herbarium  and 
a  cotype  in  Torre>-'s.  The  Unalaska  specimen  also  collected  by 
Fischer,  I  cannot  distinguish  from  the  Asiatic. 

Type  :   "In   KamtcJiatka,  Fischer  {hab.  s.  sp.  couim.   ccl.  Prcs- 

cott)r 

Asia  :  Kamtchatka,  Fischer,  ex.  herb.  Liudley. 

Alaska  :  Unalaschca,  Fischer. 

§  Arizoxicae  :  Rather  stout,  5-7  dm.  high  :  spike  long  and  lax  : 
flowers  light  greenish  ;  lip  linear,  not  at  all  dilated  at  the  base  ; 
spur  filiform,  almost  twice  as  long  as  the  lip  ;  connective  narrow. 

20.  Limnorchis  Arizonica  sp.  no  v. 

Stem  tall,  leafy  :  lower  leaves  oblong,  about  5  cm.  long,  obtuse, 
the  middle  and  upper  ones  linear,  the  former  2-3  dm.  long,  2-3 
cm.  wide :  spike  slender,  lax,  many-flowered 
1.5-3  cm.  long;  bracts  linear-lanceolate,  the 
lower  slightly  longer  than  the  flowers  :  these 
12-15  mm.  long,  greenish  or  purplish  :  upper 
sepal  broadly  ovate,  3-4  mm.  long ;  lateral 
ones  ovate-lanceolate  :  petals  lanceolate,  acute, 
slightly  shorter  than  the  upper  sepal,  4-5 
mm.  long.    (Fig.  21.) 

This  species  resembles  somewhat  both  L. 
stricta  and  L.  sparsiflora.  From  the  former 
it  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  long  slender  spur  and  from  the 
latter  by  the  many-flowered  spikes,  smaller  flowers  and  narrow 
connective.      It  grows  in  rich  canons  of  Arizona. 

Arizona:  1891,  Nealley  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.); 
Santa  Rita  Mts.,  1881,  C.  G.  Pringlc ;  Ft.  Huachuca,  1893,  T.  E. 
Wilcox ;  Weber  Creek,  1887,  E.  A.  Mearns,  ijj. 

§  Sparsiflorae  :  Plant  slender,  light  green  :  spike  elongated  : 
flowers  greenish  with  strongly  reflexed  sepals  ;  lip  linear  ;  spur 
slender,  much  longer  than  the  lip  ;  connective  very  broad  :  leaves 
normal. 

2 1 .    Limnorchis  ensifolia  sp.  nov. 

Platantliera  liyperborea  o  var.  leucostacJiys  Kraenzlin,  Orch. 
Gen.  et  Sp.  640,  in  part.     1899;  not  P.  leiicostachys  Lindl. 

Stem  strict,  3-4  dm.  high,  light  colored,  few  leaved:  leaves 
linear-lanceolate,  attenuate,  slightly  falcate,  1-1.5  dm.  long,  1-1.5 
cm.    wide :    spike    short    and    not    very   lax  ;    bracts    lanceolate. 


Fig.  21. 


G30 


RvDUERG  :  The  American  Species  of 


acuminate,  light  green,  about  equalling  the  flowers  :  these  greenish, 
about  1 5    mm.    long  :   upper  sepal    broadly    ovate,  about    5    mm. 

long  ;  lateral  sepals  about  7  mm.  long, 
oblong-lanceolate  :  petals  narrowly  lan- 
ceolate, acute  ;  lip  linear,  about  8  mm. 
long,  thick  ;  spur  filiform,  about  i  cm. 
long.      (Fig.  22.) 

This  is  nearest  related  to  L.  sparsi- 

flora,  but  the  spike  is  shorter  and  denser, 

the  upper  sepals  and  petals  larger  and  the 

bracts  shorter    and    broader,    and    light 

colored.      The  type  was   growing  at  an 

altitude  of  about  '2600  mm. 

Arizona:   Mt.   Humphrey,  1897,  R.  E.  Kutizc  (type  in  herb. 

N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.)  ;  Willow  Springs,  1874,  Rothrock,  36g. 

Utah  :   "  Central  Utah,"  1875,  C.  C.  Parry,  8c}  ;  Rock  Creek, 
1877,  Dr.  E.  Palmer,  460  (in  part). 

New  Mexico:  Silver  City,  1880,  E.  L.  Greened 


Fig.  22. 


'>9 


Limnorchis  laxiflora  sp. 


nov. 


Stem  slender,  4-6  dm.  high  :  lower  leaves  oblanceolate,  obtuse, 
8-10  cm.  long,  1-1.5  cm.  wide  ;  the  upper  linear-lanceolate,  acute: 
spike  very  slender  and  lax,  1-2  dm.  long,  few- 
ilowered ;  bracts  linear-lanceolate,  usually 
equalling  or  shorter  than  the  flowers  :  these 
greenish,  10-12  mm.  long  :  upper  sepals  broadly 
obovate,  obtuse,  about  4  mm.  long  ;  lateral 
ones  broadly  lanceolate,  acutish  :  petals  almost 
equalling  the  upper  sepal,  lanceolate  ;  lip 
linear,  obtuse,  about  6  mm.  long  ;  spur  about 
8  mm.  long,  slightly  clavate,  a  little  longer 
than  the  lip.      (Fig.  23.) 

This  is  closely  related  to  and  has  been  mis- 
taken for  L.  sparsijiora,  which,  however,  has  larger  flowers,  longer 
spur,  not  at  all  clavate,  longer  bracts  and  more  slender  stem. 

Oregon:  Coast  Mountains,  1884,  Thomas  Howell  (type  in 
herb.  Columbia  College);  Interior  of  Oregon,  1838-42,  Wilkes 
Expedition  ;    1871,  Elihu  Hall,  504. 

Utah  :  Rock  Creek,  1877,  Dr.  E.  Palmer  {460  in  part). 


Fig.    2- 


*  This  is  labelled  Habenaria  Jiagellaris  Wats. 


LiMNORCIIlS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MEXICO 


631 


Colorado:  Uncompahgne  Mountains  near  Los  Pinos,  1878, 
IVm.  F.  Flint. 


23- 


Limnorchis  sparsiflora  (S.  Wats.)  Rydb. 


Fir..    24. 


Habcnaria  sparsiflora  S.  Wats.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  12  :  276. 
1877;  PlatantJi:ra  Iiyperborea  d  var.  IcucostacJiys  Kraenzlin,  Orch. 
Gen.  et  Sp.  640,  in  part.     1899. 

Stem  tall  and  slender,  4—6  dm.  high  : 
lower  leaves  oblanceolate,  obtuse,  1—2  dm. 
long,  1.5—3.5  cm.  wide;  the  upper  lanceo- 
late, acute  :  spike  long,  slender  and  lax, 
2—3  dm.  long ;  bracts  linear-lanceolate, 
usually  exceeding  the  flowers :  these  light 
green,  very  delicate,  about  15  mm.  long: 
upper  sepal  broadly  ovate,  4-5  mm.  long; 
the  lateral  ones  lanceolate,  acute,  about  6 
mm.  long :  petals  narrowly  lanceolate, 
acute  ;  lip  linear,  about  8  mm.  long,  obtuse  ;  spur  filiform,  about 
1  cm.  long.     (Fig.  24.) 

This  is  characterized  by  the  long,  slender,  lax  spike,  delicate 
green  flowers  and  long  bracts.  The  type  was  collected  by  Bo- 
lander,  near  Mariposa  Grove,  California. 

Oregon:  Kerbyville,  1884,  T.  Hoivcll. 

California:  Donner  Lake,  1865,  /.  Torrey,  jii ;  Pine  Ridge, 
Fresno  county,  1900,  Hall  &  Chandler,  ijg ;  Truckee  River, 
1893,  C.  F.  Sonne;  Mt.  Dyer,  1879,  ^-  ^^-  Austin;  Sierra  county, 
1874,  Lenimon. 

New  Mexico:   1881,  MongoUon  Mountains,  H.  H.  Rnsby. 

§  Brevifoliae  :  Like  the  Sparsiflorae,  but  leaves  very  short, 
much  reduced  :   flowers  nearly  twice  as  large. 


24.  Limnorchis  brevifolia  (Greene)  Rydb. 

Habenaria  brevifolia  Greene  ;  Coulter,  Bot.  Gaz.  6:218.     1 88 1 ; 

Platantlicra  Iiyperborea  o  var.  leucostachys  Kraenzlin,   Orch.  Gen. 

et  Sp.  640,  in  part.     1899. 

Stem  strict,  leafy,  3-6  dm.  high  :  leaf-blades  ovate,  2-4  cm. 
long  and  about  i  cm.  wide,  acute :  spike  elongated,  1—2  dm. 
long;  bracts  similar  to  the  leaves  but  smaller,  about  equalling  the 
flowers:  these  green,  2-2.5  cm.  long:  upper  sepal  ovate,  about 
5  mm.  long  ;  lateral  sepals  linear,  acute,  about  8  mm.  long  :  petals 


632 


Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  of 


linear-lanceolate,  acute,  a  little  shorter  than 
the  upper  sepal  ;  lip  linear,  obtuse,  about 
lO  mm.  long;  spur  filiform,  about  15  mm. 
long.      (Fig.  25.) 

This  is  characterized  by  its  large  flowers 
and  reduced  leaves. 

Type  :  "  On  dry  southward  slopes  of  the 
Finos    Altos   Mountains,   New    Mexico,   in 
i88o." 

New  Mexico  :  White  Mountains,  1 897, 
E.  O.  Wooton,  5./^  ;  Finas  Altos  Mountains, 
E.  L.  Greene. 

Mexico:    State   of   Chihuahua,    Sierre    Madre,    1887,    C.    G. 
Pringle,  IJ74. 


Fig.  25. 


FIPERIA  Rydb.  Bull.  Torn  Club,  28:  269.      1901 

Somewhat  leafy-stemmed  plants,  but  the  leaves  are  usually 
near  the  base  and  withering  at  or  before  the  anthesis,  the  stem- 
leaves  being  reduced  and  bract-like  :  tubers  spherical  or  rounded 
ellipsoid;  flowers  greenish  or  white ;  sepals  and  petals  i-nerved 
or  very  obscurely  3-nerved  ;  the  upper  sepal  ovate  or  lanceo- 
late, erect ;  the  lateral  ones  spreading,  linear  to  lanceolate,  their 
bases  united  with  the  claw  of  the  lip  ;  upper  petals  free,  lanceolate 
or  linear-lanceolate,  oblique,  but  not  cordate  ;  the  blade  of  the  lip 
linear-lanceolate  to  ovate,  obtuse,  truncate  or  hastate  at  the  base, 
concave  but  with  a  longitudinal  low  ridge  in  the  middle  produced 
by  the  undulation  of  the  lip  ;  the  claw,  if  it  can  be  called  so,  united 
with  the  bases  of  the  lower  sepals,  bordered  with  an  erect  margin 
which  connects  the  lip  with  the  column  ;  anther  cells  unusually 
large  for  the  size  of  the  flower,  parallel,  opening  nearly  laterally  : 
stigma  a  small  beak  in  the  angle  between  the  anther-cells  ;  ovary 
sessile,  ellipsoid  in  fruit. 

The  principal  differences  between  Limnorchis  and  Piperia  are 
the  following  : 


Limnorchis 


FlPERIA 

Tubers  rounded. 


Tubers     elongated     fusiform, 
root-like. 

Stem  leafy  ;  leaves  remaining        Stem  leafy  at  the  base  ;  leaves 
until  fruit  is  set.  withering  at  or  before  anthesis. 


LiMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO  633 

LiMNORCHIS  PiPERIA 

Sepals  3-7-nerved  ;  petals  dis-  Petals  and  sepals  i  -nerved  or 
tinctly  3- nerved,  without  gibbosi-  obscurely  3-nerved,  with  small 
ties.  gibbosities  at  their  bases. 

Lateral  sepals  free.  Lateral  sepals  with  their  bases 

adnate  to  the  claw  of  the  lip. 
Lip   flat   or  concave,   without        Lip  with  a  more  or  less  dis- 
median  ridge,  not  truncate  at  the  tinct  median  ridge  ;  blade  trun- 
base,  free.  cate   or   hastate   at  the   base ;  a 

margin  connecting  the  claw  with 
the  column. 
Anther-cells  opening  in  front.        Anther-cells  opening  laterally. 

The  first  .species  of  Piperia  was  originally  described  as 
Spirantlies  Utialascliensis  Sprengel  *  and  generally  known  as  Habc- 
naria  UnalascJiensis  Wats.  In  tlie  Kew  Index  this  species  is 
referred  to  Henniuium  coiigcstuvi,  a  plant  from  northern  India. 
We  have  no  specimen  of  the  latter,  but  the  identity  is  so  unlikely 
that  I  did  not  think  of  making  a  comparison  when  I  visited  Kew 
last  summer.  P.  UnalascJiensis  \sx\o  Herminhnn,  however,  for  that 
genus  is  distinguished  by  the  total  absence  of  a  spur  besides  by 
different  structures  of  the  column.  Kraenzlin  recognizes  both  Pla- 
tantJiera  Unalaschcnsis  and  P.  foctida.  It  is  true  that  no  one  seems 
to  know  exactly  what  5^;m;////r5  UnalascJiensis '^^^xQ:\^\^t\  really  was, 
but  I  know  of  no  plant  except  the  present  species,  which  agrees  with 
Sprengel's  short  description.  Kraenzlin  placed  P.  Unalaschcnsis 
among  the  scapose  species  and  P.  foctida  among  the  foliose,  but 
in  the  description  he  characterizes  the  latter  as  having  the  leaves 
near  the  base.  I  cannot  find  any  character  on  which  to  base  a 
segregation  of  two  species.  The  publication  of  Platanthera  foctida 
Geyer,  is  generally  given  as  Hook.  Journ.  Bot.  7  :  376.  1855  ; 
but  there  is  no  description,  only  the  name  and  references  to  the  lo- 
cality where  it  was  collected.  The  first  real  publication  seems  to 
have  been  in  King's  Report,  where  Watson  gives  it  as  a  synonym 
under  Habenaria  foctida  there  described.  Gymnadenia  hmgispica 
Durand  f  has  been  referred  to  this  species,  but  this  must  be  a  mis- 

*  Syst.  3  :  708.    1826. 
fPl.  Pratten,  loi.      1855. 


634  RvDBERG  :  The  American  Species  of 

take  as  that  species  was  described  as  having  a  spur  longer  than  the 
ovary,  which  is  not  the  case  with  P.  Unalascheiisis. 

The  second  species  of  Pipcrin  was  first  described  as  PlatantJiera 
elegans  Lindl.*  from  specimens  collected  by  Douglas  in  north- 
western America.  It  seems  from  the  description  as  if  more  than 
one  species  had  been  included  therein  as  for  instance  "  cmile  squa- 
inis  parvis  ranicntaceis,  spica  longa  densa  cylindracca."  Although 
this  species  has  scale-like  stem  leaves,  they  are  not  by  far  so  con- 
spicuous as  in  the  species  that  Bolander  took  for  PL  elegans  and 
that  the  spike  is  described  as  dense  does  not  very  well  fit  this  spe- 
cies. Not  having  any  authentic  specimen  I  naturally  thought 
that  the  name  Plataut/iera  elegans  Lindley  belonged  to  the  species 
named  Habenaria  elegans  by  Bolander  or  else  the  one  that  I  have 
described  here  as  Piperia  multiflora.  I  therefore  described  the 
lax-flowered  species  under  the  name  P.  elongata.  At  Kew  last 
summer,  I  found  only  one  specimen  collected  by  Douglas  and 
this  I  refer  to  my  P.  elongata  although  its  spike  is  more  dense 
than  in  my  type,  but  not  denser  than  some  specimens  of  the  same 
species  in  our  herbaria.  It  is,  therefore,  best  to  pass  my  P.  elon- 
gata into  synonymy  for  the  present. 

With  regard  to  Habenaria  elegans  Bolander  it  must  be  stated 
that  it  was  not  properly  published  before  it  appeared  in  the  Botany 
of  California,  for  in  Bolander's  Catalogue  of  the  Flora  of  San 
Francisco  it  is  a  nouicn  nudum,  without  description  or  synonyms. 
What  Bolander's  plant  was  is  not  unknown,  for  there  is  one  speci- 
men in  the  Torrey  herbarium  collected  and  named  by  Bolander. 
This  can  scarcely  be  distinguished  from  Habenaria  Michacli 
Greene,t  although  it  has  a  longer,  less  crowded  spike. 

A  further  study  has  revealed  that  several  other  species  than 
the  ones  enumerated  in  the  place  of  publication  of  Piperia,  must  be 
included  in  that  genus,  viz.,  Habenaria  Michaeli  Greene,  and  Gyni- 
nadenia  longispica,  both  mentioned  above,  Habenat'ia  Cooperi 
Wats.:}:  and  Habenaria  niaritinia  Greene. §  Concerning  H.  Cooperi 
Wats,  it  may  be  remarked  that  it  was  placed  by  Watson  in  that 

*Gen.  &  Spec.  Orchid.  PI.  285.      1835. 
t  Man.  Bay  Reg.  Bot.  306.     1894. 
jProc.  Am.  Acad.  12:  276.      1876. 
§  Piltonia,  2  :  298.     1892. 


LlMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO  635 

section  of  Haboiaria  which  now  constitutes  LininorcJiis,  but  his  de- 
scription of  the  flower  is  the  best  hitherto  given  of  any  species  of 
Pipcria. 

Synopsis  of  Species 

Spur  less  than  twice  as  long  as  the  lip. 

Stem  leafy  only  at   the  base  ;  lip  oblong  ;   spur  slender,   slightly  exceeding  the 
lip.  \.   P.  Unalaschensis. 

Stem  more  or  less  leafy  ;   lip  ovate. 

Spur  slightly  exceeding  the  lip,  very  saccate.  2.    P.  Cooperi. 

Spur  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  lip,  only  slightly  clavate. 

3.  P.  lancifoiid. 
Spur  2-3  times  as  long  as  the  lip,  filiform. 

Lip  linear  to  lanceolate. 

Spike  very  lax  ;  lip  4-5  mm.  lon^  ;   spur  about  8-10  mm. 

4.  P.  li'ptopetahi. 
Spike  dense  ;  lip  ab^ut  6  mm.  long  ;   spur  15-18  mm.  long. 

5.  P.  1)1  u  tijlora. 
Lip  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate. 

Spike  elongated,  lax  ;  leaves  withering  at  anthesis. 

Bracts  linear-lanceolate  ;   stem  leafy  only  at  the  base. 

6.  P.  e  Cleans. 
Bracts  ovate-lanceolate  ;  stem  usually  leafy.               7.   P.  longispica. 

Spike    short    and    very   dense  ;    flowers    crowded  ;    leaves    withering    before 
anthesis. 
Petals  and  sepals  about  4  mm.  long  ;   petals  purplish  or  greenish. 

8.    P.  Miclmeli. 
Petals  and  sepals  about  5  mm.  long ;  petals  white.    9.    /'.  iiiaritiina. 

I.   PiPERIA  Unalaschensis  (Spreng.)  Rydb.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  28  : 

270.      1 90 1 

Spirantlics  Unalaschensis  Spreng.  Syst.  3:   708.     1826;   Habc- 

naria  Scliisc]imareffianaQ\\?in\.\Jim\-Ae.^,2>'-  '^9-  1828;  Hermmiinn 
UnalascJikcnsc  ^€\<z\\&\\h.  Fl.  Germ.  13:  107.//.  6^;  PlatantJicra 
Scliisclimareffiaiia  Lindl.  Gen.  &  Sp.  Orchid.  286.  1835;  Habe- 
naria  foctida  S.  Wats.  Bot.  King's  Exped.  5:  341.  1871  ;  Plat- 
antJicra foctida  Geyer.  as  a  synonym  under  the  preceding  ; 
Habenaria  Unalaschensis  Ws-is.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  12:  277.  1877; 
Montolivaea  Unalaschensis  Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  i  :  107. 
1900. 

Stem  strict,  slender,  3—5  dm.  high,  leafy  only  near  the  base  : 
basal  leaves  oblanceolate,  obtuse  or  acutish,  i  — 1.5  dm.  long,  .8-3 
cm.  wide,  withering  at  anthesis  or  soon  after  ;  stem  leaves  bract- 
like, linear-lanceolate  to  lanceolate,  attenuate,  .5—1  cm.  long  :  spike 
long  and  lax,  1—3  dm.  long;  bracts  lanceolate  to  ovate-lanceolate, 


G36  Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  of 

one-half  to  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  flowers  :  these  greenish,  dis- 
tinctly in  spirals,  8-io  mm.  long  :  petals  and  sepals  2-4  mm.  long, 
upper   sepal    ovate,    acutish  ;  lateral  ones    oblong-lanceolate,    ob- 

tusish  :  petals  purplish  green,  somewhat  fleshy, 
lanceolate,  oblique  at  the  base ;  lip  oblong, 
obtuse,  slightly  hastately  lobed  near  the 
base  ;  spur  filiform  or  slightly  clavate,  a  little 
exceeding  the  lip  but  shorter  than  the  ovary. 

,^^^        (Fig-  26.) 
^  ■  P.   Unalasdiensis   is   common  from   south- 

ern Alaska  and  Alberta  to  California  and  Colorado,  and  grows  in 
damp  woods. 

Type:  '' Ins.  Aleut." 

The  following  locality  is  remarkable,  being  far  out  of  the  sup- 
posed range  : 

Quebec:  Jupiter  River,  Anticosti,  i^d>2),  John  Macoiin. 

2.    Piperia  Cooperi  (S.  Wats.) 

Habcnaria  Cooperi  S.  Wats.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  12  :   276.     1876. 

Tall  and  strict,  3-10  dm.  high,  leafy  below  :  basal  leaves  ob- 
long lanceolate,  acute,  about  i  dm.  long  ;  lower  stem  leaves  lan- 
ceolate, attenuate,  10-15  cm.  long;  the 
upper  reduced  and  bract-like,  lanceolate, 
1-2  cm.  long  :  spike  strict  and  lax,  1-3 
dm.  long  ;  bracts  ovate-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, two-thirds  as  long  as  the  flowers  : 
these  yellowish-green,  about  10  mm.  long  : 
sepals  and  petals  about  4  mm.  long,  ob-  fig.  27. 

tuse  ;  upper  sepal  ovate  ;  lateral  sepals  and 
petals  oblong  lanceolate  ;  lip  ovate,  rounded  at  the  apex,  somewhat 
hastate  at  the  truncate  base,  but  the  lobes  rounded,  rather  thick  and 
with  prominent  ridge  in  the  middle  ;  spur  thick,  decidedly  clavate, 
about  equalling  the  lip,  but  much  shorter  than  the  ovary.    (Fig.  27.) 

I  have  not  seen  the  type,  collected  by  Cooper  at  San  Diego, 
California,  but  the  plants  cited  below  agree  with  the  description 
and  were  collected  in  the  same  region.  It  is  from  these  I  have 
drawn  the  description  and  figure. 

Type:  "On  Clay  hills  near  San  Diego,  California;  Dr.  J.  G. 
Cooper." 

California:  San  Diego,  1884,  C.  R.  Orciitt ;  Point  Loma, 
1897,   T.  S.  BnDuicgce. 


LiMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO 


637 


Fig.  2S. 


3.  Piperia  lancifolia  sp.  nov. 

Stem  stout,  3-5  dm.  high,  the  lower  portion  leafy;  basal  leaves 
and  lower  stem-leaves  lanceolate,  attenuate,  10-15  cm.  long,  1-2 
cm.  wide,  withering  after  anthesis  :  spike  many-flowered,  but  lax, 
2-3  dm.  long;   bracts  ovate,  acute,  striate, 
about  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  flowers,  or 
the  lower  almost  equalling  them  :   flowers 
greenish,    11-13    mm.   long:    upper    sepal 
ovate,  obtuse,  about  4  mm.  long  ;  the  lateral 
ones     slightly     longer,    oblong-lanceolate : 
petals  lanceolate,  obtusish,  oblique   at  the 
base;  lip  about  4  mm.  long  ;  blade  round 
ovate,  rounded  at  the  apex,  truncate  at  the 

base,  scarcely  at  all  hastate,  thick,  with  prominent  median  ridge  ; 
spur  filiform,  slightly  clavate,  almost  twice  as  long  as  the  lip  and 
about  equalling  the  ovary.      (Fig.  28.) 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  the  preceding,  differing  in  the 
longer  less  clavate  spur,  scarcely  at  all  hastate  lip  and  broader 
bracts.     It  is  growing  in  cafions. 

California:  Sierra  Santa  Monica,  1892,  H.  E.  Hassc,  ^dyj 
(type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card  ). 

4.  Piperia  leptopetala  sp.  nov. 

Stem  slender,  3-4  dm.  high,  leafy  only  at  the  base  :  basal  leaves 
two,  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse  or  acutish,  about    i  dm.  long,  1.5- 

2.5  cm.  wide,  withering  at  anthesis  or 
soon  after ;  stem  leaves  all  reduced 
and  bract-like,  few,  lanceolate,  acute  : 
spike  slender,  lax,  1-2  dm.  high ; 
bracts  lanceolate  to  linear-lanceolate, 
acuminate,  about  half  as  long  as  the 
flowers  :  these  greenish,  about  i  cm. 
long  :  upper  sepal  lanceolate,  obtuse, 
about  4  mm.  long  ;  lateral  ones  nar- 
rowly lanceolate,  acute,  about  5  mm. 
long:  petals  narrowly  lanceolate,  acute, 
about  equalling  the  upper  sepal ;  blade  of  the  lip  lanceolate, 
obtuse,  hastately  toothed  at  the  base  ;  median  ridge  rather  obscure  ; 
spur  filiform,  not  clavate,  about  twice  as  long  as  the  lip  and  longer 
than  the  ovary.      (Fig.  29.) 

In  habit  this  species  resembles  most  P.  Unalaschensis,  but  the 
sepals  and  petals  are  narrower  and  the  spur  is  almost  twice  as  long. 


Fig.  29. 


638 


Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  of 


California  :  Mountains  east  of  San  Diego,  1850,  C.  C.  Parry 
(Mex.  Bound.  Surv.,  type  in  herb.  Columbia  Univ.) ;  Plumas 
county,  1875,  Mrs.  Austin. 

Washington:  Nesqually  River,    1838-42,  Wilkes  Exp.,   146, 

in  part. 

5.    Piperia  multiflora  sp.  nov 

Montolivaca  elcgans  Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  i  :  106, 
in  part  as  to  specimen  cited.  1900;  not  Reichenb.  1881  ;  Piperia 
elegans  Rydb.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  28:   270,  in  part.    1901. 

Stem  stout,  4-6  dm.  high,  3-4- 
leaved  only  near  the  base  :  basal  leaves 
oblong,  oblanceolate  or  obtuse  or 
acutish,  1-1.5  dm.  long,  2-3  cm.  wide, 
withering  at  anthesis  ;  lower  stem 
leaves  lanceolate,  acute ;  upper  stem 
leaves  much  reduced  and  bract-like, 
lanceolate  or  linear-lanceolate,  scat- 
tered, attenuate,  1-2  cm.  long  :  spike 
very  dense,  1-2  dm.  long;  bracts 
linear-lanceolate,  almost  equalHng  the 
flowers  :  these  greenish-white,  spread- 
ing, about  1.5  cm.  long:  upper  sepal 
lanceolate,  acute,  4-5  mm.  long  ;  lateral 
sepals  and  petals  linear-lanceolate,  acutish  or  obtuse  ;  lip  almost 
linear,  obtuse,  only  slightly  hastate  at  the  base,  about  6  mm. 
long;  median  ridge  very  low;  spur  15-18  mm.  long,  filiform, 
not  clavate.     (Fig.  30.) 

This  species  is  perhaps  nearest  related  to  P.  elcgans,  differing 
however  in  the  dense  spike,  the  spreading  flowers,  and  narrow 
petals  and  sepals. 

Washington:  Gray's  Harbour,  1838-42,  Wilkes  Exp ed.,  1^4 
(type  in  herb.  Columb.  Univ.);  Cascade  Mountains,  \^%2,  Brande- 

ge^.  4-75- 

Montana:   Mission  Range,  1883,  W.  M.  Ca?iby,joy. 

California  :   Monterey,  Wm.  Rich. 


6.    Piperia  elegans  (Lindl.)   Rydb.   Bull.  Torr.   Club,  26  :  270 

in  part.      1901 

Platanthera  elegans  Lindl.  Gen.  &  Sp.  Orchid.  PI.  285.     1835  ; 
Montolinaea  elegans  Rydb.   Mem.   N.  Y.   Bot.   Card,  i  :    106,   in 


LiMNORCHIS    AND    PiPEKIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO 


C39 


part,  as  to  synonym.  1 900  ;  not  Reichenb.  1 88 1  ;  Pipcria  dongata 
Rydb.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  28:   270.      1901. 

Stem  slender,  strict,  4-7  dm.  high  :  tuber  ellipsoid,  about  2  cm. 
long,  I  cm.  in  diameter  :  basal  leaves  2  or  3  ;  blades  lanceolate  or 
oblanccolate  or  rarely  oval,  acute  or 
obtuse,  8-15  cm.  long,  1-3,  sometimes 
even  5  cm.  wide  ;  stem-leaves  much  re- 
duced, lanceolate,  acuminate,  5-10  mm. 
long  :  spike  long  and  usually  lax,  1.5-3 
dm. long  ;  bracts  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
from  half  to  fully  as  long  as  the  flowers  : 
these  greenish-white,  about  i  cm.  long : 
sepals  about  5  mm.  long  ;  the  upper 
lanceolate,  acute ;  the  lateral  ones 
linear-oblong  or  lanceolate,  obtuse : 
petals  lanceolate,  acute ;  blade  of  the 

lip  broadly  or  ovate-lanceolate,  slightly  hastate  and  truncate  at 
the  base  ;  median  ridge  rather  indistinct  ;  spur  filiform,  10- 1  2  mm., 
about  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  the  lip  and  longer  than  the 
ovary.     (Fig.  31.) 

Type:  "In  America  horcali  occidoitali,  Douglas  {Jiab.  s.  sp. 
connn.  Soc.  Plort.).'' 

British  Columbia:  Vancouver  Island,  \^?>j,  John  Alacoiin. 

Washington:  W.  Klickitat  county,  1885,  W.  N.  Siiksdorf. 

Oregon:  Grave  Creek  Hills,  1887,  Thomas  Howell;  1871, 
Elihu  Hall,  jo6. 

Idaho:  Priest  Lake  near  lower  end,  1900,  D.  T.  MacDoiigal, 
168 ;  Priest  River  valley,  134;  Kootenai  county,  1887,  /.  H. 
Sandbcrg ;  Wiessner's  Peak,  1892,  Samiberg,  MacDougal  & 
Heller,  584  (broad  leaved). 

California:  Santa  Lucia  Mountains,  1898,  R.  A.  Plaskett, 
16 J  ;    1872,  Mrs.  Bancroft. 

7.  Piperia  longispica  (Durand) 

Gymnadenia  longispica  Durand,  PI.  Pratten,  loi.      1855. 

Stem  stout,  3—7  dm.  high,  more  or  less  leafy  below  :  tuber 
ellipsoid,  3-4  cm.  long,  about  1.5  cm.  thick,  basal  leaves  and  lower 
stem  leaves  2-4,  lanceolate,  acute,  1-1.5  dm.  long,  2-3.5  cm.  wide, 
withering  about  the  time  of  anthesis  :  upper  stem  leaves  reduced, 
1-3  cm.  long,  lanceolate  :  spike  many-flowered,  but  not  dense,  1—3 
dm.  long;  bracts  ovate-lanceolate,  .5—1  cm.  long,  acuminate: 
flowers  greenish,  about  1.5   cm.  long  :   upper  sepal  ovate,  obtuse. 


640 


Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  of 


about  5  mm.  long  ;  lateral  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse  :  petals 
broadly    lanceolate ;     blade    of    the    lip   ovate-hastate,    distinctly 

auricled,  and  truncate  at  the  base ; 
spur  filiform,  two  and  a  half  times  as 
long  as  the  lip.     (Fig.  32.) 

I  have  not  seen  the  type  of  Gym- 
nadoiia  longispica,  which  was  de- 
scribed from  a  fragmentary  specimen 
collected  by  Pratten,  /.  c,  it  consisted 
only  of  the  upper  portion  without  any 
leaves.  Durand's  species  has  been  re- 
garded as  P.  UnalascJiensis  but  this 
cannot  be  so,  for  Gymnadenia  long- 
ispica  was  described  as  having  a  spur  longer  than  the  ovary, 
which  throws  it  out  of  P.  UnalascJiensis.  As  the  spike  is  described 
as  long  and  lax  it  must  have  been  either  P.  cicgans,  P.  Icptopetala 
or  the  species  described  here.  As  this  is  the  only  species  with 
broad  bracts,  the  name  G.  longispka  must  belong  here,  unless 
it  is  a  species  unknown  to  me.  The  only  discrepancy  is  that  the 
spur  is  described  as  clavate,  which  is  scarcely  the  case. 

California:  Mokelumne  River,  Mr.  Rich  ;  Monterey,  1850, 
C.  C.  Parry  (Mex.  Bound.  Surv.) ;  Cucamonga  Mts.,  188 1,  5.  B. 
&  IV.  F.  Parisli,  1157  ;  Santa  Monica  range,  1892,  H.  E.  Hasse. 


Fig.  32. 


8.  Piperia  Michaeli  (Greene) 

Habcnaria  clegans  Boland.  (Cat.  PI.  San  Franc.  29)  ;  S 
Bot.  Calif.  2:  133.  1880;  not  PlatantJicra  cicgans  Lindl 
Habenaria  Michaeli  Greene,  Man.  Bay- 
Reg.  Bot.  306.  1 894 ;  Montoliveia  elegans 
Rydb.  Mem.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  i  :  106, 
in  part  as  to  synonym,  1900;  Piperia 
elegans  Rydb.  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  28  : 
270,  in  part  as  to  synonym. 

Stem  stout,  at  flowering  time  leafless, 
2-3  dm.  high  :  tuber  ellipsoid,  2-4  cm. 
lonQ-,  1-1.=;  cm.  wide:  basal  leaves 
elliptic  or  oblanceolate,  about  1.5  dm. 
long,  4  cm.  wide,  withering  before  blooming  ;  stem-leaves 
ous,  small  and  bract-like,  lanceolate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  acu 


Wats. 

1835; 


Fig.  33. 


numer- 
minate, 


LiMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MeXICO 


641 


1-2  cm.  lonfj :  spike  very  dense,  5-15  cm.  lonp^:  flowers  about 
I  cm.  long,  greenish  :  upper  sepal  ovate,  about  4  mm.  long ; 
lateral  ones  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse  :  petals  lanceolate,  acute  ; 
blade  of  the  lip  ovate,  obtuse,  scarcely  hastate,  obtuse  or  truncate 
at  base  ;  spur  filiform,  about  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  the 
lip  and  a  third  longer  than  the  ovary.      (Fig.  33.) 

Type  :  "  Open  hills,  under  oaks,  etc.,  from  near  Livermore 
southward." 

California  :  San  Luis  county,  1886,  G.  W.  Michael ;  Stans- 
bury  Valley,  1876,  Harry  Edwards ;  San  Francisco,  1838-42, 
Wilkes  Expedition,  1554,  in  part ;  "  California,"  Bolander. 

Washington:  Gray's  Harbor,  1838-42,  Wilkes  Expedition, 
1554,  in  part ;  Nesqually  River,  146,  in  part. 


9.  Piperia  maritima  (Greene) 

Habenaria  maritima  Greene,  Pittonia,  2  :  298.      1892. 

Stem  stout,  2-3  dm.  high,  at  flowering  time  leafless  :  tuber 
almost  spherical,  2-2.5  cm.  in  diameter:  leaf -blades  oblong, 
obtuse  or  acute,  about  i  dm.  long, 
3-4  cm.  wide,  withering  before  anthe- 
sis  ;  stem  leaves  reduced  and  bract- 
like, numerous,  ovate-lanceolate,  acu- 
minate, 1-2  cm.  long  :  spike  short  and 
very  dense,  4-10  cm.  long;  bracts 
about  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  flow- 
ers :  these  10—12  mm.  long,  white: 
upper  sepal  ovate,  obtuse,  about  4 
mm.  long  ;  lateral  sepals  oblong-lance- 
olate :  petals  broadly  lanceolate  ;  blade 
of  the  lip  elliptic,  obtusish,  scarcely 
hastate,  somewhat  truncate  at  the  base, 
as  well  as  the  petals  and  sepals,  white,  thin  ;  spur  filiform,  about 
2.5  times  as  long  as  the  lip  and  longer  than  the  ovary,     (Fig.  34.) 

This  differs  from  all  the  other  species  in  its  stoutness  and 
white  flowers.  It  resembles  most  P.  Michaeli  in  habit,  the  short 
spike,  numerous  scale-like  stem  leaves  and  the  absence  of  root 
leaves  at  the  time  of  flowering. 

Type  :  "  On  dry  hills  near  the  sea  at  Point  Lobos,  near  San 
Francisco." 

California:  San  Francisco  county,  1892  and  1893,  MicJiener 
&  Biolctti. 


Fig.  34. 


642 


Rydberg  :  The  American  Species  of 


CROSS-REFERENCES   AND    INDEX 


Blephariglottis  Raf. ,  605-6. 
COELOGi.ossuM  Hartman.,  605. 
Gymnadenia.  ,  605-6 

longisfica  Durand  =  P.  longispica. 
Gymnadeniopsis  Rydb.,  605-6. 
Habenaria  Willd.,  605. 

boreal  is  Cham.  =  L.  borealis.  ^ 

— li  viriJiflora  Cham.  =  L.  viridi- 
flora. 
brevifolia  Greene  =  L.  brevifolia. 
Cooperi  S.  Wats.  =  P.  Cooperi. 
dilatata  Coult.  =  L.  borealis. 
— Hook.  =  L.  dilatata. 
— Torr.  =  L.  media. 
dUatatiformis  Rydb.  =  L.  borealis. 
elegnns  Bolander  =  P.  Michaeli. 
foetida  S.  Wats.  =  P.  Unalaschensis. 
gracilis  S.  Wats.  =  L.  striata. 
graminea  Spreng.  =  Plathantheragra- 

minea  Lindl. 
hyperborca  R.  Br.  -=  L.  hyperborea. 
— Gray  =  L.  major,  L.  media,  L. 

Huronensis. 
— Rothr.  =  L.  striata. 
— Wats.  ^=.  L.  viridiflora. 
leucostachys  S.  Wats.  =  L.  Thurberi, 

L.  leucostachys. 
marilivia  Greene  =  P.  mariiima. 
Michaeli  Greene  =  P.  Michaeli. 
pedicellata  S.  Wats.  =  ?. 
saccata  Greene  ^  L.  striata. 
Schischinareffi-ana  ^  P.  Unalaschensis 
sparsiflora  Wats.  =-  L.  sparsiflora. 
strirta  Rydb.  ^  L.  striata. 
Thurbei-i  A.  Gray  =  L.  Thurberi. 
Unalaschensis     Wats.  =  P.     Unalas- 
chensis. 
Herminium.,  633. 

Unalaschetise  =  P.  Unalaschensis. 
LiMNORCHis  Rydb.,  606. 
Arizonmca  Rydb.,  629. 
Behringiana  Rydb.,  620. 
BOREALIS  (Cham.)  Rydb.,  621. 
BRACHYPETALA  Rydb.,  6r6. 
BREVIFOLIA  (Greene)  Rydb.,  631. 
CONVAT.I.ARTAEFOI.IA  (Lindl.)  Rvdb., 

628. 


LiMNORCHis  Rydb. 

DILATATA  (Pursh)  Rydb.,  622. 

— LINEAR! FOLIA  Rydb.,   623. 

dilatatiforviis  Rydb.  =:  L.  borealis. 
ENSIFOLIA  Rydb.,  629. 
FOLIOSA  Rydb.,  622. 
FRA(iRANS  Rydb.,  623. 
GRACILIS  (Lindl.)  Rydb.,  627. 

GRAMINIFOLIA  Rydb.,  627. 

Huronensis  (Nutt. )  Rydb.,  619. 
HYPERBOREA  ( L. )  Rydb.,  620. 
hypcrb  rea  Rydb.  =  L.  viridiflora,  L. 

major. 
LAXIFLORA  Rydb.,  630. 

LEPTOCERATITIS  Rydb.,  624. 

LEUCOSTACHYS  (Lindl.)   Rydb.,  625. 
— ROBUSTA  Rydb.,  626. 

MAJOR  (Lange)  Rydb  ,617. 

MEDIA  Rydb  ,  618. 

PURPURASCENS  Rydb.,  615. 

SPARSIFLORA  (S.  Wats. )  Rydb.,  631. 

STRICTA  (Lindl.)  Rydb.,  614. 

Thurberi  (A.  Gray)  Rydb.,  624. 

VIRIDIFLORA  (Cham.)  Rydb.,  616. 
Lysiella  Rydb.,  606. 
MONTOLIVAEA  Reichenb. ,  635. 

ei.egans  Reichenb.,  639. 

elegans  Rydb.  ^  P.  elegans,   P.   mul- 
ti flora,  P.  Michaeli. 

Unalaschensis     Rydb.  =  P.     Unalas- 
chensis. 
Orchis  L.  ,  605. 

dilatata  Pursh  r=L.  dilatata. 

dolichorhiza  =^1.,  608. 

Huronensis  Nutt.=  L.  Huronensis. 

hyperborea  L.  ^  L.  hyperborea.  -, 

Koenigii  Retz.  =  L.  hyperborea. 

ROTUNDIFOLIA  Pursh.,   605. 

PERULARiALindl.,  605. 
PiPERiA  Rydb.,  632. 

Cooperi  (S.  Wats.)  Rydb.,  636. 

ELEGANS  (Lindl.)  Rydb.,  638. 

elegans    Rydb.    =  P.    multiflora,    P. 
Michaeli. 

elongata  Rydb.  —  P.  elegans. 

LANCIFOLIA  Rydb.,  637. 

LEPTOPETALA  Rydb.,  637. 


LiMNORCHIS    AND    PiPERIA    NORTH    OF    MEXICO 


643 


Pli'ERiA  Rydb. 

LONGISPICA  (Durand)  Rydb.,  639. 
MARITIMA  (Greene)  Rydb.,  641. 
MiCHAELi  (Greene)  Rydb.,  640. 
MULTIFLORA  Rydb.,  638. 
Unalasciiknsis  (Spreng. )  Rydb.  638. 
Platanthera  Rich.,  605. 

convallariaefoUa  Lindl.  =  L.  conval- 

lariaefolia. 
dilalata    Beck  =  L.    Huronensis,   L. 
dilatata. 
— Lindl.  =  L.  borealis,  L.  dilatata. 
— Torr.  =  L.    major,  L.  dilatata. 
gracilis  Kraenzlin  :=  L.  striata. 

— Lindl.  -  =  L.  gracilis. 
graminea  (Spreng.)  Lindl.,  627. 
graminea  Lindl.  =  L.  graminifolia. 
foetida  Geyer=P.  Unalaschensis. 
Huronensis  Lindl.  ^^  L.  Huronensis. 
hyperborea  Lindl.  =  L.  hyperborea. 
— a  genidna  Kraenzlin  ^L.  hyper- 
borea, L.  viridiflora,  L.  major, 
L.  media. 


Platanthera  Rich. 

— ,3  convallariaefoUa  Kraenzlin  = 

L.  convallariaefolia. 
— ,3  major  Lange  ==  L.  major. 
— y  dilatata   Kraenzlin  =  L.   dila- 
tata, L.  Huronensis,  Habenaria 
pedicellata  S.   Wats.,  P.  Coop- 
eri,   L.    graminifolia,    and   L. 
borealis. 
— y     leucostachys     Kraenzlin  =  L. 
leucostachys,      L.     brevifolia, 
Platanthera       Ghiesbrechtiana 
Rich.   &    Gal.,  L.  sparsiflora, 
L.  Thurberi,  L.  en.sifolia. 
Koenigii  Lindl.  =  L.  major. 

— /?    dolichorhiza    Lindl.  =  Orchis 
dolichorhiza  =:  ?. 
leucostachys  Lindl.  =  L.  leucostachys. 
Schischtnareffiana  =  P.     Unalaschen- 
sis. 
stricta  Lindl.  =  L.  stricta. 
Unalaschensis   Kraenzlin  ^  P.    Una- 
laschensis. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW   YORK   BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  20. 


SEEDS  AND  SEEDLINGS  OF  ARISAEMA  Till- 
PHYLLUM  AND  ARISAEMA  DRACONTIUM 


BY  ROSINA  J.   RENNERT. 


NEW    YORK 
1902 


[Reprinted  from  Bulletin  Toekey  Botanical  Club,  29 :  37-5L    28  Jan.,  1902]. 


I  Reprinted  from  the  Bitlletin  of  the  Torrey  Hotanical  Club,   29:    January,  1902.1 


Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Arisaema  triphyllum  and  Arisaema 

Dracontium 

By  Rosina  J.  Rennert 
(Plate  3) 

Some  interesting  facts  in  the  germination  of  the  seeds  of  Aris- 
aema Draconiuiui  have  been  recently  described  by  Dr.  MacDougal. 
and  the  author  has  devoted  a  greater  part  of  the  last  year  to  the 
comparative  study  of  the  morphology  and  physiology  of  the  seed- 
lings of  this  species  and  of  A.  triphyllum.  Some  attention  was 
also  given  to  seedlings  of  a  hybrid  between  the  two  species  and 
those  of  A.  flavum  from  Sikkim,  India. 

It  was  previously  found  by  Dr.  MacDougal  that  the  plumule 
of  A.  Dracontium  emerges  from  the  cotyledonary  sheath  only  in 
a  small  proportion  of  the  seedlings,  and  that  only  a  few  of  those 
emerging  exhibited  a  development  sufficient  to  carry  the  lamina 
of  the  first  leaf  up  into  the  air  and  unfold  it  to  the  light.* 

According  to  Braun,  the  closely  related  species  Arum  macu- 
latum  displays  a  similar  behavior.  He  says  "  So  spielt  auch  an 
der  Keimpflanze  die  Niederblattbildung  eine  grossere  Rolle,  als 
bei  Calla,  in  dem  nach  Irmisch  auf  dem  Cotyledon  zunachst 
mehrere  unterirdische  vegetirende  Niederblatte  folgen  bevor  ein 
Laubblatt,  und  zwar  erst  im  zweiten  Jahre  zum  Vorsche  in  kommt."t 
This  statement  seems  to  have  escaped  the  notice  of  Scott  and  Sar- 
gant  who  have  recently  made  an  extended  study  of  these  seed- 
lings.! 

The  seedlings  of  A.  triphyllum,  on  the  other  hand,  send  up  a 
plumule  as  soon  as  the  hypocotyl  is  firmly  established  in  the  soil, 
while  the  hybrid  between  A.  Dracontium  and  A.  triphyllum  dis- 
plays a  curiously  intermediate  type  of  germination.      The  hypo- 


*  MacDougal,  D.  T.     Seedlings  of  ^ma,fw«.     Torreya,  1  :  2.      1901. 

t  Braun.  Ueber  das  Vorkommen  mehere  Hullblatter  am  Kolben  von  Arum 
maculatum  L. ,  Calla  palustris,  und  Richardia  Africana  Kth.  Verb.  bot.  Ver.  Brand- 
enburg, I  :  94.      1859. 

%  Scott  and  Sargant.  On  ihe  Development  of  Arum  maculatum  from  tbe  Seed. 
Annals  Bot.  12:399.      1898. 

37 


38  Kennert  :    Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Arisaema 

cotyl,  in  this  case,  increases  in  size  at  first  without  sending  up  a 
plumule,  and  it  is  only  after  the  seedling  has  exhausted  the  entire 
food  supply  of  the  endosperm  and  has  separated  from  the  seed 
that  the  plumule  appears. 

Like  A.  tripliyllum  the  Indian  species,  A.  flavurn,  follows  the 
normal  type  of  germination,  and  its  plumule  arises  shortly  after 
the  hypocotyl  emerges  from  the  seed.  The  seedling  is  only  about 
one  half  the  size  of  that  of  A.  tripliyllum. 

As  the  general  structure  of  the  seedling  of  A.  triphyllum  re- 
sembles most  closely  that  displayed  by  A.  Dracontium,  this  species 
was  chosen  as  a  basis  for  comparison  in  the  study  of  the  curious 
variations  of  A.  Dracontmvi. 

The  fruits  of  A.  Dracontmvi  and  A.  triphylliini  are  very  simi- 
lar. In  both  the  scarlet  berries,  which  have  a  sweetish,  slightly 
acrid  taste,  are  closely  crowded  upon  the  spadix.  The  berries  of 
A.  Draconthun  are  larger  and  fleshier  than  those  of  A.  tripJiyllum 
and  contain  from  three  to  six  seeds,  while  those  of  A.  triphyllum 
are  one-  or  three- seeded.  In  shape  the  seeds  of  both  are  some- 
what ovoid.  At  the  hilum,  the  seed  of  A.  Dracontitini  is  generally 
puckered  into  two  or  three  ridges  and  the  short  stalk  of  the  funic- 
ulus is  conspicuous,  while  in  A.  triphyllum  the  seed  is  flattened  in 
the  hilar  region,  but  also  bears  a  prominent  funiculus.  Elsewhere 
the  seeds  are  well  rounded,  except  when  flattened  by  the  pressure 
of  other  seeds  in  the  same  berry.  Both  seeds  bear  a  rudimentary 
aril  which  consists  of  a  small  disc-shaped  fleshy  mass  situated  imme- 
diately inside  the  coats  at  the  hilar  end  of  the  seed,  and  extending 
as  a  core  down  the  funiculus.  The  average  size  of  the  seeds  of  A. 
Dracontium  is  3.5  mm.  in  transverse  and  4.25  mm.  m  longitudinal 
diameter,  while  the  average  seed  of  A.  triphyllum  is  4  mm.  in  trans- 
verse and  3.5  mm.  in  longitudinal  diameter,  almost  exactly  revers- 
ing the  proportions  of  A.  Dracontium.  When  only  a  few  are  pro- 
duced in  a  berry,  the  seeds  of  A.  Dracontium  are  larger  in  both 
axes  than  those  of  A.  triphyllum,  which  develop  singly.  When, 
however,  a  number  of  seeds  mature  in  the  same  berry  they  develop 
in  such  a  position  as  to  exert  a  lateral  pressure  upon  each  other 
and  in  consequence  the  transverse  diameter  remains  shorter.  In 
these  cases  the  seeds  of  A.  Dracontium  do  not  attain  the  size  of 
even  the  smallest  of  A.  triphyllum.      On  the   whole,  however,  A. 


TRIPHYLLUM    AND    ArISAEMA    DrACONTIUM  39 

Dracontiinn  has  the  lar<^cr  seed.  The  surface  of  both  seeds  is 
finely  pitted  and  sometimes  minute  reddish  spots  are  to  be  seen 
upon  them.  A.  tripJiylltiui  has  a  yellowish  color  and  A.  Dracon- 
tiinn a  reddish-yellow  blush.  This  color  is  due  to  substances  in 
the  wall  of  the  inner  coat  of  the  seed,  as  the  testa  is  translucent. 

In  the  general  microscopic  structure  the  seeds  present  only 
slight  dissimilarities.  The  outermost  row  of  cells  in  the  testa  of 
both  species  are  brick-shaped  and  are  set  close  together  with  their 
long  axes  at  right  angles  to  the  radius  of  the  seed.  In  both 
the  walls  of  this  outer  row  of  cells  are  mucila<rinous,  swelline 
greatly  when  they  come  in  contact  with  water.  In  A.  Dracontitim 
they  are  slightly  larger  and  their  outer  walls  are  considerably 
thicker.  A  cuticle  covers  this  row  of  cells  in  both  species.  Some 
of  tile  cells  below  the  outer  row  of  the  testa  contain  tannin, 
others  are  filled  with  mucilage  in  which  raphide  cells  are  im- 
bedded, still  others  have  a  red  coloring  matter  within  them.  It 
is  to  these  latter  cells  that  the  dotted  appearance  sometimes  noted 
on  the  seeds  is  due.  The  tegmen  consists  of  three  rows  of  tabu- 
lar cells  with  very  thick  mucilaginous  walls.  In  A.  Dracontitim 
these  walls  are  orange -colored,  and  in  A.  triphylluni  yellowish  in 
color  and  so  serve  to  give  each  seed  its  distinctive  appearance. 
There  is  a  cutinized  lamella  on  either  side  of  the  tegmen  cells. 

The  seeds  of  both  plants  are  orthotropous  and  the  embryo  is 
imbedded  in  an  abundant  endosperm.  In  A.  triphyllum  the  endo- 
sperm appears  entirely  homogeneous  to  the  naked  eye,  while  in  A. 
Dracontiiim  there  is  a  horny  layer  next  the  seed  coats.  Upon  mi- 
croscopic examination,  however,  but  slight  differences  are  evident. 
The  outer  portion  of  the  endosperm  of  A.  Dracontiiun  consists  of 
3  to  5  rows  of  cubical  aleurone  cells  with  walls  capable  of  great 
swelling  in  water.  These  cells  contain  granular  proteid  globules, 
a  single  crystalloid,  and  also  a  small  amount  of  fat.  The  aleurone 
cells  of  A.  triphylluni  are  of  exactly  the  same  character,  but  are 
generally  only  from  two  to  four  rows  deep,  and  also  a  trifle  smaller. 
Within  the  layers  of  aleurone  cells,  making  up  by  far  the  greater 
part  of  the  endosperm,  are  large  starch-bearing  cells  which  have 
thin  cellulose  walls.  Numerous  crystalloids  are  imbedded  in  the 
starch  of  these  cells.  These  crystalloids  are  slightly  more  nu- 
merous in  the  seeds  of  A.  Dracontiinn.      In  both  cases,  however, 


40  Rennert  :    Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Arisaema 

they  are  very  abundant  near  the  aleurone  cells  and  become  scarcer 
toward  the  embryo  at  the  center  of  the  endosperm.  It  will  be 
seen  that  the  only  difference  between  the  two  seeds  lies  in  the  size 
of  the  cells  which  compose  the  aleurone  layer  and  the  seed  coats. 
It  follows  from  the  greater  size  of  the  seed  of  A.  Dracontiiim  that 
this  species  has  a  food  supply  slightly  greater  than  that  of  A.  tri- 
pJiylliim. 

Both  resting  embryos  occupy  a  position  near  the  base  of  the 
seed.  In  fact  the  aleurone  cells  near  the  micropyle  are  obliterated 
and  the  base  of  the  hypocotyl  of  each  embryo  is  close  to  the  teg- 
men  at  this  point.  The  cavity  in  which  the  embryo  lies,  but  does 
not  entirely  fill,  corresponds  in  general  shape  to  that  of  the  embryo 
and  extends  as  an  axis  from  the  micropyle  to  the  hilar  region 
through  the  center  of  the  seed.  Its  sides  are  formed  of  starch- 
bearing  cells,  aleurone  cells  close  to  the  cavity  at  the  hilar  end, 
while  the  tegmen  bounds  it  at  the  opposite  end  as  described  above. 
The  embryos  are  club-shaped  and  small  in  proportion  to  the 
amount  of  endosperm  contained  in  the  seeds.  In  A.  Dracontiuni 
they  are  2  mm.  long  and  .75  mm.  thick,  while  those  oi  A.  tripliyl- 
hun  are  slightly  larger,  measuring  2.75  mm.  in  length  and  .5  to 
.875  mm.  in  thickness.  In  A.  triphylhim  three  fourths  of  the 
length  of  the  embryo  consists  of  cotyledon,  the  remainder  is  taken 
up  by  the  hypocotyl.  This  relation  is  different  in  A.  Draconthun, 
for  the  cotyledon  in  this  case  bears  a  slightly  greater  proportion  to 
the  entire  length  of  the  embryo.  A  slight  constriction  marks  the 
insertion  of  the  cotyledon  on  the  hypocotyl,  and  a  very  small  pro- 
tuberance at  the  base  of  the  hypocotyl  is  the  incipient  radicle. 

Five  regions  are  already  differentiated  in  the  resting  embryo  of 
each  species,  the  dermatogen,  procambium,  root  cap,  meristem 
and  fundamental  parenchyma.  The  dermatogen  is  continuous 
with  the  epithelial  layer  which  covers  the  entire  embryo  and,  at 
the  slit  for  the  emergence  of  the  plumule  in  the  cotyledonary  tube, 
is  deflected  back  to  line  the  plumular  cavity.  In  the  plumule  of 
A.  tripliylluui  dermatogen  is  already  clearly  differentiated  but  in 
A.  Dracontiuni  it  is  not  so  evident.  The  dermatogen  is  composed 
of  a  single  row  of  narrow  cells  with  their  long  axis  at  right  angles 
to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  embryo.  They  are  filled  with 
aleurone  grains  and  each  contains  a  crystalloid.      The  procambium 


TRIPHYLLUM    AND    ArISAEMA    DrACONTIUM  41 

Strands  which  foreshadow  the  bundles  have  already  been  laid  down 
in  the  cotyledon,  stem-bud  and  hypocotyl.  Near  the  tip  of  the 
cotyledon  the  procambium  strands  branch  and  anastomose  irregu- 
larly and  therefore  no  definite  number  or  arrangement  of  them 
can  be  determined,  but  at  the  base  the  number  becomes  constant 
and  each  strand  occupies  a  regular  position.  The  plan  of  arrange- 
ment in  both  species  is  similar.  In  cross  section  the  strands  mark 
out' a  crescent  in  which  the  largest  is  at  the  middle  of  the  bow.  In 
A.  tyiphylltan  which  has  regularly  five  strands,  two  lie  on  either 
side  of  the  central  ones,  while  the  cotyledon  of  A.  Dracontium 
shows  the  same  arrangement  of  its  five  principal  strands,  but  has 
in  addition  one  or  two  smaller  ones.  When  there  are  two,  these 
extra  strands  occupy  positions  on  either  side  of  the  large  middle 
trace.  When  only  one  extra  strand  is  retained,  it  invariably  is  at 
the  right.  In  the  tubular  portion  of  the  cotyledon,  the  largest 
strand  is  in  the  thickest  part  of  the  wall.  The  strands  are  com- 
posed of  six  or  seven  rows  of  narrow  elongated  cells  which  have 
their  long  axis  four  to  six  times  the  length  of  their  radial,  and 
parallel  with  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  embryo.  In  the  stem-bud, 
procambium  strands  have  also  been  differentiated.  In  A.  Dracon- 
tium the  strands  in  the  plumule  are  faint  and  there  is  some  varia- 
tion in  the  number  of  the  procambial  regions.  They  are  never 
more  numerous  than  three  and  at  times  only  the  pro-cambium 
of  the  future  midrib  has  been  laid  down.  In  A.  triphylliim  five 
distinct  procambium  regions  can  be  distinguished  in  the  plumule. 
Procambium  strands  are  also  present  in  the  hypocotyl  and  occupy 
fully  one  half  of  its  entire  diameter.  They  are  continuous  with 
the  procambium  of  the  stem-bud  and  form  at  the  base  of  the 
hypocotyl  the  rudimentary  root  stele.  At  the  base  of  the  hypo- 
cotyl the  root-cap  may  be  distinguished,  made  up  of  several  rows 
of  rather  large  cells  which  stretch  across  its  entire  base  and  are 
continuous  at  the  sides  with  the  dermatogen  of  the  embryo.  In 
the  outer  rows  the  cells  are  empty.  Meristem  tissue  is  to  be  found 
at  the  stem-bud  and  at  the  base  of  the  hypocotyl  where  the  root 
takes  its  origin.  These  cells  are  very  small  and  nearly  isodia- 
metric.  Their  nuclei  are  large  and  fill  almost  the  entire  cell. 
Parenchyma  cells  make  up  the  rest  of  the  embryo.  They  are  two  or 
three  times   the  size  of  the  epidermal   cells  and  are  packed  with 


42  Rennert  :   Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Arisaema 

starch.  Scattered  through  the  inner  tissue  are  large  cells  filled 
with  proteids  in  which  a  crystalloid  also  is  embedded.  These  pro- 
teid  cells  are  distributed  through  the  tissues  in  those  regions  where 
the  pro-cambium  strands  first  make  their  appearance. 

The  embryos  of  the  two  species  are  similar  in  shape,  position 
in  the  seed  and  general  structure.  A.  Dracontiinn  differs  from  A. 
fnpliyllmii  in  four  particulars  :  (i)  Its  size,  (2)  The  proportion 
which  the  length  of  its  cotyledon  bears  to  its  hypocotyl,  (3)  The 
number  of  procambium  regions  to  be  found  in  the  cotyledon  and 
(4)  The  state  of  differentiation  of  the  procambium  strands  in  the 
plumule.  Here  already  the  tendency  in  A.  Dracontiiun  to  delay 
the  development  of  the  plumule  is  evident. 

The  Germination  of  the  Seedlings 

In  both  species  when  water  reaches  the  seeds  the  mucilaginous 
walls  of  the  outer  row  of  cells  of  the  testa  swell,  while  the  cells 
below,  pulled  out  by  the  swelling  outer  row  and  pushed  out  by  the 
increase  in  size  of  the  mucilaginous  tegmen  and  the  walls  of  the 
aleurone  cells,  separate  and  show  an  irregular  alternation  of  large 
and  small  cells,  which  are,  of  course,  empty.  The  seeds  now  in- 
crease considerably  in  size  by  the  absorption  of  water,  and  the  action 
of  the  moisture  slowly  reduces  the  outer  row  of  the  testa  cells  to 
a  gelatinous  film  about  the  seeds.  The  mucilaginous  tegmen  is 
also  soon  dissolved,  while  all  that  remains  of  the  seed  coat  is  the 
inner  part  of  the  testa.  The  tannin  in  the  vesicles  contained  within 
this  becomes  diffused  through  the  whole  of  the  cellulose  coat  and 
makes  it  more  resistant  to  the  disintegrating  action  of  the  soil. 
This  part  of  the  coat  alone  adheres  to  the  seed  until  the  last  par- 
ticle of  endosperm  is  dissolved.  The  mucilaginous  cells  of  the 
seed  coat  and  the  thick  walls  of  the  aleurone  cells  serve  to  in- 
crease the  absorption  of  water,  while  the  outer  row  of  the  testa  is 
instrumental  in  bringing  about  the  attachment  of  the  seed  to  the 
soil.*  The  cellulose  layer  of  the  testa,  impregnated  with  tannin, 
protects  the  endosperm  during  germination.  When  water  reaches 
the  embryo  in  the  seed  it  swells  and  fills  the  cavity  in  which  it  lies, 
so  that  its  epithelial  cells  are  in  contact  at  the  sides  with  the  starch 

•*  Klebs.      Heilrage  zur  Morphologic  und  Biologie  der  Keimung.    Untersuch.  a.  d. 
Botan    Institut  z.  Tubingen,   i  :  536.      1885. 


TRIPHYLLUM    AND    ArISAEMA    DrACONTIUM  43 

cells  of  the  endosperm.  Here  the  diastase  formed  by  the  epithe- 
lium of  the  embr)-o  can  begin  to  act  upon  the  stored  starch  of  the 
seed  and  a  proteolytic  enzyme  to  dissolve  the  crystalloids.  The 
starch  of  the  endosperm  is  absorbed  before  the  crystalloids,  and 
when  the  cells  in  contact  with  the  embryo  have  been  emptied  of 
their  contents  the  cell  walls  are  pushed  back  by  the  advancing 
growth  of  the  cotyledon  and  the  enzyme  acts  upon  the  contents 
of  the  cells  next  outside.  The  proteids  of  the  aleurone  cells  do 
not  become  soluble  until  late  in  the  history  of  the  seedling.  The 
cell  walls  of  the  endosperm  do  not  seem  to  be  acted  upon  by  any 
enzyme,  and  are  wholly  intact  until  the  seed  separates  from  the 
seedling. 

While  the  epithelial  cells  are  secreting  the  enzymes,  the  coty- 
ledon increases  in  length  and  by  its  elongation  pushes  the  hypo- 
cotyl,  bearing  the  stem-bud,  through  the  seed  coats  at  the  nii- 
cropyle.  A.  Dracontkini  requires  fully  a  month  longer  than  A. 
h-ipliylhnn  for  its  hypocotyl  to  protrude.  When  the  hypocotyl 
has  wholly  emerged  from  the  seed  it  is  directed  down  into  the 
ground  at  right  angles  to  the  plane  of  the  cotyledon,  which  is  still 
in  the  seed.  This  is  effected  by  means  of  a  bend  in  the  cotyledon 
at  the  place  where  it  leaves  the  seed.  This  downward  pull  of  the 
hypocotyl  serves  to  tilt  the  seed  up,  and  is  sufficient  when  the  seed 
has  not  been  planted  deep  to  break  through  the  ground  and  bring 
the  seed  to  the  surface.  In  all  cases  it  loosens  the  earth  about  the 
seedling,  and  so  renders  it  easier  for  the  pumule  to  make  its  way 
through  the  soil. 

A  great  part  of  the  cotyledon  is  confined  within  the  seed  during 
its  entire  development.  The  length  which  the  cotyledons  attain 
varies  in  both  species,  but  those  oi  A.  Dracontinin  are  on  the  aver- 
age shorter  than  those  of  A.  tripJiylluin.  The  average  length  of 
the  A.  Dracoiitiinn  cotyledons  outside  of  the  seed  is  3  mm.,  while 
those  of  A.  tripltyl.iiin  reach  an  average  length  of  7  mm.  The 
number  of  the  cells  in  the  cotyledon  is  not  increased  by  its  elonga- 
tion, for  its  entire  growth  is  due  to  the  increase  in  size  of  the 
already  existing  cells.  The  epithelial  cells,  which  in  the  resting 
embryo  had  their  axis  perpendicular  to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the 
embryo,  now  in  the  region  of  the  cotyledon  have  this  relation  com- 
pletely changed.      Their  long  axes  are  parallel  with  the  longitudinal 


44  Rennert  :    Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Arisaema 

axis  of  the  embryo.  The  cells  of  the  parenchyma  have  also  taken 
on  an  elongated  form.  The  only  region  in  the  cotyledon  where 
new  cells  are  added  is  that  occupied  by  the  procambium  and  fibro- 
vascular  bundles.  Here  the  cell  division  is  very  active.  Radial 
growth  takes  place  only  as  the  contents  of  the  endosperm  cells  is 
absorbed.  The  shape,  arrangement  of  cells  and  manner  of  elon- 
gating are  exactly  similar  in  the  cotyledons  of  A.  Dracontmm  and 
A.  triphylhnn.  It  is  only  in  the  fibrovascular  system  that  any  dif- 
ference between  them  has  been  discovered.  Here  in  both  cases, 
as  in  the  procambium  strands  in  the  embryo,  the  bundles  near  the 
tip,  branch  and  anastomose  so  that  their  distribution  is  irregular. 
At  the  base,  however,  the  number  of  bundles  is  constant.  A.  Dra- 
contium  as  a  rule  possesses  six  bundles  :  one  of  these  strands  is  very 
weak  and  occupies  the  same  position  as  the  sixth  procambium  strand 
in  the  cotyledon,  /.  e.,  at  the  right  of  the  largest  central  bundle.  The 
left  hand  strand  which  corresponds  to  the  seventh  in  the  resting 
embryo  disappears  before  the  cotyledon  has  proceeded  very  far 
with  its  development.  The  cotyledon  of  A.  tripliyllujii  has  five 
bundles  arranged  as  in  the  resting  embryo.  In  a  few  instances 
chlorophyl  has  been  found  in  that  part  of  the  cotyledon  of  A. 
Dracont'mni  which  protrudes  from  the  seed  both  when  the  plumule 
was  functional  and  when  it  was  not.  These  cases,  however,  are 
uncommon. 

Up  to  this  point  there  is  almost  absolute  identity  in  the  germi- 
nation of  these  two  species  :  the  only  difference  between  them  lies 
in  the  various  sizes  which  the  cotyledons  attain.  After  this  stage 
in  the  germination  has  been  reached,  however,  various  differences 
in  the  order  of  development  of  the  organs  become  apparent. 

The  rudiments  of  all  the  structures  of  the  mature  corm  are 
present  in  the  hypocotyl  of  both  A.  triphylhan  and  A.  Dracontiiwi 
and  the  formation  of  the  corm  is  brought  about  by  the  enlarge- 
ment of  the  base  of  the  hypocotyl  and  the  laying  down  in  it  of  the 
definitive  tissues.  In  both  it  increases  in  bulk  at  least  to  a  small 
extent  before  the  first  primary  root  is  sent  out.  The  hypocotol 
of  A.  Dracontmm  enlarges  at  a  very  much  more  rapid  rate  in  the 
first  stages  of  germination  than  does  A.  triphyLlum  and  generally 
attains  a  considerable  development  before  the  root  appears.  A 
seedling  o{  A.  Dracoiitiiim  with  two  roots  each  only  i  mm.  in  length 


TRIPHYLLUM    AND    ArISAEMA    DrACONTIUM  45 

may  have  a  corm  4  mm.  in  diameter  while  in  a  well-developed 
seedling  of  A.  tripJiylliiDi  with  a  strong  system  of  roots  and  a 
plumule  well  grown,  the  corm  may  be  only  175  mm.  in  diameter. 
The  enlargement  of  the  corm  of  A.  triphylliiDi  becomes  marked 
only  after  the  leaf  is  well  established  as  a  photosynthetic  organ. 
In  those  seedlings  of  A.  Dracontiuni  in  which  the  plumule  does 
not  become  functional  the  corm,  when  its  growth  is  completed, 
averages  4.5  mm.  in  diameter.  When,  however,  the  seedling  has 
a  functionating  leaf  the  corm  may  attain  a  diameter  of  6  mm. 
The  corm  of  ^.  triphyllum  may  have  a  diameter  of  5.75  mm.  at 
the  end  of  the  season,  but  in  many  cases  it  is  much  less. 

The  enlargement  of  the  hypocotyl  is  due  to  the  increase  both  in 
size  and  number  of  its  cells.  As  its  growth  is  rather  radial  than 
longitudinal,  the  epithelial  cells  become  isodiametric  in  shape. 
The  storage  cells  increase  in  size  and  in  number  in  all  directions 
and  so  maintain  the  same  relative  dimensions.  The  starch  grains 
contained  in  these  cells  are  several  times  as  large  as  those  of  the 
endosperm  of  the  seed.  The  procambium  cells  of  the  hypocotyl 
are  very  active,  dividing  both  in  their  longitudinal  and  transverse  di- 
ameters and  the  fibro-vascular  system  soon  becomes  differentiated. 
Raphide  cells  are  numerous  in  the  corm  and  in  all  parts  of  the 
seedlings  of  the  two  species.  As  the  corm  enlarges,  a  layer  of 
periderm  arises  on  the  outside,  from  which  are  cut  off  tangentially 
five  or  six  rows  of  empty  flattened  cells.  In  addition  to  the  pro- 
tection they  afford  the  corm,  these  periderm  cells  are  instrumental 
in  effecting  a  separation  between  the  cotyledon  and  the  corm,  after 
the  food  supply  of  the  endosperm  has  been  absorbed.  They 
grow  between  the  cotyledon  and  the  corm  and  separate  the  two 
by  proliferating  cells  from  their  surface.  In  several  instances 
chlorophyl  has  been  formed  in  the  two  or  three  rows  directly  be- 
neath the  layers  of  periderm.  The  only  difference  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  corm  of  the  two  species  lies  in  the  earlier  enlargement 
of  the  hypocotyl  of  A.  Dracontium  and  the  greater  average  size  of 
its  completed  corms. 

The  time  at  which  the  roots  of  A.  Dracontium  appear  varies 
markedly.  In  some  cases  the  hypocotyl  enlarges  greatly,  becom- 
ing, as  was  described  above,  about  3  mm.  in  diameter  before  the 
first  root  arises.      In  other  instances  the  roots  are  developed  as 


46  Rennert  :    Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Arisaema 

soon  as  the  hypocotyl  has  found  its  way  into  the  ground.  Seed- 
hngs  of  A.  Draconiiiim  vary  greatly  also  in  the  number  and  kinds 
of  roots  which  they  send  forth.  Those  with  the  most  well  de- 
veloped system  have  two  primary  roots  from  the  base  of  the 
hypocotyl  and  later  a  thick  root  arising  adventitiously  from  the 
the  nodes.  This  secondary  root,  becomes  contractile  and  trans- 
versely ridged  for  part  of  its  length.  One  of  the  primary  roots 
also  often  becomes  contractile  and  helps  to  draw  the  corm  deeper 
in  the  ground.  A  secondary  root,  however,  is  developed  only  in 
those  seedlings  which  also  send  up  a  plumule  and  a  few  even  of 
these  have  none.  The  seedlings  in  which  the  plumule  has  not 
started  into  activity  have  as  a  rule  two  primary  roots,  one  of  which 
becomes  thickened  and  assumes  the  function  of  contraction.  In 
some  cases  neither  of  the  primary  roots  is  contractile  and  in  others 
only  one  short  thin  root  is  produced.  A  direct  correlation  be- 
tween leaf  and  root  development  is  here  evident.  Variations  in 
the  structure  as  well  as  the  number  of  the  roots  occur.  The  con- 
tractile roots  which  are  for  the  most  part  simple  have  been  ob- 
served occasionally  to  be  branched.  In  another  instance  (the 
single  case  in  which  two  contractile  roots  occurred  in  the  lot  of 
A.  Dracontiinn  seedlings  observed)  two  contractile  roots  were  fused 
for  part  of  their  length.  The  root  system  oi  A.  tripliylhnn  is  very 
much  better  developed  than  is  that  of  A.  Dracoiitmm,  for  the  roots 
are  both  longer  and  more  numerous.  The  seedlings  have  always 
two  and  often  three  primary  roots  which  reach  a  length  of  5  cm. 
and  in  addition  after  the  seedling  is  well  under  way,  three  thick 
adventitious  roots  appear,  budding  from  the  nodes.  These  roots 
are  contractile  and  show  the  same  transverse  ridges  as  the  con- 
tractile roots  of  A.  Dracontium.  In  some  cases  they  pull  the 
hypocotyl  down  as  much  as  2  or  3  cm.  below  the  level  at  which  it 
germinated.  After  the  secondary  roots  become  firmly  established, 
the  primary  roots  grow  no  more  and  the  greater  part  of  the  entire 
root  function  is  discharged  by  the  contractile  roots  which  bear  root 
hairs  near  their  tips  and  become  about  7  cm.  long. 

The  only  difference  in  microscopic  structure  between  the  con- 
tractile, secondary  and  primary  roots  consists  in  the  greater  radial 
elongation  of  the  cells  of  the  inner  cortex  of  the  contractile  roots. 
In  A.  Dracontium  the  root  stele  of  the  primary  root  shows  a  diarch 


TRIPHYLLUM    AND    ArISAE.MA    DrACOXTIUM  47 

structure  and  the  secondary  roots  are  tetrach  as  a  rule.  Some, 
however,  have  been  observed  to  be  triarch  ;  in  A.  tripliylhim  both 
primary  and  contractile  roots  are  triarch.  After  the  contraction 
of  the  roots  the  outer  cortex  cells  are  very  much  strained  and 
twisted,  but  the  radial  elongation  of  the  inner  cells  protects  the 
stele  from  any  distortion.  The  roots  of  A.  Draconthini  are  more 
variable  in  all  respects  than  those  of  A.  tripliyllum. 

The  stem-bud  of  A.  Dracontiiim  and  A.  triphyllinn  have  the 
same  structure  in  the  resting  embryo,  with  the  exception  that  the 
procambium  stands  in  the  bud  leaves  have  reached  a  more 
advanced  stage  of  differentiation  in  A.  triphyllinn.  During 
the  first  season's  growth,  however,  the  structure  of  the  bud  in 
the  two  species  has  an  entirely  different  history.  Like  the 
roots  the  plumules  of  the  A.  Dracontium  seedlings  vary  greatly 
in  the  state  of  development  which  they  attain.  As  a  rule  the 
plumule  of  A.  Dracontinui  develops  to  at  least  a  small  degree 
after  germination,  forming  a  lamina  and  a  short  petiole  which  al- 
though it  may  break  through  the  cotyledonary  sheath,  yet  rarely 
reaches  the  air  and  is  often  represented  only  by  a  rudiment  2  mm. 
in  length  remaining  permanently  enclosed  by  the  cotyledon  and  en- 
wrapping in  its  turn  the  stem-bud  of  the  next  year.  This  undeve- 
loped plumule  is  cut  off  at  the  end  of  the  season  by  the  formation 
of  a  periderm  between  it  and  the  corm  in  the  same  way  as  the  coty- 
lendon  is  separated  from  the  corm.  About  10  per  cent,  of  the 
seedlings  of  A.  Draconthini  produce  functional  plumules.  They 
appear  at  different  stages  during  the  growth  of  the  corm,  gener- 
ally when  it  has  already  attained  a  considerable  size  and  in  some 
cases  only  after  the  seedling  has  entirely  separated  from  the  seed. 
Its  method  of  emergence  from  its  enclosing  cotyledon  is  exactly 
the  same  as  that  of  A.  triphylluui  which  produces  a  plumule  nor- 
mally. As  soon  as  the  root  has  secured  a  firm  hold  on  the  soil 
and  the  hypocotyl  is  only  slightly  enlarged,  the  plumule  with  its 
blade  recurved  parallel  to  the  petiole  and  rolled  in  at  the  mar- 
gin breaks  through  the  tubular  part  of  the  enclosing  cotyledon 
through  a  longitudinal  slit  which  is  already  present  in  the  resting 
embryo.  The  plumule  becomes  green  rapidly  while  the  petiole 
at  the  base  of  the  lamina  straightens  out  and  the  folded  blade  un- 
rolls and  grows  larger. 


48  Rennert  :    Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Arisaema 

The  functional  plumules  of  A.  Dracontiuvi  exhibit  a  tendency 
toward  degeneration.  A  comparison  of  the  plumules  of  the  two 
species  will  well  demonstrate  the  particular  instances.  The  fully- 
grown  leaves  of  A.  triphyllum  are  ovate,  the  largest  being  T)^  mm. 
in  length  and  30  mm.  in  width,  while  the  smaller  are  25  mm. 
by  13  mm.  The  functional  leaves  of  A.  Dracontium  vary  greatly 
in  the  shape  and  size  of  the  lamina  and  in  the  length  of  the  petiole. 
In  outline  they  range  from  broadly  elliptical  to  nearly  circular  and 
all  bear  a  mucronate  point  at  the  tip  as  does  A.  tripliylliim.  The 
largest  leaves  of  ^.  Dracontium  are  about  25  mm.  in  length  by  22 
mm.  in  width,  but  the  greater  number  are  smaller,  some  being 
only  6  mm.  by  3  mm.  The  margin  of  nearly  all  leaves  of  A.  tri- 
phyllnvi  are  very  finely  serrulate  ;  while  some  leaves  of  A.  Dracon- 
titini  display  a  tendency  to  serrulation,  more  often  they  are  entire. 
The  upper  surface  of  the  A.  triphyllum  leaf  is  covered  with  faint 
whitish  lines  ;  this  appearance  is  due  to  the  presence  of  elongated 
raphide  cells  in  the  mesophyll  directly  beneath  the  epidermis.  A. 
Dracontium  has  numerous  raphide  cells  in  the  mesophyll  but  they 
are  not  so  large  as  those  of  A.  triphylbim  and  cannot  be  distin- 
guished without  the  aid  of  the  microscope.  The  under  surface  of 
the  leaves  of  A.  triphylhiin  is  covered  with  a  waxy  bloom  and  the 
upper  surface  also  shows  some  wax.  In  A.  Dracontium  the  wax  is 
very  much  thinner  on  the  under  surface  and  barely  discernible  on 
the  upper.  As  a  consequence  the  leaf  oi  A.  Dracontium  wilts  very 
quickly  after  being  removed  from  the  plant.  The  development  of 
stomata  on  both  leaves  is  about  the  same.  The  leaves  of  both 
species  are  pinnately  net- veined.  In  A.  triphyllum  one  pair  of  the 
lateral  branches  is  more  strongly  marked  than  the  others,  fore- 
shadowing distinctly  the  plan  of  the  mature  trifoliolate  leaf.  In  A. 
Dracontium  the  plan  of  venation  is  more  generalized.  The  lateral 
veins  have  all  equal  value  and  are  neither  so  well  marked  as  some 
nor  so  faint  as  other  lateral  veins  of  the  leaf  of  A.  triphyllum. 
The  mesophyll  of  the  A.  Dracontium  leaf  is  not  so  well  developed 
nor  so  well  supplied  with  chlorophyll  as  is  that  of  A.  triphyllum. 
Those  plumules  of  A.  Dracontium  which  become  assimilatory 
organs  are  functional  for  a  shorter  period  than  those  of  A.  triphyl- 
lum, for  they  wither  upon  the  plant  much  sooner.  Tho.se  of  long- 
est duration  last  not  more  than  three  months  while  some  send  up 


TKIPHYLLUM    AND    ArISAEMA    DrACONTIUM  49 

a  petiole  only,  the  blade  being  shriveled  before  it  expands.  Mon- 
strosities seem  to  be  very  frequent  in  the  leaves  of  A.  Dracontiiun, 
for  instance,  the  displacement  of  the  mucronate  point  from  the  tip 
to  the  middle  of  the  under  surface  of  the  midrib  or  the  multipli- 
cation of  these  points  upon  the  under  surface.  The  blade  is  also 
often  lobed  upon  one  side  and  in  one  instance  both  sides  of  the 
leaf  showed  this  peculiarity. 

The  petioles  of  the  leaves  of  both  species  are  streaked  with 
red,  the  color  being  most  abundant  near  the  base.  The  petiole  of 
A.  Dracontium  is  considerably  shorter  than  A.  triphylbim  and  the 
fibro-vascular  system  is  weaker  on  the  whole  although  some  stems 
of  ^.  Dracontium  and  A.  tripJiylluvi  show  scarcely  any  difference. 
In  the  arrangement  of  tissue  within  the  stem  there  is  exact  simi- 
larity. The  bundles  are  arranged  to  form  an  open  cylinder  gen- 
erally, in  A.  Dracontium,  three  on  each  side  of  the  largest  bundle. 
Those  stems  which  attain  the  greatest  development  may  have  in 
addition  a  bundle  running  through  the  center  of  this  cylinder, 
while  in  A.  triphvUum  the  fibro-vascular  system  may  include  still 
another  bundle,  completing  the  cylinder  and  making  nine  bundles 
in  all. 

The  development  of  the  buds  goes  on  during  the  growth  of 
the  seedling.  Each  rudimentary  leaf  arises  as  a  hollow  elevation 
enclosing  the  next  youngest.  At  the  end  of  the  season  the  stem- 
bud  of  A.  Dracontium  has  four  bracts  which  enwrap  the  bud 
at  the  center  and  A.  tripJiyllum  agrees  exactly  with  this  plan  in 
structure.  All  but  the  innermost  of  these  enclosing  bud  leaves 
remain  as  rudiments  upon  the  corm  protecting  the  bud.  The 
fourth  grows  large  enough  to  protect  the  leaf  as  it  pushes  through 
the  soil  the  second  year,  but  remains  at  its  base  as  a  membraneous 
sheath. 

The  second  season  all  A.  Dracontiiiui  corms,  like  those  of  ^. 
tripliyllwn,  produce  one  trifoliolate  leaf  enclosed  at  the  base  by  a 
sheath  which,  in  those  cases  where  no  plumule  is  produced,  must 
be  regarded  as  the  first  leaf  sent  up  by  the  plant.  The  functional 
leaf  of  the  second  season  is  trifoliolate  normally,  but  is  subject  to 
great  variation,  such  as  the  whole  or  partial  fusion  of  two  of  its 
lobes  or  the  complete  obliteration  of  one  of  them.  Even  when  the 
leaf  is  regularly  trifoliolate  great  variations  occur  in  the  shape  of 


50  Rennert  :    Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Arisaema 

the  individual  leaflets.  In  some,  the  side  leaflets  may  be  narrowly- 
lanceolate  while  others  may  approach  an  elliptical  shape.  The 
mid  leaflet  is  generally  broader  than  the  lateral  ones,  but  here  too 
a  variety  of  forms  may  occur.  At  the  end  of  the  second  season's 
growth  there  is  still  a  slight  diflerence  in  the  size  of  the  corms  of 
those  plants  of  A.  Dracontuun  which  have  borne  a  plumule  the  first 
year  and  those  that  have  not.  The  root  systems  are,  however,  simi- 
lar; six  adventitious  roots  are  developed  in  each.  Except  in  the 
retarded  development  of  its  plumule,  the  development  of  the  stem- 
bud  of  A.  Dracontiinn  agrees  with  that  shown  by  A.  tripJiylluui. 
The  repression  of  the  plumule  does  not  seem  to  be  correlated  with 
any  variations  in  the  stem-bud  of  the  second  season,  since  varia- 
tions of  leaf  form  occur  as  frequently  in  second-year  plants  which 
produced  a  functional  plumule  the  first  season. 

The  principal  differences  between  the  seedlings  of  A.  Dracon- 
tiiivi  and  A.  tripJiylluin  consist  not  only  in  the  reduction  and  vari- 
ability of  the  roots,  the  variation  and  repression  of  the  plumule  on 
the  part  of  ^.  Dracontiiini,  but  also  in  the  precocious  enlargement 
of  the  corm.  This  difference  arises  as  soon  as  germination  starts  ; 
in  A.  Draco)itiwn  the  foodstuff  of  the  endosperm  is  employed 
directly  to  build  up  the  hypocotyl  at  the  expense  of  the  devel- 
opment of  root  and  plumule.  In  A.  inphyHuJii,  however,  as 
soon  as  the  hypocotyl  breaks  through  the  seed  coats,  the  roots 
are  sent  out  and  attain  some  development  at  once,  the  plumule 
then  appears,  and  in  normal  cases  it  is  only  after  this  assimilatory 
organ  is  well  established  and  the  seedling  has  separated  from  the 
seed  that  the  hypocotyl  begins  to  enlarge.  In  A.  triphylhini  the 
endosperm  furnishes  the  material  which  is  necessary  to  bring  the 
root  and  plumule  to  an  advanced  stage  of  development,  and  the 
food  material  for  the  hypocotyl  is  supplied  by  the  assimilation  of 
the  plumule.  The  early  enlargement  of  the  corm  and  the  repres- 
sion of  the  plumule  can  scarcely  be  held  to  be  due  to  a  patholog- 
ical condition  of  the  seed  or  to  an  unfavorable  environment,  as  the 
seeds  planted  were  perfectly  sound  and  the  plumules  in  the  em- 
bryos of  those  from  the  same  lot  which  were  examined  showed  no 
evidence  of  the  attacks  of  parasites  or  any  abnormality,  while  the 
conditions  under  which  the  plants  were  grown  corresponded  to  the 
normal  environment  of  these  plants  as  was  well  demonstrated  by 


TRIPHVLLUM    AND    ArISAEMA    DrACONTIUM  51 

the  vigorous  growth  of  .L  tripJiylluin  which  was  subjected  to  the 
same  conditions. 

On  the  other  hand  the  small  proportion  of  functional  plumules 
developed  by  seedlings  of  A.  Dracoiitiuui  and,  in  the  cases  in  which 
a  leaf  was  produced,  the  great  variations  in  shape,  the  small  size,  the 
generalized  form  and  venation,  the  delicacy  of  the  lamina  and  the 
weak  development  of  wax  upon  it,  the  shortness  of  the  petiole  and 
the  frequent  appearance  of  monstrosities,  all  are  indications  of  de- 
generation and  lead  to  the  conclusion  that  this  seedling  is  losing 
its  power  to  produce  a  normal  assimilating  plumule.  This  con- 
clusion is  borne  out  by  an  examination  of  the  internal  structure. 
The  petioles  of  the  smaller  leaves  of  A.  triphylhim  show  the  same 
arrangement  of  fibrovascular  bundles  as  the  largest  of  A.  Dra- 
contiiivi  and  a  series  of  increasingly  smaller  plumules  which  may 
easily  be  obtained  from  a  number  of  seedlings  shows  a  successively 
more  generalized  development  of  fibrovascular  system  until  in  the 
least  developed  system  it  becomes  reduced  to  a  mere  rudiment.  The 
highly  organized  fibrovascular  system  of  the  hypocotyl,  which  is 
of  very  little  service  to  the  seedling  without  a  plumule  and  only  a 
weakly  developed  root  system,  is  still  retained  and  bears  evidence 
that  the  present  type  of  seedling  which  brings  a  plumule  to  various 
stages  of  imperfect  development  may  be  a  degeneration  from  a  con- 
dition like  that  of  the  seedlings  of  A.  tripliyllum  with  a  plumule 
normally  functional. 

So  far  as  has  been  observed  this  type  of  germination  is  of  no 
benefit  to  the  seedlings.  It  does  not  seem  to  enable  the  corms  to 
escape  from  the  danger  which  they  incur  of  being  torn  up  by 
animals,  for  the  development  of  the  seedling  without  a  strong 
root  system  of  course  precludes  any  great  downward  pull  upon 
the  corm  by  the  contraction  of  its  roots.  Those  plants  of  A. 
Dracoiitmni  which  develop  a  leaf  and  correlated  with  this  a 
stronger  root  system  have  invariably  been  found  buried  deeper 
than  the  plants  w^hose  plumule  is  not  functional,  for  although  in 
the  plumuleless  seedlings  there  is  no  upwardly  directed  force  to 
bring  the  corm  near  the  surface  such  as  the  plumule  exerts  in 
forcing  its  way  through  the  ground  yet  on  account  of  the  weak- 
ness of  the  root  system  the  tendency  is  such  as  to  keep  the  corms 
very  near  the  depth  at  which  the  seeds  germinated.      The  repres- 


62  Rennert  :    Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Arisaema 

sion  of  a  plumule,  of  course,  prevents  the  destruction  of  young 
seedlings  by  grazing  animals  ;  but  the  well- developed  plumule 
contains  enough  raphide  cells  to  protect  it  from  attacks  of  this 
kind  and  the  advantage  which  the  plants  enjoy  in  this  respect  is 
largely  over-balanced  by  positive  disadvantages.  This  variation, 
therefore,  can  scarcely  have  been  perpetuated  because  of  the  ad- 
vantage as  a  means  of  defense  which  plumuleless  seedlings  pos- 
sess. As  far  as  can  be  discovered  at  present  this  variation  is  of 
no  benefit  to  the  plant  but,  on  the  contrary,  there  are  great  disad- 
vantages in  this  method  of  germination,  which  tend  to  throw  the 
plant  entirely  upon  the  food  supply  of  the  parent  form  for  another 
season. 

The  germination  of  A.  Draconthmi  consists  essentially  in  the 
conversion  of  the  hypocotyl  of  the  embryo  into  the  corm  of  the 
seedling  by  the  transfer  of  the  food  material  contained  in  the 
endosperm.  In  some  aroids,*  this  resorption  of  the  endosperm 
and  conversion  of  the  base  of  the  hypocotyl  into  a  corm  takes 
place  before  the  embryo  leaves  the  seed  ;  that  is  to  say,  the  de- 
velopment of  the  seed  is  not  completed  until  a  bulbiform  embryo 
with  true  fibro- vascular  bundles  and  no  trace  of  cotyledon  has  been 
formed.  An  example  of  this  type  is  Spatliycma  foctida.  When 
the  seed  of  this  plant  germinates  the  stem-bud  pushes  out  of  the 
micropyle  and  breaks  through  the  ground  first ;  later  adventitious 
roots  spring  from  the  nodes.  No  primary  root  is  produced.  It 
will  be  seen  that  the  only  difference  between  the  germination  of 
this  seed  and  the  sprouting  of  the  first  year's  corm  of  A.  Dracon- 
tium  is  the  fact  that  in  the  former  case  the  seed  coats  which  sur- 
round the  bulbiform  embryo  must  be  penetrated  by  the  stem-bud. 
If  the  corm  formation  of  the  seedling  of  A.  Dracontiiun  took 
place  within  the  seed  coats  (and  this  could  be  brought  about 
simply  by  the  arrest  of  the  elongation  of  the  cotyledon)  the  two 
cases  would  be  exactly  similar.  In  fact  the  cotyledon  of  A. 
Dracontuiiii  is  varying  in  just  this  direction,  for  it  often  displays  a 
tendency  to  be  shorter  than  the  cotyledon  of  A.  tripliyUiiui  as 
has  been  pointed  out  above.  The  delay  in  germination  at  first, 
moreover,  may  be  another  indication  of  a  tendency  to  carry  on 
the  entire  development  of  the  corm  within  the  seed. 

*  Engler.     Monographiae  Phanerogamarum,  Araceae,  1 1  :  34. 


TRIPHYLLUM    AND    ArISAEMA    DrACONTIUM  53 

Owing  to  the  lack. of  time  and  material  the  development  of  the 
corm  of  Spatliycnia  within  the  seed  could  not  be  traced  but  an  ex- 
amination of  the  literature  of  the  subject  brought  out  the  fact 
that  many  aroids  manifest  a  tendency  to  carry  on  the  development 
of  the  plant  as  far  as  possible  before  actual  germination,  /.  c, 
emergence  from  the  seed  and  development  of  assimilatory  organs 

occurs.* 

Summary 

The  seeds  of  the  two  species  present  only  a  few  unimportant 
differences  in  shape.  In  histological  structure  they  are  similar. 
The  embryos  are  comparatively  small  and  are  imbedded  in  a  co- 
pious farinaceous  endosperm.  The  only  essential  distinction  be- 
tween them  consists  in  the  slightly  greater  amount  of  food  material 
in  the  seed  of  A.  Dracontiiim,  the  extra  procambium  strand  of  its 
cotyledon  and  the  weaker  development  of  procambium  in  the 
plumule  of  its  resting  embryo.  The  first  .stages  of  the  germina- 
tion of  the  two  seeds  are  of  the  same  character  and  consist  in  the 
emergence  of  the  hypocotyl  and  stem- bud  from  the  seed  coats  at 
the  micropyle,  by  means  of  the  elongation  of  the  cotyledon. 

As  the  development  of  the  seedlings  proceeds,  the  production 
of  roots  and  a  plumule  takes  precedence  in  A.  triphvllmn  while  in 
A.  Dracontiiun  the  enlargement  of  the  hypocotyl  begins  at  once 
and  the  growth  of  the  root  and  plumule  is  retarded.  This  pre- 
cocious development  of  the  corm  often  takes  place  to  such  a  de- 
gree as  to  entirely  inhibit  the  production  of  a  functional  plumule. 
The  same  differences  between  the  two  species  in  regard  to  the 
fibrovascular  development  is  exhibited  by  the  seedlings  as  is  dis- 
played by  the  resting  embryo.  The  structure  of  the  stem-bud 
which  develops  upon  the  corm  during  the  first  season's  growth 
is  absolutely  the  same  in  both  species. 

The  seedling  of  A.  Dracontium  is  diverging  from  what  seems  to 
be  the  normal  type  of  germination  in  Arisaema,  i.  c,  the  develop- 
ment of  an  assimilatory  plumule  and  the  production  of  a  corm  by 
means  of  the  product  of  the  photosynthetic  activity  of  this  organ, 
and  is  tending  to  produce  a  corm  without  the  aid  of  a  plumule  by 
the  direct  transfer  of  the  food  material  of  the  endosperm  to  the 


*  Engler.      Monographiae  Phanerogamarum.      Araceae,  ii  :   34,  35- 
Griffith.     Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  20:   274-276.      1847. 


54  Rennert  :    Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Arisaema 

hypocotyl.  This  type  of  germination  does  not  seem  to  be  due  to 
a  diseased  condition  of  the  seed  or  embryo  or  to  an  unfavorable 
environment  nor  does  it  appear  to  be  advantageous  to  the  young 
seedling.  It  might  be  suggested  therefore  that  it  is  an  expression 
of  an  inherent  tendency  in  aroids  to  carry  the  young  plantlet  as 
far  as  possible  in  its  development  before  an  assimilatory  organ  is 
produced.  If  this  conclusion  be  correct  we  have  in  A.  Dracontimu 
a  transition  stage  between  a  seedling  forming  its  corm  outside  of 
the  seed  coats  with  the  aid  of  a  plumule  as  in  A.  triphyllum  and  a 
corm  formation  within  the  seed  coats  at  the  expense  of  the  endo- 
sperm as  is  the  case  with  SpatJiyema  foetidus. 

Explanation  of  Plate  3 

Fig.  I.   Seedling  of  A.  Dracontium  showing  hypocotyl  just  emerging  from  seed. 

Fig.  2.  Seedling  of  A.  Dracoiitiuni.  Hypocotyl  has  begun  to  enlarge,  short  root 
has  appeared. 

Fig.  3.  Seedling  of  A.  Dracontitun.     Root  has  elongated,  root  hairs  have  arisen. 

Fig.  4.  Seedling  of  A.  Draconthtm.  Hypocotyl  has  enlarged  greatly,  first  root 
has  elongated,  second  root  is  just  appearing. 

Fig.  5.  Seedling  of  A.  Dracontium.  Hypocotyl  has  attained  full  size  of  first 
year's  corm. 

Fig.  6.  Seedling  oi  A.  Dracontium.  Specimen  in  which  the  root  system  has  been 
only  slightly  developed. 

Fig.  7.  First-year  corm  of  A.  Dracontium.  Formation  of  periderm  at  base  of 
cotyledon  has  separated  corm  from  seed. 

Fig.  8.    Seedling  of  A.  Dracontium  which  has  produced  plumule. 

Fig.  9.  Seedling  of  A.  Dracontium.  More  advanced  ;  note  single  contractile  root, 
developed  only  in  those  cases  where  plumule  is  sent  up. 

Figs  10,  11,  12.  Variations  in  form  of  plumule  in  those  seedlings  of  A.  Dra- 
contium which  send  up  a  leaf. 

Figs.  13,  14.  Second-year  leaves  of  A.  Dracontium  when  a  plumule  had  been 
developed  by  seedling. 

Figs.  15,  16,  17,  18,  19.  First  leaves  produced  by  A.  Dracontium  corms  which 
have  been  developed  without  the  aid  of  a  plumule. 

Fig.  20.   Seedling  of  .4.  triphyllum.      Hypocotyl  just  emerging. 

Fig.  21.  Seedling  of  ^.  triphyllum.  Cotyledon  lengthened,  hypocotyl  has  begun 
to  enlarge,  root  has  arisen. 

Fig.  22.    Seedling  of  ^.  /';7)^/^)'//«w-      Second  root  appearing. 

Fig.  23.   Seedling  of  ./.  triphylhan.      Second  root  has  increased  in  length. 

Fig.  24.  Seedling  of  A.  triphyllum.  Plumule  has  emerged  from  cotyledonary 
sheath. 

Fig.  25.  Seedling  of  A.  triphyllum.  Petiole  of  plumule  has  lengthened,  a  third 
root  has  appeared.      Hypocotyl  perceptibly  enlarged. 

Fig.  26.  Seedling  of  A.  triphyllum.  Contractile  root  formed,  plumule  fully  ex- 
panded. 

Fig.  27.   Seedling  of  A.  hybrida.      Plumule  produced. 

Figs.  28,  29,  30.    Variations  in  form  of  leaf  [jroduced  second  year  by  .4.  hybrida. 


Ik'i.u.    ToKKEV   Ci.rii,  J9 


Pi.. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  21 


TWO  NEW  WESTERN  MOSSES 


BY  R.   S.    WILLIAMS. 


NEW    YOEK 
1902 


[Reprinted  from  Bulletin  Torrky  Botanical  Club,  29  :  66-68.    25  Feb.,  1902]. 


[Reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  29:  February,  1902.] 


Two  new  Western  Mosses 

By  R.  S.  Williams 
(With  Pi.atf.s  4  and  5) 

Eurhynchium  Taylorae 

Evidently  dioicous  ;  no  ^  flowers  found.  In  loose  tufts  with 
stout,  creeping  stems  (in  places  denuded  of  leaves  and  with  dense 
tufts  of  radicles)  up  to  20  cm.  long  and  0.44  mm.  in  diameter  ; 
cross  sections  show  a  well-defined  central  strand  of  numerous 
small  cells  and  outer  wall  of  about  three  rows  of  small  thick-walled 
cells;  branches  rather  short  (i  to  2  cm.),  irregular  and  often 
distant ;  stem  and  larger  branch  leaves  loosely  spreading,  ob- 
tusely pointed,  the  branch  leaves  often  truncate  or  praemorse  at 
tip,  decurrent,  serrulate  all  round  to  a  little  above  the  base,  re- 
flexed  on  margin  above  and  near  base  and  costate  about  ^  up, 
the  costa  ending  in  spine  and  more  or  less  papillose  below;  stem 
leaves  measure  up  to  2.5  x  1.5  mm.,  middle  branch  leaves  1.5 
mm.  and  upper  branch  leaves  0.875  mm.  long,  the  lowest  branch 
leaves  very  small,  roundish  and  often  ecostate  ;  inner  perichaetial 
leaves  ecostate  or  very  faintly  costate,  abruptly  narrowed  to  a 
slender  flexuous  serrulate  point  and  irregularly  toothed  and 
lacerate  at  base  of  point  ;  leaf-cells  mostly  linear-vermicular, 
median  .004  x  .06  to  .08  mm.,  apical  very  short  and  irregular, 
alar  forming  an  elongated  not  well-defined  group  of  pale  cells 
about  .008  mm.  wide  and  two  to  four  times  longer,  the  basal  cells 
somewhat  thickened  and  pitted,  especially  toward  costa  ;  capsule 
mostly  horizontal,  contracted  more  or  less  under  the  mouth  when 
dry,  without  lid  2.5  by  1.5  mm.,  lid  with  obliquely  rostrate  beak 
2  mm.  long,  stout,  smooth  seta  up  to  15  mm.  high.annulus  of  two 
or  three  rows  of  cells;  peristome  teeth  very  slender-pointed,  striate 
below,  papillose  above,  hyaline  bordered,  the  segments  more  or 
less  split  with  mostly  two  somewhat  appendiculate  cilia  between  ; 
stomata  roundish,  .025  mm.  in  diameter;  spores  nearly  smooth, 
up  to  .014  mm. 

In  size  this  plant  most  nearly  approaches  E.  Orcganiun  of  any 
of  our  North  American  species  but  is  less  regularly  pinnate  with 
smooth  seta,  etc.  It  much  more  closely  resembles  E.  striatuin  of 
Europe,  but  is  a  more  creeping  plant  with  less  divided  stems  and 
leaves  never  acutely  pointed  as  in  that,  which  also  lacks  the  spine 

at  apex  of  costa. 

66 


67  Williams  :  Two  new  Western  Mosses 

Collected  by  J.  B.  Leiberg  on  decaying  logs  in  streams,  April, 
1889,  Traille  River  Basin,  Idaho  (172).  Named  for  the  artist  who 
has  made  the  excellent  drawing  which  accompanies  this  descrip- 
tion, Miss  Alexandrina  Taylor. 

Brachythecium  Pringlei 

Monoicous  ;  $  flowers  abundant  on  fruiting  stems.  Growing 
in  compact  tufts  with  ascending,  more  or  less  branching  stems  4 
—5  cm.  long  and  0.25  mm.  in  diameter;  cross  sections  of  stem 
show  a  distinct  central  strand  and  3  or  4  rows  of  thick-walled 
outer  cells  ;  branches  mostly  short,  rather  irregular,  with  curved 
tips;  stems  and  branch  leaves  very  similar,  up  to  2.5  x  1.5  mm., 
secund,  mostly  broadly  ovate  with  short  acute  point,  long  decur- 
rent,  concave,  scarcely  or  not  plicate,  borders  flat,  entire  or  slightly 
serrulate  above  ;  leaf-cells  somewhat  thickened  and  near  base, 
pitted  ;  median  cells  linear,  about  .04  x  .005  mm.,  alar  cells  mostly 
about  . 012  X. 016  mm.,  often  forming  a  distinct  convex  cluster 
packed  with  chlorophyll ;  inner  perichaetial  leaves  erect,  grad- 
ually lanceolate-pointed,  the  point  somewhat  variable  in  width, 
nearly  entire  and  ecostate  ;  seta  distinctly  papillose  in  upper  part, 
about  I  cm.  high  ;  capsules  (not  quite  mature  in  only  specimens 
seen)  ovate-oblong,  not  quite  symmetrical,  nearly  erect,  with  lid 
2.5  mm.  long;  lid  highly  conical,  .8  mm.  high;  annulus  nar- 
row, of  I  or  2  rows  of  cells  ;  teeth  about  .430  mm.  high  and 
.065  mm.  wide  at  base,  rather  broadly  and  irregularly  pointed, 
hyaline  bordered,  rather  irregularly  striate  and  somewhat  papillose 
below,  and  distinctly  papillose  above  ;  basilar  membrane  of  en- 
dostome  extending  about  two  fifth  up,  segments  more  or  less  split, 
cilia  mostly  2  and  not  appendiculate  ;  stomata  slightly  elongated, 
about  .025  mm.  long;  spores  (immature)  smooth,  .015  mm. 

This  plant  with  its  short-pointed,  scarcely  plicate  and  secund 
leaves  with  vein  sometimes  forking,  has  much  the  appearance  of  a 
Linuiobiiim  [Hygroliypmuii),  but  the  seta  rough  above  and  the 
highly  conical  lid  seem  to  relate  it  most  closely  to  BracJiytlicciimi, 
which  also  contains  all  the  first-mentioned  characters.  Collected 
by  C.  G.  Pringle  in  the  Huachuca  Mts.,  Arizona,  July,  1884  (22). 

Explaiia>.ioii  of  Plates 

Drawings  made  with  a  magnification  twice  the  diameter  reproduced  on  the  plates. 

Plate  4 
Fig.  I.     Plant,  natural  size. 
Fig.  2.      Stem  leaf,  X  I5- 

Figs.  3,  4,  5.      Lower,  middle  and  upper  branch  leaf,  X  ^S- 
Fig.  6.     Alar  region  of  stem  leaf,  X  l-^o. 


Williams  :  Two  new  Western  Mosses 


68 


Fig.  7.  Apex  of  same,  X  120. 

Fig.  8.  Cross  section  of  costa. 

Fig.  9.  Part  of  cross  section  of  stem,  X  87. 

Fig.  10.     Perichaetial  leaf,  X  ^S- 

Fig.  II.  Capsule,  X  7-S' 

Fig.  12.  Stoma,  X  210. 

Fig.  13.  Portion  of  peristome  with  annulus,  X  *20 

Fig.  14.  .Spores,  X  *20. 

Plate  5 

Fig.  I.  Plant,  natural  size. 
Fig.  2,  3.     Stem  leaves,  X  ^5- 

Fig.  4.  Branch  leaf,  X  ^S- 

Fig.  5.  Alar  region  of  stem  leaf,  X  ^20. 

Fig.  6.  Apex  of  same,  X  120. 

Fig.  7.  Median  cells,  X  210. 

Fig.  8.  Cross  section  of  leaf,  X  120. 

Fig.  9.  Part  of  cross  section  of  stem,  X  120. 

Fig.  10.  Antheridial  bud,  X  ^5- 

Fig.  II.  Antheridia  and  paraphyses,  X  45- 

Fig.  12.  Perichaetial  leaf,  X  17- 

Fig.  13.  Capsule  with  upper  part  of  seta. 

Fig.  14.  Oblique  view  of  seta  showing  papillae,  X  ^62. 

Fig.  15.  Stoma,  X  210. 

Fig.  16.  Part  of  peristome  and  capsule,  X  ^20. 
Fig.  17.     Spores,  X  ^20. 


Bull.  Torrf.y  Ci.i'b.  29 


Pl. 


W3- 


EURHYNCHIUM  TAYLORAE 


15l'i.l.  Torkev  Cll'b,  29 


PL.  5 


BRACHYTHECIUM  PRINGLEI 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM   THE   NEW   YORK   BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  22 


STUDIES  ON  THE  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  FLORA 

VII. 


BY   PER  AXEL  RYDBERG. 


NEW    YORK 
1902 


[Reprinted  from  Bulletin  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  29 :  1L5-160.    24  March,  1902]. 


Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora— VII 

By  Per  Axel  Rydberg 

Aquilegia  Columbiana 

Perennial  with  a  short  thick  rootstock  :  stem  6-10  dm.  high, 
glabrous  or  sparingly  and  finely  pubescent  above;  basal  leaves 
twice  ternate  ;  petioles  1-2  dm.  long  ;  segments  rounded,  obovate, 
2-3  cm.  long,  more  or  less  glaucous  beneath,  2-3-cleft  and  deeply 
crenate  at  the  apex  ;  lower  stem-leaves  similar  to  the  basal  leaves, 
but  with  short  winged  petioles,  the  upper  similar  but  often  with 
larger  segments  :  sepals  and  spurs  very  bright  red  ;  laminae  yel- 
lowish :  sepals  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  15-25  mm.  long,  exceed- 
ing the  spur,  widely  spreading  or  reflexed  :  lamina  very  short, 
scarcely  3  mm.  long,  truncate;  spur  12-18  mm.  long,  thick,  ab- 
ruptly contracted  about  the  middle :  follicles  erect,  densely  pubes- 
cent ;  styles  about  1 2  mm.  long. 

This  species  is  somewhat  intermediate  between  A.  formosa  and 
A.  truncata  and  has  been  mistaken  for  both.  It  has  the  habit,  the 
spur  and  sepals  of  the  former  and  the  short  truncate  lamina  of 
the  latter. 

Washington:  Montesano,  1898,  A.  A.  &  E.  Gertrude  Heller, 
3936  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y,  Bot.  Garden) ;  upper  valley  of  the 
Nesqually,  1896,  0.  D.Allen,  2^g ;  1889,  G.  R.  Vasey,  130; 
Humptulips,  1895,  F.  H.  Lamb,  1180;  Puget  Sound,  Wilkes 
Ex  peel.,  6^6. 

British  Columbia:  Banff,  1897,  Zoe  W.  Palmer. 

Alaska:  Short  Bay,  1895,  Gorman,  103;  Disenchantment 
Bay,  i8g2,  F.  Fiinston,  121. 

Idaho:  Florida  Mt.,  1892,  A.  Isabel  Mulford. 

Aquilegia  thalictrifolia 

Perennial  wath  a  short  rootstock  :  basal  leaves  twice  ternate  ; 
petioles  1-2  dm.  long;  segments  broadly  obovate-cuneate,  2-3- 
cleft  and  crenate  at  the  apex,  1-1.5  cm.  long,  bluish-green  :  stem 
2-5  dm.  high,  glabrous  below,  finely  viscid  puberulent  above  : 
stem-leaves  subses'sile  or  very  short-petioled,  otherwise  similar  to 
the  basal  ones  :  flowers  yellow:  sepals  10—18  mm.  long,  ovate  to 
ovate-lanceolate,  acute:  laminae  of  the  petals  7-12  mm.  long, 
truncate  or  rarely  rounded  at  the  apex  ;  spur  very  slender  from 

145 


146  Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the 

the  base,  4-5  cm.  long  :  follicles  without  the  styles,  about  3  cm. 
long  and  5  mm.  wide,  strongly  reticulate  and  pubescent,  strongly 
curved  above. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  A.  cJirysantka  with  which  it 
has  been  confused,  but  differs  in  the  smaller  flowers,  blunter 
sepals,  smaller  and  bluer  segments  of  the  leaves  and  the  more 
curved  follicles.      It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  i  500-3000  m. 

Colorado:  Canon  City,  1873,  E.  L.  Greene  (type  in  herb. 
Columbia  University);  Colorado  Springs,  1893,  De  Alton  Saun- 
ders; Grand  Canon  of  the  Arkansas,  1873,  Brandegee ;  Bear 
Creek  Canon,  1892,  C.  S.  Sheldon. 

Texas:  West  Texas,  1888,  Nealley. 

Arizona:  Mt.  Humphrey,  1897,  R.  E.  Kunze. 

Aquilegia  Eastwoodiae 

Aquilegia  ecalcarata  Eastwood,  Zoe,  2:  226.  1891.  Not 
Hortul.  ;  Steudel.      1841. 

This  has  been  regarded  as  a  spurless  form  of  A.  micrantha 
Eastw.,  but  the  form  of  the  terminal  segments  of  the  leaves  is  dif- 
ferent from  any  American  species,  being  rhombic  in  outline  and 

acute. 

Aquilegia  oreophila 

Aquilegia  coernlea  alpina  A.  Nelson,  First  Rep.  Fl.  Wyo.  78. 
1896.  Not  A.  alpina  L.  1853  ;  Aquilegia  coendea  \2iX.  fiavescens 
Jones,  Cont.  West.  Bot.  8  :  2.  1898.     '^olA.flavescens^dXs.  1871. 

This  is  evidently  what  Jones  regards  as  A.  flavescens  Wats., 
but  is  not  Watson's  species,  for  he  describes  the  spur  as  being 
curved.  Specimens  of  both  numbers  cited  by  Watson,  viz.  j5  and 
j(5,  are  in  the  Columbia  University  herbarium  and  these  as  well  as 
the  plant  cultivated  under  the  name  A.  flavescens  at  Harvard  have 
curved  spurs  and  can  not  be  referred  as  a  variety  to  A.  coendea. 
Therefore,  I  can  not  see  why  Mr.  Jones'  A.  depauperata  should 
not  pass  into  synonomy,  being  the  same  as  the  true  A.  flavescens. 
The  flowers  of  A.  oreophila  resemble  most  those  of  A.  pubescens 
Coville,  but  the  habit  is  different  and  nearer  A.  coendea. 

Delphinium  alpestre 

A  low  cespitose  perennial  :  stems  several,  about    i    dm.  high, 
puberulent  and  viscid  above,  densely  leafy  ;   leaves  digitately  di- 


Rocky  Mountain  Flora  147 

vided  into  about  5  divisions,  finely  and  sparingly  puberulent  when 
young,  dark  green  ;  petioles  4-5  cm.  long  ;  divisions  of  the  blades 
1.5-2  cm.  long,  cuneate-obovate  in  outline,  divided  half-way  into 
oblong  mucronate  lobes  :  inflorescence  short  and  few-flowered  ; 
pedicels  ascending,  i  cm.  or  less  long,  viscid  ;  bractlets  minute  : 
sepals  dark  blue,  oblong,  obtuse  or  the  upper  acute,  viscid-puber- 
ulent ;  spur  8-9  mm.  long  :  upper  petals  blue  and  yellowish,  2- 
toothed  at  the  apex ;  lateral  petals  2-cleft ;  lobes  lanceolate : 
follicles  not  seen. 

This  is  not  closely  related  to  any  of  the  American  species.  It 
has  the  cespitose  habit  of  D.  glaiicescens,  but  is  a  much  smaller 
plant.      It  grows  among  rocks  at  an  altitude  of  3300  m.  or  more. 

Colorado:  Mountains  northwest  of  Como,  1895,  Crandall  & 
Cozven,  184S  (type  in  herb.  State  Agric.  Coll.,  Colo.) ;  West 
Spanish  Peak,  1900,  Rydbcrg  &  Vreeland,  6218. 

Delphinium  multiflorum 

A  tall  perennial  with  a  woody  caudex  ;  stem  about  i  mm. 
high  or  more,  viscid  above,  glabrate  below  :  leaves  palmately 
divided  into  5-7  divisions,  glabrous  and  glaucous,  pubescent  only 
on  the  margins  and  veins  ;  petioles  1-2  dm.  long,  slightly  dilated 
at  the  base  ;  segments  obovate-cuneate  in  outline,  5-7  cm.  long, 
first  cleft  about  half-way  and  then  again  cleft  into  lanceolate,  ovate 
or  oblong  acute  lobes  :  inflorescence  long  and  dense,  often 
branched;  bracts  linear;  pedicels  ascending,  1-L5  cm.  long, 
densely  viscid-pubescent :  bractlets  small,  linear,  close  under  the 
calyx  :  sepals  light  blue  with  darker  median  lines  or  blotches 
towards  the  tips,  oblong-oval,  obtuse  or  the  upper  acutish,  finely 
puberulent;  spur  thick,  straight  or  slightly  curved,  12-15  nini. 
long,  almost  horizontal  :  petals  of  the  same  color  as  the  sepals  ; 
the  lateral  ones  cleft  only  at  the  apex,  often  wavy-toothed  :  follicles 
erect,  densely  viscid-pubescent. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  D.  aiadatum  A.  Nelson  on  one  hand 
and  to  D.  occidentale  on  the  other.  From  the  former  it  differs  in 
the  pubescence,  which  in  D.  cuadatmn  is  strigose,  in  D.  nntlti- 
florum  viscid.  D.  occidoitalc  has  much  darker  flowers  and  more 
acute  sepals.  D.  niidtifloruui  grows  along  streams  and  in  damp 
meadows  or  open  woods  at  an  altitude  of  2000-2500  m. 

Wyoming:  Spread  Creek,  1897,  F.  Tzueedy,  ijg  (type  in  herb. 
N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.)  ;  Yellowstone  Lake,  1888,  R.  S.  Williams; 
Laramie    Mountains,    1899,    Charles    ScJmcJmt ;    between    Upper 


148  Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the 

Buffalo  Fork  and   Du  Noir  River,    1899,    C.    C.    Curtis ;    Snake 
River,  1899,  Aven  &  Elias  Nelson,  6^0 j. 

Idaho  :  Henry's  Lake,  1897,  Rydberg  &  Bessej,  ^oyp. 

Colorado:  North  Park,  1896,  C.  F.  Baker. 

Delphinium  Brownii 

Perennial  :  stem  about  i  m.  high,  glabrous  and  shining  through- 
out, simple  :  leaves  palmately  divided  into  about  5  divisions, 
puberulent ;  lower  petioles  8-10  cm.  long  ;  divisions  4-6  cm.  long, 
oblanceolate  in  outline,  once  to  twice  cleft  into  lanceolate,  acute, 
■  somewhat  spreading  lobes  :  inflorescence  a  rather  lax  raceme  ; 
bracts  linear  ;  pedicels  slender,  1—2  cm.  long,  almost  erect,  curved 
and  twisted ;  upper  portion  sometimes  slightly  puberulent ;  bract- 
lets  linear-subulate,  small,  3-4  mm.  long  :  sepals  dark  blue  or 
purple,  oblong-oval,  obtuse  or  the  lower  and  upper  acutish,  10-12 
mm.  long  :  lateral  petals  also  blue  or  purplish  ;  blade  cleft  only 
about  one  third  its  length  ;  upper  petals  of  the  same  color  or 
paler,  obliquely  cuneate,  acute  ;  spur  short  and  rather  thick,  i  cm. 
or  less  long,  straight  and  ascending  :  follicles  erect,  glabrous. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  D.  glaiicnm,  but  differs  in  the  puberu- 
lent leaves  with  narrower  segments,  the  lax  raceme  with  more 
erect  pedicels  and  the  darker  flowers. 

Alberta  :  Banff,  1893,  Addison  Brown  (type  in  herb.  Colum- 
bia University). 

Alaska:  Porcupine  River,  1891,/.  H.  Turner. 

Delphinium  elongatum 

Tall  perennial  with  a  short  woody  caudex  :  stem  glabrous  and 
glaucous  up  to  the  inflorescence,  which  is  slightly  strigose  :  leaves 
digitately  divided  into  about  7  divisions,  glabrous  and  glaucous 
beneath  ;  petioles  fully  i  dm.  long  ;  divisions  of  the  blade  oblance- 
olate in  outline,  5-7  cm.  long,  cleft  into  lanceolate,  acute  lobes  : 
inflorescence  strict  and  elongated  ;  bracts  small,  linear,  almost  fili- 
form ;  pedicels  1—2  cm.  long,  at  first  ascending,  in  fruit  almost 
erect ;  bractlets  minute,  subulate  :  sepals  and  petals  dark  blue,  the 
former  oval,  obtuse  or  acutish,  about  i  cm.  long  ;  spur  short, 
straight,  about  1 2  mm.  long  :  lateral  petals  cleft  at  the  apex,  more 
or  less  toothed:  follicles  erect,  12-15  ^nm.  long,  strigose-puberulent. 

In  some  respects  nearest  to  D.  glmicum,  but  differing  in  the 
puberulent  pod,  strigose  pubescence  at  least  on  the  pedicels,  and 
the  narrower  divisions  and  lobes  of  the  leaves.  It  grows  at  an  alti- 
tude of  about  2000  m. 


RocKv  Mountain  Flora  149 

Colorado:  Larimer  county,  1895,  Crandall  &■  Coiven,  /j 
(type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden) ;  Villa  Grove,  1 896,  F.  Clements, 
338  ;  Middle  Park,  1861,  C.  C.  Parry,  83  ;  Baxton's  Ranch,  1890, 
Craudal/,  13^^. 

Montana:   Lima,  iSgi^,  Rydberg. 

Delphinium  diversicolor 

Perennial  with  a  thick  fleshy  root,  the  branches  of  which  are 
often  fusiform  :  stem  about  4  dm.  high,  simple,  strict,  densely  vis- 
cid-pubescent above  :  leaves  finely  pubescent,  palmatcly  dissected 
into  linear  lobes  ;  petioles  of  the  lower  leaves  3-5  cm.  long,  slightly 
dilated  below  ;  segments  1-3  cm.  long,  about  2  mm.  wide  :  inflor- 
escence a  narrow  raceme  ;  pedicels  .5-1  cm.  long,  or  in  fruit  1.5 
cm.,  densely  viscid,  almost  erect:  sepals  dark  blue,  oblong-oval, 
obtuse,  10-13  iTini-  long,  slightly  pubescent  ;  spur  almost  straight, 
horizontal  :  petals  all  white  with  blue  veins  and  yellowish  below  ; 
the  upper  about  5  mm.  long,  obliquely  spatulate,  obtuse  ;  the  lat- 
eral ones  slightly  longer,  curved  ;  the  blades  deeply  2-cleft ;  each 
lobe  of  the  form  of  one  third  of  a  circle  :  follicles  densely  hairy. 

This  species  is  perhaps  nearest  related  to  D.  simplex  and  D. 
Burkei.  From  the  former,  it  differs  in  white  lateral  petals  and  the 
pubescent  leaves,  and  the  latter  is  described  as  subscapose.  The 
type  was  collected  in  a  bog,  at  an  altitude  of  2000  m. 

Montana:  Rattlesnake  Creek,  Beaver  Head  county,  1887, 
Frank  Tweedy,  3^  (type  in  herb,  Columbia  University). 

Aconitum  tenue 

Perennial  with  small  tubers  about  8  mm.  long  and  4  mm. 
thick  :  stem  very  slender,  about  3  dm.  high  :  leaves  few  ;  the  lower 
with  petioles  5-8  cm.  long,  the  uppermost  subsessile  :  blades 
glabrous,  thin,  shining,  almost  pentagonal  in  outline,  5-7-divided  to 
near  the  base  ;  divisions  rhombic  in  outline,  3-cIeft  and  the  lobes 
oft.en  again  cleft,  the  ultimate  divisions  oblong-linear  to  linear-lan- 
ceolate, acute  :  inflorescence  racemose,  2-6-flowered  :  pedicels 
erect  and  bent  near  the  glabrous  blue  calyx  :  hood  15-18  mm. 
long,  boat-shaped,  sHghtly  saccate,  almost  semicircular  in  outline  ; 
lateral  sepals  rounded  ovate,  only  slightly  oblique,  10-12  mm. 
long;  lower  sepals  oblong,  obtuse  at  the  apex,  8-10  mm.  long  : 
fruit  unknown. 

The  type  was  collected  in  a  damp  canon  among  rocks  at  an 
altitude  of  about  2000  m.  It  is  perhaps  nearest  related  to  the 
Alaskan  A.  delphinifolmm. 


150  Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the 

South  Dakota  :    Sylvan  Lake,  Black  Hills,  1892,  P.  A.  Ryd- 
berg, soy  (type  in  herb.  Columbia  University). 

Aconitum  atrocyaneum 

Perennial  with  thickened-fusiform  roots  :  stem  stout,  4-6  dm. 
high,  leafy,  glabrous  below,  densely  glandular  viscid  and  purplish 
above:  lower  leaves  with  petioles  5-10  cm.  long;  blades  about 
6  cm.  wide,  glabrous,  pentagonal  in  outline,  5-7-divided  to  near 
the  base  ;  divisions  rhombic-cuneate  to  oblanceolate,  usually  twice 
cleft  ;  ultimate  segments  lanceolate  acute  ;  upper  stem-leaves  sim- 
ilar but  with  short  petioles  or  those  of  the  inflorescence  lanceolate, 
toothed  and  often  with  recurved  basal  lobes  :  inflorescence  race- 
mose, many-flowered,  leafy  :  pedicels  1-3  cm.  long,  erect,  very 
viscid  :  flowers  dark  indigo  blue,  more  or  less  pubescent :  hood 
deeply  saccate,  helmet-shaped,  about  18  mm.  long,  with  the  front 
line  more  or  less  concave  :  beak  somewhat  porrect,  acuminate,  the 
lower  margins  nearlyhorizontal  :  lateral  sepals  broadly  rounded- 
ovate,  somewhat  oblique,  12-15  mm.  long  :  lower  sepals  9-12  mm. 
long,  oblong,  obtuse. 

This  species  is  perhaps  closest  related  to  A.  rainosum  A.  Nel- 
son, but  the  divisions  of  the  leaves  are  broader  and  the  hoods  are 
different,  having  a  porrect  beak,  while  in  A.  ramosiivi  the  beak  is 
short  and  directed  downward.  The  flowers  are  also  darker  and 
the  inflorescence  more  viscid.  It  grows  at  an  attitude  of  2,500 
-3,400  m. 

Colorado:  Boreas,  1897,  C.  S.  Craiuiall  (ty^e  in  herb.  N.  Y. 
Bot.  Garden ;  cotypes  in  herb.  State  Agric.  College,  Colo.) ; 
mountains  about  Steamboat  Springs,  1891,  C.  S.  Crandall ;  near 
Ironton,  1899,  C.  C.  Curtis ;  Cameron  Pass,  1896,  C.  F.  Baker. 

Utah:  Uinta  Mountains,  1873,  T.  C.  Porter. 

Aconitum  porrectum 

Perennial  with  thick  fusiform  roots  :  stem  stout,  6-7  dm.  high, 
leafy,  glabrous  below,  densely  viscid-pubescent  above  ;  basal  leaves 
glabrous,  with  petioles  about  i  dm.  long  ;  blades  reniform-pen- 
tagonal  in  outline,  6-10  cm.  wide,  5-7  divided  to  near  the  base; 
divisions  rhombic  or  rhombic-oblanceolate,  variously  cleft  above, 
cuneate  at  the  base  :  inflorescence  racemose  or  somewhat  panicu- 
late, not  leafy;  pedicels  ascending,  1-3  cm.  long:  sepals  dark 
blue,  ciliate  on  the  margins  ;  hood  very  saccate,  helmet-shaped  ; 
beak  acuminate,  porrect,  horizontal  or  even  slightly  ascending, 
15-18  mm.  long  ;   lateral  sepals  broadly  obovate  or  semi-reniform, 


RocKv  Mountain  Flora  151 

about  12-14  nini-  ^ong,  very  oblique;  lower  sepals  lanceolate  or 
oblong,  acute,  7—10  mm.  long. 

This  is  closely  related  to  the  preceding,  but  differs  in  the 
broader  and  less  deeply  divided  divisions  of  the  leaves,  the  shorter 
lower  sepals,  the  more  open  and  less  leafy  inflorescence,  and  the 
more  oblique  lateral  sepals.  It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  2400- 
2800  m. 

Colorado:  Coffee  Pot  Spring,  1894,  Cranda// (type  in  herb. 
N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden  ;  cotypes  in  herb.  State  Agric.  College,  Colo.)  ; 
Graymount,  1892,  Crandall ;  foothills,  Larimer  county,  1895, 
Q'andall  &  Cowe  11 ;  Avsip^hoQ  Pass,  1891,  Crandall,  36  ;  Lake 
City,  1 88 1,/.  5.  Newberry ;  North  Park,  near  Teller,  1884,  C.  S. 
Sheldon. 

Aconitum  glaberrimum 

Perennial  with  a  tap  root  :  stem  almost  i  m.  high,  perfectly 
glabrous  :  leaves  5-divided,  thin,  perfectly  glabrous,  the  lower  long- 
petioled  ;  the  uppermost  subsessile  ;  divisions  oblanceolate  to 
rhombic-oblanceolate  in  outline,  5—10  cm.  long,  cuneate  and  entire 
at  the  base,  irregularly  doubly  cleft  above  ;  lobes  or  teeth  lanceo- 
late, acute  or  acuminate  :  inflorescence  compound  ;  branches  and 
pedicels  spreading  or  divergent,  glabrous :  flowers  blue  :  lower 
sepals  lanceolate,  12-15  n^"^-  ^o^g  ;  lateral  ones  very  oblique,  as 
broad  as  long,  about  i  5  mm.  each  way,  rounded,  slightly  reniform 
on  the  upper  side  ;  hood  about  2  cm.  long,  deeply  saccate,  elong- 
ated helmet-shaped ;  beak  long-attenuate,  very  porrect  or  even 
ascending. 

The  type  specimen  was  included  in  A.  Cobtvibiamnn  by  Dr. 
Gray,  his  "  Syn.  Fl.  N.  Amer."  label  being  on  the  sheet  ;  but  it 
is  so  unlike  all  other  material  of  that  species  that  I  can  not  see 
the  reason  why  it  should  be  included  therein.  The  perfectly 
glabrous  stem,  the  branched  inflorescence,  the  peculiar,  deeply 
saccate  hood  and  the  slender  porrect  beak  are  characters  not  found 
in  any  other  American  aconite. 

Southern  Utah,  Northern  Arizona:  1877,  ^''-  ^-  Palfnc^', 
II  (  type  in  herb.  Columbia  University). 

Anemone  tuberosa 

Anemone  sphenopJiylla  Britton,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  6  :  224,  in 
part.     Not  Poepp.  1827-29. 

Perennial  with  a  thick  tuberous  root,  basal  leaves  with  petioles 


152  Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the 

about  5  cm.  long,  twice  ternate  ;  divisions  rhombic-cuneate  in  out- 
line, ternately  cleft  and  toothed  ;  teeth  oblong-ovate :  scape  1-3 
dm.  high,  perfectly  glabrous  below  the  involucre  ;  peduncles  finely 
appressed  silky  ;  involucral  leaves  similar  to  the  basal  ones,  but 
short-petioled  and  with  longer  lobes  and  teeth  ;  peduncle  solitary 
or  a  second  one  with  a  smaller  involucre  :  sepals  white  or  purplish, 
8-10,  oblong-linear,  1-2  cm.  long,  finely  silky  :  head  of  fruit 
ellipsoid,  about  i  cm.  thick  and  2  cm.  long :  achenes  densely 
woolly:  style  filiform,  about  1.5  mm.  long. 

This  is  closely  related  to  A.  splicnophylla  of  Chili,  but  in  that 
species  the  whole  scape  is  decidedly  pubescent  with  spreading 
hairs  and  the  segments  of  the  involucral  leaves  are  narrower.  The 
following  species  belong  here  : 

Arizona:  Sierra  Tuscon,  1884,  C.  G.  Pri ngl e  {ty^Q  in  herb. 
Columbia  University)  ;   Fort  Huachuca,   1892,  5.  E.   Wilcox. 

New  Mexico:  Mountain  near  Las  Cruces,  1895,  E.  0. 
Wooton. 

Utah  :  St.  George,  1880,  M.  E.  Jones,  i6oj. 

California:  Panamint  Mountains,  1891,  Coville  &  Funston, 
500  ;    1849  (locality  not  given),  Fre^noiit. 

Anemone  lithophila 

Perennial  with  a  short  thick  rootstock  :  basal  leaves  several, 
glabrous  or  nearly  so,  thickish,  shining,  somewhat  glaucous  ; 
petioles  5-8  cm.  long  ;  blades  ternate  ;  divisions  obovate-cuneate, 
about  3  cm.  long,  strongly  veined,  deeply  3-cleft,  again  cleft  and 
toothed  ;  the  ultimate  segments  short,  oblong-oblanceolate  :  scape 
1-2  dm.  high,  sparingly  pubescent  with  long  silky  hairs  :  in- 
volucral leaves  subsessile  or  short-petioled  ;  divisions  similar  to 
those  of  the  basal  leaves  :  sepals  silky,  ochroleucous,  tinged  with 
blue,  12-15  mm.  long,  broadly  obovate  or  oval  :  achenes  densely 
villous  all  over  :  style  filiform,  about  2  mm.  long. 

The  type  was  growing  with  A.  parviflora  at  an  altitude  of  1800 
m.  As  none  of  the  specimens  there  had  well-developed  fruit  and 
the  plant  is  intermediate  between  A.  parviflora  and  A.  glohosa 
Nutt.,  which  also  grew  in  the  neighborhood,  this  species  may  be 
a  hybrid.  The  strong  veins  and  shiny  glaucous  leaves  suggest 
the  former  but  the  general  leaf-form  the  latter,  although  the 
segments  are  broader  and  shorter  and  the  leaves  more  glabrate. 
Watson's  specimen,  which  resembles  the  type  perfectly  has  fully 
developed  fruit,  however.      The   type  was    labelled  A.  Tetonensis, 


Rocky  Mountain  Flora  153 

which  it  resembles  most  in  habit  ;  but  the  achenes  are  wooly  all 
over,  not  merely  strigose  on  the  back  as  in  that  species  and  the 
flowers  are  larger  and  lighter.  The  following  specimens  are  to  be 
referred  here  : 

Montana  :  Little  Belt  Mountains,  nine  miles  from  Barker, 
1896,  /.  H.  Flodnian,  ^jg  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden), 
and  46J  ;  Lake  Stanton,  1894,  R.  S.   Williains. 

Utah:  Uinta  Mts.,  1869,  i\  Watson,  10. 

Anemone  Piperi  Britton 

Perennial  with  a  rather  slender  rootstock  :  stem  1.5—3  ^"^• 
high,  slender,  very  sparingly  appressed  silky  ;  basal  leaves  ternate, 
minutely  appressed-puberulent  when  young,  in  age  glabrous  ;  peti- 
oles 1-2  dm.  long  ;  middle  lobe  rhombic-obovate  or  rhombic-cune- 
ate,  coarsely  toothed  above  the  middle,  2-7  cm.  long  ;  the  lateral 
ones  broader,  obliquely  ovate,  2-cleft  to  about  the  middle,  coarsely 
toothed  :  involucral  leaves  similar,  but  the  lobes  usually  narrower  : 
petioles  1-3  mm.  long  :  pedicel  2-5  cm.  long,  erect  in  fruit,  spar- 
ingly appressed  silky  :  sepals  elliptic-obovate  to  oval,  about  1 5 
mm.  long,  6-8  mm.  wide,  white,  glabrous  :  achenes  about  4  mm. 
long,  densely  short-pubescent,  ellipsoid,  slightly  compressed,  taper- 
ing to  both  ends  :  beak  very  short. 

This  has  been  included  in  A.  qiiinquefolia  and  all  specimens 
cited  for  that  species  from  the  Northwest  may  belong  here.  It 
differs,  however,  from  that  species  in  the  form  of  the  basal  leaves, 
the  erect  pedicels  and  the  short,  almost  straight  beaks  of  the 
achenes. 

Idaho  :  Latah  county,  1893,  C.  V.  Piper,  r^6g  (type  in  herb. 
Columbia  University);  Craig  Mountain,  1892,  Saudbcrg,  Mac- 
Doiigal  &  Heller,  ig^. 

Washington  :  Kamiac  Butte,  1896,  A.  D.  E.  Elmer,  jgj. 

Clematis  Jonesii  (Kuntze) 

Clematis  Douglasii  var.  Jonesii  Kuntze,  Verh.  Bot.  Ver.  Bran- 
denburg, 26 :    180.      1886. 

Perennial  with  a  thick  rootstock  or  caudex  :  stems  3-6  dm. 
high,  simple  or  later  in  the  season  branched,  more  or  less  woolly 
when  young:  leaves  twice  pinnately  divided,  i— 1.5  dm.  long,  vil- 
lous when  young,  in  age  glabrate,  rather  firm,  segments  lanceolate 
to  linear-lanceo'ate,  often  cleft,  1-5  cm.  long,  acutish  :  flowers  nod- 


154  RvDBERG  :  Studies  on  the 

ding  :  calyx  campanulate,  brown,  more  or  less  villous,  especially 
near  the  margins;  sepals  2-2.5  cm.  long,  ovate,  acute  or  acumi- 
nate, upper  half  with  a  wavy  dilated  margin  :  achenes  about  5  mm. 
long  and  4  mm.  wide,  flattish,  densely  silky;  tails  of  the  achenes 
4—5  cm.  long,  beautifully  plumose  throughout. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  C.  Dovglasii,  with  which  it  has  been 
confused.  It  differs  from  that  species  in  the  dilated  margins  of 
the  sepals,  the  distinctly  petioled  and  less  compound  leaves.  In 
the  true  C.  Doiiglasii  the  upper  and  middle  leaves  are  twice  pin- 
nately  divided  and  subsessile,  so  that  they  with  the  first  pair  of 
primary  divisions  look  as  if  verticillate.  Kuntze's  description  of 
C.  Doiiglasii  var.  Jonesii  is  so  meager  that  nobody  could  know 
from  it  what  he  meant,  but  fortunately  we  have  one  of  Jones' 
specimens.     The  following  specimens  belong  to  C.  Jonesii. 

Colorado:  Howe's  Gulch,  1899,  W.  F.  M.;  Dolores  (7300 
ft.),  1892,  Crandall ;  lat.  39°-4i°,  1862,  Hall  &  Harbour,  2; 
Howe's  Gulch,  1893,  C.  F.  Baker;  near  Boulder,  1892,  H.  M. 
Patterson,  168  ;  Dixon  Canon,  1891,^.  H.  Cozuen,  j68. 

Utah  :  Uinta  Mountains,  1869,  5.  Watson,  i ;  American  Fork, 
1880,  M.  E.Jones,  135 1. 

Wyoming  :  Headwater  of  Tongue  River,  Big  Horn  Mountains, 
1898,  Frank  Tweedy,  lyi. 

Clematis  eriophora 

Perennial,  from  a  woody  caudex  :  stems  and  leaves  prominently 
white-villous,  the  former  3-5  dm.  high,  simple  :  leaves  5-10 
cm.  long,  distinctly  petioled,  twice  pinnately  divided ;  ultimate 
segments  narrowly  linear,  1—3  cm.  long,  1—2  mm.  wide:  flowers 
nodding  ;  calyx  villous,  campanulate,  about  3  cm.  long  ;  sepals 
oblong,  obtuse,  the  upper  third  spreading,  with  a  dilated  margin  : 
achenes  oblong,  about  6  mm.  long  and  3  mm.  wide,  silky,  with  a 
blunt  ridge  on  each  side  ;   tails  about  4  cm.,  beautifully  plumose. 

This  is  closely  related  to  the  preceding  and  to  C.  Bakeri,  but 
differs  from  the  former  in  the  narrower  leaf-segments,  the  obtuse 
and  thicker  sepals  and  the  denser  and  more  persistent  pubescence, 
and  from  the  latter  in  the  longer  leaf  segments  and  the  obtuse 
dilated  sepals.      It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  1500—2000  m. 

Colorado:  Vicinity  of  Horsetooth,  1896,/.  H.  Coiven  (type 
in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden  ;  cotypes  in  herb.  State  Agric.  College, 
Colo.);  Foothills,  Larimer  county,  1893,  C.  S.  Crandall ;  Colorado, 


RocKv  Mountain  Flora  155 

1870,  Dr.  G.  W.  Hulsc ;  1844,  Fremont,  36 j ;  Pagosa,  1883, 
Brandegee ;  Golden  City,  1871,  E.  L.  Greene ;  Clear  Creek,  1873, 
John  Wolf,  g2 ;  Colorado  Springs,  \(^oo,  Rydberg  &  JVeeland, 
62J2 ;  Rist  Canon,  1890,  Crandall,  2^2 ;  1893,  ijyg ;  Horse- 
tooth  Gulch,  1898,  Crandall. 

Clematis  Wyethii  Nutt.  Journ.  Acad.  Phila.  7:  6   1834 

I  think  that  this  species  is  distinct  from  C.  Doi/glasii.  Hook.,  the 
leaves  being  never  twice  pinnately  divided,  having  much  broader 
segments  and  never  being  falsely  verticillate  as  in  that  species.  The 
specimens  from  Beaver  Cafion,  Idaho,  cited  in  the  synoptical  flora 
under  C.  Doiiglasii  var.  Scottii  and  in  Howell's  flora  of  the  North- 
west under  C.  Scottii  belongs  undoubtedly  here.  A  broad-leaved 
C.  Wyethii  and  a  narrow-leaved  C.  Scottii  resemble  each  other  very 
much  and  can  be  distinguished  only  by  the  flower,  which  in  the 
former  is  campanulate  with  oblong-lanceolate  sepals  and  in  the 
latter  rounded  urn-shaped  with  broadly  ovate  sepals.  C.  Wyethii 
is  common  in  Montana  and  northern  Idaho.  It  is  represented  by 
the  specimens  cited  under  C.  Scottii  and  some  under  C.  Douglasii 
in  my  catalogue  of  the  flora  of  Montana. 

Atragene  occiDENTALis  Homem.  Hort.  Hafn.  1813  :   520 

Atragene  Cohunbiana  Nutt.  Journ.  Acad.  7:7.  1834  ;  Clematis 
CohimbianaToYv.  &  Gray,  Fl.  N.  Am.  i  :  10.  1838  ;  Clematis  vcr- 
ticillaris  var.  Cohunbiana  Gray.  Syn.  Fl.  1:8.  1895  ;  Clematis 
Pseudoatragene  a.  normalis  Kuntze,  Verh.  Bot.  Ver.  Brandenburg, 
26  :  160,  in  part,  1884  ;  C.  alpina  a  occidentalis  3  typica  Kuntze, 
I.  c.  161. 

Dr.  Gray  adopted  the  name  occidentalis  as  a  varietal  name  for 
another  species,  and  cites  Homeman's  plant  as  a  synonym.  It  is 
very  evident  that  the  latter  is  the  common  plant  of  the  Columbia 
Valley  with  simply  ternate  leaves  and  subentire  leaflets,  for  Home- 
man  expressedly  describes  them  as  entire.  Dr.  Kuntze  was  so 
far  right  that  he  placed  Atragene  occidentalis  Homeman  with  A. 
verticillaj-is,  although  he  made  both  forms  of  Clematis  alpina.  His 
revision  of  Clematis  is  far  from  good  especially  as  to  the  West 
American  species.  The  only  distmction  he  makes  between  C. 
pseudoatragene  and   C.  alpina  is  the  absence  or  presence  of  stami- 


156  Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the 

nodia,  a  very  unfortunate  distinction,  for  in  most  of  the  West 
American  forms  both  conditions  exist.  The  filaments  of  the  outer 
stamens  are  flattened  and  more  or  less  petaloid.  In  some  cases 
the  outermost  have  no  anthers  (true  staminodia),  but  often  all  are 
antheriferous.  The  present  species  is  therefore  placed  in  both 
species  by  Kuntze.  Atragene  occidcntalis  differs,  however,  from  the 
eastern  A.  Americana  in  the  fact  that  the  staminodia  as  far  as  I 
knovv  always  are  linear,  while  they  are  in  A.  Americana  decidedly 
spatulate.  A.  occidcntalis  is  common  from  British  Columbia  and 
the  Canadian  Rockies  south  to  California  and  Colorado. 

Atragene  grosseserrata 

Trailing  or  climbing  over  bushes  :  leaves  ternate  ;  petioles 
5-8  cm.  long;  petiolules  1-2  cm.  long;  blades  broadly  ovate, 
oblique,  somewhat  cordate  at  the  base,  3-4  cm.  long,  coarsely 
toothed  and  often  somewhat  lobed  :  peduncles  5-10  cm.  long: 
sepals  lanceolate,  about  4  cm.  long,  10-13  mm.  wide,  acute  :  stami- 
nodia about  18  mm.  long,  decidedly  spatulate,  a  little  exceeding 
the  stamens  :  achenes  small,  sparingly  hirsute  :  tails  about  3  cm. 
long,  plumose  throughout. 

This  is  closest  related  to  the  eastern  A.  Americana;  but  the  leaves 
are  deeper  serrate  and  the  sepals  are  longer,  lanceolate,  and  resem- 
ble more  those  of  A.  teniiiloba.  From  A.  occidcntalis  it  differs  in 
the  spatulate  staminodia,  the  shorter  leaflets,  which  are  coarsely 
serrate  except  the  very  base.  In  A.  occidcntalis  the  leaflets  are  en- 
tire or  merely  crenate  above  the  middle. 

Idaho  :  Palouse  county  and  about  Lake  Coeur  d'Alene,  1892, 
G.  B.  Alton  (type  in  Herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  flower). 

Washington  :      Cascade  Mountains,  1882,  F.  Tweedy  (fruit). 

Atragene  repens  (Kuntze) 

Clematis  alpiiia  a  occidcntalis  2  rcpcns  Kuntze,  Verh.  Bot. 
Ver.  Brandenberg,  27,  161,  in  part.      1884. 

Plant  trailing  :  leaves  biternate,  glabrous,  firmer  than  in  the 
two  preceding  :  petioles  5-8  cm.  long  :  secondary  leaflets  sub- 
sessile  except  the  terminal,  which  is  short-stalked,  broadly  ovate, 
coarsely  toothed  with  broadly  ovate  teeth,  3-4  cm.  long,  abruptly 
short  acuminate  at  the  apex  :  peduncles  over  i  dm.  long  :  sepals 
ovate-lanceolate,  about  4  cm.  long,  acute :  staminodia  linear  : 
achenes  about  5  mm.  long,  pubescent  :  tails  about  4  cm.  long, 
plumose  throughout. 


RocKV  Mountain  Flora  157 

Dr.  Kuntze's  description  of  the  subvariety  repens  is  just  as 
meaningless  as  the  rest  of  his  descriptions.  He  cites  specimens, 
however,  v\z.,  Jones  no.  1SS2  and  iSSy.  We  have  two  sheets  of 
each  and  they  evidently  do  not  belong  together.  No.  1882  in 
both  the  Columbia  University  and  New  York  Botanical  Garden 
herbaria  are  in  fruit,  have  simply  ternate  leaves  with  subentire 
leaflets  and  must  be  referred  to  A.  occidcntalis.  No.  1887  in 
flowers,  on  the  contrary,  has  biternate  leaves,  and  the  leaflets  are 
coarsely  toothed.  Dr.  Kuntze's  subvariety  is,  therefore,  "  eine 
zusammengesetzte  "  and  according  to  some  Germans,  should  be 
ruled  out.  After  the  part  that  belongs  to  A.  occidcntalis  has  been 
removed,  I  have  adopted  the  name  for  the  residue. 

Utah:  American  Fork,  1880,  M.  E.  Jones,  iSSj  (type  in 
herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.). 

Wyoming:  Wolf  Creek  Caiion,  1896,  Aven  AWson,  22()^,  in 
part,  the  larger  part  belonging  to  A.  tomiloba. 

Atragene  pseudoalpina  (Kuntze) 

Atragene  Ochotensis  Gray,  PI.  Fendl.  4.  1849.  ^^t  Pall. 
1874;  A.  alpina  var.  Ochotensis  A.  Gray,  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  II.  33  : 
241  ;  Clematis  alpina  var.  Ochotensis  S.  Wats.  Bot.  King  Exp.  5  : 
4  ;  C.  alpina  var.  occidcntalis  A.  Gray;  Powell,  Geol.  Surv.  Dakota, 
531.  1880.  ^o\.  Atragene  occidcntalis  Wova^Ta.  181 3;  Clematis 
pseiidoatragene  y  psendoalpina  Kuntze,  Verb.  Bot.  Ver.  Branden- 
burg, 26  :    160.      1884. 

As  stated  above,  the  name  occidcntalis  should  be  used  for  A. 
Colnmbiana  Nutt.  We  are  therefore  obliged  to  adopt  Kuntze's 
varietal  name.  In  the  Synoptical  Flora  Clematis  pseiidoatragene 
Kuntze  is  given  as  a  synonym,  but  from  the  short  description 
neither  of  the  varieties  «,  ;9  or  0  can  belong  here.  The  var.  a 
nonnalis  is  evidently  partly  A.  Americana  and  partly  A.  occidcn- 
talis as  here  understood.  The  var.  o  subtriternata  is  A.  tenniloba 
(A.  Gray)  Britton.  What  Clematis  pseiidoatragene  var.  /9  Wender- 
othioides*  is  I  do  not  know.  In  the  Synoptical  Flora  the  range 
is  given  as  extending  from  New  Mexico  to  Dakota  and  Wash- 
ington.     I  have  not  seen  any  specimens  from  any  station  north  of 

*  What  a  name  !  Translated  it  would  mean  :  A  variety  of  the  false  Atragene 
Virgin's  Bower,  resembling  Mr.  Wenderoth. 


158  Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the 

Colorado  and  Utah.     All  specimens  referred  here  from  higher  lati- 
tudes belong  to  A.  tcmiiloba. 

Ranunculus  Utahensis 

Perennial  with  a  cluster  of  fibrous  fleshy  roots,  glabrous  :  stems 
1-2  dm.  high,  branched  above;  basal  leaves  petioled  ;  petioles  2- 
5  cm.  long  ;  blades  almost  orbicular,  rather  thick,  crenate  or  round- 
lobed  :  stem-leaves  sessile,  deeply  cleft  or  divided  into  4-5  oblong 
or  elliptic,  obtuse  segments :  sepals  somewhat  hairy,  elliptic  to 
obovate,  at  last  reflexed  :  petals  4-5  mm.  long,  exceeding  the 
sepals:  headof  fruit  oblong  ;  achenes  glabrous  ;   style  rather  short. 

This  species  resembles  most  a  depauperate  R.  abortknis  in  the 
leaves,  but  the  petals  are  much  larger  and  the  head  of  fruit  is  ob- 
long instead  of  spherical.  It  has  gone  under  the  name  of  R.  affinis 
var.  leiocarpns,  but  it  is  not  that  of  Trautvetter,  and  is  distinguished 
from  all  of  those  species  which  have  been  included  in  R.  affinis  by 
its  thicker  leaves  and  their  lobing. 

Utah:  Alta,  Wasatch  Mts.,  1879,  M.  E.  Jones,  11  jo  (type  in 
herb.  Columbia  University);  Uinta  Mts.,  1873,  T.  C.  Porter. 

Ranunculus  micropetalus  (Greene) 
Ranunculus  affinis  \'ar.  micropetalus  Greene,  Pittonia,   2  :    1 10. 
1890. 

An  excellent  species,  very  distinct  from  R.  affinis  Hook.,  and  still 
more  from  R.  cardwpliyllus  Hook.,  with  which  Davis  associated  it. 

Ranunculus  Helleri 

Perennial  with  a  short  rootstock,  perfectly  glabrous :  stem 
slender,  1—2  dm.  high  :  basal  leaves  and  lower  cauline  with  slen- 
der petioles  2-5  cm.  long ;  blades  of  the  earlier  basal  leaves  reni- 
form,  3-cleft  7^  or  3^  the  distance  to  the  base  ;  middle  division 
oblong,  entire,  the  lateral  ones  with  3  ovate  lobes  ;  blades  of  the 
other  basal  leaves  and  the  lower  cauline  divided  to  near  the  "base 
into  3  cuneate  divisions,  15-20  mm.  long;  the  middle  division  3- 
lobed,  the  lateral  ones  4-lobed  ;  stipules  of  lower  cauline  leaves 
conspicuous,  rounded  :  upper  cauline  leaves  sessile,  divided  unto 
the  base  into  2—4  linear-oblong  divisions  :  flowers  solitary  :  sepals 
oblong,  obtuse,  about  5  mm.  long  :  petals  oblong  to  obovate, 
golden  yellow,  6-7  mm.  long  :  head  of  fruit  short-oblong  or 
spherical  :  achenes  turgid,  almost  spherical,  1.5  mm.  long,  gla- 
brous :  style  slender  and  curved. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  \.o' R.  EschscJiotzii  and  R.  alpco- 


RocKv  Mountain  Flora  159 

philns.  In  the  former,  which  is  very  rare  in  the  Rockies,  the 
upper  stem-leaves  have  broad  and  short  lobes,  which  are  elliptical 
to  obovate  ;  and  in  the  latter  the  basal  leaves  are  not  reniform  but 
almost  orbicular  in  outline.   A'.  //it'/Zr/v  grows  in  bogs  at  high  altitudes. 

Idaho  :  Near  Lake  Pend  d'Oreille,  1892,  Sandbtrg,  MacDougal 
&  Heller,  842  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.). 

Wyoming  :  Big  Horn  Mountain,  1899,  F.  Tiveedy,  2j8^. 

Montana:  Sperry  Glacier,  1901,  F.  K.   Vreelami,  mo. 

Ranunculus    stenolobus 

Perennial  with  a  cluster  of  fibrous  roots,  perfectly  glabrous  : 
stems  1-3  from  the  same  clump,  1—2  dm.  high,  usually  branched  : 
basal  leaves  and  lower  cauline  petioled  ;  petioles  4— 10  cm.  long  ; 
blades  three  times  ternately  dissected  into  almost  linear  segments, 
which  are  6—15  mm.  long  and  1—3  mm.  wide,  usually  somewhat 
narrowed  at  the  base  ;  the  primary  divisions  distinctly  pctiolulate  : 
sepals  oval,  4-5  mm.  long  :  petals  obovate,  7-8  (rarely  9-1 1) 
mm.  long  :  head  of  achene  spherical  or  slightly  oblong,  about  6 
mm.  broad  :  achenes  turgid,  glabrous  :  style  slender. 

This  species  is  somewhat  intermediate  between  R.  adoneus  and 
R.  triternatus,  but  the  stem  is  more  elongated  and  branched. 
Some  of  the  specimens  cited  below  have  been  referred  to  the 
former,  but  in  that  plant  the  stem  is  usually  simple,  the  petals 
over  I  cm.  long,  cuneate-flabelliform  and  overlapping  each  other, 
the  lobes  of  the  leaves  narrower  and  not  narrowed  downward.  In 
the  leaf-form  and  flowers  it  resembles  more  R.  triternatus,  but  that 
grows  in  big  clumps  with  numerous  stems,  and  the  segments  are 
more  decidedly  petiolulate. 

Wyoming  :  Headwaters  of  Cliff  Creek,  1900,  C.  C.  Curtis 
(type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.). 

Utah:  Alta,  Wahsatch  Mts.,  1879,  ^^-  ^-  Jones,  1104.; 
Wahsatch  Mt.,  1869,  5.  Watson,  ^o. 

Papaver  pygmaeum 

A  cespitose  and  scapose  perennial ;  leaves  all  basal,  numerous 
2—3  cm.  long  ;  blade  less  than  i  cm.  long,  broadly  ovate  in  out- 
line, deeply  cleft  into  rounded-oblong  or  obovate  segments,  spar- 
ingly hispid  or  glabrous  :  scape  4-6  cm.  high,  sparingly  hirsute  ; 
so  also  the  calyx,  which  is  obovate  in  bud  :  petals  yellow,  i  cm.  or 
less  long  :  pod  obovoid,  about  i  cm.  long,  densely  bristly. 

This  species  is  nearly  related  to  P.  radicatum  Rottb.,  but  is  a 
still  smaller  plant,  with  shorter,  broader,  less  divided,  less  bristly 


160   RvDBERG :    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

leaf-blades  and  smaller  flowers.  It  resembles  still  more  the  Euro- 
pean P.  Pyrenaiciun,  which  has  larger  petals,  1—2  cm.  long,  sta- 
mens much  exceeding  the  ovary  and  spherical  flower-buds. 

Montana  :  Mountain  above  Stanton  Lake,  1894,  R.  S.  Williams, 
pp2  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden). 

Alberta:  Sheep  Mountain,  i8g^,  /oli;i  Maco?f;i,  io26p  ;  top 
of  Rocky  Mountains,  1881,  G.  M.  Dazvson. 

Argemone  rotundata 

Stem  stout,  densely  and  strongly  bristly,  but  otherwise  gla- 
brous :  leaves  oval  in  outline  ;  the  cauline  ones  sessile  and  broadly 
auricled,  bristly,  especially  on  the  veins  and  margins,  round-lobed  : 
flowers  short-pedicelled  or  subsessile  :  calyx  very  bristly  ;  its  horns 
erect  or  slightly  spreading,  bristly  :  petals  white,  fully  4  cm.  long  : 
pod  ovoid,  very  bristly. 

This  has  been  mistaken  for  A.  liispida  Gray  but  is  perhaps 
nearer  related  to  A.  intenncdia  and  A.  platyceras.  From  A.  hispida 
it  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  absence  of  a  finer  indumentum  and 
by  the  round-lobed  leaves.  The  latter  character  also  distinguishes 
it  from  the  other  two  species  mentioned.  It  is  also  much  more 
bristly  than   the  two.      It  grows   at  an  altitude  of  1500— 1800  m. 

Nevada  :  Diamond  Mountains,  July,  1868,  5.  Watson,  ^7 
(type  in  herb.  Columbia  University). 

Utah  :  Utah  Valley,  i86g,  S.  Watson,  ^.g. 

BicucuUa  occidentalis 

Perennial  with  a  very  short  rootstock  bearing  numerous  tubers  : 
scape  and  leaves  perfectly  glabrous;  petioles  of  about  1.5  dm. 
long  ;  blades  twice  ternate  ;  the  divisions  twice  pinnately  divided 
or  cleft  into  linear-oblong  lobes,  1—2  cm.  long,  3-5  mm.  wide  : 
scape  about  3  dm.  high  :  raceme  simple  :  sepals  oval,  about  5  mm. 
long  :  petals  pink  ;  the  outer  about  i  cm.  long  ;  their  spurs  about 
12  mm.,  divergent,  forming  with  each  other  an  angle  of  90°  or 
more  ;  crest  of  the  inner  petals  prominent  ;  capsule  fusiform,  with 
the  style  about  1.5  cm.  long. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  B.  cucnllaria,  and  has  been  confused 
with  it,  but  has  coarser  foliage,  more  diverging  and  longer  spurs, 
more  prominent  crest  on  the  inner  petals  and  the  underground  parts 
more  gruinose  and  not  scaly.  Its  range  includes  parts  of  Oregon, 
Washington  and  eastern  Idaho,  and  it  grows   on  shaded  hillsides. 

Washington:  West  Klickitat  county,  1892,  ]]\  A\  Suksdorf 
(type  in  herb.  Columbia  University). 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK   BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  23 


STUDIES  OiN  THE  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  FLORA 

YIII. 


BY  PER   AXEL  RYDBERG. 


NEW    YORK 
1902 


[Reprinted  from  Bulletin  Toreey  Botanical  Clue,  29 :  2S3-2i6,  April  24,  1902.] 


Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora-  Vlll 

By  Per  Axkl  Rydberg. 

Stanleya  arcuata  sp.  nov. 
Perennial  with  a  ligneous  caudex,  4—10  dm.  high,  perfectly 
glabrous  ;  stem  light  green  and  shining,  in  age  straw-colored  :  leaves 
entire  or  the  lower  with  short  and  broad  lobes,  lanceolate,  long- 
petioled,  thick,  5-12  cm.  long  ;  pedicels  rather  short,  in  fruit,  about 
I  cm.  long  :  sepals  yellow,  linear  about  i  5  mm.  long  ;  petals  yel- 
low ;  blades  7-8  mm.  long,  broadly  elliptic,  almost  as  long  as  or  at 
least  two  thirds  as  long  as  the  claw  :  pods  7-10  cm.  long,  strongly 
arcuate,  and  spreading. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  5.  integrifolia,  but  is  taller^ 
more  shrubby,  with  narrower  leaves  and  broader  petals.  .S.  pi}i- 
nata  (Pursh)  Rritton,  with  which  both  have  been  confused,  has. 
hairy  leaves,  most  of  which  are  deeply  pinnatifid,  and  the  blades 
of  its  petals  are  linear  oblong  and  only  one  third  or  one  half  as 
long  as  the  claws.  vS.  arcuata  grows  in  dry  regions  from  Wyoming 
to  Nevada  and  south  to  Colorado  and  Arizona  ;  probably  also  in 
California. 

Nevada  :  Unionville  Valley,  1868,  S.  Watson,  io§  (type  in 
herb.  Columbia  University). 

Stanleya  canescens  sp.  nov. 

Stout  perennial  .5-1  m.  high;  stem  light  green,  finely  puberu- 
lent  or  glabrate,  terete  :  leaves  grayish  puberulent,  the  upper  entire 
and  oblanceolate,  5-7  cm.  long;  the  lower  pinnatifid  with  oblong 
lateral  lobes  and  a  large  oval  or  elliptic  end-lobe  :  raceme  dense, 
pedicels  short,  in  fruit  i  cm.  or  less  long,  divergent :  sepals  linear,, 
about  1 2  mm.  long  ;  blades  of  the  yellow  petals  linear-oblong,  about 
half  as  long  as  the  claw  :  pods  arcuate,  spreading,  5-7  cm.  long. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  the  preceding,  differing  in  the  puberu- 
lent leaves,  which  are  shorter  and  broader  and  more  inclined  to  be 
pinnatifid. 

Utah  :  Frisco,  1880,  M.  E.  Jones,  i8og  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y. 
Bot.  Garden). 

Arizona:  Fort  Verde,  1887,  E.  A.  Mearns ;  Verde  River, 
1883,  H.  H.  Rushy ;  Mexican  Boundary  Survey. 

232 


233    Rydberg  :    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Thelypodium  macropetalum  sp.  nov. 

A  glabrous  perennial,  4-6  dm.  high  :  basal  leaves  oblanceolate 
or  spatulate,  short-petioled,  2—5  cm.  long  :  lower  stem-leaves  ob- 
long, obtuse,  sessile,  with  rounded  auricles  at  the  base,  5-6  cm. 
long  ;  upper  leaves  lanceolate-sagittate,  acute  ;  pedicels  in  fruit 
about  I  cm.  long,  divaricate  :  sepals  about  5  mm,  long,  purplish 
with  white  margins  ;  petals  purple,  spatulate,  long-clawed,  nearly 
three  times  as  long  as  the  sepals  :  pods  4—5  cm.  long,  ascending 
or  erect  and  somewhat  incurved. 

This  is  related  to  T.  sagittat2un  (Nutt.)  Heller  and  T.  paniada- 
tuvi  A.  Nelson.  From  the  former,  it  differs  in  the  smaller  leaves, 
the  rounder  auricles,  the  erect,  not  reflexed  nor  spreading  pod  ;  and 
from  the  latter  by  the  much  longer  petals.  It  grows  at  an  altitude 
of  1,000-1,200  m. 

Utah:  Farmington,  188 1,  J'/  E.  Jones,  18^1  (type  in  herb. 
N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden). 

Idaho:  Soda  Springs,  1892,  Isabel  Miilford. 

Thelypodium  Utahense  sp.  nov. 

Annual  or  biennial  :  stem  4-6  dm.  high,  sparingly  pubescent 
below;  leaves  all  lanceolate  in  outline,  5-10  cm.  long,  lanceolate, 
glabrous  ;  segments  broad  and  crowded,  oblong-lanceolate  to  tri- 
angular :  pedicels  very  short,  in  fruit  scarcely  more  than  i  mm. 
long  :  sepals  oblong,  about  2  mm.  long  :  petals  spatulate,  almost 
twice  as  long,  white  :  pod  about  3  cm.  long,  strongly  reflexed. 

This  is  probably  nearest  related  to  5.  reflexuni  Nutt.,  which  is 
decidedly  hispid  on  the  stem  and  the  veins  of  the  leaves  and  has 
much  narrower  leaf-segments.  It  grows  at  an  altitude  of  about 
600  m. 

Utah  :  St.  George,  1880,  M.  E.  Jones  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y. 
Bot.  Garden);    1877,  E.  Palmer,  28. 

Lepidium  Jonesii  sp.  nov. 

Lepidmuimontaiinniv-A.x.  alf  ssoides  ]  ones,  Zoe,  4:  266.  1893. 
Not  L.  alyssoides  A.  Gray.      1849. 

Perennial  with  a  short  woody  caudex  :  stems  2-3  dm.  high, 
glabrous,  branched,  glabrous  :  basal  leaves  pinnatifid  with  linear 
acute  divisions  ;  stem-leaves  similar  or  the  upper  entire,  narrowly 
linear  :  racemes  rather  short  and  dense  ;  pedicels  in  fruit  6-8  mm. 
long,  spreading :  sepals  oblanceolate,  obtuse  ;  petals  white,  much 


Rydberg  :   Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora   234 

exceeding  the  sepals  ;  blade  broadly  obovate  :  pod  acutish,  oval  in 
outline,  about  4  mm.  long  and  slightly  over  2  mm.  wide,  glabrous, 
reticulate,  only  slightly  wing-margined  above,  retuse;  st}'le  about 
twice  as  long  as  the  width  of  the  wing  margins. 

This  species  is  in  some  respects  intermediate  between  L.  alys- 
soidcs  and  L.  montamun.  In  the  former  only  the  lowest  leaves  are 
pinnatifid,  the  pod  is  more  rounded  and  the  style  is  shorter,  scarcely 
longer  than  the  width  of  the  wing-margin.  It  is  closer  related  to 
L.  montajium,  differing  mainly  in  the  longer  and  narrower  leaf- 
segments,  having  a  more  persistent  base  and  being  less  pubescent. 

Utah:  St.  George,  1880,  M.  E.  Jones,  i6j6  (type  in  herb. 
N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden);  Price,  1900,  vS".  G.  Stokes ;  southern  Utah, 
1874,  C.  C.  Parry,  18. 

Nevada:  Trinity  Mountains,  1868,  5.  Watson,  120. 


Lepidium  elongatum  sp.  nov. 

Annual :  stem  branched  near  the  base,  about  3  dm.  high, 
glandular  pruinose  above  :  basal  leaves  spatulate  or  oblanceolate, 
about  4  cm.  long,  coarsely  toothed  or  somewhat  pinnatifid  with 
short  lobes  ;  stem  leaves  oblanceolate,  tapering  into  a  short  petiole, 
entire  or  with  a  few  small  teeth,  3-4  cm.  long,  acutish  :  racemes 
elongated,  at  the  ends  of  the  branches,  in  fruit  i  dm.  or  more 
long  :  sepals  oblong  or  oblanceolate,  acute,  thin  and  whitish  ;  petals 
minute,  linear-oblanceolate,  one  half  to  two  thirds  as  long  as  the 
sepals  or  lacking  :  pods  nearly  orbicular,  about  3  mm.  broad,  usually 
broadest  a  little  above  the  middle,  wing-margined  and  deeply  retuse 
at  the  apex,  glabrous  or  slightly  pruinose  :  stigma  sessile. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  L.  apetahini  and  L.  ramosis- 
siuiuin.  From  the  former  it  differs  in  the  branching  near  the  base, 
the  more  entire  leaves,  the  somewhat  larger  pod  and  the  petals 
which  are  generally  present ;  and  from  the  latter  in  the  longer 
racemes,  in  the  lack  of  the  small  axillary  racemes  characteristic  to 
that  species  and  a  different  pod.  In  L.  ramosissinmvi  this  is 
broadest  below  the  middle.     L.  clongatinn  grows  on  rocky  hilltops. 

Washington:  Almata,  1896,  A.  D.  E.  Elmer,  21  (type  in 
herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.). 

Idaho:  About  Lewiston,  1896,  A.  A.  &  E.  Gertrude  Heller, 
3008. 


235    Rydberg  :    Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mounjain  Flora 

Thlaspi  Nuttallii 

TJilaspi cocJilcariforuie  Nutt.  Journ.  Acad.  Phila.  7  :  13.  1834. 
Not  DC.      1 82 1. 

This  species  has  been  merged  in  T.  alpestre,  but  none  of  our 
American  forms  belong  to  that  species.  T.  Nuttallii  is  inter- 
mediate between  T.  payvifloruin  A.  Nelson  and  T.  glauciivi  A. 
Nelson,  having  larger  flowers  than  the  former  and  smaller  than 
the  latter.  The  pod  is  obovate,  rounded  at  the  apex  with  a  narrow 
sinus.      In  T.  glaucmn  the  sinus  is  broad  and  open. 

Roripa  clavata  sp.  nov. 

Biennial,  tall,  perfectly  glabrous  :  stem  6-IO  dm.  high,  simple 
up  to  the  inflorescence:  leaves  lyrate-pinnatifid,  5-10  cm.  long, 
more  or  less  auricled  at  the  base  ;  lobes  4-8  pairs,  oblong  to  ovate, 
obtuse  or  acute,  broadly  dentate  :  inflorescence  branched  ;  petioles 
in  fruit  5-10  mm.  long,  divaricate:  petals  spatulate,  about  3  mm. 
long,  exceeding  the  sepals  :  pod  10-12  mm.  long,  2.5-3  mm.  thick, 
decidedly  clavate,  obtuse,  strongly  curved  ;  style  nearly  i  mm.  long. 

This  may  have  been  included  in  Watson's  Nasturtium  terrestre 
var.  occidentale  ;  but  the  name  occidcntale  cannot  be  used  as  there 
is  already  another  older  Roripa  occidcutalis  Greene.  It  is  not, 
however,  Roripa  Pacifica  Howell,  which  is  supposed  to  be  a  syno- 
nym of  Watson's  variety,  for  that  species  is  described  as  being 
slightly  pubescent  and  having  pods  which  are  acute  at  both  ends, 
while  in  R.  clavata  the  pod  is  almost  truncate  at  the  apex. 

Washington:  Hogeman,  Chehalis  county,  1897,  Frank  H. 
Lamb,  122 1  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.) ;  West  Klickitat 
county,  1885,  W.  M.  Suksdorf. 

Oregon  :  Sauvie's  Island,  1888,  T.  Hoivell,  ijjj. 

British  Columbia  :  Port  Henry,  i88g,/o/m  Macoun. 

Idaho:  Near  Hope,  Kootenai  county,  1892,  Sandberg,  Mac- 
Dougal  &  Heller,  102^,  at  least  in  part. 

Roripa  Underwoodii  sp.  nov. 

Biennial,  divaricately  branched,  even  near  the  ground,  perfectly 
glabrous  ;  stems  2  dm.  or  more  high  :  leaves  3-5  cm.  long,  lyrately 
pinnatifid,  thin  ;  lobes  oblong,  obtuse  ;  the  terminal  one  elliptic 
to   broadly   oval,   sinuately   toothed  ;   petioles   short,   winged   and 


Rydberg  :   Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora   236 

conspicuously  auricled  at  the  base  :  racemes  numerous  :  pedicels 
short,  in  fruit  scarcely  more  than  4  mm.  long,  diverging  or  even 
reflexed  :  sepals  bright  orange,  obtuse  ;  petals  light  yellow, 
scarcely  equalling  the  sepals  and  not  quite  i  mm.  long  :  fruit  (im- 
mature) 5-6  mm.  long,  slightly  thicker  at  the  base,  abruptly  con- 
tracted into  a  minute  style,  not  .5  mm.  long. 

In  general  appearance,  this  species  resembles  most  R.  pahistris, 
but  it  is  more  branched  with  divaricate  branches,  has  much  shorter 
pedicels,  rather  longer  and  more  tapering  pod  and  not  half  as  long 
style.  From  R.  obtusa,  it  differs  in  the  shape  of  the  leaves,  which 
are  less  dissected,  the  shorter  style  and  general  habit.  The  type 
grew  at  an  altitude  of  3300  m. 

Colorado:  Red  Mountain,  south  of  Ouray,  1901,  L.  M.  Un- 
derwood, 2gga. 

Roripa  Integra  sp.  nov. 

Biennial,  glabrous  :  stems  few,  strict,  branched  above  ;  basal 
leaves  not  seen  as  they  are  fallen  off  in  the  type  specimen  ;  stem- 
leaves  spatulate  or  rhombic  spatulate,  1-2  cm.  long,  not  auricled 
at  the  base,  entire  or  slightly  sinuate  :  racemes  slender,  lax  :  petals 
1.5  mm.  long,  scarcely  exceeding  the  sepals;  pedicels  1-3  mm. 
long,  ascending  :  pod  about  8  mm.  long,  somewhat  curved  :  style 
about  5  mm.  long. 

The  type  specimen  is  labelled  Nasttirtmm  pahistre  var.,  but  it 
is  not  closely  related  to  this  species.  It  is  nearer  R.  obtusa,  but 
differs  in  the  entire  leaves  ;  the  more  tapering  and  more  curved 
pod,  the  erect  habit  and  the  short  style.  It  grows  at  an  altitude 
of  about  2700  m. 

Utah:  Wasatch  Mountains,  1869,  5.  Watson,  64,  in  part 
(type  in  herb.  Columbia  University). 

Lesquerella  arenosa  (Richards). 

Vesicaria  arenosa  Richardson,  Frankl.  Journ.  App.  743. 

Lesqncrella  Lndoviciana  var.  arenosa  S.  Wats.  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
23:   252. 

This  is  amply  distinct  from  L.  Lndoviciana  (DC.)  S.  Wats,  or 
L.  argentca  (Pursh)  MacM.,  by  the  more  slender  ascending  stems, 
the  shorter  leaves,  the  oblanceolate,  instead  of  linear  stem-leaves 
and  the  comparatively  larger  and  often  somewhat  ellipsoid  pod. 
The  range  given  in  the  Synoptical  Flora  should  be  extended  to 
the  Black  Hills  of  South  Dakota  and  northeastern  Wyoming. 


237    Rydberg  :   Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Lesquerella  Shearis  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  large  rosette  of  basal  leaves  ;  stems  several, 
ascending,  1-2  dm.  high,  densely  stellate  :  basal  leaves  3-4  cm. 
long  ;  blades  broadly  oval  or  ovate,  entire  or  slightly  angular  den- 
ticulate ;  stem  leaves  oblanceolate,  about  2  cm.  long,  subsessile  : 
raceme  many-flowered  ;  pedicels  in  fruit  bent  S-shaped  :  pods  erect, 
densely  stellate,  7-8  mm.  long,  acute,  compressed  above  ;  septum 
elliptic  in  outline  :  style  about  as  long  as  the  pod. 

This  species  differs  from  L.  curvipes  A.  Nelson  in  the  broad 
basal  leaves,  the  elliptic  instead  of  ovate  outline  of  the  septum  and 
the  longer  style.  It  grows  along  creek  banks  at  an  altitude  of 
about  2000  m. 

Colorado:  Idaho  Springs,  1895,  C.  L.  Shear,  326^  (type  in 
herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.);  also  at  the  same  locality,  P.  A.  Rydberg. 

Physaria  brassicoides  sp.  nov. 

A  tufted  perennial  with  a  large  and  dense  rosette  of  basal  leaves 
and  a  thick  taproot :  basal  leaves  large,  with  winged  petioles  ; 
blades  almost  orbicular  in  outline,  sinuate-dentate,  2.5-5  cm.  in 
diameter  :  stem  leaves  small  and  few,  spatulate  :  flowering  stems 
about  I  dm.  high,  ascending :  flowers  numerous  :  fruit  almost 
obcordate,  acute  at  the  base,  deeply  divided  above  ;  cells  inflated, 
rounded  pyriform,  8- 10  mm.  long  and  5-8  mm.  in  diameter:  style 
about  5  mm.  long. 

This  species  resembles  most  P.  didymocarpa  in  habit,  but  differs 
in  the  smaller  fruit,  which  is  not  at  all  cordate  at  the  base  but  on 
the  contrary  usually  acute,  and  in  the  larger  basal  leaves  which 
form  a  large  rosette,  7-10  cm.  in  diameter  and  having  some  resem- 
blance to  a  young  cabbage-head.  It  grows  in  crevices  of  magnesian 
rocks  in  canons  and  badlands. 

Nebraska  :  Canon  south  of  Scott's  Bluffs,  1891,  Rydberg,  24. 

Cardamine  acuminata  (Nutt.) 

Cardaminc  Idrsiita  [i  acuminata  Nutt.;  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  Am.  i  : 
85.      1838. 

This  species  has  been  variously  referred  to  C.  Jdrsiita,  C.  obhgo- 
sperma,  and  C.  Pennsylvanica.  It  is  probably  nearest  related  to  the 
last,  but  the  lower  part  of  the  stem  is  hairy  and  the  pod  has  an 
evident  style  over  i  mm.  long.  It  ranges  from  the  Mackenzie 
River  to  British  Columbia,  south  to  California  and  Wyoming. 


RvDBERG  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora   238 

Cardamine  multifolia  sp.  nov. 

Stem  about  2  dm.  high,  very  leafy,  lower  part  hirsute  :  leaves 
4-6  cm.  long  glabrous;  leaflets  7-13.  oblong  to  oblong-obovate 
or  oval,  entire  or  sinuate-dentate  ;  the  terminal  one  larger  and 
obovate  :  flowers  numerous  :  petals  spatulate,  about  2.5  mm.  long  ; 
pedicels  ascending,  about  8  mm.  long :  pod  erect,  about  2  cm. 
long  and  .75  mm.  wide. 

This  is  perhaps  closest  related  to  A.  parvifolia  L.,  but  is  more 
leafy,  has  shorter  and  broader  leaf-segments  and  erect  pods,  and 
the  plant  is  less  diffusely  branched. 

Idaho:   Beaver  Caiion,  1895,  P.  A.  Rydberg. 

Utah  :  Wasatch  Mts.,  1869,  .9.  Watson,  80,  in  part. 

Sophia  brevipes  (Nutt.) 

Sisyinbrmm  canescois  c  {brevipes  Nutt.  MSS.)  Torr.  &  Gray, 
Fl.  N.  Am.  I  :  92.      1838. 

Sisymbrium  Hartivegianiim  Fourn.  Rech.  Auct.  &  Tax.  Fam. 
Cruc.  &  Gen.  Sisymb.  66,  in  part.      1865. 

Sisyinbritim  incisum  var.  Hartwegiamim  S.  Wats.  Bot.  Calif,  i  : 
41. 

The  plant  described  by  Dr.  Watson  in  the  Botany  of  California 
and  by  Dr.  Robinson  in  the  Synoptical  Flora  (p.  139)  is  I  think 
without  doubt  the  var.  brevipes  of  Torrey  and  Gray's  flora.  Prob- 
ably also  Bourgeau's  plant,  cited  by  Fournier,  belongs  here  ;  but  I 
think  that  it  is  very  doubtful  that  Hartweg's  plant,  which  must  be 
regarded  as  the  type  of  5.  Harttvegianiim  Fourn.,  could  be  the  same. 

Sophia  Calif ornica  (T.  &  G.) 

Sisymbrium  canescens  e  (Ca/iforuieum)  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  Am.  i  : 
92.      1838. 

This  species  is  characterized  by  the  large  flowers,  the  sparingly 
stellate  and  often  glandular-puberulent  stem,  the  uniserial  linear 
pod  and  once  or  twice  pinnatifid  leaves.  The  segments  of  the 
lower  leaves  are  broad  and  obtuse,  those  of  the  upper  linear  to 
oblong.  Its  range  extends  from  Montana  to  Washington  south  to 
California. 

Sophia  viscosa  sp.  nov. 

Biennial,  5-10  dm.  high  :  stem,  at  least  the  upper  part,  decidedly 
glandular  or  viscid-villous  :  leaves  obovate  or  oblanceolate  in  out- 


239    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

line,  3-10  cm.  long,  twice  pinnatifid,  densely  pubescent;  primary 
divisions  of  the  lower  leaves  ovate  and  obtuse  ;  those  of  the  upper 
lanceolate  and  acute  ;  secondary  divisions  oblong  acute  or  obtuse, 
often  few-toothed  :  inflorescence  usually  much  branched  ;  pedicels 
in  fruit  8-12  mm.  long  :  sepals  yellowish,  1-15  mm.  long,  oblong  ; 
petals  bright  yellow,  spatulate,  about  2  mm.  long  :  pod  (in  the 
specimens  seen  not  fully  developed)  over  i  cm.  long  and  less  than 
I  mm.  wide  :  seeds  uniserial. 

This  is  perhaps  nearest  related  to  5.  incisa  (Engelm.)  Greene  ; 
but  differs  in  the  dense  viscid  pubescence  of  the  stem,  the  pubescent 
leaves  and  deeper  divided  primary  segments.  It  grows  among 
rocks  and  on  grassy  slopes. 

Idaho  :  Beaver  Caii on,  1895,  C.  L.  5//r^r,  jo.?p  (type  in  Herb. 
N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden)  and  joj/. 

Wyoming:  Trout  Lake,  1899,  Aven  &  Elias  Nelson,  584.8 ; 
Head  of  Pole  Creek,  1895,  Avcn  Nelson,  13 21. 

Sophia  leptophylla  sp.  nov. 

Stems  5-7  dm.  high,  sparingly  glandular :  leaves  very  thin, 
dark  green,  only  once  pinnate  ;  segments  of  the  lowest  leaves 
rounded  ;  those  of  the  middle  lanceolate  and  somewhat  incised  ; 
the  upper  segments  entire  :  pedicels  slender,  in  fruit  5-8  mm.  long, 
spreading:  petals  bright  yellow,  about  1.5  mm.  long  :  pod  linear, 
8-10  mm.  long,  much  less  than  i  mm.  wide,  torulose,  spreading, 
arcuate,  curved  up,  uniserial. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  5.  incisa  (Engelm.)  Greene,  but  differs 
in  the  less  incised  leaves  and  horizontal  curved  pod.  It  grows  at 
an  altitude  of  about  2000  m. 

Colorado:  Foothills,  Larimer  county,  1895,  Crandall&  Coiven, 
S5  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.). 

Wyoming:  Antelope  Basin,  Albany  county,  1900,  Aven  Nel- 
son, 7466 ;  Centennial  Hills,  1895,  16S6. 

Smelowskia  Americana 

Hutcliinsia  calycina  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  i:  58.  1834.  Not 
Uesv.  1 8 14. 

Smelowskia  calycina  Gray,  Proc.  Acad.  Philad.  1863  :  58.  Not 
C.  A.  Mey.  1831. 

While  in  Europe  last  summer,  I  looked  up  the  Asiatic  type  Qf 
S.  calycina,  and  this  differs  considerably  from  ours  especially  in  the 
long  villous  pubescence. 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    240 

Draba  brachystylis  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  taproot :  stems  several,  decumbent  or  ascend- 
ing with  divergent  branches,  1-1.5  dm.  high,  hirsute  :  basal  leaves 
oblanccolatc  or  spatulate,  1.5-2  cm.  long,  hirsute  with  branched 
hairs ;  stem  leaves  few,  oblong  or  lanceolate,  sessile :  pedicels 
short,  in  fruit  2-5  mm.  long,  spreading :  pod  oblong,  finely  stellate, 
8-12  mm.  long,  ascending:  style  very  short,  almost  obsolete. 

The  type  sheet  of  this  species  is  labeled  Draba  Carolina  var. 
micrantha,  but  the  plant  evidently  is  a  perennial  and  nearest  related 
to  D.  streptocarpa ;  but  differs  in  the  divergently  branched  stem, 
stellate  pod  and  the  almost  obsolete  style.  It  grows  at  an  altitude 
of  about  3000  m. 

Utah:  Alta,  Wasatch .  Mts. ,  1879,  M.  E.  Jones,  ijjy  (type 
in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.). 

Draba  decumbens  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  taproot,  a  short  cespitose  caudex  and  a  large 
rosette  of  basal  leaves  :  stems  decumbent,  1-2  dm.  high,  sparingly 
pubescent,  few-leaved  ;  basal  leaves  broadly  .spatulate,  entire,  2-4 
cm.  long,  finely  grayish  stellate,  rather  thick  ;  stem  leaves  ovate 
to  ovate-lanceolate,  sessile,  entire,  1-2  cm.  long  :  calyx  sparingly 
villous  ;  petals  pale  yellow,  about  4  mm.  long :  pedicels  very 
short,  in  fruit  2-4  mm.  long  :  pod  oblong,  8-15  mm.  long,  densely 
pubescent,  usually  twisted :  style  about  i  mm.  long. 

This  is  a  member  of  the  D.  aiirca  group,  and  distinguished 
from  all  the  North  American  species  by  its  decumbent  stems,  large, 
thickish  entire  basal  leaves. 

Colorado:  Gray's  Peak,  1895,  Rydberg  {ty^Q  in  herb.  N.  Y. 
Bot.  Gard.). 

Draba  Macouniana  sp.  nov. 

Annual,  almost  scapose  :  stems  ascending  or  decumbent,  less 
than  I  dm.  high,  glabrous  and  shining  ;  basal  leaves  numerous, 
broadly  spatulate  or  obovate,  5-10  mm.  long,  finely  stellate,  rather 
thick  ;  stem  leaf  usually  one,  oval,  obtuse,  5  mm.  long  :  petioles  in 
fruit  spreading,  6-8  mm.  long:  petals  white,  less  than  3  mm.  long  : 
pod  oblong-linear,  erect,  about  i  cm.  long  and  2  mm.  wide  :  style 
obsolete. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  D.  crassifolia,  but  differs  in 
the  whiter  flowers,  and  the  broad  and  short  basal  leaves,  which 
are  finely  stellate,  not  hirsute  ciliate.  The  type  grew  at  an  alti- 
tude of  about  2000  m. 


241    Rydberg  :  Studies  ox  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

British  Columbia:  Summit  of  Rocky  Mountains,  \?,go,  Jolui 
Macoiin  (type  in  herb.  Columbia  University). 

Draba  Parryi  sp.  nov. 

Annual,  perfectly  glabrous,  except  a  few  cilia  on  the  petioles  : 
stems  several,  usually  less  than  i  dm.  high,  scapiform  or  rarely 
with  a  stem  leaf:  basal  leaves  numerous,  linear  or  narrowly  linear- 
oblanceolate,  1.5-2.5  cm.  long;  pedicels  spreading,  in  fruit  5-8 
mm.  long  :  flowers  small  ;  petals  scarcely  2  mm.  long,  white  or 
light  yellow  :  pods  erect,  oblong,  5-8  mm.  long,  1.5-2  mm.  wide, 
glabrous  :  style  obsolete. 

This  is  closely  related  to  D.  crassifolia  but  the  latter  has 
broader  leaves,  which  are  more  or  less  hirsute  on  the  surface  and 
distinctly  ciliate  on  the  margins. 

Colorado  :  Foot  of  Gray  Peak,  1872,  E.  L.  Greene  (type  in 
herb.  Columbia  University);  1872,  C.  C.  Parry;  Cameron  Pass, 
1896,  C.  F.  Baker. 

Wyoming  :  Telephone  Mines,  1900,  Aven  Nelson,  jSyg. 

Draba  cana  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  taproot  and  short  cespitose  caudex,  whole 
plant  densely  grayish  stellate  ;  stem  1-2  dm.  high,  often  branched  : 
basal  leaves  numerous,  oblanceolate  or  spatulate,  1-1.5  cm.  long, 
entire  or  minutely  but  sharply  toothed,  densely  stellate ;  stem 
leaves  lanceolate  to  ovate,  about  i  cm.  long  :  racemes  many-flow- 
ered ;  pedicels  short,  nearly  erect,  in  fruit  2-3  mm.  long  :  flowers 
small  ;  petals  white,  about  3  mm.  long  :  pod  Hnear-oblong,  6-8 
mm.  long,  densely  pubescent  :  style  about  5  mm.  long. 

This  has  gone  under  the  name  of  D.  incana,  but  the  latter  is 
much  less  densely  stellate  and  has  a  glabrous,  much  broader  pod. 
I  have  seen  only  one  specimen  of  true  D.  incana  from  this  conti- 
nent, and  it  was  collected  in  Labrador.  Most  of  those  under  this 
name  belong  to  D.  cana,  which  ranges  from  Labrador  to  the 
Yukon  Territory,  south  in  the  mountains  to  Colorado.  The  fol- 
lowing is  regarded  as  the  type. 

Alberta  :  Morley,  foothills  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  1887, 
John  Macoun  (herb.  Columbia  University). 

Draba  McCallae  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  cespitose  base,  whole  plant  sparingly  stellate 
but  green  :  stems  several,  simple,  about  3  dm.  high  :  basal  leaves 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    242 

spatulate,  10-18  mm.  long,  entire  or  nearly  so ;  stem  leaves  ovate, 
about  I  cm.  long,  sharply  dentate  or  entire  :  raceme  elongated  : 
pedicels  slender,  in  fruit  about  i  cm.  long,  erect :  petals  white,  4-5 
mm.  long  :  pod  (in  the  specimen  not  fully  developed)  ovate,  densely 
but  finely  pubescent,  much  shorter  than  the  pedicels  :  style  0.75 
mm.  long. 

This  species  belongs  also  to  the  D.  incana  group,  but  differs 
from  that  species  in  the  elongated  peduncle,  long  pedicels,  short 
pubescent  pod  and  large  petals. 

Alberta:  Valley  below  Mt.  Aylmer,  1899,  W.  C.  McCalla, 
226^  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.). 

Draba  Columbiana  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  ;  with  a  cespitose  base,  sparingly  and  finely  stellate 
and  ciliate  on  the  margin  of  the  leaves  :  stems  slender,  about  2 
dm.  high,  simple:  basal  leaves  many,  oblanceolate,  10-15  mm. 
long,  denticulate  or  entire  ;  stem  leaves  ovate  to  lanceolate,  about 
I  cm.  long  denticulate  :  raceme  elongated,  pedicels  slender,  ascend- 
ing, 5-7  mm.  long  in  fruit :  flowers  small ;  petals  slightly  over  2 
mm.  long,  white  :  pods  linear-oblong,  finely  pubescent,  over  i  cm. 
long,  style  very  short. 

This  species  resembles  much  the  preceding  in  habit,  but  the 
flowers  are  much  smaller  and  the  pods  longer. 

British  Columbia:  Revelstoke,  i^^o,  John  Macowi  {iypQ  in 
Herb.  Columbia  University). 

Geranium  Pattersonii  sp.  nov. 

Cespitose  perennial  with  a  thick  root  and  short  caudex :  stems 
ascending  or  diffuse,  2-4  dm.  long,  densely  glandular  villous  with 
long  spreading  hairs,  petioles  of  the  basal  leaves  5-10  cm.  long, 
also  glandular  villous  ;  blades  reniform  in  outline,  about  3  cm. 
broad,  glandular  villous  on  both  sides,  deeply  5-7-cleft ;  lobes 
broadly  obovate-cuneate,  3 -toothed  ;  teeth  broadly  ovate,  abruptly 
short-acuminate  :  stem  leaves  similar,  but  short-petioled  or  the 
uppermost  subsessile  :  pedicels  and  calyx  glandular  long -villous  ; 
the  former  in  fruit  1.5-2  cm.  long:  sepals  in  fruit  about  8  mm. 
long,  oval  with  a  short  bristle-tip  about  i  mm.  long  :  petals  obo- 
vate  about  i  cm.  long,  light  purple,  or  rose  color,  with  darker 
veins  :  style  in  fruit  about  2  cm.  long,  glandular-pubescent ;  beak 
about  4  mm.  long  :  carpels  pubescent :  seeds  finely  reticulate. 

This  species  is  perhaps  nearest  related  to  G.  Parryi  (Engelm.) 
Heller,   but    is  lower,  more  densely  glandular,  has  broader  and 


243    Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

shorter  lobes  to  the  leaves  and  their  teeth  are  broadly  ovate,  ab- 
ruptly acuminate,  instead  of  lanceolate.  The  general  habit  is  per- 
haps more  like  G.  cacspitosian  James,  but  in  that  species  the  lower 
part  of  the  stem  is  grayish-pubescent  with  short  reflexed  hairs. 
G.  Pattersonii  is  a  subalpine  plant  growing  at  an  altitude  of  2500- 
3000  m. 

Colorado:  Gray  Peak,  1895,  P.  A.  Rydberg  (type  in  herb. 
N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.);  foot  of  Pikes  Peak,  1896,  C.  L.  Shear,  ^702  ; 
mountains,  near  Empire,  1892,  H.  N.  Patterson,  lyy  and  ij6  in 
part  ;  North  Cheyenne  Canon,  1896,  Ernest  A.  Bessey  ;  also  1845. 
Free  1)10 lit,  61. 

Geranium  strigosum  sp.  nov. 

Gcranuim  Riehardsonii  Wats.  King's  Rep.  5 :  49,  in  part. 
1 87 1.     Not  Fisch  &  May. 

Erect  perennial  with  a  short  thick  rootstock  :  stem  4-8  dm. 
high,  finely  reflexed  strigose  ;  petioles  of  the  basal  leaves  2-5  dm. 
long,  also  sparingly  strigose  ;  blades  reniform  in  outline,  7-12  cm, 
in  diameter,  finely  strigose  on  both  sides,  deeply  7-cleft ;  divisions 
rhombic  in  outline,  3-cleft  and  toothed;  teeth  lanceolate,  acute; 
stem  leaves  similar,  but  short-petioled  ;  stipules  linear-lanceolate, 
long-attenuate  :  inflorescence  open,  glandular  pubescent :  sepals 
densely  glandular,  oval,  about  8  mm.  long  ;  bristle  tips  1.5-2  mm. 
long  ;  petals  broadly  obovate,  rose  color  or  light  violet,  strongly 
purple-veined  :  style  in  fruit  about  3  cm.  long,  beak  about  6  mm.: 
seeds  reticulate. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  G.  viscosissiviuni,  but  the  corolla  is 
lighter  in  color  and  the  pubescence  is  different,  being  decidedly 
reflexed,  strigose,  not  at  all  glandular,  except  on  the  inflorescence. 
It  grows  in  the  valleys  to  an  altitude  of  perhaps  27CO  m. 

Wyoming:  Copperton,  1901,  F.  Ttveedy,  759/  (type  in  herb. 
N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.);  Big  Horn  Mountains,  1900,^^5^7. 

Utah:  City  Creek  Canon,  1880,  M.  E.Jones.  i8yi ;  Parley's 
Cafion,  1901,  S.  G.  Stokes;  Black  Rock  and  Uintahs,  1869,  S. 
Watson,  204. 

Oxalis  Coloradensis  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  with  a  slender  rootstock  :  stem  slender,  erect,  1-2 
dm.  high,  sparingly  villous  ;  leaves  digitately  ternate  ;  petioles 
2-4  cm.  long,  sparingly  villous  :   leaflets  broadly  obcordate,  gla- 


Rydberg  :   Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    244 

brous,  8-12  mm.  long:  peduncles  very  slender,  about  5  cm.  long  : 
inflorescence  cymose,  but  often  reduced  to  2-3  flowers  ;  pedicels 
sparingly  strigose  :  sepals  4-5  mm.  long,  oblong  :  petals  yellow, 
6-7  mm.  long:  pod  cylindric  with  a  conical  apex,  12—15  mm. 
long,  2.5-3  ^^-  wide,  glabrous. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  0.  cymosa  Small  and  0.  Brittoniae, 
but  differs  from  the  former  in  the  blunter  sepals,  the  appressed 
pubescence  of  the  pedicels  and  the  glabrous  pod,  and  from  the 
latter  in  the  simpler  habit,  the  longer  glabrous  pod  and  paler  and 
larger  leaves.  It  grows  in  grassy  valleys  at  an  altitude  of  1800- 
2500  m. 

Colorado:  Sangre  de  Christo  Creek,  1900,  Rydberg  &  Vrce- 
land  jg20  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.);  Foothills,  Larimer 
county,  1895,/.  H.  Coiven  (mixed  with  0.  stricta  L.). 

Lupinus  Scheuberae  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  ;  stem  4—6  dm.  high,  sparingly  strigose  or  almost 
glabrous,  slender  :  petioles  of  basal  leaves  about  i  dm.  long  ;  leaf- 
lets 7-8,  oblanceolate,  5—7  cm.  long,  acute  and  mucronate,  green, 
glabrous  above,  sparingly  appressed  pubescent  beneath  ;  stipules 
lanceolate,  attenuate  ;  stem  leaves  similar  but  shorter  petioled  : 
racemes  1-1.5  dm.  long,  not  dense;  bracts  lanceolate,  7-8  mm. 
long,  deciduous  :  flowers  10-12  mm.  long:  calyx  densely  white 
silvery  puberulent,  strongly  gibbous  above  ;  lower  lip  lanceolate, 
fully  twice  as  long  as  the  triangular-ovate  upper  Up  :  corolla  dark 
purple  but  lighter  and  almost  white  towards  the  base  ;  banner 
slightly  longer  than  the  wings,  silky  puberulent  on  the  middle  of  the 
back  :  pod  densely  white  silky  with  appressed  hairs,    2— 4-seeded. 

This  is  nearest  related  to  L.  pscudoparviflonts ,  but  differs  in  the 
somewhat  larger  flowers,  the  strictly  appressed  white  pubescence 
on  the  calyx  and  pedicels,  the  gibbous,  but  not  spurred  calyx,  and 
the  broad  and  short  upper  lip  of  the  latter.  It  grows  in  woods  at 
an  altitude  of  2,000-2,400  mm. 

Montana  :  Garnet  county,  1901,  Mrs.  Emma  Ware  Sheiiber^ 
/J5  (type  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.). 

Wyoming:  Copperton,  1901,  Frank  Tweedy,  4.216. 

Lupinus  spathulatus  sp.  nov. 
Lupinus  parviflorus    S.   Wats.    King's    Rep.    5:    1871.      Not 
Nutt. 


245    RvDBERG  :   Studies  ox  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora 

Perennial  :  stem  8-10  dm.  high,  glabrous  or  sparingly  strigose 
above,  leafy  ;  stipules  narrowly  lanceolate,  attenuate  :  petioles  3—5 
cm.  long  ;  leaflets  about  7,  spatulate  or  broadly  oblanceolate,  about 
4  cm.  long,  mucronate,  those  of  the  lower  leaves  obtuse,  those  of 
the  upper  more  acute,  glabrous  above,  finely  puberulent  beneath  ; 
raceme  elongated,  about  2  dm.  long,  many-flowered  :  flowers  sub- 
verticillate  ;  pedicels  about  .5  cm.  long,  as  well  as  the  calyx, 
pubescent  with  short  spreading  hairs  ;  bracts  lanceolate,  attenuate, 
deciduous,  longer  than  the  buds  ;  calyx  gibbous  at  the  base ;  lower 
lip  lanceolate,  about  twice  as  long  as  the  short  ovate  upper  one  : 
corolla  dark  blue,  with  lighter  keel  ;  banner  glabrous,  rounded  and 
shorter  than  the  wings. 

This  has  been  confused  with  L.  parviflorns,  which  it  closely 
resembles,  differing  mostly  in  the  shape  of  the  calyx  ;  the  lower 
lip  in  that  species  is  only  slightly  longer  than  the  upper  and  the 
banner  is  larger  and  less  rounded.  The  type  grew  at  an  altitude 
of  2400  m. 

Utah:  Wasatch  Mountains,  1869,  5.  Watson,  22 j  (type  in 
herb.  Columbia  University). 

Lupinus  flavescens  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  :  stem  about  3  dm.  high,  appressed  pubescent  with 
rather  long  hairs:  stipules  lanceolate,  densely  hairy:  petioles  often 
over  I  dm.  long,  appressed  silky  ;  leaflets  about  7,  oblanceolate, 
3-4  cm.  long,  appressed  silky  on  both  sides  :  inflorescence  short; 
bracts  lanceolate,  early  deciduous  ;  pedicels  8-10  mm.  long,  as 
well  as  the  calyx  densely  pubescent  with  short,  spreading  hairs: 
calyx  gibbous  at  the  base  ;  its  lips  almost  equal  in  length,  both 
about  8  mm.  long:  corolla  12-14  mm.  long,  pale  yellow;  banner 
with  a  darker  spot,  glabrous. 

The  type  has  been  known  as  L.  sulplmreus  2ir\d  v/diS  included 
therein  questionably  by  Watson  ;  but  differs  in  the  larger,  paler 
flowers,  and  the  longer  lips  of  the  calyx,  and  the  longer  pubes- 
cence. 

Idaho  or  Montana  :  Medicine  Clay  Prairies,  Wyeth  (type  in 
herb.  Columbia  University). 

Lupinus  lucidulus  sp.  nov. 

Perennial  :  stem  5-6  dm.  high,  branched  above,  finely  silky 
strigose,  especially  the  upper  portions,  leafy  ;  stipules  minute,  ovate, 
acuminate  :  petioles  3-5  cm.  long  ;  leaflets   y-d),  linear-oblanceo- 


Rydberg  :  Studies  on  the  Rocky  Mountain  Flora    246 

late,  silky  and  silvery  on  both  sides,  about  3  cm.  long  :  raceme 
1-2  dm.  long,  lax:  flowers  scattered  ;  pedicels  and  calyx  densely 
pubescent  with  short  strictly  appressed  silky  hairs  ;  lower  lip  of 
the  calyx  about  5  mm.  long,  lanceolate,  almost  twice  as  long  as 
the  short  ovate  upper  one  :  corolla  yellow  or  light  pink  ;  banner 
slightly  exceeding  the  wings,  with  a  few  short  hairs  on  the  back, 
with  a  darker  spot,  about  8  mm.  long  :  pods  densely  silky  pubescent. 

This  species  is  nearest  related  to  L.  sulpJnircus,  but  differs  in 
the  more  silvery  pubescence,  the  smaller  flowers  and  the  appressed 
pubescence  of  the  calyx  and  pedicels.  The  type  grew  at  an  alti- 
tude of  1900  m. 

Wyoming:  Spread  Creek,  1897,  F.  Tweedy,  zyi  (type  in 
herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden). 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK   BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  24 


THE  NIDULARIACEAE  OF  NORTH  AMERICA 


BY  V.   S.   WHITE. 


NEW    YORK 
1902 


[Reprinted  from  Bulletin  Torkey  Botanical  Club,  29 :  251-280,  May  26,  1902.] 


The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America  =■' 

By  V.  S.  White 

(With  Plates  14-18) 

The  members  of  the  family  Nidulariaceae  are  small  fungi, 
seldom  attaining  a  height  of  15  mm.,  the  average  height  being 
from  5-7  mm.  The  ripe  sporophores  are  usually  more  or  less  regu- 
larly cup-shaped,  containing  from  10-20,  or  in  some  species,  more, 
lenticular  seed-like  bodies,  which  are  analogous  to  the  chambers 
of  the  gleba  in  the  other  chief  groups  of  the  gastromycetes  ; 
these  bodies  are  usually  known  as  sporangioles  or  peridiola, 
while  the  cup  is  known  as  the  peridium. 

They  are  widely  distributed,  as  will  be  shown  in  the  following 
pages,  and  several  of  the  species  are  fairly  common,  appearing 
principally  in  wet  weather,  in  late  summer  and  autumn,  often   per- 

*  This  revision  of  the  family  was  made  possible  by  the  large  amount  of  material 
found  at  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  principally  forming  part  of  the  Ellis  collec- 
tion, and  by  additional  material  furnished  by  Professor  L.  M.  Underwood,  from  his  own 
private  collection.  Professor  F.  S.  Earle  and  Professor  C.  H.  Peck  also  kindly 
loaned  specimens.  Thanks  are  due  to  Professor  G.  F.  Atkinson,  of  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, for  the  loan  of  three  drawings  of  N'idtilaria  Alabamemis  made  by  Mr.  H. 
Hasselbring,  and  for  a  specimen  of  this  same  species  ;  to  Professor  Farlow,  of  Harvard 
University,  for  kindly  allowing  specimens  of  Cyathtis  pallidus  Berk.  &  Curt,  and  Cya- 
thus  IVrightii  Berk.,  to  be  examined  and  sketched  ;  to  Mr.  Stewardson  Brown,  of  the 
Philadelphia  Academy  of  Science,  for  his  courtesy  in  facilitating  the  examination  of 
Schweinitz's  specimens  nos.  2211-2220  ;  to  Miss  Anna  Murray  Vail,  Librarian  of  the 
New  York  Botanical  Garden,  for  help  in  tracing  references ;  to  Mr.  E.  S.  Salmon,  for 
looking  up  some  data  at  Kew,  England,  and  most  especially  to  Professor  L.  M.  Under- 
wood, under  whose  direction  the  work  was  undertaken. 

[Issued  26  May]  251 


252      White  :  The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

sisting  through  the  winter  months.  They  grow  on  manure,  sticks, 
shavings,  dried  herbaceous  plants,  and  Cntcibiilnvi  cnicibidiforme  is 
frequently  found  on  old  pieces  of  sacking.  On  a  certain  old 
board  walk  at  Lakevvood,  N.  J.,  this  last  species  was  found  by  the 
hundred  growing  in  regular  series  between  the  joints  of  the  boards. 
A  further  study  of  the  plants  will  probably  show  that  they  are  far 
more  common  and  widely  distributed  than  is  at  present  thought, 
for  they  are  likely  to  escape  detection  owing  to  their  small  size 
and  inconspicuous  coloring,. 

The  order  Nidulariales  comprises  but  one  family,  the  Nidula- 
riaceae. Until  quite  recently  this  family  was  considered  by  De 
Toni  *  and  others  to  include  the  genera  Cyatlms,  Crucibiihtin, 
Nididaria,  Thdcbolus,  Dacryobohis,  Sphaerobolus,  Polyangmm  and 
Atractobolus,  the  last  two  included  as  doubtful  genera.  Fries  t  in- 
cluded besides  the  three  first  mentioned  genera,  /^;-^,f/i!;/z(?;/Schwein. 
Myriococciim  Fries,  and  Polyangmm  Link.  The  two  latter  genera 
are  certainly  out  of  place  here,  Myriococciim  belonging  under  the 
Perisporiales,!  and  Polyangium  is  not  mentioned  by  either  Sac- 
cardo  or  Fischer.  In  Fischer's  revision  of  the  family  in  1899, 
he  places  Arachnion  Schwein.§  under  "Doubtful  Genera"  in  the 
Sclerodermataceae ;  for  Sphaerobolus  Tode  he  establishes  a  sepa- 
rate family  ;  Thclcbolus  is  placed  under  the  Ascobolaceae,  and 
Dacryobohis  and  Atractobolus  are  included  in  the  same  family  but 
as  doubtful  genera. 

This  leaves  only  the  three  genera,  Cyathus  (for  which  there  is  an 
earlier  form  of  the  name,  Cyathia)  Crucibulum,  and  Nididaria,  in  this 
family.  Concerning  the  last  genus  a  question  already  raised  by  Otto 
Kuntze  presents  itself  in  regard  to  the  correct  name,  since  Roth's 
GranulariaW  antedates  Fries  and  ^ox^\\o\m  s>  Kididaria\  by  over 
a  quarter  of  a  century.  Roth's  description  and  figure  of  Granu- 
laria  pisiformis  place  this  genus  on  a  certain  footing,  and  there  can 
be  no  hesitation  in  answering  the  above  question.      Recently  some 


*Saccardo,  Syll.  Fung.  7  :  2S.     1887. 

fSyst.  Myc.  2  :  296.    1822. 

+  Saccardo,  Syll.  Fung,  i  :   29.      18S2. 

\  Engler  &  Prantl,  Nat.  Pflanzenzenfam.  i'-**  :  339.     1899. 

||  Ust.  Ann.  Bot.  1  :   6.  //.  /./.  i.      I79I. 

\  Syn.  Gast.  2.  1817-18. 


White  :   The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      253 

plants  resembling  Crucibiihan  in  habit  *  have  been  described  under 
Nidiilaria  which  differ  so  much  in  the  peridial  structure  and  char- 
acter from  the  type  of  the  genus,  with  the  exception  of  not  having 
the  sporangioles  attached  to  the  inner  wall  of  the  peridium,  that  it 
seems  best  to  establish  another  genus  in  order  to  simplify  as  much 
as  possible  the  arrangement  of  the  family.  It  was  ardently  desired 
to  retain  the  name  Nidiilaria,  but  unfortunately  it  has  been  found 
impossible  to  do  this  as  all  seven  of  the  species  which  Fries  f  gives 
under  his  section  Nidiilaria  conform  to  the  type  of  Granularia,  so 
the  name  Nidiilaria  must  pass  into  synonymy. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  Corda  %  included  only  Nidiilaria 
and  Cyathiis  under  the  Nidulariaceae.  Nees  noted  a  resemblance 
between  this  family  and  Polysacciini,  but  the  latter  genus  is  in- 
cluded by  Fischer  §  under  the  Sclerodermataceae  as  Pisolithiis 
Alb.  &  Schwein. 

Although  the  members  of  this  family  have  been  mentioned  in 
nearly  all  works  treating  of  fungi  from  the  time  of  Clusius,  i6oi^ 
little  was  known  of  their  structure  and  life  habits  until  1842, 
when  Schmitz  ||  wrote  a  short  paper  on  CyatJuis,  and  two  years 
later  the  brothers  Tulasne,!  instigated  by  this  first  effort  to  con- 
tinue the  study  of  these  interesting  plants,  prepared  their  treatise 
on  the  organization  and  fructification  of  the  Nidulariaceae,  which, 
with  the  supplementary  work  of  Sachs,**  Eidamff  and  Brefeld,J| 
forms  the  foundation  of  our  exact  knowledge  of  this  group  of 
fungi. 

The  American  species  have  never  been  monographed,  and  even 
the  mention  of  plants  belonging  to  this  family  has  been  compara- 
tively infrequent. 

*  Under  Crucibulum  De  Bary  (Comp.  Morph.  321)  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that 
he  was  unable  to  find  a  funiculus  in  some  peridioles  but  says  "  the  coil  always  showed 
a  small  point  which  answers  to  it."  In  the  specimens  referred  to  this  genus  there  was 
absolutely  no  trace  or  rudiment  and  it  would  be  impossible  even  in  young  sporangioles 
to  determine  to  which  side  they  had  been  attached. 

t  Anleit.  103.  1842. 

X  Syst.  Myc.  2  :  300.     1823. 

\  L.  c.  338. 

II  Ueber  Cyathus.     Linnaea,  16:  \\l.  pi.  6,  y.      1842. 

^Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  III.  i  :  41-107. //.      1844. 

**Bot.  Zeitung,  833-845,  849-861.      1855. 

tfCohn's  Beitr.  z.  Biol.  2  :  221-245.     1876. 

f  J  Bot.  Mitt,  iiber  Schimmelpilze,  3  :   176-180.      1877. 


254      White  :  The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

For  a  long  time  the  Nidulariaceae  seemed  to  be  a  bone  of  con- 
tention among  various  botanical  writers,  in  the  fact  of  their  appar- 
ently differing  from  other  fungi  in    having  true   and  visible  seeds.* 
In    1688  Camerarius  published  a  dissertation  "  de  Fungo  calyci- 
formi  seminifero,"  setting  forth  his  ideas  on  the  subject  and  claim- 
ing that  these  fungi  had  seeds.     Marsigli  in  171 3,  on  the  contrary, 
tried  to  exclude  what  he  calls  "these  simple  plants"   from  the 
fungi,  no  fungi  having  true  seeds  as  these  plants  seemed  to*  have. 
In  1714  Tournefort  was  also  inclined  to  exclude  them  from  the 
fungi,  but  Ant.  de  Jussieu  in  1728,  denied  these  propositions,  and 
claimed  emphatically  that  fungi  have  seeds  like  true  plants.      Forty 
years  later  fungi  were  still  being  classed  outside  of  the  vegetable 
kingdom,  particularly  so  because  the  sporangioles  of  CyaiJms  were 
never  seen  to  germinate.     Necker  in    1783  wanted  to  make  an 
intermediate  kingdom  to  consist  of  the   fungi,  and  Pico  five  years 
later,  said  that  he  had  absolutely  proved  that  the  nature  of  these 
productions  was  purely  animal.      In  1791,  BuUiard  incontestibly 
proved  that  all  fungi  have  seed,  but  he  called  the  sporangioles  of 
Cyatlius  seeds,  and  added  "that  they  seem  somewhat  out  of  pro- 
portion to  the  size  of  the  fungus."      Hoffman  says  "  potius  capsa 
seminalis  quam  semen  ipsum  " — "  they  are  less  seeds  than  capsules 
filled  with  seeds,"  while  Micheli  said  that  the  spores  are  hard  to 
see  with  a  good  magnifying  glass. 

These  fungi  have  had  several  popular  names,  probably  owing 
to  their  quaint  and  attractive  appearance.  Besides  the  well-known 
name  of  "  bird's-nest  fungi,"  as  far  back  as  1724  they  have  been 
"called  in  Worchestershire  cornbells,  where  they  grow  plenti- 
fully,"t  and  in  Lincolnshire  "  we  find  that  a  kind  of  fungus  like  a 
cup  or  old-fashioned  purse  with  small  objects  inside  is  called  a 
'  fairy  purse '  and  we  presume  that  the  small  objects  represent  the 
fairies'  cash. "J 

Synopsis  of  the  Genera  of  tlie  Nidulariaceae 

Sporangioles  attached  to  the  inner  wall  of  the  peridium. 

Peridium  composed  of  three  layers ;  spores  mixed  with  filaments.   I.   Cyathia. 

*Most  of  what  follows  in  this  paragraph  is  translated  and  adapted  from  Tulasne's 
monograph,  pages  54-56,  as  several  of  the  works  referred  to  were  unfortunately  unob- 
tainable. 

t  Ray,  Syn.  Ed.  3,  2  :  20.      1724. 

X  Friend,  Flower  Lore,  34.     1889. 


White  :    The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      255 

Peridium  composed  of  one  homogeneous  layer ;  spores  not  mixed  with  filaments. 

II.  Crucibulum. 
Sporangioles  not  attached  to  the  inner  wall  of  the  peridium. 

Peridium  thick,  opening  by  a  regular  definite  mouth.  III.   NiDULA. 

Peridium  thin,  rupturing  irregularly.  IV.   Granularia. 

I.    Cyathia  p.  Br.,  Civ.  and  Nat.  Hist.  Jamaica,  78.    1756 
Cyathus  Hall.  Stirp.  Helvet.  3:   127.      1768 

Peridium  composed  of  three  distinct  but  closely  connected 
layers.  Mouth  at  first  closed  by  a  membrane  (epiphragm),  usu- 
ally white,  opening  at  maturity;  sporangioles  flattened,  umbilicate 
beneath,  attached  to  the  inner  wall  of  the  peridium  by  a  complex 
elastic  cord  (funiculus),  and  with  thick  horny  filaments  intermixed 
with  the  spores. 

Clusius,"^  in  1601,  made  the  first  mention  of  a  Cyathia  under 
the  name  of  fungus  minimus  avMVjao^,  and  described  it  in  Latin, 
the  following  being  a  free  translation  of  the  entire  paragraph  : 
"  Moreover  this  fungus,  which  I  will  call  anonymous,  is  very  dif- 
ferent from  the  preceding  ones,  and  I  consider  it  to  be  the  smallest 
of  all,  for  it  is  barely  half  an  inch  high.  In  the  fall  a  great  many 
grow,  without  petiole,  on  wooden  boards  away  from  dust  and  sand. 
They  have  the  color  of  cinders  or  are  of  a  lifeless  color.  The  shape* 
which  is  so  small,  appears  to  be  undeveloped,  scarcely  as  large 
and  as  thick  as  the  top  of  a  little  finger.  Sometimes  they  grow 
alone  or  when  in  numbers  two,  three  or  four  adhering  together, 
and  when  ripe,  they  throw  off  the  top  part  and  appear  full  of  a 
viscous  juice,  and  of  seeds  which  are  about  the  size  of  the  seeds  of 
cyclamen,  but  have  the  outline  of  small  fungi  and  are  apparently 
cinder-colored.  There  is  no  doubt  that  this  fungus  grows  in 
Italy,  for  I  remember  that  a  friend  of  mine  sent  me,  once  upon  a 
time  from  there,  some  of  these  seeds,  dried  and  with  a  certain 
strange  name,  asking  me  if  I  could  find  out  what  they  were.  For 
there  are  certain  characters  who  endeavor  to  catch  and  buy  praise 
from  the  ignorance  of  others." 

There  seem  to  be  no  intermediate  references  to  this  plant  until 
1 67 1,  when  Bauhin  f  mentioned  "  Fungus  minimus  lignelis  tabellis 
areolarum  hortorum  adnascens."     Mentzel,t  in  1682  first  figured 

*  Rar.  Plant.  Hist,  cclxxxvii.      i6oi. 

t  Pinax,  Lib.  X.,  Sec.  5,  no.  39,  374.     1671. 

%  Ind.  Nom.  Plant.  Univ.  //.  6.     1682. 


256      White  :    The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

a  plant  which  was,  without  doubt,  Cyathia  Icntifera.  Loeselius,* 
and  Marsilius,t  made  passing  references  to  this  same  species,  and 
in  1729  MicheH  I  described  and  figured  two  species,  citing  one 
from  the  above-mentioned  writers,  and  the  second  from  Ray,§ 
Dillenius  |1  and  Vaillant,  1  the  latter  species  being  unquestionably 
Cyathia  striata.  .  Linnaeus,**  in  1753,  gives  under  his  section 
"Acaules"  of  the  genus  Peziza — Peziza  campamdata  lenfifera, 
first  referring  to  Hortus  Cliffortianus  (1737)  where  we  find  that 
the  only  species  of  Peziza  which  he  gives,  and  to  which  he  refers 
what  is  evidently  a  Cyathia  is  not  a  Peziza  in  the  modern  sense, 
but  the  first  known  type  of  Cyathia;  and  the  only  proof  that  he 
knew  what,  a  Peziza  really  was,  is  his  reference  to  Dillenius' tt 
work  published  in  1719,  in  which  a  true  Peziza  is  figured.  Dil- 
lenius divided  \X\q  Pezizae  into  two  sections:  {i)  Membranacei  et 
tenuiores — the  true  Pezizae,  and  (2)  Dunores  calyciformes,  seinini- 
feri  pHtati,  under  which  head  he  gives  Peziza  calyciformis  lentifera 
laevis  (our  Cyathia  lentifera)  and  Peziza  calyciformis  lentifera  hir- 
sutd'  (our  Cyathia  hirsuta). 

The  genus  Cyathus  was  founded  in  1768  by  Haller,  twelve 
years  after  Cyathia  P.  Br.,  and  since  that  time  many  species  have 
been  described  from  nearly  all  parts  of  the  world.  Fischer || 
states  that  there  are  forty-two  known  species. 

From  our  own  country  not  many  species  have  been  described, 
Schweinitz  was  the  first  to  mention  these  plants  ;  in  1 818  he  named 
ten  species,  but  not  all  of  them  are  to  be  referred  to  the  genus 

Cyathia.    In  1869  Berkeley  &  Curtis§§  described  Cyatlms  pallidus 
from  Cuba,  also  reporting  Cyathus  intermedins,  Cyathus  Montagnei, 

Cyathus   limbatus,    Cyathus   Poeppigii,    Cyathus    inicrosporus,   and 

Cyathus  Lesueurii   collected  by   Wright    from   the  same    island. 

Berkeley, II II  in  1873,  described  from  Connecticut,  Cyathus  Wrightii, 

*Flor.  Prus.  98.     1703. 

t  Dissert.  Gen.  Fung.  17.  //.  a.     1714. 

jNov.  Plant.  Gen.  222.pl.  102. f.  i,  2.     1729. 

§Syn.  3:   21.      1704. 

||Giss.  196.     1719. 

•jBot.  Paris.  57.  //.  //.  /  4,  J.  ,    1727- 

**Sp.  PI.  2:   1 180.      1753. 

tt/.  ^. 

Jt  Engler  &  Prantl,  Nat.  Pflanzenfam.    i^**  :  328.      1899. 

g§  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  10:  346.      1869. 

II II  Grevillea,  2  :  34.      1873. 


White  :   The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      257 

which  has  not  since  been  reported.  CyatJuts  rufipcs  was  described 
in  1897  by  Ellis  &  Everhart  *  from  Kansas,  and  the  next  year 
Hennings,  ||  described    CyatJins  nivcotomentosns  from  California. 

The  following  summary  will  show  the  distribution  of  the 
known  species  of  Cynthia  : 

Europe,  7  species :  C.  complanata,  C.  deforviis,  C.  fimetaria,  C.  hirsuta,  C. 
lentifera,  C.  suhkulosa,  C.  umbrina. 

Asia,  6  species  :  C.  emodensis,  C.  Hookeri,  C.  intermedia,  C.  minima,  C.  Alon- 
tagnei,  C.  sulcata. 

Africa,  5  species  :    C.  affinis,  C.  dasypus,  C.  pallida,  C.  hirstita,  C.  lentifera. 

Australia,  g  species  :  C.  Baileyi,  C.  descrtorum,  C.  fimicola,  C.  intermedia,  C. 
stercorea,  C.  Montagnei,  C.  pezizoides,  C.  pusio,  C.  lentifera. 

New  Zealand,  3  species  :  C.  Colensoi,  C.  N'ovae-Zelandiae,  C.  similis. 

North  America,  ii  species:  C.  intermedia,  C.  lentifera,  C.  melanosperma, 
C.  Berkleyana,  C.  riigisperma,  C.  rufipes,  C.  hirsuta,  C.  stercorea,  C.  pallida,  C. 
Wrii^litii,  C.  fragilis. 

Cuba,  7  species  :  C.  intermedia,  C.  Montagnei,  C.  pallida,  C.  limbata,  C.  Poep- 
pigii,  C.  Berkleyana,  C.  stercorea. 

South  America,  12  species  :  C.  ambigua,  C.  dasypus,  C.  limbata,  C.  micro- 
spora,  C.  Montagnei,  C.  plicata,  C.  Poeppigii,  C.  Puiggarii,  C.  scutellaris,  C.  hirsuta, 
C.  lentifera,  C.  Gayana. 

i$>ii4>psis  of  tbe  Species  of  Cyatliia 

Peridium  sulcate-striate  within. 

Spores  large,  more  than  35//  long.  I.  C.  Poeppigii. 

Spores  small,  less  than  8  m  long.  2.  C.  Berkleyana. 

Spores  of  medium  size,  12-20/i  long. 

Peridium  sparingly  clothed  with  short  fasciculate  hairs  without. 

3.  C.  intermedia. 

Peridium  thin,  shaggy-tomentose  without.  4.  C.  hirsuta. 

Peridium  very  tough  and  brittle,  rough  tomentose.  5-  C.  dura. 

Peridium  faintly  striate  near  the  mouth,  not  sulcate  within.  6.  C.  Montagnei. 

Peridium  smooth  within,  not  sulcate. 

Spores  large,  more  than  40 /i  long.  7-  C.    melanosperma. 

Spores  small,  less  than  15 /^  long. 

Sporangioles  darkish  ;  margin  of  peridium  straight. 

Peridium  smooth  or  nearly  so.  8.  C.  pallida. 

Peridium  strigose-tomentose.  9.  C.  rugisperma. 

Sporangioles  light  colored  ;  margin  of  peridium  often  recurved. 

10.  C.  lentifera. 
Spores  of  medium  size,  15-30 /<  long. 

Peridium  with  a  red  felt-like  mycelial  bulb  at  base.         II.  C.  rufipes. 

Peridium  with  a  thick  bulb  of  whitish  mycelium.  12.  C.   Wrightii. 

Peridium  scarcely  thickened  at  the  base.  13.  C.  stercorea. 

\  Bull.  Torrey  Club,  24  :   125.      1897. 
f  Hedwigia,  37  :   274.      1898. 


258      White  :    The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

I.  Cyathia  Poeppigii  (Tul.) 
Cyathiis  Poeppigii  Tul.   Ann.   Sci.   Nat.   III.  i  :   'jj.   pL  ^.  f. 

23-25 ;  pl-  5-  /•  3-4-     1 844. 

Peridia  slender,  goblet-shaped,  7-12  mm.  high,  5-7  mm.  wide 
at  the  top,  about  i  mm.  at  the  base  of  the  stem,  dark  chocolate- 
brown,  the  outer  surface  somewhat  shaggy,  peeling,  leaving  a 
comparatively  smooth,  deeply  and  closely  striated  surface,  corre- 
sponding with  the  deep  inner  striations,  the  inner  surface  brown, 
somewhat  lighter  colored  than  the  outer  surface,  somewhat  shiny, 
deeply  striate  ;  mouth  minutely  fimbriate  ;  sporangioles  blackish, 
flattened,  dull,  2-2.5  mni-  in  diameter;  funiculus  long;  spores 
38—45  fi  long,  18—22  fi  in  diameter,  very  thick-walled,  granular 
within,  oblong  and  often  slightly  curved.     {PL  i^.  f.  1-4..) 

Growing  singly  and  in  groups  on  manure  and  wet  ground. 

St.  Croix  (Danish  West  Indies)  :  A.  E.  Rickscckcr. 

This  species  was  originally  described  from  Cuba  and  French 
Guiana  ;  it  is  easily  distinguished  from  the  other  striated  species 
of  CyatJiia  by  its  unusually  large  spores,  and  by  its  deeply  and 
closely  striated  outer  surface. 

2.  Cyathia  Berkleyana  (Tul.) 

Cyatlms  uiicrosporus  ^  Berkley  anus  Tul.  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  III.  i  : 
74.      1 844. 

Peridia  small,  cup-shaped,  5—8  mm.  high,  5-7  mm.  wide  at 
the  top,  very  much  narrowed  and  rounded  at  the  base,  brownish 
outside  and  somewhat  shaggy ;  mouth  finely  fimbriate,  the  inner 
surface  of  the  peridium  shiny,  grayish-brown,  lighter  colored  than 
the  outer,  coarsely  striate  ;  sporangioles  small,  2  mm.  in  diameter, 
shiny,  nearly  black,  flattened;  spores  small,  6-8 /i  long,  4-6 /i 
wide,  somewhat  thick-walled,  hyaline.      (/-*/.  ^-Z,/- 5-7.) 

On  decayed  stems  of  coarse  herbaceous  plants. 

Jamaica  :   Cockerell. 

This  species  was  originally  described  from  Brazil ;  it  some- 
what resembles  small  specimens  of  Cyathia  hirsnta,  but  it  differs 
from  that  species  in  the  texture  of  the  outer  coat,  which  is  much 
less  shaggy  and  thick,  and  in  the  much  smaller  spores. 

3.  Cyathia  intermedia  (IMont.) 

Nidularia  i)iteniieiiia^lor\\..  ;  Sagra,  Hist.  Phy.  Pol.  Cuba,  321. 
1838-42. 


White  :   The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      259 

Cyathiis  intermedins  (Mont.)  Tul.  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  III.  i  :  72. 
//.  4.f.  4-7.      1844. 

Peridia  cup-shaped,  not  rounded  at  the  base,  7-9  mm.  high, 
6-8  mm.  wide  at  the  top,  1-2  mm.  at  the  base,  hghtish  brown, 
clothed  with  fine  hairs  which  grow  in  clusters,  the  tips  of  several 
of  which  join  together  in  little  outwardly  curved  tufts,  thin  and 
showing  the  inner  sulcate  markings  through  in  the  older  peridia; 
inner  surface  brown,  shiny,  sulcate-striate ;  the  mouth  straight,  not 
flaring,  clothed  with  a  circle  of  short  stiff  bristles ;  the  sporangi- 
oles  about  2  mm.  in  diameter,  flattened,  blackish,  depressed  be- 
neath, somewhat  angular  with  a  short  attachment ;  spores  hya- 
line, 12-18/Z  long,  6-9//  wide,  thick-walled.  {PI.  14.  f.  8-10; 
pi.  18.  f.  18) 

Growing  in  loose  soil  and  on  decaying  wood. 

[Cuba  :  Ramon  de  la  Sagra^ 

Delaware:  Faulkland,  Commons. 

This  species  was  originally  described  from  Cuba ;  it  differs 
from  CyatJiia  hirsuta  in  the  character  of  the  tomentose  outer  cov- 
ering of  the  peridium,  and  in  the  shorter  and  more  rudimentary 
attachment  of  the  sporangioles  to  the  inner  peridial  wall. 

4.  Cyathia  hirsuta  (Schaeff.) 

Peziza  lentifera  ^  Linn.  Sp.  PI.  2  :    1180.      1753. 

Peziza  sessilis  campaimlata  villosa  Scop.  Fl.  Carn.  57.      1760. 

Peziza  prima  Schaefif.  Fung.  Bav.  et  Palat.  Icon.  2  :  //.  iy8. 
1763. 

Cyathushirsiitusintus striates  Hall.  Stirp.  Helvet.  3:127.     1 768. 

Peziza  cyathiformis  Scop.  /.  />.*  Fl.  Carn.  2  :  486.  1772. 
[Ed.  2.] 

Peziza  hirsuta  Schaefif.  Fung.  Bav.  et  Palat.  4  :   1 24.      1 774, 

Peziza  striata  Huds.  Flor.  Ang.  634.      1778.     [Ed.  2.] 

Peziza  hirsuta ')^?!Xsz\\,  Elench.  Fung.  127.      1783. 

Nidtilaria  striata  With.  Boi.  Arrang.  3  :  446.  1792  [Ed.  2]  ; 
Sibth.  Fl,  Ox.  393.  1794;  Fries.  Syst.  Mycol.  3:  298.  1822; 
Schwein.  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  4:  252.  1834. 

Cyathus  striates  Willd.  Fl.  Berol.  399.  1787;  Hoffm.  Veg. 
Crypt,  fasc.  2  :  33.  //.  8.  f.  j.  1790;  Pers.  Syn.  Meth.  Fung.  237. 
1801;  Nees,  Syst.  140.  1817;  DC.  Fl.  Fr.  2:  269.  1805;  Tul. 
Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  III.  i  :  6y.     1844. 

*As  the  first  cited  reference  under  the  description  of  this  species  belongs  to  C.  len- 
tifera this  name  cannot  be  taken  up  for  this  species. 


260      White  :    The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

Peridia  10-15  mm.  high,  8-10  mm.  wide  at  the  top,  2-4  mm. 
at  the  base,  usually  straight  trumpet-shaped,  very  gradually  spread- 
ing toward  the  top  ;  outer  surface  of  the  peridium  dark  brown, 
shaggy  fibrillose  ;  inner  surface  brown  or  grayish-brown,  shiny, 
striate-sulcate  for  about  one  half  the  height  of  the  peridium,  be- 
coming smooth  at  the  base  ;  mouth  densely  clothed  with  a  circle 
of  stiff  regular  bristles  ;  sporangioles  darkish,  2  mm.  in  diameter, 
shiny,  depressed  beneath,  and  somewhat  angular  from  the  pressure 
of  one  upon  the  other;  spores  12-18  ji  long,  6-9  11  wide,  thick- 
walled,  hyaline,  somewhat  crescent-shaped.  [PI.  14./.  11-14  ;  pi. 
18.  f.  1-6.) 

Growing  singly  and  in  clusters,  on  sticks,  bark,  etc. 

Exsicc.  :  ElHs,  North  American  Fungi,  729. 

New  York  :  Underivood,  Tooke,  Clinton,  Brown,  Mnrrill ; 
Maine:  Harvey;  Connecticut:  White;  Pennsylvania:  Gentry, 
Lloyd;  Ohio:  Lloyd,  James  ;  Georgia:  Undei"wood ;  Alabama: 
Earle ;  Iowa:  Langlois ;  Wisconsin:  Williams;  Indiana:  Un- 
dcriuood ;  Montana:  Anderson,  no.  601;  Colorado:  Bethel; 
Washington  :  Suksdorf ;  Canada  :  Dearncss ;  Puerto  Rico  :  Un- 
derzvood  &  Griggs  ;  Mexico  :  Egeling. 

Tulasne  *  has  given  an  account  of  the  development  of  this 
species  from  which  the  following  is  freely  translated  : 

The  young  plants  arise  on  the  thick  felt-like  mycelium  in  the 
shape  of  small  cylindrical  jelly-like  masses.  They  are  at  first 
white  and  smooth,  gradually  changing  to  a  brown  color  and  their 
surface  becomes  somewhat  scaly.  The  three  coats  which  com- 
pose the  peridium  are  indicated  at  this  stage,  when  the  outer 
brownish  scaly  portion  begins  to  form  itself  into  the  outer  coat, 
while  the  walls  of  the  white  glutinous  inner  substance  become 
differentiated  from  the  fruiting  portion  into  a  very  thm  membrane 
which  encloses  these  parts,  a  thin  portion  of  the  glutinous  mem- 
brane remaining  between  these  two  coats  welding  them  together 
and  so  forming  the  triple  peridial  wall.  It  is  now  that  the 
sporangioles  begin  their  growth,  gradually  absorbing  the  sur- 
rounding substance  into  themselves,  so  that  when  the  plant  is 
mature  and  gradually  opens,  the  sporangioles  alone  remain  within 
the  cup  attached  to  the  sides  of  the  peridium  by  means  of  a  funic- 
ulus of  a  complicated  structure.     The  sporangioles  are  in  most 


*Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  III.  i  :   50-54.//.  3  ;  pi.  4./.  1-3  :  pi.  8.  f.  1-12.     1844. 


White  :    The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      261 

cases  composed  of  three  parts,  namely,  of  a  thick  and  usually 
dark  colored  coat,  a  light  hyaline  thickly  interwoven  portion 
which  bears  the  basidia,  which  in  their  turn  bear  the  spores.  The 
center  part  is  composed  of  innumerable  spores  mixed  with  branch- 
ing filaments.  The  walls  of  the  spores  are  very  thick,  these 
spores  having  long  been  separated  from  their  basidia.  The  funic- 
ulus is  composed  of  three  parts  ;  the  lower  portion  is  variable 
as  to  length  and  thickness,  its  lower  extremity  is  expanded  and 
attached  to  the  peridium  ;  the  upper  portion  is  more  regular  in 
shape  and  is  attached  by  its  upper  extremity  to  the  sporangiole ; 
it  is  rather  swollen  in  the  center,  in  which  portion  there  is  enclosed 
a  long  and  slender  filet  composed  of  innumerable  hyaline,  inter- 
woven filaments,  which  can  be  drawn  out  if  great  care  is  used  in 
the  process  and  forcibly  distended  without  breaking,  according  to 
Tulasne  to  a  length  of  12  cm.  These  two  parts  are  joined  by  a 
much  narrower  and  shorter  portion  to  which  Tulasne  gives  the 
name  of  "  filet  median." 

4a.  Cyathia  hirsuta  infundibuliformis  var.  no  v. 

Peridia  1.5-18  cm.  high,  funnel-shaped,  1-2  cm.  wide  at  the 
top,  1.5-2  mm.  at  the  base,  4-5  mm.  in  the  center  where  the 
peridium  is  contracted  ;  outer  surface  of  the  peridium  brownish, 
coarsely  shaggy-tomentose  ;  inner  surface  dull  brownish,  clearly 
striate,  but  not  below  the  contraction  ;  mouth  minutely  fimbriated  ; 
sporangioles  dull  brownish,  2  mm.  in  diameter,  flattened  ;  spores 
8-12  /J.  wide,  14-17//  long,  thick-walled,  hyaline.     (P/.  i-f-.f.  ij.) 

Growing  singly  on  leaves  and  moss. 

Montana  :  Sheridan,  Fitch. 

This  variety  differs  from  the  type  in  the  definite  funnel-shape 
of  the  peridium,  and  in  the  nature  of  the  tomentum,  and  to  a  less 
degree  in  the  size  of  the  spores.  Further  material  may  necessitate 
a  different  treatment. 

5.  Cyathia  dura  sp.  nov. 

Peridia  flaring  trumpet-shaped,  8- 13  mm.  high,  8-12  mm. 
wide  at  the  top,  2—4  mm.  at  the  base,  brownish-gray  outside, 
rough,  shaggy,  and  very  tough  and  brittle ;  inner  surface  whitish, 
dull,  and  marked  with  rather  wide  shallow  striations ;  mouth 
recurved,  ragged  and  much  split,  but  not  fimbriate  ;  bases  of  the 
peridium  contracted  and  in  some  specimens  there  is  a  thick  felty 


262      White  :    The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

brown  mycelial  band  adhering ;  sporangioles  dull  grayish,  oval 
or  rounded,  2.5  mm.  long,  1.5  mm.  wide;  spores  14-18 // long, 
8-10  n.  wide,  hyaline  and  thick-walled.     {PL  14.  f.  i6-ig.) 

Colorado  :  Denver,  Bethel,  8. 

This  species  differs  from  all  others  seen  in  the  character  of  the 

peridium,  which  is  very  thick,  hard  and  brittle. 

6.  Cyathia  Montagnei  (Tul.) 

Cyathns  Montagnei  Tul.  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  III.  i  :  70.  pi.  4,  f. 
g-ii.      1844. 

Peridia  8-10  mm.  high,  6-9  mm.  wide  at  the  top,  2-3  mm. 
at  the  base,  spreading,  cup-shaped,  reddish-brown  outside,  closely 
woolly-tomentose,  but  not  shaggy,  rather  thin  ;  inner  surface  gray- 
ish, dull,  faintly  striate  close  to  the  top,  not  sulcate  ;  mouth  at 
first  curved  inwards,  then  straight,  but  not  recurved,  closely  and 
very  minutely  fimbriate  ;  sporangioles  2  mm.  in  diameter,  grayish, 
black,  somewhat  lighter  beneath,  dull,  flattened,  angular ;  spores 
I  5-18 // long,  8-12 /i  wide,  thick-walled,  granular,  h)'aline.  {PI. 
14./.  20-22.) 

On  the  ground  and  on  decaying  wood  and  chips. 

Yucatan:   C.  F.  Mill  span gh,  7^7;  [Cuba]. 

This  species  was  originally  described  from  Brazil  ;  it  is  readily 
distinguished  from  the  preceding  species:  (i)  By  the  faint  and 
only  partial  striae  of  the  upper  part  of  the  inner  surface  of  the 
peridium,  and  (2)  By  the  woolly  tomentose,  and  not  shaggy  nature 
of  the  outer  coat. 

7.  Cyathia  melanosperma  (Schwein.) 
Nidiilaria  vtelanospcruia  Schwein.   Trans.  Am.   Phil.  Soc.  4  : 

253-      1834. 

Cyathus  inelanospennus  (Schwein.)  De  Toni ;  Saccardo,  Syll. 
Fung.   7  :  42.      1887. 

Peridia  cup-shaped,  clustered,  5-7  mm.  high,  5-6  mm.  wide 
at  the  top ;  the  outer  surface  brownish  and  ver>^  shaggy  ;  the 
inner  surface  smooth,  shiny,  dark  gray ;  mouth  straight  and 
slightly  fimbriate  ;  sporangioles  black,  flattened,  about  2  mm. 
wide  ;  spores  large,  45-55  «  long,  18-45  !'•  wide,  very  thick-walled, 
granular  within,  hyaline.      {PI.  ij.f.  /-■/•) 

Gregarious  on  the  earth. 

Penxsylvania  :  Bethlehem,   Schiveinitz. 

The  above  description  is  based  on  Schweinitz's  original  speci- 


White  :    The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America     263 

mens,  which  are  still  in  good  condition  at  the  Philadelphia  Acad- 
emy of  Sciences.  This  appears  to  be  a  rare  species,  as  it  is  known 
only  from  its  original  collection.  It  differs  from  all  the  following 
species  of  6j'(?///zrt',  which  have  a  smooth  inner  surface,  in  having 
a  fimbriate  mouth,  though  Schweinitz  in  his  original  description 
notes  that  it  has  a  smooth  mouth,  but  he  writes  that  Xididaria 
stcrcorea  has  a  fimbriate  mouth,  which  is  contradicted  by  his  own 
specimens. 

8.  Cyathia  pallida  (B.  &  C.) 

CyatJms  pallidiis  B.   &  C.  Jour.    Linn.   Soc.  lO  :   346.      1869. 

Peridia  4-8  mm.  high,  5-7  mm.  wide  at  the  top,  about  2  mm. 
at  the  base,  slender  urn-shaped,  slightly  expanded  at  the  top  and 
contracted  at  the  base,  thin  and  membranous,  fawn-colored  out- 
side, and  minutely  shaggy  ;  inner  surface  light  lead-colored, 
smooth,  shiny  ;  mouth  entire  or  torn  but  not  fimbriate,  sometimes 
slightly  striated  ;  sporangioles  2  mm.  in  diameter,  flattened,  the 
edges  very  thin,  and  thicker  in  the  middle,  darker  above  than  be- 
low, shiny  as  if  frosted,  and  under  high  magnification  showing  a 
network  of  delicate  rugose  wrinkles  ;  spores  5-9  fi  long,  5—7  n 
wide,  hyaline,  thick-walled,  oval-pointed  or  nearly  round,  pale 
yellow  in  the  mass.     {PI.  ij.f.  5-7.) 

Growing  on  decayed  wood. 

Cuba  :  Wright ;  Puerto  Rico  :  Coamo  Springs,  Underzvood  &■ 
Griggs. 

The  above  description  is  based  on  the  co-types  of  this  species 
in  the  Curtis  collection  at  Harvard  University. 

9.  Cyathia  rugisperma  (Schwein.) 

Nididaria  rugisperma  Schwein.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  4:    253. 

1834. 

Cyathus  rugispenmis  (Schwein.)  De  Toni  ;  Saccardo,  Syll. 
Fung.  7:  42.      1888. 

Peridia  somewhat  obconic,  sharply  contracted  at  the  base,  5-8 
mm.  high,  4  mm.  wide  at  the  top  ;  outer  surface  lightish  fawn- 
colored,  strigose-tomentose,  becoming  nearly  smooth  when 
mature  ;  inner  surface  darkish  brown,  smooth,  and  shiny  ;  mouth 
incurved  in  the  young  peridia,  and  completely  covered  by  the 
tomentose  outer  covering ;  sporangioles  black,  flattened,  roundish, 
i-r.5  mm.  in  diameter ;  spores  10-14  P-  long,  8-10  fi  wide,  some- 
what granular  and  thick-walled,  hyaline.      {PL  16.  f.  j-6.) 

Growing  singly  on  bits  of  shaving  and  fibrous  matter. 

Pennsylvania  :  Bethlehem,  Schzveinitz. 


264     White:   The  Nidulariaceae  of  North   America 

The  above  description  is  based  on  the  original  specimens. 
Schweinitz,  in  his  description  of  this  species,  says  :  "  Sporangiis 
non  nitentibus,  sed  superficie  reticulato-rugosa,"  but  no  such 
markings  were  noticeable. 

This  is  a  pretty  little  species,  and  is  known  only  from  its 
original  collection. 

lo.  Cyathia  lentifera  (L.) 

Peziza  lentifera  a  Linn.  Sp.  PI.  2  :    i  i8o.      1753. 
Peziza  sessilis  canipamdata  laevis  Scop.  Fl.  Carn.  57.      1760. 
Peziza  tertia  Schaeff.   Fung.   Bav.  et  Palat.   Icon.  2  :  pi.  180. 
1763. 

CyatJms  sericeiis  intus  laeins  Hall.  Stirp.  Helvet.  3:127.     1 768. 
Peziza  cyathiformis  Scop.  /.  p.  Fl.  Carn.  2  :  486.    1772  [Ed.  2]. 
Peziza  sericea  Schaeff.  Fung.  Bav.  et  Palat.  4:   125.      1774. 
Peziza  lentifera  Huds.  Fl.  Ang.  2:  633.     1778  [Ed.  2]. 
Peziza  Olla  Batsch,  Elench.  Fung.  127.      1783. 
Nidiilaria  vernicosa  Bull.  Champ,  i :    164.  pi.  488.  f  1 .      1791. 
Cyathus laevis  Hoffm. Veg.  Crypt,  fasc.  2  :  -i^i. pi.  8.f.  2.      1792. 
Coccigrne  a  lentilles  Paulet.  Tr.  des  Champ.  2  :  406.  //.  18 j. 

f  7-12-    •1793- 

Nidtdaria campamilata\\!\\ki.  Bot.  Arrang.  3  :  445.      1792  [Ed. 

2]  ;  Sibth.  Fl.  Ox.  393.      1794  ;  Fries,  Syst.  Myc.  2  :  298.      1822. 

CyatJms  Olla  Pers.  Syn.  Meth.  Fung.  237.      1801. 

CyatJins  vernicosiis  DC.  Fl.  Fr.  2:  270.  1805;  Tul.  Ann. 
Sci.  Nat.  III.  I  :  81.  //.  5./.  14-23.      1844. 

Nidularia  pliimbea  Pers.  Champ.  Comest.  iio.      18 18. 

Nidularia  fascicularis  Schwein.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  4:   253. 

1834. 

Cyathus  campamdatus  Corda,   Anleit.  Ixxx.  //.  D.  f.  42  {iQ- 

23).      1842. 

Peridia  8-12  mm.  high,  5-15  mm.  wide  at  the  top,  2-7  mm. 
at  the  base,  campanulate,  the  edge  often  recurved  and  expanded  ; 
outer  surface  lightish,  brown  or  grayish-yellow,  almost  smooth, 
sometimes  having  a  few  tow-like  fibers  attached  which  give  it  a 
slightly  roughened  appearance  ;  inner  surface  smooth,  whitish  or 
lead-colored,  shiny  ;  mouth  entire,  often  ragged  and  split ;  spor- 
angioles  light-colored,  2-3  mm.  in  diameter,  flattened  beneath ; 
spores  8-15  n  long,  6-iO«  wide,  thick-walled,  hvaline.  {PI.  15. 
/•  8-13:) 


White  :    The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      265 

Plants  sessile,  or  sometimes  stalked,  growing  singly  or  in  clusters 
on  the  earth,  on  dry  chips,  twigs,  etc. 

New  York  :  Undenvood;  Maine:  Harvey,  Bartle ;  Connec- 
ticut: White;  Pennsylvania:  Martin;  Alabama:  Earle ;  Indi- 
ana: Undenvood;  Kansas:  BartJiolomeiv,  ioj2 ;  Colorado: 
Ravenel ;  Utah  :  Harkness ;  California:  Orciitt,  Baker ;  Texas: 
Young;  Puerto  Rico:  Goll. 

II.  Cyathia  lufipes  (Ell.  &  Ev.) 

Cyathus  riifipes  Ell.  &  Ev.  Bull.  Torrey  Club,  24:    125.      1897. 

Peridia  very  slender,  obconic,  .8-1.5  cm.  high,  3-6  mm.  wide 
at  the  top,  1-1.5  mm.  at  the  base,  outer  surface  lightish  brown  or 
tow- colored,  very  shaggy  tomentose,  and  with  a  quantity  of  red- 
dish-brown mycelium  adhering  at  the  base,  forming  a  felt-like  tuft ; 
inner  surface  smooth,  dark  gray,  shiny  ;  sporangioles  2  mm.  in 
diameter,  dark,  almost  black,  shiny,  depressed  beneath  ;  spores 
25—29  n  long,  18-22  fx  wide,  thick- walled,  granular  within  and 
hyaline.     {PL  15./.  14-16.) 

On  old  sods,  "growing  head  downward," 

Kansas  :  BartJiolome'w ;  Nebraska  :  Bates. 

This  species  is  readily  distinguished  from  the  other  species  of 
Cyathus  with  a  smooth  inner  surface  by  its  very  slender  elongated 
shape  and  its  light  densely  tomentose  peridium,  besides  the  char- 
acteristic feature  of  the  red  felt-like  mycelial  tuft  at  the  base,  from 
which  the  species  derives  its  name. 

12.  Cyathia  Wrightii  (Berk.) 

Cyathus  IVrightii  Berk.  Grevillea,  2:   34.      1873. 

Peridia  rather  large,  cup-shaped,  1.2-1.8  cm.  high,  .5-1.2  cm. 
wide  at  the  top,  contracted  somewhat  at  the  base,  then  bulbose, 
the  bulb  composed  of  mycelium  and  adhering  earth  ;  outer  surface 
darkish  brown,  very  rough,  shaggy  and  encrusted  with  earth  ; 
inner  surface  smooth,  shiny,  darkish  ;  mouth  entire,  not  fimbriate 
though  the  fine  hairs  circle  up  about  it;  sporangioles  dark,  1.5-2 
mm.  in  diameter,  shiny,  flattened;  spores  22-25  /"  lo"g>  15-18  fx 
wide.      {P/.  16.  f.  7-p.) 

Connecticut  :  Growing  singly  on  earth,  C.  WrigJit. 

This  species  is  not  known  to  have  been  reported  since  the 
original  collection.  The  above  description  of  external  characters 
is  based  on  the  cotypes  at  Harvard  University.     The  spores  were 


266      White  :   The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

not  seen  ;  the  measurement  being  taken  from  some  mss.  notes  on 

Cyatlius  by  Massee,  made  from  the  type  of  C.  Wrightii  at  Kew. 

De  Toni  gives  the  measurement  in  Saccardo  as  "  i  5  fx  long  by  10 

p.  wide." 

13.  Cyathia  stercorea  (Schwein.) 

Nididaria  stercorea  Schvveinitz,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  4:  253. 

1834. 

Cyatlius  LesiieiLrii  Tul.    Ann.    Sci.   Nat.  III.   i  :   79.  //.  5.  /. 

S-13.      1844. 

Cyatlius  Lcsueurii,  var.  minor   Tul.  /.  c.  80. 

Cyatlius  stercoreiis  (Schwein.)  De  Toni ;  Saccardo,  Syll.  Fung. 
7  :  40.      1888. 

Peridia  slender,  campanulate,  sessile  or  with  an  elongated 
slender  base,  .5-1.5  cm.  high,  4-8  mm.  wide  at  the  top,  1-3  mm. 
at  the  base  ;  outer  surface  brownish  fawn-colored,  the  young  plants 
being  strigose  with  a  copious  covering  of  shaggy  hairs,  which 
gradually  disappear,  leaving  the  mature  peridium  almost  smooth, 
or  marked  with  circular  depressed  zones  ;  inner  surface  smooth, 
shiny,  lead-colored,  somewhat  darker  toward  the  base;  the  mouth 
entire  or  at  first  appearing  fimbriate  from  the  surrounding  hairy 
covering,  but  not  ciliate-fimbriate ;  sporangioles  blackish-lead- 
colored,  smooth,  shiny,  2  mm.  in  diameter,  depressed  beneath  ; 
spores  25-30//  long,  20-25  a  wide,  thick-walled,  hyaline,  granu- 
lar within.      {PI.  ij.f.  17-20  ;  //.  16.  f.  i,  2.) 

Growing  on  manure,  bits  of  wood,  etc. 

Exsicc.  :  E.  &  E.  Fungi  Columbiani,  644  (as  Cyatlius  verni- 
cosus)  ;  Ravenel,  Fungi  Amer.  Exsic.  473  (as  Cyatlius  vernicosus\ 
474  (as  Cyatlius  Lesueurii) ;  Ravenel,  Fungi  Car.  Exsic.  3  :  73  (as 
Cyatlius  campanulatus)\  Ellis,  N.  A.  Fungi,  1308  {Cyatlius  ver7ii- 
cosus)  ;  Shear,  N.  Y.  Fungi,  316. 

Pennsylvania  :  Schweiuitz  ;  New  York  :  Underwood,  Shear ^ 
Brozun,  Vail;  Massachusetts:  Ellis,  Knight ;  Maine:  Harvey; 
New  Jersey  :  Ellis  ;  Delaware  :  0.  S. ;  South  Carolina  :  Ravenel; 
Virginia  :  Murrill ;  Iowa  :  Langlois ;  Indiana  :  Underwood,  Arthur  ; 
Ohio  :  Morgan,  Lloyd ;  Alabama  :  F.  S.  Earle  &  C.  F.  Baker, 
Tuskegee,  Carver;  Kansas:  Cragin,  27 j  ;  Colorado  :  Baker ; 
Nebraska  :  Williams ;  New  Mexico  :  F.  S.  Earle  &  E.  S.  Earle 
Cock  ere  II ;  Canada  :  Dearness,  114^. 

This  species  varies  very  much  as  to  size,  shape  and  smooth- 
ness of  the  peridium,  which  facts  have  been  rather  misleading,  but 


White  :   The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      267 

such  different  types  have  been  found  in  specimens  from  one  locality 
from  the  short,  strigose,  sessile  or  bulbose  form  to  the  slender, 
almost  smooth,  elongated  form — that  there  can  be  no  question  as 
to  their  being  in  reality  but  one  species.  Tulasne  does  not  mention 
Schweinitz's  Nidularia  stercorea,  and  his  species  Cyathiis  Lcsiicurii 
from  New  Orleans  was  presumably  described  without  knowledge 
of  the  preceding  species.  His  variety  Cyatlins  Lesiieiirii  \2S .  minor 
from  Carolina,  closely  resembles  small  forms  of  Cyathia  stercorea. 

Cyathia  (?)  sp. 

Peridia  cup-shaped,  clustered,  4-6  mm.  high,  3-5  mm.  wide 
at  the  top,  2  mm.  at  the  base ;  outer  surface  lightish  brown, 
nearly  sriiooth,  or  minutely  fibrous  ;  inner  surface  smooth,  very 
dark  brown,  almost  black,  shiny ;  mouth  entire  or  slightly 
ragged,  but  not  fimbriate ;  sporangioles  black,  shiny,  angular 
beneath,  rounded  above,  i  mm.  in  diameter,  showing  no  trace  of 
any  attachment,  numerous;  spores  20—30/^  long,  18— 24/i  wide, 
thick-walled,  granular  within,  hyaline.      {PL  16.  f.  16,  21,  22.^ 

No  mention  as  to  habitat. 

The   specimens  on  which   the  above   description  is  based  were 

sent   to    Mr.  Ellis   by  Professor  E.    Bethel  (no.  9)  from    Denver, 

Colorado,  and   were    named    Cyathus    vcrnicosus.     They   consist 

of  four  or   five  groups  of  from   two  to  five   plants  in  each.     The 

peridial   wall    is    triple  and   the   structure    of   the   sporangioles   is 

much  as  in    Cyathia,  the  spores  being  also  intermixed  with  thick 

horny  filaments  as  in  that  genus  ;  but  there  is  no  trace  whatever  of 

any  attachment  either  on  the  under  surface  of  the  sporangioles  or 

on   the   inner   surface  of  the   peridium.      The   specimens   are   all 

mature,  so  it  is  impossible  to  know  what  the  nature  of  the  young 

peridia  was,  but  the  sporangioles  are  still  in  the  peridia,  filling  them 

completely,    even    with    the   margin    quite    unlike   anything   seen 

belonging  to  the  genus  Cyathia.     It  is  very  possible  that  a  genus 

standing  in  the  same  relation  to  Cyathia,  as  Nidula  does  to  Crjici- 

buhini,  will  eventually  have  to  be  established  to  accommodate  these 

forms,  but  the  material  and  data  are  not  sufficient  to  justify  taking 

such  a  step  at  present. 

Species  inquirenda 

Cyathus  niveo-tomentosus  P.  Henn.  Hedwigia,  37:   274.      1898 

Sparsis  :  peridio  obconico-cyathiformi,  crassiusculo  papyraceo 

primo   operculo   albo  tecto,   sessili   vel    substipitato,    extus    niveo 


268      White  :    The  Niuulariaceae  of  North  America 

sericeo,  dense  tomentoso,  margine  integro,  crasso,  3-5  mm.  alto, 
4-5  mm.  lato,  intus  albo-flavescente ;  sporangiolis  innumeris, 
lentiformibus,  planis,  tenue  tunicatis,  cinnamomeis,  sericeis,  1-1.2 
mm.  diametro  ;  sporis  ellipsoideis,  obtusis,  intus  granulatis,  hyalinis, 
^-8.5  X  4- 5-5. 5  /^,  episporio  hyaline,  tenui,  levi. 

California:  Potter  Valley.  On  decaying  wood  (Sept.  1894). 
Purpus. 

The  original  description  is  quoted,  as  no  specimens  of  this 
species  were  seen,  and  until  more  material  has  been  collected  it  is 
difficult  to  decide  with  any  degree  of  certainty  just  where  it 
belongs.  The  author  adds  that  this  species  appears  to  be  related 
to  Cyathia  pallida. 

II.    Crucibulum  Tul.  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  III.  i:  89.     1844 

Peridium  composed  of  a  single,  homogeneous,  though  some- 
times layered,  felt-like  membrane,  which  is  at  first  continuous  over 
the  mouth,  forming  a  sort  of  epiphragm  ;  sporangioles  more  nu- 
merous than  in  the  preceding  genus,  and  the  funiculus  is  much  less 
complex,  consisting  of  a  little  bundle  of  elastic  filaments  gathered 
closely  together  in  a  very  thin,  hardly  noticeable  outer  covering,  the 
upper  end  of  which  is  attached  to  a  nipple-like  protuberance  on 
the  under  surface  of  the  sporangiole,  and  the  lower  end  is  attached 
to  the  inner  wall  of  the  peridium  ;  there  are  no  filaments  intermixed 
with  the  spores. 

Although  the  genus  Cnicibtilum  \Nd.s  not  founded  until  1844, 
for  nearly  a  century  and  a  half  plants  belonging  to  it  have  been 
known  and  unmistakably  figured.  Ray*  in  1696,  in  a  list  of 
plants  collected  by  D.  Samuel  Doody,  mentions  "  Fungus  seminifer 
minor,"  which  he  figured  in  1724.!  Micheli,  five  years  later,  gave 
a  good  figure  of  Crucibuluui  cnicibulifornie.  As  early  as  1697 
Boccone  %  figured  this  plant,  under  the  name  of  "  Fungus  ar.epiiaxtac, 
calyculatus,"  but  does  not  seem  to  give  it  more  than  this  passing 
notice.  Gleditsch,§  Schaeffer,]]  Scopoli,!  Hudson,**  Hoffmanft 
and  others  made  mention  of  this  plant,  under  various  names,  but 

*Syn.  333.     1696.      [Ed.  2.] 

t  Ray,  Syn.  20.  //.  /./.  2  b,  c.     1724.     [Ed.  3.] 

%  Mus.  Fis.  //.  301.  f.  I.     1697. 

gMeth.  Fung.  138..//.  4.      1753. 

II  Fung.  Bav.  et  Palat.  Icon.  2  :  pi.  i-jg.      1761  ;  4  :    125.      1774. 

\y\ox.  Carn.  2:  486.      1772.      [Ed.  2.] 

**Flor.  Ang.  2  :  634.      1778.       [Ed.  2.] 

ft  Vegt.  Crypt,  fasc.  2:   29.//.  8.  f.  i.      1790. 


White  :  The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      269 

not  until  1801,  was  the  present  generic  name  employed  by  Per- 
soon  * — even  then  only  to  denote  a  species — Cyatlms  Crucibulum. 

Schweinitz  was  the  first  to  report  Crucibulum  crucibuliformc  from 
this  country  under  the  name  of  Nidularia  Crucibulum.  He  also 
described  another  species,  Nidularia  juglandicola  which  though 
retained  as  a  good  species  of  Crucilmlum  by  De  Toni,t  proves  to 
be  a  form  of  Crucibulum  crucibuliforme,  slightly  larger  and  more 
flaring,  but  otherwise  similar  to  the  type  species.  Though  the 
genus  as  represented  by  Crucibidum  crucibuliforme  is  comparatively 
common  and  widely  distributed,  it  is  interesting  to  note  in  contrast 
with  the  genus  Cyathia,  which  is  very  prolific  of  species,  that  only 
one  other  species  has  been  described,  viz.,  Crucibulum  simile 
Massee  %  from  New  Zealand  and  Australia,  and  even  this  is  said 
to  resemble  Crucibtdutn  crucibidiforme  closely. 

Bulliard  §  says  that  there  are  two  varieties  of  Crucibulum 
both  of  which  he  figures,  one  glabrous,  almost  as  smooth  inside 
as  out,  the  other  smooth  inside  but  somewhat  tomentose  on 
the  outside,  and  always  larger  and  more  yellow  than  the  first 
It  has  been  noticed  in  examining  quite  a  number  of  specimens 
from  different  localities  that  those  collected  in  one  place  often  vary 
greatly  in  size  and  color,  and  in  the  nature  of  the  tomentose  outer 
surface  of  the  peridium.  Cooke,  ||  in  1 879,  described  a  variety  which 
he  calls  lanosum,  and  which  De  Toni  says  might  possibly  be  Bui- 
Hard's  second  variety  (figured  on//.  4.0)  but  as  Cooke  described  it  as 
"paler  than  in  the  usual  form"  this  disposition  cannot  be  correct. 

I.  Crucibulum  crucibuliforme  (Scop.) 
Peziza  sessilis  campanulata  (b)  Gled.  Meth.  Fung.  138.//.  4. 

1753- 

Peziza  secunda  Schaeff,  Fung.  Bav.  et.  Palat.  Icon.  2  :  //.  //p. 

1763- 

Peziza  lentifera   Oeder,  Fl.   Dan.  2  :  9.  //.  /05.      1763  ;  not 

Linnaeus. 

Peziza  crucibidiformis  Scop.  Flor.  Carn.  2  :  486.      1772    [Ed. 

2];  Schaeff.  Fung.  Bav.  et  Palat.  4:    125.      1774. 

*Syn.  Meth.  Fung.  239.     1801. 
fSaccardo,  Syll.  Fung.  7  :  44.      1888. 
JGrevillea,  ig  :  93.     1891. 
^  Champ.  I  :   165.  pi.  40  and//.  4S8.      1809. 
II  Grevillea,  8  :  58.     1879. 


270      White  :    The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

Pezizalaevis  Huds.  Fl.  Ang.  634.      1778.      [Ed.  2.] 

Cynt/iHs  cjlindnais  YJ'xWd.  Fl.  Berol.  399.      1787. 

Cyathus  cnicibidiformis  Hoffm.  Veg.  Crypt,  fasc.  2,  29.  pi.  8. 
f.  I.      1790. 

Nididaria  lacvis  Bull.  Champ,  i:  164.  //.  4^8.  f.  2.  pi.  40. 
1791  ;  With.  Bot.  Arrang.  3:  446.  1792  [Ed.  2]  ;  Sibth.  Fl. 
Ox.  393.      1794. 

Cyathus  Crucibulum  Pers.  Syn.  Fung.  238.  1801  ;  Nees,  Syst. 
1^0.  pi.  ij.f.  133.      18 17. 

Cyathus  laevis  DC.  Fl.  Fr.  2  :   269.      1805. 

Nididaria  Crucibulum  SQcret  Mycogr.  Suisse,  3:  378.  1833; 
Schwein.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  4:  253.      1834. 

Nididaria  jiiglandicola  Schwein.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  4  :   253, 

1834. 

Crucibidum  vidgare  Tul.   Ann.   Sci.  Nat.   III.  i:  go.pl.  6.f. 

g-24.  pi.  7.f.  I.  pi.  8.f.  13-17.      1844. 

Crucibulum  juglandicolum  De  Toni  ;  Sacc.  Syll.  Fung.  7:  44. 
1888. 

Peridia  5-1  o  mm.  high,  5-10  mm.  across  at  the  top,  4-7  mm. 
at  the  base,  cylindrical-campanulate,  base  truncate  or  but  slightly 
contracted ;  outer  surface  dirty  cinnamon  or  grayish  fawn-color, 
young  plant  minutely  velvety  tomentose,  becoming  smoother  with 
age  ;  the  inner  surface  smooth,  shiny  and  whitish ;  mouth  en- 
tire, firm  and  even,  sometimes  slightly  contracted,  sporangioles 
pale  ochraceous,  becoming  whitish,  1.5-2  mm.  in  diameter,  very 
numerous  and  crowded,  flattened  beneath ;  spores  hyaline,  elliptic, 
Z-\o IX  long,  4-6//  wide,  smooth,  some  thick-walled.  {PI.  16.  f. 
10-13  ;  pi.  18.  f.  7-13  and  16.) 

Plants  gregarious  or  single  on  twigs,  old  bagging,  chips,  etc.; 
common  and  variable. 

Exsic:  Ellis,  N.  A.  Fungi,  no.  728;  Ravenel,  Fungi  Amer. 
Exsic.  no.  139. 

New  York:  Underzvood,  Clinton,  Jclliffe ;  Maine:  Harvey; 
Connecticut:  Underivood,  White;  Massachusetts:  Underwood, 
Underwood  &  Seymour,  g 4.1 ;  New  ]ersey  :  Bllis,  White;  Pennsyl- 
vania :  Haines,  Everhart ;  Alabama  :  Underivood,  Earle ;  Virginia  : 
Underwood ;  Kentucky  :  Underwood ;  Indiana,  Underivood ;  Kan- 
sas: Cragin,  4go ;  Oregon:  Carpenter ;  Montana:  Reynolds ;  Qq-l- 
OKXHo:  Bethel,  Underivood  &  Selby  ;  Washington:   Suksdoif. 


White:  The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      271 

The  followincr  is  extracted  and  translated  from  Tulasne's  more 
extended  description  of  this  species  :  The  inner  white  evanescent 
pelHcle  is  a  remnant  of  the  mucilaginous  matter  which  fills  the  cup 
in  its  early  stages.  The  sporangioles  are  accumulated  in  large 
numbers  in  a  space  apparently  too  small  to  contain  them.  They 
are  covered  with  a  thick  fibrous  coat  which  can  be  peeled  off,  and 
when  deprived  of  this  the  sporangiole  is  black  and  of  a  horny  con- 
sistency. It  is  composed  of  two  parts,  a  thick  and  much  inter- 
woven darker  outer  part,  and  an  inner  hyaline  portion  com- 
posed of  irregularly  shaped  filaments  taking  the  place  of  basidia 
and  forming  a  hymenium  of  which  the  surface  is  nearly  uniform. 
The  rest  of  the  inner  substance  is  composed  of  the  spores 
without  any  filaments,  which  fact  distinguishes  these  sporangioles 
from  some  of  those  belonging  to  species  of  Cyathia.  The  funic- 
ulus of  Cnicibulum  is  much  more  simple  than  that  of  Cyathia 
hirsuta,  being  composed  of  a  little  bunch  of  elastic  filaments 
gathered  closely  together  in  a  very  thin,  transparent  outer  cover- 
ing, which  is  hardly  noticeable,  and  of  an  equal  filet,  about  2-3 
mm.  long,  which  expands  itself  at  the  base  into  the  inner  wall  of 

the  peridium. 

III.    Nidula  gen.  nov. 

Peridium  composed  of  a  single  homogeneous,  but  layered  mem- 
brane which  is  at  first  continuous  over  the  mouth  much  as  in 
Crucilnihivi ;  sporangioles  very  numerous,  at  first  immersed  in  a 
glutinous  substance,  very  closely  packed,  entirely  filling  the  central 
cavity  and  in  no  way  attached  to  the  peridium  wall  ;  no  filaments 
intermixed  with  the  spores. 

Peridium  shaggy-tomentose;  sporangioles  light-colored,  2  ram.  wide. 

1.  N.  Candida. 

Peridium  minutely  tomentose  ;  sporangioles  dark-colored,  barely  I  mm.  wide. 

2.  iV'.  microcarfa. 

I .  Nidula  Candida  (Peck) 

Nididaria  Candida  Peck,  Reg.  Rep.  45:  24.      1891. 

Peridia  6-15  mm.  high,  6-15  mm.  wide  at  the  top,  5-10  mm. 
at  the  base,  cylindrically  cup-shaped,  somewhat  truncate  at  the 
base  ;  outer  surface  white,  becoming  dingy  with  age,  thick,  felt- 
like, shaggy-tomentose  ;  inner  surface  smooth,  at  first  snowy  white, 
becoming  brownish  with  age,  somewhat  shiny  ;  mouth  entire,  firm, 
somewhat  spreading  but  not  recurved;  sporangioles  1.5-2  mm.  in 
diameter,  light  grayish  fawn-colored,  very  thin,  flattened,  both  sur- 


272      White  :    The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

faces  perfectly  even,  angular,  but  not  depressed;  spores  6-10  /i 
long,  4-8  n  wide,  globose  to  elliptic,  hyaline,  somewhat  granular, 
thin- walled.     {PL  16.  f.  17-20.) 

Growing  singly  on  twigs,  moss,  etc. 

Washington  :  Olympia,  Henderson,  Suksdorf. 

British  Columbia  :  Macoun,  loy. 

2.    Nidula  microcarpa  Peck,  sp.  nov. 

Peridia  4-6  mm.  high,  4-5  mm.  wide  at  the  top,  3-5  at  the 
base,  subcylindrical ;  outer  surface  whitish,  or  pale  grayish-yellow, 
minutely  tomentose,  firm  ;  inner  surface  smooth,  with  a  thin 
brownish  shiny  layer  formed  by  the  drying  of  the  glutinous  inner 
substance ;  mouth  entire,  straight  and  firm ;  sporangioles  very 
numerous,  lenticular,  covered  with  a  thick  fibrous  outer  coat,  which 
peels  off,  as  in  Cntcibidum  crucibnlifonne,  when  dry  rugosely 
wrinkled,  becoming  smooth  when  moistened,  reddish-brown,  .5-1 
mm.  wide  ;  spores  6-9  ijl  long,  4-6  //  wide,  broadly  elliptic  or  sub- 
globose,  hyaline,  thick-walled.     {PL  17.  f.  1-6  ;  pL  18.  f.  14,  13, 

Growing  on  wood,  and  on  the  ground. 

California  :  W.  R.  Dudley. 

Montana  :  Columbia  Falls,  R.  S.  Williams. 

2a.  Nidula  microcarpa  rugispora  var.  nov. 

Cnicibidiini  riigispovnm  E.  &  E.  in  herb. 

Peridia  3-5  mm.  high,  3-6  mm.  wide  at  the  top ;  outer  surface 
yellowish-white,  w^ith  a  rather  thin  close  tomentum  ;  inner  surface 
smooth,  whitish  or  brownish,  somewhat  shiny  ;  mouth  recurved, 
and  spreading,  and  minutely  lacerate,  fimbriate  ;  sporangioles  very 
numerous,  reddish-browai,  rugose  when  dry,  barely  I  mm.  w^ide, 
flattened,  subrotund ;  spores  broadly  elliptic,  hyaline,  slightly 
thick-walled,  6-9  /i  long,  4-7  n  wide,  slightly  larger  than  in  the 
foregoing  species.     {PL  ij.f.  7-9-) 

Growing  on  dead  twigs. 

Washington  :  Skamania  county,  alt.  3,000  ft.,  Suksdorf,  510. 

Though  this  variety  closely  resembles  the  species  it  differs  in 
the  mouth  characters  and  in  the  somewhat  larger  spores. 

IV.  GRANULARIA  Roth,  Ust.  Ann.  Bot.  i :  6.  pi.  i.f.  i.  1791 
Nidularia  Fries  &  Nord.  Symb.  Gaster.  2.  181 7-1 8. 
Peridium  composed  of  a  single  homogeneous  rather  thin  closed 

membrane,  or  a  thin,  closely  interwoven  layer  of  branched  fila- 


White  :  The  Nidulakiaceae  of  North  America      273 

ments,  opening  more  or  less  irregularly  by  the  breaking  away  or 
falling  to  pieces  of  the  walls  at  maturity,  having  no  true  epi- 
phragm  :  sporangioles  enveloped  in  mucus  and  not  attached  in  any 
way  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  peridium. 

The  history  of  the  genus  Gramdaria,  though  not  as  long  as 
that  of  the  first  two  genera  belonging  to  this  family,  appears  to  have 
become  more  involved  and  complicated,  very  probably  owing  to 
the  fact  that  the  species  of  Graiiiilaria  are  as  a  rule,  rarer,  and  less 
conspicuous  than  the  species  of  Cyathia  and  Cmcibulum.  Micheli  * 
in  1729  figured  "  Cyathoides  sciitcllatiim^  which  is  unquestionably 
a  true  Gramdaria,  and  the  reason  why  this  species  has  since  been 
placed  under  Cyadius  by  Roth  t  and  later  by  Tulasne,  it  hard 
to  understand.  Micheli,  in  writing  of  this  genus,  says  "  [fructus] 
vel  prope  centrum,  vel  ad  circumferentiam  brevissimo  pediculo 
seu  umbilicali  funicolo  firmantur,"  but  of  the  figure  of  three  spor- 
angioles of  "  Cyadioidcs  scutedatian"  only  one  has  a  short  lateral 
attachment,  and  that  much  shorter  than  in  the  figures  of  the  spor- 
angioles of  the  three  other  species  represented.  Fries  J  says  of 
his  second  division,  which  contains  true  Grannlaria,  that  the  spor- 
angioles have  no  umbilicus  or  umbilical  thread,  but  are  attached  by 
the  margin.  Tulasne  writes  that  notwithstanding  these  authorities, 
the  lateral  position  of  a  funiculus  seems  very  problematical  in  the 
genus  Cyathia,  and  that  the  sporangioles  of  the  specimens  of  Gran- 
ularia  which  he  has  studied  do  not  adhere  any  more  by  the  edge 
than  by  any  other  point,  either  to  the  mucilage  in  which  they  are 
immersed  or  to  the  peridium.  This  idea  must  have  arisen  from 
the  fact  that  the  mucus  contiguous  to  the  walls  of  the  peridium 
dries  up  a  little  quicker  than  that  in  the  center  of  the  cup  and  for 
this  reason,  several  sporangioles  appear  to  be  fixed  by  their  outer 
margin,  while  they  are  still  loose  in  the  center  of  the  cup.  But 
this  does  not  explain  why  "  scutellaris  "  has  been  made  a  species 
of  Cyadua. 

No  other  writer  seems  to  have  mentioned  this  plant  after 
MicheH  until  1 791,  when  Roth  described  a  new  genus  Gramdaria, 
as    follows  :    "  Fungus  subrotundus,  granis  mucilagine    immersis 


*Nov.   PI.  Gen.  222.  pi.  102.  f.  4.     1729. 
t  Roth,  Cat.  Bot.  I  :  237.      1797. 
J  Syst.  Myc.  2  :  300.      1822. 


274      White:   The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

farctus,"  with  one  species  Granitlaria  pisiformis,  which  he  fully 
describes  and  figures.  This  is  unquestionably  a  Nidularia,  as 
this  genus  was  called  until  Otto  Kuntze  restored  Gramilaria  to  its 
proper  place  in  1891.  Roth*  himself  described  and  figured  two 
species  six  years  later  under  the  name  of  Cyatlius  farctus,  and 
Cyatlins  scutcllaris  ;  it  is  possible  that  these  belong  to  our  genus 
NiJula,  but  with  the  imperfect  descriptions  it  is  difficult  to  deter- 
mine.     It  is  very  evident  that  they  are  not  species  of  Cyatliia. 

Bulliard,t  in  1780  made  the  first  mention  of  the  name  Nidu- 
laria, but  he  referred  it  to  figures  which  have  been  unquestionably 
proved  to  be  CyatJna  Iciitifcra  and  Criicibuhnn  criicibidiforme. 
Sibthorp  %  also  employed  this  name  for  Cyathia  kntifera,  Cyat/iia 
hirsni a  dind  Criicibuhuii  cnicibidiforinc.  In  1817  NeesJ  described 
and  figured  Nidularia  granulifcra,  but  although  he  gives  a  colored 
plate,  it  is  difficult  to  form  a  correct  idea  of  his  plant.  Two  years 
later  Ehrenberg  ||  described  and  figured  Nidularia  globosa  which 
he  says  resembles  Cyathus  farctus  Roth  and  Cyatlius  deformis 
Willd.^  but  agrees  with  neither.  About  this  time,  1 8 1 8,  Schweinitz 
described  from  North  Carolina  Cvathus  pidviiiatus,  which,  though 
unfortunately  none  of  the  original  material  remains  except  some 
of  the  wood  on  which  it  grew,  is  evidently  a  true  Grauularia  and  is 
a  fairly  common  species  in  our  own  country,  and  the  only  clear  and 
definite  one  of  the  whole  tangled  thread  of  the  present  history. 

The  family  Nidulariaceae  was  established  by  Fries  in  1822. 
Under  the  section  ''Nidularia,''  he  gives  seven  species,  five  of 
which  are  the  above-quoted  ones  of  Nees,  Schweinitz,  Roth,  Ehren- 
berg and  Willdenow  ;  the  last  one,  Nidularia  denudata  Fr.  & 
Nordh.  **  appears  from  the  description  to  be  a  true  Grauularia, 
while  the  third  species  which  he  gives  as  Nidularia  farcta  he  refers 
to  Ray's  ft  "O-  21,  which  is  the  first  mention  of  Crucibidum  cruci- 
bidiforme. 


*Cat.  Bot.  I  :  ly].  pi.  7.  f.  2.     1797. 

t  Herb.  Fr.  //.  4SS. 

JFlor.  Ox.  393.      1794. 

^.  Syst.  Pilze.  139  note. //.  13.  f-  133c.     1S17. 

II  Sylv.  Myc.  Berol.  16,  2S./.  S.     1819. 

\  Ust.  Bot.  Mag.  2  :   14.  p!.  3.  f.  S.     1788. 

**  Symb.  Gaster.  4.      1817-18. 

ft  Syn.  20.  />/.   /.  /   2. 


White  :  The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      275 

Fischer  *  in  writing  of  Nidularia  says  that  there  are  sixteen 
known  species,  but  though  De  Toni  f  gives  eighteen  from  all  parts 
of  the  world,  it  is  more  than  probable  that  several  of  these  are 
either  synonyms  of  other  species  or  belong  to  other  genera. 
Tulasne  gives  eleven  species,  to  nine  of  which  he  adds  "  non 
vidimus"  !  the  remaining  two  being  new  species — Nididaria  aus- 
tralis  from  Chili,  South  America,  and  Nidularia  Diiriacana  from 
LaCalle,  Algeria  (Mauritania),  From  America  several  additional 
species  have  been  described,  namely,  Nididaria  Alabauiensis  Atk.  % 
from  Alabama,  which  we  have  reduced  to  Granularia  pidvinata, 
and  Nidularia  rubella  E.  &  E.  §  from  New  Jersey.  This  last 
species  is  very  uncertain,  in  fact  it  may  not  belong  to  this  family  at 
all,  as  the  sporangioles  are  quite  different  in  texture  from  those  of  all 
the  other  species,  and  have  never  been  found  to  contain  any  spores, 
being  filled  with  small  pieces  of  amorphous  hyaline  matter.  It  is 
hard  to  believe  that  the  plants  are  in  an  immature  condition  as  the 
peridial  walls  have  in  some  specimens  almost  entirely  disappeared. 
The  only  remaining  species  of  Nididaria  which  has  been  described 
in  this  country  is  Nidularia  Candida  Peck  which  has  been  referred 
to  the  preceding  genus.  Two  heretofore  unpublished  species  of 
Granularia  complete  our  present  list :  Granularia  castanea,  a 
herbarium  species  of  Ellis  &  Everhart,  under  the  name  of  Nidularia 
castanea,  from  New  Jersey  found  in  1883,  and  Granularia  rudis 
Peck,  from  California. 

Synopsis  of  the  Species  of  Granularia 

Sporangioles  numerous,  small  (l  mm.  or  less  in  diameter). 

Peridium  tubercular,  pulverulent.  I.    G.  pulvinata. 

Peridium  only  slightly  tubercular,  not  pulverulent.  2.    G.  castanea. 

Sporangioles  few,  larger  (2  mm.  or  more  in  diameter).  3.    G.  rudis. 

I.  Granularia  pulvinata  (Schwein.)  Kuntze,  Rev.  Gen.  PI. 

2:855.      1891 
Cjathus  pidvinatus  Sch-wtm.  Fung.  Car.  Sup.  51.      18 18. 
Nidularia  pulvinata  Fries,  Syst.  Myc.  2  :  301.     1822  ;  Schwein. 
Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  4:  253.      1834. 

*Engler  &  Prantl.     Nat.  Pflanzenfara.  i^**  :  326.     1899. 

t  Saccardo.  Syll.  Fung.  7  :  28.  1888  ;— 9  :  265.  1891  ;— 11  :  156.  1895  ;— 14  : 
256.    1899. 

I  Bull.  Cornell  Univ.  (Science)  3  :  23.     1897. 
I  Bull.  Torrey  Club,  11  :  18.     1884. 


276      White  :   The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

Nidiilaria  Alabamcnsis  Atk.  Bull.  Cornell  Univ.  (Science)  3:23 
1897. 

Peridia  subspherical,  sessile,  2-10  mm.  wide,  2-9  mm.  high, 
reddish-brown  or  dirty  cinnamon-colored,  at  first  very  floccose-pul- 
verulent,  gradually  becoming  smoother  with  age,  dehiscing  irregu- 
larly or  not  at  all ;  peridium  thin  and  rather  brittle,  tuberculose ; 
inner  surface  is  shiny,  smooth,  brownish  ;  sporangioles  very  numer- 
ous, darkish  brown,  barely  i  mm.  in  diameter,  somewhat  angular 
and  depressed;  spores  hyaline,  thick-walled,  6-10  «  long,  4-7  ix 
wide.     {PI.  17.  f.  10-16,  20;  PL  18.  f.  ig.) 

Plants  gregarious,  rarely  singly  on  wood. 

New  York  :  Ellis,  Faivman,  Kiipfer  ;  Louisiana:  Langlois, 
2666  and  182 1  ;  Connecticut:  White;  Maine:  Harvey;  Ala- 
bama ;  Auburn,  Atkinson. 

The  floccose  pulverulent  appearance  of  the  surface  of  the  peri- 
dium is  caused  by  the  innumerable  ends  of  the  filaments  which 
compose  the  peridium  protruding  above  the  main  structure,  soon 
becoming  broken  or  eroded.  This  is  a  very  characteristic  feature 
which  renders  this  species  easily  recognizable. 

Atkinson  (/.  c.)  describes  Nidularia  Alabamensis,  which  un- 
doubtedly belongs  here  substantially  as  follows  :  Peridia  spherical, 
sessile,  reddish-brown,  roughened,  4-5  mm.  in  diameter,  irregularly 
dehiscing  by  the  breaking  into  fragments  of  the  upper  portion  ex- 
posing the  sporangioles  which  completely  fill  it;  no  "rooting" 
threads  ;  sporangioles  lenticular,  shiny,  dark  or  blackish-brown, 
barely  i  mm.  in  diameter,  corrugated,  hard,  filled  with  a  whitish 
pulpy  material  which  is  composed  of  stout  irregular  flexous  or 
blanched  knotty  strongly  tuberculose  threads  with  which  the 
spores  are  mixed  ;  the  spores  are  obovately  hyaline,  4-6  x  3-4  /^. 
On  decaying  wood. 
Alabama  :    Auburn,  July,  1890. 

2.  Granularia  castanea  (Ell.  St  Ev.)  sp.  no  v. 

Nidularia  castanea  Ellis  &  Everhart  in  herb. 

Peridia  small,  elongate-globose,  or  subspherical,  sessile,  some- 
times confluent,  .5-2  mm.  long,  0.5-1  mm.  high  ;  peridial  walls 
very  thin,  and  brittle  at  first,  pale  yellowish  fawn-colored,  grad- 
ually as  the  plant  matures  becoming  grayish,  and  somewhat  tuber- 
culose from  the  inner  pressure  of  the  sporangioles,  dehiscing 
irregularly,  the  outer  covering  often  breaking   away  completely, 


White  :  The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America     277 

leaving  the  sporangioles  seated  alone  on  the  wood,  barely  visible 
without  magnification ;  sporangioles  yellowish-brown,  very  numer- 
ous, crowded,  circular,  flattened  above  and  below,  barely  0.25  mm. 
in  diameter,  even  or  slightly  creased  under  high  magnification  ; 
spores  subglobose,  hyaline,  thick-walled,  4-7  ix  long,  3-6  jj.  wide. 
{PL  17.  f.  17-19;  pi.  iS.f.  20.) 

Gregarious  on  wood. 

New  Jersey:  Newfield,  July,  1883.     Ellis. 

3.    Granularia  rudis  Peck  sp.  nov. 

Peridia  hemispherical  or  subglobose,  sessile  ;  outer  covering 
thin,  smooth,  fragile  when  dry,  cellular,  rather  gelatinous  when 
moist,  yellowish-brown  with  a  faint  greenish  tint ;  indehiscent  or 
the  peridial  walls  gradually  breaking  away  ;  sporangioles  few,  irreg- 
ular, angular  or  compressed,  2-2.3  ^^-  i"  diameter,  blackish  or 
greenish  tinted  ;  spores  broadly  elliptic  or  subglobose,  hyaline, 
7-9  ijL  long,  6-8  fji  broad.     {PL  17./.  21-2J.) 

On  decaying  wood. 

California  :    W.  R.  Dudley. 

The  material  from  which  this  species  is  described  is  very  scanty, 
but  the  specific  features  are  so  individual,  and  they  differ  so  much 
from  any  known  species  of  Granularia  that  it  has  been  decided  to 
include  it  in  the  present  revision.  It  differs  from  all  known  species 
in  the  gelatinous  cellular  and  greenish  texture  of  the  peridium,  and 
in  the  large  angular  sporangioles,  only  a  few  being  contained  in 
each  peridium. 

Species  inquirenda 

NiDULARiA  rubella   Ell.   &  Everh.   Bull.  Torrey  Club,   11  : 
18.      1884. 

The  following  table  will  show  the  present  known  distribution 
of  the  family  in  North  America  : 


278      White  :  The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 


•ooixaj^j 


•BOIBUIBf              1 

+ 

+ 

•XI0J3  -js 

+ 

■oDi^  ojjan<j      1 

+ 

+ 

■Bqnn 

+ 

++++ 

++ 

+ 

■Biqiuniof)  qsi^ug  | 

+ 

•BIUJOJilB^            1 

+ 

+ 

+ 

■uoSaJQ 

+ 

•aojSuiqsBAV       1 

+ 

+++ 

■ 

•BUBiUOJ^ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

•q^jri 

+ 

•OpBJOI03 

++ 

++ 

+ 

•00!X3I\[  AV3^         1 

+ 

•sBxax 

+ 

•SBSUB-^ 

+ 

++ 

+ 

■•B5tSBjq3>I 

+++ 

•BAVOJ 


+  + 


•UISU03SI^\\ 


•X5{on5U3^ 


+ 


•BUBipUI 


-+  + 


•OHO 


+•+ 


•BUBismoq 


••BUiEqBiv 


+ 


•eiSjo3Q 


+ 


••EU110JB3  qjnog 


+ 


■BlUl3jly\^ 


+ 


+ 


■3JEA\-B[3Q; 


+ 


■B!UBA]XSUU3J 


+     + 


+  +- 


+ 


•XsSJPf  M3^ 


+     + 


•5[JOj^  AV3^ 


+ 


++    4- 


•jnoiioauuoQ 


+ 


•SJ)3Snq3BSSBJ\[ 


•SUtBJ^ 


-+  + 


■BpBUBf) 


+  + 


+  +         +  +      . 


+ 


+ 


+  +  +  +  + 

+  + 


+ 


ulifor 
ata. 

:S            K 

~             -S    <u    5;    '*^        -^    K 

ii. 

n    cruc 

idida. 

arpa. 

a  pulvt 

a. 

•§  -S  -^  -S  i  ^  ^  <^  ^ 

1 

IVriqht 
icibulut 
I  Ilia  cat 

mi  croc 
anulari 
casiane 
rudis. 

§.                      

G'G  U  U  'o  ^  'o  'o  ^O  to  U  ^ 

o' 

U  G  ^  ^  ^  ^  ^ 

White  :  The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America      279 

Rxplanation  of  nates 

The  figures  on  Plates  14,  15,  16  and  17  were  drawn  one  quarter  larger  than 
indicated.  Those  on  Plate  18  were  made  twice  the  size.  The  microscopic  details  were 
drawn  with  a  camera  lucida  and  reduced  on  the  same  scale,  as  above  noted. 

Pl.\te  14 
Fig.  I.  Cyathia  Poeppigii,  nat.  size.  2.  The  same,  enlarged  about  three  times 
after  moistening.  3.  Single  peridium  in  dry  condition.  4.  Spores,  X  335-  5-  Cyathia 
Berkleyma,  nat.  size.  6.  Peridium  of  same,  enlarged  three  times.  7.  Spores,  X  335- 
8.  Cyathia  intermedia,  nat.  size.  9.  Peridia,  enlarged  twice,  one  in  dry  condition, 
the  other  after  expanding  when  moistened.  10.  Spores,  X  335-  ^^-  Cyathia  hirsuta 
nat.  size.  12.  Group,  enlarged  about  three  times.  13,  Spores,  X  335-  ^4)  ^5- 
Cyathia  hirsuta  inftindibuliformis,  enlarged  about  three  times.  16.  Cyathia  dura, 
nat.  size.  17,  18.  Peridia,  enlarged  twice.  19.  Spores,  X  335-  20.  Cyathia  Mon- 
tagnei,  nat.  size.     21.   Peridium,  enlarged  twice.     22.   Spores,  X  335- 

Plate  15 
Fig.  I.  Cyathia  tnelanospernta,  nat.  size.  2.  Single  peridium,  nat.  size  (after 
moistening).  3.  Single  peridium,  enlarged  about  three  times.  4.  Spores,  X  335-  5- 
Cyathia  pallida,  nat.  size.  6.  Mature  and  young  peridia,  enlarged  twice.  7. 
Spores,  X  335-  8.  Cyathia  lentifera,  nat.  size.  9,  10,  11,  12.  Different  specimens 
showing  character  of  growth  and  shape,  enlarged  twice.  13.  Spores,  X  335-  '4 
Cyathia  rujipes,  nat.  size.  15.  Peridia,  enlarged  twice.  16.  Spores,  X  335- 
17-  Cyathia  stercorea,  nat.  size.  18,  19.  Different  specimens  showing  character  of 
growth  and  shape,  enlarged  about  three  times.     20.  Spores,  X  335- 

Plate  16 

Figs,  i,  2.  Cyathia  stercorea,  showing  additional  types  and  characteristics,  en- 
larged twice.  3.  Cyathia  rugispcrma,  natural  size.  4.  Peridia  enlarged  twice.  5. 
Spores,  X  335-  6.  Spores,  X  5^5 ■  7-  Cyathia  Wrightii,  natural  size.  8,9.  Peridia, 
enlarged  twice.  10.  Crucibulum  crucibuli/orme,x\2ii\xra\s\zt.  1 1.  Section  of  sporangiole, 
X  50-  12.  Group  of  peridia,  enlarged  twice.  13.  Spores,  X  335-  I4-  Group  of 
peridia  from  the  Schweinitz  specimens  of  Crucibidiun  juglandicolum.  15.  Spores 
from  the  same,  X  335-  ^6.  Cyathia  (?)  sp.,  natural  size.  17.  N^idula  Candida, 
natural  size.  18,  19.  Peridia,  somewhat  enlarged.  20.  Spores  and  filament,  X33S- 
21,  22.   Spores  of  Cyathia  (?)  sp.,  X  335- 

Plate  17 

Fig.  I.  Nidida  microcarpa,  nat.  size.  2.  Peridia,  enlarged  twice.  3.  Section- 
enlarged  about  five  times.  4.  Sporangiole  showing  torn  outer  covering,  enlarged  about 
twenty-five  times.  5.  Sporangiole  still  in  its  enter  covering,  enlarged  twelve  times.  6. 
Spores,  X  335-  7-  Nidula  microcarpa  rugispora,w2i\.i\zt..  8.  Peridium,  enlarged  three 
times.  9.  Spores,  X  335-  ^O-  Gramdaria  piilvinata,  nat.  size,  reduced  from  draw, 
ing  by  Mr.  Hasselbring  of  iVidularia  A laba mensis  Ai'k..  11.  Gramdaria  pidvinata, 
nat.  size.  12.  Peridia,  enlarged  three  times.  13.  Spores  and  filaments,  X  335-  '^^• 
Very  old  peridia,  the  walls  of  which  have  almost  completely  fallen  away.  15.  Spores. 
X  585.  16.  Spores,  X  335-  ^7-  Gramd iria  castanea,n2ii.sizQ.  18.  Group  of  peri- 
dia, enlarged  twice.  19.  Irregular  peridia,  having  grown  together,  enlarged  twice, 
20.  Spores  of  Gramdaria  pulvinata,  yC,  t^t,^  [Nidtdaria  Alahaniensis  Atk. ).  21. 
.  (7/'a««/«r?rt  rwaVj,  enlarged  twice.      22.   Spores,  X  335-      23.    Sporangioles,  X  ^S- 


280      White  :  The  Nidulariaceae  of  North  America 

Plate  i8 
Figs.  1-6.  Cyathia  hirsuta.  I.  Sporangiole,  showing  attachment,  enlarged  about 
fifteen  times.  2.  Spore,  X  39°-  3-  Spores  and  filaments,  X  215.  4.  Threads  of 
outer  coating  of  sporangiole,  X  215.  5.  Nodose  filaments  of  the  funiculus,  X  390. 
6.  Portionof  the  funiculus,  X  I  lO-  7-^3-  Cnuibulum  criicibuliforme.  7.  Sporangiole, 
X  15-  8-  Sporangiole,  with  the  outer  coat  peeling  off".  9.  Small  portion  of  a  section 
of  a  sporangiole,  X  215.  10,  1 1.  Spores  of  young  specimen,  X  39°-  *2.  Spores 
of  fully  mature  specimen,  showing  contraction  of  inner  substance,  X  390-  ^3-  Small 
portion  of  the  ends  of  the  filaments  of  the  thin  membrane  covering  the  mouth  of  the 
immature  specimen,  X  Z^S-  14-  Spores  of  Nidula  microcarpa,  X  390.  15.  Lateral 
portion  of  outer  coat  of  the  sporangioles  of  same,  X  215.  16.  Small  portion  of  the 
outer  coat  of  the  sporangiole  of  Crucibulum  crucibtiliforme,  X  215.  1 7.  Section  of  a 
sporangiole  oi  Nidula  microcarpa,  X  ^^O-  ^8.  Fascicular  hairs  from  the  outer  cover- 
ing of  the  peridium  of  Cyathia  intertiiedia,  X  ^S-  ^9-  Small  portion  of  the  peridial 
wall  of  Granidaria  pulvinata,  X  215.  20.  Sporangioles  of  Granularia  castanea, 
when  devoid  of  peridial  covering,  X  ^  ^^- 


Bull.  Torrey  Club,  29 


Pl.i. 


13 


^ 


II 


^dc<x 


19 


22 


5J*^ 


10 


PIPI 


20 


CYATHUS. 


Bull.  Torrey  Club,  29 


PL.15. 


Ojr~v_ 


!?^ 


12 


20 


--;«.  '    -fi 

it 


14 


17 


15     '" 


CYATHUS. 


Bull.  Torrey  Club,  29 


Pl.  16. 


£^^- 


^"S^' 


&^ 


^  I  If- 


':'"^~'"^%.!^^-7v; 


%;^ 


10 


17 


CYATHUS,  CRUCIBULUM,  NIDULA. 


Bull.  Torrey  Club,  29 


Pl.  17. 


i\    '^ 


20 


17 


18  -^^ 


23 


22 


,<?! 


^ 


Ci 


^:^- 


NIDULA,  GRANULARIA. 


BULI-.    TORREY    CkUB,    2<) 


Pl.  i8. 


NIDULARIACEAE. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL 

GARDEN— No.  25 


NOTES  ON  AMERICAN  HEPATICAE 


BY  MARSHALL   A.  HOWE. 


NEW    YOEK 
1902 


[Reprinted  from  Bulletin  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  29 :    281-289,  May  26,  1902.] 


Notes  on  American  Hepaticae 

By  Marshall  A.   Howe 

I.   Cephalozia  CONNIVENS 

Cephalozia  CONNIVENS   (Dicks.)  Lindb.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  13  : 

190.     1872.     Kritisk    Gransk.    Mossorna    Dill.    Hist.    Muse.   38. 

1883.     Spruce,   On   Cephalozia,  46.    1882.      Lindb.  &  Arn.  Sv. 

Vet.-Akad.    Handl.    23':    20.      1889.     Kaalaas,   Nyt   Mag.    165. 

1893- 

Jmigennannia  coniiivcns  Dicks.   Fasc.   PI.  Crypt.   Brit.  4:    19. 

//.  //./.  /J".      1 80 1. 

Ceplialozin  nmltiflora  Lindb.  Act.  Soc.  Sci.  Fenn.  10  :  501. 
1875.      Muse.  Scand.  4.      1879. 

This  species  has  been  much  confused  with  its  near  relative 
Cephalozia  lunulaefolia  Dumort.  {^C.  media  Lindb.,  C.  vmltiflora 
Spruce)  both  in  Europe  and  America,  but  is  very  distinct  as  was 
first  well  pointed  out  by  Spruce  {On  Cephalozia,  39.  1882).  The 
plant  may  be  readily  distinguished  from  C  hinulaefolia  by  the  large 
leaf-cells  (3  5-90  y.,  while  only  25-50 /i  in  C.  hinulaefolia),  by  the 
long-ciliate  perianth-mouth,  by  the  perianth- wall  being  unistratose 
throughout,  and  by  being  autoicous.  The  specimens  distributed 
by  Sullivant  under  the  name  oi  Jungcrmaiinia  connivens  in  Musci 
Alleghanienses  (no.  246)  belong  with  C.  liimilaefolia  so  far  as  we 
have  been  able  to  see  them,  and  the  same  is  true  of  no.  57  of 
Austin's  Hepaticae  Boreali-Americanae,  issued  as  Cephalozia  con- 
nivens. In  1896,  Professor  Underwood,  in  his  review  of  "The 
Genus  Cephalozia  in  North  America"  (Bull.  Torrey  Club,  23  : 
381-394),  placed  Cephalozia  connivens  under  "Species  dubiae  et 
inquirendae,"  remarking  that  it  was  likely  to  occur  northward.  In 
October,  1898,  the  writer  of  the  present  notes  announced*  at  a 
meeting  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club  the  discovery  of  the  genuine 
Cephalozia  connivens  on  the  grounds  of  the  New  York  Botanical 
Garden,  supposing  this  to  be  the  first  collection  of  the  real  C.  con- 
nivens in  America.  The  species  was  soon  found  in  several  other 
places  in  the  neighborhood  of  New  York,  and  this  has  led  to  an 

*Bull.  Torrey  Club,  26  :  24.      1899. 

281 


282  Howe  :    Notes  on  American  Hepaticae 

examination  of  the  specimens  of  Ccplialozia  in  the  accessible  her- 
baria with  the  result  that  we  are  now  able  to  cite  seventeen  North 
American  specimens  of  the  true  CcpJialozia  connivcfts,  showing  a 
coastwise  range  from  Prince  Edward  Island  to  Florida,  and  an 
extension  inland  as  far  as  London,  Ontario. 

The  specimens  cited  may  be  arranged  as  follows : 
Prince  Edward  Island  :  /.  Macoiin,  June  27,  1888,  no.  139  (a 
little  only,  mixed  with  C.  bimilaefolia  and  Kantia  tricJiomanis).  On- 
tario: London,/.  Dcarncss  (in  herb.  Underwood,  comm.  in  1889 
as  no.  i).  Rhode  Island  :  Providence,  from  Olney  collection 
in  Chapman  herbarium  ;  also,  in  same  herbarium,  a  second  speci- 
men from  Rhode  Island,  without  locality.  Connecticut  :  on  the 
ground  in  wet  woods,  Westville,  A.  W.  Evans,  November  29, 
1890.  New  York:  in  a  tamarack  swamp,  Syracuse,  L.  M. 
Underivood,  April,  1888  ;  Staten  Island,  Mrs.  E.  G.  Britton,  Febru- 
ary 14,  1892  ;  on  the  top  of  a  decayed  hemlock  stump  near  Bronx 
River,  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  M.  A.  Hozvc,  September  21, 
1898,  with  Odontoschisma  spliagni  ;  on  bank  of  a  stream  in  a  boggy 
wood,  Freeport,  Long  Island,  M.  A.  Hoive,  October  17,  1898;  on 
margin  of  a  swamp,  Richmond,  Staten  Island,  M.  A.  Hozve,  Octo- 
ber 23,  1898  ;  Sayville,  Long  Island,  F.  E.  Lloyd,  March  5,  1899. 
Delaware  :  on  ground  in  woods,  Wilmington,  A.  Commons, 
March  12,  1890;  in  herb.  Columbia  University.  North  Caro- 
lina :  Salem,  Schzveiuitz,  in  herb.  Torrey  (labelled  Jungermannia 
bicornis  by  Schweinitz).  South  Carolina  :  Summerville,  C.  G. 
Dubois,  April,  1889.  Florida:  Lisbon,  L.  M.  Underivood,  Janu- 
ary, 1 89 1  (distributed  from  U.  S.  National  Herbarium  as  no. 
1 217);  Port  Orange,  F.  C.  Stranb,  February  23,  1895  (no.  207 
in  herb.  Underwood) — also  in  same  locality,  March,  1895,  mixed 
with  Telaranea  and  a  minute  Lcpidozia  in  Hepaticae  Americanae, 
no.  1 80.  Bermuda  :  Devonshire  Marsh,  M.  A.  Hozvc,  July  4, 
1900. 

Lindberg  appears  to  have  been  the  first  to  have  combined  the 
specific  name  r(^7///777/jr  (Dicks.)  with  the  generic  name  Cephalozia, 
although  at  the  outset  he  attributed  the  binomial  to  Dumortier. 
Dumortier  however  persisted  even  in  his  "  Hepaticae  Europae  "  in 
keeping  the  species  under  Blcpharostoma  and  seems  never  to  have 
written    C'pli.d.K.ia  conn'v:ns.      The    synonymy  of  the    species   is 


Howe  :    Notes  on  American  Hepaticae  283 

confused,  owing  partly  to  the  fact  that  is  was  not  until    1881  and 
1882  that  Lindberg  and  Spruce  began  to  distinguish,  in  their  pub- 
lished works  at  least,  between  the  true   Cephaloda  connivms  and 
C.  Inmdaefolia,  and  owing  furthermore  to  some  uncertainties  at- 
tending the  determination  of  Jiingcrmannia  multiflora  of  Hudson 
(Fl.   Angl.    431.    1762),     The   question   of  interpreting  correctly 
Hudson's  /.  multiflora,  difficult  at  best,  is  needlessly  complicated 
by  Dr.  Spruce  (/.  c.  40)   by  quoting   the    1778   edition   of  Hud- 
son's  Flora    Anglica,  where  a  supposed   synonym  from   Linne's 
Mantissa  is   introduced,  though   the  original    1762  edition  with- 
out the  Linnaean   synonym   is  all  that  needs  to  be  considered. 
The  original  Jtingermannia  multiflora  seems  to  have  been  founded 
wholly  upon  a  plant  described  and  figured  by   Dillenius  (Hist. 
Muse.  481.  //.  6g.  f.  4.     1 741).     As  noted  already  by  Hooker, 
Spruce,  and  Lindberg,  the  figures  given  by  Dillenius  point  strongly 
to   Ccphalozia  bicuspidata.    It  is  quite  impossible  to  believe  that 
they  were  drawn  from   specimens   of    C.   connivens  and   Dillen's 
words    ''per   letitem    vero  pcrangicsta"  in    describing   the  leaves 
could    not    well    apply  to    this    species,  yet    Lindberg  in    1875 
(Act.  Soc.  Sci.  Fenn.  10  :  501),  after  determining  the  specimen  in 
the    Dillenean    herbarium    bearing  the  corresponding   name   and 
number  from  the  Historia  Muscorum  to  be  the  Jungermannia  con- 
nivens'^ of  Dickson,  brought  forward  for  this  species  Hudson's 
name   multflora.      Finally,!    however,    interpreting   this    "  Liche- 
nastrum  multiflorum  exile  foliis  angustissimis  "  of  Dillenius  by  the 
figure    and    description,    Lindberg   considers    it  a    synonym    of 
Ccphalozia  bicuspidata  (L.)   Dumort.,  which  seems  to  us  the  most 
reasonable  course  in  the  matter.     Lindberg  at  the  same  time  most 
unwarrantably    interprets  Jiingermannia   multiflora   Huds.  in  the 
light  of  additions  made  by  Linnaeus  nine  years  after  its  original  pub- 
lication and  shifts  the  specific  name  multiflora  to  Lepidozia  setacea 
(Web.)  Mitt.      It  is  clear  that   if  Jungermannia  midtiflora   Huds. 
(1762)  can   be  justly  treated   as  a  synonym  of/,  bicuspidata  L. 
(1753)  it  should  always  remain  a  "  dead  name." 

*This  determination,  it  may  be  noted,  was  made  several  years  before  the  distmc- 
tions  between  the  true  C.  connivens  and  C.  lunulaefolia  ( C.  media  Lindb. )  were  rec- 
ognized in  print,  at  least,  yet  the  statement  that  the  Dillenian  specimen  is  "  C.  conni- 
vens (Dicks.)  Lindb.,"  was  repeated  by  Lindberg  in  1883,  two  years  after  his  publica- 
tion of  C.  media. 

I  Kritisk  Gransk.  Mossorna  Dill.  Hist.  Muse.  38.     1883. 


284  Howe  :    Notes  on  American  Hepaticae 

II.  Telaranea 

Telaranea  Spruce,  Trans,  and  Proc.  Bot.  Soc.  [Edinb.]  15: 
365.  1885.  [As  a  synonym.]  Schiffn.;  Engl.  &  Prantl,  Nat. 
Pflanzenfam.  i'^ :    103.      1895. 

The  genus  Telaranea  has  points  of  contact  with  Lcpidozia, 
Blepharostoma,  and  Arachniopsis,  and  if  generic  rank  is  denied  to 
it,  might  be  incorporated  with  any  one  of  the  three  with  almost 
equal  justice.  To  the  Miero-Lepidozia  section  of  the  genus  Lepi- 
dozia  its  affinity  is  perhaps  especially  close,  yet,  according  to  pre- 
vailing conceptions  of  genera  among  the  Hepaticae,  it  seems  a 
rather  violent  proceeding  to  include  it  in  a  generic  group  the  his- 
torical type  of  which  is  Jiingermanida  reptans  L.  Telaranea  di- 
verges from  Lepidozia  in  its  delicate,  filmy,  conferva-like  habit  and 
in  the  division  of  the  leaves  very  nearly  or  quite  to  the  base,  the 
segments  being  never  more  highly  connate  than  through  half  the 
altitude  of  the  basal  cell  and  usually  for  a  considerably  less  dis- 
tance ;  the  leaf-segments  are  capillary,  of  a  single  row  of  cells 
unless  at  the  very  base,  the  place  of  the  basal  cell  being  often  oc- 
cupied by  a  pair  of  cells  side  by  side.  From  Blepharostoma,  Tel- 
aranea is  probably  best  distinguished  by  the  disparity  in  size  between 
leaves  and  underleaves  and  by  the  more  pinnate  branching.  The 
archegonia,  though  usually  borne  on  short  postical  branches  as  in 
Lepidozia  and  Cepkalozia,  are  sometimes  terminal  on  the  main  stem 
or  lateral  branches  as  in  Blepharostovia. 

In  its  filmy  habit  and  delicacy  of  structure  Telaranea  is  sug- 
gestive of  Arachniopsis  Spruce,  but  the  latter  genus  represents  a 
still  further  departure  along  the  same  lines  from  the  Lepidozia 
type.  In  Arachniopsis  the  branches  are  all  postical  in  origin,  the 
underleaves  are  entirely  wanting  or  are  now  and  then  to  be  recog- 
nized only  in  a  most  rudimentary  form,  and  the  leaves  never  have 
more  than  two  segments  which  are  wholly  free  at  the  base  and 
consist  of  a  single  series  of  cells  throughout. 

The  species  and  varieties  to  be  arranged  under  the  genus  are, 
so  far  as  we  know  them,  as  follows  : 

I.   Telaranea  nematodes  (Gottsche) 
Jiingcnnainra )n!natodLS  Gottsche,  Hepaticae  Cubenses  Wright- 
ianae. 


Howe  :    Notes  on  American  Hepaticae  285 

Cephalozia  nematodes  Aust.  Bull.  Torrey  Club,  6  :  302,     1879. 

Lepidozia  chaetopliylla  Spruce,  Trans,  and  Proc.  Bot.  Soc. 
[Edinb.]  15:  365.      1885. 

Lepidozia  nematodes  Spruce,  /.  c.  366. 

Telaranea  chaetopliylla  Spruce,  "  Mst.  nov.  gen."  /.  c.  [as  syno- 
nym].   Schiffn.  ;  Engl.  &  Prantl,  Nat.  Pflanzenfam.  i^ :  103.    1895. 

Lepidozia  chaetopliylla  tenids  Pearson,  Christ.  Vid.-Selsk.  For- 
handl.  i886'^:  9.  1886.  Evans,  Bull.  Torrey  Club,  20:  308. 
1893. 

Blepharostoma  nematodes  Underw.  Bull.  Torrey  Club,  23  :  383 
(footnote).      1896. 

Spruce  in  comparing  his  Lepidozia  chaetopliylla  with  Lepidozia 
nematodes  (Gottsche)  emphasizes  the  flaccidity  of  the  latter  as  a 
distinguishing  character  and  this  indeed  appears  to  be  about  the 
only  difference  of  importance  to  be  detected  between  Wright's 
Cuban  plant  and  those  from  South  America  distributed  by  Spruce 
as  Telaranea  chaetophylla  (Hepaticae  Spruceanae :  Amazonicae  et 
Andinae).  Wright's  specimens  revive  quite  imperfectly  on  being 
soaked  out  with  water,  but  there  is  such  a  range  of  variability  in 
this  respect  in  different  parts  of  a  single  tuft  and  even  of  different 
parts  of  a  single  plant,  both  in  the  Cuban  and  South  American 
specimens  that  we  are  not  inclined  to  give  much  weight  to  this 
character.  We  therefore  agree  with  our  friend  Mr.  Pearson  (/.  <;.) 
in  believing  that  the  two  forms  represent  a  single  species.  We 
would,  however,  differ  from  Pearson  in  retaming  for  this  species 
the  oldest  published  name  nematodes.  The  specific  name  nemoides 
given  earlier  by  Taylor  to  another  plant  now  recognized  as  a  Lepi- 
dozia seems  sufficiently  different  both  to  the  eye  and  ear  to  prevent 
confusion.* 

In  both  the  Cuban  and  South  American  plants  the  archegonia 
are  usually  borne  on  a  short  postical  branch,  rarely  at  the  end  of 
the  main  axis  or  of  an  elongated  branch.  In  1886,  Pearson  (/.  f.) 
identified  a  specimen  from  Natal,  South  Africa,  with  Gottsche's 
Cuban  species,  which  he   renamed  Lepidozia  chaetophylla  tenuis. 


*The  remark  is  attributed  to  Spruce  (Pearson,  /.  c.')  that  nemoides  and  nematodes 
differ  only  in  case-ending.  It  seems  to  us  that  the  two  words  are  equally  nominative 
in  form  but  that  Taylor's  name  nemoides  is  an  etymological  monstrosity  on  account  of 
his  failure  to  use  the  true  stem  of  the  Greek  noun  in  constructing  the  adjective. 


286  Howe  :    Notes  on  American  Hepaticae 

Through  the  courtesy  of  Mr.  Pearson  we  have  been  able  to  exam- 
ine this  South  African  plant,  and  like  him,  can  find  no  reasonable 
grounds  for  distinguishing  it  from  the  American  specimens  alluded 
to.  Telaranea  nematodes,  then,  may  be  said  to  be  found  in  a  fairly 
typical  condition  in  South  America  and  South  Africa  as  well  as  in 
Cuba,  and  to  this  range  is  now  to  be  added  Bermuda,  where  sterile 
plants  were  collected  by  the  writer  in  Devonshire  Marsh,  July  4, 
1900,  growing  in  company  with  CepJialozia  comiivens  2iX\di  C.  divar- 
icata.  In  addition  to  this  more  or  less  typical  form,  illustrated  by 
the  specimens  and  descriptions  cited,  the  species  presents  itself  also 
in  two  forms  which  we  think  are  sufficiently  marked  to  receive 
varietal  names.     These  are  : 

I  a.    Telaranea  nematodes  Antillanum  (Besch.  &  Spruce) 

Blepharostoma  Antillamwi  Besch.  &  Spruce,  Bull.  Soc.  Bot. 
France,  36  :  clxxxiii.      1889. 

Archegonia  terminal  on  main  stem,  a  lateral  branch,  or  elong- 
ated postical  branch,  rarely  on  a  short  postical  branch  ;  leaves  and 
perianth  rather  rigid. 

Le  Gommier,  Gaudeloupe,  Ed.  Marie.  In  a  specimen  of  the 
Guadeloupe  plant  kindly  communicated  by  M.  Bescherelle  we  find 
on  a  single  individual  all  the  various  modes  of  bearing  archegonia 
described  above.  The  leaves,  described  by  the  authors  as  4-parted, 
we  find  much  more  frequently  3-  and  2 -parted.  It  seems  as  im- 
possible to  separate  this  plant  specifically  from  Lepidozia  chaeto- 
phylla  Spruce  as  it  is  to  distinguish  satisfactorily  between  the  latter 
and  Gottsche's  Jiingennannia  nematodes.  So  far  as  we  know,  the 
identification  of  Blepharostoma  Antillanum  with  Jungermannia 
nematodes  was  first  made  by  Professor  Schiffner  (Engl.  &  Prantl, 
Nat.  Pflanzenfam.  I^ :    105.      1895). 

lb.   Telaranea  nematodes  longifolia  var.  no  v. 

Leaves  more  rigid  than  in  type  and  more  widely  spaced,  0.4- 
0.8  (rarely  0.9  mm.)  long,  leaf-cells  2-4^  times  as  long  as  broad. 

Collected  by  the  writer  on  humus  in  a  swampy  wood  in 
company  with  Sphagmim,  Pallavicinia  Lyellii,  and  Ceplialozia 
catemdata,  Freeport,*  Long  Island,  New  York,  October  17,  1898 

*This  Freeport  plant  was  listed  by  Dr.  Smith  Ely  Jelliffe  in\his  Flora  of  Long 
Island  (48.    1899)  under  the  name  Blepharosfoma  nematodes. 


Howe  :    Notes  on  American  Hepaticae  287 

(type  specimen  in  herb.  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden).  Also,  Florida, 
John  Donnell  Smith,  1877;  C.  F.  Austin,  March,  1878;  F.  C. 
Stranb,  March,  1895  ;  Brunswick,  Georgia,  C.  F.  Austin,  April, 
1878. 

The  Long  Island  specimens  agree  essentially  with  those  from 
Georgia  and  Florida,  though  the  latter  make  a  slightly  closer  ap- 
proach to  the  Cuban  plant.  The  Long  Island  station  is  therefore 
a  noteworthy  northward  extension  of  the  known  range  of  a  plant 
which  has  heretofore  figured  in  papers  on  North  American  Hepati- 
cae as  coming  only  from  a  limited  region  of  the  South.  The  arche- 
gonia  in  these  United  States  specimens,  so  far  as  we  have  observed, 
always  occur  on  a  short  postical  branch.  The  leaves  are  5-8  cells 
long ;  the  underleaves  are  3-  or  2-parted,  their  prongs  of  2  or  3 
cells  each,  incurved  at  the  apices.  All  are  autoicous.  In  the  orig- 
inal Jungcnnannia  nematodes,  collected  in  Cuba  by  Wright,  the 
leaves  are  0.25-0.5  mm.  long,  4-6  cells  high,  the  cells  being  2-3 
times  longer  than  broad. 

The  variety  longifolia  often  gives  the  impression  of  being  two 
or  three  times  the  size  of  the  Cuban  plant,  but  we  have  been  unable 
to  find  any  reliable  structural  characters  to  serve  for  a  specific 
separation.  The  form  of  the  perianth  seems  quite  variable  in  all 
conditions  of  the  species,  but  is  often  broader  in  the  var.  longifolia 
than  in  the  type. 

No.  180  Hep.  Am.,  issued  as  Blepliarostoma  nematodes,  is  ref- 
erable to  Telaranea  nematodes  longifolia  ;  it  is  mixed  with  Cepha- 
lozia  connivens  and  with  a  minute  Lepidozia,  probably  a  reduced 
form  of  L.  setacea. 

Telaranea  bicruris  (Steph.) 

Lepidozia  bicruris  Steph.  Hedwigia,  24  :   166.  //.  j.      1885. 

Brazil  :  Sao  Francisco,  Ule. 

This  plant,  though  a  close  relative  of  T.  nematodes,  seems  en- 
titled to  specific  distinction,  differing  in  the  almost  invariably  2- 
parted  leaves,  in  the  frequent  continuation  of  the  stems  into  leaf- 
less flagella  (rare  in  T.  nematodes)  and  in  the  simpler  9  bracts. 
It  is  described  by  Stephani  as  dioicous,  though  apparently  he  had 
not  seen  $  plants.  We  have  been  unsuccessful  in  attempts  to 
find  antheridia  in  the  specimen  kindly  communicated  by  Herr 
Stephani,  and  it  certainly  may  be  suspected  that  dioicism  is  to  be 


288  Howe  :    Notes  on  American  Hepaticae 

added  to  its  distinguishing  characters.  All  the  perianths  seen  are 
on  very  short  postical  branches. 

III.    Arachxiopsis 

Arachniopsis  diacantha  (Mont.) 

Jiingermannia  dia^antha  Mont.  Ann,  Sci.   Nat.   IV.  5  :  349. 
1856. 

Arachniopsis  coactilis  capillacea  Spruce,  On  Cephalozia,  85. 
1882;  Trans,  and  Proc.  Bot.  Soc.  [Edinb.]  15:  356.      1885. 

Leaves  mostly  rigid,  composed  of  4-6  cells,  these  4-7  times 
as  long  as  broad. 

Peru  :    Weddell,  Spruce. 

Jungermannia  diacantJia  Mont,  is  represented  in  the  Montagne 
herbarium,  now  preserved  in  the  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle  of 
Paris,  only  by  two  small  sterile  fragments  fastened  to  pieces  of 
mica.  This  original  material,  which  we  have  seen  through  the 
courtesy  of  Mons.  Hariot,  agrees  perfectly,  so  far  as  it  goes,  with 
the  specimen  from  Mt.  Campana,  Peruvian  Andes,  distributed  by 
Spruce  as  Arachniopsis  capillacea  in  his  "  Hepaticae  Spruceanae  : 
Amazonicae  et  Andinae."  Montagne's  description  of  the  leaves 
as  "spiraliter  5/1  circa  caulem  dispositis  "  was  evidently  an  error, 
due,  it  may  be,  to  a  torsion  of  the  stem. 

Arachniopsis  confervifolia  (Gottsche) 
Jiingermannia    confervifolia     Gottsche,     Hepaticae    Cubenses 
Wrightianae. 

Cephalozia  cotfervifolia   Aust.    Bull.    Torrey    Club,    6 :   302. 

1879. 

Arachniopsis  coactilis  Spruce,  On  Cephalozia,  85.    1882.    Trans. 

and  Proc.  Bot.  Soc.  [Edinb.]  15:  355.  //.  13.  1885.  Exclud- 
ing var.  capillacea. 

Leaves  often  flaccid,  composed  of  6-14  cells,  these  2-3  times 
as  long  as  broad. 

Cuba  :  Wright ;  South  America  :  on  the  tributaries  of  the 
Amazon,  Spruce.  We  have  little  hesitancy  in  considering  Arach- 
niopsis coactilis  Spruce  a  synonym  of  the  Cuban  Jnngcrmannia  con- 
fervifolia Gottsche.  The  latter  is  more  flaccid,  showing  a  relation 
to  the  South  American  specimens  somewhat  analogous  to  that 


Howe  :    Notes  on  American  Hepaticae  289 

described  above  as  existing  between  Jwigerntannia  nematodes 
Gottsche  and  Lepidozia  chaetopJiylla  Spruce.  The  Cuban  plant  is 
autoicous  and  in  structural  characters  is  essentially  identical  with 
the  typical  A,  coactilis.  Vestiges  of  underleaves  are  occasionally 
met  with  in  both  and  in  both  the  leaf  is  sometimes  reduced  to  a 
single  prong. 

The  specific  separation  of  Aracliniopsis  confervifolia  from  A. 
■diacantha  is  possibly  open  to  question,  yet  in  the  light  of  available 
specimens  the  two  appear  distinct.  Aracliniopsis  coactilis  filifolia 
Spruce,  judging  from  specimens  distributed  as  Aracliniopsis  filifolia 
in  Hepaticae  Spruceanae,  seems  to  us  less  entitled  to  specific  rank. 

Aracliniopsis   confcruifolia   resembles    Telaranea  nematodes  in 

outward  appearance,  but  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  characters 

alluded  to   above   under    Telaranea.     It  is  to  be  expected  that 

Aracliniopsis  will  be  found  to  occur  within  the  limits  of  the  United 

States. 

IV.    RicciA  Campbelliana 

Herr  M.  Heeg,  of  Vienna,  has  kindly  called  our  attention 
{in  Hit)  to  the  close  resemblance  between  the  Californian  Riccia 
-Campbelliana  M.  A.  Howe  (Mem.  Torrey  Club,  7  :  26.  pi.  gi. 
f.  i-ij.  1899)  and  the  Mediterranean  Riccia  macrocarpa  Levier 
(Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  Ital.  1894:  114.  1894).  The  similarity  is  indeed 
very  striking  as  is  evident  from  specimens  of  R.  macrocarpa  which 
we  owe  to  Dr.  Levier,  but  R.  macrocarpa  appears  to  be  uniformly 
dioicous  as  originally  described  by  Levier  and  as  described  again 
by  Stephani  (Bull.  Herb.  Boi'ss.  6:  343.  1898),  while  R.  Camp- 
belliana is  uniformly  monoicous  ;  and  the  areolae  of  the  outer 
face  of  the  spores  of  Riccia  macrocarpa  are  more  perfect  than  in 
R.  Campbelliana.  In  view  of  these  differences  the  claim  of  Riccia 
Campbelliana  to  specific  rank  seems  defensible  for  the  present  at 
least.  The  species  has  recently  been  collected  by  Dr.  Walter  R. 
Shaw  at  Claremont,  Los  Angeles  County,  Cal.,  thus  extending  its 
known  range  about  two  hundred  and  fifty  miles  southward. 


BOTANICAL 


New  York  Botanical   Garden   LIbrar 


3  5185  00260  3445 


'  ?^  -M 


•'^,^ 


P'  ^ 


'^  '■ 


'.^y^  i 


'  ■:.% 


*     ^fc-4,. 


f-,. 

"•V. 


>^ 


Mf' 


V*r       ' 


^^^.T 


.*s:«-